Ensure undo-boundary after insert-file-contents.
[emacs.git] / lisp / ldefs-boot.el
blobe2022cad6f9a349f55e3968e6607101795527560
1 ;;; loaddefs.el --- automatically extracted autoloads
2 ;;
3 ;;; Code:
5 \f
6 ;;;### (autoloads nil "5x5" "play/5x5.el" (22330 59913 969323 446000))
7 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/5x5.el
9 (autoload '5x5 "5x5" "\
10 Play 5x5.
12 The object of 5x5 is very simple, by moving around the grid and flipping
13 squares you must fill the grid.
15 5x5 keyboard bindings are:
16 \\<5x5-mode-map>
17 Flip \\[5x5-flip-current]
18 Move up \\[5x5-up]
19 Move down \\[5x5-down]
20 Move left \\[5x5-left]
21 Move right \\[5x5-right]
22 Start new game \\[5x5-new-game]
23 New game with random grid \\[5x5-randomize]
24 Random cracker \\[5x5-crack-randomly]
25 Mutate current cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-current]
26 Mutate best cracker \\[5x5-crack-mutating-best]
27 Mutate xor cracker \\[5x5-crack-xor-mutate]
28 Solve with Calc \\[5x5-solve-suggest]
29 Rotate left Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-left]
30 Rotate right Calc Solutions \\[5x5-solve-rotate-right]
31 Quit current game \\[5x5-quit-game]
33 \(fn &optional SIZE)" t nil)
35 (autoload '5x5-crack-randomly "5x5" "\
36 Attempt to crack 5x5 using random solutions.
38 \(fn)" t nil)
40 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-current "5x5" "\
41 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the current solution.
43 \(fn)" t nil)
45 (autoload '5x5-crack-mutating-best "5x5" "\
46 Attempt to crack 5x5 by mutating the best solution.
48 \(fn)" t nil)
50 (autoload '5x5-crack-xor-mutate "5x5" "\
51 Attempt to crack 5x5 by xoring the current and best solution.
52 Mutate the result.
54 \(fn)" t nil)
56 (autoload '5x5-crack "5x5" "\
57 Attempt to find a solution for 5x5.
59 5x5-crack takes the argument BREEDER which should be a function that takes
60 two parameters, the first will be a grid vector array that is the current
61 solution and the second will be the best solution so far. The function
62 should return a grid vector array that is the new solution.
64 \(fn BREEDER)" t nil)
66 ;;;***
68 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-mode" "progmodes/ada-mode.el" (22330 59913
69 ;;;;;; 977323 421000))
70 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-mode.el
72 (autoload 'ada-add-extensions "ada-mode" "\
73 Define SPEC and BODY as being valid extensions for Ada files.
74 Going from body to spec with `ff-find-other-file' used these
75 extensions.
76 SPEC and BODY are two regular expressions that must match against
77 the file name.
79 \(fn SPEC BODY)" nil nil)
81 (autoload 'ada-mode "ada-mode" "\
82 Ada mode is the major mode for editing Ada code.
84 \(fn)" t nil)
86 ;;;***
88 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-stmt" "progmodes/ada-stmt.el" (22330 59913
89 ;;;;;; 978323 418000))
90 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-stmt.el
92 (autoload 'ada-header "ada-stmt" "\
93 Insert a descriptive header at the top of the file.
95 \(fn)" t nil)
97 ;;;***
99 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ada-xref" "progmodes/ada-xref.el" (22331 17372
100 ;;;;;; 88369 281000))
101 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ada-xref.el
103 (autoload 'ada-find-file "ada-xref" "\
104 Open FILENAME, from anywhere in the source path.
105 Completion is available.
107 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
109 ;;;***
111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "add-log" "vc/add-log.el" (22331 17372 121369
112 ;;;;;; 164000))
113 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/add-log.el
115 (put 'change-log-default-name 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
117 (defvar add-log-current-defun-function nil "\
118 If non-nil, function to guess name of surrounding function.
119 It is called by `add-log-current-defun' with no argument, and
120 should return the function's name as a string, or nil if point is
121 outside a function.")
123 (custom-autoload 'add-log-current-defun-function "add-log" t)
125 (defvar add-log-full-name nil "\
126 Full name of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog daily headers.
127 This defaults to the value returned by the function `user-full-name'.")
129 (custom-autoload 'add-log-full-name "add-log" t)
131 (defvar add-log-mailing-address nil "\
132 Email addresses of user, for inclusion in ChangeLog headers.
133 This defaults to the value of `user-mail-address'. In addition to
134 being a simple string, this value can also be a list. All elements
135 will be recognized as referring to the same user; when creating a new
136 ChangeLog entry, one element will be chosen at random.")
138 (custom-autoload 'add-log-mailing-address "add-log" t)
140 (autoload 'prompt-for-change-log-name "add-log" "\
141 Prompt for a change log name.
143 \(fn)" nil nil)
145 (autoload 'find-change-log "add-log" "\
146 Find a change log file for \\[add-change-log-entry] and return the name.
148 Optional arg FILE-NAME specifies the file to use.
149 If FILE-NAME is nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
150 If `change-log-default-name' is nil, behave as though it were \"ChangeLog\"
151 \(or whatever we use on this operating system).
153 If `change-log-default-name' contains a leading directory component, then
154 simply find it in the current directory. Otherwise, search in the current
155 directory and its successive parents for a file so named.
157 Once a file is found, `change-log-default-name' is set locally in the
158 current buffer to the complete file name.
159 Optional arg BUFFER-FILE overrides `buffer-file-name'.
161 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME BUFFER-FILE)" nil nil)
163 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry "add-log" "\
164 Find change log file, and add an entry for today and an item for this file.
165 Optional arg WHOAMI (interactive prefix) non-nil means prompt for user
166 name and email (stored in `add-log-full-name' and `add-log-mailing-address').
168 Second arg FILE-NAME is file name of the change log.
169 If nil, use the value of `change-log-default-name'.
171 Third arg OTHER-WINDOW non-nil means visit in other window.
173 Fourth arg NEW-ENTRY non-nil means always create a new entry at the front;
174 never append to an existing entry. Option `add-log-keep-changes-together'
175 otherwise affects whether a new entry is created.
177 Fifth arg PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE non-nil means that if a new
178 entry is created, put it on a new line by itself, do not put it
179 after a comma on an existing line.
181 Option `add-log-always-start-new-record' non-nil means always create a
182 new record, even when the last record was made on the same date and by
183 the same person.
185 The change log file can start with a copyright notice and a copying
186 permission notice. The first blank line indicates the end of these
187 notices.
189 Today's date is calculated according to `add-log-time-zone-rule' if
190 non-nil, otherwise in local time.
192 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME OTHER-WINDOW NEW-ENTRY PUT-NEW-ENTRY-ON-NEW-LINE)" t nil)
194 (autoload 'add-change-log-entry-other-window "add-log" "\
195 Find change log file in other window and add entry and item.
196 This is just like `add-change-log-entry' except that it displays
197 the change log file in another window.
199 \(fn &optional WHOAMI FILE-NAME)" t nil)
201 (autoload 'change-log-mode "add-log" "\
202 Major mode for editing change logs; like Indented Text mode.
203 Prevents numeric backups and sets `left-margin' to 8 and `fill-column' to 74.
204 New log entries are usually made with \\[add-change-log-entry] or \\[add-change-log-entry-other-window].
205 Each entry behaves as a paragraph, and the entries for one day as a page.
206 Runs `change-log-mode-hook'.
208 \\{change-log-mode-map}
210 \(fn)" t nil)
212 (autoload 'add-log-current-defun "add-log" "\
213 Return name of function definition point is in, or nil.
215 Understands C, Lisp, LaTeX (\"functions\" are chapters, sections, ...),
216 Texinfo (@node titles) and Perl.
218 Other modes are handled by a heuristic that looks in the 10K before
219 point for uppercase headings starting in the first column or
220 identifiers followed by `:' or `='. See variables
221 `add-log-current-defun-header-regexp' and
222 `add-log-current-defun-function'.
224 Has a preference of looking backwards.
226 \(fn)" nil nil)
228 (autoload 'change-log-merge "add-log" "\
229 Merge the contents of change log file OTHER-LOG with this buffer.
230 Both must be found in Change Log mode (since the merging depends on
231 the appropriate motion commands). OTHER-LOG can be either a file name
232 or a buffer.
234 Entries are inserted in chronological order. Both the current and
235 old-style time formats for entries are supported.
237 \(fn OTHER-LOG)" t nil)
239 ;;;***
241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "advice" "emacs-lisp/advice.el" (22331 17371
242 ;;;;;; 987369 640000))
243 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/advice.el
245 (defvar ad-redefinition-action 'warn "\
246 Defines what to do with redefinitions during Advice de/activation.
247 Redefinition occurs if a previously activated function that already has an
248 original definition associated with it gets redefined and then de/activated.
249 In such a case we can either accept the current definition as the new
250 original definition, discard the current definition and replace it with the
251 old original, or keep it and raise an error. The values `accept', `discard',
252 `error' or `warn' govern what will be done. `warn' is just like `accept' but
253 it additionally prints a warning message. All other values will be
254 interpreted as `error'.")
256 (custom-autoload 'ad-redefinition-action "advice" t)
258 (defvar ad-default-compilation-action 'maybe "\
259 Defines whether to compile advised definitions during activation.
260 A value of `always' will result in unconditional compilation, `never' will
261 always avoid compilation, `maybe' will compile if the byte-compiler is already
262 loaded, and `like-original' will compile if the original definition of the
263 advised function is compiled or a built-in function. Every other value will
264 be interpreted as `maybe'. This variable will only be considered if the
265 COMPILE argument of `ad-activate' was supplied as nil.")
267 (custom-autoload 'ad-default-compilation-action "advice" t)
269 (autoload 'ad-enable-advice "advice" "\
270 Enables the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
272 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
274 (autoload 'ad-disable-advice "advice" "\
275 Disable the advice of FUNCTION with CLASS and NAME.
277 \(fn FUNCTION CLASS NAME)" t nil)
279 (autoload 'ad-add-advice "advice" "\
280 Add a piece of ADVICE to FUNCTION's list of advices in CLASS.
282 ADVICE has the form (NAME PROTECTED ENABLED DEFINITION), where
283 NAME is the advice name; PROTECTED is a flag specifying whether
284 to protect against non-local exits; ENABLED is a flag specifying
285 whether to initially enable the advice; and DEFINITION has the
286 form (advice . LAMBDA), where LAMBDA is a lambda expression.
288 If FUNCTION already has a piece of advice with the same name,
289 then POSITION is ignored, and the old advice is overwritten with
290 the new one.
292 If FUNCTION already has one or more pieces of advice of the
293 specified CLASS, then POSITION determines where the new piece
294 goes. POSITION can either be `first', `last' or a number (where
295 0 corresponds to `first', and numbers outside the valid range are
296 mapped to the closest extremal position).
298 If FUNCTION was not advised already, its advice info will be
299 initialized. Redefining a piece of advice whose name is part of
300 the cache-id will clear the cache.
302 \(fn FUNCTION ADVICE CLASS POSITION)" nil nil)
304 (autoload 'ad-activate "advice" "\
305 Activate all the advice information of an advised FUNCTION.
306 If FUNCTION has a proper original definition then an advised
307 definition will be generated from FUNCTION's advice info and the
308 definition of FUNCTION will be replaced with it. If a previously
309 cached advised definition was available, it will be used.
310 The optional COMPILE argument determines whether the resulting function
311 or a compilable cached definition will be compiled. If it is negative
312 no compilation will be performed, if it is positive or otherwise non-nil
313 the resulting function will be compiled, if it is nil the behavior depends
314 on the value of `ad-default-compilation-action' (which see).
315 Activation of an advised function that has an advice info but no actual
316 pieces of advice is equivalent to a call to `ad-unadvise'. Activation of
317 an advised function that has actual pieces of advice but none of them are
318 enabled is equivalent to a call to `ad-deactivate'. The current advised
319 definition will always be cached for later usage.
321 \(fn FUNCTION &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
323 (autoload 'defadvice "advice" "\
324 Define a piece of advice for FUNCTION (a symbol).
325 The syntax of `defadvice' is as follows:
327 (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
328 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
329 BODY...)
331 FUNCTION ::= Name of the function to be advised.
332 CLASS ::= `before' | `around' | `after' | `activation' | `deactivation'.
333 NAME ::= Non-nil symbol that names this piece of advice.
334 POSITION ::= `first' | `last' | NUMBER. Optional, defaults to `first',
335 see also `ad-add-advice'.
336 ARGLIST ::= An optional argument list to be used for the advised function
337 instead of the argument list of the original. The first one found in
338 before/around/after-advices will be used.
339 FLAG ::= `protect'|`disable'|`activate'|`compile'|`preactivate'.
340 All flags can be specified with unambiguous initial substrings.
341 DOCSTRING ::= Optional documentation for this piece of advice.
342 INTERACTIVE-FORM ::= Optional interactive form to be used for the advised
343 function. The first one found in before/around/after-advices will be used.
344 BODY ::= Any s-expression.
346 Semantics of the various flags:
347 `protect': The piece of advice will be protected against non-local exits in
348 any code that precedes it. If any around-advice of a function is protected
349 then automatically all around-advices will be protected (the complete onion).
351 `activate': All advice of FUNCTION will be activated immediately if
352 FUNCTION has been properly defined prior to this application of `defadvice'.
354 `compile': In conjunction with `activate' specifies that the resulting
355 advised function should be compiled.
357 `disable': The defined advice will be disabled, hence, it will not be used
358 during activation until somebody enables it.
360 `preactivate': Preactivates the advised FUNCTION at macro-expansion/compile
361 time. This generates a compiled advised definition according to the current
362 advice state that will be used during activation if appropriate. Only use
363 this if the `defadvice' gets actually compiled.
365 usage: (defadvice FUNCTION (CLASS NAME [POSITION] [ARGLIST] FLAG...)
366 [DOCSTRING] [INTERACTIVE-FORM]
367 BODY...)
369 \(fn FUNCTION ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
371 (function-put 'defadvice 'doc-string-elt '3)
373 (function-put 'defadvice 'lisp-indent-function '2)
375 ;;;***
377 ;;;### (autoloads nil "align" "align.el" (22331 17371 979369 668000))
378 ;;; Generated autoloads from align.el
380 (autoload 'align "align" "\
381 Attempt to align a region based on a set of alignment rules.
382 BEG and END mark the region. If BEG and END are specifically set to
383 nil (this can only be done programmatically), the beginning and end of
384 the current alignment section will be calculated based on the location
385 of point, and the value of `align-region-separate' (or possibly each
386 rule's `separate' attribute).
388 If SEPARATE is non-nil, it overrides the value of
389 `align-region-separate' for all rules, except those that have their
390 `separate' attribute set.
392 RULES and EXCLUDE-RULES, if either is non-nil, will replace the
393 default rule lists defined in `align-rules-list' and
394 `align-exclude-rules-list'. See `align-rules-list' for more details
395 on the format of these lists.
397 \(fn BEG END &optional SEPARATE RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
399 (autoload 'align-regexp "align" "\
400 Align the current region using an ad-hoc rule read from the minibuffer.
401 BEG and END mark the limits of the region. Interactively, this function
402 prompts for the regular expression REGEXP to align with.
404 For example, let's say you had a list of phone numbers, and wanted to
405 align them so that the opening parentheses would line up:
407 Fred (123) 456-7890
408 Alice (123) 456-7890
409 Mary-Anne (123) 456-7890
410 Joe (123) 456-7890
412 There is no predefined rule to handle this, but you could easily do it
413 using a REGEXP like \"(\". Interactively, all you would have to do is
414 to mark the region, call `align-regexp' and enter that regular expression.
416 REGEXP must contain at least one parenthesized subexpression, typically
417 whitespace of the form \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)\". In normal interactive use,
418 this is automatically added to the start of your regular expression after
419 you enter it. You only need to supply the characters to be lined up, and
420 any preceding whitespace is replaced.
422 If you specify a prefix argument (or use this function non-interactively),
423 you must enter the full regular expression, including the subexpression.
424 The function also then prompts for which subexpression parenthesis GROUP
425 \(default 1) within REGEXP to modify, the amount of SPACING (default
426 `align-default-spacing') to use, and whether or not to REPEAT the rule
427 throughout the line.
429 See `align-rules-list' for more information about these options.
431 The non-interactive form of the previous example would look something like:
432 (align-regexp (point-min) (point-max) \"\\\\(\\\\s-*\\\\)(\")
434 This function is a nothing more than a small wrapper that helps you
435 construct a rule to pass to `align-region', which does the real work.
437 \(fn BEG END REGEXP &optional GROUP SPACING REPEAT)" t nil)
439 (autoload 'align-entire "align" "\
440 Align the selected region as if it were one alignment section.
441 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES
442 is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to
443 override the default alignment rules that would have been used to
444 align that section.
446 \(fn BEG END &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
448 (autoload 'align-current "align" "\
449 Call `align' on the current alignment section.
450 This function assumes you want to align only the current section, and
451 so saves you from having to specify the region. If RULES or
452 EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it
453 can be used to override the default alignment rules that would have
454 been used to align that section.
456 \(fn &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
458 (autoload 'align-highlight-rule "align" "\
459 Highlight the whitespace which a given rule would have modified.
460 BEG and END mark the extent of the region. TITLE identifies the rule
461 that should be highlighted. If RULES or EXCLUDE-RULES is set to a
462 list of rules (see `align-rules-list'), it can be used to override the
463 default alignment rules that would have been used to identify the text
464 to be colored.
466 \(fn BEG END TITLE &optional RULES EXCLUDE-RULES)" t nil)
468 (autoload 'align-unhighlight-rule "align" "\
469 Remove any highlighting that was added by `align-highlight-rule'.
471 \(fn)" t nil)
473 (autoload 'align-newline-and-indent "align" "\
474 A replacement function for `newline-and-indent', aligning as it goes.
475 The alignment is done by calling `align' on the region that was
476 indented.
478 \(fn)" t nil)
480 ;;;***
482 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout" "allout.el" (22330 59913 751324 119000))
483 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout.el
484 (push (purecopy '(allout 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
486 (autoload 'allout-auto-activation-helper "allout" "\
487 Institute `allout-auto-activation'.
489 Intended to be used as the `allout-auto-activation' :set function.
491 \(fn VAR VALUE)" nil nil)
493 (autoload 'allout-setup "allout" "\
494 Do fundamental Emacs session for allout auto-activation.
496 Establishes allout processing as part of visiting a file if
497 `allout-auto-activation' is non-nil, or removes it otherwise.
499 The proper way to use this is through customizing the setting of
500 `allout-auto-activation'.
502 \(fn)" nil nil)
504 (defvar allout-auto-activation nil "\
505 Configure allout outline mode auto-activation.
507 Control whether and how allout outline mode is automatically
508 activated when files are visited with non-nil buffer-specific
509 file variable `allout-layout'.
511 When allout-auto-activation is \"On\" (t), allout mode is
512 activated in buffers with non-nil `allout-layout', and the
513 specified layout is applied.
515 With value \"ask\", auto-mode-activation is enabled, and endorsement for
516 performing auto-layout is asked of the user each time.
518 With value \"activate\", only auto-mode-activation is enabled.
519 Auto-layout is not.
521 With value nil, inhibit any automatic allout-mode activation.")
523 (custom-autoload 'allout-auto-activation "allout" nil)
525 (put 'allout-use-hanging-indents 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
527 (put 'allout-reindent-bodies 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t text force))))
529 (put 'allout-show-bodies 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
531 (put 'allout-header-prefix 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
533 (put 'allout-primary-bullet 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
535 (put 'allout-plain-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
537 (put 'allout-distinctive-bullets-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
539 (put 'allout-use-mode-specific-leader 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (memq x '(t nil allout-mode-leaders comment-start)) (stringp x))))
541 (put 'allout-old-style-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
543 (put 'allout-stylish-prefixes 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
545 (put 'allout-numbered-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
547 (put 'allout-file-xref-bullet 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'string-or-null-p) 'string-or-null-p (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (null x)))))
549 (put 'allout-presentation-padding 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
551 (put 'allout-layout 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (numberp x) (listp x) (memq x '(: * + -)))))
553 (put 'allout-passphrase-verifier-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
555 (put 'allout-passphrase-hint-string 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
557 (autoload 'allout-mode-p "allout" "\
558 Return t if `allout-mode' is active in current buffer.
560 \(fn)" nil t)
562 (autoload 'allout-mode "allout" "\
563 Toggle Allout outline mode.
564 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout outline mode if ARG is
565 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
566 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
568 \\<allout-mode-map-value>
569 Allout outline mode is a minor mode that provides extensive
570 outline oriented formatting and manipulation. It enables
571 structural editing of outlines, as well as navigation and
572 exposure. It also is specifically aimed at accommodating
573 syntax-sensitive text like programming languages. (For example,
574 see the allout code itself, which is organized as an allout
575 outline.)
577 In addition to typical outline navigation and exposure, allout includes:
579 - topic-oriented authoring, including keystroke-based topic creation,
580 repositioning, promotion/demotion, cut, and paste
581 - incremental search with dynamic exposure and reconcealment of hidden text
582 - adjustable format, so programming code can be developed in outline-structure
583 - easy topic encryption and decryption, symmetric or key-pair
584 - \"Hot-spot\" operation, for single-keystroke maneuvering and exposure control
585 - integral outline layout, for automatic initial exposure when visiting a file
586 - independent extensibility, using comprehensive exposure and authoring hooks
588 and many other features.
590 Below is a description of the key bindings, and then description
591 of special `allout-mode' features and terminology. See also the
592 outline menubar additions for quick reference to many of the
593 features. Customize `allout-auto-activation' to prepare your
594 Emacs session for automatic activation of `allout-mode'.
596 The bindings are those listed in `allout-prefixed-keybindings'
597 and `allout-unprefixed-keybindings'. We recommend customizing
598 `allout-command-prefix' to use just `\\C-c' as the command
599 prefix, if the allout bindings don't conflict with any personal
600 bindings you have on \\C-c. In any case, outline structure
601 navigation and authoring is simplified by positioning the cursor
602 on an item's bullet character, the \"hot-spot\" -- then you can
603 invoke allout commands with just the un-prefixed,
604 un-control-shifted command letters. This is described further in
605 the HOT-SPOT Operation section.
607 Exposure Control:
608 ----------------
609 \\[allout-hide-current-subtree] `allout-hide-current-subtree'
610 \\[allout-show-children] `allout-show-children'
611 \\[allout-show-current-subtree] `allout-show-current-subtree'
612 \\[allout-show-current-entry] `allout-show-current-entry'
613 \\[allout-show-all] `allout-show-all'
615 Navigation:
616 ----------
617 \\[allout-next-visible-heading] `allout-next-visible-heading'
618 \\[allout-previous-visible-heading] `allout-previous-visible-heading'
619 \\[allout-up-current-level] `allout-up-current-level'
620 \\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level'
621 \\[allout-backward-current-level] `allout-backward-current-level'
622 \\[allout-end-of-entry] `allout-end-of-entry'
623 \\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry] `allout-beginning-of-current-entry' (alternately, goes to hot-spot)
624 \\[allout-beginning-of-line] `allout-beginning-of-line' -- like regular beginning-of-line, but
625 if immediately repeated cycles to the beginning of the current item
626 and then to the hot-spot (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles' is set).
629 Topic Header Production:
630 -----------------------
631 \\[allout-open-sibtopic] `allout-open-sibtopic' Create a new sibling after current topic.
632 \\[allout-open-subtopic] `allout-open-subtopic' ... an offspring of current topic.
633 \\[allout-open-supertopic] `allout-open-supertopic' ... a sibling of the current topic's parent.
635 Topic Level and Prefix Adjustment:
636 ---------------------------------
637 \\[allout-shift-in] `allout-shift-in' Shift current topic and all offspring deeper
638 \\[allout-shift-out] `allout-shift-out' ... less deep
639 \\[allout-rebullet-current-heading] `allout-rebullet-current-heading' Prompt for alternate bullet for
640 current topic
641 \\[allout-rebullet-topic] `allout-rebullet-topic' Reconcile bullets of topic and
642 its offspring -- distinctive bullets are not changed, others
643 are alternated according to nesting depth.
644 \\[allout-number-siblings] `allout-number-siblings' Number bullets of topic and siblings --
645 the offspring are not affected.
646 With repeat count, revoke numbering.
648 Topic-oriented Killing and Yanking:
649 ----------------------------------
650 \\[allout-kill-topic] `allout-kill-topic' Kill current topic, including offspring.
651 \\[allout-copy-topic-as-kill] `allout-copy-topic-as-kill' Copy current topic, including offspring.
652 \\[allout-kill-line] `allout-kill-line' Kill line, attending to outline structure.
653 \\[allout-copy-line-as-kill] `allout-copy-line-as-kill' Copy line but don't delete it.
654 \\[allout-yank] `allout-yank' Yank, adjusting depth of yanked topic to
655 depth of heading if yanking into bare topic
656 heading (ie, prefix sans text).
657 \\[allout-yank-pop] `allout-yank-pop' Is to `allout-yank' as `yank-pop' is to `yank'.
659 Topic-oriented Encryption:
660 -------------------------
661 \\[allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption] `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption'
662 Encrypt/Decrypt topic content
664 Misc commands:
665 -------------
666 M-x outlineify-sticky Activate outline mode for current buffer,
667 and establish a default file-var setting
668 for `allout-layout'.
669 \\[allout-mark-topic] `allout-mark-topic'
670 \\[allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-copy-exposed-to-buffer'
671 Duplicate outline, sans concealed text, to
672 buffer with name derived from derived from that
673 of current buffer -- \"*BUFFERNAME exposed*\".
674 \\[allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer] `allout-flatten-exposed-to-buffer'
675 Like above `copy-exposed', but convert topic
676 prefixes to section.subsection... numeric
677 format.
678 \\[customize-variable] allout-auto-activation
679 Prepare Emacs session for allout outline mode
680 auto-activation.
682 Topic Encryption
684 Outline mode supports gpg encryption of topics, with support for
685 symmetric and key-pair modes, and auto-encryption of topics
686 pending encryption on save.
688 Topics pending encryption are, by default, automatically
689 encrypted during file saves, including checkpoint saves, to avoid
690 exposing the plain text of encrypted topics in the file system.
691 If the content of the topic containing the cursor was encrypted
692 for a save, it is automatically decrypted for continued editing.
694 NOTE: A few GnuPG v2 versions improperly preserve incorrect
695 symmetric decryption keys, preventing entry of the correct key on
696 subsequent decryption attempts until the cache times-out. That
697 can take several minutes. (Decryption of other entries is not
698 affected.) Upgrade your EasyPG version, if you can, and you can
699 deliberately clear your gpg-agent's cache by sending it a `-HUP'
700 signal.
702 See `allout-toggle-current-subtree-encryption' function docstring
703 and `allout-encrypt-unencrypted-on-saves' customization variable
704 for details.
706 HOT-SPOT Operation
708 Hot-spot operation provides a means for easy, single-keystroke outline
709 navigation and exposure control.
711 When the text cursor is positioned directly on the bullet character of
712 a topic, regular characters (a to z) invoke the commands of the
713 corresponding allout-mode keymap control chars. For example, \"f\"
714 would invoke the command typically bound to \"C-c<space>C-f\"
715 \(\\[allout-forward-current-level] `allout-forward-current-level').
717 Thus, by positioning the cursor on a topic bullet, you can
718 execute the outline navigation and manipulation commands with a
719 single keystroke. Regular navigation keys (eg, \\[forward-char], \\[next-line]) don't get
720 this special translation, so you can use them to get out of the
721 hot-spot and back to normal editing operation.
723 In allout-mode, the normal beginning-of-line command (\\[allout-beginning-of-line]) is
724 replaced with one that makes it easy to get to the hot-spot. If you
725 repeat it immediately it cycles (if `allout-beginning-of-line-cycles'
726 is set) to the beginning of the item and then, if you hit it again
727 immediately, to the hot-spot. Similarly, `allout-beginning-of-current-entry'
728 \(\\[allout-beginning-of-current-entry]) moves to the hot-spot when the cursor is already located
729 at the beginning of the current entry.
731 Extending Allout
733 Allout exposure and authoring activities all have associated
734 hooks, by which independent code can cooperate with allout
735 without changes to the allout core. Here are key ones:
737 `allout-mode-hook'
738 `allout-mode-deactivate-hook' (deprecated)
739 `allout-mode-off-hook'
740 `allout-exposure-change-functions'
741 `allout-structure-added-functions'
742 `allout-structure-deleted-functions'
743 `allout-structure-shifted-functions'
744 `allout-after-copy-or-kill-hook'
745 `allout-post-undo-hook'
747 Terminology
749 Topic hierarchy constituents -- TOPICS and SUBTOPICS:
751 ITEM: A unitary outline element, including the HEADER and ENTRY text.
752 TOPIC: An ITEM and any ITEMs contained within it, ie having greater DEPTH
753 and with no intervening items of lower DEPTH than the container.
754 CURRENT ITEM:
755 The visible ITEM most immediately containing the cursor.
756 DEPTH: The degree of nesting of an ITEM; it increases with containment.
757 The DEPTH is determined by the HEADER PREFIX. The DEPTH is also
758 called the:
759 LEVEL: The same as DEPTH.
761 ANCESTORS:
762 Those ITEMs whose TOPICs contain an ITEM.
763 PARENT: An ITEM's immediate ANCESTOR. It has a DEPTH one less than that
764 of the ITEM.
765 OFFSPRING:
766 The ITEMs contained within an ITEM's TOPIC.
767 SUBTOPIC:
768 An OFFSPRING of its ANCESTOR TOPICs.
769 CHILD:
770 An immediate SUBTOPIC of its PARENT.
771 SIBLINGS:
772 TOPICs having the same PARENT and DEPTH.
774 Topic text constituents:
776 HEADER: The first line of an ITEM, include the ITEM PREFIX and HEADER
777 text.
778 ENTRY: The text content of an ITEM, before any OFFSPRING, but including
779 the HEADER text and distinct from the ITEM PREFIX.
780 BODY: Same as ENTRY.
781 PREFIX: The leading text of an ITEM which distinguishes it from normal
782 ENTRY text. Allout recognizes the outline structure according
783 to the strict PREFIX format. It consists of a PREFIX-LEAD string,
784 PREFIX-PADDING, and a BULLET. The BULLET might be followed by a
785 number, indicating the ordinal number of the topic among its
786 siblings, or an asterisk indicating encryption, plus an optional
787 space. After that is the ITEM HEADER text, which is not part of
788 the PREFIX.
790 The relative length of the PREFIX determines the nesting DEPTH
791 of the ITEM.
792 PREFIX-LEAD:
793 The string at the beginning of a HEADER PREFIX, by default a `.'.
794 It can be customized by changing the setting of
795 `allout-header-prefix' and then reinitializing `allout-mode'.
797 When the PREFIX-LEAD is set to the comment-string of a
798 programming language, outline structuring can be embedded in
799 program code without interfering with processing of the text
800 (by Emacs or the language processor) as program code. This
801 setting happens automatically when allout mode is used in
802 programming-mode buffers. See `allout-use-mode-specific-leader'
803 docstring for more detail.
804 PREFIX-PADDING:
805 Spaces or asterisks which separate the PREFIX-LEAD and the
806 bullet, determining the ITEM's DEPTH.
807 BULLET: A character at the end of the ITEM PREFIX, it must be one of
808 the characters listed on `allout-plain-bullets-string' or
809 `allout-distinctive-bullets-string'. When creating a TOPIC,
810 plain BULLETs are by default used, according to the DEPTH of the
811 TOPIC. Choice among the distinctive BULLETs is offered when you
812 provide a universal argument (\\[universal-argument]) to the
813 TOPIC creation command, or when explicitly rebulleting a TOPIC. The
814 significance of the various distinctive bullets is purely by
815 convention. See the documentation for the above bullet strings for
816 more details.
817 EXPOSURE:
818 The state of a TOPIC which determines the on-screen visibility
819 of its OFFSPRING and contained ENTRY text.
820 CONCEALED:
821 TOPICs and ENTRY text whose EXPOSURE is inhibited. Concealed
822 text is represented by \"...\" ellipses.
824 CONCEALED TOPICs are effectively collapsed within an ANCESTOR.
825 CLOSED: A TOPIC whose immediate OFFSPRING and body-text is CONCEALED.
826 OPEN: A TOPIC that is not CLOSED, though its OFFSPRING or BODY may be.
828 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
830 (defalias 'outlinify-sticky 'outlineify-sticky)
832 (autoload 'outlineify-sticky "allout" "\
833 Activate outline mode and establish file var so it is started subsequently.
835 See `allout-layout' and customization of `allout-auto-activation'
836 for details on preparing Emacs for automatic allout activation.
838 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
840 ;;;***
842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "allout-widgets" "allout-widgets.el" (22330
843 ;;;;;; 59913 751324 119000))
844 ;;; Generated autoloads from allout-widgets.el
845 (push (purecopy '(allout-widgets 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
847 (autoload 'allout-widgets-setup "allout-widgets" "\
848 Commission or decommission allout-widgets-mode along with allout-mode.
850 Meant to be used by customization of `allout-widgets-auto-activation'.
852 \(fn VARNAME VALUE)" nil nil)
854 (defvar allout-widgets-auto-activation nil "\
855 Activate to enable allout icon graphics wherever allout mode is active.
857 Also enable `allout-auto-activation' for this to take effect upon
858 visiting an outline.
860 When this is set you can disable allout widgets in select files
861 by setting `allout-widgets-mode-inhibit'
863 Instead of setting `allout-widgets-auto-activation' you can
864 explicitly invoke `allout-widgets-mode' in allout buffers where
865 you want allout widgets operation.
867 See `allout-widgets-mode' for allout widgets mode features.")
869 (custom-autoload 'allout-widgets-auto-activation "allout-widgets" nil)
871 (put 'allout-widgets-mode-inhibit 'safe-local-variable (if (fboundp 'booleanp) 'booleanp (lambda (x) (member x '(t nil)))))
873 (autoload 'allout-widgets-mode "allout-widgets" "\
874 Toggle Allout Widgets mode.
875 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Allout Widgets mode if ARG is
876 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
877 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
879 Allout Widgets mode is an extension of Allout mode that provides
880 graphical decoration of outline structure. It is meant to
881 operate along with `allout-mode', via `allout-mode-hook'.
883 The graphics include:
885 - guide lines connecting item bullet-icons with those of their subitems.
887 - icons for item bullets, varying to indicate whether or not the item
888 has subitems, and if so, whether or not the item is expanded.
890 - cue area between the bullet-icon and the start of the body headline,
891 for item numbering, encryption indicator, and distinctive bullets.
893 The bullet-icon and guide line graphics provide keybindings and mouse
894 bindings for easy outline navigation and exposure control, extending
895 outline hot-spot navigation (see `allout-mode').
897 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
899 ;;;***
901 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ange-ftp" "net/ange-ftp.el" (22330 59913 952323
902 ;;;;;; 498000))
903 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ange-ftp.el
905 (defalias 'ange-ftp-re-read-dir 'ange-ftp-reread-dir)
907 (autoload 'ange-ftp-reread-dir "ange-ftp" "\
908 Reread remote directory DIR to update the directory cache.
909 The implementation of remote FTP file names caches directory contents
910 for speed. Therefore, when new remote files are created, Emacs
911 may not know they exist. You can use this command to reread a specific
912 directory, so that Emacs will know its current contents.
914 \(fn &optional DIR)" t nil)
916 (autoload 'ange-ftp-hook-function "ange-ftp" "\
919 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
921 ;;;***
923 ;;;### (autoloads nil "animate" "play/animate.el" (22330 59913 969323
924 ;;;;;; 446000))
925 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/animate.el
927 (autoload 'animate-string "animate" "\
928 Display STRING animations starting at position VPOS, HPOS.
929 The characters start at randomly chosen places,
930 and all slide in parallel to their final positions,
931 passing through `animate-n-steps' positions before the final ones.
932 If HPOS is nil (or omitted), center the string horizontally
933 in the current window.
935 \(fn STRING VPOS &optional HPOS)" nil nil)
937 (autoload 'animate-sequence "animate" "\
938 Display animation strings from LIST-OF-STRING with buffer *Animation*.
939 Strings will be separated from each other by SPACE lines.
940 When the variable `animation-buffer-name' is non-nil display
941 animation in the buffer named by variable's value, creating the
942 buffer if one does not exist.
944 \(fn LIST-OF-STRINGS SPACE)" nil nil)
946 (autoload 'animate-birthday-present "animate" "\
947 Return a birthday present in the buffer *Birthday-Present*.
948 When optional arg NAME is non-nil or called-interactively, prompt for
949 NAME of birthday present receiver and return a birthday present in
950 the buffer *Birthday-Present-for-Name*.
952 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
954 ;;;***
956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ansi-color" "ansi-color.el" (22330 59913 751324
957 ;;;;;; 119000))
958 ;;; Generated autoloads from ansi-color.el
959 (push (purecopy '(ansi-color 3 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
961 (autoload 'ansi-color-for-comint-mode-on "ansi-color" "\
962 Set `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' to t.
964 \(fn)" t nil)
966 (autoload 'ansi-color-process-output "ansi-color" "\
967 Maybe translate SGR control sequences of comint output into text properties.
969 Depending on variable `ansi-color-for-comint-mode' the comint output is
970 either not processed, SGR control sequences are filtered using
971 `ansi-color-filter-region', or SGR control sequences are translated into
972 text properties using `ansi-color-apply-on-region'.
974 The comint output is assumed to lie between the marker
975 `comint-last-output-start' and the process-mark.
977 This is a good function to put in `comint-output-filter-functions'.
979 \(fn IGNORED)" nil nil)
981 ;;;***
983 ;;;### (autoloads nil "antlr-mode" "progmodes/antlr-mode.el" (22330
984 ;;;;;; 59913 978323 418000))
985 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/antlr-mode.el
986 (push (purecopy '(antlr-mode 2 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
988 (autoload 'antlr-show-makefile-rules "antlr-mode" "\
989 Show Makefile rules for all grammar files in the current directory.
990 If the `major-mode' of the current buffer has the value `makefile-mode',
991 the rules are directory inserted at point. Otherwise, a *Help* buffer
992 is shown with the rules which are also put into the `kill-ring' for
993 \\[yank].
995 This command considers import/export vocabularies and grammar
996 inheritance and provides a value for the \"-glib\" option if necessary.
997 Customize variable `antlr-makefile-specification' for the appearance of
998 the rules.
1000 If the file for a super-grammar cannot be determined, special file names
1001 are used according to variable `antlr-unknown-file-formats' and a
1002 commentary with value `antlr-help-unknown-file-text' is added. The
1003 *Help* buffer always starts with the text in `antlr-help-rules-intro'.
1005 \(fn)" t nil)
1007 (autoload 'antlr-mode "antlr-mode" "\
1008 Major mode for editing ANTLR grammar files.
1010 \(fn)" t nil)
1012 (autoload 'antlr-set-tabs "antlr-mode" "\
1013 Use ANTLR's convention for TABs according to `antlr-tab-offset-alist'.
1014 Used in `antlr-mode'. Also a useful function in `java-mode-hook'.
1016 \(fn)" nil nil)
1018 ;;;***
1020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "appt" "calendar/appt.el" (22331 17371 981369
1021 ;;;;;; 661000))
1022 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/appt.el
1024 (autoload 'appt-add "appt" "\
1025 Add an appointment for today at TIME with message MSG.
1026 The time should be in either 24 hour format or am/pm format.
1027 Optional argument WARNTIME is an integer (or string) giving the number
1028 of minutes before the appointment at which to start warning.
1029 The default is `appt-message-warning-time'.
1031 \(fn TIME MSG &optional WARNTIME)" t nil)
1033 (autoload 'appt-activate "appt" "\
1034 Toggle checking of appointments.
1035 With optional numeric argument ARG, turn appointment checking on if
1036 ARG is positive, otherwise off.
1038 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1040 ;;;***
1042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "apropos" "apropos.el" (22331 17371 980369
1043 ;;;;;; 665000))
1044 ;;; Generated autoloads from apropos.el
1046 (autoload 'apropos-read-pattern "apropos" "\
1047 Read an apropos pattern, either a word list or a regexp.
1048 Returns the user pattern, either a list of words which are matched
1049 literally, or a string which is used as a regexp to search for.
1051 SUBJECT is a string that is included in the prompt to identify what
1052 kind of objects to search.
1054 \(fn SUBJECT)" nil nil)
1056 (autoload 'apropos-user-option "apropos" "\
1057 Show user options that match PATTERN.
1058 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1059 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1060 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1061 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1063 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1064 variables, not just user options.
1066 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1068 (autoload 'apropos-variable "apropos" "\
1069 Show variables that match PATTERN.
1070 With the optional argument DO-NOT-ALL non-nil (or when called
1071 interactively with the prefix \\[universal-argument]), show user
1072 options only, i.e. behave like `apropos-user-option'.
1074 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-NOT-ALL)" t nil)
1076 (defalias 'command-apropos 'apropos-command)
1078 (autoload 'apropos-command "apropos" "\
1079 Show commands (interactively callable functions) that match PATTERN.
1080 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1081 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1082 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1083 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1085 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also show
1086 noninteractive functions.
1088 If VAR-PREDICATE is non-nil, show only variables, and only those that
1089 satisfy the predicate VAR-PREDICATE.
1091 When called from a Lisp program, a string PATTERN is used as a regexp,
1092 while a list of strings is used as a word list.
1094 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL VAR-PREDICATE)" t nil)
1096 (autoload 'apropos-documentation-property "apropos" "\
1097 Like (documentation-property SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW) but handle errors.
1099 \(fn SYMBOL PROPERTY RAW)" nil nil)
1101 (autoload 'apropos "apropos" "\
1102 Show all meaningful Lisp symbols whose names match PATTERN.
1103 Symbols are shown if they are defined as functions, variables, or
1104 faces, or if they have nonempty property lists.
1106 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1107 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1108 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1109 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1111 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1112 consider all symbols (if they match PATTERN).
1114 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1116 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1118 (autoload 'apropos-library "apropos" "\
1119 List the variables and functions defined by library FILE.
1120 FILE should be one of the libraries currently loaded and should
1121 thus be found in `load-history'. If `apropos-do-all' is non-nil,
1122 the output includes key-bindings of commands.
1124 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
1126 (autoload 'apropos-value "apropos" "\
1127 Show all symbols whose value's printed representation matches PATTERN.
1128 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1129 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1130 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1131 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1133 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, also looks
1134 at function definitions (arguments, documentation and body) and at the
1135 names and values of properties.
1137 Returns list of symbols and values found.
1139 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1141 (autoload 'apropos-documentation "apropos" "\
1142 Show symbols whose documentation contains matches for PATTERN.
1143 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
1144 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
1145 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of words,
1146 search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
1148 Note that by default this command only searches in the file specified by
1149 `internal-doc-file-name'; i.e., the etc/DOC file. With \\[universal-argument] prefix,
1150 or if `apropos-do-all' is non-nil, it searches all currently defined
1151 documentation strings.
1153 Returns list of symbols and documentation found.
1155 \(fn PATTERN &optional DO-ALL)" t nil)
1157 ;;;***
1159 ;;;### (autoloads nil "arc-mode" "arc-mode.el" (22330 59913 751324
1160 ;;;;;; 119000))
1161 ;;; Generated autoloads from arc-mode.el
1163 (autoload 'archive-mode "arc-mode" "\
1164 Major mode for viewing an archive file in a dired-like way.
1165 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
1166 Letters no longer insert themselves.
1167 Type `e' to pull a file out of the archive and into its own buffer;
1168 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the archive mode buffer.
1170 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
1171 save it, the contents of that buffer will be saved back into the
1172 archive.
1174 \\{archive-mode-map}
1176 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
1178 ;;;***
1180 ;;;### (autoloads nil "array" "array.el" (22330 59913 751324 119000))
1181 ;;; Generated autoloads from array.el
1183 (autoload 'array-mode "array" "\
1184 Major mode for editing arrays.
1186 Array mode is a specialized mode for editing arrays. An array is
1187 considered to be a two-dimensional set of strings. The strings are
1188 NOT recognized as integers or real numbers.
1190 The array MUST reside at the top of the buffer.
1192 TABs are not respected, and may be converted into spaces at any time.
1193 Setting the variable `array-respect-tabs' to non-nil will prevent TAB conversion,
1194 but will cause many functions to give errors if they encounter one.
1196 Upon entering array mode, you will be prompted for the values of
1197 several variables. Others will be calculated based on the values you
1198 supply. These variables are all local to the buffer. Other buffer
1199 in array mode may have different values assigned to the variables.
1200 The variables are:
1202 Variables you assign:
1203 array-max-row: The number of rows in the array.
1204 array-max-column: The number of columns in the array.
1205 array-columns-per-line: The number of columns in the array per line of buffer.
1206 array-field-width: The width of each field, in characters.
1207 array-rows-numbered: A logical variable describing whether to ignore
1208 row numbers in the buffer.
1210 Variables which are calculated:
1211 array-line-length: The number of characters in a buffer line.
1212 array-lines-per-row: The number of buffer lines used to display each row.
1214 The following commands are available (an asterisk indicates it may
1215 take a numeric prefix argument):
1217 * \\<array-mode-map>\\[array-forward-column] Move forward one column.
1218 * \\[array-backward-column] Move backward one column.
1219 * \\[array-next-row] Move down one row.
1220 * \\[array-previous-row] Move up one row.
1222 * \\[array-copy-forward] Copy the current field into the column to the right.
1223 * \\[array-copy-backward] Copy the current field into the column to the left.
1224 * \\[array-copy-down] Copy the current field into the row below.
1225 * \\[array-copy-up] Copy the current field into the row above.
1227 * \\[array-copy-column-forward] Copy the current column into the column to the right.
1228 * \\[array-copy-column-backward] Copy the current column into the column to the left.
1229 * \\[array-copy-row-down] Copy the current row into the row below.
1230 * \\[array-copy-row-up] Copy the current row into the row above.
1232 \\[array-fill-rectangle] Copy the field at mark into every cell with row and column
1233 between that of point and mark.
1235 \\[array-what-position] Display the current array row and column.
1236 \\[array-goto-cell] Go to a particular array cell.
1238 \\[array-make-template] Make a template for a new array.
1239 \\[array-reconfigure-rows] Reconfigure the array.
1240 \\[array-expand-rows] Expand the array (remove row numbers and
1241 newlines inside rows)
1243 \\[array-display-local-variables] Display the current values of local variables.
1245 Entering array mode calls the function `array-mode-hook'.
1247 \(fn)" t nil)
1249 ;;;***
1251 ;;;### (autoloads nil "artist" "textmodes/artist.el" (22330 59913
1252 ;;;;;; 988323 387000))
1253 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/artist.el
1254 (push (purecopy '(artist 1 2 6)) package--builtin-versions)
1256 (autoload 'artist-mode "artist" "\
1257 Toggle Artist mode.
1258 With argument ARG, turn Artist mode on if ARG is positive.
1259 Artist lets you draw lines, squares, rectangles and poly-lines,
1260 ellipses and circles with your mouse and/or keyboard.
1262 How to quit Artist mode
1264 Type \\[artist-mode-off] to quit artist-mode.
1267 How to submit a bug report
1269 Type \\[artist-submit-bug-report] to submit a bug report.
1272 Drawing with the mouse:
1274 mouse-2
1275 shift mouse-2 Pops up a menu where you can select what to draw with
1276 mouse-1, and where you can do some settings (described
1277 below).
1279 mouse-1
1280 shift mouse-1 Draws lines, rectangles or poly-lines, erases, cuts, copies
1281 or pastes:
1283 Operation Not shifted Shifted
1284 --------------------------------------------------------------
1285 Pen fill-char at point line from last point
1286 to new point
1287 --------------------------------------------------------------
1288 Line Line in any direction Straight line
1289 --------------------------------------------------------------
1290 Rectangle Rectangle Square
1291 --------------------------------------------------------------
1292 Poly-line Poly-line in any dir Straight poly-lines
1293 --------------------------------------------------------------
1294 Ellipses Ellipses Circles
1295 --------------------------------------------------------------
1296 Text Text (see thru) Text (overwrite)
1297 --------------------------------------------------------------
1298 Spray-can Spray-can Set size for spray
1299 --------------------------------------------------------------
1300 Erase Erase character Erase rectangle
1301 --------------------------------------------------------------
1302 Vaporize Erase single line Erase connected
1303 lines
1304 --------------------------------------------------------------
1305 Cut Cut rectangle Cut square
1306 --------------------------------------------------------------
1307 Copy Copy rectangle Copy square
1308 --------------------------------------------------------------
1309 Paste Paste Paste
1310 --------------------------------------------------------------
1311 Flood-fill Flood-fill Flood-fill
1312 --------------------------------------------------------------
1314 * Straight lines can only go horizontally, vertically
1315 or diagonally.
1317 * Poly-lines are drawn while holding mouse-1 down. When you
1318 release the button, the point is set. If you want a segment
1319 to be straight, hold down shift before pressing the
1320 mouse-1 button. Click mouse-2 or mouse-3 to stop drawing
1321 poly-lines.
1323 * See thru for text means that text already in the buffer
1324 will be visible through blanks in the text rendered, while
1325 overwrite means the opposite.
1327 * Vaporizing connected lines only vaporizes lines whose
1328 _endpoints_ are connected. See also the variable
1329 `artist-vaporize-fuzziness'.
1331 * Cut copies, then clears the rectangle/square.
1333 * When drawing lines or poly-lines, you can set arrows.
1334 See below under \"Arrows\" for more info.
1336 * The mode line shows the currently selected drawing operation.
1337 In addition, if it has an asterisk (*) at the end, you
1338 are currently drawing something.
1340 * Be patient when flood-filling -- large areas take quite
1341 some time to fill.
1344 mouse-3 Erases character under pointer
1345 shift mouse-3 Erases rectangle
1348 Settings
1350 Set fill Sets the character used when filling rectangles/squares
1352 Set line Sets the character used when drawing lines
1354 Erase char Sets the character used when erasing
1356 Rubber-banding Toggles rubber-banding
1358 Trimming Toggles trimming of line-endings (that is: when the shape
1359 is drawn, extraneous white-space at end of lines is removed)
1361 Borders Toggles the drawing of line borders around filled shapes
1364 Drawing with keys
1366 \\[artist-key-set-point] Does one of the following:
1367 For lines/rectangles/squares: sets the first/second endpoint
1368 For poly-lines: sets a point (use C-u \\[artist-key-set-point] to set last point)
1369 When erase characters: toggles erasing
1370 When cutting/copying: Sets first/last endpoint of rect/square
1371 When pasting: Pastes
1373 \\[artist-select-operation] Selects what to draw
1375 Move around with \\[artist-next-line], \\[artist-previous-line], \\[artist-forward-char] and \\[artist-backward-char].
1377 \\[artist-select-fill-char] Sets the character to use when filling
1378 \\[artist-select-line-char] Sets the character to use when drawing
1379 \\[artist-select-erase-char] Sets the character to use when erasing
1380 \\[artist-toggle-rubber-banding] Toggles rubber-banding
1381 \\[artist-toggle-trim-line-endings] Toggles trimming of line-endings
1382 \\[artist-toggle-borderless-shapes] Toggles borders on drawn shapes
1385 Arrows
1387 \\[artist-toggle-first-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the beginning
1388 of the line/poly-line
1390 \\[artist-toggle-second-arrow] Sets/unsets an arrow at the end
1391 of the line/poly-line
1394 Selecting operation
1396 There are some keys for quickly selecting drawing operations:
1398 \\[artist-select-op-line] Selects drawing lines
1399 \\[artist-select-op-straight-line] Selects drawing straight lines
1400 \\[artist-select-op-rectangle] Selects drawing rectangles
1401 \\[artist-select-op-square] Selects drawing squares
1402 \\[artist-select-op-poly-line] Selects drawing poly-lines
1403 \\[artist-select-op-straight-poly-line] Selects drawing straight poly-lines
1404 \\[artist-select-op-ellipse] Selects drawing ellipses
1405 \\[artist-select-op-circle] Selects drawing circles
1406 \\[artist-select-op-text-see-thru] Selects rendering text (see thru)
1407 \\[artist-select-op-text-overwrite] Selects rendering text (overwrite)
1408 \\[artist-select-op-spray-can] Spray with spray-can
1409 \\[artist-select-op-spray-set-size] Set size for the spray-can
1410 \\[artist-select-op-erase-char] Selects erasing characters
1411 \\[artist-select-op-erase-rectangle] Selects erasing rectangles
1412 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-line] Selects vaporizing single lines
1413 \\[artist-select-op-vaporize-lines] Selects vaporizing connected lines
1414 \\[artist-select-op-cut-rectangle] Selects cutting rectangles
1415 \\[artist-select-op-copy-rectangle] Selects copying rectangles
1416 \\[artist-select-op-paste] Selects pasting
1417 \\[artist-select-op-flood-fill] Selects flood-filling
1420 Variables
1422 This is a brief overview of the different variables. For more info,
1423 see the documentation for the variables (type \\[describe-variable] <variable> RET).
1425 artist-rubber-banding Interactively do rubber-banding or not
1426 artist-first-char What to set at first/second point...
1427 artist-second-char ...when not rubber-banding
1428 artist-interface-with-rect If cut/copy/paste should interface with rect
1429 artist-arrows The arrows to use when drawing arrows
1430 artist-aspect-ratio Character height-to-width for squares
1431 artist-trim-line-endings Trimming of line endings
1432 artist-flood-fill-right-border Right border when flood-filling
1433 artist-flood-fill-show-incrementally Update display while filling
1434 artist-pointer-shape Pointer shape to use while drawing
1435 artist-ellipse-left-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1436 artist-ellipse-right-char Character to use for narrow ellipses
1437 artist-borderless-shapes If shapes should have borders
1438 artist-picture-compatibility Whether or not to be picture mode compatible
1439 artist-vaporize-fuzziness Tolerance when recognizing lines
1440 artist-spray-interval Seconds between repeated sprayings
1441 artist-spray-radius Size of the spray-area
1442 artist-spray-chars The spray-\"color\"
1443 artist-spray-new-chars Initial spray-\"color\"
1445 Hooks
1447 Turning the mode on or off runs `artist-mode-hook'.
1450 Keymap summary
1452 \\{artist-mode-map}
1454 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1456 ;;;***
1458 ;;;### (autoloads nil "asm-mode" "progmodes/asm-mode.el" (22330 59913
1459 ;;;;;; 978323 418000))
1460 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/asm-mode.el
1462 (autoload 'asm-mode "asm-mode" "\
1463 Major mode for editing typical assembler code.
1464 Features a private abbrev table and the following bindings:
1466 \\[asm-colon] outdent a preceding label, tab to next tab stop.
1467 \\[tab-to-tab-stop] tab to next tab stop.
1468 \\[asm-newline] newline, then tab to next tab stop.
1469 \\[asm-comment] smart placement of assembler comments.
1471 The character used for making comments is set by the variable
1472 `asm-comment-char' (which defaults to `?\\;').
1474 Alternatively, you may set this variable in `asm-mode-set-comment-hook',
1475 which is called near the beginning of mode initialization.
1477 Turning on Asm mode runs the hook `asm-mode-hook' at the end of initialization.
1479 Special commands:
1480 \\{asm-mode-map}
1482 \(fn)" t nil)
1484 ;;;***
1486 ;;;### (autoloads nil "auth-source" "gnus/auth-source.el" (22331
1487 ;;;;;; 17372 13369 548000))
1488 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/auth-source.el
1490 (defvar auth-source-cache-expiry 7200 "\
1491 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable
1492 expiring. Overrides `password-cache-expiry' through a
1493 let-binding.")
1495 (custom-autoload 'auth-source-cache-expiry "auth-source" t)
1497 ;;;***
1499 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoarg" "autoarg.el" (22330 59913 751324
1500 ;;;;;; 119000))
1501 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoarg.el
1503 (defvar autoarg-mode nil "\
1504 Non-nil if Autoarg mode is enabled.
1505 See the `autoarg-mode' command
1506 for a description of this minor mode.")
1508 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" nil)
1510 (autoload 'autoarg-mode "autoarg" "\
1511 Toggle Autoarg mode, a global minor mode.
1512 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg mode if ARG is
1513 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1514 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1516 \\<autoarg-mode-map>
1517 In Autoarg mode, digits are bound to `digit-argument', i.e. they
1518 supply prefix arguments as C-DIGIT and M-DIGIT normally do.
1519 Furthermore, C-DIGIT inserts DIGIT.
1520 \\[autoarg-terminate] terminates the prefix sequence and inserts
1521 the digits of the autoarg sequence into the buffer.
1522 Without a numeric prefix arg, the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate]
1523 is invoked, i.e. what it would be with Autoarg mode off.
1525 For example:
1526 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer, as does `C-6 C-9'.
1527 `6 9 a' inserts 69 `a's into the buffer.
1528 `6 9 \\[autoarg-terminate] \\[autoarg-terminate]' inserts `69' into the buffer and
1529 then invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate].
1530 `C-u \\[autoarg-terminate]' invokes the normal binding of \\[autoarg-terminate] four times.
1532 \\{autoarg-mode-map}
1534 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1536 (defvar autoarg-kp-mode nil "\
1537 Non-nil if Autoarg-Kp mode is enabled.
1538 See the `autoarg-kp-mode' command
1539 for a description of this minor mode.
1540 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1541 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1542 or call the function `autoarg-kp-mode'.")
1544 (custom-autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" nil)
1546 (autoload 'autoarg-kp-mode "autoarg" "\
1547 Toggle Autoarg-KP mode, a global minor mode.
1548 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Autoarg-KP mode if ARG is
1549 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1550 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1552 \\<autoarg-kp-mode-map>
1553 This is similar to `autoarg-mode' but rebinds the keypad keys
1554 `kp-1' etc. to supply digit arguments.
1556 \\{autoarg-kp-mode-map}
1558 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1560 ;;;***
1562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoconf" "progmodes/autoconf.el" (22330 59913
1563 ;;;;;; 978323 418000))
1564 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/autoconf.el
1566 (autoload 'autoconf-mode "autoconf" "\
1567 Major mode for editing Autoconf configure.ac files.
1569 \(fn)" t nil)
1571 ;;;***
1573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoinsert" "autoinsert.el" (22330 59913 751324
1574 ;;;;;; 119000))
1575 ;;; Generated autoloads from autoinsert.el
1577 (autoload 'auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1578 Insert default contents into new files if variable `auto-insert' is non-nil.
1579 Matches the visited file name against the elements of `auto-insert-alist'.
1581 \(fn)" t nil)
1583 (autoload 'define-auto-insert "autoinsert" "\
1584 Associate CONDITION with (additional) ACTION in `auto-insert-alist'.
1585 Optional AFTER means to insert action after all existing actions for CONDITION,
1586 or if CONDITION had no actions, after all other CONDITIONs.
1588 \(fn CONDITION ACTION &optional AFTER)" nil nil)
1590 (defvar auto-insert-mode nil "\
1591 Non-nil if Auto-Insert mode is enabled.
1592 See the `auto-insert-mode' command
1593 for a description of this minor mode.
1594 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1595 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1596 or call the function `auto-insert-mode'.")
1598 (custom-autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" nil)
1600 (autoload 'auto-insert-mode "autoinsert" "\
1601 Toggle Auto-insert mode, a global minor mode.
1602 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-insert mode if ARG is
1603 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1604 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1606 When Auto-insert mode is enabled, when new files are created you can
1607 insert a template for the file depending on the mode of the buffer.
1609 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1611 ;;;***
1613 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autoload" "emacs-lisp/autoload.el" (22331
1614 ;;;;;; 17371 988369 637000))
1615 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/autoload.el
1617 (put 'generated-autoload-file 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1619 (put 'generated-autoload-load-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
1621 (put 'autoload-ensure-writable 'risky-local-variable t)
1623 (autoload 'update-file-autoloads "autoload" "\
1624 Update the autoloads for FILE.
1625 If prefix arg SAVE-AFTER is non-nil, save the buffer too.
1627 If FILE binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1628 autoloads are written into that file. Otherwise, the autoloads
1629 file is determined by OUTFILE. If called interactively, prompt
1630 for OUTFILE; if called from Lisp with OUTFILE nil, use the
1631 existing value of `generated-autoload-file'.
1633 Return FILE if there was no autoload cookie in it, else nil.
1635 \(fn FILE &optional SAVE-AFTER OUTFILE)" t nil)
1637 (autoload 'update-directory-autoloads "autoload" "\
1638 Update autoload definitions for Lisp files in the directories DIRS.
1639 In an interactive call, you must give one argument, the name of a
1640 single directory. In a call from Lisp, you can supply multiple
1641 directories as separate arguments, but this usage is discouraged.
1643 The function does NOT recursively descend into subdirectories of the
1644 directory or directories specified.
1646 In an interactive call, prompt for a default output file for the
1647 autoload definitions, and temporarily bind the variable
1648 `generated-autoload-file' to this value. When called from Lisp,
1649 use the existing value of `generated-autoload-file'. If any Lisp
1650 file binds `generated-autoload-file' as a file-local variable,
1651 write its autoloads into the specified file instead.
1653 \(fn &rest DIRS)" t nil)
1655 (autoload 'batch-update-autoloads "autoload" "\
1656 Update loaddefs.el autoloads in batch mode.
1657 Calls `update-directory-autoloads' on the command line arguments.
1658 Definitions are written to `generated-autoload-file' (which
1659 should be non-nil).
1661 \(fn)" nil nil)
1663 ;;;***
1665 ;;;### (autoloads nil "autorevert" "autorevert.el" (22331 17371 980369
1666 ;;;;;; 665000))
1667 ;;; Generated autoloads from autorevert.el
1669 (autoload 'auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1670 Toggle reverting buffer when the file changes (Auto Revert mode).
1671 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Revert mode if ARG is
1672 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1673 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1675 Auto Revert mode is a minor mode that affects only the current
1676 buffer. When enabled, it reverts the buffer when the file on
1677 disk changes.
1679 Use `global-auto-revert-mode' to automatically revert all buffers.
1680 Use `auto-revert-tail-mode' if you know that the file will only grow
1681 without being changed in the part that is already in the buffer.
1683 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1685 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1686 Turn on Auto-Revert Mode.
1688 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1689 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-mode)
1691 \(fn)" nil nil)
1693 (autoload 'auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1694 Toggle reverting tail of buffer when the file grows.
1695 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto-Revert Tail mode if ARG
1696 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1697 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1699 When Auto Revert Tail mode is enabled, the tail of the file is
1700 constantly followed, as with the shell command `tail -f'. This
1701 means that whenever the file grows on disk (presumably because
1702 some background process is appending to it from time to time),
1703 this is reflected in the current buffer.
1705 You can edit the buffer and turn this mode off and on again as
1706 you please. But make sure the background process has stopped
1707 writing before you save the file!
1709 Use `auto-revert-mode' for changes other than appends!
1711 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1713 (autoload 'turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode "autorevert" "\
1714 Turn on Auto-Revert Tail mode.
1716 This function is designed to be added to hooks, for example:
1717 (add-hook \\='my-logfile-mode-hook #\\='turn-on-auto-revert-tail-mode)
1719 \(fn)" nil nil)
1721 (defvar global-auto-revert-mode nil "\
1722 Non-nil if Global Auto-Revert mode is enabled.
1723 See the `global-auto-revert-mode' command
1724 for a description of this minor mode.
1725 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1726 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1727 or call the function `global-auto-revert-mode'.")
1729 (custom-autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" nil)
1731 (autoload 'global-auto-revert-mode "autorevert" "\
1732 Toggle Global Auto Revert mode.
1733 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Auto Revert mode if ARG
1734 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
1735 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1737 Global Auto Revert mode is a global minor mode that reverts any
1738 buffer associated with a file when the file changes on disk. Use
1739 `auto-revert-mode' to revert a particular buffer.
1741 If `global-auto-revert-non-file-buffers' is non-nil, this mode
1742 may also revert some non-file buffers, as described in the
1743 documentation of that variable. It ignores buffers with modes
1744 matching `global-auto-revert-ignore-modes', and buffers with a
1745 non-nil vale of `global-auto-revert-ignore-buffer'.
1747 This function calls the hook `global-auto-revert-mode-hook'.
1748 It displays the text that `global-auto-revert-mode-text'
1749 specifies in the mode line.
1751 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1753 ;;;***
1755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "avoid" "avoid.el" (22330 59913 751324 119000))
1756 ;;; Generated autoloads from avoid.el
1758 (defvar mouse-avoidance-mode nil "\
1759 Activate Mouse Avoidance mode.
1760 See function `mouse-avoidance-mode' for possible values.
1761 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1762 use either \\[customize] or the function `mouse-avoidance-mode'.")
1764 (custom-autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" nil)
1766 (autoload 'mouse-avoidance-mode "avoid" "\
1767 Set Mouse Avoidance mode to MODE.
1768 MODE should be one of the symbols `banish', `exile', `jump', `animate',
1769 `cat-and-mouse', `proteus', or `none'.
1771 If MODE is nil, toggle mouse avoidance between `none' and `banish'
1772 modes. Positive numbers and symbols other than the above are treated
1773 as equivalent to `banish'; negative numbers and `-' are equivalent to `none'.
1775 Effects of the different modes:
1776 * banish: Move the mouse to the upper-right corner on any keypress.
1777 * exile: Move the mouse to the corner only if the cursor gets too close,
1778 and allow it to return once the cursor is out of the way.
1779 * jump: If the cursor gets too close to the mouse, displace the mouse
1780 a random distance & direction.
1781 * animate: As `jump', but shows steps along the way for illusion of motion.
1782 * cat-and-mouse: Same as `animate'.
1783 * proteus: As `animate', but changes the shape of the mouse pointer too.
1785 \(See `mouse-avoidance-threshold' for definition of \"too close\",
1786 and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-dist' and `mouse-avoidance-nudge-var' for
1787 definition of \"random distance\".)
1789 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
1791 ;;;***
1793 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bat-mode" "progmodes/bat-mode.el" (22330 59913
1794 ;;;;;; 978323 418000))
1795 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bat-mode.el
1797 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(bat\\|cmd\\)\\'" . bat-mode))
1799 (autoload 'bat-mode "bat-mode" "\
1800 Major mode for editing DOS/Windows batch files.
1802 Start a new script from `bat-template'. Read help pages for DOS commands
1803 with `bat-cmd-help'. Navigate between sections using `imenu'.
1804 Run script using `bat-run' and `bat-run-args'.
1806 \\{bat-mode-map}
1808 \(fn)" t nil)
1810 ;;;***
1812 ;;;### (autoloads nil "battery" "battery.el" (22331 17371 980369
1813 ;;;;;; 665000))
1814 ;;; Generated autoloads from battery.el
1815 (put 'battery-mode-line-string 'risky-local-variable t)
1817 (autoload 'battery "battery" "\
1818 Display battery status information in the echo area.
1819 The text being displayed in the echo area is controlled by the variables
1820 `battery-echo-area-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1822 \(fn)" t nil)
1824 (defvar display-battery-mode nil "\
1825 Non-nil if Display-Battery mode is enabled.
1826 See the `display-battery-mode' command
1827 for a description of this minor mode.
1828 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
1829 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
1830 or call the function `display-battery-mode'.")
1832 (custom-autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" nil)
1834 (autoload 'display-battery-mode "battery" "\
1835 Toggle battery status display in mode line (Display Battery mode).
1836 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Battery mode if ARG is
1837 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
1838 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
1840 The text displayed in the mode line is controlled by
1841 `battery-mode-line-format' and `battery-status-function'.
1842 The mode line is be updated every `battery-update-interval'
1843 seconds.
1845 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
1847 ;;;***
1849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "benchmark" "emacs-lisp/benchmark.el" (22330
1850 ;;;;;; 59913 928323 572000))
1851 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/benchmark.el
1853 (autoload 'benchmark-run "benchmark" "\
1854 Time execution of FORMS.
1855 If REPETITIONS is supplied as a number, run forms that many times,
1856 accounting for the overhead of the resulting loop. Otherwise run
1857 FORMS once.
1858 Return a list of the total elapsed time for execution, the number of
1859 garbage collections that ran, and the time taken by garbage collection.
1860 See also `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1862 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1864 (function-put 'benchmark-run 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1866 (autoload 'benchmark-run-compiled "benchmark" "\
1867 Time execution of compiled version of FORMS.
1868 This is like `benchmark-run', but what is timed is a funcall of the
1869 byte code obtained by wrapping FORMS in a `lambda' and compiling the
1870 result. The overhead of the `lambda's is accounted for.
1872 \(fn &optional REPETITIONS &rest FORMS)" nil t)
1874 (function-put 'benchmark-run-compiled 'lisp-indent-function '1)
1876 (autoload 'benchmark "benchmark" "\
1877 Print the time taken for REPETITIONS executions of FORM.
1878 Interactively, REPETITIONS is taken from the prefix arg.
1879 For non-interactive use see also `benchmark-run' and
1880 `benchmark-run-compiled'.
1882 \(fn REPETITIONS FORM)" t nil)
1884 ;;;***
1886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex" "textmodes/bibtex.el" (22330 59913
1887 ;;;;;; 990323 381000))
1888 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex.el
1890 (autoload 'bibtex-initialize "bibtex" "\
1891 (Re)Initialize BibTeX buffers.
1892 Visit the BibTeX files defined by `bibtex-files' and return a list
1893 of corresponding buffers.
1894 Initialize in these buffers `bibtex-reference-keys' if not yet set.
1895 List of BibTeX buffers includes current buffer if CURRENT is non-nil
1896 and the current buffer visits a file using `bibtex-mode'.
1897 If FORCE is non-nil, (re)initialize `bibtex-reference-keys' even if
1898 already set. If SELECT is non-nil interactively select a BibTeX buffer.
1900 When called interactively, FORCE is t, CURRENT is t if current buffer
1901 visits a file using `bibtex-mode', and SELECT is t if current buffer
1902 does not use `bibtex-mode',
1904 \(fn &optional CURRENT FORCE SELECT)" t nil)
1906 (autoload 'bibtex-mode "bibtex" "\
1907 Major mode for editing BibTeX files.
1909 General information on working with BibTeX mode:
1911 Use commands such as \\<bibtex-mode-map>\\[bibtex-Book] to get a template for a specific entry.
1912 Then fill in all desired fields using \\[bibtex-next-field] to jump from field
1913 to field. After having filled in all desired fields in the entry, clean the
1914 new entry with the command \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1916 Some features of BibTeX mode are available only by setting the variable
1917 `bibtex-maintain-sorted-entries' to non-nil. However, then BibTeX mode
1918 works only with buffers containing valid (syntactically correct) and sorted
1919 entries. This is usually the case, if you have created a buffer completely
1920 with BibTeX mode and finished every new entry with \\[bibtex-clean-entry].
1922 For third party BibTeX files, call the command \\[bibtex-convert-alien]
1923 to fully take advantage of all features of BibTeX mode.
1926 Special information:
1928 A command such as \\[bibtex-Book] outlines the fields for a BibTeX book entry.
1930 The names of optional fields start with the string OPT, and are thus ignored
1931 by BibTeX. The names of alternative fields from which only one is required
1932 start with the string ALT. The OPT or ALT string may be removed from
1933 the name of a field with \\[bibtex-remove-OPT-or-ALT].
1934 \\[bibtex-make-field] inserts a new field after the current one.
1935 \\[bibtex-kill-field] kills the current field entirely.
1936 \\[bibtex-yank] yanks the last recently killed field after the current field.
1937 \\[bibtex-remove-delimiters] removes the double-quotes or braces around the text of the current field.
1938 \\[bibtex-empty-field] replaces the text of the current field with the default \"\" or {}.
1939 \\[bibtex-find-text] moves point to the end of the current field.
1940 \\[completion-at-point] completes word fragment before point according to context.
1942 The command \\[bibtex-clean-entry] cleans the current entry, i.e. it removes OPT/ALT
1943 from the names of all non-empty optional or alternative fields, checks that
1944 no required fields are empty, and does some formatting dependent on the value
1945 of `bibtex-entry-format'. Furthermore, it can automatically generate a key
1946 for the BibTeX entry, see `bibtex-generate-autokey'.
1947 Note: some functions in BibTeX mode depend on entries being in a special
1948 format (all fields beginning on separate lines), so it is usually a bad
1949 idea to remove `realign' from `bibtex-entry-format'.
1951 BibTeX mode supports Imenu and hideshow minor mode (`hs-minor-mode').
1953 ----------------------------------------------------------
1954 Entry to BibTeX mode calls the value of `bibtex-mode-hook'
1955 if that value is non-nil.
1957 \\{bibtex-mode-map}
1959 \(fn)" t nil)
1961 (autoload 'bibtex-search-entry "bibtex" "\
1962 Move point to the beginning of BibTeX entry named KEY.
1963 Return position of entry if KEY is found or nil if not found.
1964 With GLOBAL non-nil, search KEY in `bibtex-files'. Otherwise the search
1965 is limited to the current buffer. Optional arg START is buffer position
1966 where the search starts. If it is nil, start search at beginning of buffer.
1967 If DISPLAY is non-nil, display the buffer containing KEY.
1968 Otherwise, use `set-buffer'.
1969 When called interactively, START is nil, DISPLAY is t.
1970 Also, GLOBAL is t if the current mode is not `bibtex-mode'
1971 or `bibtex-search-entry-globally' is non-nil.
1972 A prefix arg negates the value of `bibtex-search-entry-globally'.
1974 \(fn KEY &optional GLOBAL START DISPLAY)" t nil)
1976 ;;;***
1978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bibtex-style" "textmodes/bibtex-style.el"
1979 ;;;;;; (22330 59913 990323 381000))
1980 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/bibtex-style.el
1982 (autoload 'bibtex-style-mode "bibtex-style" "\
1983 Major mode for editing BibTeX style files.
1985 \(fn)" t nil)
1987 ;;;***
1989 ;;;### (autoloads nil "binhex" "mail/binhex.el" (22330 59913 947323
1990 ;;;;;; 514000))
1991 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/binhex.el
1993 (defconst binhex-begin-line "^:...............................................................$" "\
1994 Regular expression matching the start of a BinHex encoded region.")
1996 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-internal "binhex" "\
1997 Binhex decode region between START and END without using an external program.
1998 If HEADER-ONLY is non-nil only decode header and return filename.
2000 \(fn START END &optional HEADER-ONLY)" t nil)
2002 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region-external "binhex" "\
2003 Binhex decode region between START and END using external decoder.
2005 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2007 (autoload 'binhex-decode-region "binhex" "\
2008 Binhex decode region between START and END.
2010 \(fn START END)" t nil)
2012 ;;;***
2014 ;;;### (autoloads nil "blackbox" "play/blackbox.el" (22330 59913
2015 ;;;;;; 969323 446000))
2016 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/blackbox.el
2018 (autoload 'blackbox "blackbox" "\
2019 Play blackbox.
2020 Optional prefix argument is the number of balls; the default is 4.
2022 What is blackbox?
2024 Blackbox is a game of hide and seek played on an 8 by 8 grid (the
2025 Blackbox). Your opponent (Emacs, in this case) has hidden several
2026 balls (usually 4) within this box. By shooting rays into the box and
2027 observing where they emerge it is possible to deduce the positions of
2028 the hidden balls. The fewer rays you use to find the balls, the lower
2029 your score.
2031 Overview of play:
2033 \\<blackbox-mode-map>To play blackbox, type \\[blackbox]. An optional prefix argument
2034 specifies the number of balls to be hidden in the box; the default is
2035 four.
2037 The cursor can be moved around the box with the standard cursor
2038 movement keys.
2040 To shoot a ray, move the cursor to the edge of the box and press SPC.
2041 The result will be determined and the playfield updated.
2043 You may place or remove balls in the box by moving the cursor into the
2044 box and pressing \\[bb-romp].
2046 When you think the configuration of balls you have placed is correct,
2047 press \\[bb-done]. You will be informed whether you are correct or
2048 not, and be given your score. Your score is the number of letters and
2049 numbers around the outside of the box plus five for each incorrectly
2050 placed ball. If you placed any balls incorrectly, they will be
2051 indicated with `x', and their actual positions indicated with `o'.
2053 Details:
2055 There are three possible outcomes for each ray you send into the box:
2057 Detour: the ray is deflected and emerges somewhere other than
2058 where you sent it in. On the playfield, detours are
2059 denoted by matching pairs of numbers -- one where the
2060 ray went in, and the other where it came out.
2062 Reflection: the ray is reflected and emerges in the same place
2063 it was sent in. On the playfield, reflections are
2064 denoted by the letter `R'.
2066 Hit: the ray strikes a ball directly and is absorbed. It does
2067 not emerge from the box. On the playfield, hits are
2068 denoted by the letter `H'.
2070 The rules for how balls deflect rays are simple and are best shown by
2071 example.
2073 As a ray approaches a ball it is deflected ninety degrees. Rays can
2074 be deflected multiple times. In the diagrams below, the dashes
2075 represent empty box locations and the letter `O' represents a ball.
2076 The entrance and exit points of each ray are marked with numbers as
2077 described under \"Detour\" above. Note that the entrance and exit
2078 points are always interchangeable. `*' denotes the path taken by the
2079 ray.
2081 Note carefully the relative positions of the ball and the ninety
2082 degree deflection it causes.
2085 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2086 - * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2087 1 * * - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - O -
2088 - - O - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - * * * * - -
2089 - - - - - - - - - - - * * * * * 2 3 * * * - - * - -
2090 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - O - * - -
2091 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * * - -
2092 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - * - O -
2095 As mentioned above, a reflection occurs when a ray emerges from the same point
2096 it was sent in. This can happen in several ways:
2099 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2100 - - - - O - - - - - O - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2101 R * * * * - - - - - - - * - - - - O - - - - - - -
2102 - - - - O - - - - - - * - - - - R - - - - - - - -
2103 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2104 - - - - - - - - - - - * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2105 - - - - - - - - R * * * * - - - - - - - - - - - -
2106 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - - - - - -
2108 In the first example, the ray is deflected downwards by the upper
2109 ball, then left by the lower ball, and finally retraces its path to
2110 its point of origin. The second example is similar. The third
2111 example is a bit anomalous but can be rationalized by realizing the
2112 ray never gets a chance to get into the box. Alternatively, the ray
2113 can be thought of as being deflected downwards and immediately
2114 emerging from the box.
2116 A hit occurs when a ray runs straight into a ball:
2118 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2119 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - -
2120 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - H * * * * - - - -
2121 - - - - - - - - H * * * * O - - - - - - * - - - -
2122 - - - - - - - - - - - - O - - - - - - O - - - -
2123 H * * * O - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2124 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2125 - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - -
2127 Be sure to compare the second example of a hit with the first example of
2128 a reflection.
2130 \(fn NUM)" t nil)
2132 ;;;***
2134 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bookmark" "bookmark.el" (22330 59913 737324
2135 ;;;;;; 162000))
2136 ;;; Generated autoloads from bookmark.el
2137 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "b" 'bookmark-jump)
2138 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "m" 'bookmark-set)
2139 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite)
2140 (define-key ctl-x-r-map "l" 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2142 (defvar bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map "x" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "m" 'bookmark-set) (define-key map "M" 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite) (define-key map "j" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "g" 'bookmark-jump) (define-key map "o" 'bookmark-jump-other-window) (define-key map "i" 'bookmark-insert) (define-key map "e" 'edit-bookmarks) (define-key map "f" 'bookmark-insert-location) (define-key map "r" 'bookmark-rename) (define-key map "d" 'bookmark-delete) (define-key map "l" 'bookmark-load) (define-key map "w" 'bookmark-write) (define-key map "s" 'bookmark-save) map) "\
2143 Keymap containing bindings to bookmark functions.
2144 It is not bound to any key by default: to bind it
2145 so that you have a bookmark prefix, just use `global-set-key' and bind a
2146 key of your choice to `bookmark-map'. All interactive bookmark
2147 functions have a binding in this keymap.")
2148 (fset 'bookmark-map bookmark-map)
2150 (autoload 'bookmark-set "bookmark" "\
2151 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2152 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2154 With a prefix arg (non-nil NO-OVERWRITE), do not overwrite any
2155 existing bookmark that has the same name as NAME, but instead push the
2156 new bookmark onto the bookmark alist. The most recently set bookmark
2157 with name NAME is thus the one in effect at any given time, but the
2158 others are still there, should the user decide to delete the most
2159 recent one.
2161 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2162 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2163 yank successive words.
2165 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2166 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2167 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2168 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2169 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2171 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2172 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2173 the list of bookmarks.)
2175 \(fn &optional NAME NO-OVERWRITE)" t nil)
2177 (autoload 'bookmark-set-no-overwrite "bookmark" "\
2178 Set a bookmark named NAME at the current location.
2179 If NAME is nil, then prompt the user.
2181 If a bookmark named NAME already exists and prefix argument
2182 PUSH-BOOKMARK is non-nil, then push the new bookmark onto the
2183 bookmark alist. Pushing it means that among bookmarks named
2184 NAME, this one becomes the one in effect, but the others are
2185 still there, in order, and become effective again if the user
2186 ever deletes the most recent one.
2188 Otherwise, if a bookmark named NAME already exists but PUSH-BOOKMARK
2189 is nil, raise an error.
2191 To yank words from the text of the buffer and use them as part of the
2192 bookmark name, type C-w while setting a bookmark. Successive C-w's
2193 yank successive words.
2195 Typing C-u inserts (at the bookmark name prompt) the name of the last
2196 bookmark used in the document where the new bookmark is being set;
2197 this helps you use a single bookmark name to track progress through a
2198 large document. If there is no prior bookmark for this document, then
2199 C-u inserts an appropriate name based on the buffer or file.
2201 Use \\[bookmark-delete] to remove bookmarks (you give it a name and
2202 it removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name from
2203 the list of bookmarks.)
2205 \(fn &optional NAME PUSH-BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2207 (autoload 'bookmark-jump "bookmark" "\
2208 Jump to bookmark BOOKMARK (a point in some file).
2209 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2210 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2211 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2212 this.
2214 If the file pointed to by BOOKMARK no longer exists, you will be asked
2215 if you wish to give the bookmark a new location, and `bookmark-jump'
2216 will then jump to the new location, as well as recording it in place
2217 of the old one in the permanent bookmark record.
2219 BOOKMARK is usually a bookmark name (a string). It can also be a
2220 bookmark record, but this is usually only done by programmatic callers.
2222 If DISPLAY-FUNC is non-nil, it is a function to invoke to display the
2223 bookmark. It defaults to `switch-to-buffer'. A typical value for
2224 DISPLAY-FUNC would be `switch-to-buffer-other-window'.
2226 \(fn BOOKMARK &optional DISPLAY-FUNC)" t nil)
2228 (autoload 'bookmark-jump-other-window "bookmark" "\
2229 Jump to BOOKMARK in another window. See `bookmark-jump' for more.
2231 \(fn BOOKMARK)" t nil)
2233 (autoload 'bookmark-relocate "bookmark" "\
2234 Relocate BOOKMARK-NAME to another file, reading file name with minibuffer.
2236 This makes an already existing bookmark point to that file, instead of
2237 the one it used to point at. Useful when a file has been renamed
2238 after a bookmark was set in it.
2240 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2242 (autoload 'bookmark-insert-location "bookmark" "\
2243 Insert the name of the file associated with BOOKMARK-NAME.
2245 Optional second arg NO-HISTORY means don't record this in the
2246 minibuffer history list `bookmark-history'.
2248 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional NO-HISTORY)" t nil)
2250 (defalias 'bookmark-locate 'bookmark-insert-location)
2252 (autoload 'bookmark-rename "bookmark" "\
2253 Change the name of OLD-NAME bookmark to NEW-NAME name.
2254 If called from keyboard, prompt for OLD-NAME and NEW-NAME.
2255 If called from menubar, select OLD-NAME from a menu and prompt for NEW-NAME.
2257 If called from Lisp, prompt for NEW-NAME if only OLD-NAME was passed
2258 as an argument. If called with two strings, then no prompting is done.
2259 You must pass at least OLD-NAME when calling from Lisp.
2261 While you are entering the new name, consecutive C-w's insert
2262 consecutive words from the text of the buffer into the new bookmark
2263 name.
2265 \(fn OLD-NAME &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
2267 (autoload 'bookmark-insert "bookmark" "\
2268 Insert the text of the file pointed to by bookmark BOOKMARK-NAME.
2269 BOOKMARK-NAME is a bookmark name (a string), not a bookmark record.
2271 You may have a problem using this function if the value of variable
2272 `bookmark-alist' is nil. If that happens, you need to load in some
2273 bookmarks. See help on function `bookmark-load' for more about
2274 this.
2276 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME)" t nil)
2278 (autoload 'bookmark-delete "bookmark" "\
2279 Delete BOOKMARK-NAME from the bookmark list.
2281 Removes only the first instance of a bookmark with that name. If
2282 there are one or more other bookmarks with the same name, they will
2283 not be deleted. Defaults to the \"current\" bookmark (that is, the
2284 one most recently used in this file, if any).
2285 Optional second arg BATCH means don't update the bookmark list buffer,
2286 probably because we were called from there.
2288 \(fn BOOKMARK-NAME &optional BATCH)" t nil)
2290 (autoload 'bookmark-write "bookmark" "\
2291 Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer).
2293 \(fn)" t nil)
2295 (function-put 'bookmark-write 'interactive-only 'bookmark-save)
2297 (autoload 'bookmark-save "bookmark" "\
2298 Save currently defined bookmarks.
2299 Saves by default in the file defined by the variable
2300 `bookmark-default-file'. With a prefix arg, save it in file FILE
2301 \(second argument).
2303 If you are calling this from Lisp, the two arguments are PARG and
2304 FILE, and if you just want it to write to the default file, then
2305 pass no arguments. Or pass in nil and FILE, and it will save in FILE
2306 instead. If you pass in one argument, and it is non-nil, then the
2307 user will be interactively queried for a file to save in.
2309 When you want to load in the bookmarks from a file, use
2310 `bookmark-load', \\[bookmark-load]. That function will prompt you
2311 for a file, defaulting to the file defined by variable
2312 `bookmark-default-file'.
2314 \(fn &optional PARG FILE)" t nil)
2316 (autoload 'bookmark-load "bookmark" "\
2317 Load bookmarks from FILE (which must be in bookmark format).
2318 Appends loaded bookmarks to the front of the list of bookmarks. If
2319 optional second argument OVERWRITE is non-nil, existing bookmarks are
2320 destroyed. Optional third arg NO-MSG means don't display any messages
2321 while loading.
2323 If you load a file that doesn't contain a proper bookmark alist, you
2324 will corrupt Emacs's bookmark list. Generally, you should only load
2325 in files that were created with the bookmark functions in the first
2326 place. Your own personal bookmark file, specified by the variable
2327 `bookmark-default-file', is maintained automatically by Emacs; you
2328 shouldn't need to load it explicitly.
2330 If you load a file containing bookmarks with the same names as
2331 bookmarks already present in your Emacs, the new bookmarks will get
2332 unique numeric suffixes \"<2>\", \"<3>\", etc.
2334 \(fn FILE &optional OVERWRITE NO-MSG)" t nil)
2336 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-list "bookmark" "\
2337 Display a list of existing bookmarks.
2338 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Bookmark List*'.
2339 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
2340 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
2342 \(fn)" t nil)
2344 (defalias 'list-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2346 (defalias 'edit-bookmarks 'bookmark-bmenu-list)
2348 (autoload 'bookmark-bmenu-search "bookmark" "\
2349 Incremental search of bookmarks, hiding the non-matches as we go.
2351 \(fn)" t nil)
2353 (defvar menu-bar-bookmark-map (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Bookmark functions"))) (bindings--define-key map [load] '(menu-item "Load a Bookmark File..." bookmark-load :help "Load bookmarks from a bookmark file)")) (bindings--define-key map [write] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks As..." bookmark-write :help "Write bookmarks to a file (reading the file name with the minibuffer)")) (bindings--define-key map [save] '(menu-item "Save Bookmarks" bookmark-save :help "Save currently defined bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [edit] '(menu-item "Edit Bookmark List" bookmark-bmenu-list :help "Display a list of existing bookmarks")) (bindings--define-key map [delete] '(menu-item "Delete Bookmark..." bookmark-delete :help "Delete a bookmark from the bookmark list")) (bindings--define-key map [rename] '(menu-item "Rename Bookmark..." bookmark-rename :help "Change the name of a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [locate] '(menu-item "Insert Location..." bookmark-locate :help "Insert the name of the file associated with a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [insert] '(menu-item "Insert Contents..." bookmark-insert :help "Insert the text of the file pointed to by a bookmark")) (bindings--define-key map [set] '(menu-item "Set Bookmark..." bookmark-set :help "Set a bookmark named inside a file.")) (bindings--define-key map [jump] '(menu-item "Jump to Bookmark..." bookmark-jump :help "Jump to a bookmark (a point in some file)")) map))
2355 (defalias 'menu-bar-bookmark-map menu-bar-bookmark-map)
2357 ;;;***
2359 ;;;### (autoloads nil "browse-url" "net/browse-url.el" (22330 59913
2360 ;;;;;; 952323 498000))
2361 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/browse-url.el
2363 (defvar browse-url-browser-function 'browse-url-default-browser "\
2364 Function to display the current buffer in a WWW browser.
2365 This is used by the `browse-url-at-point', `browse-url-at-mouse', and
2366 `browse-url-of-file' commands.
2368 If the value is not a function it should be a list of pairs
2369 \(REGEXP . FUNCTION). In this case the function called will be the one
2370 associated with the first REGEXP which matches the current URL. The
2371 function is passed the URL and any other args of `browse-url'. The last
2372 regexp should probably be \".\" to specify a default browser.")
2374 (custom-autoload 'browse-url-browser-function "browse-url" t)
2376 (autoload 'browse-url-of-file "browse-url" "\
2377 Ask a WWW browser to display FILE.
2378 Display the current buffer's file if FILE is nil or if called
2379 interactively. Turn the filename into a URL with function
2380 `browse-url-file-url'. Pass the URL to a browser using the
2381 `browse-url' function then run `browse-url-of-file-hook'.
2383 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
2385 (autoload 'browse-url-of-buffer "browse-url" "\
2386 Ask a WWW browser to display BUFFER.
2387 Display the current buffer if BUFFER is nil. Display only the
2388 currently visible part of BUFFER (from a temporary file) if buffer is
2389 narrowed.
2391 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
2393 (autoload 'browse-url-of-dired-file "browse-url" "\
2394 In Dired, ask a WWW browser to display the file named on this line.
2396 \(fn)" t nil)
2398 (autoload 'browse-url-of-region "browse-url" "\
2399 Ask a WWW browser to display the current region.
2401 \(fn MIN MAX)" t nil)
2403 (autoload 'browse-url "browse-url" "\
2404 Ask a WWW browser to load URL.
2405 Prompt for a URL, defaulting to the URL at or before point.
2406 Invokes a suitable browser function which does the actual job.
2407 The variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser function to
2408 use. If the URL is a mailto: URL, consult `browse-url-mailto-function'
2409 first, if that exists.
2411 The additional ARGS are passed to the browser function. See the doc
2412 strings of the actual functions, starting with `browse-url-browser-function',
2413 for information about the significance of ARGS (most of the functions
2414 ignore it).
2415 If ARGS are omitted, the default is to pass `browse-url-new-window-flag'
2416 as ARGS.
2418 \(fn URL &rest ARGS)" t nil)
2420 (autoload 'browse-url-at-point "browse-url" "\
2421 Ask a WWW browser to load the URL at or before point.
2422 Variable `browse-url-browser-function' says which browser to use.
2423 Optional prefix argument ARG non-nil inverts the value of the option
2424 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2426 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2428 (autoload 'browse-url-at-mouse "browse-url" "\
2429 Ask a WWW browser to load a URL clicked with the mouse.
2430 The URL is the one around or before the position of the mouse click
2431 but point is not changed. Variable `browse-url-browser-function'
2432 says which browser to use.
2434 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
2436 (autoload 'browse-url-xdg-open "browse-url" "\
2437 Pass the specified URL to the \"xdg-open\" command.
2438 xdg-open is a desktop utility that calls your preferred web browser.
2439 The optional argument IGNORED is not used.
2441 \(fn URL &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
2443 (autoload 'browse-url-netscape "browse-url" "\
2444 Ask the Netscape WWW browser to load URL.
2445 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2446 `browse-url-netscape-arguments' are also passed to Netscape.
2448 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2449 non-nil, load the document in a new Netscape window, otherwise use a
2450 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2451 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2453 If `browse-url-netscape-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2454 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2455 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2457 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2458 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2460 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2462 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-netscape 'nil '"25.1")
2464 (autoload 'browse-url-mozilla "browse-url" "\
2465 Ask the Mozilla WWW browser to load URL.
2466 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2467 `browse-url-mozilla-arguments' are also passed to Mozilla.
2469 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2470 non-nil, load the document in a new Mozilla window, otherwise use a
2471 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2472 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2474 If `browse-url-mozilla-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2475 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2476 new tab in an existing window instead.
2478 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2479 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2481 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2483 (autoload 'browse-url-firefox "browse-url" "\
2484 Ask the Firefox WWW browser to load URL.
2485 Defaults to the URL around or before point. Passes the strings
2486 in the variable `browse-url-firefox-arguments' to Firefox.
2488 Interactively, if the variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil,
2489 loads the document in a new Firefox window. A non-nil prefix argument
2490 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2492 If `browse-url-firefox-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then
2493 whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it
2494 is loaded in a new tab in an existing window instead.
2496 Non-interactively, this uses the optional second argument NEW-WINDOW
2497 instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2499 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2501 (autoload 'browse-url-chromium "browse-url" "\
2502 Ask the Chromium WWW browser to load URL.
2503 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in
2504 variable `browse-url-chromium-arguments' are also passed to
2505 Chromium.
2506 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2508 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2510 (autoload 'browse-url-galeon "browse-url" "\
2511 Ask the Galeon WWW browser to load URL.
2512 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2513 `browse-url-galeon-arguments' are also passed to Galeon.
2515 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2516 non-nil, load the document in a new Galeon window, otherwise use a
2517 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2518 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2520 If `browse-url-galeon-new-window-is-tab' is non-nil, then whenever a
2521 document would otherwise be loaded in a new window, it is loaded in a
2522 new tab in an existing window instead.
2524 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2525 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2527 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2529 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-galeon 'nil '"25.1")
2531 (autoload 'browse-url-emacs "browse-url" "\
2532 Ask Emacs to load URL into a buffer and show it in another window.
2534 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2536 (autoload 'browse-url-gnome-moz "browse-url" "\
2537 Ask Mozilla/Netscape to load URL via the GNOME program `gnome-moz-remote'.
2538 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2539 `browse-url-gnome-moz-arguments' are also passed.
2541 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2542 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use an
2543 existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the
2544 effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2546 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2547 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2549 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2551 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-gnome-moz 'nil '"25.1")
2553 (autoload 'browse-url-mosaic "browse-url" "\
2554 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2556 Default to the URL around or before point. The strings in variable
2557 `browse-url-mosaic-arguments' are also passed to Mosaic and the
2558 program is invoked according to the variable
2559 `browse-url-mosaic-program'.
2561 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2562 non-nil, load the document in a new Mosaic window, otherwise use a
2563 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2564 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2566 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2567 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2569 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2571 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-mosaic 'nil '"25.1")
2573 (autoload 'browse-url-cci "browse-url" "\
2574 Ask the XMosaic WWW browser to load URL.
2575 Default to the URL around or before point.
2577 This function only works for XMosaic version 2.5 or later. You must
2578 select `CCI' from XMosaic's File menu, set the CCI Port Address to the
2579 value of variable `browse-url-CCI-port', and enable `Accept requests'.
2581 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2582 non-nil, load the document in a new browser window, otherwise use a
2583 random existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses
2584 the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2586 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2587 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2589 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2591 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-cci 'nil '"25.1")
2593 (autoload 'browse-url-conkeror "browse-url" "\
2594 Ask the Conkeror WWW browser to load URL.
2595 Default to the URL around or before point. Also pass the strings
2596 in the variable `browse-url-conkeror-arguments' to Conkeror.
2598 When called interactively, if variable
2599 `browse-url-new-window-flag' is non-nil, load the document in a
2600 new Conkeror window, otherwise use a random existing one. A
2601 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2602 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2604 If variable `browse-url-conkeror-new-window-is-buffer' is
2605 non-nil, then whenever a document would otherwise be loaded in a
2606 new window, load it in a new buffer in an existing window instead.
2608 When called non-interactively, use optional second argument
2609 NEW-WINDOW instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2611 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2613 (autoload 'browse-url-w3 "browse-url" "\
2614 Ask the w3 WWW browser to load URL.
2615 Default to the URL around or before point.
2617 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2618 non-nil, load the document in a new window. A non-nil interactive
2619 prefix argument reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2621 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2622 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2624 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2626 (autoload 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit "browse-url" "\
2627 Ask another Emacs running gnuserv to load the URL using the W3 browser.
2628 The `browse-url-gnudoit-program' program is used with options given by
2629 `browse-url-gnudoit-args'. Default to the URL around or before point.
2631 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2633 (make-obsolete 'browse-url-w3-gnudoit 'nil '"25.1")
2635 (autoload 'browse-url-text-xterm "browse-url" "\
2636 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2637 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2638 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2639 in an Xterm window using the Xterm program named by `browse-url-xterm-program'
2640 with possible additional arguments `browse-url-xterm-args'.
2641 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2643 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2645 (autoload 'browse-url-text-emacs "browse-url" "\
2646 Ask a text browser to load URL.
2647 URL defaults to the URL around or before point.
2648 This runs the text browser specified by `browse-url-text-browser'.
2649 With a prefix argument, it runs a new browser process in a new buffer.
2651 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2652 non-nil, load the document in a new browser process in a new term window,
2653 otherwise use any existing one. A non-nil interactive prefix argument
2654 reverses the effect of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2656 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2657 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2659 \(fn URL &optional NEW-BUFFER)" t nil)
2661 (autoload 'browse-url-mail "browse-url" "\
2662 Open a new mail message buffer within Emacs for the RFC 2368 URL.
2663 Default to using the mailto: URL around or before point as the
2664 recipient's address. Supplying a non-nil interactive prefix argument
2665 will cause the mail to be composed in another window rather than the
2666 current one.
2668 When called interactively, if variable `browse-url-new-window-flag' is
2669 non-nil use `compose-mail-other-window', otherwise `compose-mail'. A
2670 non-nil interactive prefix argument reverses the effect of
2671 `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2673 When called non-interactively, optional second argument NEW-WINDOW is
2674 used instead of `browse-url-new-window-flag'.
2676 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2678 (autoload 'browse-url-generic "browse-url" "\
2679 Ask the WWW browser defined by `browse-url-generic-program' to load URL.
2680 Default to the URL around or before point. A fresh copy of the
2681 browser is started up in a new process with possible additional arguments
2682 `browse-url-generic-args'. This is appropriate for browsers which
2683 don't offer a form of remote control.
2685 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2687 (autoload 'browse-url-kde "browse-url" "\
2688 Ask the KDE WWW browser to load URL.
2689 Default to the URL around or before point.
2690 The optional argument NEW-WINDOW is not used.
2692 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2694 (autoload 'browse-url-elinks "browse-url" "\
2695 Ask the Elinks WWW browser to load URL.
2696 Default to the URL around the point.
2698 The document is loaded in a new tab of a running Elinks or, if
2699 none yet running, a newly started instance.
2701 The Elinks command will be prepended by the program+arguments
2702 from `browse-url-elinks-wrapper'.
2704 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" t nil)
2706 ;;;***
2708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bs" "bs.el" (22330 59913 751324 119000))
2709 ;;; Generated autoloads from bs.el
2710 (push (purecopy '(bs 1 17)) package--builtin-versions)
2712 (autoload 'bs-cycle-next "bs" "\
2713 Select next buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2714 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2715 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2717 \(fn)" t nil)
2719 (autoload 'bs-cycle-previous "bs" "\
2720 Select previous buffer defined by buffer cycling.
2721 The buffers taking part in buffer cycling are defined
2722 by buffer configuration `bs-cycle-configuration-name'.
2724 \(fn)" t nil)
2726 (autoload 'bs-customize "bs" "\
2727 Customization of group bs for Buffer Selection Menu.
2729 \(fn)" t nil)
2731 (autoload 'bs-show "bs" "\
2732 Make a menu of buffers so you can manipulate buffers or the buffer list.
2733 \\<bs-mode-map>
2734 There are many key commands similar to `Buffer-menu-mode' for
2735 manipulating the buffer list and the buffers themselves.
2736 User can move with [up] or [down], select a buffer
2737 by \\[bs-select] or [SPC]
2739 Type \\[bs-kill] to leave Buffer Selection Menu without a selection.
2740 Type \\[bs-help] after invocation to get help on commands available.
2741 With prefix argument ARG show a different buffer list. Function
2742 `bs--configuration-name-for-prefix-arg' determine accordingly
2743 name of buffer configuration.
2745 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
2747 ;;;***
2749 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bubbles" "play/bubbles.el" (22330 59913 969323
2750 ;;;;;; 446000))
2751 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/bubbles.el
2753 (autoload 'bubbles "bubbles" "\
2754 Play Bubbles game.
2755 \\<bubbles-mode-map>
2756 The goal is to remove all bubbles with as few moves as possible.
2757 \\[bubbles-plop] on a bubble removes that bubble and all
2758 connected bubbles of the same color. Unsupported bubbles fall
2759 down, and columns that do not contain any bubbles suck the
2760 columns on its right towards the left.
2762 \\[bubbles-set-game-easy] sets the difficulty to easy.
2763 \\[bubbles-set-game-medium] sets the difficulty to medium.
2764 \\[bubbles-set-game-difficult] sets the difficulty to difficult.
2765 \\[bubbles-set-game-hard] sets the difficulty to hard.
2767 \(fn)" t nil)
2769 ;;;***
2771 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bug-reference" "progmodes/bug-reference.el"
2772 ;;;;;; (22330 59913 978323 418000))
2773 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/bug-reference.el
2775 (put 'bug-reference-url-format 'safe-local-variable (lambda (s) (or (stringp s) (and (symbolp s) (get s 'bug-reference-url-format)))))
2777 (autoload 'bug-reference-mode "bug-reference" "\
2778 Toggle hyperlinking bug references in the buffer (Bug Reference mode).
2779 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Bug Reference mode if ARG is
2780 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
2781 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
2783 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2785 (autoload 'bug-reference-prog-mode "bug-reference" "\
2786 Like `bug-reference-mode', but only buttonize in comments and strings.
2788 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2790 ;;;***
2792 ;;;### (autoloads nil "bytecomp" "emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el" (22331
2793 ;;;;;; 17371 989369 633000))
2794 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/bytecomp.el
2795 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2796 (put 'byte-compile-disable-print-circle 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2797 (put 'byte-compile-dynamic-docstrings 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2799 (put 'byte-compile-warnings 'safe-local-variable (lambda (v) (or (symbolp v) (null (delq nil (mapcar (lambda (x) (not (symbolp x))) v))))))
2801 (autoload 'byte-compile-disable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2802 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to disable WARNING.
2803 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, set it to `(not WARNING)'.
2804 Otherwise, if the first element is `not', add WARNING, else remove it.
2805 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2806 else the global value will be modified.
2808 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2810 (autoload 'byte-compile-enable-warning "bytecomp" "\
2811 Change `byte-compile-warnings' to enable WARNING.
2812 If `byte-compile-warnings' is t, do nothing. Otherwise, if the
2813 first element is `not', remove WARNING, else add it.
2814 Normally you should let-bind `byte-compile-warnings' before calling this,
2815 else the global value will be modified.
2817 \(fn WARNING)" nil nil)
2819 (autoload 'byte-force-recompile "bytecomp" "\
2820 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that already has a `.elc' file.
2821 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2823 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
2825 (autoload 'byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2826 Recompile every `.el' file in DIRECTORY that needs recompilation.
2827 This happens when a `.elc' file exists but is older than the `.el' file.
2828 Files in subdirectories of DIRECTORY are processed also.
2830 If the `.elc' file does not exist, normally this function *does not*
2831 compile the corresponding `.el' file. However, if the prefix argument
2832 ARG is 0, that means do compile all those files. A nonzero
2833 ARG means ask the user, for each such `.el' file, whether to
2834 compile it. A nonzero ARG also means ask about each subdirectory
2835 before scanning it.
2837 If the third argument FORCE is non-nil, recompile every `.el' file
2838 that already has a `.elc' file.
2840 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional ARG FORCE)" t nil)
2841 (put 'no-byte-compile 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
2843 (autoload 'byte-compile-file "bytecomp" "\
2844 Compile a file of Lisp code named FILENAME into a file of byte code.
2845 The output file's name is generated by passing FILENAME to the
2846 function `byte-compile-dest-file' (which see).
2847 With prefix arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg), LOAD the file after compiling.
2848 The value is non-nil if there were no errors, nil if errors.
2850 \(fn FILENAME &optional LOAD)" t nil)
2852 (autoload 'compile-defun "bytecomp" "\
2853 Compile and evaluate the current top-level form.
2854 Print the result in the echo area.
2855 With argument ARG, insert value in current buffer after the form.
2857 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2859 (autoload 'byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2860 If FORM is a symbol, byte-compile its function definition.
2861 If FORM is a lambda or a macro, byte-compile it as a function.
2863 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
2865 (autoload 'display-call-tree "bytecomp" "\
2866 Display a call graph of a specified file.
2867 This lists which functions have been called, what functions called
2868 them, and what functions they call. The list includes all functions
2869 whose definitions have been compiled in this Emacs session, as well as
2870 all functions called by those functions.
2872 The call graph does not include macros, inline functions, or
2873 primitives that the byte-code interpreter knows about directly
2874 \(`eq', `cons', etc.).
2876 The call tree also lists those functions which are not known to be called
2877 \(that is, to which no calls have been compiled), and which cannot be
2878 invoked interactively.
2880 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
2882 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile-if-not-done "bytecomp" "\
2883 Like `byte-compile-file' but doesn't recompile if already up to date.
2884 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2885 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2887 \(fn)" nil nil)
2889 (autoload 'batch-byte-compile "bytecomp" "\
2890 Run `byte-compile-file' on the files remaining on the command line.
2891 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
2892 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
2893 Each file is processed even if an error occurred previously.
2894 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-byte-compile $emacs/ ~/*.el\".
2895 If NOFORCE is non-nil, don't recompile a file that seems to be
2896 already up-to-date.
2898 \(fn &optional NOFORCE)" nil nil)
2900 (autoload 'batch-byte-recompile-directory "bytecomp" "\
2901 Run `byte-recompile-directory' on the dirs remaining on the command line.
2902 Must be used only with `-batch', and kills Emacs on completion.
2903 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-byte-recompile-directory .'.
2905 Optional argument ARG is passed as second argument ARG to
2906 `byte-recompile-directory'; see there for its possible values
2907 and corresponding effects.
2909 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
2911 ;;;***
2913 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-china" "calendar/cal-china.el" (22330
2914 ;;;;;; 59913 919323 600000))
2915 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-china.el
2917 (put 'calendar-chinese-time-zone 'risky-local-variable t)
2919 ;;;***
2921 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-dst" "calendar/cal-dst.el" (22330 59913
2922 ;;;;;; 919323 600000))
2923 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-dst.el
2925 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-starts 'risky-local-variable t)
2927 (put 'calendar-daylight-savings-ends 'risky-local-variable t)
2929 (put 'calendar-current-time-zone-cache 'risky-local-variable t)
2931 ;;;***
2933 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cal-hebrew" "calendar/cal-hebrew.el" (22331
2934 ;;;;;; 17371 981369 661000))
2935 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/cal-hebrew.el
2937 (autoload 'calendar-hebrew-list-yahrzeits "cal-hebrew" "\
2938 List Yahrzeit dates for *Gregorian* DEATH-DATE from START-YEAR to END-YEAR.
2939 When called interactively from the calendar window, the date of death is taken
2940 from the cursor position.
2942 \(fn DEATH-DATE START-YEAR END-YEAR)" t nil)
2944 ;;;***
2946 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc" "calc/calc.el" (22330 59913 918323 603000))
2947 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc.el
2948 (define-key ctl-x-map "*" 'calc-dispatch)
2950 (autoload 'calc-dispatch "calc" "\
2951 Invoke the GNU Emacs Calculator. See \\[calc-dispatch-help] for details.
2953 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
2955 (autoload 'calc "calc" "\
2956 The Emacs Calculator. Full documentation is listed under \"calc-mode\".
2958 \(fn &optional ARG FULL-DISPLAY INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2960 (autoload 'full-calc "calc" "\
2961 Invoke the Calculator and give it a full-sized window.
2963 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2965 (autoload 'quick-calc "calc" "\
2966 Do a quick calculation in the minibuffer without invoking full Calculator.
2967 With prefix argument INSERT, insert the result in the current
2968 buffer. Otherwise, the result is copied into the kill ring.
2970 \(fn &optional INSERT)" t nil)
2972 (autoload 'calc-eval "calc" "\
2973 Do a quick calculation and return the result as a string.
2974 Return value will either be the formatted result in string form,
2975 or a list containing a character position and an error message in string form.
2977 \(fn STR &optional SEPARATOR &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
2979 (autoload 'calc-keypad "calc" "\
2980 Invoke the Calculator in \"visual keypad\" mode.
2981 This is most useful in the X window system.
2982 In this mode, click on the Calc \"buttons\" using the left mouse button.
2983 Or, position the cursor manually and do M-x calc-keypad-press.
2985 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2987 (autoload 'full-calc-keypad "calc" "\
2988 Invoke the Calculator in full-screen \"visual keypad\" mode.
2989 See calc-keypad for details.
2991 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
2993 (autoload 'calc-grab-region "calc" "\
2994 Parse the region as a vector of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
2996 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
2998 (autoload 'calc-grab-rectangle "calc" "\
2999 Parse a rectangle as a matrix of numbers and push it on the Calculator stack.
3001 \(fn TOP BOT ARG)" t nil)
3003 (autoload 'calc-embedded "calc" "\
3004 Start Calc Embedded mode on the formula surrounding point.
3006 \(fn ARG &optional END OBEG OEND)" t nil)
3008 (autoload 'calc-embedded-activate "calc" "\
3009 Scan the current editing buffer for all embedded := and => formulas.
3010 Also looks for the equivalent TeX words, \\gets and \\evalto.
3012 \(fn &optional ARG CBUF)" t nil)
3014 (autoload 'defmath "calc" "\
3015 Define Calc function.
3017 Like `defun' except that code in the body of the definition can
3018 make use of the full range of Calc data types and the usual
3019 arithmetic operations are converted to their Calc equivalents.
3021 The prefix `calcFunc-' is added to the specified name to get the
3022 actual Lisp function name.
3024 See Info node `(calc)Defining Functions'.
3026 \(fn FUNC ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
3028 (function-put 'defmath 'doc-string-elt '3)
3030 ;;;***
3032 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calc-undo" "calc/calc-undo.el" (22330 59913
3033 ;;;;;; 918323 603000))
3034 ;;; Generated autoloads from calc/calc-undo.el
3036 (autoload 'calc-undo "calc-undo" "\
3039 \(fn N)" t nil)
3041 ;;;***
3043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calculator" "calculator.el" (22331 17371 981369
3044 ;;;;;; 661000))
3045 ;;; Generated autoloads from calculator.el
3047 (autoload 'calculator "calculator" "\
3048 Run the Emacs calculator.
3049 See the documentation for `calculator-mode' for more information.
3051 \(fn)" t nil)
3053 ;;;***
3055 ;;;### (autoloads nil "calendar" "calendar/calendar.el" (22330 59913
3056 ;;;;;; 919323 600000))
3057 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/calendar.el
3059 (autoload 'calendar "calendar" "\
3060 Display a three-month Gregorian calendar.
3061 The three months appear side by side, with the current month in
3062 the middle surrounded by the previous and next months. The
3063 cursor is put on today's date. If optional prefix argument ARG
3064 is non-nil, prompts for the central month and year.
3066 Once in the calendar window, future or past months can be moved
3067 into view. Arbitrary months can be displayed, or the calendar
3068 can be scrolled forward or backward. The cursor can be moved
3069 forward or backward by one day, one week, one month, or one year.
3070 All of these commands take prefix arguments which, when negative,
3071 cause movement in the opposite direction. For convenience, the
3072 digit keys and the minus sign are automatically prefixes. Use
3073 \\[describe-mode] for details of the key bindings in the calendar
3074 window.
3076 Displays the calendar in a separate window, or optionally in a
3077 separate frame, depending on the value of `calendar-setup'.
3079 If `calendar-view-diary-initially-flag' is non-nil, also displays the
3080 diary entries for the current date (or however many days
3081 `diary-number-of-entries' specifies). This variable can be
3082 overridden by `calendar-setup'. As well as being displayed,
3083 diary entries can also be marked on the calendar (see
3084 `calendar-mark-diary-entries-flag').
3086 Runs the following hooks:
3088 `calendar-load-hook' - after loading calendar.el
3089 `calendar-today-visible-hook', `calendar-today-invisible-hook' - after
3090 generating a calendar, if today's date is visible or not, respectively
3091 `calendar-initial-window-hook' - after first creating a calendar
3093 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
3095 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
3097 ;;;***
3099 ;;;### (autoloads nil "canlock" "gnus/canlock.el" (22331 17372 13369
3100 ;;;;;; 548000))
3101 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/canlock.el
3103 (autoload 'canlock-insert-header "canlock" "\
3104 Insert a Cancel-Key and/or a Cancel-Lock header if possible.
3106 \(fn &optional ID-FOR-KEY ID-FOR-LOCK PASSWORD)" nil nil)
3108 (autoload 'canlock-verify "canlock" "\
3109 Verify Cancel-Lock or Cancel-Key in BUFFER.
3110 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is assumed. Signal an error if
3111 it fails.
3113 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
3115 ;;;***
3117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-engine" "progmodes/cc-engine.el" (22331
3118 ;;;;;; 17372 91369 271000))
3119 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-engine.el
3121 (autoload 'c-guess-basic-syntax "cc-engine" "\
3122 Return the syntactic context of the current line.
3124 \(fn)" nil nil)
3126 ;;;***
3128 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-guess" "progmodes/cc-guess.el" (22330 59913
3129 ;;;;;; 978323 418000))
3130 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-guess.el
3132 (defvar c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist nil "\
3133 Currently guessed offsets-alist.")
3135 (defvar c-guess-guessed-basic-offset nil "\
3136 Currently guessed basic-offset.")
3138 (autoload 'c-guess "cc-guess" "\
3139 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max', and install it.
3141 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3143 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3144 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3145 made from scratch.
3147 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3149 (autoload 'c-guess-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3150 Guess the style in the region up to `c-guess-region-max'; don't install it.
3152 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3153 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3154 made from scratch.
3156 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3158 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer "cc-guess" "\
3159 Guess the style on the whole current buffer, and install it.
3161 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3163 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3164 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3165 made from scratch.
3167 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3169 (autoload 'c-guess-buffer-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3170 Guess the style on the whole current buffer; don't install it.
3172 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3173 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3174 made from scratch.
3176 \(fn &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3178 (autoload 'c-guess-region "cc-guess" "\
3179 Guess the style on the region and install it.
3181 The style is given a name based on the file's absolute file name.
3183 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3184 non-nil) then the previous guess is extended, otherwise a new guess is
3185 made from scratch.
3187 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3189 (autoload 'c-guess-region-no-install "cc-guess" "\
3190 Guess the style on the region; don't install it.
3192 Every line of code in the region is examined and values for the following two
3193 variables are guessed:
3195 * `c-basic-offset', and
3196 * the indentation values of the various syntactic symbols in
3197 `c-offsets-alist'.
3199 The guessed values are put into `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset' and
3200 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist'.
3202 Frequencies of use are taken into account when guessing, so minor
3203 inconsistencies in the indentation style shouldn't produce wrong guesses.
3205 If given a prefix argument (or if the optional argument ACCUMULATE is
3206 non-nil) then the previous examination is extended, otherwise a new
3207 guess is made from scratch.
3209 Note that the larger the region to guess in, the slower the guessing.
3210 So you can limit the region with `c-guess-region-max'.
3212 \(fn START END &optional ACCUMULATE)" t nil)
3214 (autoload 'c-guess-install "cc-guess" "\
3215 Install the latest guessed style into the current buffer.
3216 \(This guessed style is a combination of `c-guess-guessed-basic-offset',
3217 `c-guess-guessed-offsets-alist' and `c-offsets-alist'.)
3219 The style is entered into CC Mode's style system by
3220 `c-add-style'. Its name is either STYLE-NAME, or a name based on
3221 the absolute file name of the file if STYLE-NAME is nil.
3223 \(fn &optional STYLE-NAME)" t nil)
3225 ;;;***
3227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-mode" "progmodes/cc-mode.el" (22331 17372
3228 ;;;;;; 92369 267000))
3229 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-mode.el
3231 (autoload 'c-initialize-cc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3232 Initialize CC Mode for use in the current buffer.
3233 If the optional NEW-STYLE-INIT is nil or left out then all necessary
3234 initialization to run CC Mode for the C language is done. Otherwise
3235 only some basic setup is done, and a call to `c-init-language-vars' or
3236 `c-init-language-vars-for' is necessary too (which gives more
3237 control). See \"cc-mode.el\" for more info.
3239 \(fn &optional NEW-STYLE-INIT)" nil nil)
3240 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(cc\\|hh\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3241 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\(pp\\|xx\\|\\+\\+\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3242 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(CC?\\|HH?\\)\\'" . c++-mode))
3243 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.[ch]\\'" . c-mode))
3244 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.y\\(acc\\)?\\'" . c-mode))
3245 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.lex\\'" . c-mode))
3246 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.i\\'" . c-mode))
3247 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.ii\\'" . c++-mode))
3249 (autoload 'c-mode "cc-mode" "\
3250 Major mode for editing C code.
3252 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3253 c-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3254 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3255 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3257 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3259 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3260 initialization, then `c-mode-hook'.
3262 Key bindings:
3263 \\{c-mode-map}
3265 \(fn)" t nil)
3267 (autoload 'c++-mode "cc-mode" "\
3268 Major mode for editing C++ code.
3269 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3270 c++-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3271 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3272 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3273 message.
3275 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3277 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3278 initialization, then `c++-mode-hook'.
3280 Key bindings:
3281 \\{c++-mode-map}
3283 \(fn)" t nil)
3284 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.m\\'" . objc-mode))
3286 (autoload 'objc-mode "cc-mode" "\
3287 Major mode for editing Objective C code.
3288 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3289 objc-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3290 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3291 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3292 message.
3294 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3296 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3297 initialization, then `objc-mode-hook'.
3299 Key bindings:
3300 \\{objc-mode-map}
3302 \(fn)" t nil)
3303 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.java\\'" . java-mode))
3305 (autoload 'java-mode "cc-mode" "\
3306 Major mode for editing Java code.
3307 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3308 java-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3309 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3310 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3311 message.
3313 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3315 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3316 initialization, then `java-mode-hook'.
3318 Key bindings:
3319 \\{java-mode-map}
3321 \(fn)" t nil)
3322 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.idl\\'" . idl-mode))
3324 (autoload 'idl-mode "cc-mode" "\
3325 Major mode for editing CORBA's IDL, PSDL and CIDL code.
3326 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3327 idl-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3328 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3329 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3330 message.
3332 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3334 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3335 initialization, then `idl-mode-hook'.
3337 Key bindings:
3338 \\{idl-mode-map}
3340 \(fn)" t nil)
3341 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.\\(u?lpc\\|pike\\|pmod\\(\\.in\\)?\\)\\'" . pike-mode))
3342 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("pike" . pike-mode))
3344 (autoload 'pike-mode "cc-mode" "\
3345 Major mode for editing Pike code.
3346 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from a
3347 pike-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with
3348 version information already added. You just need to add a description
3349 of the problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the
3350 message.
3352 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3354 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3355 initialization, then `pike-mode-hook'.
3357 Key bindings:
3358 \\{pike-mode-map}
3360 \(fn)" t nil)
3361 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.awk\\'" . awk-mode))
3362 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("awk" . awk-mode))
3363 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("mawk" . awk-mode))
3364 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("nawk" . awk-mode))
3365 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist '("gawk" . awk-mode))
3367 (autoload 'awk-mode "cc-mode" "\
3368 Major mode for editing AWK code.
3369 To submit a problem report, enter `\\[c-submit-bug-report]' from an
3370 awk-mode buffer. This automatically sets up a mail buffer with version
3371 information already added. You just need to add a description of the
3372 problem, including a reproducible test case, and send the message.
3374 To see what version of CC Mode you are running, enter `\\[c-version]'.
3376 The hook `c-mode-common-hook' is run with no args at mode
3377 initialization, then `awk-mode-hook'.
3379 Key bindings:
3380 \\{awk-mode-map}
3382 \(fn)" t nil)
3384 ;;;***
3386 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-styles" "progmodes/cc-styles.el" (22330
3387 ;;;;;; 59913 978323 418000))
3388 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-styles.el
3390 (autoload 'c-set-style "cc-styles" "\
3391 Set the current buffer to use the style STYLENAME.
3392 STYLENAME, a string, must be an existing CC Mode style - These are contained
3393 in the variable `c-style-alist'.
3395 The variable `c-indentation-style' will get set to STYLENAME.
3397 \"Setting the style\" is done by setting CC Mode's \"style variables\" to the
3398 values indicated by the pertinent entry in `c-style-alist'. Other variables
3399 might get set too.
3401 If DONT-OVERRIDE is neither nil nor t, style variables whose default values
3402 have been set (more precisely, whose default values are not the symbol
3403 `set-from-style') will not be changed. This avoids overriding global settings
3404 done in your init file. It is useful to call c-set-style from a mode hook
3405 in this way.
3407 If DONT-OVERRIDE is t, style variables that already have values (i.e., whose
3408 values are not the symbol `set-from-style') will not be overridden. CC Mode
3409 calls c-set-style internally in this way whilst initializing a buffer; if
3410 cc-set-style is called like this from anywhere else, it will usually behave as
3411 a null operation.
3413 \(fn STYLENAME &optional DONT-OVERRIDE)" t nil)
3415 (autoload 'c-add-style "cc-styles" "\
3416 Adds a style to `c-style-alist', or updates an existing one.
3417 STYLE is a string identifying the style to add or update. DESCRIPTION
3418 is an association list describing the style and must be of the form:
3420 ([BASESTYLE] (VARIABLE . VALUE) [(VARIABLE . VALUE) ...])
3422 See the variable `c-style-alist' for the semantics of BASESTYLE,
3423 VARIABLE and VALUE. This function also sets the current style to
3424 STYLE using `c-set-style' if the optional SET-P flag is non-nil.
3426 \(fn STYLE DESCRIPTION &optional SET-P)" t nil)
3428 (autoload 'c-set-offset "cc-styles" "\
3429 Change the value of a syntactic element symbol in `c-offsets-alist'.
3430 SYMBOL is the syntactic element symbol to change and OFFSET is the new
3431 offset for that syntactic element. The optional argument is not used
3432 and exists only for compatibility reasons.
3434 \(fn SYMBOL OFFSET &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
3436 ;;;***
3438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cc-vars" "progmodes/cc-vars.el" (22331 17377
3439 ;;;;;; 953348 450000))
3440 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cc-vars.el
3441 (put 'c-basic-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3442 (put 'c-backslash-column 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
3443 (put 'c-file-style 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
3445 ;;;***
3447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ccl" "international/ccl.el" (22330 59913 939323
3448 ;;;;;; 538000))
3449 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ccl.el
3451 (autoload 'ccl-compile "ccl" "\
3452 Return the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM as a vector of integers.
3454 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM)" nil nil)
3456 (autoload 'ccl-dump "ccl" "\
3457 Disassemble compiled CCL-code CODE.
3459 \(fn CODE)" nil nil)
3461 (autoload 'declare-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3462 Declare NAME as a name of CCL program.
3464 This macro exists for backward compatibility. In the old version of
3465 Emacs, to compile a CCL program which calls another CCL program not
3466 yet defined, it must be declared as a CCL program in advance. But,
3467 now CCL program names are resolved not at compile time but before
3468 execution.
3470 Optional arg VECTOR is a compiled CCL code of the CCL program.
3472 \(fn NAME &optional VECTOR)" nil t)
3474 (autoload 'define-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3475 Set NAME the compiled code of CCL-PROGRAM.
3477 CCL-PROGRAM has this form:
3478 (BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION
3479 CCL_MAIN_CODE
3480 [ CCL_EOF_CODE ])
3482 BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION is an integer value specifying the approximate
3483 output buffer magnification size compared with the bytes of input data
3484 text. It is assured that the actual output buffer has 256 bytes
3485 more than the size calculated by BUFFER_MAGNIFICATION.
3486 If the value is zero, the CCL program can't execute `read' and
3487 `write' commands.
3489 CCL_MAIN_CODE and CCL_EOF_CODE are CCL program codes. CCL_MAIN_CODE
3490 executed at first. If there's no more input data when `read' command
3491 is executed in CCL_MAIN_CODE, CCL_EOF_CODE is executed. If
3492 CCL_MAIN_CODE is terminated, CCL_EOF_CODE is not executed.
3494 Here's the syntax of CCL program code in BNF notation. The lines
3495 starting by two semicolons (and optional leading spaces) describe the
3496 semantics.
3498 CCL_MAIN_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3500 CCL_EOF_CODE := CCL_BLOCK
3502 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3504 STATEMENT :=
3505 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | READ | WRITE | CALL
3506 | TRANSLATE | MAP | LOOKUP | END
3508 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION)
3509 | (REG ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR EXPRESSION)
3510 ;; The following form is the same as (r0 = integer).
3511 | integer
3513 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OPERATOR ARG)
3515 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. If the result is nonzero, execute
3516 ;; CCL_BLOCK_0. Otherwise, execute CCL_BLOCK_1.
3517 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3519 ;; Evaluate EXPRESSION. Provided that the result is N, execute
3520 ;; CCL_BLOCK_N.
3521 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3523 ;; Execute STATEMENTs until (break) or (end) is executed.
3525 ;; Create a block of STATEMENTs for repeating. The STATEMENTs
3526 ;; are executed sequentially until REPEAT or BREAK is executed.
3527 ;; If REPEAT statement is executed, STATEMENTs are executed from the
3528 ;; start again. If BREAK statements is executed, the execution
3529 ;; exits from the block. If neither REPEAT nor BREAK is
3530 ;; executed, the execution exits from the block after executing the
3531 ;; last STATEMENT.
3532 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...])
3534 ;; Terminate the most inner loop.
3535 BREAK := (break)
3537 REPEAT :=
3538 ;; Jump to the head of the most inner loop.
3539 (repeat)
3540 ;; Same as: ((write [REG | integer | string])
3541 ;; (repeat))
3542 | (write-repeat [REG | integer | string])
3543 ;; Same as: ((write REG [ARRAY])
3544 ;; (read REG)
3545 ;; (repeat))
3546 | (write-read-repeat REG [ARRAY])
3547 ;; Same as: ((write integer)
3548 ;; (read REG)
3549 ;; (repeat))
3550 | (write-read-repeat REG integer)
3552 READ := ;; Set REG_0 to a byte read from the input text, set REG_1
3553 ;; to the next byte read, and so on.
3554 (read REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3555 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3556 ;; (if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1))
3557 | (read-if (REG OPERATOR ARG) CCL_BLOCK_0 CCL_BLOCK_1)
3558 ;; Same as: ((read REG)
3559 ;; (branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...]))
3560 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK_0 [CCL_BLOCK_1 ...])
3561 ;; Read a character from the input text while parsing
3562 ;; multibyte representation, set REG_0 to the charset ID of
3563 ;; the character, set REG_1 to the code point of the
3564 ;; character. If the dimension of charset is two, set REG_1
3565 ;; to ((CODE0 << 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code
3566 ;; point and CODE1 is the second code point.
3567 | (read-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3569 WRITE :=
3570 ;; Write REG_0, REG_1, ... to the output buffer. If REG_N is
3571 ;; a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3572 ;; representation.
3573 (write REG_0 [REG_1 ...])
3574 ;; Same as: ((r7 = EXPRESSION)
3575 ;; (write r7))
3576 | (write EXPRESSION)
3577 ;; Write the value of `integer' to the output buffer. If it
3578 ;; is a multibyte character, write the corresponding multibyte
3579 ;; representation.
3580 | (write integer)
3581 ;; Write the byte sequence of `string' as is to the output
3582 ;; buffer.
3583 | (write string)
3584 ;; Same as: (write string)
3585 | string
3586 ;; Provided that the value of REG is N, write Nth element of
3587 ;; ARRAY to the output buffer. If it is a multibyte
3588 ;; character, write the corresponding multibyte
3589 ;; representation.
3590 | (write REG ARRAY)
3591 ;; Write a multibyte representation of a character whose
3592 ;; charset ID is REG_0 and code point is REG_1. If the
3593 ;; dimension of the charset is two, REG_1 should be ((CODE0 <<
3594 ;; 7) | CODE1), where CODE0 is the first code point and CODE1
3595 ;; is the second code point of the character.
3596 | (write-multibyte-character REG_0 REG_1)
3598 ;; Call CCL program whose name is ccl-program-name.
3599 CALL := (call ccl-program-name)
3601 ;; Terminate the CCL program.
3602 END := (end)
3604 ;; CCL registers that can contain any integer value. As r7 is also
3605 ;; used by CCL interpreter, its value is changed unexpectedly.
3606 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7
3608 ARG := REG | integer
3610 OPERATOR :=
3611 ;; Normal arithmetic operators (same meaning as C code).
3612 + | - | * | / | %
3614 ;; Bitwise operators (same meaning as C code)
3615 | & | `|' | ^
3617 ;; Shifting operators (same meaning as C code)
3618 | << | >>
3620 ;; (REG = ARG_0 <8 ARG_1) means:
3621 ;; (REG = ((ARG_0 << 8) | ARG_1))
3622 | <8
3624 ;; (REG = ARG_0 >8 ARG_1) means:
3625 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 >> 8))
3626 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 & 255)))
3627 | >8
3629 ;; (REG = ARG_0 // ARG_1) means:
3630 ;; ((REG = (ARG_0 / ARG_1))
3631 ;; (r7 = (ARG_0 % ARG_1)))
3632 | //
3634 ;; Normal comparing operators (same meaning as C code)
3635 | < | > | == | <= | >= | !=
3637 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are higher and lower byte of Shift-JIS
3638 ;; code, and CHAR is the corresponding JISX0208 character,
3639 ;; (REG = ARG_0 de-sjis ARG_1) means:
3640 ;; ((REG = CODE0)
3641 ;; (r7 = CODE1))
3642 ;; where CODE0 is the first code point of CHAR, CODE1 is the
3643 ;; second code point of CHAR.
3644 | de-sjis
3646 ;; If ARG_0 and ARG_1 are the first and second code point of
3647 ;; JISX0208 character CHAR, and SJIS is the corresponding
3648 ;; Shift-JIS code,
3649 ;; (REG = ARG_0 en-sjis ARG_1) means:
3650 ;; ((REG = HIGH)
3651 ;; (r7 = LOW))
3652 ;; where HIGH is the higher byte of SJIS, LOW is the lower
3653 ;; byte of SJIS.
3654 | en-sjis
3656 ASSIGNMENT_OPERATOR :=
3657 ;; Same meaning as C code
3658 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | `|=' | ^= | <<= | >>=
3660 ;; (REG <8= ARG) is the same as:
3661 ;; ((REG <<= 8)
3662 ;; (REG |= ARG))
3663 | <8=
3665 ;; (REG >8= ARG) is the same as:
3666 ;; ((r7 = (REG & 255))
3667 ;; (REG >>= 8))
3669 ;; (REG //= ARG) is the same as:
3670 ;; ((r7 = (REG % ARG))
3671 ;; (REG /= ARG))
3672 | //=
3674 ARRAY := `[' integer ... `]'
3677 TRANSLATE :=
3678 ;; Decode character SRC, translate it by translate table
3679 ;; TABLE, and encode it back to DST. TABLE is specified
3680 ;; by its id number in REG_0, SRC is specified by its
3681 ;; charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3682 ;; respectively.
3683 ;; On encoding, the charset of highest priority is selected.
3684 ;; After the execution, DST is specified by its charset
3685 ;; id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2 respectively.
3686 (translate-character REG_0 REG_1 REG_2)
3688 ;; Same as above except for SYMBOL specifying the name of
3689 ;; the translate table defined by `define-translation-table'.
3690 | (translate-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3692 LOOKUP :=
3693 ;; Look up character SRC in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3694 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL, and SRC is specified by
3695 ;; its charset id number and codepoint in REG_1 and REG_2
3696 ;; respectively.
3697 ;; If its associated value is an integer, set REG_1 to that
3698 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3699 (lookup-character SYMBOL REG_1 REG_2)
3701 ;; Look up integer value N in hash table TABLE. TABLE is
3702 ;; specified by its name in SYMBOL and N is specified in
3703 ;; REG.
3704 ;; If its associated value is a character, set REG to that
3705 ;; value, and set r7 to 1. Otherwise, set r7 to 0.
3706 | (lookup-integer SYMBOL REG(integer))
3708 MAP :=
3709 ;; The following statements are for internal use only.
3710 (iterate-multiple-map REG REG MAP-IDs)
3711 | (map-multiple REG REG (MAP-SET))
3712 | (map-single REG REG MAP-ID)
3714 MAP-IDs := MAP-ID ...
3715 MAP-SET := MAP-IDs | (MAP-IDs) MAP-SET
3716 MAP-ID := integer
3718 \(fn NAME CCL-PROGRAM &optional DOC)" nil t)
3720 (function-put 'define-ccl-program 'doc-string-elt '3)
3722 (autoload 'check-ccl-program "ccl" "\
3723 Check validity of CCL-PROGRAM.
3724 If CCL-PROGRAM is a symbol denoting a CCL program, return
3725 CCL-PROGRAM, else return nil.
3726 If CCL-PROGRAM is a vector and optional arg NAME (symbol) is supplied,
3727 register CCL-PROGRAM by name NAME, and return NAME.
3729 \(fn CCL-PROGRAM &optional NAME)" nil t)
3731 (autoload 'ccl-execute-with-args "ccl" "\
3732 Execute CCL-PROGRAM with registers initialized by the remaining args.
3733 The return value is a vector of resulting CCL registers.
3735 See the documentation of `define-ccl-program' for the detail of CCL program.
3737 \(fn CCL-PROG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
3739 ;;;***
3741 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cconv" "emacs-lisp/cconv.el" (22330 59913
3742 ;;;;;; 929323 569000))
3743 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cconv.el
3745 (autoload 'cconv-closure-convert "cconv" "\
3746 Main entry point for closure conversion.
3747 -- FORM is a piece of Elisp code after macroexpansion.
3748 -- TOPLEVEL(optional) is a boolean variable, true if we are at the root of AST
3750 Returns a form where all lambdas don't have any free variables.
3752 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3754 (autoload 'cconv-warnings-only "cconv" "\
3755 Add the warnings that closure conversion would encounter.
3757 \(fn FORM)" nil nil)
3759 ;;;***
3761 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cedet" "cedet/cedet.el" (22330 59913 920323
3762 ;;;;;; 597000))
3763 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/cedet.el
3764 (push (purecopy '(cedet 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
3766 ;;;***
3768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cfengine" "progmodes/cfengine.el" (22330 59913
3769 ;;;;;; 978323 418000))
3770 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cfengine.el
3771 (push (purecopy '(cfengine 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
3773 (autoload 'cfengine3-mode "cfengine" "\
3774 Major mode for editing CFEngine3 input.
3775 There are no special keybindings by default.
3777 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3778 to the action header.
3780 \(fn)" t nil)
3782 (autoload 'cfengine2-mode "cfengine" "\
3783 Major mode for editing CFEngine2 input.
3784 There are no special keybindings by default.
3786 Action blocks are treated as defuns, i.e. \\[beginning-of-defun] moves
3787 to the action header.
3789 \(fn)" t nil)
3791 (autoload 'cfengine-auto-mode "cfengine" "\
3792 Choose `cfengine2-mode' or `cfengine3-mode' by buffer contents.
3794 \(fn)" t nil)
3796 ;;;***
3798 ;;;### (autoloads nil "char-fold" "char-fold.el" (22363 8343 507348
3799 ;;;;;; 797000))
3800 ;;; Generated autoloads from char-fold.el
3802 (autoload 'char-fold-to-regexp "char-fold" "\
3803 Return a regexp matching anything that char-folds into STRING.
3804 Any character in STRING that has an entry in
3805 `char-fold-table' is replaced with that entry (which is a
3806 regexp) and other characters are `regexp-quote'd.
3808 If the resulting regexp would be too long for Emacs to handle,
3809 just return the result of calling `regexp-quote' on STRING.
3811 FROM is for internal use. It specifies an index in the STRING
3812 from which to start.
3814 \(fn STRING &optional LAX FROM)" nil nil)
3816 ;;;***
3818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chart" "emacs-lisp/chart.el" (22330 59913
3819 ;;;;;; 929323 569000))
3820 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/chart.el
3821 (push (purecopy '(chart 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3823 ;;;***
3825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "check-declare" "emacs-lisp/check-declare.el"
3826 ;;;;;; (22331 17371 989369 633000))
3827 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/check-declare.el
3829 (autoload 'check-declare-file "check-declare" "\
3830 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements in FILE.
3831 See `check-declare-directory' for more information.
3833 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
3835 (autoload 'check-declare-directory "check-declare" "\
3836 Check veracity of all `declare-function' statements under directory ROOT.
3837 Returns non-nil if any false statements are found.
3839 \(fn ROOT)" t nil)
3841 ;;;***
3843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "checkdoc" "emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el" (22331
3844 ;;;;;; 17371 990369 629000))
3845 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/checkdoc.el
3846 (push (purecopy '(checkdoc 0 6 2)) package--builtin-versions)
3847 (put 'checkdoc-force-docstrings-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3848 (put 'checkdoc-force-history-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3849 (put 'checkdoc-permit-comma-termination-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3850 (put 'checkdoc-spellcheck-documentation-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3851 (put 'checkdoc-ispell-list-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3852 (put 'checkdoc-arguments-in-order-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3853 (put 'checkdoc-verb-check-experimental-flag 'safe-local-variable #'booleanp)
3854 (put 'checkdoc-symbol-words 'safe-local-variable #'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p)
3856 (autoload 'checkdoc-list-of-strings-p "checkdoc" "\
3857 Return t when OBJ is a list of strings.
3859 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
3860 (put 'checkdoc-proper-noun-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3861 (put 'checkdoc-common-verbs-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
3863 (autoload 'checkdoc "checkdoc" "\
3864 Interactively check the entire buffer for style errors.
3865 The current status of the check will be displayed in a buffer which
3866 the users will view as each check is completed.
3868 \(fn)" t nil)
3870 (autoload 'checkdoc-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3871 Interactively check the current buffer for doc string errors.
3872 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3873 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3874 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3875 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3876 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3877 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3879 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3881 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3882 Interactively check the current buffer for message string errors.
3883 Prefix argument START-HERE will start the checking from the current
3884 point, otherwise the check starts at the beginning of the current
3885 buffer. Allows navigation forward and backwards through document
3886 errors. Does not check for comment or space warnings.
3887 Optional argument SHOWSTATUS indicates that we should update the
3888 checkdoc status window instead of the usual behavior.
3890 \(fn &optional START-HERE SHOWSTATUS)" t nil)
3892 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3893 Evaluate and check documentation for the current buffer.
3894 Evaluation is done first because good documentation for something that
3895 doesn't work is just not useful. Comments, doc strings, and rogue
3896 spacing are all verified.
3898 \(fn)" t nil)
3900 (autoload 'checkdoc-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3901 Check current buffer for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3902 With a prefix argument (in Lisp, the argument TAKE-NOTES),
3903 store all errors found in a warnings buffer,
3904 otherwise stop after the first error.
3906 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3908 (autoload 'checkdoc-file "checkdoc" "\
3909 Check FILE for document, comment, error style, and rogue spaces.
3911 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
3913 (autoload 'checkdoc-start "checkdoc" "\
3914 Start scanning the current buffer for documentation string style errors.
3915 Only documentation strings are checked.
3916 Use `checkdoc-continue' to continue checking if an error cannot be fixed.
3917 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to collect all the warning messages into
3918 a separate buffer.
3920 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3922 (autoload 'checkdoc-continue "checkdoc" "\
3923 Find the next doc string in the current buffer which has a style error.
3924 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES means to continue through the whole buffer and
3925 save warnings in a separate buffer. Second optional argument START-POINT
3926 is the starting location. If this is nil, `point-min' is used instead.
3928 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3930 (autoload 'checkdoc-comments "checkdoc" "\
3931 Find missing comment sections in the current Emacs Lisp file.
3932 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3933 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3934 if there is one.
3936 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3938 (autoload 'checkdoc-rogue-spaces "checkdoc" "\
3939 Find extra spaces at the end of lines in the current file.
3940 Prefix argument TAKE-NOTES non-nil means to save warnings in a
3941 separate buffer. Otherwise print a message. This returns the error
3942 if there is one.
3943 Optional argument INTERACT permits more interactive fixing.
3945 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES INTERACT)" t nil)
3947 (autoload 'checkdoc-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3948 Scan the buffer for occurrences of the error function, and verify text.
3949 Optional argument TAKE-NOTES causes all errors to be logged.
3951 \(fn &optional TAKE-NOTES)" t nil)
3953 (autoload 'checkdoc-eval-defun "checkdoc" "\
3954 Evaluate the current form with `eval-defun' and check its documentation.
3955 Evaluation is done first so the form will be read before the
3956 documentation is checked. If there is a documentation error, then the display
3957 of what was evaluated will be overwritten by the diagnostic message.
3959 \(fn)" t nil)
3961 (autoload 'checkdoc-defun "checkdoc" "\
3962 Examine the doc string of the function or variable under point.
3963 Call `error' if the doc string has problems. If NO-ERROR is
3964 non-nil, then do not call error, but call `message' instead.
3965 If the doc string passes the test, then check the function for rogue white
3966 space at the end of each line.
3968 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR)" t nil)
3970 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell "checkdoc" "\
3971 Check the style and spelling of everything interactively.
3972 Calls `checkdoc' with spell-checking turned on.
3973 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc'
3975 \(fn)" t nil)
3977 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-current-buffer "checkdoc" "\
3978 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
3979 Calls `checkdoc-current-buffer' with spell-checking turned on.
3980 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-current-buffer'
3982 \(fn)" t nil)
3984 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3985 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer interactively.
3986 Calls `checkdoc-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3987 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-interactive'
3989 \(fn)" t nil)
3991 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-interactive "checkdoc" "\
3992 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
3993 Calls `checkdoc-message-interactive' with spell-checking turned on.
3994 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-interactive'
3996 \(fn)" t nil)
3998 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-message-text "checkdoc" "\
3999 Check the style and spelling of message text interactively.
4000 Calls `checkdoc-message-text' with spell-checking turned on.
4001 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-message-text'
4003 \(fn)" t nil)
4005 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-start "checkdoc" "\
4006 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer.
4007 Calls `checkdoc-start' with spell-checking turned on.
4008 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-start'
4010 \(fn)" t nil)
4012 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-continue "checkdoc" "\
4013 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer after point.
4014 Calls `checkdoc-continue' with spell-checking turned on.
4015 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-continue'
4017 \(fn)" t nil)
4019 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-comments "checkdoc" "\
4020 Check the style and spelling of the current buffer's comments.
4021 Calls `checkdoc-comments' with spell-checking turned on.
4022 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-comments'
4024 \(fn)" t nil)
4026 (autoload 'checkdoc-ispell-defun "checkdoc" "\
4027 Check the style and spelling of the current defun with Ispell.
4028 Calls `checkdoc-defun' with spell-checking turned on.
4029 Prefix argument is the same as for `checkdoc-defun'
4031 \(fn)" t nil)
4033 (autoload 'checkdoc-minor-mode "checkdoc" "\
4034 Toggle automatic docstring checking (Checkdoc minor mode).
4035 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Checkdoc minor mode if ARG is
4036 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
4037 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4039 In Checkdoc minor mode, the usual bindings for `eval-defun' which is
4040 bound to \\<checkdoc-minor-mode-map>\\[checkdoc-eval-defun] and `checkdoc-eval-current-buffer' are overridden to include
4041 checking of documentation strings.
4043 \\{checkdoc-minor-mode-map}
4045 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4047 (autoload 'checkdoc-package-keywords "checkdoc" "\
4048 Find package keywords that aren't in `finder-known-keywords'.
4050 \(fn)" t nil)
4052 ;;;***
4054 ;;;### (autoloads nil "china-util" "language/china-util.el" (22330
4055 ;;;;;; 59913 940323 535000))
4056 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/china-util.el
4058 (autoload 'decode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4059 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current region.
4060 Return the length of resulting text.
4062 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4064 (autoload 'decode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4065 Decode HZ/ZW encoded text in the current buffer.
4067 \(fn)" t nil)
4069 (autoload 'encode-hz-region "china-util" "\
4070 Encode the text in the current region to HZ.
4071 Return the length of resulting text.
4073 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
4075 (autoload 'encode-hz-buffer "china-util" "\
4076 Encode the text in the current buffer to HZ.
4078 \(fn)" t nil)
4080 (autoload 'post-read-decode-hz "china-util" "\
4083 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
4085 (autoload 'pre-write-encode-hz "china-util" "\
4088 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
4090 ;;;***
4092 ;;;### (autoloads nil "chistory" "chistory.el" (22330 59913 751324
4093 ;;;;;; 119000))
4094 ;;; Generated autoloads from chistory.el
4096 (autoload 'repeat-matching-complex-command "chistory" "\
4097 Edit and re-evaluate complex command with name matching PATTERN.
4098 Matching occurrences are displayed, most recent first, until you select
4099 a form for evaluation. If PATTERN is empty (or nil), every form in the
4100 command history is offered. The form is placed in the minibuffer for
4101 editing and the result is evaluated.
4103 \(fn &optional PATTERN)" t nil)
4105 (autoload 'list-command-history "chistory" "\
4106 List history of commands typed to minibuffer.
4107 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4108 Calls value of `list-command-history-filter' (if non-nil) on each history
4109 element to judge if that element should be excluded from the list.
4111 The buffer is left in Command History mode.
4113 \(fn)" t nil)
4115 (autoload 'command-history "chistory" "\
4116 Examine commands from `command-history' in a buffer.
4117 The number of commands listed is controlled by `list-command-history-max'.
4118 The command history is filtered by `list-command-history-filter' if non-nil.
4119 Use \\<command-history-map>\\[command-history-repeat] to repeat the command on the current line.
4121 Otherwise much like Emacs-Lisp Mode except that there is no self-insertion
4122 and digits provide prefix arguments. Tab does not indent.
4123 \\{command-history-map}
4125 This command always recompiles the Command History listing
4126 and runs the normal hook `command-history-hook'.
4128 \(fn)" t nil)
4130 ;;;***
4132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-indent" "emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el" (22330
4133 ;;;;;; 59913 929323 569000))
4134 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-indent.el
4136 (autoload 'common-lisp-indent-function "cl-indent" "\
4137 Function to indent the arguments of a Lisp function call.
4138 This is suitable for use as the value of the variable
4139 `lisp-indent-function'. INDENT-POINT is the point at which the
4140 indentation function is called, and STATE is the
4141 `parse-partial-sexp' state at that position. Browse the
4142 `lisp-indent' customize group for options affecting the behavior
4143 of this function.
4145 If the indentation point is in a call to a Lisp function, that
4146 function's `common-lisp-indent-function' property specifies how
4147 this function should indent it. Possible values for this
4148 property are:
4150 * defun, meaning indent according to `lisp-indent-defun-method';
4151 i.e., like (4 &lambda &body), as explained below.
4153 * any other symbol, meaning a function to call. The function should
4154 take the arguments: PATH STATE INDENT-POINT SEXP-COLUMN NORMAL-INDENT.
4155 PATH is a list of integers describing the position of point in terms of
4156 list-structure with respect to the containing lists. For example, in
4157 ((a b c (d foo) f) g), foo has a path of (0 3 1). In other words,
4158 to reach foo take the 0th element of the outermost list, then
4159 the 3rd element of the next list, and finally the 1st element.
4160 STATE and INDENT-POINT are as in the arguments to
4161 `common-lisp-indent-function'. SEXP-COLUMN is the column of
4162 the open parenthesis of the innermost containing list.
4163 NORMAL-INDENT is the column the indentation point was
4164 originally in. This function should behave like `lisp-indent-259'.
4166 * an integer N, meaning indent the first N arguments like
4167 function arguments, and any further arguments like a body.
4168 This is equivalent to (4 4 ... &body).
4170 * a list. The list element in position M specifies how to indent the Mth
4171 function argument. If there are fewer elements than function arguments,
4172 the last list element applies to all remaining arguments. The accepted
4173 list elements are:
4175 * nil, meaning the default indentation.
4177 * an integer, specifying an explicit indentation.
4179 * &lambda. Indent the argument (which may be a list) by 4.
4181 * &rest. When used, this must be the penultimate element. The
4182 element after this one applies to all remaining arguments.
4184 * &body. This is equivalent to &rest lisp-body-indent, i.e., indent
4185 all remaining elements by `lisp-body-indent'.
4187 * &whole. This must be followed by nil, an integer, or a
4188 function symbol. This indentation is applied to the
4189 associated argument, and as a base indent for all remaining
4190 arguments. For example, an integer P means indent this
4191 argument by P, and all remaining arguments by P, plus the
4192 value specified by their associated list element.
4194 * a symbol. A function to call, with the 6 arguments specified above.
4196 * a list, with elements as described above. This applies when the
4197 associated function argument is itself a list. Each element of the list
4198 specifies how to indent the associated argument.
4200 For example, the function `case' has an indent property
4201 \(4 &rest (&whole 2 &rest 1)), meaning:
4202 * indent the first argument by 4.
4203 * arguments after the first should be lists, and there may be any number
4204 of them. The first list element has an offset of 2, all the rest
4205 have an offset of 2+1=3.
4207 If the current mode is actually `emacs-lisp-mode', look for a
4208 `common-lisp-indent-function-for-elisp' property before looking
4209 at `common-lisp-indent-function' and, if set, use its value
4210 instead.
4212 \(fn INDENT-POINT STATE)" nil nil)
4214 ;;;***
4216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cl-lib" "emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el" (22330 59913
4217 ;;;;;; 929323 569000))
4218 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cl-lib.el
4219 (push (purecopy '(cl-lib 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
4221 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'custom-print-functions 'cl-custom-print-functions "24.3")
4223 (defvar cl-custom-print-functions nil "\
4224 This is a list of functions that format user objects for printing.
4225 Each function is called in turn with three arguments: the object, the
4226 stream, and the print level (currently ignored). If it is able to
4227 print the object it returns true; otherwise it returns nil and the
4228 printer proceeds to the next function on the list.
4230 This variable is not used at present, but it is defined in hopes that
4231 a future Emacs interpreter will be able to use it.")
4233 ;;;***
4235 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmacexp" "progmodes/cmacexp.el" (22330 59913
4236 ;;;;;; 978323 418000))
4237 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cmacexp.el
4239 (autoload 'c-macro-expand "cmacexp" "\
4240 Expand C macros in the region, using the C preprocessor.
4241 Normally display output in temp buffer, but
4242 prefix arg means replace the region with it.
4244 `c-macro-preprocessor' specifies the preprocessor to use.
4245 Tf the user option `c-macro-prompt-flag' is non-nil
4246 prompt for arguments to the preprocessor (e.g. `-DDEBUG -I ./include'),
4247 otherwise use `c-macro-cppflags'.
4249 Noninteractive args are START, END, SUBST.
4250 For use inside Lisp programs, see also `c-macro-expansion'.
4252 \(fn START END SUBST)" t nil)
4254 ;;;***
4256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cmuscheme" "cmuscheme.el" (22330 59913 752324
4257 ;;;;;; 116000))
4258 ;;; Generated autoloads from cmuscheme.el
4260 (autoload 'run-scheme "cmuscheme" "\
4261 Run an inferior Scheme process, input and output via buffer `*scheme*'.
4262 If there is a process already running in `*scheme*', switch to that buffer.
4263 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
4264 of `scheme-program-name').
4265 If the file `~/.emacs_SCHEMENAME' or `~/.emacs.d/init_SCHEMENAME.scm' exists,
4266 it is given as initial input.
4267 Note that this may lose due to a timing error if the Scheme processor
4268 discards input when it starts up.
4269 Runs the hook `inferior-scheme-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook'
4270 is run).
4271 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
4273 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
4275 ;;;***
4277 ;;;### (autoloads nil "color" "color.el" (22330 59913 752324 116000))
4278 ;;; Generated autoloads from color.el
4280 (autoload 'color-name-to-rgb "color" "\
4281 Convert COLOR string to a list of normalized RGB components.
4282 COLOR should be a color name (e.g. \"white\") or an RGB triplet
4283 string (e.g. \"#ff12ec\").
4285 Normally the return value is a list of three floating-point
4286 numbers, (RED GREEN BLUE), each between 0.0 and 1.0 inclusive.
4288 Optional argument FRAME specifies the frame where the color is to be
4289 displayed. If FRAME is omitted or nil, use the selected frame.
4290 If FRAME cannot display COLOR, return nil.
4292 \(fn COLOR &optional FRAME)" nil nil)
4294 ;;;***
4296 ;;;### (autoloads nil "comint" "comint.el" (22331 17371 984369 651000))
4297 ;;; Generated autoloads from comint.el
4299 (defvar comint-output-filter-functions '(ansi-color-process-output comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom comint-watch-for-password-prompt) "\
4300 Functions to call after output is inserted into the buffer.
4301 One possible function is `comint-postoutput-scroll-to-bottom'.
4302 These functions get one argument, a string containing the text as originally
4303 inserted. Note that this might not be the same as the buffer contents between
4304 `comint-last-output-start' and the buffer's `process-mark', if other filter
4305 functions have already modified the buffer.
4307 See also `comint-preoutput-filter-functions'.
4309 You can use `add-hook' to add functions to this list
4310 either globally or locally.")
4312 (autoload 'make-comint-in-buffer "comint" "\
4313 Make a Comint process NAME in BUFFER, running PROGRAM.
4314 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to NAME surrounded by `*'s.
4315 If there is a running process in BUFFER, it is not restarted.
4317 PROGRAM should be one of the following:
4318 - a string, denoting an executable program to create via
4319 `start-file-process'
4320 - a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE), denoting a TCP
4321 connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'
4322 - nil, denoting a newly-allocated pty.
4324 Optional fourth arg STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose
4325 contents are sent to the process as its initial input.
4327 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4329 Return the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4331 \(fn NAME BUFFER PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4333 (autoload 'make-comint "comint" "\
4334 Make a Comint process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
4335 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
4336 PROGRAM should be either a string denoting an executable program to create
4337 via `start-file-process', or a cons pair of the form (HOST . SERVICE) denoting
4338 a TCP connection to be opened via `open-network-stream'. If there is already
4339 a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted. Optional third arg
4340 STARTFILE is the name of a file, whose contents are sent to the
4341 process as its initial input.
4343 If PROGRAM is a string, any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
4345 Returns the (possibly newly created) process buffer.
4347 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
4349 (autoload 'comint-run "comint" "\
4350 Run PROGRAM in a Comint buffer and switch to it.
4351 The buffer name is made by surrounding the file name of PROGRAM with `*'s.
4352 The file name is used to make a symbol name, such as `comint-sh-hook', and any
4353 hooks on this symbol are run in the buffer.
4354 See `make-comint' and `comint-exec'.
4356 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
4358 (function-put 'comint-run 'interactive-only 'make-comint)
4360 (defvar comint-file-name-prefix (purecopy "") "\
4361 Prefix prepended to absolute file names taken from process input.
4362 This is used by Comint's and shell's completion functions, and by shell's
4363 directory tracking functions.")
4365 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command "comint" "\
4366 Send COMMAND to process in current buffer, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4367 With prefix arg ECHO, echo output in process buffer.
4369 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4371 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4373 (autoload 'comint-redirect-send-command-to-process "comint" "\
4374 Send COMMAND to PROCESS, with output to OUTPUT-BUFFER.
4375 With prefix arg, echo output in process buffer.
4377 If NO-DISPLAY is non-nil, do not show the output buffer.
4379 \(fn COMMAND OUTPUT-BUFFER PROCESS ECHO &optional NO-DISPLAY)" t nil)
4381 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list "comint" "\
4382 Send COMMAND to current process.
4383 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4384 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4386 \(fn COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4388 (autoload 'comint-redirect-results-list-from-process "comint" "\
4389 Send COMMAND to PROCESS.
4390 Return a list of expressions in the output which match REGEXP.
4391 REGEXP-GROUP is the regular expression group in REGEXP to use.
4393 \(fn PROCESS COMMAND REGEXP REGEXP-GROUP)" nil nil)
4395 ;;;***
4397 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compare-w" "vc/compare-w.el" (22330 59914
4398 ;;;;;; 8323 325000))
4399 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/compare-w.el
4401 (autoload 'compare-windows "compare-w" "\
4402 Compare text in current window with text in another window.
4403 The option `compare-windows-get-window-function' defines how
4404 to get another window.
4406 Compares the text starting at point in each window,
4407 moving over text in each one as far as they match.
4409 This command pushes the mark in each window
4410 at the prior location of point in that window.
4411 If both windows display the same buffer,
4412 the mark is pushed twice in that buffer:
4413 first in the other window, then in the selected window.
4415 A prefix arg means reverse the value of variable
4416 `compare-ignore-whitespace'. If `compare-ignore-whitespace' is
4417 nil, then a prefix arg means ignore changes in whitespace. If
4418 `compare-ignore-whitespace' is non-nil, then a prefix arg means
4419 don't ignore changes in whitespace. The variable
4420 `compare-windows-whitespace' controls how whitespace is skipped.
4421 If `compare-ignore-case' is non-nil, changes in case are also
4422 ignored.
4424 If `compare-windows-sync' is non-nil, then successive calls of
4425 this command work in interlaced mode:
4426 on first call it advances points to the next difference,
4427 on second call it synchronizes points by skipping the difference,
4428 on third call it again advances points to the next difference and so on.
4430 \(fn IGNORE-WHITESPACE)" t nil)
4432 ;;;***
4434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "compile" "progmodes/compile.el" (22331 17372
4435 ;;;;;; 94369 260000))
4436 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/compile.el
4438 (defvar compilation-mode-hook nil "\
4439 List of hook functions run by `compilation-mode'.")
4441 (custom-autoload 'compilation-mode-hook "compile" t)
4443 (defvar compilation-start-hook nil "\
4444 Hook run after starting a new compilation process.
4445 The hook is run with one argument, the new process.")
4447 (custom-autoload 'compilation-start-hook "compile" t)
4449 (defvar compilation-window-height nil "\
4450 Number of lines in a compilation window.
4451 If nil, use Emacs default.")
4453 (custom-autoload 'compilation-window-height "compile" t)
4455 (defvar compilation-process-setup-function nil "\
4456 Function to call to customize the compilation process.
4457 This function is called immediately before the compilation process is
4458 started. It can be used to set any variables or functions that are used
4459 while processing the output of the compilation process.")
4461 (defvar compilation-buffer-name-function nil "\
4462 Function to compute the name of a compilation buffer.
4463 The function receives one argument, the name of the major mode of the
4464 compilation buffer. It should return a string.
4465 If nil, compute the name with `(concat \"*\" (downcase major-mode) \"*\")'.")
4467 (defvar compilation-finish-function nil "\
4468 Function to call when a compilation process finishes.
4469 It is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer, and a string
4470 describing how the process finished.")
4472 (defvar compilation-finish-functions nil "\
4473 Functions to call when a compilation process finishes.
4474 Each function is called with two arguments: the compilation buffer,
4475 and a string describing how the process finished.")
4476 (put 'compilation-directory 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4478 (defvar compilation-ask-about-save t "\
4479 Non-nil means \\[compile] asks which buffers to save before compiling.
4480 Otherwise, it saves all modified buffers without asking.")
4482 (custom-autoload 'compilation-ask-about-save "compile" t)
4484 (defvar compilation-search-path '(nil) "\
4485 List of directories to search for source files named in error messages.
4486 Elements should be directory names, not file names of directories.
4487 The value nil as an element means to try the default directory.")
4489 (custom-autoload 'compilation-search-path "compile" t)
4491 (defvar compile-command (purecopy "make -k ") "\
4492 Last shell command used to do a compilation; default for next compilation.
4494 Sometimes it is useful for files to supply local values for this variable.
4495 You might also use mode hooks to specify it in certain modes, like this:
4497 (add-hook \\='c-mode-hook
4498 (lambda ()
4499 (unless (or (file-exists-p \"makefile\")
4500 (file-exists-p \"Makefile\"))
4501 (set (make-local-variable \\='compile-command)
4502 (concat \"make -k \"
4503 (if buffer-file-name
4504 (shell-quote-argument
4505 (file-name-sans-extension buffer-file-name))))))))")
4507 (custom-autoload 'compile-command "compile" t)
4508 (put 'compile-command 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (and (stringp a) (or (not (boundp 'compilation-read-command)) compilation-read-command))))
4510 (defvar compilation-disable-input nil "\
4511 If non-nil, send end-of-file as compilation process input.
4512 This only affects platforms that support asynchronous processes (see
4513 `start-process'); synchronous compilation processes never accept input.")
4515 (custom-autoload 'compilation-disable-input "compile" t)
4517 (autoload 'compile "compile" "\
4518 Compile the program including the current buffer. Default: run `make'.
4519 Runs COMMAND, a shell command, in a separate process asynchronously
4520 with output going to the buffer `*compilation*'.
4522 You can then use the command \\[next-error] to find the next error message
4523 and move to the source code that caused it.
4525 If optional second arg COMINT is t the buffer will be in Comint mode with
4526 `compilation-shell-minor-mode'.
4528 Interactively, prompts for the command if the variable
4529 `compilation-read-command' is non-nil; otherwise uses `compile-command'.
4530 With prefix arg, always prompts.
4531 Additionally, with universal prefix arg, compilation buffer will be in
4532 comint mode, i.e. interactive.
4534 To run more than one compilation at once, start one then rename
4535 the `*compilation*' buffer to some other name with
4536 \\[rename-buffer]. Then _switch buffers_ and start the new compilation.
4537 It will create a new `*compilation*' buffer.
4539 On most systems, termination of the main compilation process
4540 kills its subprocesses.
4542 The name used for the buffer is actually whatever is returned by
4543 the function in `compilation-buffer-name-function', so you can set that
4544 to a function that generates a unique name.
4546 \(fn COMMAND &optional COMINT)" t nil)
4548 (autoload 'compilation-start "compile" "\
4549 Run compilation command COMMAND (low level interface).
4550 If COMMAND starts with a cd command, that becomes the `default-directory'.
4551 The rest of the arguments are optional; for them, nil means use the default.
4553 MODE is the major mode to set in the compilation buffer. Mode
4554 may also be t meaning use `compilation-shell-minor-mode' under `comint-mode'.
4556 If NAME-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it with one argument (the mode name)
4557 to determine the buffer name. Otherwise, the default is to
4558 reuses the current buffer if it has the proper major mode,
4559 else use or create a buffer with name based on the major mode.
4561 If HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP is non-nil, `next-error' will temporarily highlight
4562 the matching section of the visited source line; the default is to use the
4563 global value of `compilation-highlight-regexp'.
4565 Returns the compilation buffer created.
4567 \(fn COMMAND &optional MODE NAME-FUNCTION HIGHLIGHT-REGEXP)" nil nil)
4569 (autoload 'compilation-mode "compile" "\
4570 Major mode for compilation log buffers.
4571 \\<compilation-mode-map>To visit the source for a line-numbered error,
4572 move point to the error message line and type \\[compile-goto-error].
4573 To kill the compilation, type \\[kill-compilation].
4575 Runs `compilation-mode-hook' with `run-mode-hooks' (which see).
4577 \\{compilation-mode-map}
4579 \(fn &optional NAME-OF-MODE)" t nil)
4581 (put 'define-compilation-mode 'doc-string-elt 3)
4583 (autoload 'compilation-shell-minor-mode "compile" "\
4584 Toggle Compilation Shell minor mode.
4585 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation Shell minor mode
4586 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
4587 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4589 When Compilation Shell minor mode is enabled, all the
4590 error-parsing commands of the Compilation major mode are
4591 available but bound to keys that don't collide with Shell mode.
4592 See `compilation-mode'.
4594 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4596 (autoload 'compilation-minor-mode "compile" "\
4597 Toggle Compilation minor mode.
4598 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Compilation minor mode if ARG
4599 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
4600 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
4602 When Compilation minor mode is enabled, all the error-parsing
4603 commands of Compilation major mode are available. See
4604 `compilation-mode'.
4606 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4608 (autoload 'compilation-next-error-function "compile" "\
4609 Advance to the next error message and visit the file where the error was.
4610 This is the value of `next-error-function' in Compilation buffers.
4612 \(fn N &optional RESET)" t nil)
4614 ;;;***
4616 ;;;### (autoloads nil "completion" "completion.el" (22330 59913 752324
4617 ;;;;;; 116000))
4618 ;;; Generated autoloads from completion.el
4620 (defvar dynamic-completion-mode nil "\
4621 Non-nil if Dynamic-Completion mode is enabled.
4622 See the `dynamic-completion-mode' command
4623 for a description of this minor mode.
4624 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
4625 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
4626 or call the function `dynamic-completion-mode'.")
4628 (custom-autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" nil)
4630 (autoload 'dynamic-completion-mode "completion" "\
4631 Toggle dynamic word-completion on or off.
4632 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
4633 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
4634 if ARG is omitted or nil.
4636 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
4638 ;;;***
4640 ;;;### (autoloads nil "conf-mode" "textmodes/conf-mode.el" (22330
4641 ;;;;;; 59913 990323 381000))
4642 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/conf-mode.el
4644 (autoload 'conf-mode "conf-mode" "\
4645 Mode for Unix and Windows Conf files and Java properties.
4646 Most conf files know only three kinds of constructs: parameter
4647 assignments optionally grouped into sections and comments. Yet
4648 there is a great range of variation in the exact syntax of conf
4649 files. See below for various wrapper commands that set up the
4650 details for some of the most widespread variants.
4652 This mode sets up font locking, outline, imenu and it provides
4653 alignment support through `conf-align-assignments'. If strings
4654 come out wrong, try `conf-quote-normal'.
4656 Some files allow continuation lines, either with a backslash at
4657 the end of line, or by indenting the next line (further). These
4658 constructs cannot currently be recognized.
4660 Because of this great variety of nuances, which are often not
4661 even clearly specified, please don't expect it to get every file
4662 quite right. Patches that clearly identify some special case,
4663 without breaking the general ones, are welcome.
4665 If instead you start this mode with the generic `conf-mode'
4666 command, it will parse the buffer. It will generally well
4667 identify the first four cases listed below. If the buffer
4668 doesn't have enough contents to decide, this is identical to
4669 `conf-windows-mode' on Windows, elsewhere to `conf-unix-mode'.
4670 See also `conf-space-mode', `conf-colon-mode', `conf-javaprop-mode',
4671 `conf-ppd-mode' and `conf-xdefaults-mode'.
4673 \\{conf-mode-map}
4675 \(fn)" t nil)
4677 (autoload 'conf-unix-mode "conf-mode" "\
4678 Conf Mode starter for Unix style Conf files.
4679 Comments start with `#'.
4680 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4682 # Conf mode font-locks this right on Unix and with \\[conf-unix-mode]
4684 \[Desktop Entry]
4685 Encoding=UTF-8
4686 Name=The GIMP
4687 Name[ca]=El GIMP
4688 Name[cs]=GIMP
4690 \(fn)" t nil)
4692 (autoload 'conf-windows-mode "conf-mode" "\
4693 Conf Mode starter for Windows style Conf files.
4694 Comments start with `;'.
4695 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4697 ; Conf mode font-locks this right on Windows and with \\[conf-windows-mode]
4699 \[ExtShellFolderViews]
4700 Default={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4701 {5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}={5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}
4703 \[{5984FFE0-28D4-11CF-AE66-08002B2E1262}]
4704 PersistMoniker=file://Folder.htt
4706 \(fn)" t nil)
4708 (autoload 'conf-javaprop-mode "conf-mode" "\
4709 Conf Mode starter for Java properties files.
4710 Comments start with `#' but are also recognized with `//' or
4711 between `/*' and `*/'.
4712 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4714 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-javaprop-mode] (Java properties)
4715 // another kind of comment
4716 /* yet another */
4718 name:value
4719 name=value
4720 name value
4721 x.1 =
4722 x.2.y.1.z.1 =
4723 x.2.y.1.z.2.zz =
4725 \(fn)" t nil)
4727 (autoload 'conf-space-mode "conf-mode" "\
4728 Conf Mode starter for space separated conf files.
4729 \"Assignments\" are with ` '. Keywords before the parameters are
4730 recognized according to the variable `conf-space-keywords-alist'.
4731 Alternatively, you can specify a value for the file local variable
4732 `conf-space-keywords'.
4733 Use the function `conf-space-keywords' if you want to specify keywords
4734 in an interactive fashion instead.
4736 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4738 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-space-mode] (space separated)
4740 image/jpeg jpeg jpg jpe
4741 image/png png
4742 image/tiff tiff tif
4744 # Or with keywords (from a recognized file name):
4745 class desktop
4746 # Standard multimedia devices
4747 add /dev/audio desktop
4748 add /dev/mixer desktop
4750 \(fn)" t nil)
4752 (autoload 'conf-space-keywords "conf-mode" "\
4753 Enter Conf Space mode using regexp KEYWORDS to match the keywords.
4754 See `conf-space-mode'.
4756 \(fn KEYWORDS)" t nil)
4758 (autoload 'conf-colon-mode "conf-mode" "\
4759 Conf Mode starter for Colon files.
4760 \"Assignments\" are with `:'.
4761 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4763 # Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-colon-mode] (colon)
4765 <Multi_key> <exclam> <exclam> : \"\\241\" exclamdown
4766 <Multi_key> <c> <slash> : \"\\242\" cent
4768 \(fn)" t nil)
4770 (autoload 'conf-ppd-mode "conf-mode" "\
4771 Conf Mode starter for Adobe/CUPS PPD files.
4772 Comments start with `*%' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4773 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4775 *% Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-ppd-mode] (PPD)
4777 *DefaultTransfer: Null
4778 *Transfer Null.Inverse: \"{ 1 exch sub }\"
4780 \(fn)" t nil)
4782 (autoload 'conf-xdefaults-mode "conf-mode" "\
4783 Conf Mode starter for Xdefaults files.
4784 Comments start with `!' and \"assignments\" are with `:'.
4785 For details see `conf-mode'. Example:
4787 ! Conf mode font-locks this right with \\[conf-xdefaults-mode] (.Xdefaults)
4789 *background: gray99
4790 *foreground: black
4792 \(fn)" t nil)
4794 ;;;***
4796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cookie1" "play/cookie1.el" (22330 59913 969323
4797 ;;;;;; 446000))
4798 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/cookie1.el
4800 (autoload 'cookie "cookie1" "\
4801 Return a random phrase from PHRASE-FILE.
4802 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4803 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4804 Interactively, PHRASE-FILE defaults to `cookie-file', unless that
4805 is nil or a prefix argument is used.
4807 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" t nil)
4809 (autoload 'cookie-insert "cookie1" "\
4810 Insert random phrases from PHRASE-FILE; COUNT of them.
4811 When the phrase file is read in, display STARTMSG at the beginning
4812 of load, ENDMSG at the end.
4814 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional COUNT STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4816 (autoload 'cookie-snarf "cookie1" "\
4817 Reads in the PHRASE-FILE, returns it as a vector of strings.
4818 Emit STARTMSG and ENDMSG before and after. Caches the result; second
4819 and subsequent calls on the same file won't go to disk.
4821 \(fn PHRASE-FILE &optional STARTMSG ENDMSG)" nil nil)
4823 ;;;***
4825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "copyright" "emacs-lisp/copyright.el" (22330
4826 ;;;;;; 59913 929323 569000))
4827 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/copyright.el
4828 (put 'copyright-at-end-flag 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4829 (put 'copyright-names-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
4830 (put 'copyright-year-ranges 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4832 (autoload 'copyright-update "copyright" "\
4833 Update copyright notice to indicate the current year.
4834 With prefix ARG, replace the years in the notice rather than adding
4835 the current year after them. If necessary, and
4836 `copyright-current-gpl-version' is set, any copying permissions
4837 following the copyright are updated as well.
4838 If non-nil, INTERACTIVEP tells the function to behave as when it's called
4839 interactively.
4841 \(fn &optional ARG INTERACTIVEP)" t nil)
4843 (autoload 'copyright-fix-years "copyright" "\
4844 Convert 2 digit years to 4 digit years.
4845 Uses heuristic: year >= 50 means 19xx, < 50 means 20xx.
4846 If `copyright-year-ranges' (which see) is non-nil, also
4847 independently replaces consecutive years with a range.
4849 \(fn)" t nil)
4851 (autoload 'copyright "copyright" "\
4852 Insert a copyright by $ORGANIZATION notice at cursor.
4854 \(fn &optional STR ARG)" t nil)
4856 (autoload 'copyright-update-directory "copyright" "\
4857 Update copyright notice for all files in DIRECTORY matching MATCH.
4858 If FIX is non-nil, run `copyright-fix-years' instead.
4860 \(fn DIRECTORY MATCH &optional FIX)" t nil)
4862 ;;;***
4864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cperl-mode" "progmodes/cperl-mode.el" (22330
4865 ;;;;;; 59913 979323 415000))
4866 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cperl-mode.el
4867 (put 'cperl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4868 (put 'cperl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4869 (put 'cperl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4870 (put 'cperl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4871 (put 'cperl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
4872 (put 'cperl-extra-newline-before-brace 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4873 (put 'cperl-merge-trailing-else 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
4875 (autoload 'cperl-mode "cperl-mode" "\
4876 Major mode for editing Perl code.
4877 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
4878 Tab indents for Perl code.
4879 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
4880 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
4882 Various characters in Perl almost always come in pairs: {}, (), [],
4883 sometimes <>. When the user types the first, she gets the second as
4884 well, with optional special formatting done on {}. (Disabled by
4885 default.) You can always quote (with \\[quoted-insert]) the left
4886 \"paren\" to avoid the expansion. The processing of < is special,
4887 since most the time you mean \"less\". CPerl mode tries to guess
4888 whether you want to type pair <>, and inserts is if it
4889 appropriate. You can set `cperl-electric-parens-string' to the string that
4890 contains the parens from the above list you want to be electrical.
4891 Electricity of parens is controlled by `cperl-electric-parens'.
4892 You may also set `cperl-electric-parens-mark' to have electric parens
4893 look for active mark and \"embrace\" a region if possible.'
4895 CPerl mode provides expansion of the Perl control constructs:
4897 if, else, elsif, unless, while, until, continue, do,
4898 for, foreach, formy and foreachmy.
4900 and POD directives (Disabled by default, see `cperl-electric-keywords'.)
4902 The user types the keyword immediately followed by a space, which
4903 causes the construct to be expanded, and the point is positioned where
4904 she is most likely to want to be. E.g., when the user types a space
4905 following \"if\" the following appears in the buffer: if () { or if ()
4906 } { } and the cursor is between the parentheses. The user can then
4907 type some boolean expression within the parens. Having done that,
4908 typing \\[cperl-linefeed] places you - appropriately indented - on a
4909 new line between the braces (if you typed \\[cperl-linefeed] in a POD
4910 directive line, then appropriate number of new lines is inserted).
4912 If CPerl decides that you want to insert \"English\" style construct like
4914 bite if angry;
4916 it will not do any expansion. See also help on variable
4917 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'. (Note that one can switch the
4918 help message on expansion by setting `cperl-message-electric-keyword'
4919 to nil.)
4921 \\[cperl-linefeed] is a convenience replacement for typing carriage
4922 return. It places you in the next line with proper indentation, or if
4923 you type it inside the inline block of control construct, like
4925 foreach (@lines) {print; print}
4927 and you are on a boundary of a statement inside braces, it will
4928 transform the construct into a multiline and will place you into an
4929 appropriately indented blank line. If you need a usual
4930 `newline-and-indent' behavior, it is on \\[newline-and-indent],
4931 see documentation on `cperl-electric-linefeed'.
4933 Use \\[cperl-invert-if-unless] to change a construction of the form
4935 if (A) { B }
4937 into
4939 B if A;
4941 \\{cperl-mode-map}
4943 Setting the variable `cperl-font-lock' to t switches on font-lock-mode
4944 \(even with older Emacsen), `cperl-electric-lbrace-space' to t switches
4945 on electric space between $ and {, `cperl-electric-parens-string' is
4946 the string that contains parentheses that should be electric in CPerl
4947 \(see also `cperl-electric-parens-mark' and `cperl-electric-parens'),
4948 setting `cperl-electric-keywords' enables electric expansion of
4949 control structures in CPerl. `cperl-electric-linefeed' governs which
4950 one of two linefeed behavior is preferable. You can enable all these
4951 options simultaneously (recommended mode of use) by setting
4952 `cperl-hairy' to t. In this case you can switch separate options off
4953 by setting them to `null'. Note that one may undo the extra
4954 whitespace inserted by semis and braces in `auto-newline'-mode by
4955 consequent \\[cperl-electric-backspace].
4957 If your site has perl5 documentation in info format, you can use commands
4958 \\[cperl-info-on-current-command] and \\[cperl-info-on-command] to access it.
4959 These keys run commands `cperl-info-on-current-command' and
4960 `cperl-info-on-command', which one is which is controlled by variable
4961 `cperl-info-on-command-no-prompt' and `cperl-clobber-lisp-bindings'
4962 \(in turn affected by `cperl-hairy').
4964 Even if you have no info-format documentation, short one-liner-style
4965 help is available on \\[cperl-get-help], and one can run perldoc or
4966 man via menu.
4968 It is possible to show this help automatically after some idle time.
4969 This is regulated by variable `cperl-lazy-help-time'. Default with
4970 `cperl-hairy' (if the value of `cperl-lazy-help-time' is nil) is 5
4971 secs idle time . It is also possible to switch this on/off from the
4972 menu, or via \\[cperl-toggle-autohelp]. Requires `run-with-idle-timer'.
4974 Use \\[cperl-lineup] to vertically lineup some construction - put the
4975 beginning of the region at the start of construction, and make region
4976 span the needed amount of lines.
4978 Variables `cperl-pod-here-scan', `cperl-pod-here-fontify',
4979 `cperl-pod-face', `cperl-pod-head-face' control processing of POD and
4980 here-docs sections. With capable Emaxen results of scan are used
4981 for indentation too, otherwise they are used for highlighting only.
4983 Variables controlling indentation style:
4984 `cperl-tab-always-indent'
4985 Non-nil means TAB in CPerl mode should always reindent the current line,
4986 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
4987 `cperl-indent-left-aligned-comments'
4988 Non-nil means that the comment starting in leftmost column should indent.
4989 `cperl-auto-newline'
4990 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces,
4991 and after colons and semicolons, inserted in Perl code. The following
4992 \\[cperl-electric-backspace] will remove the inserted whitespace.
4993 Insertion after colons requires both this variable and
4994 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon' set.
4995 `cperl-auto-newline-after-colon'
4996 Non-nil means automatically newline even after colons.
4997 Subject to `cperl-auto-newline' setting.
4998 `cperl-indent-level'
4999 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
5000 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
5001 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
5002 `cperl-continued-statement-offset'
5003 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
5004 then-clause of an if, or body of a while, or just a statement continuation.
5005 `cperl-continued-brace-offset'
5006 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
5007 This is in addition to `cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5008 `cperl-brace-offset'
5009 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
5010 `cperl-brace-imaginary-offset'
5011 An open brace following other text is treated as if it the line started
5012 this far to the right of the actual line indentation.
5013 `cperl-label-offset'
5014 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
5015 `cperl-min-label-indent'
5016 Minimal indentation for line that is a label.
5018 Settings for classic indent-styles: K&R BSD=C++ GNU PerlStyle=Whitesmith
5019 `cperl-indent-level' 5 4 2 4
5020 `cperl-brace-offset' 0 0 0 0
5021 `cperl-continued-brace-offset' -5 -4 0 0
5022 `cperl-label-offset' -5 -4 -2 -4
5023 `cperl-continued-statement-offset' 5 4 2 4
5025 CPerl knows several indentation styles, and may bulk set the
5026 corresponding variables. Use \\[cperl-set-style] to do this. Use
5027 \\[cperl-set-style-back] to restore the memorized preexisting values
5028 \(both available from menu). See examples in `cperl-style-examples'.
5030 Part of the indentation style is how different parts of if/elsif/else
5031 statements are broken into lines; in CPerl, this is reflected on how
5032 templates for these constructs are created (controlled by
5033 `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace'), and how reflow-logic should treat
5034 \"continuation\" blocks of else/elsif/continue, controlled by the same
5035 variable, and by `cperl-extra-newline-before-brace-multiline',
5036 `cperl-merge-trailing-else', `cperl-indent-region-fix-constructs'.
5038 If `cperl-indent-level' is 0, the statement after opening brace in
5039 column 0 is indented on
5040 `cperl-brace-offset'+`cperl-continued-statement-offset'.
5042 Turning on CPerl mode calls the hooks in the variable `cperl-mode-hook'
5043 with no args.
5045 DO NOT FORGET to read micro-docs (available from `Perl' menu)
5046 or as help on variables `cperl-tips', `cperl-problems',
5047 `cperl-praise', `cperl-speed'.
5049 \(fn)" t nil)
5051 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc "cperl-mode" "\
5052 Run `perldoc' on WORD.
5054 \(fn WORD)" t nil)
5056 (autoload 'cperl-perldoc-at-point "cperl-mode" "\
5057 Run a `perldoc' on the word around point.
5059 \(fn)" t nil)
5061 ;;;***
5063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cpp" "progmodes/cpp.el" (22330 59913 979323
5064 ;;;;;; 415000))
5065 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cpp.el
5067 (autoload 'cpp-highlight-buffer "cpp" "\
5068 Highlight C code according to preprocessor conditionals.
5069 This command pops up a buffer which you should edit to specify
5070 what kind of highlighting to use, and the criteria for highlighting.
5071 A prefix arg suppresses display of that buffer.
5073 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5075 (autoload 'cpp-parse-edit "cpp" "\
5076 Edit display information for cpp conditionals.
5078 \(fn)" t nil)
5080 ;;;***
5082 ;;;### (autoloads nil "crm" "emacs-lisp/crm.el" (22330 59913 929323
5083 ;;;;;; 569000))
5084 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/crm.el
5086 (autoload 'completing-read-multiple "crm" "\
5087 Read multiple strings in the minibuffer, with completion.
5088 The arguments are the same as those of `completing-read'.
5089 \\<crm-local-completion-map>
5090 Input multiple strings by separating each one with a string that
5091 matches the regexp `crm-separator'. For example, if the separator
5092 regexp is \",\", entering \"alice,bob,eve\" specifies the strings
5093 \"alice\", \"bob\", and \"eve\".
5095 We refer to contiguous strings of non-separator-characters as
5096 \"elements\". In this example there are three elements.
5098 Completion is available on a per-element basis. For example, if the
5099 contents of the minibuffer are \"alice,bob,eve\" and point is between
5100 \"l\" and \"i\", pressing \\[minibuffer-complete] operates on the element \"alice\".
5102 This function returns a list of the strings that were read,
5103 with empty strings removed.
5105 \(fn PROMPT TABLE &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
5107 ;;;***
5109 ;;;### (autoloads nil "css-mode" "textmodes/css-mode.el" (22331 17372
5110 ;;;;;; 112369 196000))
5111 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/css-mode.el
5113 (autoload 'css-mode "css-mode" "\
5114 Major mode to edit Cascading Style Sheets.
5116 \(fn)" t nil)
5117 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist '("\\.scss\\'" . scss-mode))
5119 (autoload 'scss-mode "css-mode" "\
5120 Major mode to edit \"Sassy CSS\" files.
5122 \(fn)" t nil)
5124 ;;;***
5126 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-base" "emulation/cua-base.el" (22330 59913
5127 ;;;;;; 931323 563000))
5128 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-base.el
5130 (defvar cua-mode nil "\
5131 Non-nil if Cua mode is enabled.
5132 See the `cua-mode' command
5133 for a description of this minor mode.
5134 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5135 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5136 or call the function `cua-mode'.")
5138 (custom-autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" nil)
5140 (autoload 'cua-mode "cua-base" "\
5141 Toggle Common User Access style editing (CUA mode).
5142 With a prefix argument ARG, enable CUA mode if ARG is positive,
5143 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5144 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5146 CUA mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typed text
5147 replaces the active selection, and you can use C-z, C-x, C-c, and
5148 C-v to undo, cut, copy, and paste in addition to the normal Emacs
5149 bindings. The C-x and C-c keys only do cut and copy when the
5150 region is active, so in most cases, they do not conflict with the
5151 normal function of these prefix keys.
5153 If you really need to perform a command which starts with one of
5154 the prefix keys even when the region is active, you have three
5155 options:
5156 - press the prefix key twice very quickly (within 0.2 seconds),
5157 - press the prefix key and the following key within 0.2 seconds, or
5158 - use the SHIFT key with the prefix key, i.e. C-S-x or C-S-c.
5160 You can customize `cua-enable-cua-keys' to completely disable the
5161 CUA bindings, or `cua-prefix-override-inhibit-delay' to change
5162 the prefix fallback behavior.
5164 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5166 (autoload 'cua-selection-mode "cua-base" "\
5167 Enable CUA selection mode without the C-z/C-x/C-c/C-v bindings.
5169 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5171 ;;;***
5173 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cua-rect" "emulation/cua-rect.el" (22330 59913
5174 ;;;;;; 931323 563000))
5175 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/cua-rect.el
5177 (autoload 'cua-rectangle-mark-mode "cua-rect" "\
5178 Toggle the region as rectangular.
5179 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
5181 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5183 ;;;***
5185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cursor-sensor" "emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el"
5186 ;;;;;; (22330 59913 927323 575000))
5187 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/cursor-sensor.el
5189 (defvar cursor-sensor-inhibit nil)
5191 (autoload 'cursor-intangible-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5192 Keep cursor outside of any `cursor-intangible' text property.
5194 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5196 (autoload 'cursor-sensor-mode "cursor-sensor" "\
5197 Handle the `cursor-sensor-functions' text property.
5198 This property should hold a list of functions which react to the motion
5199 of the cursor. They're called with three arguments (WINDOW OLDPOS DIR)
5200 where WINDOW is the affected window, OLDPOS is the last known position of
5201 the cursor and DIR can be `entered' or `left' depending on whether the cursor
5202 is entering the area covered by the text-property property or leaving it.
5204 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5206 ;;;***
5208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-edit" "cus-edit.el" (22331 17371 985369
5209 ;;;;;; 647000))
5210 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-edit.el
5212 (defvar custom-browse-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5213 If non-nil, sort customization group alphabetically in `custom-browse'.")
5215 (custom-autoload 'custom-browse-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5217 (defvar custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically t "\
5218 Whether to sort customization groups alphabetically in Custom buffer.")
5220 (custom-autoload 'custom-buffer-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5222 (defvar custom-menu-sort-alphabetically nil "\
5223 If non-nil, sort each customization group alphabetically in menus.")
5225 (custom-autoload 'custom-menu-sort-alphabetically "cus-edit" t)
5227 (autoload 'customize-set-value "cus-edit" "\
5228 Set VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE. VALUE is a Lisp object.
5230 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5231 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5233 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5234 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5236 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5238 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5240 (autoload 'customize-set-variable "cus-edit" "\
5241 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and return VALUE.
5242 VALUE is a Lisp object.
5244 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5245 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5247 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5248 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5250 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5251 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5253 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5255 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5257 (autoload 'customize-save-variable "cus-edit" "\
5258 Set the default for VARIABLE to VALUE, and save it for future sessions.
5259 Return VALUE.
5261 If VARIABLE has a `custom-set' property, that is used for setting
5262 VARIABLE, otherwise `set-default' is used.
5264 If VARIABLE has a `variable-interactive' property, that is used as if
5265 it were the arg to `interactive' (which see) to interactively read the value.
5267 If VARIABLE has a `custom-type' property, it must be a widget and the
5268 `:prompt-value' property of that widget will be used for reading the value.
5270 If given a prefix (or a COMMENT argument), also prompt for a comment.
5272 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional COMMENT)" t nil)
5274 (autoload 'customize-push-and-save "cus-edit" "\
5275 Add ELTS to LIST-VAR and save for future sessions, safely.
5276 ELTS should be a list. This function adds each entry to the
5277 value of LIST-VAR using `add-to-list'.
5279 If Emacs is initialized, call `customize-save-variable' to save
5280 the resulting list value now. Otherwise, add an entry to
5281 `after-init-hook' to save it after initialization.
5283 \(fn LIST-VAR ELTS)" nil nil)
5285 (autoload 'customize "cus-edit" "\
5286 Select a customization buffer which you can use to set user options.
5287 User options are structured into \"groups\".
5288 Initially the top-level group `Emacs' and its immediate subgroups
5289 are shown; the contents of those subgroups are initially hidden.
5291 \(fn)" t nil)
5293 (autoload 'customize-mode "cus-edit" "\
5294 Customize options related to the current major mode.
5295 If a prefix \\[universal-argument] was given (or if the current major mode has no known group),
5296 then prompt for the MODE to customize.
5298 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
5300 (autoload 'customize-group "cus-edit" "\
5301 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group.
5302 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5304 \(fn &optional GROUP OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5306 (autoload 'customize-group-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5307 Customize GROUP, which must be a customization group, in another window.
5309 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5311 (defalias 'customize-variable 'customize-option)
5313 (autoload 'customize-option "cus-edit" "\
5314 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5316 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5318 (defalias 'customize-variable-other-window 'customize-option-other-window)
5320 (autoload 'customize-option-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5321 Customize SYMBOL, which must be a user option.
5322 Show the buffer in another window, but don't select it.
5324 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
5326 (defvar customize-package-emacs-version-alist nil "\
5327 Alist mapping versions of a package to Emacs versions.
5328 We use this for packages that have their own names, but are released
5329 as part of Emacs itself.
5331 Each elements looks like this:
5333 (PACKAGE (PVERSION . EVERSION)...)
5335 Here PACKAGE is the name of a package, as a symbol. After
5336 PACKAGE come one or more elements, each associating a
5337 package version PVERSION with the first Emacs version
5338 EVERSION in which it (or a subsequent version of PACKAGE)
5339 was first released. Both PVERSION and EVERSION are strings.
5340 PVERSION should be a string that this package used in
5341 the :package-version keyword for `defcustom', `defgroup',
5342 and `defface'.
5344 For example, the MH-E package updates this alist as follows:
5346 (add-to-list \\='customize-package-emacs-version-alist
5347 \\='(MH-E (\"6.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"6.1\" . \"22.1\")
5348 (\"7.0\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.1\" . \"22.1\")
5349 (\"7.2\" . \"22.1\") (\"7.3\" . \"22.1\")
5350 (\"7.4\" . \"22.1\") (\"8.0\" . \"22.1\")))
5352 The value of PACKAGE needs to be unique and it needs to match the
5353 PACKAGE value appearing in the :package-version keyword. Since
5354 the user might see the value in a error message, a good choice is
5355 the official name of the package, such as MH-E or Gnus.")
5357 (defalias 'customize-changed 'customize-changed-options)
5359 (autoload 'customize-changed-options "cus-edit" "\
5360 Customize all settings whose meanings have changed in Emacs itself.
5361 This includes new user options and faces, and new customization
5362 groups, as well as older options and faces whose meanings or
5363 default values have changed since the previous major Emacs
5364 release.
5366 With argument SINCE-VERSION (a string), customize all settings
5367 that were added or redefined since that version.
5369 \(fn &optional SINCE-VERSION)" t nil)
5371 (autoload 'customize-face "cus-edit" "\
5372 Customize FACE, which should be a face name or nil.
5373 If FACE is nil, customize all faces. If FACE is actually a
5374 face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5376 If OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, display in another window.
5378 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5379 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5381 \(fn &optional FACE OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
5383 (autoload 'customize-face-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5384 Show customization buffer for face FACE in other window.
5385 If FACE is actually a face-alias, customize the face it is aliased to.
5387 Interactively, when point is on text which has a face specified,
5388 suggest to customize that face, if it's customizable.
5390 \(fn &optional FACE)" t nil)
5392 (autoload 'customize-unsaved "cus-edit" "\
5393 Customize all options and faces set in this session but not saved.
5395 \(fn)" t nil)
5397 (autoload 'customize-rogue "cus-edit" "\
5398 Customize all user variables modified outside customize.
5400 \(fn)" t nil)
5402 (autoload 'customize-saved "cus-edit" "\
5403 Customize all saved options and faces.
5405 \(fn)" t nil)
5407 (autoload 'customize-apropos "cus-edit" "\
5408 Customize loaded options, faces and groups matching PATTERN.
5409 PATTERN can be a word, a list of words (separated by spaces),
5410 or a regexp (using some regexp special characters). If it is a word,
5411 search for matches for that word as a substring. If it is a list of
5412 words, search for matches for any two (or more) of those words.
5414 If TYPE is `options', include only options.
5415 If TYPE is `faces', include only faces.
5416 If TYPE is `groups', include only groups.
5418 \(fn PATTERN &optional TYPE)" t nil)
5420 (autoload 'customize-apropos-options "cus-edit" "\
5421 Customize all loaded customizable options matching REGEXP.
5423 \(fn REGEXP &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
5425 (autoload 'customize-apropos-faces "cus-edit" "\
5426 Customize all loaded faces matching REGEXP.
5428 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5430 (autoload 'customize-apropos-groups "cus-edit" "\
5431 Customize all loaded groups matching REGEXP.
5433 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
5435 (autoload 'custom-prompt-customize-unsaved-options "cus-edit" "\
5436 Prompt user to customize any unsaved customization options.
5437 Return non-nil if user chooses to customize, for use in
5438 `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
5440 \(fn)" nil nil)
5442 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create "cus-edit" "\
5443 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS.
5444 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5445 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5446 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5447 that option.
5448 DESCRIPTION is unused.
5450 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5452 (autoload 'custom-buffer-create-other-window "cus-edit" "\
5453 Create a buffer containing OPTIONS, and display it in another window.
5454 The result includes selecting that window.
5455 Optional NAME is the name of the buffer.
5456 OPTIONS should be an alist of the form ((SYMBOL WIDGET)...), where
5457 SYMBOL is a customization option, and WIDGET is a widget for editing
5458 that option.
5460 \(fn OPTIONS &optional NAME DESCRIPTION)" nil nil)
5462 (autoload 'customize-browse "cus-edit" "\
5463 Create a tree browser for the customize hierarchy.
5465 \(fn &optional GROUP)" t nil)
5467 (defvar custom-file nil "\
5468 File used for storing customization information.
5469 The default is nil, which means to use your init file
5470 as specified by `user-init-file'. If the value is not nil,
5471 it should be an absolute file name.
5473 You can set this option through Custom, if you carefully read the
5474 last paragraph below. However, usually it is simpler to write
5475 something like the following in your init file:
5477 \(setq custom-file \"~/.emacs-custom.el\")
5478 \(load custom-file)
5480 Note that both lines are necessary: the first line tells Custom to
5481 save all customizations in this file, but does not load it.
5483 When you change this variable outside Custom, look in the
5484 previous custom file (usually your init file) for the
5485 forms `(custom-set-variables ...)' and `(custom-set-faces ...)',
5486 and copy them (whichever ones you find) to the new custom file.
5487 This will preserve your existing customizations.
5489 If you save this option using Custom, Custom will write all
5490 currently saved customizations, including the new one for this
5491 option itself, into the file you specify, overwriting any
5492 `custom-set-variables' and `custom-set-faces' forms already
5493 present in that file. It will not delete any customizations from
5494 the old custom file. You should do that manually if that is what you
5495 want. You also have to put something like `(load \"CUSTOM-FILE\")
5496 in your init file, where CUSTOM-FILE is the actual name of the
5497 file. Otherwise, Emacs will not load the file when it starts up,
5498 and hence will not set `custom-file' to that file either.")
5500 (custom-autoload 'custom-file "cus-edit" t)
5502 (autoload 'custom-save-all "cus-edit" "\
5503 Save all customizations in `custom-file'.
5505 \(fn)" nil nil)
5507 (autoload 'customize-save-customized "cus-edit" "\
5508 Save all user options which have been set in this session.
5510 \(fn)" t nil)
5512 (autoload 'custom-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5513 Create menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5514 The menu is in a format applicable to `easy-menu-define'.
5516 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
5518 (autoload 'customize-menu-create "cus-edit" "\
5519 Return a customize menu for customization group SYMBOL.
5520 If optional NAME is given, use that as the name of the menu.
5521 Otherwise the menu will be named `Customize'.
5522 The format is suitable for use with `easy-menu-define'.
5524 \(fn SYMBOL &optional NAME)" nil nil)
5526 ;;;***
5528 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cus-theme" "cus-theme.el" (22330 59913 752324
5529 ;;;;;; 116000))
5530 ;;; Generated autoloads from cus-theme.el
5532 (autoload 'customize-create-theme "cus-theme" "\
5533 Create or edit a custom theme.
5534 THEME, if non-nil, should be an existing theme to edit. If THEME
5535 is `user', the resulting *Custom Theme* buffer also contains a
5536 checkbox for removing the theme settings specified in the buffer
5537 from the Custom save file.
5538 BUFFER, if non-nil, should be a buffer to use; the default is
5539 named *Custom Theme*.
5541 \(fn &optional THEME BUFFER)" t nil)
5543 (autoload 'custom-theme-visit-theme "cus-theme" "\
5544 Set up a Custom buffer to edit custom theme THEME.
5546 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5548 (autoload 'describe-theme "cus-theme" "\
5549 Display a description of the Custom theme THEME (a symbol).
5551 \(fn THEME)" t nil)
5553 (autoload 'customize-themes "cus-theme" "\
5554 Display a selectable list of Custom themes.
5555 When called from Lisp, BUFFER should be the buffer to use; if
5556 omitted, a buffer named *Custom Themes* is used.
5558 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
5560 ;;;***
5562 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cvs-status" "vc/cvs-status.el" (22330 59914
5563 ;;;;;; 9323 322000))
5564 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/cvs-status.el
5566 (autoload 'cvs-status-mode "cvs-status" "\
5567 Mode used for cvs status output.
5569 \(fn)" t nil)
5571 ;;;***
5573 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cwarn" "progmodes/cwarn.el" (22330 59913 980323
5574 ;;;;;; 412000))
5575 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/cwarn.el
5576 (push (purecopy '(cwarn 1 3 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5578 (autoload 'cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5579 Minor mode that highlights suspicious C and C++ constructions.
5581 Suspicious constructs are highlighted using `font-lock-warning-face'.
5583 Note, in addition to enabling this minor mode, the major mode must
5584 be included in the variable `cwarn-configuration'. By default C and
5585 C++ modes are included.
5587 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
5588 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
5589 if ARG is omitted or nil.
5591 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5593 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-cwarn-mode 'cwarn-mode "24.1")
5595 (defvar global-cwarn-mode nil "\
5596 Non-nil if Global Cwarn mode is enabled.
5597 See the `global-cwarn-mode' command
5598 for a description of this minor mode.
5599 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5600 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5601 or call the function `global-cwarn-mode'.")
5603 (custom-autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" nil)
5605 (autoload 'global-cwarn-mode "cwarn" "\
5606 Toggle Cwarn mode in all buffers.
5607 With prefix ARG, enable Global Cwarn mode if ARG is positive;
5608 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
5609 ARG is omitted or nil.
5611 Cwarn mode is enabled in all buffers where
5612 `turn-on-cwarn-mode-if-enabled' would do it.
5613 See `cwarn-mode' for more information on Cwarn mode.
5615 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5617 ;;;***
5619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "cyril-util" "language/cyril-util.el" (22330
5620 ;;;;;; 59913 940323 535000))
5621 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/cyril-util.el
5623 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-koi8-r-char "cyril-util" "\
5624 Return KOI8-R external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5626 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5628 (autoload 'cyrillic-encode-alternativnyj-char "cyril-util" "\
5629 Return ALTERNATIVNYJ external character code of CHAR if appropriate.
5631 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
5633 (autoload 'standard-display-cyrillic-translit "cyril-util" "\
5634 Display a cyrillic buffer using a transliteration.
5635 For readability, the table is slightly
5636 different from the one used for the input method `cyrillic-translit'.
5638 The argument is a string which specifies which language you are using;
5639 that affects the choice of transliterations slightly.
5640 Possible values are listed in `cyrillic-language-alist'.
5641 If the argument is t, we use the default cyrillic transliteration.
5642 If the argument is nil, we return the display table to its standard state.
5644 \(fn &optional CYRILLIC-LANGUAGE)" t nil)
5646 ;;;***
5648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dabbrev" "dabbrev.el" (22330 59913 752324
5649 ;;;;;; 116000))
5650 ;;; Generated autoloads from dabbrev.el
5651 (put 'dabbrev-case-fold-search 'risky-local-variable t)
5652 (put 'dabbrev-case-replace 'risky-local-variable t)
5653 (define-key esc-map "/" 'dabbrev-expand)
5654 (define-key esc-map [?\C-/] 'dabbrev-completion)
5656 (autoload 'dabbrev-completion "dabbrev" "\
5657 Completion on current word.
5658 Like \\[dabbrev-expand] but finds all expansions in the current buffer
5659 and presents suggestions for completion.
5661 With a prefix argument ARG, it searches all buffers accepted by the
5662 function pointed out by `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function' to find the
5663 completions.
5665 If the prefix argument is 16 (which comes from \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
5666 then it searches *all* buffers.
5668 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5670 (autoload 'dabbrev-expand "dabbrev" "\
5671 Expand previous word \"dynamically\".
5673 Expands to the most recent, preceding word for which this is a prefix.
5674 If no suitable preceding word is found, words following point are
5675 considered. If still no suitable word is found, then look in the
5676 buffers accepted by the function pointed out by variable
5677 `dabbrev-friend-buffer-function'.
5679 A positive prefix argument, N, says to take the Nth backward *distinct*
5680 possibility. A negative argument says search forward.
5682 If the cursor has not moved from the end of the previous expansion and
5683 no argument is given, replace the previously-made expansion
5684 with the next possible expansion not yet tried.
5686 The variable `dabbrev-backward-only' may be used to limit the
5687 direction of search to backward if set non-nil.
5689 See also `dabbrev-abbrev-char-regexp' and \\[dabbrev-completion].
5691 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
5693 ;;;***
5695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "data-debug" "cedet/data-debug.el" (22330 59913
5696 ;;;;;; 920323 597000))
5697 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/data-debug.el
5699 (autoload 'data-debug-new-buffer "data-debug" "\
5700 Create a new data-debug buffer with NAME.
5702 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
5704 ;;;***
5706 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dbus" "net/dbus.el" (22330 59913 952323 498000))
5707 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dbus.el
5709 (autoload 'dbus-handle-event "dbus" "\
5710 Handle events from the D-Bus.
5711 EVENT is a D-Bus event, see `dbus-check-event'. HANDLER, being
5712 part of the event, is called with arguments ARGS.
5713 If the HANDLER returns a `dbus-error', it is propagated as return message.
5715 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
5717 ;;;***
5719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dcl-mode" "progmodes/dcl-mode.el" (22330 59913
5720 ;;;;;; 980323 412000))
5721 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/dcl-mode.el
5723 (autoload 'dcl-mode "dcl-mode" "\
5724 Major mode for editing DCL-files.
5726 This mode indents command lines in blocks. (A block is commands between
5727 THEN-ELSE-ENDIF and between lines matching dcl-block-begin-regexp and
5728 dcl-block-end-regexp.)
5730 Labels are indented to a fixed position unless they begin or end a block.
5731 Whole-line comments (matching dcl-comment-line-regexp) are not indented.
5732 Data lines are not indented.
5734 Key bindings:
5736 \\{dcl-mode-map}
5737 Commands not usually bound to keys:
5739 \\[dcl-save-nondefault-options] Save changed options
5740 \\[dcl-save-all-options] Save all options
5741 \\[dcl-save-option] Save any option
5742 \\[dcl-save-mode] Save buffer mode
5744 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
5746 dcl-basic-offset
5747 Extra indentation within blocks.
5749 dcl-continuation-offset
5750 Extra indentation for continued lines.
5752 dcl-margin-offset
5753 Indentation for the first command line in a file or SUBROUTINE.
5755 dcl-margin-label-offset
5756 Indentation for a label.
5758 dcl-comment-line-regexp
5759 Lines matching this regexp will not be indented.
5761 dcl-block-begin-regexp
5762 dcl-block-end-regexp
5763 Regexps that match command lines that begin and end, respectively,
5764 a block of command lines that will be given extra indentation.
5765 Command lines between THEN-ELSE-ENDIF are always indented; these variables
5766 make it possible to define other places to indent.
5767 Set to nil to disable this feature.
5769 dcl-calc-command-indent-function
5770 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for command lines.
5771 Two such functions are included in the package:
5772 dcl-calc-command-indent-multiple
5773 dcl-calc-command-indent-hang
5775 dcl-calc-cont-indent-function
5776 Can be set to a function that customizes indentation for continued lines.
5777 One such function is included in the package:
5778 dcl-calc-cont-indent-relative (set by default)
5780 dcl-tab-always-indent
5781 If t, pressing TAB always indents the current line.
5782 If nil, pressing TAB indents the current line if point is at the left
5783 margin.
5785 dcl-electric-characters
5786 Non-nil causes lines to be indented at once when a label, ELSE or ENDIF is
5787 typed.
5789 dcl-electric-reindent-regexps
5790 Use this variable and function dcl-electric-character to customize
5791 which words trigger electric indentation.
5793 dcl-tempo-comma
5794 dcl-tempo-left-paren
5795 dcl-tempo-right-paren
5796 These variables control the look of expanded templates.
5798 dcl-imenu-generic-expression
5799 Default value for imenu-generic-expression. The default includes
5800 SUBROUTINE labels in the main listing and sub-listings for
5801 other labels, CALL, GOTO and GOSUB statements.
5803 dcl-imenu-label-labels
5804 dcl-imenu-label-goto
5805 dcl-imenu-label-gosub
5806 dcl-imenu-label-call
5807 Change the text that is used as sub-listing labels in imenu.
5809 Loading this package calls the value of the variable
5810 `dcl-mode-load-hook' with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5811 Turning on DCL mode calls the value of the variable `dcl-mode-hook'
5812 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
5815 The following example uses the default values for all variables:
5817 $! This is a comment line that is not indented (it matches
5818 $! dcl-comment-line-regexp)
5819 $! Next follows the first command line. It is indented dcl-margin-offset.
5820 $ i = 1
5821 $ ! Other comments are indented like command lines.
5822 $ ! A margin label indented dcl-margin-label-offset:
5823 $ label:
5824 $ if i.eq.1
5825 $ then
5826 $ ! Lines between THEN-ELSE and ELSE-ENDIF are
5827 $ ! indented dcl-basic-offset
5828 $ loop1: ! This matches dcl-block-begin-regexp...
5829 $ ! ...so this line is indented dcl-basic-offset
5830 $ text = \"This \" + - ! is a continued line
5831 \"lined up with the command line\"
5832 $ type sys$input
5833 Data lines are not indented at all.
5834 $ endloop1: ! This matches dcl-block-end-regexp
5835 $ endif
5839 There is some minimal font-lock support (see vars
5840 `dcl-font-lock-defaults' and `dcl-font-lock-keywords').
5842 \(fn)" t nil)
5844 ;;;***
5846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "debug" "emacs-lisp/debug.el" (22330 59913
5847 ;;;;;; 929323 569000))
5848 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/debug.el
5850 (setq debugger 'debug)
5852 (autoload 'debug "debug" "\
5853 Enter debugger. \\<debugger-mode-map>`\\[debugger-continue]' returns from the debugger.
5854 Arguments are mainly for use when this is called from the internals
5855 of the evaluator.
5857 You may call with no args, or you may pass nil as the first arg and
5858 any other args you like. In that case, the list of args after the
5859 first will be printed into the backtrace buffer.
5861 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
5863 (autoload 'debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5864 Request FUNCTION to invoke debugger each time it is called.
5866 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5868 This works by modifying the definition of FUNCTION. If you tell the
5869 debugger to continue, FUNCTION's execution proceeds. If FUNCTION is a
5870 normal function or a macro written in Lisp, you can also step through
5871 its execution. FUNCTION can also be a primitive that is not a special
5872 form, in which case stepping is not possible. Break-on-entry for
5873 primitive functions only works when that function is called from Lisp.
5875 Use \\[cancel-debug-on-entry] to cancel the effect of this command.
5876 Redefining FUNCTION also cancels it.
5878 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
5880 (autoload 'cancel-debug-on-entry "debug" "\
5881 Undo effect of \\[debug-on-entry] on FUNCTION.
5882 If FUNCTION is nil, cancel debug-on-entry for all functions.
5883 When called interactively, prompt for FUNCTION in the minibuffer.
5884 To specify a nil argument interactively, exit with an empty minibuffer.
5886 \(fn &optional FUNCTION)" t nil)
5888 ;;;***
5890 ;;;### (autoloads nil "decipher" "play/decipher.el" (22330 59913
5891 ;;;;;; 969323 446000))
5892 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/decipher.el
5894 (autoload 'decipher "decipher" "\
5895 Format a buffer of ciphertext for cryptanalysis and enter Decipher mode.
5897 \(fn)" t nil)
5899 (autoload 'decipher-mode "decipher" "\
5900 Major mode for decrypting monoalphabetic substitution ciphers.
5901 Lower-case letters enter plaintext.
5902 Upper-case letters are commands.
5904 The buffer is made read-only so that normal Emacs commands cannot
5905 modify it.
5907 The most useful commands are:
5908 \\<decipher-mode-map>
5909 \\[decipher-digram-list] Display a list of all digrams & their frequency
5910 \\[decipher-frequency-count] Display the frequency of each ciphertext letter
5911 \\[decipher-adjacency-list] Show adjacency list for current letter (lists letters appearing next to it)
5912 \\[decipher-make-checkpoint] Save the current cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5913 \\[decipher-restore-checkpoint] Restore a saved cipher alphabet (checkpoint)
5915 \(fn)" t nil)
5917 ;;;***
5919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delim-col" "delim-col.el" (22330 59913 752324
5920 ;;;;;; 116000))
5921 ;;; Generated autoloads from delim-col.el
5922 (push (purecopy '(delim-col 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
5924 (autoload 'delimit-columns-customize "delim-col" "\
5925 Customization of `columns' group.
5927 \(fn)" t nil)
5929 (autoload 'delimit-columns-region "delim-col" "\
5930 Prettify all columns in a text region.
5932 START and END delimits the text region.
5934 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5936 (autoload 'delimit-columns-rectangle "delim-col" "\
5937 Prettify all columns in a text rectangle.
5939 START and END delimits the corners of text rectangle.
5941 \(fn START END)" t nil)
5943 ;;;***
5945 ;;;### (autoloads nil "delsel" "delsel.el" (22330 59913 737324 162000))
5946 ;;; Generated autoloads from delsel.el
5948 (defalias 'pending-delete-mode 'delete-selection-mode)
5950 (defvar delete-selection-mode nil "\
5951 Non-nil if Delete-Selection mode is enabled.
5952 See the `delete-selection-mode' command
5953 for a description of this minor mode.
5954 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
5955 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
5956 or call the function `delete-selection-mode'.")
5958 (custom-autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" nil)
5960 (autoload 'delete-selection-mode "delsel" "\
5961 Toggle Delete Selection mode.
5962 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Delete Selection mode if ARG
5963 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
5964 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
5966 When Delete Selection mode is enabled, typed text replaces the selection
5967 if the selection is active. Otherwise, typed text is just inserted at
5968 point regardless of any selection. Also, commands that normally delete
5969 just one character will delete the entire selection instead.
5971 See `delete-selection-helper' and `delete-selection-pre-hook' for
5972 information on adapting behavior of commands in Delete Selection mode.
5974 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
5976 ;;;***
5978 ;;;### (autoloads nil "derived" "emacs-lisp/derived.el" (22331 17371
5979 ;;;;;; 991369 626000))
5980 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/derived.el
5982 (autoload 'define-derived-mode "derived" "\
5983 Create a new mode as a variant of an existing mode.
5985 The arguments to this command are as follow:
5987 CHILD: the name of the command for the derived mode.
5988 PARENT: the name of the command for the parent mode (e.g. `text-mode')
5989 or nil if there is no parent.
5990 NAME: a string which will appear in the status line (e.g. \"Hypertext\")
5991 DOCSTRING: an optional documentation string--if you do not supply one,
5992 the function will attempt to invent something useful.
5993 BODY: forms to execute just before running the
5994 hooks for the new mode. Do not use `interactive' here.
5996 BODY can start with a bunch of keyword arguments. The following keyword
5997 arguments are currently understood:
5998 :group GROUP
5999 Declare the customization group that corresponds to this mode.
6000 The command `customize-mode' uses this.
6001 :syntax-table TABLE
6002 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-syntax-table).
6003 A nil value means to simply use the same syntax-table as the parent.
6004 :abbrev-table TABLE
6005 Use TABLE instead of the default (CHILD-abbrev-table).
6006 A nil value means to simply use the same abbrev-table as the parent.
6008 Here is how you could define LaTeX-Thesis mode as a variant of LaTeX mode:
6010 (define-derived-mode LaTeX-thesis-mode LaTeX-mode \"LaTeX-Thesis\")
6012 You could then make new key bindings for `LaTeX-thesis-mode-map'
6013 without changing regular LaTeX mode. In this example, BODY is empty,
6014 and DOCSTRING is generated by default.
6016 On a more complicated level, the following command uses `sgml-mode' as
6017 the parent, and then sets the variable `case-fold-search' to nil:
6019 (define-derived-mode article-mode sgml-mode \"Article\"
6020 \"Major mode for editing technical articles.\"
6021 (setq case-fold-search nil))
6023 Note that if the documentation string had been left out, it would have
6024 been generated automatically, with a reference to the keymap.
6026 The new mode runs the hook constructed by the function
6027 `derived-mode-hook-name'.
6029 See Info node `(elisp)Derived Modes' for more details.
6031 \(fn CHILD PARENT NAME &optional DOCSTRING &rest BODY)" nil t)
6033 (function-put 'define-derived-mode 'doc-string-elt '4)
6035 (autoload 'derived-mode-init-mode-variables "derived" "\
6036 Initialize variables for a new MODE.
6037 Right now, if they don't already exist, set up a blank keymap, an
6038 empty syntax table, and an empty abbrev table -- these will be merged
6039 the first time the mode is used.
6041 \(fn MODE)" nil nil)
6043 ;;;***
6045 ;;;### (autoloads nil "descr-text" "descr-text.el" (22363 8343 507348
6046 ;;;;;; 797000))
6047 ;;; Generated autoloads from descr-text.el
6049 (autoload 'describe-text-properties "descr-text" "\
6050 Describe widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties at POS.
6051 POS is taken to be in BUFFER or in current buffer if nil.
6052 Interactively, describe them for the character after point.
6053 If optional second argument OUTPUT-BUFFER is non-nil,
6054 insert the output into that buffer, and don't initialize or clear it
6055 otherwise.
6057 \(fn POS &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER BUFFER)" t nil)
6059 (autoload 'describe-char "descr-text" "\
6060 Describe position POS (interactively, point) and the char after POS.
6061 POS is taken to be in BUFFER, or the current buffer if BUFFER is nil.
6062 The information is displayed in buffer `*Help*'.
6064 The position information includes POS; the total size of BUFFER; the
6065 region limits, if narrowed; the column number; and the horizontal
6066 scroll amount, if the buffer is horizontally scrolled.
6068 The character information includes the character code; charset and
6069 code points in it; syntax; category; how the character is encoded in
6070 BUFFER and in BUFFER's file; character composition information (if
6071 relevant); the font and font glyphs used to display the character;
6072 the character's canonical name and other properties defined by the
6073 Unicode Data Base; and widgets, buttons, overlays, and text properties
6074 relevant to POS.
6076 \(fn POS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6078 (autoload 'describe-char-eldoc "descr-text" "\
6079 Return a description of character at point for use by ElDoc mode.
6081 Return nil if character at point is a printable ASCII
6082 character (i.e. codepoint between 32 and 127 inclusively).
6083 Otherwise return a description formatted by
6084 `describe-char-eldoc--format' function taking into account value
6085 of `eldoc-echo-area-use-multiline-p' variable and width of
6086 minibuffer window for width limit.
6088 This function is meant to be used as a value of
6089 `eldoc-documentation-function' variable.
6091 \(fn)" nil nil)
6093 ;;;***
6095 ;;;### (autoloads nil "desktop" "desktop.el" (22363 8343 508348 793000))
6096 ;;; Generated autoloads from desktop.el
6098 (defvar desktop-save-mode nil "\
6099 Non-nil if Desktop-Save mode is enabled.
6100 See the `desktop-save-mode' command
6101 for a description of this minor mode.
6102 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
6103 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
6104 or call the function `desktop-save-mode'.")
6106 (custom-autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" nil)
6108 (autoload 'desktop-save-mode "desktop" "\
6109 Toggle desktop saving (Desktop Save mode).
6110 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Desktop Save mode if ARG is positive,
6111 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG
6112 is omitted or nil.
6114 When Desktop Save mode is enabled, the state of Emacs is saved from
6115 one session to another. In particular, Emacs will save the desktop when
6116 it exits (this may prompt you; see the option `desktop-save'). The next
6117 time Emacs starts, if this mode is active it will restore the desktop.
6119 To manually save the desktop at any time, use the command `\\[desktop-save]'.
6120 To load it, use `\\[desktop-read]'.
6122 Once a desktop file exists, Emacs will auto-save it according to the
6123 option `desktop-auto-save-timeout'.
6125 To see all the options you can set, browse the `desktop' customization group.
6127 For further details, see info node `(emacs)Saving Emacs Sessions'.
6129 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6131 (defvar desktop-locals-to-save '(desktop-locals-to-save truncate-lines case-fold-search case-replace fill-column overwrite-mode change-log-default-name line-number-mode column-number-mode size-indication-mode buffer-file-coding-system indent-tabs-mode tab-width indicate-buffer-boundaries indicate-empty-lines show-trailing-whitespace) "\
6132 List of local variables to save for each buffer.
6133 The variables are saved only when they really are local. Conventional minor
6134 modes are restored automatically; they should not be listed here.")
6136 (custom-autoload 'desktop-locals-to-save "desktop" t)
6138 (defvar-local desktop-save-buffer nil "\
6139 When non-nil, save buffer status in desktop file.
6141 If the value is a function, it is called by `desktop-save' with argument
6142 DESKTOP-DIRNAME to obtain auxiliary information to save in the desktop
6143 file along with the state of the buffer for which it was called.
6145 When file names are returned, they should be formatted using the call
6146 \"(desktop-file-name FILE-NAME DESKTOP-DIRNAME)\".
6148 Later, when `desktop-read' evaluates the desktop file, auxiliary information
6149 is passed as the argument DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC to functions in
6150 `desktop-buffer-mode-handlers'.")
6152 (defvar desktop-buffer-mode-handlers nil "\
6153 Alist of major mode specific functions to restore a desktop buffer.
6154 Functions listed are called by `desktop-create-buffer' when `desktop-read'
6155 evaluates the desktop file. List elements must have the form
6157 (MAJOR-MODE . RESTORE-BUFFER-FUNCTION).
6159 Buffers with a major mode not specified here, are restored by the default
6160 handler `desktop-restore-file-buffer'.
6162 Handlers are called with argument list
6164 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-FILE-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-NAME DESKTOP-BUFFER-MISC)
6166 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6168 `desktop-file-version'
6169 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6170 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6171 `desktop-buffer-point'
6172 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6173 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6174 `desktop-buffer-locals'
6176 If a handler returns a buffer, then the saved mode settings
6177 and variable values for that buffer are copied into it.
6179 Modules that define a major mode that needs a special handler should contain
6180 code like
6182 (defun foo-restore-desktop-buffer
6184 (add-to-list \\='desktop-buffer-mode-handlers
6185 \\='(foo-mode . foo-restore-desktop-buffer))
6187 The major mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6188 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6189 can guess how to load the mode's definition.")
6191 (put 'desktop-buffer-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6193 (defvar desktop-minor-mode-handlers nil "\
6194 Alist of functions to restore non-standard minor modes.
6195 Functions are called by `desktop-create-buffer' to restore minor modes.
6196 List elements must have the form
6198 (MINOR-MODE . RESTORE-FUNCTION).
6200 Minor modes not specified here, are restored by the standard minor mode
6201 function.
6203 Handlers are called with argument list
6205 (DESKTOP-BUFFER-LOCALS)
6207 Furthermore, they may use the following variables:
6209 `desktop-file-version'
6210 `desktop-buffer-file-name'
6211 `desktop-buffer-name'
6212 `desktop-buffer-major-mode'
6213 `desktop-buffer-minor-modes'
6214 `desktop-buffer-point'
6215 `desktop-buffer-mark'
6216 `desktop-buffer-read-only'
6217 `desktop-buffer-misc'
6219 When a handler is called, the buffer has been created and the major mode has
6220 been set, but local variables listed in desktop-buffer-locals has not yet been
6221 created and set.
6223 Modules that define a minor mode that needs a special handler should contain
6224 code like
6226 (defun foo-desktop-restore
6228 (add-to-list \\='desktop-minor-mode-handlers
6229 \\='(foo-mode . foo-desktop-restore))
6231 The minor mode function must either be autoloaded, or of the form
6232 \"foobar-mode\" and defined in library \"foobar\", so that desktop
6233 can guess how to load the mode's definition.
6235 See also `desktop-minor-mode-table'.")
6237 (put 'desktop-minor-mode-handlers 'risky-local-variable t)
6239 (autoload 'desktop-clear "desktop" "\
6240 Empty the Desktop.
6241 This kills all buffers except for internal ones and those with names matched by
6242 a regular expression in the list `desktop-clear-preserve-buffers'.
6243 Furthermore, it clears the variables listed in `desktop-globals-to-clear'.
6244 When called interactively and `desktop-restore-frames' is non-nil, it also
6245 deletes all frames except the selected one (and its minibuffer frame,
6246 if different).
6248 \(fn)" t nil)
6250 (autoload 'desktop-save "desktop" "\
6251 Save the desktop in a desktop file.
6252 Parameter DIRNAME specifies where to save the desktop file.
6253 Optional parameter RELEASE says whether we're done with this
6254 desktop. If ONLY-IF-CHANGED is non-nil, compare the current
6255 desktop information to that in the desktop file, and if the
6256 desktop information has not changed since it was last saved then
6257 do not rewrite the file.
6259 This function can save the desktop in either format version
6260 208 (which only Emacs 25.1 and later can read) or version
6261 206 (which is readable by any Emacs from version 22.1 onwards).
6262 By default, it will use the same format the desktop file had when
6263 it was last saved, or version 208 when writing a fresh desktop
6264 file.
6266 To upgrade a version 206 file to version 208, call this command
6267 explicitly with a bare prefix argument: C-u M-x desktop-save.
6268 You are recommended to do this once you have firmly upgraded to
6269 Emacs 25.1 (or later). To downgrade a version 208 file to version
6270 206, use a double command prefix: C-u C-u M-x desktop-save.
6271 Confirmation will be requested in either case. In a non-interactive
6272 call, VERSION can be given as an integer, either 206 or 208, which
6273 will be accepted as the format version in which to save the file
6274 without further confirmation.
6276 \(fn DIRNAME &optional RELEASE ONLY-IF-CHANGED VERSION)" t nil)
6278 (autoload 'desktop-remove "desktop" "\
6279 Delete desktop file in `desktop-dirname'.
6280 This function also sets `desktop-dirname' to nil.
6282 \(fn)" t nil)
6284 (autoload 'desktop-read "desktop" "\
6285 Read and process the desktop file in directory DIRNAME.
6286 Look for a desktop file in DIRNAME, or if DIRNAME is omitted, look in
6287 directories listed in `desktop-path'. If a desktop file is found, it
6288 is processed and `desktop-after-read-hook' is run. If no desktop file
6289 is found, clear the desktop and run `desktop-no-desktop-file-hook'.
6290 This function is a no-op when Emacs is running in batch mode.
6291 It returns t if a desktop file was loaded, nil otherwise.
6293 \(fn &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
6295 (autoload 'desktop-load-default "desktop" "\
6296 Load the `default' start-up library manually.
6297 Also inhibit further loading of it.
6299 \(fn)" nil nil)
6301 (make-obsolete 'desktop-load-default 'desktop-save-mode '"22.1")
6303 (autoload 'desktop-change-dir "desktop" "\
6304 Change to desktop saved in DIRNAME.
6305 Kill the desktop as specified by variables `desktop-save-mode' and
6306 `desktop-save', then clear the desktop and load the desktop file in
6307 directory DIRNAME.
6309 \(fn DIRNAME)" t nil)
6311 (autoload 'desktop-save-in-desktop-dir "desktop" "\
6312 Save the desktop in directory `desktop-dirname'.
6314 \(fn)" t nil)
6316 (autoload 'desktop-revert "desktop" "\
6317 Revert to the last loaded desktop.
6319 \(fn)" t nil)
6321 ;;;***
6323 ;;;### (autoloads nil "deuglify" "gnus/deuglify.el" (22330 59913
6324 ;;;;;; 938323 541000))
6325 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/deuglify.el
6327 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-unwrap-lines "deuglify" "\
6328 Unwrap lines that appear to be wrapped citation lines.
6329 You can control what lines will be unwrapped by frobbing
6330 `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-min' and `gnus-outlook-deuglify-unwrap-max',
6331 indicating the minimum and maximum length of an unwrapped citation line. If
6332 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6334 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6336 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-repair-attribution "deuglify" "\
6337 Repair a broken attribution line.
6338 If NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6340 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6342 (autoload 'gnus-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6343 Full deuglify of broken Outlook (Express) articles.
6344 Treat dumbquotes, unwrap lines, repair attribution and rearrange citation. If
6345 NODISPLAY is non-nil, don't redisplay the article buffer.
6347 \(fn &optional NODISPLAY)" t nil)
6349 (autoload 'gnus-article-outlook-deuglify-article "deuglify" "\
6350 Deuglify broken Outlook (Express) articles and redisplay.
6352 \(fn)" t nil)
6354 ;;;***
6356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diary-lib" "calendar/diary-lib.el" (22330
6357 ;;;;;; 59913 919323 600000))
6358 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/diary-lib.el
6360 (autoload 'diary "diary-lib" "\
6361 Generate the diary window for ARG days starting with the current date.
6362 If no argument is provided, the number of days of diary entries is governed
6363 by the variable `diary-number-of-entries'. A value of ARG less than 1
6364 does nothing. This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
6366 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6368 (autoload 'diary-mail-entries "diary-lib" "\
6369 Send a mail message showing diary entries for next NDAYS days.
6370 If no prefix argument is given, NDAYS is set to `diary-mail-days'.
6371 Mail is sent to the address specified by `diary-mail-addr'.
6373 Here is an example of a script to call `diary-mail-entries',
6374 suitable for regular scheduling using cron (or at). Note that
6375 since `emacs -script' does not load your init file, you should
6376 ensure that all relevant variables are set.
6378 #!/usr/bin/emacs -script
6379 ;; diary-rem.el - run the Emacs diary-reminder
6381 \(setq diary-mail-days 3
6382 diary-file \"/path/to/diary.file\"
6383 calendar-date-style \\='european
6384 diary-mail-addr \"user@host.name\")
6386 \(diary-mail-entries)
6388 # diary-rem.el ends here
6390 \(fn &optional NDAYS)" t nil)
6392 (autoload 'diary-mode "diary-lib" "\
6393 Major mode for editing the diary file.
6395 \(fn)" t nil)
6397 ;;;***
6399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff" "vc/diff.el" (22330 59913 993323 372000))
6400 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff.el
6402 (defvar diff-switches (purecopy "-u") "\
6403 A string or list of strings specifying switches to be passed to diff.")
6405 (custom-autoload 'diff-switches "diff" t)
6407 (defvar diff-command (purecopy "diff") "\
6408 The command to use to run diff.")
6410 (custom-autoload 'diff-command "diff" t)
6412 (autoload 'diff "diff" "\
6413 Find and display the differences between OLD and NEW files.
6414 When called interactively, read NEW, then OLD, using the
6415 minibuffer. The default for NEW is the current buffer's file
6416 name, and the default for OLD is a backup file for NEW, if one
6417 exists. If NO-ASYNC is non-nil, call diff synchronously.
6419 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt
6420 interactively for diff switches. Otherwise, the switches
6421 specified in the variable `diff-switches' are passed to the diff command.
6423 \(fn OLD NEW &optional SWITCHES NO-ASYNC)" t nil)
6425 (autoload 'diff-backup "diff" "\
6426 Diff this file with its backup file or vice versa.
6427 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
6428 If this file is a backup, diff it with its original.
6429 The backup file is the first file given to `diff'.
6430 With prefix arg, prompt for diff switches.
6432 \(fn FILE &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6434 (autoload 'diff-latest-backup-file "diff" "\
6435 Return the latest existing backup of FILE, or nil.
6437 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
6439 (autoload 'diff-buffer-with-file "diff" "\
6440 View the differences between BUFFER and its associated file.
6441 This requires the external program `diff' to be in your `exec-path'.
6443 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
6445 ;;;***
6447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "diff-mode" "vc/diff-mode.el" (22330 59914
6448 ;;;;;; 9323 322000))
6449 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/diff-mode.el
6451 (autoload 'diff-mode "diff-mode" "\
6452 Major mode for viewing/editing context diffs.
6453 Supports unified and context diffs as well as (to a lesser extent)
6454 normal diffs.
6456 When the buffer is read-only, the ESC prefix is not necessary.
6457 If you edit the buffer manually, diff-mode will try to update the hunk
6458 headers for you on-the-fly.
6460 You can also switch between context diff and unified diff with \\[diff-context->unified],
6461 or vice versa with \\[diff-unified->context] and you can also reverse the direction of
6462 a diff with \\[diff-reverse-direction].
6464 \\{diff-mode-map}
6466 \(fn)" t nil)
6468 (autoload 'diff-minor-mode "diff-mode" "\
6469 Toggle Diff minor mode.
6470 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Diff minor mode if ARG is
6471 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6472 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6474 \\{diff-minor-mode-map}
6476 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6478 ;;;***
6480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dig" "net/dig.el" (22330 59913 952323 498000))
6481 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/dig.el
6483 (autoload 'dig "dig" "\
6484 Query addresses of a DOMAIN using dig, by calling `dig-invoke'.
6485 Optional arguments are passed to `dig-invoke'.
6487 \(fn DOMAIN &optional QUERY-TYPE QUERY-CLASS QUERY-OPTION DIG-OPTION SERVER)" t nil)
6489 ;;;***
6491 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dired" "dired.el" (22331 17371 987369 640000))
6492 ;;; Generated autoloads from dired.el
6494 (defvar dired-listing-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
6495 Switches passed to `ls' for Dired. MUST contain the `l' option.
6496 May contain all other options that don't contradict `-l';
6497 may contain even `F', `b', `i' and `s'. See also the variable
6498 `dired-ls-F-marks-symlinks' concerning the `F' switch.
6499 On systems such as MS-DOS and MS-Windows, which use `ls' emulation in Lisp,
6500 some of the `ls' switches are not supported; see the doc string of
6501 `insert-directory' in `ls-lisp.el' for more details.")
6503 (custom-autoload 'dired-listing-switches "dired" t)
6505 (defvar dired-directory nil "\
6506 The directory name or wildcard spec that this Dired directory lists.
6507 Local to each Dired buffer. May be a list, in which case the car is the
6508 directory name and the cdr is the list of files to mention.
6509 The directory name must be absolute, but need not be fully expanded.")
6510 (define-key ctl-x-map "d" 'dired)
6512 (autoload 'dired "dired" "\
6513 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME--delete, rename, print, etc. some files in it.
6514 Optional second argument SWITCHES specifies the `ls' options used.
6515 \(Interactively, use a prefix argument to be able to specify SWITCHES.)
6517 If DIRNAME is a string, Dired displays a list of files in DIRNAME (which
6518 may also have shell wildcards appended to select certain files).
6520 If DIRNAME is a cons, its first element is taken as the directory name
6521 and the rest as an explicit list of files to make directory entries for.
6522 In this case, SWITCHES are applied to each of the files separately, and
6523 therefore switches that control the order of the files in the produced
6524 listing have no effect.
6526 \\<dired-mode-map>You can flag files for deletion with \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] and then
6527 delete them by typing \\[dired-do-flagged-delete].
6528 Type \\[describe-mode] after entering Dired for more info.
6530 If DIRNAME is already in a Dired buffer, that buffer is used without refresh.
6532 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6533 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "d" 'dired-other-window)
6535 (autoload 'dired-other-window "dired" "\
6536 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but selects in another window.
6538 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6539 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "d" 'dired-other-frame)
6541 (autoload 'dired-other-frame "dired" "\
6542 \"Edit\" directory DIRNAME. Like `dired' but makes a new frame.
6544 \(fn DIRNAME &optional SWITCHES)" t nil)
6546 (autoload 'dired-noselect "dired" "\
6547 Like `dired' but returns the Dired buffer as value, does not select it.
6549 \(fn DIR-OR-LIST &optional SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6551 (autoload 'dired-mode "dired" "\
6552 Mode for \"editing\" directory listings.
6553 In Dired, you are \"editing\" a list of the files in a directory and
6554 (optionally) its subdirectories, in the format of `ls -lR'.
6555 Each directory is a page: use \\[backward-page] and \\[forward-page] to move pagewise.
6556 \"Editing\" means that you can run shell commands on files, visit,
6557 compress, load or byte-compile them, change their file attributes
6558 and insert subdirectories into the same buffer. You can \"mark\"
6559 files for later commands or \"flag\" them for deletion, either file
6560 by file or all files matching certain criteria.
6561 You can move using the usual cursor motion commands.\\<dired-mode-map>
6562 The buffer is read-only. Digits are prefix arguments.
6563 Type \\[dired-flag-file-deletion] to flag a file `D' for deletion.
6564 Type \\[dired-mark] to Mark a file or subdirectory for later commands.
6565 Most commands operate on the marked files and use the current file
6566 if no files are marked. Use a numeric prefix argument to operate on
6567 the next ARG (or previous -ARG if ARG<0) files, or just `1'
6568 to operate on the current file only. Prefix arguments override marks.
6569 Mark-using commands display a list of failures afterwards. Type \\[dired-summary]
6570 to see why something went wrong.
6571 Type \\[dired-unmark] to Unmark a file or all files of an inserted subdirectory.
6572 Type \\[dired-unmark-backward] to back up one line and unmark or unflag.
6573 Type \\[dired-do-flagged-delete] to delete (eXpunge) the files flagged `D'.
6574 Type \\[dired-find-file] to Find the current line's file
6575 (or dired it in another buffer, if it is a directory).
6576 Type \\[dired-find-file-other-window] to find file or Dired directory in Other window.
6577 Type \\[dired-maybe-insert-subdir] to Insert a subdirectory in this buffer.
6578 Type \\[dired-do-rename] to Rename a file or move the marked files to another directory.
6579 Type \\[dired-do-copy] to Copy files.
6580 Type \\[dired-sort-toggle-or-edit] to toggle Sorting by name/date or change the `ls' switches.
6581 Type \\[revert-buffer] to read all currently expanded directories aGain.
6582 This retains all marks and hides subdirs again that were hidden before.
6583 Use `SPC' and `DEL' to move down and up by lines.
6585 If Dired ever gets confused, you can either type \\[revert-buffer] to read the
6586 directories again, type \\[dired-do-redisplay] to relist the file at point or the marked files or a
6587 subdirectory, or type \\[dired-build-subdir-alist] to parse the buffer
6588 again for the directory tree.
6590 Customization variables (rename this buffer and type \\[describe-variable] on each line
6591 for more info):
6593 `dired-listing-switches'
6594 `dired-trivial-filenames'
6595 `dired-marker-char'
6596 `dired-del-marker'
6597 `dired-keep-marker-rename'
6598 `dired-keep-marker-copy'
6599 `dired-keep-marker-hardlink'
6600 `dired-keep-marker-symlink'
6602 Hooks (use \\[describe-variable] to see their documentation):
6604 `dired-before-readin-hook'
6605 `dired-after-readin-hook'
6606 `dired-mode-hook'
6607 `dired-load-hook'
6609 Keybindings:
6610 \\{dired-mode-map}
6612 \(fn &optional DIRNAME SWITCHES)" nil nil)
6613 (put 'dired-find-alternate-file 'disabled t)
6615 ;;;***
6617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dirtrack" "dirtrack.el" (22330 59913 752324
6618 ;;;;;; 116000))
6619 ;;; Generated autoloads from dirtrack.el
6621 (autoload 'dirtrack-mode "dirtrack" "\
6622 Toggle directory tracking in shell buffers (Dirtrack mode).
6623 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Dirtrack mode if ARG is
6624 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6625 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6627 This method requires that your shell prompt contain the current
6628 working directory at all times, and that you set the variable
6629 `dirtrack-list' to match the prompt.
6631 This is an alternative to `shell-dirtrack-mode', which works by
6632 tracking `cd' and similar commands which change the shell working
6633 directory.
6635 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6637 (autoload 'dirtrack "dirtrack" "\
6638 Determine the current directory from the process output for a prompt.
6639 This filter function is used by `dirtrack-mode'. It looks for
6640 the prompt specified by `dirtrack-list', and calls
6641 `shell-process-cd' if the directory seems to have changed away
6642 from `default-directory'.
6644 \(fn INPUT)" nil nil)
6646 ;;;***
6648 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disass" "emacs-lisp/disass.el" (22330 59913
6649 ;;;;;; 929323 569000))
6650 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/disass.el
6652 (autoload 'disassemble "disass" "\
6653 Print disassembled code for OBJECT in (optional) BUFFER.
6654 OBJECT can be a symbol defined as a function, or a function itself
6655 \(a lambda expression or a compiled-function object).
6656 If OBJECT is not already compiled, we compile it, but do not
6657 redefine OBJECT if it is a symbol.
6659 \(fn OBJECT &optional BUFFER INDENT INTERACTIVE-P)" t nil)
6661 ;;;***
6663 ;;;### (autoloads nil "disp-table" "disp-table.el" (22330 59913 752324
6664 ;;;;;; 116000))
6665 ;;; Generated autoloads from disp-table.el
6667 (autoload 'make-display-table "disp-table" "\
6668 Return a new, empty display table.
6670 \(fn)" nil nil)
6672 (autoload 'display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6673 Return the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT.
6674 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a slot name (symbol).
6675 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6676 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6678 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT)" nil nil)
6680 (autoload 'set-display-table-slot "disp-table" "\
6681 Set the value of the extra slot in DISPLAY-TABLE named SLOT to VALUE.
6682 SLOT may be a number from 0 to 5 inclusive, or a name (symbol).
6683 Valid symbols are `truncation', `wrap', `escape', `control',
6684 `selective-display', and `vertical-border'.
6686 \(fn DISPLAY-TABLE SLOT VALUE)" nil nil)
6688 (autoload 'describe-display-table "disp-table" "\
6689 Describe the display table DT in a help buffer.
6691 \(fn DT)" nil nil)
6693 (autoload 'describe-current-display-table "disp-table" "\
6694 Describe the display table in use in the selected window and buffer.
6696 \(fn)" t nil)
6698 (autoload 'standard-display-8bit "disp-table" "\
6699 Display characters representing raw bytes in the range L to H literally.
6701 On a terminal display, each character in the range is displayed
6702 by sending the corresponding byte directly to the terminal.
6704 On a graphic display, each character in the range is displayed
6705 using the default font by a glyph whose code is the corresponding
6706 byte.
6708 Note that ASCII printable characters (SPC to TILDA) are displayed
6709 in the default way after this call.
6711 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6713 (autoload 'standard-display-default "disp-table" "\
6714 Display characters in the range L to H using the default notation.
6716 \(fn L H)" nil nil)
6718 (autoload 'standard-display-ascii "disp-table" "\
6719 Display character C using printable string S.
6721 \(fn C S)" nil nil)
6723 (autoload 'standard-display-g1 "disp-table" "\
6724 Display character C as character SC in the g1 character set.
6725 This function assumes that your terminal uses the SO/SI characters;
6726 it is meaningless for an X frame.
6728 \(fn C SC)" nil nil)
6730 (autoload 'standard-display-graphic "disp-table" "\
6731 Display character C as character GC in graphics character set.
6732 This function assumes VT100-compatible escapes; it is meaningless for an
6733 X frame.
6735 \(fn C GC)" nil nil)
6737 (autoload 'standard-display-underline "disp-table" "\
6738 Display character C as character UC plus underlining.
6740 \(fn C UC)" nil nil)
6742 (autoload 'create-glyph "disp-table" "\
6743 Allocate a glyph code to display by sending STRING to the terminal.
6745 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
6747 (autoload 'make-glyph-code "disp-table" "\
6748 Return a glyph code representing char CHAR with face FACE.
6750 \(fn CHAR &optional FACE)" nil nil)
6752 (autoload 'glyph-char "disp-table" "\
6753 Return the character of glyph code GLYPH.
6755 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6757 (autoload 'glyph-face "disp-table" "\
6758 Return the face of glyph code GLYPH, or nil if glyph has default face.
6760 \(fn GLYPH)" nil nil)
6762 (autoload 'standard-display-european "disp-table" "\
6763 Semi-obsolete way to toggle display of ISO 8859 European characters.
6765 This function is semi-obsolete; you probably don't need it, or else you
6766 probably should use `set-language-environment' or `set-locale-environment'.
6768 This function enables European character display if ARG is positive,
6769 disables it if negative. Otherwise, it toggles European character display.
6771 When this mode is enabled, characters in the range of 160 to 255
6772 display not as octal escapes, but as accented characters. Codes 146
6773 and 160 display as apostrophe and space, even though they are not the
6774 ASCII codes for apostrophe and space.
6776 Enabling European character display with this command noninteractively
6777 from Lisp code also selects Latin-1 as the language environment.
6778 This provides increased compatibility for users who call this function
6779 in `.emacs'.
6781 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
6783 ;;;***
6785 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dissociate" "play/dissociate.el" (22330 59913
6786 ;;;;;; 969323 446000))
6787 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dissociate.el
6789 (autoload 'dissociated-press "dissociate" "\
6790 Dissociate the text of the current buffer.
6791 Output goes in buffer named *Dissociation*,
6792 which is redisplayed each time text is added to it.
6793 Every so often the user must say whether to continue.
6794 If ARG is positive, require ARG chars of continuity.
6795 If ARG is negative, require -ARG words of continuity.
6796 Default is 2.
6798 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6800 ;;;***
6802 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dnd" "dnd.el" (22330 59913 752324 116000))
6803 ;;; Generated autoloads from dnd.el
6805 (defvar dnd-protocol-alist `((,(purecopy "^file:///") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^file://") . dnd-open-file) (,(purecopy "^file:") . dnd-open-local-file) (,(purecopy "^\\(https?\\|ftp\\|file\\|nfs\\)://") . dnd-open-file)) "\
6806 The functions to call for different protocols when a drop is made.
6807 This variable is used by `dnd-handle-one-url' and `dnd-handle-file-name'.
6808 The list contains of (REGEXP . FUNCTION) pairs.
6809 The functions shall take two arguments, URL, which is the URL dropped and
6810 ACTION which is the action to be performed for the drop (move, copy, link,
6811 private or ask).
6812 If no match is found here, and the value of `browse-url-browser-function'
6813 is a pair of (REGEXP . FUNCTION), those regexps are tried for a match.
6814 If no match is found, the URL is inserted as text by calling `dnd-insert-text'.
6815 The function shall return the action done (move, copy, link or private)
6816 if some action was made, or nil if the URL is ignored.")
6818 (custom-autoload 'dnd-protocol-alist "dnd" t)
6820 ;;;***
6822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dns-mode" "textmodes/dns-mode.el" (22330 59913
6823 ;;;;;; 990323 381000))
6824 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/dns-mode.el
6826 (autoload 'dns-mode "dns-mode" "\
6827 Major mode for viewing and editing DNS master files.
6828 This mode is inherited from text mode. It add syntax
6829 highlighting, and some commands for handling DNS master files.
6830 Its keymap inherits from `text-mode' and it has the same
6831 variables for customizing indentation. It has its own abbrev
6832 table and its own syntax table.
6834 Turning on DNS mode runs `dns-mode-hook'.
6836 \(fn)" t nil)
6837 (defalias 'zone-mode 'dns-mode)
6839 (autoload 'dns-mode-soa-increment-serial "dns-mode" "\
6840 Locate SOA record and increment the serial field.
6842 \(fn)" t nil)
6844 ;;;***
6846 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doc-view" "doc-view.el" (22330 59913 752324
6847 ;;;;;; 116000))
6848 ;;; Generated autoloads from doc-view.el
6850 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-p "doc-view" "\
6851 Return non-nil if document type TYPE is available for `doc-view'.
6852 Document types are symbols like `dvi', `ps', `pdf', or `odf' (any
6853 OpenDocument format).
6855 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
6857 (autoload 'doc-view-mode "doc-view" "\
6858 Major mode in DocView buffers.
6860 DocView Mode is an Emacs document viewer. It displays PDF, PS
6861 and DVI files (as PNG images) in Emacs buffers.
6863 You can use \\<doc-view-mode-map>\\[doc-view-toggle-display] to
6864 toggle between displaying the document or editing it as text.
6865 \\{doc-view-mode-map}
6867 \(fn)" t nil)
6869 (autoload 'doc-view-mode-maybe "doc-view" "\
6870 Switch to `doc-view-mode' if possible.
6871 If the required external tools are not available, then fallback
6872 to the next best mode.
6874 \(fn)" nil nil)
6876 (autoload 'doc-view-minor-mode "doc-view" "\
6877 Toggle displaying buffer via Doc View (Doc View minor mode).
6878 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Doc View minor mode if ARG is
6879 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6880 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6882 See the command `doc-view-mode' for more information on this mode.
6884 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6886 (autoload 'doc-view-bookmark-jump "doc-view" "\
6889 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
6891 ;;;***
6893 ;;;### (autoloads nil "doctor" "play/doctor.el" (22330 59913 969323
6894 ;;;;;; 446000))
6895 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/doctor.el
6897 (autoload 'doctor "doctor" "\
6898 Switch to *doctor* buffer and start giving psychotherapy.
6900 \(fn)" t nil)
6902 ;;;***
6904 ;;;### (autoloads nil "double" "double.el" (22330 59913 753324 113000))
6905 ;;; Generated autoloads from double.el
6907 (autoload 'double-mode "double" "\
6908 Toggle special insertion on double keypresses (Double mode).
6909 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Double mode if ARG is
6910 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
6911 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
6913 When Double mode is enabled, some keys will insert different
6914 strings when pressed twice. See `double-map' for details.
6916 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
6918 ;;;***
6920 ;;;### (autoloads nil "dunnet" "play/dunnet.el" (22330 59913 969323
6921 ;;;;;; 446000))
6922 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/dunnet.el
6923 (push (purecopy '(dunnet 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
6925 (autoload 'dunnet "dunnet" "\
6926 Switch to *dungeon* buffer and start game.
6928 \(fn)" t nil)
6930 ;;;***
6932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easy-mmode" "emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el" (22331
6933 ;;;;;; 17371 991369 626000))
6934 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easy-mmode.el
6936 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-minor-mode 'define-minor-mode)
6938 (autoload 'define-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
6939 Define a new minor mode MODE.
6940 This defines the toggle command MODE and (by default) a control variable
6941 MODE (you can override this with the :variable keyword, see below).
6942 DOC is the documentation for the mode toggle command.
6944 The defined mode command takes one optional (prefix) argument.
6945 Interactively with no prefix argument, it toggles the mode.
6946 A prefix argument enables the mode if the argument is positive,
6947 and disables it otherwise.
6949 When called from Lisp, the mode command toggles the mode if the
6950 argument is `toggle', disables the mode if the argument is a
6951 non-positive integer, and enables the mode otherwise (including
6952 if the argument is omitted or nil or a positive integer).
6954 If DOC is nil, give the mode command a basic doc-string
6955 documenting what its argument does.
6957 Optional INIT-VALUE is the initial value of the mode's variable.
6958 Optional LIGHTER is displayed in the mode line when the mode is on.
6959 Optional KEYMAP is the default keymap bound to the mode keymap.
6960 If non-nil, it should be a variable name (whose value is a keymap),
6961 or an expression that returns either a keymap or a list of
6962 arguments for `easy-mmode-define-keymap'. If you supply a KEYMAP
6963 argument that is not a symbol, this macro defines the variable
6964 MODE-map and gives it the value that KEYMAP specifies.
6966 BODY contains code to execute each time the mode is enabled or disabled.
6967 It is executed after toggling the mode, and before running MODE-hook.
6968 Before the actual body code, you can write keyword arguments, i.e.
6969 alternating keywords and values. If you provide BODY, then you must
6970 provide (even if just nil) INIT-VALUE, LIGHTER, and KEYMAP, or provide
6971 at least one keyword argument, or both; otherwise, BODY would be
6972 misinterpreted as the first omitted argument. The following special
6973 keywords are supported (other keywords are passed to `defcustom' if
6974 the minor mode is global):
6976 :group GROUP Custom group name to use in all generated `defcustom' forms.
6977 Defaults to MODE without the possible trailing \"-mode\".
6978 Don't use this default group name unless you have written a
6979 `defgroup' to define that group properly.
6980 :global GLOBAL If non-nil specifies that the minor mode is not meant to be
6981 buffer-local, so don't make the variable MODE buffer-local.
6982 By default, the mode is buffer-local.
6983 :init-value VAL Same as the INIT-VALUE argument.
6984 Not used if you also specify :variable.
6985 :lighter SPEC Same as the LIGHTER argument.
6986 :keymap MAP Same as the KEYMAP argument.
6987 :require SYM Same as in `defcustom'.
6988 :variable PLACE The location to use instead of the variable MODE to store
6989 the state of the mode. This can be simply a different
6990 named variable, or a generalized variable.
6991 PLACE can also be of the form (GET . SET), where GET is
6992 an expression that returns the current state, and SET is
6993 a function that takes one argument, the new state, and
6994 sets it. If you specify a :variable, this function does
6995 not define a MODE variable (nor any of the terms used
6996 in :variable).
6998 :after-hook A single lisp form which is evaluated after the mode hooks
6999 have been run. It should not be quoted.
7001 For example, you could write
7002 (define-minor-mode foo-mode \"If enabled, foo on you!\"
7003 :lighter \" Foo\" :require \\='foo :global t :group \\='hassle :version \"27.5\"
7004 ...BODY CODE...)
7006 \(fn MODE DOC &optional INIT-VALUE LIGHTER KEYMAP &rest BODY)" nil t)
7008 (function-put 'define-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
7010 (defalias 'easy-mmode-define-global-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7012 (defalias 'define-global-minor-mode 'define-globalized-minor-mode)
7014 (autoload 'define-globalized-minor-mode "easy-mmode" "\
7015 Make a global mode GLOBAL-MODE corresponding to buffer-local minor MODE.
7016 TURN-ON is a function that will be called with no args in every buffer
7017 and that should try to turn MODE on if applicable for that buffer.
7018 KEYS is a list of CL-style keyword arguments. As the minor mode
7019 defined by this function is always global, any :global keyword is
7020 ignored. Other keywords have the same meaning as in `define-minor-mode',
7021 which see. In particular, :group specifies the custom group.
7022 The most useful keywords are those that are passed on to the
7023 `defcustom'. It normally makes no sense to pass the :lighter
7024 or :keymap keywords to `define-globalized-minor-mode', since these
7025 are usually passed to the buffer-local version of the minor mode.
7027 If MODE's set-up depends on the major mode in effect when it was
7028 enabled, then disabling and reenabling MODE should make MODE work
7029 correctly with the current major mode. This is important to
7030 prevent problems with derived modes, that is, major modes that
7031 call another major mode in their body.
7033 When a major mode is initialized, MODE is actually turned on just
7034 after running the major mode's hook. However, MODE is not turned
7035 on if the hook has explicitly disabled it.
7037 \(fn GLOBAL-MODE MODE TURN-ON &rest KEYS)" nil t)
7039 (function-put 'define-globalized-minor-mode 'doc-string-elt '2)
7041 (autoload 'easy-mmode-define-keymap "easy-mmode" "\
7042 Return a keymap built from bindings BS.
7043 BS must be a list of (KEY . BINDING) where
7044 KEY and BINDINGS are suitable for `define-key'.
7045 Optional NAME is passed to `make-sparse-keymap'.
7046 Optional map M can be used to modify an existing map.
7047 ARGS is a list of additional keyword arguments.
7049 Valid keywords and arguments are:
7051 :name Name of the keymap; overrides NAME argument.
7052 :dense Non-nil for a dense keymap.
7053 :inherit Parent keymap.
7054 :group Ignored.
7055 :suppress Non-nil to call `suppress-keymap' on keymap,
7056 `nodigits' to suppress digits as prefix arguments.
7058 \(fn BS &optional NAME M ARGS)" nil nil)
7060 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defmap "easy-mmode" "\
7061 Define a constant M whose value is the result of `easy-mmode-define-keymap'.
7062 The M, BS, and ARGS arguments are as per that function. DOC is
7063 the constant's documentation.
7065 \(fn M BS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7067 (autoload 'easy-mmode-defsyntax "easy-mmode" "\
7068 Define variable ST as a syntax-table.
7069 CSS contains a list of syntax specifications of the form (CHAR . SYNTAX).
7071 \(fn ST CSS DOC &rest ARGS)" nil t)
7073 ;;;***
7075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "easymenu" "emacs-lisp/easymenu.el" (22330
7076 ;;;;;; 59913 929323 569000))
7077 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/easymenu.el
7079 (autoload 'easy-menu-define "easymenu" "\
7080 Define a pop-up menu and/or menu bar menu specified by MENU.
7081 If SYMBOL is non-nil, define SYMBOL as a function to pop up the
7082 submenu defined by MENU, with DOC as its doc string.
7084 MAPS, if non-nil, should be a keymap or a list of keymaps; add
7085 the submenu defined by MENU to the keymap or each of the keymaps,
7086 as a top-level menu bar item.
7088 The first element of MENU must be a string. It is the menu bar
7089 item name. It may be followed by the following keyword argument
7090 pairs:
7092 :filter FUNCTION
7093 FUNCTION must be a function which, if called with one
7094 argument---the list of the other menu items---returns the
7095 items to actually display.
7097 :visible INCLUDE
7098 INCLUDE is an expression. The menu is visible if the
7099 expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:included' is an
7100 alias for `:visible'.
7102 :active ENABLE
7103 ENABLE is an expression. The menu is enabled for selection
7104 if the expression evaluates to a non-nil value. `:enable' is
7105 an alias for `:active'.
7107 The rest of the elements in MENU are menu items.
7108 A menu item can be a vector of three elements:
7110 [NAME CALLBACK ENABLE]
7112 NAME is a string--the menu item name.
7114 CALLBACK is a command to run when the item is chosen, or an
7115 expression to evaluate when the item is chosen.
7117 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection if the
7118 expression evaluates to a non-nil value.
7120 Alternatively, a menu item may have the form:
7122 [ NAME CALLBACK [ KEYWORD ARG ]... ]
7124 where NAME and CALLBACK have the same meanings as above, and each
7125 optional KEYWORD and ARG pair should be one of the following:
7127 :keys KEYS
7128 KEYS is a string; a keyboard equivalent to the menu item.
7129 This is normally not needed because keyboard equivalents are
7130 usually computed automatically. KEYS is expanded with
7131 `substitute-command-keys' before it is used.
7133 :key-sequence KEYS
7134 KEYS is a hint for speeding up Emacs's first display of the
7135 menu. It should be nil if you know that the menu item has no
7136 keyboard equivalent; otherwise it should be a string or
7137 vector specifying a keyboard equivalent for the menu item.
7139 :active ENABLE
7140 ENABLE is an expression; the item is enabled for selection
7141 whenever this expression's value is non-nil. `:enable' is an
7142 alias for `:active'.
7144 :visible INCLUDE
7145 INCLUDE is an expression; this item is only visible if this
7146 expression has a non-nil value. `:included' is an alias for
7147 `:visible'.
7149 :label FORM
7150 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7151 value serves as the menu item's label (the default is NAME).
7153 :suffix FORM
7154 FORM is an expression that is dynamically evaluated and whose
7155 value is concatenated with the menu entry's label.
7157 :style STYLE
7158 STYLE is a symbol describing the type of menu item; it should
7159 be `toggle' (a checkbox), or `radio' (a radio button), or any
7160 other value (meaning an ordinary menu item).
7162 :selected SELECTED
7163 SELECTED is an expression; the checkbox or radio button is
7164 selected whenever the expression's value is non-nil.
7166 :help HELP
7167 HELP is a string, the help to display for the menu item.
7169 Alternatively, a menu item can be a string. Then that string
7170 appears in the menu as unselectable text. A string consisting
7171 solely of dashes is displayed as a menu separator.
7173 Alternatively, a menu item can be a list with the same format as
7174 MENU. This is a submenu.
7176 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil t)
7178 (function-put 'easy-menu-define 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
7180 (autoload 'easy-menu-do-define "easymenu" "\
7183 \(fn SYMBOL MAPS DOC MENU)" nil nil)
7185 (autoload 'easy-menu-create-menu "easymenu" "\
7186 Create a menu called MENU-NAME with items described in MENU-ITEMS.
7187 MENU-NAME is a string, the name of the menu. MENU-ITEMS is a list of items
7188 possibly preceded by keyword pairs as described in `easy-menu-define'.
7190 \(fn MENU-NAME MENU-ITEMS)" nil nil)
7192 (autoload 'easy-menu-change "easymenu" "\
7193 Change menu found at PATH as item NAME to contain ITEMS.
7194 PATH is a list of strings for locating the menu that
7195 should contain a submenu named NAME.
7196 ITEMS is a list of menu items, as in `easy-menu-define'.
7197 These items entirely replace the previous items in that submenu.
7199 If MAP is specified, it should normally be a keymap; nil stands for the local
7200 menu-bar keymap. It can also be a symbol, which has earlier been used as the
7201 first argument in a call to `easy-menu-define', or the value of such a symbol.
7203 If the menu located by PATH has no submenu named NAME, add one.
7204 If the optional argument BEFORE is present, add it just before
7205 the submenu named BEFORE, otherwise add it at the end of the menu.
7207 To implement dynamic menus, either call this from
7208 `menu-bar-update-hook' or use a menu filter.
7210 \(fn PATH NAME ITEMS &optional BEFORE MAP)" nil nil)
7212 ;;;***
7214 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebnf2ps" "progmodes/ebnf2ps.el" (22330 59913
7215 ;;;;;; 981323 409000))
7216 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebnf2ps.el
7217 (push (purecopy '(ebnf2ps 4 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7219 (autoload 'ebnf-customize "ebnf2ps" "\
7220 Customization for ebnf group.
7222 \(fn)" t nil)
7224 (autoload 'ebnf-print-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7225 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7227 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7229 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7230 processed.
7232 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7234 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7236 (autoload 'ebnf-print-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7237 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7239 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7240 killed after process termination.
7242 See also `ebnf-print-buffer'.
7244 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7246 (autoload 'ebnf-print-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7247 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7249 When called with a numeric prefix argument (C-u), prompts the user for
7250 the name of a file to save the PostScript image in, instead of sending
7251 it to the printer.
7253 More specifically, the FILENAME argument is treated as follows: if it
7254 is nil, send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save
7255 the PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is a
7256 number, prompt the user for the name of the file to save in.
7258 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7260 (autoload 'ebnf-print-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7261 Generate and print a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region.
7262 Like `ebnf-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
7264 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
7266 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7267 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of DIRECTORY.
7269 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7271 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7272 processed.
7274 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7276 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7278 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7279 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the file FILE.
7281 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7282 killed after process termination.
7284 See also `ebnf-spool-buffer'.
7286 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7288 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7289 Generate and spool a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer.
7290 Like `ebnf-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a
7291 local buffer to be sent to the printer later.
7293 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7295 \(fn)" t nil)
7297 (autoload 'ebnf-spool-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7298 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region and spool locally.
7299 Like `ebnf-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
7301 Use the command `ebnf-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
7303 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7305 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7306 Generate EPS files from EBNF files in DIRECTORY.
7308 If DIRECTORY is nil, it's used `default-directory'.
7310 The files in DIRECTORY that matches `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see) are
7311 processed.
7313 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7315 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7317 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7318 Generate an EPS file from EBNF file FILE.
7320 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7321 killed after EPS generation.
7323 See also `ebnf-eps-buffer'.
7325 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7327 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7328 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the buffer in an EPS file.
7330 Generate an EPS file for each production in the buffer.
7331 The EPS file name has the following form:
7333 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7335 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7336 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7338 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7339 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7340 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7341 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7342 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7344 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7345 files.
7347 \(fn)" t nil)
7349 (autoload 'ebnf-eps-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7350 Generate a PostScript syntactic chart image of the region in an EPS file.
7352 Generate an EPS file for each production in the region.
7353 The EPS file name has the following form:
7355 <PREFIX><PRODUCTION>.eps
7357 <PREFIX> is given by variable `ebnf-eps-prefix'.
7358 The default value is \"ebnf--\".
7360 <PRODUCTION> is the production name.
7361 Some characters in the production file name are replaced to
7362 produce a valid file name. For example, the production name
7363 \"A/B + C\" is modified to produce \"A_B_+_C\", and the EPS
7364 file name used in this case will be \"ebnf--A_B_+_C.eps\".
7366 WARNING: This function does *NOT* ask any confirmation to override existing
7367 files.
7369 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7371 (defalias 'ebnf-despool 'ps-despool)
7373 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-directory "ebnf2ps" "\
7374 Do a syntactic analysis of the files in DIRECTORY.
7376 If DIRECTORY is nil, use `default-directory'.
7378 Only the files in DIRECTORY that match `ebnf-file-suffix-regexp' (which see)
7379 are processed.
7381 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7383 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
7385 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-file "ebnf2ps" "\
7386 Do a syntactic analysis of the named FILE.
7388 If optional arg DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE is non-nil, the buffer isn't
7389 killed after syntax checking.
7391 See also `ebnf-syntax-buffer'.
7393 \(fn FILE &optional DO-NOT-KILL-BUFFER-WHEN-DONE)" t nil)
7395 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-buffer "ebnf2ps" "\
7396 Do a syntactic analysis of the current buffer.
7398 \(fn)" t nil)
7400 (autoload 'ebnf-syntax-region "ebnf2ps" "\
7401 Do a syntactic analysis of a region.
7403 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7405 (autoload 'ebnf-setup "ebnf2ps" "\
7406 Return the current ebnf2ps setup.
7408 \(fn)" nil nil)
7410 (autoload 'ebnf-find-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7411 Return style definition if NAME is already defined; otherwise, return nil.
7413 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7415 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7417 (autoload 'ebnf-insert-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7418 Insert a new style NAME with inheritance INHERITS and values VALUES.
7420 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7422 \(fn NAME INHERITS &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7424 (autoload 'ebnf-delete-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7425 Delete style NAME.
7427 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7429 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
7431 (autoload 'ebnf-merge-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7432 Merge values of style NAME with style VALUES.
7434 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7436 \(fn NAME &rest VALUES)" t nil)
7438 (autoload 'ebnf-apply-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7439 Set STYLE as the current style.
7441 Returns the old style symbol.
7443 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7445 \(fn STYLE)" t nil)
7447 (autoload 'ebnf-reset-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7448 Reset current style.
7450 Returns the old style symbol.
7452 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7454 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7456 (autoload 'ebnf-push-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7457 Push the current style onto a stack and set STYLE as the current style.
7459 Returns the old style symbol.
7461 See also `ebnf-pop-style'.
7463 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7465 \(fn &optional STYLE)" t nil)
7467 (autoload 'ebnf-pop-style "ebnf2ps" "\
7468 Pop a style from the stack of pushed styles and set it as the current style.
7470 Returns the old style symbol.
7472 See also `ebnf-push-style'.
7474 See `ebnf-style-database' documentation.
7476 \(fn)" t nil)
7478 ;;;***
7480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebrowse" "progmodes/ebrowse.el" (22330 59913
7481 ;;;;;; 981323 409000))
7482 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ebrowse.el
7484 (autoload 'ebrowse-tree-mode "ebrowse" "\
7485 Major mode for Ebrowse class tree buffers.
7486 Each line corresponds to a class in a class tree.
7487 Letters do not insert themselves, they are commands.
7488 File operations in the tree buffer work on class tree data structures.
7489 E.g.\\[save-buffer] writes the tree to the file it was loaded from.
7491 Tree mode key bindings:
7492 \\{ebrowse-tree-mode-map}
7494 \(fn)" t nil)
7496 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-choose-tree "ebrowse" "\
7497 Return a buffer containing a tree or nil if no tree found or canceled.
7499 \(fn)" t nil)
7501 (autoload 'ebrowse-member-mode "ebrowse" "\
7502 Major mode for Ebrowse member buffers.
7504 \(fn)" t nil)
7506 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7507 View declaration of member at point.
7509 \(fn)" t nil)
7511 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration "ebrowse" "\
7512 Find declaration of member at point.
7514 \(fn)" t nil)
7516 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition "ebrowse" "\
7517 View definition of member at point.
7519 \(fn)" t nil)
7521 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition "ebrowse" "\
7522 Find definition of member at point.
7524 \(fn)" t nil)
7526 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7527 Find declaration of member at point in other window.
7529 \(fn)" t nil)
7531 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7532 View definition of member at point in other window.
7534 \(fn)" t nil)
7536 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-window "ebrowse" "\
7537 Find definition of member at point in other window.
7539 \(fn)" t nil)
7541 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-declaration-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7542 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7544 \(fn)" t nil)
7546 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-view-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7547 View definition of member at point in other frame.
7549 \(fn)" t nil)
7551 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-find-definition-other-frame "ebrowse" "\
7552 Find definition of member at point in other frame.
7554 \(fn)" t nil)
7556 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-complete-symbol "ebrowse" "\
7557 Perform completion on the C++ symbol preceding point.
7558 A second call of this function without changing point inserts the next match.
7559 A call with prefix PREFIX reads the symbol to insert from the minibuffer with
7560 completion.
7562 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
7564 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-loop-continue "ebrowse" "\
7565 Repeat last operation on files in tree.
7566 FIRST-TIME non-nil means this is not a repetition, but the first time.
7567 TREE-BUFFER if indirectly specifies which files to loop over.
7569 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME TREE-BUFFER)" t nil)
7571 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search "ebrowse" "\
7572 Search for REGEXP in all files in a tree.
7573 If marked classes exist, process marked classes, only.
7574 If regular expression is nil, repeat last search.
7576 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
7578 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-query-replace "ebrowse" "\
7579 Query replace FROM with TO in all files of a class tree.
7580 With prefix arg, process files of marked classes only.
7582 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
7584 (autoload 'ebrowse-tags-search-member-use "ebrowse" "\
7585 Search for call sites of a member.
7586 If FIX-NAME is specified, search uses of that member.
7587 Otherwise, read a member name from the minibuffer.
7588 Searches in all files mentioned in a class tree for something that
7589 looks like a function call to the member.
7591 \(fn &optional FIX-NAME)" t nil)
7593 (autoload 'ebrowse-back-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7594 Move backward in the position stack.
7595 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7597 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7599 (autoload 'ebrowse-forward-in-position-stack "ebrowse" "\
7600 Move forward in the position stack.
7601 Prefix arg ARG says how much.
7603 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7605 (autoload 'ebrowse-electric-position-menu "ebrowse" "\
7606 List positions in the position stack in an electric buffer.
7608 \(fn)" t nil)
7610 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree "ebrowse" "\
7611 Save current tree in same file it was loaded from.
7613 \(fn)" t nil)
7615 (autoload 'ebrowse-save-tree-as "ebrowse" "\
7616 Write the current tree data structure to a file.
7617 Read the file name from the minibuffer if interactive.
7618 Otherwise, FILE-NAME specifies the file to save the tree in.
7620 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
7622 (autoload 'ebrowse-statistics "ebrowse" "\
7623 Display statistics for a class tree.
7625 \(fn)" t nil)
7627 ;;;***
7629 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ebuff-menu" "ebuff-menu.el" (22330 59913 912323
7630 ;;;;;; 622000))
7631 ;;; Generated autoloads from ebuff-menu.el
7633 (autoload 'electric-buffer-list "ebuff-menu" "\
7634 Pop up the Buffer Menu in an \"electric\" window.
7635 If you type SPC or RET (`Electric-buffer-menu-select'), that
7636 selects the buffer at point and quits the \"electric\" window.
7637 Otherwise, you can move around in the Buffer Menu, marking
7638 buffers to be selected, saved or deleted; these other commands
7639 are much like those of `Buffer-menu-mode'.
7641 Run hooks in `electric-buffer-menu-mode-hook' on entry.
7643 \\<electric-buffer-menu-mode-map>
7644 \\[keyboard-quit] or \\[Electric-buffer-menu-quit] -- exit buffer menu, returning to previous window and buffer
7645 configuration. If the very first character typed is a space, it
7646 also has this effect.
7647 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-select] -- select buffer of line point is on.
7648 Also show buffers marked with m in other windows,
7649 deletes buffers marked with \"D\", and saves those marked with \"S\".
7650 \\[Buffer-menu-mark] -- mark buffer to be displayed.
7651 \\[Buffer-menu-not-modified] -- clear modified-flag on that buffer.
7652 \\[Buffer-menu-save] -- mark that buffer to be saved.
7653 \\[Buffer-menu-delete] or \\[Buffer-menu-delete-backwards] -- mark that buffer to be deleted.
7654 \\[Buffer-menu-unmark] -- remove all kinds of marks from current line.
7655 \\[Electric-buffer-menu-mode-view-buffer] -- view buffer, returning when done.
7656 \\[Buffer-menu-backup-unmark] -- back up a line and remove marks.
7658 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
7660 ;;;***
7662 ;;;### (autoloads nil "echistory" "echistory.el" (22330 59913 912323
7663 ;;;;;; 622000))
7664 ;;; Generated autoloads from echistory.el
7666 (autoload 'Electric-command-history-redo-expression "echistory" "\
7667 Edit current history line in minibuffer and execute result.
7668 With prefix arg NOCONFIRM, execute current line as-is without editing.
7670 \(fn &optional NOCONFIRM)" t nil)
7672 ;;;***
7674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ecomplete" "gnus/ecomplete.el" (22331 17372
7675 ;;;;;; 13369 548000))
7676 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/ecomplete.el
7678 (autoload 'ecomplete-setup "ecomplete" "\
7681 \(fn)" nil nil)
7683 ;;;***
7685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ede" "cedet/ede.el" (22330 59913 920323 597000))
7686 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/ede.el
7687 (push (purecopy '(ede 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
7689 (defvar global-ede-mode nil "\
7690 Non-nil if Global Ede mode is enabled.
7691 See the `global-ede-mode' command
7692 for a description of this minor mode.
7693 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
7694 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
7695 or call the function `global-ede-mode'.")
7697 (custom-autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" nil)
7699 (autoload 'global-ede-mode "ede" "\
7700 Toggle global EDE (Emacs Development Environment) mode.
7701 With a prefix argument ARG, enable global EDE mode if ARG is
7702 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
7703 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
7705 This global minor mode enables `ede-minor-mode' in all buffers in
7706 an EDE controlled project.
7708 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
7710 ;;;***
7712 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edebug" "emacs-lisp/edebug.el" (22331 17371
7713 ;;;;;; 992369 622000))
7714 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/edebug.el
7716 (defvar edebug-all-defs nil "\
7717 If non-nil, evaluating defining forms instruments for Edebug.
7718 This applies to `eval-defun', `eval-region', `eval-buffer', and
7719 `eval-current-buffer'. `eval-region' is also called by
7720 `eval-last-sexp', and `eval-print-last-sexp'.
7722 You can use the command `edebug-all-defs' to toggle the value of this
7723 variable. You may wish to make it local to each buffer with
7724 \(make-local-variable \\='edebug-all-defs) in your
7725 `emacs-lisp-mode-hook'.")
7727 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" t)
7729 (defvar edebug-all-forms nil "\
7730 Non-nil means evaluation of all forms will instrument for Edebug.
7731 This doesn't apply to loading or evaluations in the minibuffer.
7732 Use the command `edebug-all-forms' to toggle the value of this option.")
7734 (custom-autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" t)
7736 (autoload 'edebug-basic-spec "edebug" "\
7737 Return t if SPEC uses only extant spec symbols.
7738 An extant spec symbol is a symbol that is not a function and has a
7739 `edebug-form-spec' property.
7741 \(fn SPEC)" nil nil)
7743 (defalias 'edebug-defun 'edebug-eval-top-level-form)
7745 (autoload 'edebug-eval-top-level-form "edebug" "\
7746 Evaluate the top level form point is in, stepping through with Edebug.
7747 This is like `eval-defun' except that it steps the code for Edebug
7748 before evaluating it. It displays the value in the echo area
7749 using `eval-expression' (which see).
7751 If you do this on a function definition such as a defun or defmacro,
7752 it defines the function and instruments its definition for Edebug,
7753 so it will do Edebug stepping when called later. It displays
7754 `Edebug: FUNCTION' in the echo area to indicate that FUNCTION is now
7755 instrumented for Edebug.
7757 If the current defun is actually a call to `defvar' or `defcustom',
7758 evaluating it this way resets the variable using its initial value
7759 expression even if the variable already has some other value.
7760 \(Normally `defvar' and `defcustom' do not alter the value if there
7761 already is one.)
7763 \(fn)" t nil)
7765 (autoload 'edebug-all-defs "edebug" "\
7766 Toggle edebugging of all definitions.
7768 \(fn)" t nil)
7770 (autoload 'edebug-all-forms "edebug" "\
7771 Toggle edebugging of all forms.
7773 \(fn)" t nil)
7775 ;;;***
7777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff" "vc/ediff.el" (22331 17372 122369 161000))
7778 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff.el
7779 (push (purecopy '(ediff 2 81 4)) package--builtin-versions)
7781 (autoload 'ediff-files "ediff" "\
7782 Run Ediff on a pair of files, FILE-A and FILE-B.
7784 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7786 (autoload 'ediff-files3 "ediff" "\
7787 Run Ediff on three files, FILE-A, FILE-B, and FILE-C.
7789 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7791 (defalias 'ediff3 'ediff-files3)
7793 (defalias 'ediff 'ediff-files)
7795 (autoload 'ediff-current-file "ediff" "\
7796 Start ediff between current buffer and its file on disk.
7797 This command can be used instead of `revert-buffer'. If there is
7798 nothing to revert then this command fails.
7800 \(fn)" t nil)
7802 (autoload 'ediff-backup "ediff" "\
7803 Run Ediff on FILE and its backup file.
7804 Uses the latest backup, if there are several numerical backups.
7805 If this file is a backup, `ediff' it with its original.
7807 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
7809 (autoload 'ediff-buffers "ediff" "\
7810 Run Ediff on a pair of buffers, BUFFER-A and BUFFER-B.
7812 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7814 (defalias 'ebuffers 'ediff-buffers)
7816 (autoload 'ediff-buffers3 "ediff" "\
7817 Run Ediff on three buffers, BUFFER-A, BUFFER-B, and BUFFER-C.
7819 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-C &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME)" t nil)
7821 (defalias 'ebuffers3 'ediff-buffers3)
7823 (autoload 'ediff-directories "ediff" "\
7824 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, comparing files that have
7825 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7826 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7828 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP)" t nil)
7830 (defalias 'edirs 'ediff-directories)
7832 (autoload 'ediff-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7833 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, comparing its files with their revisions.
7834 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7835 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7837 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP)" t nil)
7839 (defalias 'edir-revisions 'ediff-directory-revisions)
7841 (autoload 'ediff-directories3 "ediff" "\
7842 Run Ediff on three directories, DIR1, DIR2, and DIR3, comparing files that
7843 have the same name in all three. The last argument, REGEXP, is nil or a
7844 regular expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7846 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 DIR3 REGEXP)" t nil)
7848 (defalias 'edirs3 'ediff-directories3)
7850 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories "ediff" "\
7851 Run Ediff on a pair of directories, DIR1 and DIR2, merging files that have
7852 the same name in both. The third argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular
7853 expression; only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7855 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7857 (defalias 'edirs-merge 'ediff-merge-directories)
7859 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7860 Merge files in directories DIR1 and DIR2 using files in ANCESTOR-DIR as ancestors.
7861 Ediff merges files that have identical names in DIR1, DIR2. If a pair of files
7862 in DIR1 and DIR2 doesn't have an ancestor in ANCESTOR-DIR, Ediff will merge
7863 without ancestor. The fourth argument, REGEXP, is nil or a regular expression;
7864 only file names that match the regexp are considered.
7866 \(fn DIR1 DIR2 ANCESTOR-DIR REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7868 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions "ediff" "\
7869 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions.
7870 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7871 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7873 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7875 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions)
7877 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7878 Run Ediff on a directory, DIR1, merging its files with their revisions and ancestors.
7879 The second argument, REGEXP, is a regular expression that filters the file
7880 names. Only the files that are under revision control are taken into account.
7882 \(fn DIR1 REGEXP &optional MERGE-AUTOSTORE-DIR)" t nil)
7884 (defalias 'edir-merge-revisions-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directory-revisions-with-ancestor)
7886 (defalias 'edirs-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor)
7888 (autoload 'ediff-windows-wordwise "ediff" "\
7889 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, wordwise.
7890 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7891 follows:
7892 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7893 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7895 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7897 (autoload 'ediff-windows-linewise "ediff" "\
7898 Compare WIND-A and WIND-B, which are selected by clicking, linewise.
7899 With prefix argument, DUMB-MODE, or on a non-windowing display, works as
7900 follows:
7901 If WIND-A is nil, use selected window.
7902 If WIND-B is nil, use window next to WIND-A.
7904 \(fn DUMB-MODE &optional WIND-A WIND-B STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7906 (autoload 'ediff-regions-wordwise "ediff" "\
7907 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7908 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7909 This function is effective only for relatively small regions, up to 200
7910 lines. For large regions, use `ediff-regions-linewise'.
7912 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7914 (autoload 'ediff-regions-linewise "ediff" "\
7915 Run Ediff on a pair of regions in specified buffers.
7916 Regions (i.e., point and mark) can be set in advance or marked interactively.
7917 Each region is enlarged to contain full lines.
7918 This function is effective for large regions, over 100-200
7919 lines. For small regions, use `ediff-regions-wordwise'.
7921 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7923 (defalias 'ediff-merge 'ediff-merge-files)
7925 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files "ediff" "\
7926 Merge two files without ancestor.
7928 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7930 (autoload 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7931 Merge two files with ancestor.
7933 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7935 (defalias 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor 'ediff-merge-files-with-ancestor)
7937 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers "ediff" "\
7938 Merge buffers without ancestor.
7940 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7942 (autoload 'ediff-merge-buffers-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7943 Merge buffers with ancestor.
7945 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS JOB-NAME MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7947 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions "ediff" "\
7948 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file.
7949 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7950 buffer.
7952 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7954 (autoload 'ediff-merge-revisions-with-ancestor "ediff" "\
7955 Run Ediff by merging two revisions of a file with a common ancestor.
7956 The file is the optional FILE argument or the file visited by the current
7957 buffer.
7959 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS MERGE-BUFFER-FILE)" t nil)
7961 (autoload 'ediff-patch-file "ediff" "\
7962 Query for a file name, and then run Ediff by patching that file.
7963 If optional PATCH-BUF is given, use the patch in that buffer
7964 and don't ask the user.
7965 If prefix argument, then: if even argument, assume that the patch is in a
7966 buffer. If odd -- assume it is in a file.
7968 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7970 (autoload 'ediff-patch-buffer "ediff" "\
7971 Run Ediff by patching the buffer specified at prompt.
7972 Without the optional prefix ARG, asks if the patch is in some buffer and
7973 prompts for the buffer or a file, depending on the answer.
7974 With ARG=1, assumes the patch is in a file and prompts for the file.
7975 With ARG=2, assumes the patch is in a buffer and prompts for the buffer.
7976 PATCH-BUF is an optional argument, which specifies the buffer that contains the
7977 patch. If not given, the user is prompted according to the prefix argument.
7979 \(fn &optional ARG PATCH-BUF)" t nil)
7981 (defalias 'epatch 'ediff-patch-file)
7983 (defalias 'epatch-buffer 'ediff-patch-buffer)
7985 (autoload 'ediff-revision "ediff" "\
7986 Run Ediff by comparing versions of a file.
7987 The file is an optional FILE argument or the file entered at the prompt.
7988 Default: the file visited by the current buffer.
7989 Uses `vc.el' or `rcs.el' depending on `ediff-version-control-package'.
7991 \(fn &optional FILE STARTUP-HOOKS)" t nil)
7993 (defalias 'erevision 'ediff-revision)
7995 (autoload 'ediff-version "ediff" "\
7996 Return string describing the version of Ediff.
7997 When called interactively, displays the version.
7999 \(fn)" t nil)
8001 (autoload 'ediff-documentation "ediff" "\
8002 Display Ediff's manual.
8003 With optional NODE, goes to that node.
8005 \(fn &optional NODE)" t nil)
8007 (autoload 'ediff-files-command "ediff" "\
8010 \(fn)" nil nil)
8012 (autoload 'ediff3-files-command "ediff" "\
8015 \(fn)" nil nil)
8017 (autoload 'ediff-merge-command "ediff" "\
8020 \(fn)" nil nil)
8022 (autoload 'ediff-merge-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
8025 \(fn)" nil nil)
8027 (autoload 'ediff-directories-command "ediff" "\
8030 \(fn)" nil nil)
8032 (autoload 'ediff-directories3-command "ediff" "\
8035 \(fn)" nil nil)
8037 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-command "ediff" "\
8040 \(fn)" nil nil)
8042 (autoload 'ediff-merge-directories-with-ancestor-command "ediff" "\
8045 \(fn)" nil nil)
8047 ;;;***
8049 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-help" "vc/ediff-help.el" (22330 59914
8050 ;;;;;; 9323 322000))
8051 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-help.el
8053 (autoload 'ediff-customize "ediff-help" "\
8056 \(fn)" t nil)
8058 ;;;***
8060 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-mult" "vc/ediff-mult.el" (22330 59914
8061 ;;;;;; 9323 322000))
8062 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-mult.el
8064 (autoload 'ediff-show-registry "ediff-mult" "\
8065 Display Ediff's registry.
8067 \(fn)" t nil)
8069 (defalias 'eregistry 'ediff-show-registry)
8071 ;;;***
8073 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ediff-util" "vc/ediff-util.el" (22331 17372
8074 ;;;;;; 122369 161000))
8075 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/ediff-util.el
8077 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-multiframe "ediff-util" "\
8078 Switch from multiframe display to single-frame display and back.
8079 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-window-setup-function',
8080 which see.
8082 \(fn)" t nil)
8084 (autoload 'ediff-toggle-use-toolbar "ediff-util" "\
8085 Enable or disable Ediff toolbar.
8086 Works only in versions of Emacs that support toolbars.
8087 To change the default, set the variable `ediff-use-toolbar-p', which see.
8089 \(fn)" t nil)
8091 ;;;***
8093 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edmacro" "edmacro.el" (22330 59913 912323
8094 ;;;;;; 622000))
8095 ;;; Generated autoloads from edmacro.el
8096 (push (purecopy '(edmacro 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
8098 (autoload 'edit-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8099 Edit a keyboard macro.
8100 At the prompt, type any key sequence which is bound to a keyboard macro.
8101 Or, type `C-x e' or RET to edit the last keyboard macro, `C-h l' to edit
8102 the last 300 keystrokes as a keyboard macro, or `\\[execute-extended-command]' to edit a macro by
8103 its command name.
8104 With a prefix argument, format the macro in a more concise way.
8106 \(fn KEYS &optional PREFIX FINISH-HOOK STORE-HOOK)" t nil)
8108 (autoload 'edit-last-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8109 Edit the most recently defined keyboard macro.
8111 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8113 (autoload 'edit-named-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8114 Edit a keyboard macro which has been given a name by `name-last-kbd-macro'.
8116 \(fn &optional PREFIX)" t nil)
8118 (autoload 'read-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8119 Read the region as a keyboard macro definition.
8120 The region is interpreted as spelled-out keystrokes, e.g., \"M-x abc RET\".
8121 See documentation for `edmacro-mode' for details.
8122 Leading/trailing \"C-x (\" and \"C-x )\" in the text are allowed and ignored.
8123 The resulting macro is installed as the \"current\" keyboard macro.
8125 In Lisp, may also be called with a single STRING argument in which case
8126 the result is returned rather than being installed as the current macro.
8127 The result will be a string if possible, otherwise an event vector.
8128 Second argument NEED-VECTOR means to return an event vector always.
8130 \(fn START &optional END)" t nil)
8132 (autoload 'format-kbd-macro "edmacro" "\
8133 Return the keyboard macro MACRO as a human-readable string.
8134 This string is suitable for passing to `read-kbd-macro'.
8135 Second argument VERBOSE means to put one command per line with comments.
8136 If VERBOSE is `1', put everything on one line. If VERBOSE is omitted
8137 or nil, use a compact 80-column format.
8139 \(fn &optional MACRO VERBOSE)" nil nil)
8141 ;;;***
8143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "edt" "emulation/edt.el" (22330 59913 931323
8144 ;;;;;; 563000))
8145 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/edt.el
8147 (autoload 'edt-set-scroll-margins "edt" "\
8148 Set scroll margins.
8149 Argument TOP is the top margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8150 Argument BOTTOM is the bottom margin in number of lines or percent of window.
8152 \(fn TOP BOTTOM)" t nil)
8154 (autoload 'edt-emulation-on "edt" "\
8155 Turn on EDT Emulation.
8157 \(fn)" t nil)
8159 ;;;***
8161 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ehelp" "ehelp.el" (22330 59913 912323 622000))
8162 ;;; Generated autoloads from ehelp.el
8164 (autoload 'with-electric-help "ehelp" "\
8165 Pop up an \"electric\" help buffer.
8166 THUNK is a function of no arguments which is called to initialize the
8167 contents of BUFFER. BUFFER defaults to `*Help*'. BUFFER will be
8168 erased before THUNK is called unless NOERASE is non-nil. THUNK will
8169 be called while BUFFER is current and with `standard-output' bound to
8170 the buffer specified by BUFFER.
8172 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and shrink
8173 the window to fit. If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8175 After THUNK has been called, this function \"electrically\" pops up a
8176 window in which BUFFER is displayed and allows the user to scroll
8177 through that buffer in `electric-help-mode'. The window's height will
8178 be at least MINHEIGHT if this value is non-nil.
8180 If THUNK returns nil, we display BUFFER starting at the top, and
8181 shrink the window to fit if `electric-help-shrink-window' is non-nil.
8182 If THUNK returns non-nil, we don't do those things.
8184 When the user exits (with `electric-help-exit', or otherwise), the help
8185 buffer's window disappears (i.e., we use `save-window-excursion'), and
8186 BUFFER is put back into its original major mode.
8188 \(fn THUNK &optional BUFFER NOERASE MINHEIGHT)" nil nil)
8190 (autoload 'electric-helpify "ehelp" "\
8193 \(fn FUN &optional NAME)" nil nil)
8195 ;;;***
8197 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio" "emacs-lisp/eieio.el" (22331 17377
8198 ;;;;;; 951348 457000))
8199 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio.el
8200 (push (purecopy '(eieio 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8202 ;;;***
8204 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eieio-core" "emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el" (22331
8205 ;;;;;; 17371 993369 619000))
8206 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/eieio-core.el
8207 (push (purecopy '(eieio-core 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
8209 (autoload 'eieio-defclass-autoload "eieio-core" "\
8210 Create autoload symbols for the EIEIO class CNAME.
8211 SUPERCLASSES are the superclasses that CNAME inherits from.
8212 DOC is the docstring for CNAME.
8213 This function creates a mock-class for CNAME and adds it into
8214 SUPERCLASSES as children.
8215 It creates an autoload function for CNAME's constructor.
8217 \(fn CNAME SUPERCLASSES FILENAME DOC)" nil nil)
8219 ;;;***
8221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elec-pair" "elec-pair.el" (22330 59913 912323
8222 ;;;;;; 622000))
8223 ;;; Generated autoloads from elec-pair.el
8225 (defvar electric-pair-text-pairs '((34 . 34)) "\
8226 Alist of pairs that should always be used in comments and strings.
8228 Pairs of delimiters in this list are a fallback in case they have
8229 no syntax relevant to `electric-pair-mode' in the syntax table
8230 defined in `electric-pair-text-syntax-table'")
8232 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-text-pairs "elec-pair" t)
8234 (defvar electric-pair-mode nil "\
8235 Non-nil if Electric-Pair mode is enabled.
8236 See the `electric-pair-mode' command
8237 for a description of this minor mode.
8238 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8239 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8240 or call the function `electric-pair-mode'.")
8242 (custom-autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" nil)
8244 (autoload 'electric-pair-mode "elec-pair" "\
8245 Toggle automatic parens pairing (Electric Pair mode).
8246 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Electric Pair mode if ARG is
8247 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
8248 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
8250 Electric Pair mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, typing
8251 an open parenthesis automatically inserts the corresponding
8252 closing parenthesis. (Likewise for brackets, etc.). To toggle
8253 the mode in a single buffer, use `electric-pair-local-mode'.
8255 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8257 (autoload 'electric-pair-local-mode "elec-pair" "\
8258 Toggle `electric-pair-mode' only in this buffer.
8260 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8262 ;;;***
8264 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elide-head" "elide-head.el" (22330 59913 912323
8265 ;;;;;; 622000))
8266 ;;; Generated autoloads from elide-head.el
8268 (autoload 'elide-head "elide-head" "\
8269 Hide header material in buffer according to `elide-head-headers-to-hide'.
8271 The header is made invisible with an overlay. With a prefix arg, show
8272 an elided material again.
8274 This is suitable as an entry on `find-file-hook' or appropriate mode hooks.
8276 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8278 ;;;***
8280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elint" "emacs-lisp/elint.el" (22330 59913
8281 ;;;;;; 929323 569000))
8282 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elint.el
8284 (autoload 'elint-file "elint" "\
8285 Lint the file FILE.
8287 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8289 (autoload 'elint-directory "elint" "\
8290 Lint all the .el files in DIRECTORY.
8291 A complicated directory may require a lot of memory.
8293 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
8295 (autoload 'elint-current-buffer "elint" "\
8296 Lint the current buffer.
8297 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8299 \(fn)" t nil)
8301 (autoload 'elint-defun "elint" "\
8302 Lint the function at point.
8303 If necessary, this first calls `elint-initialize'.
8305 \(fn)" t nil)
8307 (autoload 'elint-initialize "elint" "\
8308 Initialize elint.
8309 If elint is already initialized, this does nothing, unless
8310 optional prefix argument REINIT is non-nil.
8312 \(fn &optional REINIT)" t nil)
8314 ;;;***
8316 ;;;### (autoloads nil "elp" "emacs-lisp/elp.el" (22330 59913 929323
8317 ;;;;;; 569000))
8318 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/elp.el
8320 (autoload 'elp-instrument-function "elp" "\
8321 Instrument FUNSYM for profiling.
8322 FUNSYM must be a symbol of a defined function.
8324 \(fn FUNSYM)" t nil)
8326 (autoload 'elp-instrument-list "elp" "\
8327 Instrument, for profiling, all functions in `elp-function-list'.
8328 Use optional LIST if provided instead.
8329 If called interactively, read LIST using the minibuffer.
8331 \(fn &optional LIST)" t nil)
8333 (autoload 'elp-instrument-package "elp" "\
8334 Instrument for profiling, all functions which start with PREFIX.
8335 For example, to instrument all ELP functions, do the following:
8337 \\[elp-instrument-package] RET elp- RET
8339 \(fn PREFIX)" t nil)
8341 (autoload 'elp-results "elp" "\
8342 Display current profiling results.
8343 If `elp-reset-after-results' is non-nil, then current profiling
8344 information for all instrumented functions is reset after results are
8345 displayed.
8347 \(fn)" t nil)
8349 ;;;***
8351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacs-lock" "emacs-lock.el" (22330 59913 912323
8352 ;;;;;; 622000))
8353 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lock.el
8355 (autoload 'emacs-lock-mode "emacs-lock" "\
8356 Toggle Emacs Lock mode in the current buffer.
8357 If called with a plain prefix argument, ask for the locking mode
8358 to be used. With any other prefix ARG, turn mode on if ARG is
8359 positive, off otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
8360 ARG is omitted or nil.
8362 Initially, if the user does not pass an explicit locking mode, it
8363 defaults to `emacs-lock-default-locking-mode' (which see);
8364 afterwards, the locking mode most recently set on the buffer is
8365 used instead.
8367 When called from Elisp code, ARG can be any locking mode:
8369 exit -- Emacs cannot exit while the buffer is locked
8370 kill -- the buffer cannot be killed, but Emacs can exit as usual
8371 all -- the buffer is locked against both actions
8373 Other values are interpreted as usual.
8375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8377 ;;;***
8379 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emacsbug" "mail/emacsbug.el" (22331 17372
8380 ;;;;;; 50369 416000))
8381 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/emacsbug.el
8383 (autoload 'report-emacs-bug "emacsbug" "\
8384 Report a bug in GNU Emacs.
8385 Prompts for bug subject. Leaves you in a mail buffer.
8387 \(fn TOPIC &optional UNUSED)" t nil)
8389 (set-advertised-calling-convention 'report-emacs-bug '(topic) '"24.5")
8391 ;;;***
8393 ;;;### (autoloads nil "emerge" "vc/emerge.el" (22330 59914 9323 322000))
8394 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/emerge.el
8396 (autoload 'emerge-files "emerge" "\
8397 Run Emerge on two files.
8399 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8401 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8402 Run Emerge on two files, giving another file as the ancestor.
8404 \(fn ARG FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANCESTOR FILE-OUT &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8406 (autoload 'emerge-buffers "emerge" "\
8407 Run Emerge on two buffers.
8409 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8411 (autoload 'emerge-buffers-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8412 Run Emerge on two buffers, giving another buffer as the ancestor.
8414 \(fn BUFFER-A BUFFER-B BUFFER-ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8416 (autoload 'emerge-files-command "emerge" "\
8419 \(fn)" nil nil)
8421 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-command "emerge" "\
8424 \(fn)" nil nil)
8426 (autoload 'emerge-files-remote "emerge" "\
8429 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8431 (autoload 'emerge-files-with-ancestor-remote "emerge" "\
8434 \(fn FILE-A FILE-B FILE-ANC FILE-OUT)" nil nil)
8436 (autoload 'emerge-revisions "emerge" "\
8437 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file.
8439 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8441 (autoload 'emerge-revisions-with-ancestor "emerge" "\
8442 Emerge two RCS revisions of a file, with another revision as ancestor.
8444 \(fn ARG FILE REVISION-A REVISION-B ANCESTOR &optional STARTUP-HOOKS QUIT-HOOKS)" t nil)
8446 (autoload 'emerge-merge-directories "emerge" "\
8449 \(fn A-DIR B-DIR ANCESTOR-DIR OUTPUT-DIR)" t nil)
8451 ;;;***
8453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "enriched" "textmodes/enriched.el" (22330 59913
8454 ;;;;;; 990323 381000))
8455 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/enriched.el
8457 (autoload 'enriched-mode "enriched" "\
8458 Minor mode for editing text/enriched files.
8459 These are files with embedded formatting information in the MIME standard
8460 text/enriched format.
8462 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8463 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8464 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8466 Turning the mode on or off runs `enriched-mode-hook'.
8468 More information about Enriched mode is available in the file
8469 \"enriched.txt\" in `data-directory'.
8471 Commands:
8473 \\{enriched-mode-map}
8475 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8477 (autoload 'enriched-encode "enriched" "\
8480 \(fn FROM TO ORIG-BUF)" nil nil)
8482 (autoload 'enriched-decode "enriched" "\
8485 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
8487 ;;;***
8489 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa" "epa.el" (22331 17371 998369 601000))
8490 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa.el
8492 (autoload 'epa-list-keys "epa" "\
8493 List all keys matched with NAME from the public keyring.
8495 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8497 (autoload 'epa-list-secret-keys "epa" "\
8498 List all keys matched with NAME from the private keyring.
8500 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
8502 (autoload 'epa-select-keys "epa" "\
8503 Display a user's keyring and ask him to select keys.
8504 CONTEXT is an epg-context.
8505 PROMPT is a string to prompt with.
8506 NAMES is a list of strings to be matched with keys. If it is nil, all
8507 the keys are listed.
8508 If SECRET is non-nil, list secret keys instead of public keys.
8510 \(fn CONTEXT PROMPT &optional NAMES SECRET)" nil nil)
8512 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-file "epa" "\
8513 Decrypt DECRYPT-FILE into PLAIN-FILE.
8514 If you do not specify PLAIN-FILE, this functions prompts for the value to use.
8516 \(fn DECRYPT-FILE &optional PLAIN-FILE)" t nil)
8518 (autoload 'epa-verify-file "epa" "\
8519 Verify FILE.
8521 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8523 (autoload 'epa-sign-file "epa" "\
8524 Sign FILE by SIGNERS keys selected.
8526 \(fn FILE SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8528 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-file "epa" "\
8529 Encrypt FILE for RECIPIENTS.
8531 \(fn FILE RECIPIENTS)" t nil)
8533 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-region "epa" "\
8534 Decrypt the current region between START and END.
8536 If MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION is non-nil, call it to prepare an output buffer.
8537 It should return that buffer. If it copies the input, it should
8538 delete the text now being decrypted. It should leave point at the
8539 proper place to insert the plaintext.
8541 Be careful about using this command in Lisp programs!
8542 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8543 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8544 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8545 should consider using the string based counterpart
8546 `epg-decrypt-string', or the file based counterpart
8547 `epg-decrypt-file' instead.
8549 For example:
8551 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8552 (decode-coding-string
8553 (epg-decrypt-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8554 \\='utf-8))
8556 \(fn START END &optional MAKE-BUFFER-FUNCTION)" t nil)
8558 (autoload 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8559 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current region between START and END.
8561 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8562 See the reason described in the `epa-decrypt-region' documentation.
8564 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8566 (function-put 'epa-decrypt-armor-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8568 (autoload 'epa-verify-region "epa" "\
8569 Verify the current region between START and END.
8571 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8572 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8573 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8574 you are sure how the data in the region should be treated, you
8575 should consider using the string based counterpart
8576 `epg-verify-string', or the file based counterpart
8577 `epg-verify-file' instead.
8579 For example:
8581 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8582 (decode-coding-string
8583 (epg-verify-string context (buffer-substring start end))
8584 \\='utf-8))
8586 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8588 (function-put 'epa-verify-region 'interactive-only 't)
8590 (autoload 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region "epa" "\
8591 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current region
8592 between START and END.
8594 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8595 See the reason described in the `epa-verify-region' documentation.
8597 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8599 (function-put 'epa-verify-cleartext-in-region 'interactive-only 't)
8601 (autoload 'epa-sign-region "epa" "\
8602 Sign the current region between START and END by SIGNERS keys selected.
8604 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8605 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8606 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8607 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8608 using the string based counterpart `epg-sign-string', or the file
8609 based counterpart `epg-sign-file' instead.
8611 For example:
8613 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8614 (epg-sign-string
8615 context
8616 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)))
8618 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8620 (function-put 'epa-sign-region 'interactive-only 't)
8622 (autoload 'epa-encrypt-region "epa" "\
8623 Encrypt the current region between START and END for RECIPIENTS.
8625 Don't use this command in Lisp programs!
8626 Since this function operates on regions, it does some tricks such
8627 as coding-system detection and unibyte/multibyte conversion. If
8628 you are sure how the data should be treated, you should consider
8629 using the string based counterpart `epg-encrypt-string', or the
8630 file based counterpart `epg-encrypt-file' instead.
8632 For example:
8634 \(let ((context (epg-make-context \\='OpenPGP)))
8635 (epg-encrypt-string
8636 context
8637 (encode-coding-string (buffer-substring start end) \\='utf-8)
8638 nil))
8640 \(fn START END RECIPIENTS SIGN SIGNERS)" t nil)
8642 (function-put 'epa-encrypt-region 'interactive-only 't)
8644 (autoload 'epa-delete-keys "epa" "\
8645 Delete selected KEYS.
8647 \(fn KEYS &optional ALLOW-SECRET)" t nil)
8649 (autoload 'epa-import-keys "epa" "\
8650 Import keys from FILE.
8652 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
8654 (autoload 'epa-import-keys-region "epa" "\
8655 Import keys from the region.
8657 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8659 (autoload 'epa-import-armor-in-region "epa" "\
8660 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current region
8661 between START and END.
8663 \(fn START END)" t nil)
8665 (autoload 'epa-export-keys "epa" "\
8666 Export selected KEYS to FILE.
8668 \(fn KEYS FILE)" t nil)
8670 (autoload 'epa-insert-keys "epa" "\
8671 Insert selected KEYS after the point.
8673 \(fn KEYS)" t nil)
8675 ;;;***
8677 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-dired" "epa-dired.el" (22330 59913 912323
8678 ;;;;;; 622000))
8679 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-dired.el
8681 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-decrypt "epa-dired" "\
8682 Decrypt marked files.
8684 \(fn)" t nil)
8686 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-verify "epa-dired" "\
8687 Verify marked files.
8689 \(fn)" t nil)
8691 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-sign "epa-dired" "\
8692 Sign marked files.
8694 \(fn)" t nil)
8696 (autoload 'epa-dired-do-encrypt "epa-dired" "\
8697 Encrypt marked files.
8699 \(fn)" t nil)
8701 ;;;***
8703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-file" "epa-file.el" (22330 59913 912323
8704 ;;;;;; 622000))
8705 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-file.el
8707 (autoload 'epa-file-handler "epa-file" "\
8710 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8712 (autoload 'epa-file-enable "epa-file" "\
8715 \(fn)" t nil)
8717 (autoload 'epa-file-disable "epa-file" "\
8720 \(fn)" t nil)
8722 ;;;***
8724 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epa-mail" "epa-mail.el" (22330 59913 912323
8725 ;;;;;; 622000))
8726 ;;; Generated autoloads from epa-mail.el
8728 (autoload 'epa-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8729 A minor-mode for composing encrypted/clearsigned mails.
8730 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8731 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8732 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8734 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8736 (autoload 'epa-mail-decrypt "epa-mail" "\
8737 Decrypt OpenPGP armors in the current buffer.
8738 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8740 \(fn)" t nil)
8742 (function-put 'epa-mail-decrypt 'interactive-only 't)
8744 (autoload 'epa-mail-verify "epa-mail" "\
8745 Verify OpenPGP cleartext signed messages in the current buffer.
8746 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8748 \(fn)" t nil)
8750 (function-put 'epa-mail-verify 'interactive-only 't)
8752 (autoload 'epa-mail-sign "epa-mail" "\
8753 Sign the current buffer.
8754 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8756 \(fn START END SIGNERS MODE)" t nil)
8758 (function-put 'epa-mail-sign 'interactive-only 't)
8760 (autoload 'epa-mail-encrypt "epa-mail" "\
8761 Encrypt the outgoing mail message in the current buffer.
8762 Takes the recipients from the text in the header in the buffer
8763 and translates them through `epa-mail-aliases'.
8764 With prefix argument, asks you to select among them interactively
8765 and also whether and how to sign.
8767 Called from Lisp, the optional argument RECIPIENTS is a list
8768 of recipient addresses, t to perform symmetric encryption,
8769 or nil meaning use the defaults.
8771 SIGNERS is a list of keys to sign the message with.
8773 \(fn &optional RECIPIENTS SIGNERS)" t nil)
8775 (autoload 'epa-mail-import-keys "epa-mail" "\
8776 Import keys in the OpenPGP armor format in the current buffer.
8777 The buffer is expected to contain a mail message.
8779 \(fn)" t nil)
8781 (function-put 'epa-mail-import-keys 'interactive-only 't)
8783 (defvar epa-global-mail-mode nil "\
8784 Non-nil if Epa-Global-Mail mode is enabled.
8785 See the `epa-global-mail-mode' command
8786 for a description of this minor mode.
8787 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
8788 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
8789 or call the function `epa-global-mail-mode'.")
8791 (custom-autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" nil)
8793 (autoload 'epa-global-mail-mode "epa-mail" "\
8794 Minor mode to hook EasyPG into Mail mode.
8795 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
8796 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
8797 if ARG is omitted or nil.
8799 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
8801 ;;;***
8803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg" "epg.el" (22330 59913 912323 622000))
8804 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg.el
8805 (push (purecopy '(epg 1 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
8807 (autoload 'epg-make-context "epg" "\
8808 Return a context object.
8810 \(fn &optional PROTOCOL ARMOR TEXTMODE INCLUDE-CERTS CIPHER-ALGORITHM DIGEST-ALGORITHM COMPRESS-ALGORITHM)" nil nil)
8812 ;;;***
8814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "epg-config" "epg-config.el" (22330 59913 912323
8815 ;;;;;; 622000))
8816 ;;; Generated autoloads from epg-config.el
8818 (autoload 'epg-find-configuration "epg-config" "\
8819 Find or create a usable configuration to handle PROTOCOL.
8820 This function first looks at the existing configuration found by
8821 the previous invocation of this function, unless FORCE is non-nil.
8823 Then it walks through `epg-config--program-alist'. If
8824 `epg-gpg-program' or `epg-gpgsm-program' is already set with
8825 custom, use it. Otherwise, it tries the programs listed in the
8826 entry until the version requirement is met.
8828 \(fn PROTOCOL &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8830 (autoload 'epg-configuration "epg-config" "\
8831 Return a list of internal configuration parameters of `epg-gpg-program'.
8833 \(fn)" nil nil)
8835 (make-obsolete 'epg-configuration 'epg-find-configuration '"25.1")
8837 (autoload 'epg-check-configuration "epg-config" "\
8838 Verify that a sufficient version of GnuPG is installed.
8840 \(fn CONFIG &optional MINIMUM-VERSION)" nil nil)
8842 (autoload 'epg-expand-group "epg-config" "\
8843 Look at CONFIG and try to expand GROUP.
8845 \(fn CONFIG GROUP)" nil nil)
8847 ;;;***
8849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc" "erc/erc.el" (22331 17372 1369 590000))
8850 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc.el
8851 (push (purecopy '(erc 5 3)) package--builtin-versions)
8853 (autoload 'erc-select-read-args "erc" "\
8854 Prompt the user for values of nick, server, port, and password.
8856 \(fn)" nil nil)
8858 (autoload 'erc "erc" "\
8859 ERC is a powerful, modular, and extensible IRC client.
8860 This function is the main entry point for ERC.
8862 It permits you to select connection parameters, and then starts ERC.
8864 Non-interactively, it takes the keyword arguments
8865 (server (erc-compute-server))
8866 (port (erc-compute-port))
8867 (nick (erc-compute-nick))
8868 password
8869 (full-name (erc-compute-full-name)))
8871 That is, if called with
8873 (erc :server \"irc.freenode.net\" :full-name \"Harry S Truman\")
8875 then the server and full-name will be set to those values, whereas
8876 `erc-compute-port', `erc-compute-nick' and `erc-compute-full-name' will
8877 be invoked for the values of the other parameters.
8879 \(fn &key (SERVER (erc-compute-server)) (PORT (erc-compute-port)) (NICK (erc-compute-nick)) PASSWORD (FULL-NAME (erc-compute-full-name)))" t nil)
8881 (defalias 'erc-select 'erc)
8883 (autoload 'erc-tls "erc" "\
8884 Interactively select TLS connection parameters and run ERC.
8885 Arguments are the same as for `erc'.
8887 \(fn &rest R)" t nil)
8889 (autoload 'erc-handle-irc-url "erc" "\
8890 Use ERC to IRC on HOST:PORT in CHANNEL as USER with PASSWORD.
8891 If ERC is already connected to HOST:PORT, simply /join CHANNEL.
8892 Otherwise, connect to HOST:PORT as USER and /join CHANNEL.
8894 \(fn HOST PORT CHANNEL USER PASSWORD)" nil nil)
8896 ;;;***
8898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-autoaway" "erc/erc-autoaway.el" (22330
8899 ;;;;;; 59913 933323 557000))
8900 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-autoaway.el
8901 (autoload 'erc-autoaway-mode "erc-autoaway")
8903 ;;;***
8905 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-button" "erc/erc-button.el" (22331 17371
8906 ;;;;;; 999369 597000))
8907 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-button.el
8908 (autoload 'erc-button-mode "erc-button" nil t)
8910 ;;;***
8912 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-capab" "erc/erc-capab.el" (22331 17371
8913 ;;;;;; 999369 597000))
8914 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-capab.el
8915 (autoload 'erc-capab-identify-mode "erc-capab" nil t)
8917 ;;;***
8919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-compat" "erc/erc-compat.el" (22331 17371
8920 ;;;;;; 999369 597000))
8921 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-compat.el
8922 (autoload 'erc-define-minor-mode "erc-compat")
8924 ;;;***
8926 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-dcc" "erc/erc-dcc.el" (22331 17371 999369
8927 ;;;;;; 597000))
8928 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-dcc.el
8929 (autoload 'erc-dcc-mode "erc-dcc")
8931 (autoload 'erc-cmd-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8932 Parser for /dcc command.
8933 This figures out the dcc subcommand and calls the appropriate routine to
8934 handle it. The function dispatched should be named \"erc-dcc-do-FOO-command\",
8935 where FOO is one of CLOSE, GET, SEND, LIST, CHAT, etc.
8937 \(fn CMD &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
8939 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8940 Provides completion for the /DCC command.
8942 \(fn)" nil nil)
8944 (defvar erc-ctcp-query-DCC-hook '(erc-ctcp-query-DCC) "\
8945 Hook variable for CTCP DCC queries.")
8947 (autoload 'erc-ctcp-query-DCC "erc-dcc" "\
8948 The function called when a CTCP DCC request is detected by the client.
8949 It examines the DCC subcommand, and calls the appropriate routine for
8950 that subcommand.
8952 \(fn PROC NICK LOGIN HOST TO QUERY)" nil nil)
8954 ;;;***
8956 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-desktop-notifications" "erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el"
8957 ;;;;;; (22330 59913 933323 557000))
8958 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-desktop-notifications.el
8959 (autoload 'erc-notifications-mode "erc-desktop-notifications" "" t)
8961 ;;;***
8963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ezbounce" "erc/erc-ezbounce.el" (22330
8964 ;;;;;; 59913 933323 557000))
8965 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ezbounce.el
8967 (autoload 'erc-cmd-ezb "erc-ezbounce" "\
8968 Send EZB commands to the EZBouncer verbatim.
8970 \(fn LINE &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
8972 (autoload 'erc-ezb-get-login "erc-ezbounce" "\
8973 Return an appropriate EZBounce login for SERVER and PORT.
8974 Look up entries in `erc-ezb-login-alist'. If the username or password
8975 in the alist is nil, prompt for the appropriate values.
8977 \(fn SERVER PORT)" nil nil)
8979 (autoload 'erc-ezb-lookup-action "erc-ezbounce" "\
8982 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8984 (autoload 'erc-ezb-notice-autodetect "erc-ezbounce" "\
8985 React on an EZBounce NOTICE request.
8987 \(fn PROC PARSED)" nil nil)
8989 (autoload 'erc-ezb-identify "erc-ezbounce" "\
8990 Identify to the EZBouncer server.
8992 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8994 (autoload 'erc-ezb-init-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
8995 Reset the EZBounce session list to nil.
8997 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
8999 (autoload 'erc-ezb-end-of-session-list "erc-ezbounce" "\
9000 Indicate the end of the EZBounce session listing.
9002 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9004 (autoload 'erc-ezb-add-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9005 Add an EZBounce session to the session list.
9007 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9009 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select "erc-ezbounce" "\
9010 Select an IRC server to use by EZBounce, in ERC style.
9012 \(fn MESSAGE)" nil nil)
9014 (autoload 'erc-ezb-select-session "erc-ezbounce" "\
9015 Select a detached EZBounce session.
9017 \(fn)" nil nil)
9019 (autoload 'erc-ezb-initialize "erc-ezbounce" "\
9020 Add EZBouncer convenience functions to ERC.
9022 \(fn)" nil nil)
9024 ;;;***
9026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-fill" "erc/erc-fill.el" (22330 59913 933323
9027 ;;;;;; 557000))
9028 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-fill.el
9029 (autoload 'erc-fill-mode "erc-fill" nil t)
9031 (autoload 'erc-fill "erc-fill" "\
9032 Fill a region using the function referenced in `erc-fill-function'.
9033 You can put this on `erc-insert-modify-hook' and/or `erc-send-modify-hook'.
9035 \(fn)" nil nil)
9037 ;;;***
9039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-identd" "erc/erc-identd.el" (22330 59913
9040 ;;;;;; 933323 557000))
9041 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-identd.el
9042 (autoload 'erc-identd-mode "erc-identd")
9044 (autoload 'erc-identd-start "erc-identd" "\
9045 Start an identd server listening to port 8113.
9046 Port 113 (auth) will need to be redirected to port 8113 on your
9047 machine -- using iptables, or a program like redir which can be
9048 run from inetd. The idea is to provide a simple identd server
9049 when you need one, without having to install one globally on your
9050 system.
9052 \(fn &optional PORT)" t nil)
9054 (autoload 'erc-identd-stop "erc-identd" "\
9057 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
9059 ;;;***
9061 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-imenu" "erc/erc-imenu.el" (22330 59913
9062 ;;;;;; 933323 557000))
9063 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-imenu.el
9065 (autoload 'erc-create-imenu-index "erc-imenu" "\
9068 \(fn)" nil nil)
9070 ;;;***
9072 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-join" "erc/erc-join.el" (22330 59913 933323
9073 ;;;;;; 557000))
9074 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-join.el
9075 (autoload 'erc-autojoin-mode "erc-join" nil t)
9077 ;;;***
9079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-list" "erc/erc-list.el" (22330 59913 933323
9080 ;;;;;; 557000))
9081 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-list.el
9082 (autoload 'erc-list-mode "erc-list")
9084 ;;;***
9086 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-log" "erc/erc-log.el" (22330 59913 933323
9087 ;;;;;; 557000))
9088 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-log.el
9089 (autoload 'erc-log-mode "erc-log" nil t)
9091 (autoload 'erc-logging-enabled "erc-log" "\
9092 Return non-nil if logging is enabled for BUFFER.
9093 If BUFFER is nil, the value of `current-buffer' is used.
9094 Logging is enabled if `erc-log-channels-directory' is non-nil, the directory
9095 is writable (it will be created as necessary) and
9096 `erc-enable-logging' returns a non-nil value.
9098 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9100 (autoload 'erc-save-buffer-in-logs "erc-log" "\
9101 Append BUFFER contents to the log file, if logging is enabled.
9102 If BUFFER is not provided, current buffer is used.
9103 Logging is enabled if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9105 This is normally done on exit, to save the unsaved portion of the
9106 buffer, since only the text that runs off the buffer limit is logged
9107 automatically.
9109 You can save every individual message by putting this function on
9110 `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9112 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
9114 ;;;***
9116 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-match" "erc/erc-match.el" (22331 17371
9117 ;;;;;; 999369 597000))
9118 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-match.el
9119 (autoload 'erc-match-mode "erc-match")
9121 (autoload 'erc-add-pal "erc-match" "\
9122 Add pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9124 \(fn)" t nil)
9126 (autoload 'erc-delete-pal "erc-match" "\
9127 Delete pal interactively to `erc-pals'.
9129 \(fn)" t nil)
9131 (autoload 'erc-add-fool "erc-match" "\
9132 Add fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9134 \(fn)" t nil)
9136 (autoload 'erc-delete-fool "erc-match" "\
9137 Delete fool interactively to `erc-fools'.
9139 \(fn)" t nil)
9141 (autoload 'erc-add-keyword "erc-match" "\
9142 Add keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9144 \(fn)" t nil)
9146 (autoload 'erc-delete-keyword "erc-match" "\
9147 Delete keyword interactively to `erc-keywords'.
9149 \(fn)" t nil)
9151 (autoload 'erc-add-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9152 Add dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9154 \(fn)" t nil)
9156 (autoload 'erc-delete-dangerous-host "erc-match" "\
9157 Delete dangerous-host interactively to `erc-dangerous-hosts'.
9159 \(fn)" t nil)
9161 ;;;***
9163 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-menu" "erc/erc-menu.el" (22330 59913 933323
9164 ;;;;;; 557000))
9165 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-menu.el
9166 (autoload 'erc-menu-mode "erc-menu" nil t)
9168 ;;;***
9170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-netsplit" "erc/erc-netsplit.el" (22330
9171 ;;;;;; 59913 933323 557000))
9172 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-netsplit.el
9173 (autoload 'erc-netsplit-mode "erc-netsplit")
9175 (autoload 'erc-cmd-WHOLEFT "erc-netsplit" "\
9176 Show who's gone.
9178 \(fn)" nil nil)
9180 ;;;***
9182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-networks" "erc/erc-networks.el" (22330
9183 ;;;;;; 59913 933323 557000))
9184 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-networks.el
9186 (autoload 'erc-determine-network "erc-networks" "\
9187 Return the name of the network or \"Unknown\" as a symbol. Use the
9188 server parameter NETWORK if provided, otherwise parse the server name and
9189 search for a match in `erc-networks-alist'.
9191 \(fn)" nil nil)
9193 (autoload 'erc-server-select "erc-networks" "\
9194 Interactively select a server to connect to using `erc-server-alist'.
9196 \(fn)" t nil)
9198 ;;;***
9200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-notify" "erc/erc-notify.el" (22330 59913
9201 ;;;;;; 933323 557000))
9202 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-notify.el
9203 (autoload 'erc-notify-mode "erc-notify" nil t)
9205 (autoload 'erc-cmd-NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9206 Change `erc-notify-list' or list current notify-list members online.
9207 Without args, list the current list of notified people online,
9208 with args, toggle notify status of people.
9210 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
9212 (autoload 'pcomplete/erc-mode/NOTIFY "erc-notify" "\
9215 \(fn)" nil nil)
9217 ;;;***
9219 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-page" "erc/erc-page.el" (22330 59913 933323
9220 ;;;;;; 557000))
9221 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-page.el
9222 (autoload 'erc-page-mode "erc-page")
9224 ;;;***
9226 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-pcomplete" "erc/erc-pcomplete.el" (22330
9227 ;;;;;; 59913 933323 557000))
9228 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-pcomplete.el
9229 (autoload 'erc-completion-mode "erc-pcomplete" nil t)
9231 ;;;***
9233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-replace" "erc/erc-replace.el" (22330 59913
9234 ;;;;;; 933323 557000))
9235 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-replace.el
9236 (autoload 'erc-replace-mode "erc-replace")
9238 ;;;***
9240 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-ring" "erc/erc-ring.el" (22330 59913 933323
9241 ;;;;;; 557000))
9242 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-ring.el
9243 (autoload 'erc-ring-mode "erc-ring" nil t)
9245 ;;;***
9247 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-services" "erc/erc-services.el" (22330
9248 ;;;;;; 59913 933323 557000))
9249 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-services.el
9250 (autoload 'erc-services-mode "erc-services" nil t)
9252 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify-mode "erc-services" "\
9253 Set up hooks according to which MODE the user has chosen.
9255 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
9257 (autoload 'erc-nickserv-identify "erc-services" "\
9258 Send an \"identify <PASSWORD>\" message to NickServ.
9259 When called interactively, read the password using `read-passwd'.
9261 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
9263 ;;;***
9265 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-sound" "erc/erc-sound.el" (22330 59913
9266 ;;;;;; 933323 557000))
9267 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-sound.el
9268 (autoload 'erc-sound-mode "erc-sound")
9270 ;;;***
9272 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-speedbar" "erc/erc-speedbar.el" (22330
9273 ;;;;;; 59913 933323 557000))
9274 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-speedbar.el
9276 (autoload 'erc-speedbar-browser "erc-speedbar" "\
9277 Initialize speedbar to display an ERC browser.
9278 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
9280 \(fn)" t nil)
9282 ;;;***
9284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-spelling" "erc/erc-spelling.el" (22330
9285 ;;;;;; 59913 933323 557000))
9286 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-spelling.el
9287 (autoload 'erc-spelling-mode "erc-spelling" nil t)
9289 ;;;***
9291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-stamp" "erc/erc-stamp.el" (22331 17372
9292 ;;;;;; 369 594000))
9293 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-stamp.el
9294 (autoload 'erc-timestamp-mode "erc-stamp" nil t)
9296 ;;;***
9298 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-track" "erc/erc-track.el" (22331 17372
9299 ;;;;;; 369 594000))
9300 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-track.el
9302 (defvar erc-track-minor-mode nil "\
9303 Non-nil if Erc-Track minor mode is enabled.
9304 See the `erc-track-minor-mode' command
9305 for a description of this minor mode.")
9307 (custom-autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" nil)
9309 (autoload 'erc-track-minor-mode "erc-track" "\
9310 Toggle mode line display of ERC activity (ERC Track minor mode).
9311 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ERC Track minor mode if ARG is
9312 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
9313 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
9315 ERC Track minor mode is a global minor mode. It exists for the
9316 sole purpose of providing the C-c C-SPC and C-c C-@ keybindings.
9317 Make sure that you have enabled the track module, otherwise the
9318 keybindings will not do anything useful.
9320 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9321 (autoload 'erc-track-mode "erc-track" nil t)
9323 ;;;***
9325 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-truncate" "erc/erc-truncate.el" (22330
9326 ;;;;;; 59913 933323 557000))
9327 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-truncate.el
9328 (autoload 'erc-truncate-mode "erc-truncate" nil t)
9330 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer-to-size "erc-truncate" "\
9331 Truncates the buffer to the size SIZE.
9332 If BUFFER is not provided, the current buffer is assumed. The deleted
9333 region is logged if `erc-logging-enabled' returns non-nil.
9335 \(fn SIZE &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
9337 (autoload 'erc-truncate-buffer "erc-truncate" "\
9338 Truncates the current buffer to `erc-max-buffer-size'.
9339 Meant to be used in hooks, like `erc-insert-post-hook'.
9341 \(fn)" t nil)
9343 ;;;***
9345 ;;;### (autoloads nil "erc-xdcc" "erc/erc-xdcc.el" (22330 59913 933323
9346 ;;;;;; 557000))
9347 ;;; Generated autoloads from erc/erc-xdcc.el
9348 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-mode "erc-xdcc")
9350 (autoload 'erc-xdcc-add-file "erc-xdcc" "\
9351 Add a file to `erc-xdcc-files'.
9353 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
9355 ;;;***
9357 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert" "emacs-lisp/ert.el" (22331 17371 995369
9358 ;;;;;; 612000))
9359 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert.el
9361 (autoload 'ert-deftest "ert" "\
9362 Define NAME (a symbol) as a test.
9364 BODY is evaluated as a `progn' when the test is run. It should
9365 signal a condition on failure or just return if the test passes.
9367 `should', `should-not', `should-error' and `skip-unless' are
9368 useful for assertions in BODY.
9370 Use `ert' to run tests interactively.
9372 Tests that are expected to fail can be marked as such
9373 using :expected-result. See `ert-test-result-type-p' for a
9374 description of valid values for RESULT-TYPE.
9376 \(fn NAME () [DOCSTRING] [:expected-result RESULT-TYPE] [:tags \\='(TAG...)] BODY...)" nil t)
9378 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'doc-string-elt '3)
9380 (function-put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function '2)
9382 (put 'ert-deftest 'lisp-indent-function 2)
9384 (put 'ert-info 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9386 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch "ert" "\
9387 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR, printing results to the terminal.
9389 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests', except if
9390 SELECTOR is nil, in which case all tests rather than none will be
9391 run; this makes the command line \"emacs -batch -l my-tests.el -f
9392 ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit\" useful.
9394 Returns the stats object.
9396 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9398 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-batch-and-exit "ert" "\
9399 Like `ert-run-tests-batch', but exits Emacs when done.
9401 The exit status will be 0 if all test results were as expected, 1
9402 on unexpected results, or 2 if the tool detected an error outside
9403 of the tests (e.g. invalid SELECTOR or bug in the code that runs
9404 the tests).
9406 \(fn &optional SELECTOR)" nil nil)
9408 (autoload 'ert-run-tests-interactively "ert" "\
9409 Run the tests specified by SELECTOR and display the results in a buffer.
9411 SELECTOR works as described in `ert-select-tests'.
9412 OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME and MESSAGE-FN should normally be nil; they
9413 are used for automated self-tests and specify which buffer to use
9414 and how to display message.
9416 \(fn SELECTOR &optional OUTPUT-BUFFER-NAME MESSAGE-FN)" t nil)
9418 (defalias 'ert 'ert-run-tests-interactively)
9420 (autoload 'ert-describe-test "ert" "\
9421 Display the documentation for TEST-OR-TEST-NAME (a symbol or ert-test).
9423 \(fn TEST-OR-TEST-NAME)" t nil)
9425 ;;;***
9427 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ert-x" "emacs-lisp/ert-x.el" (22331 17371
9428 ;;;;;; 994369 615000))
9429 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ert-x.el
9431 (put 'ert-with-test-buffer 'lisp-indent-function 1)
9433 (autoload 'ert-kill-all-test-buffers "ert-x" "\
9434 Kill all test buffers that are still live.
9436 \(fn)" t nil)
9438 ;;;***
9440 ;;;### (autoloads nil "esh-mode" "eshell/esh-mode.el" (22331 17372
9441 ;;;;;; 1369 590000))
9442 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/esh-mode.el
9444 (autoload 'eshell-mode "esh-mode" "\
9445 Emacs shell interactive mode.
9447 \(fn)" t nil)
9449 ;;;***
9451 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eshell" "eshell/eshell.el" (22331 17372 2369
9452 ;;;;;; 587000))
9453 ;;; Generated autoloads from eshell/eshell.el
9454 (push (purecopy '(eshell 2 4 2)) package--builtin-versions)
9456 (autoload 'eshell "eshell" "\
9457 Create an interactive Eshell buffer.
9458 The buffer used for Eshell sessions is determined by the value of
9459 `eshell-buffer-name'. If there is already an Eshell session active in
9460 that buffer, Emacs will simply switch to it. Otherwise, a new session
9461 will begin. A numeric prefix arg (as in `C-u 42 M-x eshell RET')
9462 switches to the session with that number, creating it if necessary. A
9463 nonnumeric prefix arg means to create a new session. Returns the
9464 buffer selected (or created).
9466 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
9468 (autoload 'eshell-command "eshell" "\
9469 Execute the Eshell command string COMMAND.
9470 With prefix ARG, insert output into the current buffer at point.
9472 \(fn &optional COMMAND ARG)" t nil)
9474 (autoload 'eshell-command-result "eshell" "\
9475 Execute the given Eshell COMMAND, and return the result.
9476 The result might be any Lisp object.
9477 If STATUS-VAR is a symbol, it will be set to the exit status of the
9478 command. This is the only way to determine whether the value returned
9479 corresponding to a successful execution.
9481 \(fn COMMAND &optional STATUS-VAR)" nil nil)
9483 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'eshell-report-bug 'report-emacs-bug "23.1")
9485 ;;;***
9487 ;;;### (autoloads nil "etags" "progmodes/etags.el" (22330 59913 971323
9488 ;;;;;; 440000))
9489 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/etags.el
9491 (defvar tags-file-name nil "\
9492 File name of tags table.
9493 To switch to a new tags table, setting this variable is sufficient.
9494 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-table-list'.
9495 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9496 (put 'tags-file-name 'variable-interactive (purecopy "fVisit tags table: "))
9497 (put 'tags-file-name 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
9499 (defvar tags-case-fold-search 'default "\
9500 Whether tags operations should be case-sensitive.
9501 A value of t means case-insensitive, a value of nil means case-sensitive.
9502 Any other value means use the setting of `case-fold-search'.")
9504 (custom-autoload 'tags-case-fold-search "etags" t)
9506 (defvar tags-table-list nil "\
9507 List of file names of tags tables to search.
9508 An element that is a directory means the file \"TAGS\" in that directory.
9509 To switch to a new list of tags tables, setting this variable is sufficient.
9510 If you set this variable, do not also set `tags-file-name'.
9511 Use the `etags' program to make a tags table file.")
9513 (custom-autoload 'tags-table-list "etags" t)
9515 (defvar tags-compression-info-list (purecopy '("" ".Z" ".bz2" ".gz" ".xz" ".tgz")) "\
9516 List of extensions tried by etags when `auto-compression-mode' is on.
9517 An empty string means search the non-compressed file.")
9519 (custom-autoload 'tags-compression-info-list "etags" t)
9521 (defvar tags-add-tables 'ask-user "\
9522 Control whether to add a new tags table to the current list.
9523 t means do; nil means don't (always start a new list).
9524 Any other value means ask the user whether to add a new tags table
9525 to the current list (as opposed to starting a new list).")
9527 (custom-autoload 'tags-add-tables "etags" t)
9529 (defvar find-tag-hook nil "\
9530 Hook to be run by \\[find-tag] after finding a tag. See `run-hooks'.
9531 The value in the buffer in which \\[find-tag] is done is used,
9532 not the value in the buffer \\[find-tag] goes to.")
9534 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-hook "etags" t)
9536 (defvar find-tag-default-function nil "\
9537 A function of no arguments used by \\[find-tag] to pick a default tag.
9538 If nil, and the symbol that is the value of `major-mode'
9539 has a `find-tag-default-function' property (see `put'), that is used.
9540 Otherwise, `find-tag-default' is used.")
9542 (custom-autoload 'find-tag-default-function "etags" t)
9544 (autoload 'tags-table-mode "etags" "\
9545 Major mode for tags table file buffers.
9547 \(fn)" t nil)
9549 (autoload 'visit-tags-table "etags" "\
9550 Tell tags commands to use tags table file FILE.
9551 FILE should be the name of a file created with the `etags' program.
9552 A directory name is ok too; it means file TAGS in that directory.
9554 Normally \\[visit-tags-table] sets the global value of `tags-file-name'.
9555 With a prefix arg, set the buffer-local value instead.
9556 When you find a tag with \\[find-tag], the buffer it finds the tag
9557 in is given a local value of this variable which is the name of the tags
9558 file the tag was in.
9560 \(fn FILE &optional LOCAL)" t nil)
9562 (autoload 'visit-tags-table-buffer "etags" "\
9563 Select the buffer containing the current tags table.
9564 If optional arg is a string, visit that file as a tags table.
9565 If optional arg is t, visit the next table in `tags-table-list'.
9566 If optional arg is the atom `same', don't look for a new table;
9567 just select the buffer visiting `tags-file-name'.
9568 If arg is nil or absent, choose a first buffer from information in
9569 `tags-file-name', `tags-table-list', `tags-table-list-pointer'.
9570 Returns t if it visits a tags table, or nil if there are no more in the list.
9572 \(fn &optional CONT)" nil nil)
9574 (autoload 'tags-table-files "etags" "\
9575 Return a list of files in the current tags table.
9576 Assumes the tags table is the current buffer. The file names are returned
9577 as they appeared in the `etags' command that created the table, usually
9578 without directory names.
9580 \(fn)" nil nil)
9582 (autoload 'tags-lazy-completion-table "etags" "\
9585 \(fn)" nil nil)
9586 (defun tags-completion-at-point-function ()
9587 (if (or tags-table-list tags-file-name)
9588 (progn
9589 (load "etags")
9590 (tags-completion-at-point-function))))
9592 (autoload 'find-tag-noselect "etags" "\
9593 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9594 Returns the buffer containing the tag's definition and moves its point there,
9595 but does not select the buffer.
9596 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer near point.
9598 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9599 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9600 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9601 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9602 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9604 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9606 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9607 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9608 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9610 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9612 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9614 (autoload 'find-tag "etags" "\
9615 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9616 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition, and move point there.
9617 The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer around or before point.
9619 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9620 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9621 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9622 is the atom `-' (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number
9623 or just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9625 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9627 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9628 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9629 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9631 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9633 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9635 (make-obsolete 'find-tag 'xref-find-definitions '"25.1")
9637 (autoload 'find-tag-other-window "etags" "\
9638 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9639 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another window, and
9640 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9641 around or before point.
9643 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9644 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9645 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9646 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9647 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9649 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9651 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9652 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9653 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9655 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9657 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P REGEXP-P)" t nil)
9659 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-window 'xref-find-definitions-other-window '"25.1")
9661 (autoload 'find-tag-other-frame "etags" "\
9662 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name contains TAGNAME.
9663 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition in another frame, and
9664 move point there. The default for TAGNAME is the expression in the buffer
9665 around or before point.
9667 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9668 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9669 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9670 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9671 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9673 If third arg REGEXP-P is non-nil, treat TAGNAME as a regexp.
9675 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9676 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9677 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9679 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9681 \(fn TAGNAME &optional NEXT-P)" t nil)
9683 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-other-frame 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame '"25.1")
9685 (autoload 'find-tag-regexp "etags" "\
9686 Find tag (in current tags table) whose name matches REGEXP.
9687 Select the buffer containing the tag's definition and move point there.
9689 If second arg NEXT-P is t (interactively, with prefix arg), search for
9690 another tag that matches the last tagname or regexp used. When there are
9691 multiple matches for a tag, more exact matches are found first. If NEXT-P
9692 is negative (interactively, with prefix arg that is a negative number or
9693 just \\[negative-argument]), pop back to the previous tag gone to.
9695 If third arg OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, select the buffer in another window.
9697 A marker representing the point when this command is invoked is pushed
9698 onto a ring and may be popped back to with \\[pop-tag-mark].
9699 Contrast this with the ring of marks gone to by the command.
9701 See documentation of variable `tags-file-name'.
9703 \(fn REGEXP &optional NEXT-P OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
9705 (make-obsolete 'find-tag-regexp 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9707 (defalias 'pop-tag-mark 'xref-pop-marker-stack)
9709 (autoload 'next-file "etags" "\
9710 Select next file among files in current tags table.
9712 A first argument of t (prefix arg, if interactive) initializes to the
9713 beginning of the list of files in the tags table. If the argument is
9714 neither nil nor t, it is evalled to initialize the list of files.
9716 Non-nil second argument NOVISIT means use a temporary buffer
9717 to save time and avoid uninteresting warnings.
9719 Value is nil if the file was already visited;
9720 if the file was newly read in, the value is the filename.
9722 \(fn &optional INITIALIZE NOVISIT)" t nil)
9724 (autoload 'tags-loop-continue "etags" "\
9725 Continue last \\[tags-search] or \\[tags-query-replace] command.
9726 Used noninteractively with non-nil argument to begin such a command (the
9727 argument is passed to `next-file', which see).
9729 Two variables control the processing we do on each file: the value of
9730 `tags-loop-scan' is a form to be executed on each file to see if it is
9731 interesting (it returns non-nil if so) and `tags-loop-operate' is a form to
9732 evaluate to operate on an interesting file. If the latter evaluates to
9733 nil, we exit; otherwise we scan the next file.
9735 \(fn &optional FIRST-TIME)" t nil)
9737 (autoload 'tags-search "etags" "\
9738 Search through all files listed in tags table for match for REGEXP.
9739 Stops when a match is found.
9740 To continue searching for next match, use command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9742 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it should be a form that, when
9743 evaluated, will return a list of file names. The search will be
9744 restricted to these files.
9746 Also see the documentation of the `tags-file-name' variable.
9748 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9750 (autoload 'tags-query-replace "etags" "\
9751 Do `query-replace-regexp' of FROM with TO on all files listed in tags table.
9752 Third arg DELIMITED (prefix arg) means replace only word-delimited matches.
9753 If you exit (\\[keyboard-quit], RET or q), you can resume the query replace
9754 with the command \\[tags-loop-continue].
9755 Fourth arg FILE-LIST-FORM non-nil means initialize the replacement loop.
9756 Fifth and sixth arguments START and END are accepted, for compatibility
9757 with `query-replace-regexp', and ignored.
9759 If FILE-LIST-FORM is non-nil, it is a form to evaluate to
9760 produce the list of files to search.
9762 See also the documentation of the variable `tags-file-name'.
9764 \(fn FROM TO &optional DELIMITED FILE-LIST-FORM)" t nil)
9766 (autoload 'list-tags "etags" "\
9767 Display list of tags in file FILE.
9768 This searches only the first table in the list, and no included tables.
9769 FILE should be as it appeared in the `etags' command, usually without a
9770 directory specification.
9772 \(fn FILE &optional NEXT-MATCH)" t nil)
9774 (autoload 'tags-apropos "etags" "\
9775 Display list of all tags in tags table REGEXP matches.
9777 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
9779 (make-obsolete 'tags-apropos 'xref-find-apropos '"25.1")
9781 (autoload 'select-tags-table "etags" "\
9782 Select a tags table file from a menu of those you have already used.
9783 The list of tags tables to select from is stored in `tags-table-set-list';
9784 see the doc of that variable if you want to add names to the list.
9786 \(fn)" t nil)
9788 (autoload 'complete-tag "etags" "\
9789 Perform tags completion on the text around point.
9790 Completes to the set of names listed in the current tags table.
9791 The string to complete is chosen in the same way as the default
9792 for \\[find-tag] (which see).
9794 \(fn)" t nil)
9796 (autoload 'etags--xref-backend "etags" "\
9799 \(fn)" nil nil)
9801 ;;;***
9803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ethio-util" "language/ethio-util.el" (22330
9804 ;;;;;; 59913 940323 535000))
9805 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ethio-util.el
9807 (autoload 'setup-ethiopic-environment-internal "ethio-util" "\
9810 \(fn)" nil nil)
9812 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9813 Convert the current buffer from SERA to FIDEL.
9815 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9816 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9818 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, assume the
9819 buffer begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9820 primary language.
9822 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, perform conversion
9823 even if the buffer is read-only.
9825 See also the descriptions of the variables
9826 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9828 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9830 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-region "ethio-util" "\
9831 Convert the characters in region from SERA to FIDEL.
9833 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9834 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9836 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, assume the
9837 region begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9838 primary language.
9840 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, perform
9841 conversion even if the buffer is read-only.
9843 See also the descriptions of the variables
9844 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon' and `ethio-use-three-dot-question'.
9846 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9848 (autoload 'ethio-sera-to-fidel-marker "ethio-util" "\
9849 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from SERA to FIDEL.
9850 Assume that each region begins with `ethio-primary-language'.
9851 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9853 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9855 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9856 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the current buffer to the SERA format.
9857 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9858 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9860 If the 1st optional argument SECONDARY is non-nil, try to convert the
9861 region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with the
9862 primary language.
9864 If the 2nd optional argument FORCE is non-nil, convert even if the
9865 buffer is read-only.
9867 See also the descriptions of the variables
9868 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9869 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9871 \(fn &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9873 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-region "ethio-util" "\
9874 Replace all the FIDEL characters in the region to the SERA format.
9876 The variable `ethio-primary-language' specifies the primary
9877 language and `ethio-secondary-language' specifies the secondary.
9879 If the 3rd argument SECONDARY is given and non-nil, convert
9880 the region so that it begins with the secondary language; otherwise with
9881 the primary language.
9883 If the 4th argument FORCE is given and non-nil, convert even if the
9884 buffer is read-only.
9886 See also the descriptions of the variables
9887 `ethio-use-colon-for-colon', `ethio-use-three-dot-question',
9888 `ethio-quote-vowel-always' and `ethio-numeric-reduction'.
9890 \(fn BEGIN END &optional SECONDARY FORCE)" t nil)
9892 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-sera-marker "ethio-util" "\
9893 Convert the regions surrounded by \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" from FIDEL to SERA.
9894 The markers \"<sera>\" and \"</sera>\" themselves are not deleted.
9896 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
9898 (autoload 'ethio-modify-vowel "ethio-util" "\
9899 Modify the vowel of the FIDEL that is under the cursor.
9901 \(fn)" t nil)
9903 (autoload 'ethio-replace-space "ethio-util" "\
9904 Replace ASCII spaces with Ethiopic word separators in the region.
9906 In the specified region, replace word separators surrounded by two
9907 Ethiopic characters, depending on the first argument CH, which should
9908 be 1, 2, or 3.
9910 If CH = 1, word separator will be replaced with an ASCII space.
9911 If CH = 2, with two ASCII spaces.
9912 If CH = 3, with the Ethiopic colon-like word separator.
9914 The 2nd and 3rd arguments BEGIN and END specify the region.
9916 \(fn CH BEGIN END)" t nil)
9918 (autoload 'ethio-input-special-character "ethio-util" "\
9919 This function is deprecated.
9921 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9923 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-tex-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9924 Convert each fidel characters in the current buffer into a fidel-tex command.
9926 \(fn)" t nil)
9928 (autoload 'ethio-tex-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9929 Convert fidel-tex commands in the current buffer into fidel chars.
9931 \(fn)" t nil)
9933 (autoload 'ethio-fidel-to-java-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9934 Convert Ethiopic characters into the Java escape sequences.
9936 Each escape sequence is of the form \\uXXXX, where XXXX is the
9937 character's codepoint (in hex) in Unicode.
9939 If `ethio-java-save-lowercase' is non-nil, use [0-9a-f].
9940 Otherwise, [0-9A-F].
9942 \(fn)" nil nil)
9944 (autoload 'ethio-java-to-fidel-buffer "ethio-util" "\
9945 Convert the Java escape sequences into corresponding Ethiopic characters.
9947 \(fn)" nil nil)
9949 (autoload 'ethio-find-file "ethio-util" "\
9950 Transliterate file content into Ethiopic depending on filename suffix.
9952 \(fn)" nil nil)
9954 (autoload 'ethio-write-file "ethio-util" "\
9955 Transliterate Ethiopic characters in ASCII depending on the file extension.
9957 \(fn)" nil nil)
9959 (autoload 'ethio-insert-ethio-space "ethio-util" "\
9960 Insert the Ethiopic word delimiter (the colon-like character).
9961 With ARG, insert that many delimiters.
9963 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
9965 (autoload 'ethio-composition-function "ethio-util" "\
9968 \(fn POS TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
9970 ;;;***
9972 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc" "net/eudc.el" (22331 17372 58369 388000))
9973 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc.el
9975 (autoload 'eudc-set-server "eudc" "\
9976 Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL.
9977 Unless NO-SAVE is non-nil, the server is saved as the default
9978 server for future sessions.
9980 \(fn SERVER PROTOCOL &optional NO-SAVE)" t nil)
9982 (autoload 'eudc-get-email "eudc" "\
9983 Get the email field of NAME from the directory server.
9984 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9986 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9988 (autoload 'eudc-get-phone "eudc" "\
9989 Get the phone field of NAME from the directory server.
9990 If ERROR is non-nil, report an error if there is none.
9992 \(fn NAME &optional ERROR)" t nil)
9994 (autoload 'eudc-expand-inline "eudc" "\
9995 Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point.
9996 The query string consists of the buffer substring from the point back to
9997 the preceding comma, colon or beginning of line.
9998 The variable `eudc-inline-query-format' controls how to associate the
9999 individual inline query words with directory attribute names.
10000 After querying the server for the given string, the expansion specified by
10001 `eudc-inline-expansion-format' is inserted in the buffer at point.
10002 If REPLACE is non-nil, then this expansion replaces the name in the buffer.
10003 `eudc-expansion-overwrites-query' being non-nil inverts the meaning of REPLACE.
10004 Multiple servers can be tried with the same query until one finds a match,
10005 see `eudc-inline-expansion-servers'
10007 \(fn &optional REPLACE)" t nil)
10009 (autoload 'eudc-query-form "eudc" "\
10010 Display a form to query the directory server.
10011 If given a non-nil argument GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER, the function first
10012 queries the server for the existing fields and displays a corresponding form.
10014 \(fn &optional GET-FIELDS-FROM-SERVER)" t nil)
10016 (autoload 'eudc-load-eudc "eudc" "\
10017 Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client.
10018 This does nothing except loading eudc by autoload side-effect.
10020 \(fn)" t nil)
10022 (cond ((not (featurep 'xemacs)) (defvar eudc-tools-menu (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap "Directory Search"))) (define-key map [phone] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Phone") eudc-get-phone :help ,(purecopy "Get the phone field of name from the directory server"))) (define-key map [email] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Get Email") eudc-get-email :help ,(purecopy "Get the email field of NAME from the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-email] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [expand-inline] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Expand Inline Query") eudc-expand-inline :help ,(purecopy "Query the directory server, and expand the query string before point"))) (define-key map [query] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Query with Form") eudc-query-form :help ,(purecopy "Display a form to query the directory server"))) (define-key map [separator-eudc-query] menu-bar-separator) (define-key map [new] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "New Server") eudc-set-server :help ,(purecopy "Set the directory server to SERVER using PROTOCOL"))) (define-key map [load] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Load Hotlist of Servers") eudc-load-eudc :help ,(purecopy "Load the Emacs Unified Directory Client"))) map)) (fset 'eudc-tools-menu (symbol-value 'eudc-tools-menu))) (t (let ((menu '("Directory Search" ["Load Hotlist of Servers" eudc-load-eudc t] ["New Server" eudc-set-server t] ["---" nil nil] ["Query with Form" eudc-query-form t] ["Expand Inline Query" eudc-expand-inline t] ["---" nil nil] ["Get Email" eudc-get-email t] ["Get Phone" eudc-get-phone t]))) (if (not (featurep 'eudc-autoloads)) (if (featurep 'xemacs) (if (and (featurep 'menubar) (not (featurep 'infodock))) (add-submenu '("Tools") menu)) (require 'easymenu) (cond ((fboundp 'easy-menu-add-item) (easy-menu-add-item nil '("tools") (easy-menu-create-menu (car menu) (cdr menu)))) ((fboundp 'easy-menu-create-keymaps) (define-key global-map [menu-bar tools eudc] (cons "Directory Search" (easy-menu-create-keymaps "Directory Search" (cdr menu)))))))))))
10024 ;;;***
10026 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-bob" "net/eudc-bob.el" (22330 59913 952323
10027 ;;;;;; 498000))
10028 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-bob.el
10030 (autoload 'eudc-display-generic-binary "eudc-bob" "\
10031 Display a button for unidentified binary DATA.
10033 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10035 (autoload 'eudc-display-url "eudc-bob" "\
10036 Display URL and make it clickable.
10038 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
10040 (autoload 'eudc-display-mail "eudc-bob" "\
10041 Display e-mail address and make it clickable.
10043 \(fn MAIL)" nil nil)
10045 (autoload 'eudc-display-sound "eudc-bob" "\
10046 Display a button to play the sound DATA.
10048 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10050 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-inline "eudc-bob" "\
10051 Display the JPEG DATA inline at point if possible.
10053 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10055 (autoload 'eudc-display-jpeg-as-button "eudc-bob" "\
10056 Display a button for the JPEG DATA.
10058 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
10060 ;;;***
10062 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-export" "net/eudc-export.el" (22330 59913
10063 ;;;;;; 952323 498000))
10064 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-export.el
10066 (autoload 'eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb "eudc-export" "\
10067 Insert record at point into the BBDB database.
10068 This function can only be called from a directory query result buffer.
10070 \(fn)" t nil)
10072 (autoload 'eudc-try-bbdb-insert "eudc-export" "\
10073 Call `eudc-insert-record-at-point-into-bbdb' if on a record.
10075 \(fn)" t nil)
10077 ;;;***
10079 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eudc-hotlist" "net/eudc-hotlist.el" (22330
10080 ;;;;;; 59913 953323 495000))
10081 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eudc-hotlist.el
10083 (autoload 'eudc-edit-hotlist "eudc-hotlist" "\
10084 Edit the hotlist of directory servers in a specialized buffer.
10086 \(fn)" t nil)
10088 ;;;***
10090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ewoc" "emacs-lisp/ewoc.el" (22330 59913 929323
10091 ;;;;;; 569000))
10092 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ewoc.el
10094 (autoload 'ewoc-create "ewoc" "\
10095 Create an empty ewoc.
10097 The ewoc will be inserted in the current buffer at the current position.
10099 PRETTY-PRINTER should be a function that takes one argument, an
10100 element, and inserts a string representing it in the buffer (at
10101 point). The string PRETTY-PRINTER inserts may be empty or span
10102 several lines. The PRETTY-PRINTER should use `insert', and not
10103 `insert-before-markers'.
10105 Optional second and third arguments HEADER and FOOTER are strings,
10106 possibly empty, that will always be present at the top and bottom,
10107 respectively, of the ewoc.
10109 Normally, a newline is automatically inserted after the header,
10110 the footer and every node's printed representation. Optional
10111 fourth arg NOSEP non-nil inhibits this.
10113 \(fn PRETTY-PRINTER &optional HEADER FOOTER NOSEP)" nil nil)
10115 ;;;***
10117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "eww" "net/eww.el" (22331 17372 58369 388000))
10118 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/eww.el
10120 (defvar eww-suggest-uris '(eww-links-at-point url-get-url-at-point eww-current-url) "\
10121 List of functions called to form the list of default URIs for `eww'.
10122 Each of the elements is a function returning either a string or a list
10123 of strings. The results will be joined into a single list with
10124 duplicate entries (if any) removed.")
10126 (custom-autoload 'eww-suggest-uris "eww" t)
10128 (autoload 'eww "eww" "\
10129 Fetch URL and render the page.
10130 If the input doesn't look like an URL or a domain name, the
10131 word(s) will be searched for via `eww-search-prefix'.
10133 \(fn URL)" t nil)
10134 (defalias 'browse-web 'eww)
10136 (autoload 'eww-open-file "eww" "\
10137 Render FILE using EWW.
10139 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10141 (autoload 'eww-search-words "eww" "\
10142 Search the web for the text between BEG and END.
10143 See the `eww-search-prefix' variable for the search engine used.
10145 \(fn &optional BEG END)" t nil)
10147 (autoload 'eww-mode "eww" "\
10148 Mode for browsing the web.
10150 \(fn)" t nil)
10152 (autoload 'eww-browse-url "eww" "\
10155 \(fn URL &optional NEW-WINDOW)" nil nil)
10157 (autoload 'eww-list-bookmarks "eww" "\
10158 Display the bookmarks.
10160 \(fn)" t nil)
10162 ;;;***
10164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "executable" "progmodes/executable.el" (22330
10165 ;;;;;; 59913 981323 409000))
10166 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/executable.el
10168 (autoload 'executable-command-find-posix-p "executable" "\
10169 Check if PROGRAM handles arguments Posix-style.
10170 If PROGRAM is non-nil, use that instead of \"find\".
10172 \(fn &optional PROGRAM)" nil nil)
10174 (autoload 'executable-interpret "executable" "\
10175 Run script with user-specified args, and collect output in a buffer.
10176 While script runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error]
10177 command to find the next error. The buffer is also in `comint-mode' and
10178 `compilation-shell-minor-mode', so that you can answer any prompts.
10180 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
10182 (autoload 'executable-set-magic "executable" "\
10183 Set this buffer's interpreter to INTERPRETER with optional ARGUMENT.
10184 The variables `executable-magicless-file-regexp', `executable-prefix',
10185 `executable-insert', `executable-query' and `executable-chmod' control
10186 when and how magic numbers are inserted or replaced and scripts made
10187 executable.
10189 \(fn INTERPRETER &optional ARGUMENT NO-QUERY-FLAG INSERT-FLAG)" t nil)
10191 (autoload 'executable-make-buffer-file-executable-if-script-p "executable" "\
10192 Make file executable according to umask if not already executable.
10193 If file already has any execute bits set at all, do not change existing
10194 file modes.
10196 \(fn)" nil nil)
10198 ;;;***
10200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "expand" "expand.el" (22330 59913 912323 622000))
10201 ;;; Generated autoloads from expand.el
10203 (autoload 'expand-add-abbrevs "expand" "\
10204 Add a list of abbreviations to abbrev table TABLE.
10205 ABBREVS is a list of abbrev definitions; each abbrev description entry
10206 has the form (ABBREV EXPANSION ARG).
10208 ABBREV is the abbreviation to replace.
10210 EXPANSION is the replacement string or a function which will make the
10211 expansion. For example, you could use the DMacros or skeleton packages
10212 to generate such functions.
10214 ARG is an optional argument which can be a number or a list of
10215 numbers. If ARG is a number, point is placed ARG chars from the
10216 beginning of the expanded text.
10218 If ARG is a list of numbers, point is placed according to the first
10219 member of the list, but you can visit the other specified positions
10220 cyclically with the functions `expand-jump-to-previous-slot' and
10221 `expand-jump-to-next-slot'.
10223 If ARG is omitted, point is placed at the end of the expanded text.
10225 \(fn TABLE ABBREVS)" nil nil)
10227 (autoload 'expand-abbrev-hook "expand" "\
10228 Abbrev hook used to do the expansion job of expand abbrevs.
10229 See `expand-add-abbrevs'. Value is non-nil if expansion was done.
10231 \(fn)" nil nil)
10233 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot "expand" "\
10234 Move the cursor to the previous slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10235 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10237 \(fn)" t nil)
10239 (autoload 'expand-jump-to-next-slot "expand" "\
10240 Move the cursor to the next slot in the last abbrev expansion.
10241 This is used only in conjunction with `expand-add-abbrevs'.
10243 \(fn)" t nil)
10244 (define-key abbrev-map "p" 'expand-jump-to-previous-slot)
10245 (define-key abbrev-map "n" 'expand-jump-to-next-slot)
10247 ;;;***
10249 ;;;### (autoloads nil "f90" "progmodes/f90.el" (22330 59913 981323
10250 ;;;;;; 409000))
10251 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/f90.el
10253 (autoload 'f90-mode "f90" "\
10254 Major mode for editing Fortran 90,95 code in free format.
10255 For fixed format code, use `fortran-mode'.
10257 \\[f90-indent-line] indents the current line.
10258 \\[f90-indent-new-line] indents current line and creates a new indented line.
10259 \\[f90-indent-subprogram] indents the current subprogram.
10261 Type \\=`? or \\=`\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for F90 keywords.
10263 Key definitions:
10264 \\{f90-mode-map}
10266 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
10268 `f90-do-indent'
10269 Extra indentation within do blocks (default 3).
10270 `f90-if-indent'
10271 Extra indentation within if/select/where/forall blocks (default 3).
10272 `f90-type-indent'
10273 Extra indentation within type/enum/interface/block-data blocks (default 3).
10274 `f90-program-indent'
10275 Extra indentation within program/module/subroutine/function blocks
10276 (default 2).
10277 `f90-associate-indent'
10278 Extra indentation within associate blocks (default 2).
10279 `f90-critical-indent'
10280 Extra indentation within critical/block blocks (default 2).
10281 `f90-continuation-indent'
10282 Extra indentation applied to continuation lines (default 5).
10283 `f90-comment-region'
10284 String inserted by function \\[f90-comment-region] at start of each
10285 line in region (default \"!!!$\").
10286 `f90-indented-comment-re'
10287 Regexp determining the type of comment to be intended like code
10288 (default \"!\").
10289 `f90-directive-comment-re'
10290 Regexp of comment-like directive like \"!HPF\\\\$\", not to be indented
10291 (default \"!hpf\\\\$\").
10292 `f90-break-delimiters'
10293 Regexp holding list of delimiters at which lines may be broken
10294 (default \"[-+*/><=,% \\t]\").
10295 `f90-break-before-delimiters'
10296 Non-nil causes `f90-do-auto-fill' to break lines before delimiters
10297 (default t).
10298 `f90-beginning-ampersand'
10299 Automatic insertion of `&' at beginning of continuation lines (default t).
10300 `f90-smart-end'
10301 From an END statement, check and fill the end using matching block start.
10302 Allowed values are `blink', `no-blink', and nil, which determine
10303 whether to blink the matching beginning (default `blink').
10304 `f90-auto-keyword-case'
10305 Automatic change of case of keywords (default nil).
10306 The possibilities are `downcase-word', `upcase-word', `capitalize-word'.
10307 `f90-leave-line-no'
10308 Do not left-justify line numbers (default nil).
10310 Turning on F90 mode calls the value of the variable `f90-mode-hook'
10311 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
10313 \(fn)" t nil)
10315 ;;;***
10317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "face-remap" "face-remap.el" (22330 59913 738324
10318 ;;;;;; 159000))
10319 ;;; Generated autoloads from face-remap.el
10321 (autoload 'face-remap-add-relative "face-remap" "\
10322 Add a face remapping entry of FACE to SPECS in the current buffer.
10323 Return a cookie which can be used to delete this remapping with
10324 `face-remap-remove-relative'.
10326 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10327 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10328 of face attribute/value pairs. If more than one face is listed,
10329 that specifies an aggregate face, in the same way as in a `face'
10330 text property, except for possible priority changes noted below.
10332 The face remapping specified by SPECS takes effect alongside the
10333 remappings from other calls to `face-remap-add-relative' for the
10334 same FACE, as well as the normal definition of FACE (at lowest
10335 priority). This function tries to sort multiple remappings for
10336 the same face, so that remappings specifying relative face
10337 attributes are applied after remappings specifying absolute face
10338 attributes.
10340 The base (lowest priority) remapping may be set to something
10341 other than the normal definition of FACE via `face-remap-set-base'.
10343 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10345 (autoload 'face-remap-reset-base "face-remap" "\
10346 Set the base remapping of FACE to the normal definition of FACE.
10347 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10348 to apply on top of the normal definition of FACE.
10350 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
10352 (autoload 'face-remap-set-base "face-remap" "\
10353 Set the base remapping of FACE in the current buffer to SPECS.
10354 This causes the remappings specified by `face-remap-add-relative'
10355 to apply on top of the face specification given by SPECS.
10357 The remaining arguments, SPECS, should form a list of faces.
10358 Each list element should be either a face name or a property list
10359 of face attribute/value pairs, like in a `face' text property.
10361 If SPECS is empty, call `face-remap-reset-base' to use the normal
10362 definition of FACE as the base remapping; note that this is
10363 different from SPECS containing a single value nil, which means
10364 not to inherit from the global definition of FACE at all.
10366 \(fn FACE &rest SPECS)" nil nil)
10368 (autoload 'text-scale-set "face-remap" "\
10369 Set the scale factor of the default face in the current buffer to LEVEL.
10370 If LEVEL is non-zero, `text-scale-mode' is enabled, otherwise it is disabled.
10372 LEVEL is a number of steps, with 0 representing the default size.
10373 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10374 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number decreases the height by
10375 the same amount).
10377 \(fn LEVEL)" t nil)
10379 (autoload 'text-scale-increase "face-remap" "\
10380 Increase the height of the default face in the current buffer by INC steps.
10381 If the new height is other than the default, `text-scale-mode' is enabled.
10383 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10384 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10385 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10386 will remove any scaling currently active.
10388 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10390 (autoload 'text-scale-decrease "face-remap" "\
10391 Decrease the height of the default face in the current buffer by DEC steps.
10392 See `text-scale-increase' for more details.
10394 \(fn DEC)" t nil)
10395 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?+)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10396 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?-)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10397 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?=)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10398 (define-key ctl-x-map [(control ?0)] 'text-scale-adjust)
10400 (autoload 'text-scale-adjust "face-remap" "\
10401 Adjust the height of the default face by INC.
10403 INC may be passed as a numeric prefix argument.
10405 The actual adjustment made depends on the final component of the
10406 key-binding used to invoke the command, with all modifiers removed:
10408 +, = Increase the default face height by one step
10409 - Decrease the default face height by one step
10410 0 Reset the default face height to the global default
10412 After adjusting, continue to read input events and further adjust
10413 the face height as long as the input event read
10414 \(with all modifiers removed) is one of the above characters.
10416 Each step scales the height of the default face by the variable
10417 `text-scale-mode-step' (a negative number of steps decreases the
10418 height by the same amount). As a special case, an argument of 0
10419 will remove any scaling currently active.
10421 This command is a special-purpose wrapper around the
10422 `text-scale-increase' command which makes repetition convenient
10423 even when it is bound in a non-top-level keymap. For binding in
10424 a top-level keymap, `text-scale-increase' or
10425 `text-scale-decrease' may be more appropriate.
10427 \(fn INC)" t nil)
10429 (autoload 'buffer-face-mode "face-remap" "\
10430 Minor mode for a buffer-specific default face.
10431 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
10432 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
10433 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, the face specified by the
10434 variable `buffer-face-mode-face' is used to display the buffer text.
10436 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10438 (autoload 'buffer-face-set "face-remap" "\
10439 Enable `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10440 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10441 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10442 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10443 `face' text property. If SPECS is nil or omitted, disable
10444 `buffer-face-mode'.
10446 This function makes the variable `buffer-face-mode-face' buffer
10447 local, and sets it to FACE.
10449 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10451 (autoload 'buffer-face-toggle "face-remap" "\
10452 Toggle `buffer-face-mode', using face specs SPECS.
10453 Each argument in SPECS should be a face, i.e. either a face name
10454 or a property list of face attributes and values. If more than
10455 one face is listed, that specifies an aggregate face, like in a
10456 `face' text property.
10458 If `buffer-face-mode' is already enabled, and is currently using
10459 the face specs SPECS, then it is disabled; if `buffer-face-mode'
10460 is disabled, or is enabled and currently displaying some other
10461 face, then is left enabled, but the face changed to reflect SPECS.
10463 This function will make the variable `buffer-face-mode-face'
10464 buffer local, and set it to SPECS.
10466 \(fn &rest SPECS)" t nil)
10468 (autoload 'variable-pitch-mode "face-remap" "\
10469 Variable-pitch default-face mode.
10470 An interface to `buffer-face-mode' which uses the `variable-pitch' face.
10471 Besides the choice of face, it is the same as `buffer-face-mode'.
10473 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10475 ;;;***
10477 ;;;### (autoloads nil "feedmail" "mail/feedmail.el" (22330 59913
10478 ;;;;;; 947323 514000))
10479 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/feedmail.el
10480 (push (purecopy '(feedmail 11)) package--builtin-versions)
10482 (autoload 'feedmail-send-it "feedmail" "\
10483 Send the current mail buffer using the Feedmail package.
10484 This is a suitable value for `send-mail-function'. It can be used
10485 with various lower-level mechanisms to provide features such as queueing.
10487 \(fn)" nil nil)
10489 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-no-prompts "feedmail" "\
10490 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but suppress confirmation prompts.
10492 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10494 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue-global-prompt "feedmail" "\
10495 Like `feedmail-run-the-queue', but with a global confirmation prompt.
10496 This is generally most useful if run non-interactively, since you can
10497 bail out with an appropriate answer to the global confirmation prompt.
10499 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10501 (autoload 'feedmail-run-the-queue "feedmail" "\
10502 Visit each message in the feedmail queue directory and send it out.
10503 Return value is a list of three things: number of messages sent, number of
10504 messages skipped, and number of non-message things in the queue (commonly
10505 backup file names and the like).
10507 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
10509 (autoload 'feedmail-queue-reminder "feedmail" "\
10510 Perform some kind of reminder activity about queued and draft messages.
10511 Called with an optional symbol argument which says what kind of event
10512 is triggering the reminder activity. The default is `on-demand', which
10513 is what you typically would use if you were putting this in your Emacs start-up
10514 or mail hook code. Other recognized values for WHAT-EVENT (these are passed
10515 internally by feedmail):
10517 after-immediate (a message has just been sent in immediate mode)
10518 after-queue (a message has just been queued)
10519 after-draft (a message has just been placed in the draft directory)
10520 after-run (the queue has just been run, possibly sending messages)
10522 WHAT-EVENT is used as a key into the table `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If
10523 the associated value is a function, it is called without arguments and is expected
10524 to perform the reminder activity. You can supply your own reminder functions
10525 by redefining `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist'. If you don't want any reminders,
10526 you can set `feedmail-queue-reminder-alist' to nil.
10528 \(fn &optional WHAT-EVENT)" t nil)
10530 ;;;***
10532 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ffap" "ffap.el" (22331 17372 3369 583000))
10533 ;;; Generated autoloads from ffap.el
10535 (autoload 'ffap-next "ffap" "\
10536 Search buffer for next file or URL, and run ffap.
10537 Optional argument BACK says to search backwards.
10538 Optional argument WRAP says to try wrapping around if necessary.
10539 Interactively: use a single prefix \\[universal-argument] to search backwards,
10540 double prefix to wrap forward, triple to wrap backwards.
10541 Actual search is done by the function `ffap-next-guess'.
10543 \(fn &optional BACK WRAP)" t nil)
10545 (autoload 'find-file-at-point "ffap" "\
10546 Find FILENAME, guessing a default from text around point.
10547 If `ffap-url-regexp' is not nil, the FILENAME may also be an URL.
10548 With a prefix, this command behaves exactly like `ffap-file-finder'.
10549 If `ffap-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10550 See also the variables `ffap-dired-wildcards', `ffap-newfile-prompt',
10551 and the functions `ffap-file-at-point' and `ffap-url-at-point'.
10553 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10555 (defalias 'ffap 'find-file-at-point)
10557 (autoload 'ffap-menu "ffap" "\
10558 Put up a menu of files and URLs mentioned in this buffer.
10559 Then set mark, jump to choice, and try to fetch it. The menu is
10560 cached in `ffap-menu-alist', and rebuilt by `ffap-menu-rescan'.
10561 The optional RESCAN argument (a prefix, interactively) forces
10562 a rebuild. Searches with `ffap-menu-regexp'.
10564 \(fn &optional RESCAN)" t nil)
10566 (autoload 'ffap-at-mouse "ffap" "\
10567 Find file or URL guessed from text around mouse click.
10568 Interactively, calls `ffap-at-mouse-fallback' if no guess is found.
10569 Return value:
10570 * if a guess string is found, return it (after finding it)
10571 * if the fallback is called, return whatever it returns
10572 * otherwise, nil
10574 \(fn E)" t nil)
10576 (autoload 'dired-at-point "ffap" "\
10577 Start Dired, defaulting to file at point. See `ffap'.
10578 If `dired-at-point-require-prefix' is set, the prefix meaning is reversed.
10580 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
10582 (autoload 'ffap-guess-file-name-at-point "ffap" "\
10583 Try to get a file name at point.
10584 This hook is intended to be put in `file-name-at-point-functions'.
10586 \(fn)" nil nil)
10588 (autoload 'ffap-bindings "ffap" "\
10589 Evaluate the forms in variable `ffap-bindings'.
10591 \(fn)" t nil)
10593 ;;;***
10595 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filecache" "filecache.el" (22330 59913 912323
10596 ;;;;;; 622000))
10597 ;;; Generated autoloads from filecache.el
10599 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory "filecache" "\
10600 Add all files in DIRECTORY to the file cache.
10601 If called from Lisp with a non-nil REGEXP argument is non-nil,
10602 only add files whose names match REGEXP.
10604 \(fn DIRECTORY &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10606 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-list "filecache" "\
10607 Add DIRECTORIES (a list of directory names) to the file cache.
10608 If called interactively, read the directory names one by one.
10609 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10610 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10611 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10613 \(fn DIRECTORIES &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10615 (autoload 'file-cache-add-file "filecache" "\
10616 Add FILE to the file cache.
10618 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
10620 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-find "filecache" "\
10621 Use the `find' command to add files to the file cache.
10622 Find is run in DIRECTORY.
10624 \(fn DIRECTORY)" t nil)
10626 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-using-locate "filecache" "\
10627 Use the `locate' command to add files to the file cache.
10628 STRING is passed as an argument to the locate command.
10630 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
10632 (autoload 'file-cache-add-directory-recursively "filecache" "\
10633 Adds DIR and any subdirectories to the file-cache.
10634 This function does not use any external programs.
10635 If the optional REGEXP argument is non-nil, only files which match it
10636 will be added to the cache. Note that the REGEXP is applied to the
10637 files in each directory, not to the directory list itself.
10639 \(fn DIR &optional REGEXP)" t nil)
10641 (autoload 'file-cache-minibuffer-complete "filecache" "\
10642 Complete a filename in the minibuffer using a preloaded cache.
10643 Filecache does two kinds of substitution: it completes on names in
10644 the cache, and, once it has found a unique name, it cycles through
10645 the directories that the name is available in. With a prefix argument,
10646 the name is considered already unique; only the second substitution
10647 \(directories) is done.
10649 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
10651 ;;;***
10653 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filenotify" "filenotify.el" (22330 59913 912323
10654 ;;;;;; 622000))
10655 ;;; Generated autoloads from filenotify.el
10657 (autoload 'file-notify-handle-event "filenotify" "\
10658 Handle file system monitoring event.
10659 If EVENT is a filewatch event, call its callback. It has the format
10661 (file-notify (DESCRIPTOR ACTIONS FILE [FILE1-OR-COOKIE]) CALLBACK)
10663 Otherwise, signal a `file-notify-error'.
10665 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10667 ;;;***
10669 ;;;### (autoloads nil "files-x" "files-x.el" (22331 17372 3369 583000))
10670 ;;; Generated autoloads from files-x.el
10672 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10673 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the Local Variables list.
10675 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10676 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to the
10677 Local Variables list.
10679 If there is no Local Variables list in the current file buffer
10680 then this function adds the first line containing the string
10681 `Local Variables:' and the last line containing the string `End:'.
10683 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10685 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable "files-x" "\
10686 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the Local Variables list.
10688 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10690 (autoload 'add-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10691 Add file-local VARIABLE with its VALUE to the -*- line.
10693 This command deletes all existing settings of VARIABLE (except `mode'
10694 and `eval') and adds a new file-local VARIABLE with VALUE to
10695 the -*- line.
10697 If there is no -*- line at the beginning of the current file buffer
10698 then this function adds it.
10700 \(fn VARIABLE VALUE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10702 (autoload 'delete-file-local-variable-prop-line "files-x" "\
10703 Delete all settings of file-local VARIABLE from the -*- line.
10705 \(fn VARIABLE &optional INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
10707 (autoload 'add-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10708 Add directory-local VARIABLE with its VALUE and MODE to .dir-locals.el.
10710 \(fn MODE VARIABLE VALUE)" t nil)
10712 (autoload 'delete-dir-local-variable "files-x" "\
10713 Delete all MODE settings of file-local VARIABLE from .dir-locals.el.
10715 \(fn MODE VARIABLE)" t nil)
10717 (autoload 'copy-file-locals-to-dir-locals "files-x" "\
10718 Copy file-local variables to .dir-locals.el.
10720 \(fn)" t nil)
10722 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals "files-x" "\
10723 Copy directory-local variables to the Local Variables list.
10725 \(fn)" t nil)
10727 (autoload 'copy-dir-locals-to-file-locals-prop-line "files-x" "\
10728 Copy directory-local variables to the -*- line.
10730 \(fn)" t nil)
10732 ;;;***
10734 ;;;### (autoloads nil "filesets" "filesets.el" (22330 59913 912323
10735 ;;;;;; 622000))
10736 ;;; Generated autoloads from filesets.el
10738 (autoload 'filesets-init "filesets" "\
10739 Filesets initialization.
10740 Set up hooks, load the cache file -- if existing -- and build the menu.
10742 \(fn)" nil nil)
10744 ;;;***
10746 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-cmd" "find-cmd.el" (22330 59913 913323
10747 ;;;;;; 619000))
10748 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-cmd.el
10749 (push (purecopy '(find-cmd 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
10751 (autoload 'find-cmd "find-cmd" "\
10752 Initiate the building of a find command.
10753 For example:
10755 \(find-cmd \\='(prune (name \".svn\" \".git\" \".CVS\"))
10756 \\='(and (or (name \"*.pl\" \"*.pm\" \"*.t\")
10757 (mtime \"+1\"))
10758 (fstype \"nfs\" \"ufs\"))))
10760 `default-directory' is used as the initial search path. The
10761 result is a string that should be ready for the command line.
10763 \(fn &rest SUBFINDS)" nil nil)
10765 ;;;***
10767 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-dired" "find-dired.el" (22331 17372 5369
10768 ;;;;;; 576000))
10769 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-dired.el
10771 (autoload 'find-dired "find-dired" "\
10772 Run `find' and go into Dired mode on a buffer of the output.
10773 The command run (after changing into DIR) is essentially
10775 find . \\( ARGS \\) -ls
10777 except that the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10778 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10780 \(fn DIR ARGS)" t nil)
10782 (autoload 'find-name-dired "find-dired" "\
10783 Search DIR recursively for files matching the globbing pattern PATTERN,
10784 and run Dired on those files.
10785 PATTERN is a shell wildcard (not an Emacs regexp) and need not be quoted.
10786 The default command run (after changing into DIR) is
10788 find . -name \\='PATTERN\\=' -ls
10790 See `find-name-arg' to customize the arguments.
10792 \(fn DIR PATTERN)" t nil)
10794 (autoload 'find-grep-dired "find-dired" "\
10795 Find files in DIR matching a regexp REGEXP and start Dired on output.
10796 The command run (after changing into DIR) is
10798 find . \\( -type f -exec `grep-program' `find-grep-options' \\
10799 -e REGEXP {} \\; \\) -ls
10801 where the car of the variable `find-ls-option' specifies what to
10802 use in place of \"-ls\" as the final argument.
10804 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
10806 ;;;***
10808 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-file" "find-file.el" (22331 17372 5369
10809 ;;;;;; 576000))
10810 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-file.el
10812 (defvar ff-special-constructs `((,(purecopy "^#\\s *\\(include\\|import\\)\\s +[<\"]\\(.*\\)[>\"]") lambda nil (buffer-substring (match-beginning 2) (match-end 2)))) "\
10813 List of special constructs recognized by `ff-treat-as-special'.
10814 Each element, tried in order, has the form (REGEXP . EXTRACT).
10815 If REGEXP matches the current line (from the beginning of the line),
10816 `ff-treat-as-special' calls function EXTRACT with no args.
10817 If EXTRACT returns nil, keep trying. Otherwise, return the
10818 filename that EXTRACT returned.")
10820 (custom-autoload 'ff-special-constructs "find-file" t)
10822 (autoload 'ff-get-other-file "find-file" "\
10823 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10824 See also the documentation for `ff-find-other-file'.
10826 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in another window.
10828 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW)" t nil)
10830 (defalias 'ff-find-related-file 'ff-find-other-file)
10832 (autoload 'ff-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10833 Find the header or source file corresponding to this file.
10834 Being on a `#include' line pulls in that file.
10836 If optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW is non-nil, find the file in the other window.
10837 If optional IGNORE-INCLUDE is non-nil, ignore being on `#include' lines.
10839 Variables of interest include:
10841 - `ff-case-fold-search'
10842 Non-nil means ignore cases in matches (see `case-fold-search').
10843 If you have extensions in different cases, you will want this to be nil.
10845 - `ff-always-in-other-window'
10846 If non-nil, always open the other file in another window, unless an
10847 argument is given to `ff-find-other-file'.
10849 - `ff-ignore-include'
10850 If non-nil, ignores #include lines.
10852 - `ff-always-try-to-create'
10853 If non-nil, always attempt to create the other file if it was not found.
10855 - `ff-quiet-mode'
10856 If non-nil, traces which directories are being searched.
10858 - `ff-special-constructs'
10859 A list of regular expressions specifying how to recognize special
10860 constructs such as include files etc, and an associated method for
10861 extracting the filename from that construct.
10863 - `ff-other-file-alist'
10864 Alist of extensions to find given the current file's extension.
10866 - `ff-search-directories'
10867 List of directories searched through with each extension specified in
10868 `ff-other-file-alist' that matches this file's extension.
10870 - `ff-pre-find-hook'
10871 List of functions to be called before the search for the file starts.
10873 - `ff-pre-load-hook'
10874 List of functions to be called before the other file is loaded.
10876 - `ff-post-load-hook'
10877 List of functions to be called after the other file is loaded.
10879 - `ff-not-found-hook'
10880 List of functions to be called if the other file could not be found.
10882 - `ff-file-created-hook'
10883 List of functions to be called if the other file has been created.
10885 \(fn &optional IN-OTHER-WINDOW IGNORE-INCLUDE)" t nil)
10887 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file "find-file" "\
10888 Visit the file you click on.
10890 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10892 (autoload 'ff-mouse-find-other-file-other-window "find-file" "\
10893 Visit the file you click on in another window.
10895 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
10897 ;;;***
10899 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-func" "emacs-lisp/find-func.el" (22363
10900 ;;;;;; 8343 508348 793000))
10901 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/find-func.el
10903 (autoload 'find-library "find-func" "\
10904 Find the Emacs Lisp source of LIBRARY.
10905 LIBRARY should be a string (the name of the library).
10907 \(fn LIBRARY)" t nil)
10909 (autoload 'find-function-search-for-symbol "find-func" "\
10910 Search for SYMBOL's definition of type TYPE in LIBRARY.
10911 Visit the library in a buffer, and return a cons cell (BUFFER . POSITION),
10912 or just (BUFFER . nil) if the definition can't be found in the file.
10914 If TYPE is nil, look for a function definition.
10915 Otherwise, TYPE specifies the kind of definition,
10916 and it is interpreted via `find-function-regexp-alist'.
10917 The search is done in the source for library LIBRARY.
10919 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE LIBRARY)" nil nil)
10921 (autoload 'find-function-noselect "find-func" "\
10922 Return a pair (BUFFER . POINT) pointing to the definition of FUNCTION.
10924 Finds the source file containing the definition of FUNCTION
10925 in a buffer and the point of the definition. The buffer is
10926 not selected. If the function definition can't be found in
10927 the buffer, returns (BUFFER).
10929 If FUNCTION is a built-in function, this function normally
10930 attempts to find it in the Emacs C sources; however, if LISP-ONLY
10931 is non-nil, signal an error instead.
10933 If the file where FUNCTION is defined is not known, then it is
10934 searched for in `find-function-source-path' if non-nil, otherwise
10935 in `load-path'.
10937 \(fn FUNCTION &optional LISP-ONLY)" nil nil)
10939 (autoload 'find-function "find-func" "\
10940 Find the definition of the FUNCTION near point.
10942 Finds the source file containing the definition of the function
10943 near point (selected by `function-called-at-point') in a buffer and
10944 places point before the definition.
10945 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10947 The library where FUNCTION is defined is searched for in
10948 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10949 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10951 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10953 (autoload 'find-function-other-window "find-func" "\
10954 Find, in another window, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10956 See `find-function' for more details.
10958 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10960 (autoload 'find-function-other-frame "find-func" "\
10961 Find, in another frame, the definition of FUNCTION near point.
10963 See `find-function' for more details.
10965 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
10967 (autoload 'find-variable-noselect "find-func" "\
10968 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of VARIABLE.
10970 Finds the library containing the definition of VARIABLE in a buffer and
10971 the point of the definition. The buffer is not selected.
10972 If the variable's definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
10974 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in FILE or
10975 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10977 \(fn VARIABLE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
10979 (autoload 'find-variable "find-func" "\
10980 Find the definition of the VARIABLE at or before point.
10982 Finds the library containing the definition of the variable
10983 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
10984 places point before the definition.
10986 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
10988 The library where VARIABLE is defined is searched for in
10989 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
10990 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
10992 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
10994 (autoload 'find-variable-other-window "find-func" "\
10995 Find, in another window, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
10997 See `find-variable' for more details.
10999 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11001 (autoload 'find-variable-other-frame "find-func" "\
11002 Find, in another frame, the definition of VARIABLE near point.
11004 See `find-variable' for more details.
11006 \(fn VARIABLE)" t nil)
11008 (autoload 'find-definition-noselect "find-func" "\
11009 Return a pair `(BUFFER . POINT)' pointing to the definition of SYMBOL.
11010 If the definition can't be found in the buffer, return (BUFFER).
11011 TYPE says what type of definition: nil for a function, `defvar' for a
11012 variable, `defface' for a face. This function does not switch to the
11013 buffer nor display it.
11015 The library where SYMBOL is defined is searched for in FILE or
11016 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11018 \(fn SYMBOL TYPE &optional FILE)" nil nil)
11020 (autoload 'find-face-definition "find-func" "\
11021 Find the definition of FACE. FACE defaults to the name near point.
11023 Finds the Emacs Lisp library containing the definition of the face
11024 near point (selected by `variable-at-point') in a buffer and
11025 places point before the definition.
11027 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11029 The library where FACE is defined is searched for in
11030 `find-function-source-path', if non-nil, otherwise in `load-path'.
11031 See also `find-function-recenter-line' and `find-function-after-hook'.
11033 \(fn FACE)" t nil)
11035 (autoload 'find-function-on-key "find-func" "\
11036 Find the function that KEY invokes. KEY is a string.
11037 Set mark before moving, if the buffer already existed.
11039 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11041 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-window "find-func" "\
11042 Find, in the other window, the function that KEY invokes.
11043 See `find-function-on-key'.
11045 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11047 (autoload 'find-function-on-key-other-frame "find-func" "\
11048 Find, in the other frame, the function that KEY invokes.
11049 See `find-function-on-key'.
11051 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
11053 (autoload 'find-function-at-point "find-func" "\
11054 Find directly the function at point in the other window.
11056 \(fn)" t nil)
11058 (autoload 'find-variable-at-point "find-func" "\
11059 Find directly the variable at point in the other window.
11061 \(fn)" t nil)
11063 (autoload 'find-function-setup-keys "find-func" "\
11064 Define some key bindings for the find-function family of functions.
11066 \(fn)" nil nil)
11068 ;;;***
11070 ;;;### (autoloads nil "find-lisp" "find-lisp.el" (22330 59913 738324
11071 ;;;;;; 159000))
11072 ;;; Generated autoloads from find-lisp.el
11074 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired "find-lisp" "\
11075 Find files in DIR, matching REGEXP.
11077 \(fn DIR REGEXP)" t nil)
11079 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-subdirectories "find-lisp" "\
11080 Find all subdirectories of DIR.
11082 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
11084 (autoload 'find-lisp-find-dired-filter "find-lisp" "\
11085 Change the filter on a `find-lisp-find-dired' buffer to REGEXP.
11087 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
11089 ;;;***
11091 ;;;### (autoloads nil "finder" "finder.el" (22330 59913 913323 619000))
11092 ;;; Generated autoloads from finder.el
11093 (push (purecopy '(finder 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
11095 (autoload 'finder-list-keywords "finder" "\
11096 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder buffer.
11098 \(fn)" t nil)
11100 (autoload 'finder-commentary "finder" "\
11101 Display FILE's commentary section.
11102 FILE should be in a form suitable for passing to `locate-library'.
11104 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
11106 (autoload 'finder-by-keyword "finder" "\
11107 Find packages matching a given keyword.
11109 \(fn)" t nil)
11111 ;;;***
11113 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-ctrl" "flow-ctrl.el" (22330 59913 913323
11114 ;;;;;; 619000))
11115 ;;; Generated autoloads from flow-ctrl.el
11117 (autoload 'enable-flow-control "flow-ctrl" "\
11118 Toggle flow control handling.
11119 When handling is enabled, user can type C-s as C-\\, and C-q as C-^.
11120 With arg, enable flow control mode if arg is positive, otherwise disable.
11122 \(fn &optional ARGUMENT)" t nil)
11124 (autoload 'enable-flow-control-on "flow-ctrl" "\
11125 Enable flow control if using one of a specified set of terminal types.
11126 Use `(enable-flow-control-on \"vt100\" \"h19\")' to enable flow control
11127 on VT-100 and H19 terminals. When flow control is enabled,
11128 you must type C-\\ to get the effect of a C-s, and type C-^
11129 to get the effect of a C-q.
11131 \(fn &rest LOSING-TERMINAL-TYPES)" nil nil)
11133 ;;;***
11135 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flow-fill" "gnus/flow-fill.el" (22331 17372
11136 ;;;;;; 13369 548000))
11137 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/flow-fill.el
11139 (autoload 'fill-flowed-encode "flow-fill" "\
11142 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
11144 (autoload 'fill-flowed "flow-fill" "\
11147 \(fn &optional BUFFER DELETE-SPACE)" nil nil)
11149 ;;;***
11151 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flymake" "progmodes/flymake.el" (22330 59913
11152 ;;;;;; 981323 409000))
11153 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/flymake.el
11154 (push (purecopy '(flymake 0 3)) package--builtin-versions)
11156 (autoload 'flymake-mode "flymake" "\
11157 Toggle Flymake mode on or off.
11158 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flymake mode if ARG is
11159 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11160 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
11161 \\{flymake-mode-map}
11163 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11165 (autoload 'flymake-mode-on "flymake" "\
11166 Turn flymake mode on.
11168 \(fn)" nil nil)
11170 (autoload 'flymake-mode-off "flymake" "\
11171 Turn flymake mode off.
11173 \(fn)" nil nil)
11175 (autoload 'flymake-find-file-hook "flymake" "\
11178 \(fn)" nil nil)
11180 ;;;***
11182 ;;;### (autoloads nil "flyspell" "textmodes/flyspell.el" (22331 17372
11183 ;;;;;; 113369 193000))
11184 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/flyspell.el
11186 (autoload 'flyspell-prog-mode "flyspell" "\
11187 Turn on `flyspell-mode' for comments and strings.
11189 \(fn)" t nil)
11190 (defvar flyspell-mode nil "Non-nil if Flyspell mode is enabled.")
11192 (autoload 'flyspell-mode "flyspell" "\
11193 Toggle on-the-fly spell checking (Flyspell mode).
11194 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Flyspell mode if ARG is
11195 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11196 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11198 Flyspell mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
11199 spawns a single Ispell process and checks each word. The default
11200 flyspell behavior is to highlight incorrect words.
11202 Bindings:
11203 \\[ispell-word]: correct words (using Ispell).
11204 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-word]: automatically correct word.
11205 \\[flyspell-auto-correct-previous-word]: automatically correct the last misspelled word.
11206 \\[flyspell-correct-word] (or down-mouse-2): popup correct words.
11208 Hooks:
11209 This runs `flyspell-mode-hook' after flyspell mode is entered or exit.
11211 Remark:
11212 `flyspell-mode' uses `ispell-mode'. Thus all Ispell options are
11213 valid. For instance, a different dictionary can be used by
11214 invoking `ispell-change-dictionary'.
11216 Consider using the `ispell-parser' to check your text. For instance
11217 consider adding:
11218 \(add-hook \\='tex-mode-hook (function (lambda () (setq ispell-parser \\='tex))))
11219 in your init file.
11221 \\[flyspell-region] checks all words inside a region.
11222 \\[flyspell-buffer] checks the whole buffer.
11224 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11226 (autoload 'turn-on-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11227 Unconditionally turn on Flyspell mode.
11229 \(fn)" nil nil)
11231 (autoload 'turn-off-flyspell "flyspell" "\
11232 Unconditionally turn off Flyspell mode.
11234 \(fn)" nil nil)
11236 (autoload 'flyspell-mode-off "flyspell" "\
11237 Turn Flyspell mode off.
11239 \(fn)" nil nil)
11241 (autoload 'flyspell-region "flyspell" "\
11242 Flyspell text between BEG and END.
11244 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
11246 (autoload 'flyspell-buffer "flyspell" "\
11247 Flyspell whole buffer.
11249 \(fn)" t nil)
11251 ;;;***
11253 ;;;### (autoloads nil "foldout" "foldout.el" (22330 59913 913323
11254 ;;;;;; 619000))
11255 ;;; Generated autoloads from foldout.el
11256 (push (purecopy '(foldout 1 10)) package--builtin-versions)
11258 ;;;***
11260 ;;;### (autoloads nil "follow" "follow.el" (22330 59913 738324 159000))
11261 ;;; Generated autoloads from follow.el
11263 (autoload 'turn-on-follow-mode "follow" "\
11264 Turn on Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11266 \(fn)" nil nil)
11268 (autoload 'turn-off-follow-mode "follow" "\
11269 Turn off Follow mode. Please see the function `follow-mode'.
11271 \(fn)" nil nil)
11273 (autoload 'follow-mode "follow" "\
11274 Toggle Follow mode.
11275 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Follow mode if ARG is
11276 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11277 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11279 Follow mode is a minor mode that combines windows into one tall
11280 virtual window. This is accomplished by two main techniques:
11282 * The windows always displays adjacent sections of the buffer.
11283 This means that whenever one window is moved, all the
11284 others will follow. (Hence the name Follow mode.)
11286 * Should point (cursor) end up outside a window, another
11287 window displaying that point is selected, if possible. This
11288 makes it possible to walk between windows using normal cursor
11289 movement commands.
11291 Follow mode comes to its prime when used on a large screen and two or
11292 more side-by-side windows are used. The user can, with the help of
11293 Follow mode, use these full-height windows as though they were one.
11294 Imagine yourself editing a large function, or section of text, and
11295 being able to use 144 or 216 lines instead of the normal 72... (your
11296 mileage may vary).
11298 To split one large window into two side-by-side windows, the commands
11299 `\\[split-window-right]' or `\\[follow-delete-other-windows-and-split]' can be used.
11301 Only windows displayed in the same frame follow each other.
11303 This command runs the normal hook `follow-mode-hook'.
11305 Keys specific to Follow mode:
11306 \\{follow-mode-map}
11308 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11310 (autoload 'follow-scroll-up-window "follow" "\
11311 Scroll text in a Follow mode window up by that window's size.
11312 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
11314 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
11315 the window will be visible after the scroll.
11317 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
11318 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
11320 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
11322 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11324 (autoload 'follow-scroll-down-window "follow" "\
11325 Scroll text in a Follow mode window down by that window's size.
11326 The other windows in the window chain will scroll synchronously.
11328 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
11329 the window in the chain will be visible after the scroll.
11331 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
11332 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
11334 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
11336 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11338 (autoload 'follow-scroll-up "follow" "\
11339 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain up.
11341 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' last lines of
11342 the bottom window in the chain will be visible in the top window.
11344 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines up.
11345 Negative ARG means scroll downward.
11347 Works like `scroll-up' when not in Follow mode.
11349 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11351 (autoload 'follow-scroll-down "follow" "\
11352 Scroll text in a Follow mode window chain down.
11354 If called with no ARG, the `next-screen-context-lines' top lines of
11355 the top window in the chain will be visible in the bottom window.
11357 If called with an argument, scroll ARG lines down.
11358 Negative ARG means scroll upward.
11360 Works like `scroll-down' when not in Follow mode.
11362 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11364 (autoload 'follow-delete-other-windows-and-split "follow" "\
11365 Create two side by side windows and enter Follow mode.
11367 Execute this command to display as much as possible of the text
11368 in the selected window. All other windows, in the current
11369 frame, are deleted and the selected window is split in two
11370 side-by-side windows. Follow mode is activated, hence the
11371 two windows always will display two successive pages.
11372 \(If one window is moved, the other one will follow.)
11374 If ARG is positive, the leftmost window is selected. If negative,
11375 the rightmost is selected. If ARG is nil, the leftmost window is
11376 selected if the original window is the first one in the frame.
11378 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11380 ;;;***
11382 ;;;### (autoloads nil "footnote" "mail/footnote.el" (22363 8343 521348
11383 ;;;;;; 743000))
11384 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/footnote.el
11385 (push (purecopy '(footnote 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
11387 (autoload 'footnote-mode "footnote" "\
11388 Toggle Footnote mode.
11389 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Footnote mode if ARG is
11390 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
11391 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
11393 Footnote mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If enabled, it
11394 provides footnote support for `message-mode'. To get started,
11395 play around with the following keys:
11396 \\{footnote-minor-mode-map}
11398 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11400 ;;;***
11402 ;;;### (autoloads nil "forms" "forms.el" (22330 59913 913323 619000))
11403 ;;; Generated autoloads from forms.el
11405 (autoload 'forms-mode "forms" "\
11406 Major mode to visit files in a field-structured manner using a form.
11408 Commands: Equivalent keys in read-only mode:
11409 TAB forms-next-field TAB
11410 C-c TAB forms-next-field
11411 C-c < forms-first-record <
11412 C-c > forms-last-record >
11413 C-c ? describe-mode ?
11414 C-c C-k forms-delete-record
11415 C-c C-q forms-toggle-read-only q
11416 C-c C-o forms-insert-record
11417 C-c C-l forms-jump-record l
11418 C-c C-n forms-next-record n
11419 C-c C-p forms-prev-record p
11420 C-c C-r forms-search-reverse r
11421 C-c C-s forms-search-forward s
11422 C-c C-x forms-exit x
11424 \(fn &optional PRIMARY)" t nil)
11426 (autoload 'forms-find-file "forms" "\
11427 Visit a file in Forms mode.
11429 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11431 (autoload 'forms-find-file-other-window "forms" "\
11432 Visit a file in Forms mode in other window.
11434 \(fn FN)" t nil)
11436 ;;;***
11438 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortran" "progmodes/fortran.el" (22330 59913
11439 ;;;;;; 983323 402000))
11440 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/fortran.el
11442 (autoload 'fortran-mode "fortran" "\
11443 Major mode for editing Fortran code in fixed format.
11444 For free format code, use `f90-mode'.
11446 \\[fortran-indent-line] indents the current Fortran line correctly.
11447 Note that DO statements must not share a common CONTINUE.
11449 Type ;? or ;\\[help-command] to display a list of built-in abbrevs for Fortran keywords.
11451 Key definitions:
11452 \\{fortran-mode-map}
11454 Variables controlling indentation style and extra features:
11456 `fortran-comment-line-start'
11457 To use comments starting with `!', set this to the string \"!\".
11458 `fortran-do-indent'
11459 Extra indentation within DO blocks (default 3).
11460 `fortran-if-indent'
11461 Extra indentation within IF blocks (default 3).
11462 `fortran-structure-indent'
11463 Extra indentation within STRUCTURE, UNION, MAP and INTERFACE blocks.
11464 (default 3)
11465 `fortran-continuation-indent'
11466 Extra indentation applied to continuation statements (default 5).
11467 `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent'
11468 Amount of extra indentation for text in full-line comments (default 0).
11469 `fortran-comment-indent-style'
11470 How to indent the text in full-line comments. Allowed values are:
11471 nil don't change the indentation
11472 `fixed' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11473 value of either
11474 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed' (fixed format) or
11475 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab' (TAB format),
11476 depending on the continuation format in use.
11477 `relative' indent to `fortran-comment-line-extra-indent' beyond the
11478 indentation for a line of code.
11479 (default `fixed')
11480 `fortran-comment-indent-char'
11481 Single-character string to be inserted instead of space for
11482 full-line comment indentation (default \" \").
11483 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-fixed'
11484 Minimum indentation for statements in fixed format mode (default 6).
11485 `fortran-minimum-statement-indent-tab'
11486 Minimum indentation for statements in TAB format mode (default 9).
11487 `fortran-line-number-indent'
11488 Maximum indentation for line numbers (default 1). A line number will
11489 get less than this much indentation if necessary to avoid reaching
11490 column 5.
11491 `fortran-check-all-num-for-matching-do'
11492 Non-nil causes all numbered lines to be treated as possible \"continue\"
11493 statements (default nil).
11494 `fortran-blink-matching-if'
11495 Non-nil causes \\[fortran-indent-line] on an ENDIF (or ENDDO) statement
11496 to blink on the matching IF (or DO [WHILE]). (default nil)
11497 `fortran-continuation-string'
11498 Single-character string to be inserted in column 5 of a continuation
11499 line (default \"$\").
11500 `fortran-comment-region'
11501 String inserted by \\[fortran-comment-region] at start of each line in
11502 the region (default \"c$$$\").
11503 `fortran-electric-line-number'
11504 Non-nil causes line number digits to be moved to the correct column
11505 as typed (default t).
11506 `fortran-break-before-delimiters'
11507 Non-nil causes lines to be broken before delimiters (default t).
11509 Turning on Fortran mode calls the value of the variable `fortran-mode-hook'
11510 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
11512 \(fn)" t nil)
11514 ;;;***
11516 ;;;### (autoloads nil "fortune" "play/fortune.el" (22331 17372 87369
11517 ;;;;;; 285000))
11518 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/fortune.el
11520 (autoload 'fortune-add-fortune "fortune" "\
11521 Add STRING to a fortune file FILE.
11523 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11524 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11526 \(fn STRING FILE)" t nil)
11528 (autoload 'fortune-from-region "fortune" "\
11529 Append the current region to a local fortune-like data file.
11531 Interactively, if called with a prefix argument,
11532 read the file name to use. Otherwise use the value of `fortune-file'.
11534 \(fn BEG END FILE)" t nil)
11536 (autoload 'fortune-compile "fortune" "\
11537 Compile fortune file.
11539 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to compile, otherwise uses
11540 the value of `fortune-file'. This currently cannot handle directories.
11542 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11544 (autoload 'fortune-to-signature "fortune" "\
11545 Create signature from output of the fortune program.
11547 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11548 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11549 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11550 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11552 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11554 (autoload 'fortune "fortune" "\
11555 Display a fortune cookie.
11556 If called with a prefix asks for the FILE to choose the fortune from,
11557 otherwise uses the value of `fortune-file'. If you want to have fortune
11558 choose from a set of files in a directory, call interactively with prefix
11559 and choose the directory as the fortune-file.
11561 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
11563 ;;;***
11565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "frameset" "frameset.el" (22330 59913 913323
11566 ;;;;;; 619000))
11567 ;;; Generated autoloads from frameset.el
11569 (defvar frameset-session-filter-alist '((name . :never) (left . frameset-filter-iconified) (minibuffer . frameset-filter-minibuffer) (top . frameset-filter-iconified)) "\
11570 Minimum set of parameters to filter for live (on-session) framesets.
11571 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11573 (defvar frameset-persistent-filter-alist (nconc '((background-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (buffer-list . :never) (buffer-predicate . :never) (buried-buffer-list . :never) (font . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (foreground-color . frameset-filter-sanitize-color) (fullscreen . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (GUI:font . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:fullscreen . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:height . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (GUI:width . frameset-filter-unshelve-param) (height . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (outer-window-id . :never) (parent-id . :never) (tty . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (tty-type . frameset-filter-tty-to-GUI) (width . frameset-filter-shelve-param) (window-id . :never) (window-system . :never)) frameset-session-filter-alist) "\
11574 Parameters to filter for persistent framesets.
11575 DO NOT MODIFY. See `frameset-filter-alist' for a full description.")
11577 (defvar frameset-filter-alist frameset-persistent-filter-alist "\
11578 Alist of frame parameters and filtering functions.
11580 This alist is the default value of the FILTERS argument of
11581 `frameset-save' and `frameset-restore' (which see).
11583 Initially, `frameset-filter-alist' is set to, and shares the value of,
11584 `frameset-persistent-filter-alist'. You can override any item in
11585 this alist by `push'ing a new item onto it. If, for some reason, you
11586 intend to modify existing values, do
11588 (setq frameset-filter-alist (copy-tree frameset-filter-alist))
11590 before changing anything.
11592 On saving, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist of each frame processed,
11593 and FILTERED is the parameter alist that gets saved to the frameset.
11595 On restoring, PARAMETERS is the parameter alist extracted from the
11596 frameset, and FILTERED is the resulting frame parameter alist used
11597 to restore the frame.
11599 Elements of `frameset-filter-alist' are conses (PARAM . ACTION),
11600 where PARAM is a parameter name (a symbol identifying a frame
11601 parameter), and ACTION can be:
11603 nil The parameter is copied to FILTERED.
11604 :never The parameter is never copied to FILTERED.
11605 :save The parameter is copied only when saving the frame.
11606 :restore The parameter is copied only when restoring the frame.
11607 FILTER A filter function.
11609 FILTER can be a symbol FILTER-FUN, or a list (FILTER-FUN ARGS...).
11610 FILTER-FUN is invoked with
11612 (apply FILTER-FUN CURRENT FILTERED PARAMETERS SAVING ARGS)
11614 where
11616 CURRENT A cons (PARAM . VALUE), where PARAM is the one being
11617 filtered and VALUE is its current value.
11618 FILTERED The resulting alist (so far).
11619 PARAMETERS The complete alist of parameters being filtered,
11620 SAVING Non-nil if filtering before saving state, nil if filtering
11621 before restoring it.
11622 ARGS Any additional arguments specified in the ACTION.
11624 FILTER-FUN is allowed to modify items in FILTERED, but no other arguments.
11625 It must return:
11626 nil Skip CURRENT (do not add it to FILTERED).
11627 t Add CURRENT to FILTERED as is.
11628 (NEW-PARAM . NEW-VALUE) Add this to FILTERED instead of CURRENT.
11630 Frame parameters not on this alist are passed intact, as if they were
11631 defined with ACTION = nil.")
11633 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id "frameset" "\
11634 Return the frame id of FRAME, if it has one; else, return nil.
11635 A frame id is a string that uniquely identifies a frame.
11636 It is persistent across `frameset-save' / `frameset-restore'
11637 invocations, and once assigned is never changed unless the same
11638 frame is duplicated (via `frameset-restore'), in which case the
11639 newest frame keeps the id and the old frame's is set to nil.
11641 \(fn FRAME)" nil nil)
11643 (autoload 'frameset-frame-id-equal-p "frameset" "\
11644 Return non-nil if FRAME's id matches ID.
11646 \(fn FRAME ID)" nil nil)
11648 (autoload 'frameset-frame-with-id "frameset" "\
11649 Return the live frame with id ID, if exists; else nil.
11650 If FRAME-LIST is a list of frames, check these frames only.
11651 If nil, check all live frames.
11653 \(fn ID &optional FRAME-LIST)" nil nil)
11655 (autoload 'frameset-save "frameset" "\
11656 Return a frameset for FRAME-LIST, a list of frames.
11657 Dead frames and non-frame objects are silently removed from the list.
11658 If nil, FRAME-LIST defaults to the output of `frame-list' (all live frames).
11659 APP, NAME and DESCRIPTION are optional data; see the docstring of the
11660 `frameset' defstruct for details.
11661 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of the variable
11662 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11663 PREDICATE is a predicate function, which must return non-nil for frames that
11664 should be saved; if PREDICATE is nil, all frames from FRAME-LIST are saved.
11665 PROPERTIES is a user-defined property list to add to the frameset.
11667 \(fn FRAME-LIST &key APP NAME DESCRIPTION FILTERS PREDICATE PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
11669 (autoload 'frameset-restore "frameset" "\
11670 Restore a FRAMESET into the current display(s).
11672 PREDICATE is a function called with two arguments, the parameter alist
11673 and the window-state of the frame being restored, in that order (see
11674 the docstring of the `frameset' defstruct for additional details).
11675 If PREDICATE returns nil, the frame described by that parameter alist
11676 and window-state is not restored.
11678 FILTERS is an alist of parameter filters; if nil, the value of
11679 `frameset-filter-alist' is used instead.
11681 REUSE-FRAMES selects the policy to reuse frames when restoring:
11682 t All existing frames can be reused.
11683 nil No existing frame can be reused.
11684 match Only frames with matching frame ids can be reused.
11685 PRED A predicate function; it receives as argument a live frame,
11686 and must return non-nil to allow reusing it, nil otherwise.
11688 FORCE-DISPLAY can be:
11689 t Frames are restored in the current display.
11690 nil Frames are restored, if possible, in their original displays.
11691 delete Frames in other displays are deleted instead of restored.
11692 PRED A function called with two arguments, the parameter alist and
11693 the window state (in that order). It must return t, nil or
11694 `delete', as above but affecting only the frame that will
11695 be created from that parameter alist.
11697 FORCE-ONSCREEN can be:
11698 t Force onscreen only those frames that are fully offscreen.
11699 nil Do not force any frame back onscreen.
11700 all Force onscreen any frame fully or partially offscreen.
11701 PRED A function called with three arguments,
11702 - the live frame just restored,
11703 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the frame,
11704 - a list (LEFT TOP WIDTH HEIGHT), describing the workarea.
11705 It must return non-nil to force the frame onscreen, nil otherwise.
11707 CLEANUP-FRAMES allows \"cleaning up\" the frame list after restoring a frameset:
11708 t Delete all frames that were not created or restored upon.
11709 nil Keep all frames.
11710 FUNC A function called with two arguments:
11711 - FRAME, a live frame.
11712 - ACTION, which can be one of
11713 :rejected Frame existed, but was not a candidate for reuse.
11714 :ignored Frame existed, was a candidate, but wasn't reused.
11715 :reused Frame existed, was a candidate, and restored upon.
11716 :created Frame didn't exist, was created and restored upon.
11717 Return value is ignored.
11719 Note the timing and scope of the operations described above: REUSE-FRAMES
11720 affects existing frames; PREDICATE, FILTERS and FORCE-DISPLAY affect the frame
11721 being restored before that happens; FORCE-ONSCREEN affects the frame once
11722 it has been restored; and CLEANUP-FRAMES affects all frames alive after the
11723 restoration, including those that have been reused or created anew.
11725 All keyword parameters default to nil.
11727 \(fn FRAMESET &key PREDICATE FILTERS REUSE-FRAMES FORCE-DISPLAY FORCE-ONSCREEN CLEANUP-FRAMES)" nil nil)
11729 (autoload 'frameset--jump-to-register "frameset" "\
11730 Restore frameset from DATA stored in register.
11731 Called from `jump-to-register'. Internal use only.
11733 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11735 (autoload 'frameset--print-register "frameset" "\
11736 Print basic info about frameset stored in DATA.
11737 Called from `list-registers' and `view-register'. Internal use only.
11739 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
11741 (autoload 'frameset-to-register "frameset" "\
11742 Store the current frameset in register REGISTER.
11743 Use \\[jump-to-register] to restore the frameset.
11744 Argument is a character, naming the register.
11746 Interactively, reads the register using `register-read-with-preview'.
11748 \(fn REGISTER)" t nil)
11750 ;;;***
11752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gamegrid" "play/gamegrid.el" (22330 59913
11753 ;;;;;; 969323 446000))
11754 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gamegrid.el
11755 (push (purecopy '(gamegrid 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
11757 ;;;***
11759 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gdb-mi" "progmodes/gdb-mi.el" (22330 59913
11760 ;;;;;; 983323 402000))
11761 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gdb-mi.el
11763 (defvar gdb-enable-debug nil "\
11764 Non-nil if Gdb-Enable-Debug mode is enabled.
11765 See the `gdb-enable-debug' command
11766 for a description of this minor mode.")
11768 (custom-autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" nil)
11770 (autoload 'gdb-enable-debug "gdb-mi" "\
11771 Toggle logging of transaction between Emacs and Gdb.
11772 The log is stored in `gdb-debug-log' as an alist with elements
11773 whose cons is send, send-item or recv and whose cdr is the string
11774 being transferred. This list may grow up to a size of
11775 `gdb-debug-log-max' after which the oldest element (at the end of
11776 the list) is deleted every time a new one is added (at the front).
11778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11780 (autoload 'gdb "gdb-mi" "\
11781 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
11782 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
11783 and source-file directory for your debugger.
11785 COMMAND-LINE is the shell command for starting the gdb session.
11786 It should be a string consisting of the name of the gdb
11787 executable followed by command line options. The command line
11788 options should include \"-i=mi\" to use gdb's MI text interface.
11789 Note that the old \"--annotate\" option is no longer supported.
11791 If option `gdb-many-windows' is nil (the default value) then gdb just
11792 pops up the GUD buffer unless `gdb-show-main' is t. In this case
11793 it starts with two windows: one displaying the GUD buffer and the
11794 other with the source file with the main routine of the inferior.
11796 If option `gdb-many-windows' is t, regardless of the value of
11797 `gdb-show-main', the layout below will appear. Keybindings are
11798 shown in some of the buffers.
11800 Watch expressions appear in the speedbar/slowbar.
11802 The following commands help control operation :
11804 `gdb-many-windows' - Toggle the number of windows gdb uses.
11805 `gdb-restore-windows' - To restore the window layout.
11807 See Info node `(emacs)GDB Graphical Interface' for a more
11808 detailed description of this mode.
11811 +----------------------------------------------------------------------+
11812 | GDB Toolbar |
11813 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11814 | GUD buffer (I/O of GDB) | Locals buffer |
11815 | | |
11816 | | |
11817 | | |
11818 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11819 | Source buffer | I/O buffer (of debugged program) |
11820 | | (comint-mode) |
11821 | | |
11822 | | |
11823 | | |
11824 | | |
11825 | | |
11826 | | |
11827 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11828 | Stack buffer | Breakpoints buffer |
11829 | RET gdb-select-frame | SPC gdb-toggle-breakpoint |
11830 | | RET gdb-goto-breakpoint |
11831 | | D gdb-delete-breakpoint |
11832 +-----------------------------------+----------------------------------+
11834 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
11836 ;;;***
11838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "generic" "emacs-lisp/generic.el" (22330 59913
11839 ;;;;;; 929323 569000))
11840 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/generic.el
11842 (defvar generic-mode-list nil "\
11843 A list of mode names for `generic-mode'.
11844 Do not add entries to this list directly; use `define-generic-mode'
11845 instead (which see).")
11847 (autoload 'define-generic-mode "generic" "\
11848 Create a new generic mode MODE.
11850 MODE is the name of the command for the generic mode; don't quote it.
11851 The optional DOCSTRING is the documentation for the mode command. If
11852 you do not supply it, `define-generic-mode' uses a default
11853 documentation string instead.
11855 COMMENT-LIST is a list in which each element is either a character, a
11856 string of one or two characters, or a cons cell. A character or a
11857 string is set up in the mode's syntax table as a \"comment starter\".
11858 If the entry is a cons cell, the `car' is set up as a \"comment
11859 starter\" and the `cdr' as a \"comment ender\". (Use nil for the
11860 latter if you want comments to end at the end of the line.) Note that
11861 the syntax table has limitations about what comment starters and
11862 enders are actually possible.
11864 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keywords to highlight with
11865 `font-lock-keyword-face'. Each keyword should be a string.
11867 FONT-LOCK-LIST is a list of additional expressions to highlight. Each
11868 element of this list should have the same form as an element of
11869 `font-lock-keywords'.
11871 AUTO-MODE-LIST is a list of regular expressions to add to
11872 `auto-mode-alist'. These regular expressions are added when Emacs
11873 runs the macro expansion.
11875 FUNCTION-LIST is a list of functions to call to do some additional
11876 setup. The mode command calls these functions just before it runs the
11877 mode hook `MODE-hook'.
11879 See the file generic-x.el for some examples of `define-generic-mode'.
11881 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST AUTO-MODE-LIST FUNCTION-LIST &optional DOCSTRING)" nil t)
11883 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'lisp-indent-function '1)
11885 (function-put 'define-generic-mode 'doc-string-elt '7)
11887 (autoload 'generic-mode-internal "generic" "\
11888 Go into the generic mode MODE.
11890 \(fn MODE COMMENT-LIST KEYWORD-LIST FONT-LOCK-LIST FUNCTION-LIST)" nil nil)
11892 (autoload 'generic-mode "generic" "\
11893 Enter generic mode MODE.
11895 Generic modes provide basic comment and font-lock functionality
11896 for \"generic\" files. (Files which are too small to warrant their
11897 own mode, but have comment characters, keywords, and the like.)
11899 To define a generic-mode, use the function `define-generic-mode'.
11900 Some generic modes are defined in `generic-x.el'.
11902 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
11904 (autoload 'generic-make-keywords-list "generic" "\
11905 Return a `font-lock-keywords' construct that highlights KEYWORD-LIST.
11906 KEYWORD-LIST is a list of keyword strings that should be
11907 highlighted with face FACE. This function calculates a regular
11908 expression that matches these keywords and concatenates it with
11909 PREFIX and SUFFIX. Then it returns a construct based on this
11910 regular expression that can be used as an element of
11911 `font-lock-keywords'.
11913 \(fn KEYWORD-LIST FACE &optional PREFIX SUFFIX)" nil nil)
11915 (make-obsolete 'generic-make-keywords-list 'regexp-opt '"24.4")
11917 ;;;***
11919 ;;;### (autoloads nil "glasses" "progmodes/glasses.el" (22330 59913
11920 ;;;;;; 983323 402000))
11921 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/glasses.el
11923 (autoload 'glasses-mode "glasses" "\
11924 Minor mode for making identifiers likeThis readable.
11925 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
11926 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
11927 if ARG is omitted or nil. When this mode is active, it tries to
11928 add virtual separators (like underscores) at places they belong to.
11930 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
11932 ;;;***
11934 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gmm-utils" "gnus/gmm-utils.el" (22331 17372
11935 ;;;;;; 14369 544000))
11936 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gmm-utils.el
11938 (autoload 'gmm-regexp-concat "gmm-utils" "\
11939 Potentially concat a list of regexps into a single one.
11940 The concatenation is done with logical ORs.
11942 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
11944 (autoload 'gmm-message "gmm-utils" "\
11945 If LEVEL is lower than `gmm-verbose' print ARGS using `message'.
11947 Guideline for numbers:
11948 1 - error messages
11949 3 - non-serious error messages
11950 5 - messages for things that take a long time
11951 7 - not very important messages on stuff
11952 9 - messages inside loops.
11954 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11956 (autoload 'gmm-error "gmm-utils" "\
11957 Beep an error if LEVEL is equal to or less than `gmm-verbose'.
11958 ARGS are passed to `message'.
11960 \(fn LEVEL &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
11962 (autoload 'gmm-widget-p "gmm-utils" "\
11963 Non-nil if SYMBOL is a widget.
11965 \(fn SYMBOL)" nil nil)
11967 (autoload 'gmm-tool-bar-from-list "gmm-utils" "\
11968 Make a tool bar from ICON-LIST.
11970 Within each entry of ICON-LIST, the first element is a menu
11971 command, the second element is an icon file name and the third
11972 element is a test function. You can use \\[describe-key]
11973 <menu-entry> to find out the name of a menu command. The fourth
11974 and all following elements are passed as the PROPS argument to the
11975 function `tool-bar-local-item'.
11977 If ZAP-LIST is a list, remove those item from the default
11978 `tool-bar-map'. If it is t, start with a new sparse map. You
11979 can use \\[describe-key] <icon> to find out the name of an icon
11980 item. When \\[describe-key] <icon> shows \"<tool-bar> <new-file>
11981 runs the command find-file\", then use `new-file' in ZAP-LIST.
11983 DEFAULT-MAP specifies the default key map for ICON-LIST.
11985 \(fn ICON-LIST ZAP-LIST DEFAULT-MAP)" nil nil)
11987 ;;;***
11989 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus" "gnus/gnus.el" (22331 17372 26369 502000))
11990 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus.el
11991 (push (purecopy '(gnus 5 13)) package--builtin-versions)
11992 (when (fboundp 'custom-autoload)
11993 (custom-autoload 'gnus-select-method "gnus"))
11995 (autoload 'gnus-slave-no-server "gnus" "\
11996 Read network news as a slave, without connecting to the local server.
11998 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12000 (autoload 'gnus-no-server "gnus" "\
12001 Read network news.
12002 If ARG is a positive number, Gnus will use that as the startup
12003 level. If ARG is nil, Gnus will be started at level 2. If ARG is
12004 non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will prompt the user for the
12005 name of an NNTP server to use.
12006 As opposed to `gnus', this command will not connect to the local
12007 server.
12009 \(fn &optional ARG SLAVE)" t nil)
12011 (autoload 'gnus-slave "gnus" "\
12012 Read news as a slave.
12014 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12016 (autoload 'gnus-other-frame "gnus" "\
12017 Pop up a frame to read news.
12018 This will call one of the Gnus commands which is specified by the user
12019 option `gnus-other-frame-function' (default `gnus') with the argument
12020 ARG if Gnus is not running, otherwise pop up a Gnus frame and run the
12021 command specified by `gnus-other-frame-resume-function'.
12022 The optional second argument DISPLAY should be a standard display string
12023 such as \"unix:0\" to specify where to pop up a frame. If DISPLAY is
12024 omitted or the function `make-frame-on-display' is not available, the
12025 current display is used.
12027 \(fn &optional ARG DISPLAY)" t nil)
12029 (autoload 'gnus "gnus" "\
12030 Read network news.
12031 If ARG is non-nil and a positive number, Gnus will use that as the
12032 startup level. If ARG is non-nil and not a positive number, Gnus will
12033 prompt the user for the name of an NNTP server to use.
12035 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-CONNECT SLAVE)" t nil)
12037 ;;;***
12039 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-agent" "gnus/gnus-agent.el" (22331 17372
12040 ;;;;;; 14369 544000))
12041 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-agent.el
12043 (autoload 'gnus-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
12044 Start Gnus unplugged.
12046 \(fn)" t nil)
12048 (autoload 'gnus-plugged "gnus-agent" "\
12049 Start Gnus plugged.
12051 \(fn)" t nil)
12053 (autoload 'gnus-slave-unplugged "gnus-agent" "\
12054 Read news as a slave unplugged.
12056 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12058 (autoload 'gnus-agentize "gnus-agent" "\
12059 Allow Gnus to be an offline newsreader.
12061 The gnus-agentize function is now called internally by gnus when
12062 gnus-agent is set. If you wish to avoid calling gnus-agentize,
12063 customize gnus-agent to nil.
12065 This will modify the `gnus-setup-news-hook', and
12066 `message-send-mail-real-function' variables, and install the Gnus agent
12067 minor mode in all Gnus buffers.
12069 \(fn)" t nil)
12071 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-save-gcc "gnus-agent" "\
12072 Save GCC if Gnus is unplugged.
12074 \(fn)" nil nil)
12076 (autoload 'gnus-agent-rename-group "gnus-agent" "\
12077 Rename fully-qualified OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12078 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
12079 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12080 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12081 supported.
12083 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12085 (autoload 'gnus-agent-delete-group "gnus-agent" "\
12086 Delete fully-qualified GROUP.
12087 Always updates the agent, even when disabled, as the old agent
12088 files would corrupt gnus when the agent was next enabled.
12089 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12090 supported.
12092 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12094 (autoload 'gnus-agent-get-undownloaded-list "gnus-agent" "\
12095 Construct list of articles that have not been downloaded.
12097 \(fn)" nil nil)
12099 (autoload 'gnus-agent-possibly-alter-active "gnus-agent" "\
12100 Possibly expand a group's active range to include articles
12101 downloaded into the agent.
12103 \(fn GROUP ACTIVE &optional INFO)" nil nil)
12105 (autoload 'gnus-agent-find-parameter "gnus-agent" "\
12106 Search for GROUPs SYMBOL in the group's parameters, the group's
12107 topic parameters, the group's category, or the customizable
12108 variables. Returns the first non-nil value found.
12110 \(fn GROUP SYMBOL)" nil nil)
12112 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch-fetch "gnus-agent" "\
12113 Start Gnus and fetch session.
12115 \(fn)" t nil)
12117 (autoload 'gnus-agent-batch "gnus-agent" "\
12118 Start Gnus, send queue and fetch session.
12120 \(fn)" t nil)
12122 (autoload 'gnus-agent-regenerate "gnus-agent" "\
12123 Regenerate all agent covered files.
12124 CLEAN is obsolete and ignored.
12126 \(fn &optional CLEAN REREAD)" t nil)
12128 ;;;***
12130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-art" "gnus/gnus-art.el" (22331 17372
12131 ;;;;;; 16369 537000))
12132 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-art.el
12134 (autoload 'gnus-article-prepare-display "gnus-art" "\
12135 Make the current buffer look like a nice article.
12137 \(fn)" nil nil)
12139 ;;;***
12141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-bookmark" "gnus/gnus-bookmark.el" (22331
12142 ;;;;;; 17372 16369 537000))
12143 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-bookmark.el
12145 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-set "gnus-bookmark" "\
12146 Set a bookmark for this article.
12148 \(fn)" t nil)
12150 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-jump "gnus-bookmark" "\
12151 Jump to a Gnus bookmark (BMK-NAME).
12153 \(fn &optional BMK-NAME)" t nil)
12155 (autoload 'gnus-bookmark-bmenu-list "gnus-bookmark" "\
12156 Display a list of existing Gnus bookmarks.
12157 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Gnus Bookmark List*'.
12158 The leftmost column displays a D if the bookmark is flagged for
12159 deletion, or > if it is flagged for displaying.
12161 \(fn)" t nil)
12163 ;;;***
12165 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-cache" "gnus/gnus-cache.el" (22331 17372
12166 ;;;;;; 16369 537000))
12167 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-cache.el
12169 (autoload 'gnus-jog-cache "gnus-cache" "\
12170 Go through all groups and put the articles into the cache.
12172 Usage:
12173 $ emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-jog-cache
12175 \(fn)" t nil)
12177 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-active "gnus-cache" "\
12178 Generate the cache active file.
12180 \(fn &optional DIRECTORY)" t nil)
12182 (autoload 'gnus-cache-generate-nov-databases "gnus-cache" "\
12183 Generate NOV files recursively starting in DIR.
12185 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
12187 (autoload 'gnus-cache-rename-group "gnus-cache" "\
12188 Rename OLD-GROUP as NEW-GROUP.
12189 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12190 files would corrupt Gnus when the cache was next enabled. It
12191 depends on the caller to determine whether group renaming is
12192 supported.
12194 \(fn OLD-GROUP NEW-GROUP)" nil nil)
12196 (autoload 'gnus-cache-delete-group "gnus-cache" "\
12197 Delete GROUP from the cache.
12198 Always updates the cache, even when disabled, as the old cache
12199 files would corrupt gnus when the cache was next enabled.
12200 Depends upon the caller to determine whether group deletion is
12201 supported.
12203 \(fn GROUP)" nil nil)
12205 ;;;***
12207 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-delay" "gnus/gnus-delay.el" (22331 17372
12208 ;;;;;; 17369 534000))
12209 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-delay.el
12211 (autoload 'gnus-delay-article "gnus-delay" "\
12212 Delay this article by some time.
12213 DELAY is a string, giving the length of the time. Possible values are:
12215 * <digits><units> for <units> in minutes (`m'), hours (`h'), days (`d'),
12216 weeks (`w'), months (`M'), or years (`Y');
12218 * YYYY-MM-DD for a specific date. The time of day is given by the
12219 variable `gnus-delay-default-hour', minute and second are zero.
12221 * hh:mm for a specific time. Use 24h format. If it is later than this
12222 time, then the deadline is tomorrow, else today.
12224 \(fn DELAY)" t nil)
12226 (autoload 'gnus-delay-send-queue "gnus-delay" "\
12227 Send all the delayed messages that are due now.
12229 \(fn)" t nil)
12231 (autoload 'gnus-delay-initialize "gnus-delay" "\
12232 Initialize the gnus-delay package.
12233 This sets up a key binding in `message-mode' to delay a message.
12234 This tells Gnus to look for delayed messages after getting new news.
12236 The optional arg NO-KEYMAP is ignored.
12237 Checking delayed messages is skipped if optional arg NO-CHECK is non-nil.
12239 \(fn &optional NO-KEYMAP NO-CHECK)" nil nil)
12241 ;;;***
12243 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-diary" "gnus/gnus-diary.el" (22331 17372
12244 ;;;;;; 17369 534000))
12245 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-diary.el
12247 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-d "gnus-diary" "\
12250 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12252 (autoload 'gnus-user-format-function-D "gnus-diary" "\
12255 \(fn HEADER)" nil nil)
12257 ;;;***
12259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-dired" "gnus/gnus-dired.el" (22331 17372
12260 ;;;;;; 17369 534000))
12261 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-dired.el
12263 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-dired-mode "gnus-dired" "\
12264 Convenience method to turn on gnus-dired-mode.
12266 \(fn)" t nil)
12268 ;;;***
12270 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-draft" "gnus/gnus-draft.el" (22331 17372
12271 ;;;;;; 17369 534000))
12272 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-draft.el
12274 (autoload 'gnus-draft-reminder "gnus-draft" "\
12275 Reminder user if there are unsent drafts.
12277 \(fn)" t nil)
12279 ;;;***
12281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-fun" "gnus/gnus-fun.el" (22331 17372
12282 ;;;;;; 17369 534000))
12283 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-fun.el
12285 (autoload 'gnus--random-face-with-type "gnus-fun" "\
12286 Return file from DIR with extension EXT, omitting matches of OMIT, processed by FUN.
12288 \(fn DIR EXT OMIT FUN)" nil nil)
12290 (autoload 'message-goto-eoh "message" nil t)
12292 (autoload 'gnus-random-x-face "gnus-fun" "\
12293 Return X-Face header data chosen randomly from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12295 Files matching `gnus-x-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12297 \(fn)" t nil)
12299 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-x-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12300 Insert a random X-Face header from `gnus-x-face-directory'.
12302 \(fn)" t nil)
12304 (autoload 'gnus-x-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12305 Insert an X-Face header based on an image FILE.
12307 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-x-face-command' it may accept
12308 different input formats.
12310 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12312 (autoload 'gnus-face-from-file "gnus-fun" "\
12313 Return a Face header based on an image FILE.
12315 Depending on `gnus-convert-image-to-face-command' it may accept
12316 different input formats.
12318 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
12320 (autoload 'gnus-convert-face-to-png "gnus-fun" "\
12321 Convert FACE (which is base64-encoded) to a PNG.
12322 The PNG is returned as a string.
12324 \(fn FACE)" nil nil)
12326 (autoload 'gnus-convert-png-to-face "gnus-fun" "\
12327 Convert FILE to a Face.
12328 FILE should be a PNG file that's 48x48 and smaller than or equal to
12329 726 bytes.
12331 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
12333 (autoload 'gnus-random-face "gnus-fun" "\
12334 Return randomly chosen Face from `gnus-face-directory'.
12336 Files matching `gnus-face-omit-files' are not considered.
12338 \(fn)" t nil)
12340 (autoload 'gnus-insert-random-face-header "gnus-fun" "\
12341 Insert a random Face header from `gnus-face-directory'.
12343 \(fn)" nil nil)
12345 ;;;***
12347 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-gravatar" "gnus/gnus-gravatar.el" (22331
12348 ;;;;;; 17372 17369 534000))
12349 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-gravatar.el
12351 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12352 Display gravatar in the From header.
12353 If gravatar is already displayed, remove it.
12355 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12357 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-gravatar "gnus-gravatar" "\
12358 Display gravatars in the Cc and To headers.
12359 If gravatars are already displayed, remove them.
12361 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12363 ;;;***
12365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-group" "gnus/gnus-group.el" (22331 17372
12366 ;;;;;; 18369 530000))
12367 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-group.el
12369 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group "gnus-group" "\
12370 Start Gnus if necessary and enter GROUP.
12371 If ARTICLES, display those articles.
12372 Returns whether the fetching was successful or not.
12374 \(fn GROUP &optional ARTICLES)" t nil)
12376 (autoload 'gnus-fetch-group-other-frame "gnus-group" "\
12377 Pop up a frame and enter GROUP.
12379 \(fn GROUP)" t nil)
12381 ;;;***
12383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-html" "gnus/gnus-html.el" (22331 17372
12384 ;;;;;; 18369 530000))
12385 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-html.el
12387 (autoload 'gnus-article-html "gnus-html" "\
12390 \(fn &optional HANDLE)" nil nil)
12392 (autoload 'gnus-html-prefetch-images "gnus-html" "\
12395 \(fn SUMMARY)" nil nil)
12397 ;;;***
12399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-kill" "gnus/gnus-kill.el" (22330 59913
12400 ;;;;;; 938323 541000))
12401 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-kill.el
12403 (defalias 'gnus-batch-kill 'gnus-batch-score)
12405 (autoload 'gnus-batch-score "gnus-kill" "\
12406 Run batched scoring.
12407 Usage: emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l gnus -f gnus-batch-score
12409 \(fn)" t nil)
12411 ;;;***
12413 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-ml" "gnus/gnus-ml.el" (22331 17372 19369
12414 ;;;;;; 526000))
12415 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-ml.el
12417 (autoload 'turn-on-gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12420 \(fn)" nil nil)
12422 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-insinuate "gnus-ml" "\
12423 Setup group parameters from List-Post header.
12424 If FORCE is non-nil, replace the old ones.
12426 \(fn &optional FORCE)" t nil)
12428 (autoload 'gnus-mailing-list-mode "gnus-ml" "\
12429 Minor mode for providing mailing-list commands.
12431 \\{gnus-mailing-list-mode-map}
12433 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12435 ;;;***
12437 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-mlspl" "gnus/gnus-mlspl.el" (22330 59913
12438 ;;;;;; 938323 541000))
12439 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-mlspl.el
12441 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-setup "gnus-mlspl" "\
12442 Set up the split for `nnmail-split-fancy'.
12443 Sets things up so that nnmail-split-fancy is used for mail
12444 splitting, and defines the variable nnmail-split-fancy according with
12445 group parameters.
12447 If AUTO-UPDATE is non-nil (prefix argument accepted, if called
12448 interactively), it makes sure nnmail-split-fancy is re-computed before
12449 getting new mail, by adding `gnus-group-split-update' to
12450 `nnmail-pre-get-new-mail-hook'.
12452 A non-nil CATCH-ALL replaces the current value of
12453 `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group'. This variable is only used
12454 by gnus-group-split-update, and only when its CATCH-ALL argument is
12455 nil. This argument may contain any fancy split, that will be added as
12456 the last split in a `|' split produced by `gnus-group-split-fancy',
12457 unless overridden by any group marked as a catch-all group. Typical
12458 uses are as simple as the name of a default mail group, but more
12459 elaborate fancy splits may also be useful to split mail that doesn't
12460 match any of the group-specified splitting rules. See
12461 `gnus-group-split-fancy' for details.
12463 \(fn &optional AUTO-UPDATE CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12465 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-update "gnus-mlspl" "\
12466 Computes nnmail-split-fancy from group params and CATCH-ALL.
12467 It does this by calling by calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil
12468 nil CATCH-ALL).
12470 If CATCH-ALL is nil, `gnus-group-split-default-catch-all-group' is used
12471 instead. This variable is set by `gnus-group-split-setup'.
12473 \(fn &optional CATCH-ALL)" t nil)
12475 (autoload 'gnus-group-split "gnus-mlspl" "\
12476 Use information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12477 See `gnus-group-split-fancy' for more information.
12479 `gnus-group-split' is a valid value for `nnmail-split-methods'.
12481 \(fn)" nil nil)
12483 (autoload 'gnus-group-split-fancy "gnus-mlspl" "\
12484 Uses information from group parameters in order to split mail.
12485 It can be embedded into `nnmail-split-fancy' lists with the SPLIT
12487 \(: gnus-group-split-fancy GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)
12489 GROUPS may be a regular expression or a list of group names, that will
12490 be used to select candidate groups. If it is omitted or nil, all
12491 existing groups are considered.
12493 if NO-CROSSPOST is omitted or nil, a & split will be returned,
12494 otherwise, a | split, that does not allow crossposting, will be
12495 returned.
12497 For each selected group, a SPLIT is composed like this: if SPLIT-SPEC
12498 is specified, this split is returned as-is (unless it is nil: in this
12499 case, the group is ignored). Otherwise, if TO-ADDRESS, TO-LIST and/or
12500 EXTRA-ALIASES are specified, a regexp that matches any of them is
12501 constructed (extra-aliases may be a list). Additionally, if
12502 SPLIT-REGEXP is specified, the regexp will be extended so that it
12503 matches this regexp too, and if SPLIT-EXCLUDE is specified, RESTRICT
12504 clauses will be generated.
12506 If CATCH-ALL is nil, no catch-all handling is performed, regardless of
12507 catch-all marks in group parameters. Otherwise, if there is no
12508 selected group whose SPLIT-REGEXP matches the empty string, nor is
12509 there a selected group whose SPLIT-SPEC is `catch-all', this fancy
12510 split (say, a group name) will be appended to the returned SPLIT list,
12511 as the last element of a `|' SPLIT.
12513 For example, given the following group parameters:
12515 nnml:mail.bar:
12516 \((to-address . \"bar@femail.com\")
12517 (split-regexp . \".*@femail\\\\.com\"))
12518 nnml:mail.foo:
12519 \((to-list . \"foo@nowhere.gov\")
12520 (extra-aliases \"foo@localhost\" \"foo-redist@home\")
12521 (split-exclude \"bugs-foo\" \"rambling-foo\")
12522 (admin-address . \"foo-request@nowhere.gov\"))
12523 nnml:mail.others:
12524 \((split-spec . catch-all))
12526 Calling (gnus-group-split-fancy nil nil \"mail.others\") returns:
12528 \(| (& (any \"\\\\(bar@femail\\\\.com\\\\|.*@femail\\\\.com\\\\)\"
12529 \"mail.bar\")
12530 (any \"\\\\(foo@nowhere\\\\.gov\\\\|foo@localhost\\\\|foo-redist@home\\\\)\"
12531 - \"bugs-foo\" - \"rambling-foo\" \"mail.foo\"))
12532 \"mail.others\")
12534 \(fn &optional GROUPS NO-CROSSPOST CATCH-ALL)" nil nil)
12536 ;;;***
12538 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-msg" "gnus/gnus-msg.el" (22331 17372
12539 ;;;;;; 19369 526000))
12540 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-msg.el
12542 (autoload 'gnus-msg-mail "gnus-msg" "\
12543 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
12544 Like `message-mail', but with Gnus paraphernalia, particularly the
12545 Gcc: header for archiving purposes.
12546 If Gnus isn't running, a plain `message-mail' setup is used
12547 instead.
12549 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-ACTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
12551 (autoload 'gnus-button-mailto "gnus-msg" "\
12552 Mail to ADDRESS.
12554 \(fn ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12556 (autoload 'gnus-button-reply "gnus-msg" "\
12557 Like `message-reply'.
12559 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE)" t nil)
12561 (define-mail-user-agent 'gnus-user-agent 'gnus-msg-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
12563 ;;;***
12565 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-notifications" "gnus/gnus-notifications.el"
12566 ;;;;;; (22331 17372 19369 526000))
12567 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-notifications.el
12569 (autoload 'gnus-notifications "gnus-notifications" "\
12570 Send a notification on new message.
12571 This check for new messages that are in group with a level lower
12572 or equal to `gnus-notifications-minimum-level' and send a
12573 notification using `notifications-notify' for it.
12575 This is typically a function to add in
12576 `gnus-after-getting-new-news-hook'
12578 \(fn)" nil nil)
12580 ;;;***
12582 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-picon" "gnus/gnus-picon.el" (22331 17372
12583 ;;;;;; 19369 526000))
12584 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-picon.el
12586 (autoload 'gnus-treat-from-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12587 Display picons in the From header.
12588 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12590 \(fn)" t nil)
12592 (autoload 'gnus-treat-mail-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12593 Display picons in the Cc and To headers.
12594 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12596 \(fn)" t nil)
12598 (autoload 'gnus-treat-newsgroups-picon "gnus-picon" "\
12599 Display picons in the Newsgroups and Followup-To headers.
12600 If picons are already displayed, remove them.
12602 \(fn)" t nil)
12604 ;;;***
12606 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-range" "gnus/gnus-range.el" (22330 59913
12607 ;;;;;; 938323 541000))
12608 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-range.el
12610 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-difference "gnus-range" "\
12611 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12612 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12613 The tail of LIST1 is not copied.
12615 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12617 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-ndifference "gnus-range" "\
12618 Return a list of elements of LIST1 that do not appear in LIST2.
12619 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12620 LIST1 is modified.
12622 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12624 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-complement "gnus-range" "\
12625 Return a list of elements that are in LIST1 or LIST2 but not both.
12626 Both lists have to be sorted over <.
12628 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12630 (autoload 'gnus-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12633 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12635 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12636 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2.
12637 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12639 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12641 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-range-intersection "gnus-range" "\
12642 Return intersection of RANGE1 and RANGE2.
12643 RANGE1 and RANGE2 have to be sorted over <.
12645 \(fn RANGE1 RANGE2)" nil nil)
12647 (defalias 'gnus-set-sorted-intersection 'gnus-sorted-nintersection)
12649 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nintersection "gnus-range" "\
12650 Return intersection of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12651 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12653 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12655 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-union "gnus-range" "\
12656 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2.
12657 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12659 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12661 (autoload 'gnus-sorted-nunion "gnus-range" "\
12662 Return union of LIST1 and LIST2 by modifying cdr pointers of LIST1.
12663 LIST1 and LIST2 have to be sorted over <.
12665 \(fn LIST1 LIST2)" nil nil)
12667 (autoload 'gnus-add-to-sorted-list "gnus-range" "\
12668 Add NUM into sorted LIST by side effect.
12670 \(fn LIST NUM)" nil nil)
12672 ;;;***
12674 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-registry" "gnus/gnus-registry.el" (22331
12675 ;;;;;; 17372 19369 526000))
12676 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-registry.el
12678 (autoload 'gnus-registry-initialize "gnus-registry" "\
12679 Initialize the Gnus registry.
12681 \(fn)" t nil)
12683 (autoload 'gnus-registry-install-hooks "gnus-registry" "\
12684 Install the registry hooks.
12686 \(fn)" t nil)
12688 ;;;***
12690 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sieve" "gnus/gnus-sieve.el" (22330 59913
12691 ;;;;;; 938323 541000))
12692 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sieve.el
12694 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-update "gnus-sieve" "\
12695 Update the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12696 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12697 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost), then
12698 execute gnus-sieve-update-shell-command.
12699 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12701 \(fn)" t nil)
12703 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-generate "gnus-sieve" "\
12704 Generate the Sieve script in gnus-sieve-file, by replacing the region
12705 between gnus-sieve-region-start and gnus-sieve-region-end with
12706 \(gnus-sieve-script gnus-sieve-select-method gnus-sieve-crosspost).
12707 See the documentation for these variables and functions for details.
12709 \(fn)" t nil)
12711 (autoload 'gnus-sieve-article-add-rule "gnus-sieve" "\
12714 \(fn)" t nil)
12716 ;;;***
12718 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-spec" "gnus/gnus-spec.el" (22331 17372
12719 ;;;;;; 20369 523000))
12720 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-spec.el
12722 (autoload 'gnus-update-format "gnus-spec" "\
12723 Update the format specification near point.
12725 \(fn VAR)" t nil)
12727 ;;;***
12729 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-start" "gnus/gnus-start.el" (22331 17372
12730 ;;;;;; 21369 519000))
12731 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-start.el
12733 (autoload 'gnus-declare-backend "gnus-start" "\
12734 Declare back end NAME with ABILITIES as a Gnus back end.
12736 \(fn NAME &rest ABILITIES)" nil nil)
12738 ;;;***
12740 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sum" "gnus/gnus-sum.el" (22331 17372
12741 ;;;;;; 24369 509000))
12742 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sum.el
12744 (autoload 'gnus-summary-bookmark-jump "gnus-sum" "\
12745 Handler function for record returned by `gnus-summary-bookmark-make-record'.
12746 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
12748 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
12750 ;;;***
12752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-sync" "gnus/gnus-sync.el" (22331 17372
12753 ;;;;;; 24369 509000))
12754 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-sync.el
12756 (autoload 'gnus-sync-initialize "gnus-sync" "\
12757 Initialize the Gnus sync facility.
12759 \(fn)" t nil)
12761 (autoload 'gnus-sync-install-hooks "gnus-sync" "\
12762 Install the sync hooks.
12764 \(fn)" t nil)
12766 ;;;***
12768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnus-win" "gnus/gnus-win.el" (22331 17372
12769 ;;;;;; 25369 505000))
12770 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gnus-win.el
12772 (autoload 'gnus-add-configuration "gnus-win" "\
12773 Add the window configuration CONF to `gnus-buffer-configuration'.
12775 \(fn CONF)" nil nil)
12777 ;;;***
12779 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gnutls" "net/gnutls.el" (22331 17372 58369
12780 ;;;;;; 388000))
12781 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/gnutls.el
12783 (defvar gnutls-min-prime-bits 256 "\
12784 Minimum number of prime bits accepted by GnuTLS for key exchange.
12785 During a Diffie-Hellman handshake, if the server sends a prime
12786 number with fewer than this number of bits, the handshake is
12787 rejected. (The smaller the prime number, the less secure the
12788 key exchange is against man-in-the-middle attacks.)
12790 A value of nil says to use the default GnuTLS value.")
12792 (custom-autoload 'gnutls-min-prime-bits "gnutls" t)
12794 ;;;***
12796 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gomoku" "play/gomoku.el" (22330 59913 969323
12797 ;;;;;; 446000))
12798 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/gomoku.el
12800 (autoload 'gomoku "gomoku" "\
12801 Start a Gomoku game between you and Emacs.
12803 If a game is in progress, this command allows you to resume it.
12804 If optional arguments N and M are given, an N by M board is used.
12805 If prefix arg is given for N, M is prompted for.
12807 You and Emacs play in turn by marking a free square. You mark it with X
12808 and Emacs marks it with O. The winner is the first to get five contiguous
12809 marks horizontally, vertically or in diagonal.
12811 You play by moving the cursor over the square you choose and hitting
12812 \\<gomoku-mode-map>\\[gomoku-human-plays].
12814 This program actually plays a simplified or archaic version of the
12815 Gomoku game, and ought to be upgraded to use the full modern rules.
12817 Use \\[describe-mode] for more info.
12819 \(fn &optional N M)" t nil)
12821 ;;;***
12823 ;;;### (autoloads nil "goto-addr" "net/goto-addr.el" (22330 59913
12824 ;;;;;; 953323 495000))
12825 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/goto-addr.el
12827 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'goto-address-at-mouse 'goto-address-at-point "22.1")
12829 (autoload 'goto-address-at-point "goto-addr" "\
12830 Send to the e-mail address or load the URL at point.
12831 Send mail to address at point. See documentation for
12832 `goto-address-find-address-at-point'. If no address is found
12833 there, then load the URL at or before point.
12835 \(fn &optional EVENT)" t nil)
12837 (autoload 'goto-address "goto-addr" "\
12838 Sets up goto-address functionality in the current buffer.
12839 Allows user to use mouse/keyboard command to click to go to a URL
12840 or to send e-mail.
12841 By default, goto-address binds `goto-address-at-point' to mouse-2 and C-c RET
12842 only on URLs and e-mail addresses.
12844 Also fontifies the buffer appropriately (see `goto-address-fontify-p' and
12845 `goto-address-highlight-p' for more information).
12847 \(fn)" t nil)
12848 (put 'goto-address 'safe-local-eval-function t)
12850 (autoload 'goto-address-mode "goto-addr" "\
12851 Minor mode to buttonize URLs and e-mail addresses in the current buffer.
12852 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
12853 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
12854 if ARG is omitted or nil.
12856 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12858 (autoload 'goto-address-prog-mode "goto-addr" "\
12859 Like `goto-address-mode', but only for comments and strings.
12861 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
12863 ;;;***
12865 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gravatar" "gnus/gravatar.el" (22331 17372
12866 ;;;;;; 26369 502000))
12867 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/gravatar.el
12869 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve "gravatar" "\
12870 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and call CB on retrieval.
12871 You can provide a list of argument to pass to CB in CBARGS.
12873 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS CB &optional CBARGS)" nil nil)
12875 (autoload 'gravatar-retrieve-synchronously "gravatar" "\
12876 Retrieve MAIL-ADDRESS gravatar and returns it.
12878 \(fn MAIL-ADDRESS)" nil nil)
12880 ;;;***
12882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "grep" "progmodes/grep.el" (22331 17372 94369
12883 ;;;;;; 260000))
12884 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/grep.el
12886 (defvar grep-window-height nil "\
12887 Number of lines in a grep window. If nil, use `compilation-window-height'.")
12889 (custom-autoload 'grep-window-height "grep" t)
12891 (defvar grep-command nil "\
12892 The default grep command for \\[grep].
12893 If the grep program used supports an option to always include file names
12894 in its output (such as the `-H' option to GNU grep), it's a good idea to
12895 include it when specifying `grep-command'.
12897 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12898 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12899 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12901 (custom-autoload 'grep-command "grep" nil)
12903 (defvar grep-find-command nil "\
12904 The default find command for \\[grep-find].
12905 In interactive usage, the actual value of this variable is set up
12906 by `grep-compute-defaults'; to change the default value, use
12907 Customize or call the function `grep-apply-setting'.")
12909 (custom-autoload 'grep-find-command "grep" nil)
12911 (defvar grep-setup-hook nil "\
12912 List of hook functions run by `grep-process-setup' (see `run-hooks').")
12914 (custom-autoload 'grep-setup-hook "grep" t)
12916 (defconst grep-regexp-alist '(("^\\(.*?[^/\n]\\):[ ]*\\([1-9][0-9]*\\)[ ]*:" 1 2 ((lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face))) (when mbeg (- mbeg beg))))) lambda nil (when grep-highlight-matches (let* ((beg (match-end 0)) (end (save-excursion (goto-char beg) (line-end-position))) (mbeg (text-property-any beg end 'font-lock-face grep-match-face)) (mend (and mbeg (next-single-property-change mbeg 'font-lock-face nil end)))) (when mend (- mend beg)))))) ("^Binary file \\(.+\\) matches$" 1 nil nil 0 1)) "\
12917 Regexp used to match grep hits. See `compilation-error-regexp-alist'.")
12919 (defvar grep-program (purecopy "grep") "\
12920 The default grep program for `grep-command' and `grep-find-command'.
12921 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12923 (defvar find-program (purecopy "find") "\
12924 The default find program.
12925 This is used by commands like `grep-find-command', `find-dired'
12926 and others.")
12928 (defvar xargs-program (purecopy "xargs") "\
12929 The default xargs program for `grep-find-command'.
12930 See `grep-find-use-xargs'.
12931 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12933 (defvar grep-find-use-xargs nil "\
12934 How to invoke find and grep.
12935 If `exec', use `find -exec {} ;'.
12936 If `exec-plus' use `find -exec {} +'.
12937 If `gnu', use `find -print0' and `xargs -0'.
12938 Any other value means to use `find -print' and `xargs'.
12940 This variable's value takes effect when `grep-compute-defaults' is called.")
12942 (defvar grep-history nil "\
12943 History list for grep.")
12945 (defvar grep-find-history nil "\
12946 History list for grep-find.")
12948 (autoload 'grep-process-setup "grep" "\
12949 Setup compilation variables and buffer for `grep'.
12950 Set up `compilation-exit-message-function' and run `grep-setup-hook'.
12952 \(fn)" nil nil)
12954 (autoload 'grep-compute-defaults "grep" "\
12957 \(fn)" nil nil)
12959 (autoload 'grep-mode "grep" "\
12960 Sets `grep-last-buffer' and `compilation-window-height'.
12962 \(fn)" nil nil)
12964 (autoload 'grep "grep" "\
12965 Run Grep with user-specified COMMAND-ARGS, collect output in a buffer.
12966 While Grep runs asynchronously, you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error),
12967 or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the *grep* buffer, to go to the lines where Grep found
12968 matches. To kill the Grep job before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
12970 Noninteractively, COMMAND-ARGS should specify the Grep command-line
12971 arguments.
12973 For doing a recursive `grep', see the `rgrep' command. For running
12974 Grep in a specific directory, see `lgrep'.
12976 This command uses a special history list for its COMMAND-ARGS, so you
12977 can easily repeat a grep command.
12979 A prefix argument says to default the COMMAND-ARGS based on the current
12980 tag the cursor is over, substituting it into the last Grep command
12981 in the Grep command history (or into `grep-command' if that history
12982 list is empty).
12984 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12986 (autoload 'grep-find "grep" "\
12987 Run grep via find, with user-specified args COMMAND-ARGS.
12988 Collect output in a buffer.
12989 While find runs asynchronously, you can use the \\[next-error] command
12990 to find the text that grep hits refer to.
12992 This command uses a special history list for its arguments, so you can
12993 easily repeat a find command.
12995 \(fn COMMAND-ARGS)" t nil)
12997 (defalias 'find-grep 'grep-find)
12999 (autoload 'lgrep "grep" "\
13000 Run grep, searching for REGEXP in FILES in directory DIR.
13001 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
13002 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
13003 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
13005 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
13006 before it is executed.
13007 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-command'.
13009 Collect output in a buffer. While grep runs asynchronously, you
13010 can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
13011 to go to the lines where grep found matches.
13013 This command shares argument histories with \\[rgrep] and \\[grep].
13015 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
13017 (autoload 'rgrep "grep" "\
13018 Recursively grep for REGEXP in FILES in directory tree rooted at DIR.
13019 The search is limited to file names matching shell pattern FILES.
13020 FILES may use abbreviations defined in `grep-files-aliases', e.g.
13021 entering `ch' is equivalent to `*.[ch]'.
13023 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can edit the constructed shell command line
13024 before it is executed.
13025 With two \\[universal-argument] prefixes, directly edit and run `grep-find-command'.
13027 Collect output in a buffer. While the recursive grep is running,
13028 you can use \\[next-error] (M-x next-error), or \\<grep-mode-map>\\[compile-goto-error] in the grep output buffer,
13029 to visit the lines where matches were found. To kill the job
13030 before it finishes, type \\[kill-compilation].
13032 This command shares argument histories with \\[lgrep] and \\[grep-find].
13034 When called programmatically and FILES is nil, REGEXP is expected
13035 to specify a command to run.
13037 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM)" t nil)
13039 (autoload 'zrgrep "grep" "\
13040 Recursively grep for REGEXP in gzipped FILES in tree rooted at DIR.
13041 Like `rgrep' but uses `zgrep' for `grep-program', sets the default
13042 file name to `*.gz', and sets `grep-highlight-matches' to `always'.
13044 \(fn REGEXP &optional FILES DIR CONFIRM TEMPLATE)" t nil)
13046 (defalias 'rzgrep 'zrgrep)
13048 ;;;***
13050 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gs" "gs.el" (22330 59913 913323 619000))
13051 ;;; Generated autoloads from gs.el
13053 (autoload 'gs-load-image "gs" "\
13054 Load a PS image for display on FRAME.
13055 SPEC is an image specification, IMG-HEIGHT and IMG-WIDTH are width
13056 and height of the image in pixels. WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID is a string of
13057 the form \"WINDOW-ID PIXMAP-ID\". Value is non-nil if successful.
13059 \(fn FRAME SPEC IMG-WIDTH IMG-HEIGHT WINDOW-AND-PIXMAP-ID PIXEL-COLORS)" nil nil)
13061 ;;;***
13063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gud" "progmodes/gud.el" (22331 17372 95369
13064 ;;;;;; 256000))
13065 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/gud.el
13067 (autoload 'gud-gdb "gud" "\
13068 Run gdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13069 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working
13070 directory and source-file directory for your debugger.
13072 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13074 (autoload 'sdb "gud" "\
13075 Run sdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13076 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13077 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13079 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13081 (autoload 'dbx "gud" "\
13082 Run dbx on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13083 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13084 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13086 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13088 (autoload 'xdb "gud" "\
13089 Run xdb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13090 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13091 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13093 You can set the variable `gud-xdb-directories' to a list of program source
13094 directories if your program contains sources from more than one directory.
13096 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13098 (autoload 'perldb "gud" "\
13099 Run perldb on program FILE in buffer *gud-FILE*.
13100 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13101 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13103 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13105 (autoload 'pdb "gud" "\
13106 Run pdb on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
13107 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13108 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13110 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13112 (autoload 'guiler "gud" "\
13113 Run guiler on program FILE in buffer `*gud-FILE*'.
13114 The directory containing FILE becomes the initial working directory
13115 and source-file directory for your debugger.
13117 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13119 (autoload 'jdb "gud" "\
13120 Run jdb with command line COMMAND-LINE in a buffer.
13121 The buffer is named \"*gud*\" if no initial class is given or
13122 \"*gud-<initial-class-basename>*\" if there is. If the \"-classpath\"
13123 switch is given, omit all whitespace between it and its value.
13125 See `gud-jdb-use-classpath' and `gud-jdb-classpath' documentation for
13126 information on how jdb accesses source files. Alternatively (if
13127 `gud-jdb-use-classpath' is nil), see `gud-jdb-directories' for the
13128 original source file access method.
13130 For general information about commands available to control jdb from
13131 gud, see `gud-mode'.
13133 \(fn COMMAND-LINE)" t nil)
13135 (autoload 'gdb-script-mode "gud" "\
13136 Major mode for editing GDB scripts.
13138 \(fn)" t nil)
13140 (defvar gud-tooltip-mode nil "\
13141 Non-nil if Gud-Tooltip mode is enabled.
13142 See the `gud-tooltip-mode' command
13143 for a description of this minor mode.
13144 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13145 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13146 or call the function `gud-tooltip-mode'.")
13148 (custom-autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" nil)
13150 (autoload 'gud-tooltip-mode "gud" "\
13151 Toggle the display of GUD tooltips.
13152 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the feature if ARG is
13153 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13154 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
13156 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13158 ;;;***
13160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "gv" "emacs-lisp/gv.el" (22330 59913 929323
13161 ;;;;;; 569000))
13162 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/gv.el
13164 (autoload 'gv-get "gv" "\
13165 Build the code that applies DO to PLACE.
13166 PLACE must be a valid generalized variable.
13167 DO must be a function; it will be called with 2 arguments: GETTER and SETTER,
13168 where GETTER is a (copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value of PLACE,
13169 and SETTER is a function which returns the code to set PLACE when called
13170 with a (not necessarily copyable) Elisp expression that returns the value to
13171 set it to.
13172 DO must return an Elisp expression.
13174 \(fn PLACE DO)" nil nil)
13176 (autoload 'gv-letplace "gv" "\
13177 Build the code manipulating the generalized variable PLACE.
13178 GETTER will be bound to a copyable expression that returns the value
13179 of PLACE.
13180 SETTER will be bound to a function that takes an expression V and returns
13181 a new expression that sets PLACE to V.
13182 BODY should return some Elisp expression E manipulating PLACE via GETTER
13183 and SETTER.
13184 The returned value will then be an Elisp expression that first evaluates
13185 all the parts of PLACE that can be evaluated and then runs E.
13187 \(fn (GETTER SETTER) PLACE &rest BODY)" nil t)
13189 (function-put 'gv-letplace 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13191 (autoload 'gv-define-expander "gv" "\
13192 Use HANDLER to handle NAME as a generalized var.
13193 NAME is a symbol: the name of a function, macro, or special form.
13194 HANDLER is a function which takes an argument DO followed by the same
13195 arguments as NAME. DO is a function as defined in `gv-get'.
13197 \(fn NAME HANDLER)" nil t)
13199 (function-put 'gv-define-expander 'lisp-indent-function '1)
13201 (autoload 'gv--defun-declaration "gv" "\
13204 \(fn SYMBOL NAME ARGS HANDLER &optional FIX)" nil nil)
13206 (or (assq 'gv-expander defun-declarations-alist) (let ((x `(gv-expander ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-expander)))) (push x macro-declarations-alist) (push x defun-declarations-alist)))
13208 (or (assq 'gv-setter defun-declarations-alist) (push `(gv-setter ,(apply-partially #'gv--defun-declaration 'gv-setter)) defun-declarations-alist))
13210 (autoload 'gv-define-setter "gv" "\
13211 Define a setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13212 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13213 well for simple place forms.
13214 Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are expanded by binding the argument
13215 forms (VAL ARGS...) according to ARGLIST, then executing BODY, which must
13216 return a Lisp form that does the assignment.
13217 The first arg in ARGLIST (the one that receives VAL) receives an expression
13218 which can do arbitrary things, whereas the other arguments are all guaranteed
13219 to be pure and copyable. Example use:
13220 (gv-define-setter aref (v a i) \\=`(aset ,a ,i ,v))
13222 \(fn NAME ARGLIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
13224 (function-put 'gv-define-setter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
13226 (autoload 'gv-define-simple-setter "gv" "\
13227 Define a simple setter method for generalized variable NAME.
13228 This macro is an easy-to-use substitute for `gv-define-expander' that works
13229 well for simple place forms. Assignments of VAL to (NAME ARGS...) are
13230 turned into calls of the form (SETTER ARGS... VAL).
13232 If FIX-RETURN is non-nil, then SETTER is not assumed to return VAL and
13233 instead the assignment is turned into something equivalent to
13234 (let ((temp VAL))
13235 (SETTER ARGS... temp)
13236 temp)
13237 so as to preserve the semantics of `setf'.
13239 \(fn NAME SETTER &optional FIX-RETURN)" nil t)
13241 (autoload 'setf "gv" "\
13242 Set each PLACE to the value of its VAL.
13243 This is a generalized version of `setq'; the PLACEs may be symbolic
13244 references such as (car x) or (aref x i), as well as plain symbols.
13245 For example, (setf (cadr x) y) is equivalent to (setcar (cdr x) y).
13246 The return value is the last VAL in the list.
13248 \(fn PLACE VAL PLACE VAL ...)" nil t)
13250 (put 'gv-place 'edebug-form-spec 'edebug-match-form)
13252 (autoload 'gv-ref "gv" "\
13253 Return a reference to PLACE.
13254 This is like the `&' operator of the C language.
13255 Note: this only works reliably with lexical binding mode, except for very
13256 simple PLACEs such as (function-symbol \\='foo) which will also work in dynamic
13257 binding mode.
13259 \(fn PLACE)" nil t)
13261 ;;;***
13263 ;;;### (autoloads nil "handwrite" "play/handwrite.el" (22330 59913
13264 ;;;;;; 969323 446000))
13265 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/handwrite.el
13267 (autoload 'handwrite "handwrite" "\
13268 Turns the buffer into a \"handwritten\" document.
13269 The functions `handwrite-10pt', `handwrite-11pt', `handwrite-12pt'
13270 and `handwrite-13pt' set up for various sizes of output.
13272 Variables: `handwrite-linespace' (default 12)
13273 `handwrite-fontsize' (default 11)
13274 `handwrite-numlines' (default 60)
13275 `handwrite-pagenumbering' (default nil)
13277 \(fn)" t nil)
13279 ;;;***
13281 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hanoi" "play/hanoi.el" (22330 59913 969323
13282 ;;;;;; 446000))
13283 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/hanoi.el
13285 (autoload 'hanoi "hanoi" "\
13286 Towers of Hanoi diversion. Use NRINGS rings.
13288 \(fn NRINGS)" t nil)
13290 (autoload 'hanoi-unix "hanoi" "\
13291 Towers of Hanoi, UNIX doomsday version.
13292 Displays 32-ring towers that have been progressing at one move per
13293 second since 1970-01-01 00:00:00 GMT.
13295 Repent before ring 31 moves.
13297 \(fn)" t nil)
13299 (autoload 'hanoi-unix-64 "hanoi" "\
13300 Like hanoi-unix, but pretend to have a 64-bit clock.
13301 This is, necessarily (as of Emacs 20.3), a crock. When the
13302 current-time interface is made s2G-compliant, hanoi.el will need
13303 to be updated.
13305 \(fn)" t nil)
13307 ;;;***
13309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hashcash" "mail/hashcash.el" (22330 59913
13310 ;;;;;; 947323 514000))
13311 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/hashcash.el
13313 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment "hashcash" "\
13314 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13316 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13318 (autoload 'hashcash-insert-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13319 Insert X-Payment and X-Hashcash headers with a payment for ARG
13320 Only start calculation. Results are inserted when ready.
13322 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
13324 (autoload 'hashcash-verify-payment "hashcash" "\
13325 Verify a hashcash payment
13327 \(fn TOKEN &optional RESOURCE AMOUNT)" nil nil)
13329 (autoload 'mail-add-payment "hashcash" "\
13330 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13331 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13332 Set ASYNC to t to start asynchronous calculation. (See
13333 `mail-add-payment-async').
13335 \(fn &optional ARG ASYNC)" t nil)
13337 (autoload 'mail-add-payment-async "hashcash" "\
13338 Add X-Payment: and X-Hashcash: headers with a hashcash payment
13339 for each recipient address. Prefix arg sets default payment temporarily.
13340 Calculation is asynchronous.
13342 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13344 (autoload 'mail-check-payment "hashcash" "\
13345 Look for a valid X-Payment: or X-Hashcash: header.
13346 Prefix arg sets default accept amount temporarily.
13348 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13350 ;;;***
13352 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-at-pt" "help-at-pt.el" (22330 59913 913323
13353 ;;;;;; 619000))
13354 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-at-pt.el
13356 (autoload 'help-at-pt-string "help-at-pt" "\
13357 Return the help-echo string at point.
13358 Normally, the string produced by the `help-echo' text or overlay
13359 property, or nil, is returned.
13360 If KBD is non-nil, `kbd-help' is used instead, and any
13361 `help-echo' property is ignored. In this case, the return value
13362 can also be t, if that is the value of the `kbd-help' property.
13364 \(fn &optional KBD)" nil nil)
13366 (autoload 'help-at-pt-kbd-string "help-at-pt" "\
13367 Return the keyboard help string at point.
13368 If the `kbd-help' text or overlay property at point produces a
13369 string, return it. Otherwise, use the `help-echo' property.
13370 If this produces no string either, return nil.
13372 \(fn)" nil nil)
13374 (autoload 'display-local-help "help-at-pt" "\
13375 Display local help in the echo area.
13376 This displays a short help message, namely the string produced by
13377 the `kbd-help' property at point. If `kbd-help' does not produce
13378 a string, but the `help-echo' property does, then that string is
13379 printed instead.
13381 A numeric argument ARG prevents display of a message in case
13382 there is no help. While ARG can be used interactively, it is
13383 mainly meant for use from Lisp.
13385 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13387 (autoload 'help-at-pt-cancel-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13388 Cancel any timer set by `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13389 This disables `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13391 \(fn)" t nil)
13393 (autoload 'help-at-pt-set-timer "help-at-pt" "\
13394 Enable `help-at-pt-display-when-idle'.
13395 This is done by setting a timer, if none is currently active.
13397 \(fn)" t nil)
13399 (defvar help-at-pt-display-when-idle 'never "\
13400 Automatically show local help on point-over.
13401 If the value is t, the string obtained from any `kbd-help' or
13402 `help-echo' property at point is automatically printed in the
13403 echo area, if nothing else is already displayed there, or after a
13404 quit. If both `kbd-help' and `help-echo' produce help strings,
13405 `kbd-help' is used. If the value is a list, the help only gets
13406 printed if there is a text or overlay property at point that is
13407 included in this list. Suggested properties are `keymap',
13408 `local-map', `button' and `kbd-help'. Any value other than t or
13409 a non-empty list disables the feature.
13411 This variable only takes effect after a call to
13412 `help-at-pt-set-timer'. The help gets printed after Emacs has
13413 been idle for `help-at-pt-timer-delay' seconds. You can call
13414 `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' to cancel the timer set by, and the
13415 effect of, `help-at-pt-set-timer'.
13417 When this variable is set through Custom, `help-at-pt-set-timer'
13418 is called automatically, unless the value is `never', in which
13419 case `help-at-pt-cancel-timer' is called. Specifying an empty
13420 list of properties through Custom will set the timer, thus
13421 enabling buffer local values. It sets the actual value to nil.
13422 Thus, Custom distinguishes between a nil value and other values
13423 that disable the feature, which Custom identifies with `never'.
13424 The default is `never'.")
13426 (custom-autoload 'help-at-pt-display-when-idle "help-at-pt" nil)
13428 (autoload 'scan-buf-move-to-region "help-at-pt" "\
13429 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil PROP property.
13430 Then run HOOK, which should be a quoted symbol that is a normal
13431 hook variable, or an expression evaluating to such a symbol.
13432 Adjacent areas with different non-nil PROP properties are
13433 considered different regions.
13435 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13436 such region, then run HOOK. If ARG is negative, move backward.
13437 If point is already in a region, then that region does not count
13438 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a region, move to
13439 the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not in a
13440 region, print a message to that effect, but do not move point and
13441 do not run HOOK. If there are not enough regions to move over,
13442 an error results and the number of available regions is mentioned
13443 in the error message. Point is not moved and HOOK is not run.
13445 \(fn PROP &optional ARG HOOK)" nil nil)
13447 (autoload 'scan-buf-next-region "help-at-pt" "\
13448 Go to the start of the next region with non-nil help-echo.
13449 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13450 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13451 different regions.
13453 With numeric argument ARG, move to the start of the ARGth next
13454 help-echo region. If ARG is negative, move backward. If point
13455 is already in a help-echo region, then that region does not count
13456 toward ARG. If ARG is 0 and point is inside a help-echo region,
13457 move to the start of that region. If ARG is 0 and point is not
13458 in such a region, just print a message to that effect. If there
13459 are not enough regions to move over, an error results and the
13460 number of available regions is mentioned in the error message.
13462 A potentially confusing subtlety is that point can be in a
13463 help-echo region without any local help being available. This is
13464 because `help-echo' can be a function evaluating to nil. This
13465 rarely happens in practice.
13467 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13469 (autoload 'scan-buf-previous-region "help-at-pt" "\
13470 Go to the start of the previous region with non-nil help-echo.
13471 Print the help found there using `display-local-help'. Adjacent
13472 areas with different non-nil help-echo properties are considered
13473 different regions. With numeric argument ARG, behaves like
13474 `scan-buf-next-region' with argument -ARG.
13476 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13478 ;;;***
13480 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-fns" "help-fns.el" (22363 8343 512348
13481 ;;;;;; 778000))
13482 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-fns.el
13484 (autoload 'describe-function "help-fns" "\
13485 Display the full documentation of FUNCTION (a symbol).
13487 \(fn FUNCTION)" t nil)
13489 (autoload 'help-C-file-name "help-fns" "\
13490 Return the name of the C file where SUBR-OR-VAR is defined.
13491 KIND should be `var' for a variable or `subr' for a subroutine.
13493 \(fn SUBR-OR-VAR KIND)" nil nil)
13495 (autoload 'find-lisp-object-file-name "help-fns" "\
13496 Guess the file that defined the Lisp object OBJECT, of type TYPE.
13497 OBJECT should be a symbol associated with a function, variable, or face;
13498 alternatively, it can be a function definition.
13499 If TYPE is `defvar', search for a variable definition.
13500 If TYPE is `defface', search for a face definition.
13501 If TYPE is not a symbol, search for a function definition.
13503 The return value is the absolute name of a readable file where OBJECT is
13504 defined. If several such files exist, preference is given to a file
13505 found via `load-path'. The return value can also be `C-source', which
13506 means that OBJECT is a function or variable defined in C. If no
13507 suitable file is found, return nil.
13509 \(fn OBJECT TYPE)" nil nil)
13511 (autoload 'describe-function-1 "help-fns" "\
13514 \(fn FUNCTION)" nil nil)
13516 (autoload 'variable-at-point "help-fns" "\
13517 Return the bound variable symbol found at or before point.
13518 Return 0 if there is no such symbol.
13519 If ANY-SYMBOL is non-nil, don't insist the symbol be bound.
13521 \(fn &optional ANY-SYMBOL)" nil nil)
13523 (autoload 'describe-variable "help-fns" "\
13524 Display the full documentation of VARIABLE (a symbol).
13525 Returns the documentation as a string, also.
13526 If VARIABLE has a buffer-local value in BUFFER or FRAME
13527 \(default to the current buffer and current frame),
13528 it is displayed along with the global value.
13530 \(fn VARIABLE &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13532 (autoload 'describe-symbol "help-fns" "\
13533 Display the full documentation of SYMBOL.
13534 Will show the info of SYMBOL as a function, variable, and/or face.
13535 Optional arguments BUFFER and FRAME specify for which buffer and
13536 frame to show the information about SYMBOL; they default to the
13537 current buffer and the selected frame, respectively.
13539 \(fn SYMBOL &optional BUFFER FRAME)" t nil)
13541 (autoload 'describe-syntax "help-fns" "\
13542 Describe the syntax specifications in the syntax table of BUFFER.
13543 The descriptions are inserted in a help buffer, which is then displayed.
13544 BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
13546 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13548 (autoload 'describe-categories "help-fns" "\
13549 Describe the category specifications in the current category table.
13550 The descriptions are inserted in a buffer, which is then displayed.
13551 If BUFFER is non-nil, then describe BUFFER's category table instead.
13552 BUFFER should be a buffer or a buffer name.
13554 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13556 (autoload 'doc-file-to-man "help-fns" "\
13557 Produce an nroff buffer containing the doc-strings from the DOC file.
13559 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13561 (autoload 'doc-file-to-info "help-fns" "\
13562 Produce a texinfo buffer with sorted doc-strings from the DOC file.
13564 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
13566 ;;;***
13568 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-macro" "help-macro.el" (22330 59913 913323
13569 ;;;;;; 619000))
13570 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-macro.el
13572 (defvar three-step-help nil "\
13573 Non-nil means give more info about Help command in three steps.
13574 The three steps are simple prompt, prompt with all options, and
13575 window listing and describing the options.
13576 A value of nil means skip the middle step, so that \\[help-command] \\[help-command]
13577 gives the window that lists the options.")
13579 (custom-autoload 'three-step-help "help-macro" t)
13581 ;;;***
13583 ;;;### (autoloads nil "help-mode" "help-mode.el" (22331 17372 37369
13584 ;;;;;; 462000))
13585 ;;; Generated autoloads from help-mode.el
13587 (autoload 'help-mode "help-mode" "\
13588 Major mode for viewing help text and navigating references in it.
13589 Entry to this mode runs the normal hook `help-mode-hook'.
13590 Commands:
13591 \\{help-mode-map}
13593 \(fn)" t nil)
13595 (autoload 'help-mode-setup "help-mode" "\
13596 Enter Help Mode in the current buffer.
13598 \(fn)" nil nil)
13600 (autoload 'help-mode-finish "help-mode" "\
13601 Finalize Help Mode setup in current buffer.
13603 \(fn)" nil nil)
13605 (autoload 'help-setup-xref "help-mode" "\
13606 Invoked from commands using the \"*Help*\" buffer to install some xref info.
13608 ITEM is a (FUNCTION . ARGS) pair appropriate for recreating the help
13609 buffer after following a reference. INTERACTIVE-P is non-nil if the
13610 calling command was invoked interactively. In this case the stack of
13611 items for help buffer \"back\" buttons is cleared.
13613 This should be called very early, before the output buffer is cleared,
13614 because we want to record the \"previous\" position of point so we can
13615 restore it properly when going back.
13617 \(fn ITEM INTERACTIVE-P)" nil nil)
13619 (autoload 'help-buffer "help-mode" "\
13620 Return the name of a buffer for inserting help.
13621 If `help-xref-following' is non-nil, this is the name of the
13622 current buffer. Signal an error if this buffer is not derived
13623 from `help-mode'.
13624 Otherwise, return \"*Help*\", creating a buffer with that name if
13625 it does not already exist.
13627 \(fn)" nil nil)
13629 (autoload 'help-make-xrefs "help-mode" "\
13630 Parse and hyperlink documentation cross-references in the given BUFFER.
13632 Find cross-reference information in a buffer and activate such cross
13633 references for selection with `help-follow'. Cross-references have
13634 the canonical form `...' and the type of reference may be
13635 disambiguated by the preceding word(s) used in
13636 `help-xref-symbol-regexp'. Faces only get cross-referenced if
13637 preceded or followed by the word `face'. Variables without
13638 variable documentation do not get cross-referenced, unless
13639 preceded by the word `variable' or `option'.
13641 If the variable `help-xref-mule-regexp' is non-nil, find also
13642 cross-reference information related to multilingual environment
13643 \(e.g., coding-systems). This variable is also used to disambiguate
13644 the type of reference as the same way as `help-xref-symbol-regexp'.
13646 A special reference `back' is made to return back through a stack of
13647 help buffers. Variable `help-back-label' specifies the text for
13648 that.
13650 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
13652 (autoload 'help-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13653 Make a hyperlink for cross-reference text previously matched.
13654 MATCH-NUMBER is the subexpression of interest in the last matched
13655 regexp. TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are
13656 passed to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13657 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13659 \(fn MATCH-NUMBER TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13661 (autoload 'help-insert-xref-button "help-mode" "\
13662 Insert STRING and make a hyperlink from cross-reference text on it.
13663 TYPE is the type of button to use. Any remaining arguments are passed
13664 to the button's help-function when it is invoked.
13665 See `help-make-xrefs'.
13667 \(fn STRING TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
13669 (autoload 'help-xref-on-pp "help-mode" "\
13670 Add xrefs for symbols in `pp's output between FROM and TO.
13672 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
13674 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'help-xref-interned 'describe-symbol "25.1")
13676 (autoload 'help-bookmark-jump "help-mode" "\
13677 Jump to help-mode bookmark BOOKMARK.
13678 Handler function for record returned by `help-bookmark-make-record'.
13679 BOOKMARK is a bookmark name or a bookmark record.
13681 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
13683 ;;;***
13685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "helper" "emacs-lisp/helper.el" (22330 59913
13686 ;;;;;; 929323 569000))
13687 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/helper.el
13689 (autoload 'Helper-describe-bindings "helper" "\
13690 Describe local key bindings of current mode.
13692 \(fn)" t nil)
13694 (autoload 'Helper-help "helper" "\
13695 Provide help for current mode.
13697 \(fn)" t nil)
13699 ;;;***
13701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hexl" "hexl.el" (22330 59913 913323 619000))
13702 ;;; Generated autoloads from hexl.el
13704 (autoload 'hexl-mode "hexl" "\
13705 \\<hexl-mode-map>A mode for editing binary files in hex dump format.
13706 This is not an ordinary major mode; it alters some aspects
13707 of the current mode's behavior, but not all; also, you can exit
13708 Hexl mode and return to the previous mode using `hexl-mode-exit'.
13710 This function automatically converts a buffer into the hexl format
13711 using the function `hexlify-buffer'.
13713 Each line in the buffer has an \"address\" (displayed in hexadecimal)
13714 representing the offset into the file that the characters on this line
13715 are at and 16 characters from the file (displayed as hexadecimal
13716 values grouped every `hexl-bits' bits, and as their ASCII values).
13718 If any of the characters (displayed as ASCII characters) are
13719 unprintable (control or meta characters) they will be replaced by
13720 periods.
13722 If `hexl-mode' is invoked with an argument the buffer is assumed to be
13723 in hexl format.
13725 A sample format:
13727 HEX ADDR: 0011 2233 4455 6677 8899 aabb ccdd eeff ASCII-TEXT
13728 -------- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ---- ----------------
13729 00000000: 5468 6973 2069 7320 6865 786c 2d6d 6f64 This is hexl-mod
13730 00000010: 652e 2020 4561 6368 206c 696e 6520 7265 e. Each line re
13731 00000020: 7072 6573 656e 7473 2031 3620 6279 7465 presents 16 byte
13732 00000030: 7320 6173 2068 6578 6164 6563 696d 616c s as hexadecimal
13733 00000040: 2041 5343 4949 0a61 6e64 2070 7269 6e74 ASCII.and print
13734 00000050: 6162 6c65 2041 5343 4949 2063 6861 7261 able ASCII chara
13735 00000060: 6374 6572 732e 2020 416e 7920 636f 6e74 cters. Any cont
13736 00000070: 726f 6c20 6f72 206e 6f6e 2d41 5343 4949 rol or non-ASCII
13737 00000080: 2063 6861 7261 6374 6572 730a 6172 6520 characters.are
13738 00000090: 6469 7370 6c61 7965 6420 6173 2070 6572 displayed as per
13739 000000a0: 696f 6473 2069 6e20 7468 6520 7072 696e iods in the prin
13740 000000b0: 7461 626c 6520 6368 6172 6163 7465 7220 table character
13741 000000c0: 7265 6769 6f6e 2e0a region..
13743 Movement is as simple as movement in a normal Emacs text buffer.
13744 Most cursor movement bindings are the same: use \\[hexl-backward-char], \\[hexl-forward-char], \\[hexl-next-line], and \\[hexl-previous-line]
13745 to move the cursor left, right, down, and up.
13747 Advanced cursor movement commands (ala \\[hexl-beginning-of-line], \\[hexl-end-of-line], \\[hexl-beginning-of-buffer], and \\[hexl-end-of-buffer]) are
13748 also supported.
13750 There are several ways to change text in hexl mode:
13752 ASCII characters (character between space (0x20) and tilde (0x7E)) are
13753 bound to self-insert so you can simply type the character and it will
13754 insert itself (actually overstrike) into the buffer.
13756 \\[hexl-quoted-insert] followed by another keystroke allows you to insert the key even if
13757 it isn't bound to self-insert. An octal number can be supplied in place
13758 of another key to insert the octal number's ASCII representation.
13760 \\[hexl-insert-hex-char] will insert a given hexadecimal value (if it is between 0 and 0xFF)
13761 into the buffer at the current point.
13763 \\[hexl-insert-octal-char] will insert a given octal value (if it is between 0 and 0377)
13764 into the buffer at the current point.
13766 \\[hexl-insert-decimal-char] will insert a given decimal value (if it is between 0 and 255)
13767 into the buffer at the current point.
13769 \\[hexl-mode-exit] will exit `hexl-mode'.
13771 Note: saving the file with any of the usual Emacs commands
13772 will actually convert it back to binary format while saving.
13774 You can use \\[hexl-find-file] to visit a file in Hexl mode.
13776 \\[describe-bindings] for advanced commands.
13778 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13780 (autoload 'hexl-find-file "hexl" "\
13781 Edit file FILENAME as a binary file in hex dump format.
13782 Switch to a buffer visiting file FILENAME, creating one if none exists,
13783 and edit the file in `hexl-mode'.
13785 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
13787 (autoload 'hexlify-buffer "hexl" "\
13788 Convert a binary buffer to hexl format.
13789 This discards the buffer's undo information.
13791 \(fn)" t nil)
13793 ;;;***
13795 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hi-lock" "hi-lock.el" (22330 59913 739324
13796 ;;;;;; 156000))
13797 ;;; Generated autoloads from hi-lock.el
13799 (autoload 'hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13800 Toggle selective highlighting of patterns (Hi Lock mode).
13801 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hi Lock mode if ARG is
13802 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13803 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13805 Hi Lock mode is automatically enabled when you invoke any of the
13806 highlighting commands listed below, such as \\[highlight-regexp].
13807 To enable Hi Lock mode in all buffers, use `global-hi-lock-mode'
13808 or add (global-hi-lock-mode 1) to your init file.
13810 In buffers where Font Lock mode is enabled, patterns are
13811 highlighted using font lock. In buffers where Font Lock mode is
13812 disabled, patterns are applied using overlays; in this case, the
13813 highlighting will not be updated as you type.
13815 When Hi Lock mode is enabled, a \"Regexp Highlighting\" submenu
13816 is added to the \"Edit\" menu. The commands in the submenu,
13817 which can be called interactively, are:
13819 \\[highlight-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13820 Highlight matches of pattern REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13822 \\[highlight-phrase] PHRASE FACE
13823 Highlight matches of phrase PHRASE in current buffer with FACE.
13824 (PHRASE can be any REGEXP, but spaces will be replaced by matches
13825 to whitespace and initial lower-case letters will become case insensitive.)
13827 \\[highlight-lines-matching-regexp] REGEXP FACE
13828 Highlight lines containing matches of REGEXP in current buffer with FACE.
13830 \\[highlight-symbol-at-point]
13831 Highlight the symbol found near point without prompting, using the next
13832 available face automatically.
13834 \\[unhighlight-regexp] REGEXP
13835 Remove highlighting on matches of REGEXP in current buffer.
13837 \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]
13838 Write active REGEXPs into buffer as comments (if possible). They may
13839 be read the next time file is loaded or when the \\[hi-lock-find-patterns] command
13840 is issued. The inserted regexps are in the form of font lock keywords.
13841 (See `font-lock-keywords'.) They may be edited and re-loaded with \\[hi-lock-find-patterns],
13842 any valid `font-lock-keywords' form is acceptable. When a file is
13843 loaded the patterns are read if `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is
13844 `ask' and the user responds y to the prompt, or if
13845 `hi-lock-file-patterns-policy' is bound to a function and that
13846 function returns t.
13848 \\[hi-lock-find-patterns]
13849 Re-read patterns stored in buffer (in the format produced by \\[hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns]).
13851 When hi-lock is started and if the mode is not excluded or patterns
13852 rejected, the beginning of the buffer is searched for lines of the
13853 form:
13854 Hi-lock: FOO
13856 where FOO is a list of patterns. The patterns must start before
13857 position (number of characters into buffer)
13858 `hi-lock-file-patterns-range'. Patterns will be read until
13859 Hi-lock: end is found. A mode is excluded if it's in the list
13860 `hi-lock-exclude-modes'.
13862 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13864 (defvar global-hi-lock-mode nil "\
13865 Non-nil if Global Hi-Lock mode is enabled.
13866 See the `global-hi-lock-mode' command
13867 for a description of this minor mode.
13868 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
13869 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
13870 or call the function `global-hi-lock-mode'.")
13872 (custom-autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" nil)
13874 (autoload 'global-hi-lock-mode "hi-lock" "\
13875 Toggle Hi-Lock mode in all buffers.
13876 With prefix ARG, enable Global Hi-Lock mode if ARG is positive;
13877 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
13878 ARG is omitted or nil.
13880 Hi-Lock mode is enabled in all buffers where
13881 `turn-on-hi-lock-if-enabled' would do it.
13882 See `hi-lock-mode' for more information on Hi-Lock mode.
13884 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
13886 (defalias 'highlight-lines-matching-regexp 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer)
13888 (autoload 'hi-lock-line-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13889 Set face of all lines containing a match of REGEXP to FACE.
13890 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13891 Use the global history list for FACE.
13893 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13894 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13895 highlighting will not update as you type.
13897 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13899 (defalias 'highlight-regexp 'hi-lock-face-buffer)
13901 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13902 Set face of each match of REGEXP to FACE.
13903 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13904 Use the global history list for FACE.
13906 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13907 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13908 highlighting will not update as you type.
13910 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13912 (defalias 'highlight-phrase 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer)
13914 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-phrase-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13915 Set face of each match of phrase REGEXP to FACE.
13916 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP using `read-regexp', then FACE.
13917 Use the global history list for FACE.
13919 When called interactively, replace whitespace in user-provided
13920 regexp with arbitrary whitespace, and make initial lower-case
13921 letters case-insensitive, before highlighting with `hi-lock-set-pattern'.
13923 Use Font lock mode, if enabled, to highlight REGEXP. Otherwise,
13924 use overlays for highlighting. If overlays are used, the
13925 highlighting will not update as you type.
13927 \(fn REGEXP &optional FACE)" t nil)
13929 (defalias 'highlight-symbol-at-point 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point)
13931 (autoload 'hi-lock-face-symbol-at-point "hi-lock" "\
13932 Highlight each instance of the symbol at point.
13933 Uses the next face from `hi-lock-face-defaults' without prompting,
13934 unless you use a prefix argument.
13935 Uses `find-tag-default-as-symbol-regexp' to retrieve the symbol at point.
13937 This uses Font lock mode if it is enabled; otherwise it uses overlays,
13938 in which case the highlighting will not update as you type.
13940 \(fn)" t nil)
13942 (defalias 'unhighlight-regexp 'hi-lock-unface-buffer)
13944 (autoload 'hi-lock-unface-buffer "hi-lock" "\
13945 Remove highlighting of each match to REGEXP set by hi-lock.
13946 Interactively, prompt for REGEXP, accepting only regexps
13947 previously inserted by hi-lock interactive functions.
13948 If REGEXP is t (or if \\[universal-argument] was specified interactively),
13949 then remove all hi-lock highlighting.
13951 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
13953 (autoload 'hi-lock-write-interactive-patterns "hi-lock" "\
13954 Write interactively added patterns, if any, into buffer at point.
13956 Interactively added patterns are those normally specified using
13957 `highlight-regexp' and `highlight-lines-matching-regexp'; they can
13958 be found in variable `hi-lock-interactive-patterns'.
13960 \(fn)" t nil)
13962 ;;;***
13964 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideif" "progmodes/hideif.el" (22330 59913
13965 ;;;;;; 983323 402000))
13966 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideif.el
13968 (autoload 'hide-ifdef-mode "hideif" "\
13969 Toggle features to hide/show #ifdef blocks (Hide-Ifdef mode).
13970 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hide-Ifdef mode if ARG is
13971 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
13972 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
13974 Hide-Ifdef mode is a buffer-local minor mode for use with C and
13975 C-like major modes. When enabled, code within #ifdef constructs
13976 that the C preprocessor would eliminate may be hidden from view.
13977 Several variables affect how the hiding is done:
13979 `hide-ifdef-env'
13980 An association list of defined and undefined symbols for the
13981 current project. Initially, the global value of `hide-ifdef-env'
13982 is used. This variable was a buffer-local variable, which limits
13983 hideif to parse only one C/C++ file at a time. We've extended
13984 hideif to support parsing a C/C++ project containing multiple C/C++
13985 source files opened simultaneously in different buffers. Therefore
13986 `hide-ifdef-env' can no longer be buffer local but must be global.
13988 `hide-ifdef-define-alist'
13989 An association list of defined symbol lists.
13990 Use `hide-ifdef-set-define-alist' to save the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13991 and `hide-ifdef-use-define-alist' to set the current `hide-ifdef-env'
13992 from one of the lists in `hide-ifdef-define-alist'.
13994 `hide-ifdef-lines'
13995 Set to non-nil to not show #if, #ifdef, #ifndef, #else, and
13996 #endif lines when hiding.
13998 `hide-ifdef-initially'
13999 Indicates whether `hide-ifdefs' should be called when Hide-Ifdef mode
14000 is activated.
14002 `hide-ifdef-read-only'
14003 Set to non-nil if you want to make buffers read only while hiding.
14004 After `show-ifdefs', read-only status is restored to previous value.
14006 \\{hide-ifdef-mode-map}
14008 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14010 ;;;***
14012 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hideshow" "progmodes/hideshow.el" (22331 17372
14013 ;;;;;; 95369 256000))
14014 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/hideshow.el
14016 (defvar hs-special-modes-alist (mapcar 'purecopy '((c-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (c++-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (bibtex-mode ("@\\S(*\\(\\s(\\)" 1)) (java-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil nil) (js-mode "{" "}" "/[*/]" nil))) "\
14017 Alist for initializing the hideshow variables for different modes.
14018 Each element has the form
14019 (MODE START END COMMENT-START FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC ADJUST-BEG-FUNC).
14021 If non-nil, hideshow will use these values as regexps to define blocks
14022 and comments, respectively for major mode MODE.
14024 START, END and COMMENT-START are regular expressions. A block is
14025 defined as text surrounded by START and END.
14027 As a special case, START may be a list of the form (COMPLEX-START
14028 MDATA-SELECTOR), where COMPLEX-START is a regexp w/ multiple parts and
14029 MDATA-SELECTOR an integer that specifies which sub-match is the proper
14030 place to adjust point, before calling `hs-forward-sexp-func'. Point
14031 is adjusted to the beginning of the specified match. For example,
14032 see the `hs-special-modes-alist' entry for `bibtex-mode'.
14034 For some major modes, `forward-sexp' does not work properly. In those
14035 cases, FORWARD-SEXP-FUNC specifies another function to use instead.
14037 See the documentation for `hs-adjust-block-beginning' to see what is the
14038 use of ADJUST-BEG-FUNC.
14040 If any of the elements is left nil or omitted, hideshow tries to guess
14041 appropriate values. The regexps should not contain leading or trailing
14042 whitespace. Case does not matter.")
14044 (autoload 'hs-minor-mode "hideshow" "\
14045 Minor mode to selectively hide/show code and comment blocks.
14046 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
14047 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
14048 if ARG is omitted or nil.
14050 When hideshow minor mode is on, the menu bar is augmented with hideshow
14051 commands and the hideshow commands are enabled.
14052 The value (hs . t) is added to `buffer-invisibility-spec'.
14054 The main commands are: `hs-hide-all', `hs-show-all', `hs-hide-block',
14055 `hs-show-block', `hs-hide-level' and `hs-toggle-hiding'. There is also
14056 `hs-hide-initial-comment-block' and `hs-mouse-toggle-hiding'.
14058 Turning hideshow minor mode off reverts the menu bar and the
14059 variables to default values and disables the hideshow commands.
14061 Lastly, the normal hook `hs-minor-mode-hook' is run using `run-hooks'.
14063 Key bindings:
14064 \\{hs-minor-mode-map}
14066 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14068 (autoload 'turn-off-hideshow "hideshow" "\
14069 Unconditionally turn off `hs-minor-mode'.
14071 \(fn)" nil nil)
14073 ;;;***
14075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hilit-chg" "hilit-chg.el" (22330 59913 913323
14076 ;;;;;; 619000))
14077 ;;; Generated autoloads from hilit-chg.el
14079 (autoload 'highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14080 Toggle highlighting changes in this buffer (Highlight Changes mode).
14081 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes mode if ARG
14082 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
14083 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14085 When Highlight Changes is enabled, changes are marked with a text
14086 property. Normally they are displayed in a distinctive face, but
14087 command \\[highlight-changes-visible-mode] can be used to toggle
14088 this on and off.
14090 Other functions for buffers in this mode include:
14091 \\[highlight-changes-next-change] - move point to beginning of next change
14092 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] - move to beginning of previous change
14093 \\[highlight-changes-remove-highlight] - remove the change face from the region
14094 \\[highlight-changes-rotate-faces] - rotate different \"ages\" of changes
14095 through various faces.
14096 \\[highlight-compare-with-file] - mark text as changed by comparing this
14097 buffer with the contents of a file
14098 \\[highlight-compare-buffers] highlights differences between two buffers.
14100 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14102 (autoload 'highlight-changes-visible-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14103 Toggle visibility of highlighting due to Highlight Changes mode.
14104 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Highlight Changes Visible mode
14105 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
14106 Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14108 Highlight Changes Visible mode only has an effect when Highlight
14109 Changes mode is on. When enabled, the changed text is displayed
14110 in a distinctive face.
14112 The default value can be customized with variable
14113 `highlight-changes-visibility-initial-state'.
14115 This command does not itself set Highlight Changes mode.
14117 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14119 (autoload 'highlight-changes-remove-highlight "hilit-chg" "\
14120 Remove the change face from the region between BEG and END.
14121 This allows you to manually remove highlighting from uninteresting changes.
14123 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
14125 (autoload 'highlight-changes-next-change "hilit-chg" "\
14126 Move to the beginning of the next change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
14128 \(fn)" t nil)
14130 (autoload 'highlight-changes-previous-change "hilit-chg" "\
14131 Move to the beginning of the previous change, if in Highlight Changes mode.
14133 \(fn)" t nil)
14135 (autoload 'highlight-changes-rotate-faces "hilit-chg" "\
14136 Rotate the faces if in Highlight Changes mode and the changes are visible.
14138 Current changes are displayed in the face described by the first element
14139 of `highlight-changes-face-list', one level older changes are shown in
14140 face described by the second element, and so on. Very old changes remain
14141 shown in the last face in the list.
14143 You can automatically rotate colors when the buffer is saved by adding
14144 this function to `write-file-functions' as a buffer-local value. To do
14145 this, eval the following in the buffer to be saved:
14147 (add-hook \\='write-file-functions \\='highlight-changes-rotate-faces nil t)
14149 \(fn)" t nil)
14151 (autoload 'highlight-compare-buffers "hilit-chg" "\
14152 Compare two buffers and highlight the differences.
14154 The default is the current buffer and the one in the next window.
14156 If either buffer is modified and is visiting a file, you are prompted
14157 to save the file.
14159 Unless the buffer is unmodified and visiting a file, the buffer is
14160 written to a temporary file for comparison.
14162 If a buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14163 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14164 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14166 \(fn BUF-A BUF-B)" t nil)
14168 (autoload 'highlight-compare-with-file "hilit-chg" "\
14169 Compare this buffer with a file, and highlight differences.
14171 If the buffer has a backup filename, it is used as the default when
14172 this function is called interactively.
14174 If the current buffer is visiting the file being compared against, it
14175 also will have its differences highlighted. Otherwise, the file is
14176 read in temporarily but the buffer is deleted.
14178 If the buffer is read-only, differences will be highlighted but no property
14179 changes are made, so \\[highlight-changes-next-change] and
14180 \\[highlight-changes-previous-change] will not work.
14182 \(fn FILE-B)" t nil)
14184 (defvar global-highlight-changes-mode nil "\
14185 Non-nil if Global Highlight-Changes mode is enabled.
14186 See the `global-highlight-changes-mode' command
14187 for a description of this minor mode.
14188 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14189 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14190 or call the function `global-highlight-changes-mode'.")
14192 (custom-autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" nil)
14194 (autoload 'global-highlight-changes-mode "hilit-chg" "\
14195 Toggle Highlight-Changes mode in all buffers.
14196 With prefix ARG, enable Global Highlight-Changes mode if ARG is positive;
14197 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
14198 ARG is omitted or nil.
14200 Highlight-Changes mode is enabled in all buffers where
14201 `highlight-changes-mode-turn-on' would do it.
14202 See `highlight-changes-mode' for more information on Highlight-Changes mode.
14204 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14206 ;;;***
14208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hippie-exp" "hippie-exp.el" (22330 59913 913323
14209 ;;;;;; 619000))
14210 ;;; Generated autoloads from hippie-exp.el
14211 (push (purecopy '(hippie-exp 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
14213 (defvar hippie-expand-try-functions-list '(try-complete-file-name-partially try-complete-file-name try-expand-all-abbrevs try-expand-list try-expand-line try-expand-dabbrev try-expand-dabbrev-all-buffers try-expand-dabbrev-from-kill try-complete-lisp-symbol-partially try-complete-lisp-symbol) "\
14214 The list of expansion functions tried in order by `hippie-expand'.
14215 To change the behavior of `hippie-expand', remove, change the order of,
14216 or insert functions in this list.")
14218 (custom-autoload 'hippie-expand-try-functions-list "hippie-exp" t)
14220 (autoload 'hippie-expand "hippie-exp" "\
14221 Try to expand text before point, using multiple methods.
14222 The expansion functions in `hippie-expand-try-functions-list' are
14223 tried in order, until a possible expansion is found. Repeated
14224 application of `hippie-expand' inserts successively possible
14225 expansions.
14226 With a positive numeric argument, jumps directly to the ARG next
14227 function in this list. With a negative argument or just \\[universal-argument],
14228 undoes the expansion.
14230 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
14232 (autoload 'make-hippie-expand-function "hippie-exp" "\
14233 Construct a function similar to `hippie-expand'.
14234 Make it use the expansion functions in TRY-LIST. An optional second
14235 argument VERBOSE non-nil makes the function verbose.
14237 \(fn TRY-LIST &optional VERBOSE)" nil t)
14239 ;;;***
14241 ;;;### (autoloads nil "hl-line" "hl-line.el" (22330 59913 913323
14242 ;;;;;; 619000))
14243 ;;; Generated autoloads from hl-line.el
14245 (autoload 'hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14246 Toggle highlighting of the current line (Hl-Line mode).
14247 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14248 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14249 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14251 Hl-Line mode is a buffer-local minor mode. If
14252 `hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14253 line about the buffer's point in all windows. Caveat: the
14254 buffer's point might be different from the point of a
14255 non-selected window. Hl-Line mode uses the function
14256 `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook' in this case.
14258 When `hl-line-sticky-flag' is nil, Hl-Line mode highlights the
14259 line about point in the selected window only. In this case, it
14260 uses the function `hl-line-unhighlight' on `pre-command-hook' in
14261 addition to `hl-line-highlight' on `post-command-hook'.
14263 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14265 (defvar global-hl-line-mode nil "\
14266 Non-nil if Global Hl-Line mode is enabled.
14267 See the `global-hl-line-mode' command
14268 for a description of this minor mode.
14269 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14270 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14271 or call the function `global-hl-line-mode'.")
14273 (custom-autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" nil)
14275 (autoload 'global-hl-line-mode "hl-line" "\
14276 Toggle line highlighting in all buffers (Global Hl-Line mode).
14277 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Hl-Line mode if ARG is
14278 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14279 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14281 If `global-hl-line-sticky-flag' is non-nil, Global Hl-Line mode
14282 highlights the line about the current buffer's point in all
14283 windows.
14285 Global-Hl-Line mode uses the functions `global-hl-line-unhighlight' and
14286 `global-hl-line-highlight' on `pre-command-hook' and `post-command-hook'.
14288 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14290 ;;;***
14292 ;;;### (autoloads nil "holidays" "calendar/holidays.el" (22330 59913
14293 ;;;;;; 920323 597000))
14294 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/holidays.el
14296 (defvar holiday-general-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-fixed 1 1 "New Year's Day") (holiday-float 1 1 3 "Martin Luther King Day") (holiday-fixed 2 2 "Groundhog Day") (holiday-fixed 2 14 "Valentine's Day") (holiday-float 2 1 3 "President's Day") (holiday-fixed 3 17 "St. Patrick's Day") (holiday-fixed 4 1 "April Fools' Day") (holiday-float 5 0 2 "Mother's Day") (holiday-float 5 1 -1 "Memorial Day") (holiday-fixed 6 14 "Flag Day") (holiday-float 6 0 3 "Father's Day") (holiday-fixed 7 4 "Independence Day") (holiday-float 9 1 1 "Labor Day") (holiday-float 10 1 2 "Columbus Day") (holiday-fixed 10 31 "Halloween") (holiday-fixed 11 11 "Veteran's Day") (holiday-float 11 4 4 "Thanksgiving"))) "\
14297 General holidays. Default value is for the United States.
14298 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14300 (custom-autoload 'holiday-general-holidays "holidays" t)
14302 (put 'holiday-general-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14304 (defvar holiday-oriental-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-chinese-new-year) (if calendar-chinese-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-chinese 1 15 "Lantern Festival") (holiday-chinese-qingming) (holiday-chinese 5 5 "Dragon Boat Festival") (holiday-chinese 7 7 "Double Seventh Festival") (holiday-chinese 8 15 "Mid-Autumn Festival") (holiday-chinese 9 9 "Double Ninth Festival") (holiday-chinese-winter-solstice))))) "\
14305 Oriental holidays.
14306 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14308 (custom-autoload 'holiday-oriental-holidays "holidays" t)
14310 (put 'holiday-oriental-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14312 (defvar holiday-local-holidays nil "\
14313 Local holidays.
14314 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14316 (custom-autoload 'holiday-local-holidays "holidays" t)
14318 (put 'holiday-local-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14320 (defvar holiday-other-holidays nil "\
14321 User defined holidays.
14322 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14324 (custom-autoload 'holiday-other-holidays "holidays" t)
14326 (put 'holiday-other-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14328 (defvar holiday-hebrew-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-hebrew-passover) (holiday-hebrew-rosh-hashanah) (holiday-hebrew-hanukkah) (if calendar-hebrew-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-hebrew-tisha-b-av) (holiday-hebrew-misc))))) "\
14329 Jewish holidays.
14330 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14332 (custom-autoload 'holiday-hebrew-holidays "holidays" t)
14334 (put 'holiday-hebrew-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14336 (defvar holiday-christian-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-easter-etc) (holiday-fixed 12 25 "Christmas") (if calendar-christian-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 1 6 "Epiphany") (holiday-julian 12 25 "Christmas (Julian calendar)") (holiday-greek-orthodox-easter) (holiday-fixed 8 15 "Assumption") (holiday-advent 0 "Advent"))))) "\
14337 Christian holidays.
14338 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14340 (custom-autoload 'holiday-christian-holidays "holidays" t)
14342 (put 'holiday-christian-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14344 (defvar holiday-islamic-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-islamic-new-year) (holiday-islamic 9 1 "Ramadan Begins") (if calendar-islamic-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-islamic 1 10 "Ashura") (holiday-islamic 3 12 "Mulad-al-Nabi") (holiday-islamic 7 26 "Shab-e-Mi'raj") (holiday-islamic 8 15 "Shab-e-Bara't") (holiday-islamic 9 27 "Shab-e Qadr") (holiday-islamic 10 1 "Id-al-Fitr") (holiday-islamic 12 10 "Id-al-Adha"))))) "\
14345 Islamic holidays.
14346 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14348 (custom-autoload 'holiday-islamic-holidays "holidays" t)
14350 (put 'holiday-islamic-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14352 (defvar holiday-bahai-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((holiday-bahai-new-year) (holiday-bahai-ridvan) (holiday-fixed 5 23 "Declaration of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 5 29 "Ascension of Bahá’u’lláh") (holiday-fixed 7 9 "Martyrdom of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 10 20 "Birth of the Báb") (holiday-fixed 11 12 "Birth of Bahá’u’lláh") (if calendar-bahai-all-holidays-flag (append (holiday-fixed 11 26 "Day of the Covenant") (holiday-fixed 11 28 "Ascension of `Abdu’l-Bahá"))))) "\
14353 Bahá’í holidays.
14354 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14356 (custom-autoload 'holiday-bahai-holidays "holidays" t)
14358 (put 'holiday-bahai-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14360 (defvar holiday-solar-holidays (mapcar 'purecopy '((solar-equinoxes-solstices) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-starts (format "Daylight Saving Time Begins %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-starts-time (float 60)) calendar-standard-time-zone-name))) (holiday-sexp calendar-daylight-savings-ends (format "Daylight Saving Time Ends %s" (solar-time-string (/ calendar-daylight-savings-ends-time (float 60)) calendar-daylight-time-zone-name))))) "\
14361 Sun-related holidays.
14362 See the documentation for `calendar-holidays' for details.")
14364 (custom-autoload 'holiday-solar-holidays "holidays" t)
14366 (put 'holiday-solar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14368 (put 'calendar-holidays 'risky-local-variable t)
14370 (autoload 'holidays "holidays" "\
14371 Display the holidays for last month, this month, and next month.
14372 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
14373 This function is suitable for execution in a init file.
14375 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14377 (autoload 'list-holidays "holidays" "\
14378 Display holidays for years Y1 to Y2 (inclusive).
14379 Y2 defaults to Y1. The optional list of holidays L defaults to
14380 `calendar-holidays'. If you want to control what holidays are
14381 displayed, use a different list. For example,
14383 (list-holidays 2006 2006
14384 (append holiday-general-holidays holiday-local-holidays))
14386 will display holidays for the year 2006 defined in the two
14387 mentioned lists, and nothing else.
14389 When called interactively, this command offers a choice of
14390 holidays, based on the variables `holiday-solar-holidays' etc. See the
14391 documentation of `calendar-holidays' for a list of the variables
14392 that control the choices, as well as a description of the format
14393 of a holiday list.
14395 The optional LABEL is used to label the buffer created.
14397 \(fn Y1 &optional Y2 L LABEL)" t nil)
14399 (defalias 'holiday-list 'list-holidays)
14401 ;;;***
14403 ;;;### (autoloads nil "html2text" "gnus/html2text.el" (22331 17372
14404 ;;;;;; 26369 502000))
14405 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/html2text.el
14407 (autoload 'html2text "html2text" "\
14408 Convert HTML to plain text in the current buffer.
14410 \(fn)" t nil)
14412 ;;;***
14414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "htmlfontify" "htmlfontify.el" (22331 17372
14415 ;;;;;; 38369 459000))
14416 ;;; Generated autoloads from htmlfontify.el
14417 (push (purecopy '(htmlfontify 0 21)) package--builtin-versions)
14419 (autoload 'htmlfontify-buffer "htmlfontify" "\
14420 Create a new buffer, named for the current buffer + a .html extension,
14421 containing an inline CSS-stylesheet and formatted CSS-markup HTML
14422 that reproduces the look of the current Emacs buffer as closely
14423 as possible.
14425 Dangerous characters in the existing buffer are turned into HTML
14426 entities, so you should even be able to do HTML-within-HTML
14427 fontified display.
14429 You should, however, note that random control or eight-bit
14430 characters such as ^L (\f) or ¤ (\244) won't get mapped yet.
14432 If the SRCDIR and FILE arguments are set, lookup etags derived
14433 entries in the `hfy-tags-cache' and add HTML anchors and
14434 hyperlinks as appropriate.
14436 \(fn &optional SRCDIR FILE)" t nil)
14438 (autoload 'htmlfontify-copy-and-link-dir "htmlfontify" "\
14439 Trawl SRCDIR and write fontified-and-hyperlinked output in DSTDIR.
14440 F-EXT and L-EXT specify values for `hfy-extn' and `hfy-link-extn'.
14442 You may also want to set `hfy-page-header' and `hfy-page-footer'.
14444 \(fn SRCDIR DSTDIR &optional F-EXT L-EXT)" t nil)
14446 ;;;***
14448 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuf-macs" "ibuf-macs.el" (22330 59913 913323
14449 ;;;;;; 619000))
14450 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuf-macs.el
14452 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-column "ibuf-macs" "\
14453 Define a column SYMBOL for use with `ibuffer-formats'.
14455 BODY will be called with `buffer' bound to the buffer object, and
14456 `mark' bound to the current mark on the buffer. The original ibuffer
14457 buffer will be bound to `ibuffer-buf'.
14459 If NAME is given, it will be used as a title for the column.
14460 Otherwise, the title will default to a capitalized version of the
14461 SYMBOL's name. PROPS is a plist of additional properties to add to
14462 the text, such as `mouse-face'. And SUMMARIZER, if given, is a
14463 function which will be passed a list of all the strings in its column;
14464 it should return a string to display at the bottom.
14466 If HEADER-MOUSE-MAP is given, it will be used as a keymap for the
14467 title of the column.
14469 Note that this macro expands into a `defun' for a function named
14470 ibuffer-make-column-NAME. If INLINE is non-nil, then the form will be
14471 inlined into the compiled format versions. This means that if you
14472 change its definition, you should explicitly call
14473 `ibuffer-recompile-formats'.
14475 \(fn SYMBOL (&key NAME INLINE PROPS SUMMARIZER) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14477 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-column 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
14479 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-sorter "ibuf-macs" "\
14480 Define a method of sorting named NAME.
14481 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function, which will be called
14482 `ibuffer-do-sort-by-NAME'.
14483 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the sorting method.
14485 For sorting, the forms in BODY will be evaluated with `a' bound to one
14486 buffer object, and `b' bound to another. BODY should return a non-nil
14487 value if and only if `a' is \"less than\" `b'.
14489 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14491 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'lisp-indent-function '1)
14493 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-sorter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14495 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-op "ibuf-macs" "\
14496 Generate a function which operates on a buffer.
14497 OP becomes the name of the function; if it doesn't begin with
14498 `ibuffer-do-', then that is prepended to it.
14499 When an operation is performed, this function will be called once for
14500 each marked buffer, with that buffer current.
14502 ARGS becomes the formal parameters of the function.
14503 DOCUMENTATION becomes the docstring of the function.
14504 INTERACTIVE becomes the interactive specification of the function.
14505 MARK describes which type of mark (:deletion, or nil) this operation
14506 uses. :deletion means the function operates on buffers marked for
14507 deletion, otherwise it acts on normally marked buffers.
14508 MODIFIER-P describes how the function modifies buffers. This is used
14509 to set the modification flag of the Ibuffer buffer itself. Valid
14510 values are:
14511 nil - the function never modifiers buffers
14512 t - the function it always modifies buffers
14513 :maybe - attempt to discover this information by comparing the
14514 buffer's modification flag.
14515 DANGEROUS is a boolean which should be set if the user should be
14516 prompted before performing this operation.
14517 OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user after the
14518 operation is complete, in the form:
14519 \"Operation complete; OPSTRING x buffers\"
14520 ACTIVE-OPSTRING is a string which will be displayed to the user in a
14521 confirmation message, in the form:
14522 \"Really ACTIVE-OPSTRING x buffers?\"
14523 COMPLEX means this function is special; see the source code of this
14524 macro for exactly what it does.
14526 \(fn OP ARGS DOCUMENTATION (&key INTERACTIVE MARK MODIFIER-P DANGEROUS OPSTRING ACTIVE-OPSTRING COMPLEX) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14528 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14530 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-op 'doc-string-elt '3)
14532 (autoload 'define-ibuffer-filter "ibuf-macs" "\
14533 Define a filter named NAME.
14534 DOCUMENTATION is the documentation of the function.
14535 READER is a form which should read a qualifier from the user.
14536 DESCRIPTION is a short string describing the filter.
14538 BODY should contain forms which will be evaluated to test whether or
14539 not a particular buffer should be displayed or not. The forms in BODY
14540 will be evaluated with BUF bound to the buffer object, and QUALIFIER
14541 bound to the current value of the filter.
14543 \(fn NAME DOCUMENTATION (&key READER DESCRIPTION) &rest BODY)" nil t)
14545 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'lisp-indent-function '2)
14547 (function-put 'define-ibuffer-filter 'doc-string-elt '2)
14549 ;;;***
14551 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ibuffer" "ibuffer.el" (22331 17372 39369 455000))
14552 ;;; Generated autoloads from ibuffer.el
14554 (autoload 'ibuffer-list-buffers "ibuffer" "\
14555 Display a list of buffers, in another window.
14556 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14557 buffers which are visiting a file.
14559 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14561 (autoload 'ibuffer-other-window "ibuffer" "\
14562 Like `ibuffer', but displayed in another window by default.
14563 If optional argument FILES-ONLY is non-nil, then add a filter for
14564 buffers which are visiting a file.
14566 \(fn &optional FILES-ONLY)" t nil)
14568 (autoload 'ibuffer "ibuffer" "\
14569 Begin using Ibuffer to edit a list of buffers.
14570 Type `h' after entering ibuffer for more information.
14572 All arguments are optional.
14573 OTHER-WINDOW-P says to use another window.
14574 NAME specifies the name of the buffer (defaults to \"*Ibuffer*\").
14575 QUALIFIERS is an initial set of filtering qualifiers to use;
14576 see `ibuffer-filtering-qualifiers'.
14577 NOSELECT means don't select the Ibuffer buffer.
14578 SHRINK means shrink the buffer to minimal size. The special
14579 value `onewindow' means always use another window.
14580 FILTER-GROUPS is an initial set of filtering groups to use;
14581 see `ibuffer-filter-groups'.
14582 FORMATS is the value to use for `ibuffer-formats'.
14583 If specified, then the variable `ibuffer-formats' will have
14584 that value locally in this buffer.
14586 \(fn &optional OTHER-WINDOW-P NAME QUALIFIERS NOSELECT SHRINK FILTER-GROUPS FORMATS)" t nil)
14588 ;;;***
14590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icalendar" "calendar/icalendar.el" (22330
14591 ;;;;;; 59913 920323 597000))
14592 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/icalendar.el
14593 (push (purecopy '(icalendar 0 19)) package--builtin-versions)
14595 (autoload 'icalendar-export-file "icalendar" "\
14596 Export diary file to iCalendar format.
14597 All diary entries in the file DIARY-FILENAME are converted to iCalendar
14598 format. The result is appended to the file ICAL-FILENAME.
14600 \(fn DIARY-FILENAME ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14602 (autoload 'icalendar-export-region "icalendar" "\
14603 Export region in diary file to iCalendar format.
14604 All diary entries in the region from MIN to MAX in the current buffer are
14605 converted to iCalendar format. The result is appended to the file
14606 ICAL-FILENAME.
14607 This function attempts to return t if something goes wrong. In this
14608 case an error string which describes all the errors and problems is
14609 written into the buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14611 \(fn MIN MAX ICAL-FILENAME)" t nil)
14613 (autoload 'icalendar-import-file "icalendar" "\
14614 Import an iCalendar file and append to a diary file.
14615 Argument ICAL-FILENAME output iCalendar file.
14616 Argument DIARY-FILENAME input `diary-file'.
14617 Optional argument NON-MARKING determines whether events are created as
14618 non-marking or not.
14620 \(fn ICAL-FILENAME DIARY-FILENAME &optional NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14622 (autoload 'icalendar-import-buffer "icalendar" "\
14623 Extract iCalendar events from current buffer.
14625 This function searches the current buffer for the first iCalendar
14626 object, reads it and adds all VEVENT elements to the diary
14627 DIARY-FILE.
14629 It will ask for each appointment whether to add it to the diary
14630 unless DO-NOT-ASK is non-nil. When called interactively,
14631 DO-NOT-ASK is nil, so that you are asked for each event.
14633 NON-MARKING determines whether diary events are created as
14634 non-marking.
14636 Return code t means that importing worked well, return code nil
14637 means that an error has occurred. Error messages will be in the
14638 buffer `*icalendar-errors*'.
14640 \(fn &optional DIARY-FILE DO-NOT-ASK NON-MARKING)" t nil)
14642 ;;;***
14644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icomplete" "icomplete.el" (22331 17372 39369
14645 ;;;;;; 455000))
14646 ;;; Generated autoloads from icomplete.el
14648 (defvar icomplete-mode nil "\
14649 Non-nil if Icomplete mode is enabled.
14650 See the `icomplete-mode' command
14651 for a description of this minor mode.
14652 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14653 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
14654 or call the function `icomplete-mode'.")
14656 (custom-autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" nil)
14658 (autoload 'icomplete-mode "icomplete" "\
14659 Toggle incremental minibuffer completion (Icomplete mode).
14660 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Icomplete mode if ARG is
14661 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
14662 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
14664 When this global minor mode is enabled, typing in the minibuffer
14665 continuously displays a list of possible completions that match
14666 the string you have typed. See `icomplete-completions' for a
14667 description of how prospective completions are displayed.
14669 For more information, see Info node `(emacs)Icomplete'.
14670 For options you can set, `\\[customize-group] icomplete'.
14672 You can use the following key bindings to navigate and select
14673 completions:
14675 \\{icomplete-minibuffer-map}
14677 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14678 (when (locate-library "obsolete/iswitchb")
14679 (autoload 'iswitchb-mode "iswitchb" "Toggle Iswitchb mode." t)
14680 (make-obsolete 'iswitchb-mode
14681 "use `icomplete-mode' or `ido-mode' instead." "24.4"))
14683 ;;;***
14685 ;;;### (autoloads nil "icon" "progmodes/icon.el" (22330 59913 983323
14686 ;;;;;; 402000))
14687 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/icon.el
14689 (autoload 'icon-mode "icon" "\
14690 Major mode for editing Icon code.
14691 Expression and list commands understand all Icon brackets.
14692 Tab indents for Icon code.
14693 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
14694 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
14695 \\{icon-mode-map}
14696 Variables controlling indentation style:
14697 icon-tab-always-indent
14698 Non-nil means TAB in Icon mode should always reindent the current line,
14699 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
14700 icon-auto-newline
14701 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces
14702 inserted in Icon code.
14703 icon-indent-level
14704 Indentation of Icon statements within surrounding block.
14705 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
14706 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
14707 icon-continued-statement-offset
14708 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
14709 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
14710 icon-continued-brace-offset
14711 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
14712 This is in addition to `icon-continued-statement-offset'.
14713 icon-brace-offset
14714 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
14715 icon-brace-imaginary-offset
14716 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
14717 this far to the right of the start of its line.
14719 Turning on Icon mode calls the value of the variable `icon-mode-hook'
14720 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
14722 \(fn)" t nil)
14724 ;;;***
14726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlw-shell" "progmodes/idlw-shell.el" (22330
14727 ;;;;;; 59913 984323 399000))
14728 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlw-shell.el
14730 (autoload 'idlwave-shell "idlw-shell" "\
14731 Run an inferior IDL, with I/O through buffer `(idlwave-shell-buffer)'.
14732 If buffer exists but shell process is not running, start new IDL.
14733 If buffer exists and shell process is running, just switch to the buffer.
14735 When called with a prefix ARG, or when `idlwave-shell-use-dedicated-frame'
14736 is non-nil, the shell buffer and the source buffers will be in
14737 separate frames.
14739 The command to run comes from variable `idlwave-shell-explicit-file-name',
14740 with options taken from `idlwave-shell-command-line-options'.
14742 The buffer is put in `idlwave-shell-mode', providing commands for sending
14743 input and controlling the IDL job. See help on `idlwave-shell-mode'.
14744 See also the variable `idlwave-shell-prompt-pattern'.
14746 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
14748 \(fn &optional ARG QUICK)" t nil)
14750 ;;;***
14752 ;;;### (autoloads nil "idlwave" "progmodes/idlwave.el" (22330 59913
14753 ;;;;;; 984323 399000))
14754 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/idlwave.el
14755 (push (purecopy '(idlwave 6 1 22)) package--builtin-versions)
14757 (autoload 'idlwave-mode "idlwave" "\
14758 Major mode for editing IDL source files (version 6.1_em22).
14760 The main features of this mode are
14762 1. Indentation and Formatting
14763 --------------------------
14764 Like other Emacs programming modes, C-j inserts a newline and indents.
14765 TAB is used for explicit indentation of the current line.
14767 To start a continuation line, use \\[idlwave-split-line]. This
14768 function can also be used in the middle of a line to split the line
14769 at that point. When used inside a long constant string, the string
14770 is split at that point with the `+' concatenation operator.
14772 Comments are indented as follows:
14774 `;;;' Indentation remains unchanged.
14775 `;;' Indent like the surrounding code
14776 `;' Indent to a minimum column.
14778 The indentation of comments starting in column 0 is never changed.
14780 Use \\[idlwave-fill-paragraph] to refill a paragraph inside a
14781 comment. The indentation of the second line of the paragraph
14782 relative to the first will be retained. Use
14783 \\[idlwave-auto-fill-mode] to toggle auto-fill mode for these
14784 comments. When the variable `idlwave-fill-comment-line-only' is
14785 nil, code can also be auto-filled and auto-indented.
14787 To convert pre-existing IDL code to your formatting style, mark the
14788 entire buffer with \\[mark-whole-buffer] and execute
14789 \\[idlwave-expand-region-abbrevs]. Then mark the entire buffer
14790 again followed by \\[indent-region] (`indent-region').
14792 2. Routine Info
14793 ------------
14794 IDLWAVE displays information about the calling sequence and the
14795 accepted keyword parameters of a procedure or function with
14796 \\[idlwave-routine-info]. \\[idlwave-find-module] jumps to the
14797 source file of a module. These commands know about system
14798 routines, all routines in idlwave-mode buffers and (when the
14799 idlwave-shell is active) about all modules currently compiled under
14800 this shell. It also makes use of pre-compiled or custom-scanned
14801 user and library catalogs many popular libraries ship with by
14802 default. Use \\[idlwave-update-routine-info] to update this
14803 information, which is also used for completion (see item 4).
14805 3. Online IDL Help
14806 ---------------
14808 \\[idlwave-context-help] displays the IDL documentation relevant
14809 for the system variable, keyword, or routines at point. A single
14810 key stroke gets you directly to the right place in the docs. See
14811 the manual to configure where and how the HTML help is displayed.
14813 4. Completion
14814 ----------
14815 \\[idlwave-complete] completes the names of procedures, functions
14816 class names, keyword parameters, system variables and tags, class
14817 tags, structure tags, filenames and much more. It is context
14818 sensitive and figures out what is expected at point. Lower case
14819 strings are completed in lower case, other strings in mixed or
14820 upper case.
14822 5. Code Templates and Abbreviations
14823 --------------------------------
14824 Many Abbreviations are predefined to expand to code fragments and templates.
14825 The abbreviations start generally with a `\\'. Some examples:
14827 \\pr PROCEDURE template
14828 \\fu FUNCTION template
14829 \\c CASE statement template
14830 \\sw SWITCH statement template
14831 \\f FOR loop template
14832 \\r REPEAT Loop template
14833 \\w WHILE loop template
14834 \\i IF statement template
14835 \\elif IF-ELSE statement template
14836 \\b BEGIN
14838 For a full list, use \\[idlwave-list-abbrevs]. Some templates also
14839 have direct keybindings - see the list of keybindings below.
14841 \\[idlwave-doc-header] inserts a documentation header at the
14842 beginning of the current program unit (pro, function or main).
14843 Change log entries can be added to the current program unit with
14844 \\[idlwave-doc-modification].
14846 6. Automatic Case Conversion
14847 -------------------------
14848 The case of reserved words and some abbrevs is controlled by
14849 `idlwave-reserved-word-upcase' and `idlwave-abbrev-change-case'.
14851 7. Automatic END completion
14852 ------------------------
14853 If the variable `idlwave-expand-generic-end' is non-nil, each END typed
14854 will be converted to the specific version, like ENDIF, ENDFOR, etc.
14856 8. Hooks
14857 -----
14858 Loading idlwave.el runs `idlwave-load-hook'.
14859 Turning on `idlwave-mode' runs `idlwave-mode-hook'.
14861 9. Documentation and Customization
14862 -------------------------------
14863 Info documentation for this package is available. Use
14864 \\[idlwave-info] to display (complain to your sysadmin if that does
14865 not work). For Postscript, PDF, and HTML versions of the
14866 documentation, check IDLWAVE's homepage at URL
14867 `http://github.com/jdtsmith/idlwave'.
14868 IDLWAVE has customize support - see the group `idlwave'.
14870 10.Keybindings
14871 -----------
14872 Here is a list of all keybindings of this mode.
14873 If some of the key bindings below show with ??, use \\[describe-key]
14874 followed by the key sequence to see what the key sequence does.
14876 \\{idlwave-mode-map}
14878 \(fn)" t nil)
14880 ;;;***
14882 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ido" "ido.el" (22330 59913 913323 619000))
14883 ;;; Generated autoloads from ido.el
14885 (defvar ido-mode nil "\
14886 Determines for which buffer/file Ido should be enabled.
14887 The following values are possible:
14888 - `buffer': Turn only on Ido buffer behavior (switching, killing,
14889 displaying...)
14890 - `file': Turn only on Ido file behavior (finding, writing, inserting...)
14891 - `both': Turn on Ido buffer and file behavior.
14892 - nil: Turn off any Ido switching.
14894 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
14895 use either \\[customize] or the function `ido-mode'.")
14897 (custom-autoload 'ido-mode "ido" nil)
14899 (autoload 'ido-mode "ido" "\
14900 Toggle Ido mode on or off.
14901 With ARG, turn Ido mode on if arg is positive, off otherwise.
14902 Turning on Ido mode will remap (via a minor-mode keymap) the default
14903 keybindings for the `find-file' and `switch-to-buffer' families of
14904 commands to the Ido versions of these functions.
14905 However, if ARG arg equals `files', remap only commands for files, or
14906 if it equals `buffers', remap only commands for buffer switching.
14907 This function also adds a hook to the minibuffer.
14909 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
14911 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer "ido" "\
14912 Switch to another buffer.
14913 The buffer is displayed according to `ido-default-buffer-method' -- the
14914 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14915 in another frame.
14917 As you type in a string, all of the buffers matching the string are
14918 displayed if substring-matching is used (default). Look at
14919 `ido-enable-prefix' and `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the
14920 buffer you want, it can then be selected. As you type, most keys have
14921 their normal keybindings, except for the following: \\<ido-buffer-completion-map>
14923 RET Select the buffer at the front of the list of matches.
14924 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new buffer.
14926 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
14928 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
14929 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
14930 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
14931 all buffers. If there is only one match, select that buffer.
14932 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching buffers
14933 in a separate window.
14934 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string.
14935 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-ido version of current command.
14936 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
14937 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
14938 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of buffer names.
14939 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching buffers in separate window.
14940 \\[ido-enter-find-file] Drop into `ido-find-file'.
14941 \\[ido-kill-buffer-at-head] Kill buffer at head of buffer list.
14942 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring buffers listed in `ido-ignore-buffers'.
14944 \(fn)" t nil)
14946 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-window "ido" "\
14947 Switch to another buffer and show it in another window.
14948 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14949 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14951 \(fn)" t nil)
14953 (autoload 'ido-display-buffer "ido" "\
14954 Display a buffer in another window but don't select it.
14955 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14956 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14958 \(fn)" t nil)
14960 (autoload 'ido-kill-buffer "ido" "\
14961 Kill a buffer.
14962 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14963 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14965 \(fn)" t nil)
14967 (autoload 'ido-insert-buffer "ido" "\
14968 Insert contents of a buffer in current buffer after point.
14969 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14970 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14972 \(fn)" t nil)
14974 (autoload 'ido-switch-buffer-other-frame "ido" "\
14975 Switch to another buffer and show it in another frame.
14976 The buffer name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
14977 For details of keybindings, see `ido-switch-buffer'.
14979 \(fn)" t nil)
14981 (autoload 'ido-find-file-in-dir "ido" "\
14982 Switch to another file starting from DIR.
14984 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
14986 (autoload 'ido-find-file "ido" "\
14987 Edit file with name obtained via minibuffer.
14988 The file is displayed according to `ido-default-file-method' -- the
14989 default is to show it in the same window, unless it is already visible
14990 in another frame.
14992 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring. As you
14993 type in a string, all of the filenames matching the string are displayed
14994 if substring-matching is used (default). Look at `ido-enable-prefix' and
14995 `ido-toggle-prefix'. When you have found the filename you want, it can
14996 then be selected. As you type, most keys have their normal keybindings,
14997 except for the following: \\<ido-file-completion-map>
14999 RET Select the file at the front of the list of matches.
15000 If the list is empty, possibly prompt to create new file.
15002 \\[ido-select-text] Use the current input string verbatim.
15004 \\[ido-next-match] Put the first element at the end of the list.
15005 \\[ido-prev-match] Put the last element at the start of the list.
15006 \\[ido-complete] Complete a common suffix to the current string that matches
15007 all files. If there is only one match, select that file.
15008 If there is no common suffix, show a list of all matching files
15009 in a separate window.
15010 \\[ido-magic-delete-char] Open the specified directory in Dired mode.
15011 \\[ido-edit-input] Edit input string (including directory).
15012 \\[ido-prev-work-directory] Go to previous directory in work directory history.
15013 \\[ido-next-work-directory] Go to next directory in work directory history.
15014 \\[ido-merge-work-directories] Search for file in the work directory history.
15015 \\[ido-forget-work-directory] Remove current directory from the work directory history.
15016 \\[ido-prev-work-file] Cycle to previous file in work file history.
15017 \\[ido-next-work-file] Cycle to next file in work file history.
15018 \\[ido-wide-find-file-or-pop-dir] Prompt for a file and use find to locate it.
15019 \\[ido-wide-find-dir-or-delete-dir] Prompt for a directory and use find to locate it.
15020 \\[ido-make-directory] Prompt for a directory to create in current directory.
15021 \\[ido-fallback-command] Fallback to non-Ido version of current command.
15022 \\[ido-toggle-regexp] Toggle regexp searching.
15023 \\[ido-toggle-prefix] Toggle between substring and prefix matching.
15024 \\[ido-toggle-case] Toggle case-sensitive searching of file names.
15025 \\[ido-toggle-literal] Toggle literal reading of this file.
15026 \\[ido-completion-help] Show list of matching files in separate window.
15027 \\[ido-toggle-ignore] Toggle ignoring files listed in `ido-ignore-files'.
15029 \(fn)" t nil)
15031 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-window "ido" "\
15032 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
15033 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15034 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15036 \(fn)" t nil)
15038 (autoload 'ido-find-alternate-file "ido" "\
15039 Switch to another file and show it in another window.
15040 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15041 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15043 \(fn)" t nil)
15045 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only "ido" "\
15046 Edit file read-only with name obtained via minibuffer.
15047 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15048 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15050 \(fn)" t nil)
15052 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-window "ido" "\
15053 Edit file read-only in other window with name obtained via minibuffer.
15054 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15055 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15057 \(fn)" t nil)
15059 (autoload 'ido-find-file-read-only-other-frame "ido" "\
15060 Edit file read-only in other frame with name obtained via minibuffer.
15061 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15062 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15064 \(fn)" t nil)
15066 (autoload 'ido-display-file "ido" "\
15067 Display a file in another window but don't select it.
15068 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15069 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15071 \(fn)" t nil)
15073 (autoload 'ido-find-file-other-frame "ido" "\
15074 Switch to another file and show it in another frame.
15075 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15076 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15078 \(fn)" t nil)
15080 (autoload 'ido-write-file "ido" "\
15081 Write current buffer to a file.
15082 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15083 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15085 \(fn)" t nil)
15087 (autoload 'ido-insert-file "ido" "\
15088 Insert contents of file in current buffer.
15089 The file name is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15090 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15092 \(fn)" t nil)
15094 (autoload 'ido-dired "ido" "\
15095 Call `dired' the Ido way.
15096 The directory is selected interactively by typing a substring.
15097 For details of keybindings, see `ido-find-file'.
15099 \(fn)" t nil)
15101 (autoload 'ido-read-buffer "ido" "\
15102 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-buffer'.
15103 Return the name of a buffer selected.
15104 PROMPT is the prompt to give to the user. DEFAULT if given is the default
15105 buffer to be selected, which will go to the front of the list.
15106 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, an existing buffer must be selected.
15108 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT REQUIRE-MATCH PREDICATE)" nil nil)
15110 (autoload 'ido-read-file-name "ido" "\
15111 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-file-name'.
15112 Read file name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
15113 See `read-file-name' for additional parameters.
15115 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-FILENAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL PREDICATE)" nil nil)
15117 (autoload 'ido-read-directory-name "ido" "\
15118 Ido replacement for the built-in `read-directory-name'.
15119 Read directory name, prompting with PROMPT and completing in directory DIR.
15120 See `read-directory-name' for additional parameters.
15122 \(fn PROMPT &optional DIR DEFAULT-DIRNAME MUSTMATCH INITIAL)" nil nil)
15124 (autoload 'ido-completing-read "ido" "\
15125 Ido replacement for the built-in `completing-read'.
15126 Read a string in the minibuffer with Ido-style completion.
15127 PROMPT is a string to prompt with; normally it ends in a colon and a space.
15128 CHOICES is a list of strings which are the possible completions.
15129 PREDICATE and INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD are currently ignored; they are included
15130 to be compatible with `completing-read'.
15131 If REQUIRE-MATCH is non-nil, the user is not allowed to exit unless
15132 the input is (or completes to) an element of CHOICES or is null.
15133 If the input is null, `ido-completing-read' returns DEF, or an empty
15134 string if DEF is nil, regardless of the value of REQUIRE-MATCH.
15135 If INITIAL-INPUT is non-nil, insert it in the minibuffer initially,
15136 with point positioned at the end.
15137 HIST, if non-nil, specifies a history list.
15138 DEF, if non-nil, is the default value.
15140 \(fn PROMPT CHOICES &optional PREDICATE REQUIRE-MATCH INITIAL-INPUT HIST DEF INHERIT-INPUT-METHOD)" nil nil)
15142 ;;;***
15144 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ielm" "ielm.el" (22330 59913 913323 619000))
15145 ;;; Generated autoloads from ielm.el
15147 (autoload 'ielm "ielm" "\
15148 Interactively evaluate Emacs Lisp expressions.
15149 Switches to the buffer `*ielm*', or creates it if it does not exist.
15150 See `inferior-emacs-lisp-mode' for details.
15152 \(fn)" t nil)
15154 ;;;***
15156 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iimage" "iimage.el" (22330 59913 913323 619000))
15157 ;;; Generated autoloads from iimage.el
15159 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'turn-on-iimage-mode 'iimage-mode "24.1")
15161 (autoload 'iimage-mode "iimage" "\
15162 Toggle Iimage mode on or off.
15163 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Iimage mode if ARG is
15164 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15165 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is `toggle'.
15166 \\{iimage-mode-map}
15168 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15170 ;;;***
15172 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image" "image.el" (22331 17372 40369 452000))
15173 ;;; Generated autoloads from image.el
15175 (autoload 'image-type-from-data "image" "\
15176 Determine the image type from image data DATA.
15177 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15178 be determined.
15180 \(fn DATA)" nil nil)
15182 (autoload 'image-type-from-buffer "image" "\
15183 Determine the image type from data in the current buffer.
15184 Value is a symbol specifying the image type or nil if type cannot
15185 be determined.
15187 \(fn)" nil nil)
15189 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-header "image" "\
15190 Determine the type of image file FILE from its first few bytes.
15191 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15192 be determined.
15194 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15196 (autoload 'image-type-from-file-name "image" "\
15197 Determine the type of image file FILE from its name.
15198 Value is a symbol specifying the image type, or nil if type cannot
15199 be determined.
15201 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
15203 (autoload 'image-type "image" "\
15204 Determine and return image type.
15205 SOURCE is an image file name or image data.
15206 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15207 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15208 of image data. If that doesn't work, and SOURCE is a file name,
15209 use its file extension as image type.
15210 Optional DATA-P non-nil means SOURCE is a string containing image data.
15212 \(fn SOURCE &optional TYPE DATA-P)" nil nil)
15214 (autoload 'image-type-available-p "image" "\
15215 Return non-nil if image type TYPE is available.
15216 Image types are symbols like `xbm' or `jpeg'.
15218 \(fn TYPE)" nil nil)
15220 (autoload 'image-type-auto-detected-p "image" "\
15221 Return t if the current buffer contains an auto-detectable image.
15222 This function is intended to be used from `magic-fallback-mode-alist'.
15224 The buffer is considered to contain an auto-detectable image if
15225 its beginning matches an image type in `image-type-header-regexps',
15226 and that image type is present in `image-type-auto-detectable' with a
15227 non-nil value. If that value is non-nil, but not t, then the image type
15228 must be available.
15230 \(fn)" nil nil)
15232 (autoload 'create-image "image" "\
15233 Create an image.
15234 FILE-OR-DATA is an image file name or image data.
15235 Optional TYPE is a symbol describing the image type. If TYPE is omitted
15236 or nil, try to determine the image type from its first few bytes
15237 of image data. If that doesn't work, and FILE-OR-DATA is a file name,
15238 use its file extension as image type.
15239 Optional DATA-P non-nil means FILE-OR-DATA is a string containing image data.
15240 Optional PROPS are additional image attributes to assign to the image,
15241 like, e.g. `:mask MASK'.
15242 Value is the image created, or nil if images of type TYPE are not supported.
15244 Images should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15246 Image file names that are not absolute are searched for in the
15247 \"images\" sub-directory of `data-directory' and
15248 `x-bitmap-file-path' (in that order).
15250 \(fn FILE-OR-DATA &optional TYPE DATA-P &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
15252 (autoload 'put-image "image" "\
15253 Put image IMAGE in front of POS in the current buffer.
15254 IMAGE must be an image created with `create-image' or `defimage'.
15255 IMAGE is displayed by putting an overlay into the current buffer with a
15256 `before-string' STRING that has a `display' property whose value is the
15257 image. STRING is defaulted if you omit it.
15258 The overlay created will have the `put-image' property set to t.
15259 POS may be an integer or marker.
15260 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15261 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15262 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15263 means display it in the right marginal area.
15265 \(fn IMAGE POS &optional STRING AREA)" nil nil)
15267 (autoload 'insert-image "image" "\
15268 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15269 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15270 with a `display' property whose value is the image. STRING
15271 defaults to a single space if you omit it.
15272 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15273 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15274 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15275 means display it in the right marginal area.
15276 SLICE specifies slice of IMAGE to insert. SLICE nil or omitted
15277 means insert whole image. SLICE is a list (X Y WIDTH HEIGHT)
15278 specifying the X and Y positions and WIDTH and HEIGHT of image area
15279 to insert. A float value 0.0 - 1.0 means relative to the width or
15280 height of the image; integer values are taken as pixel values.
15282 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA SLICE)" nil nil)
15284 (autoload 'insert-sliced-image "image" "\
15285 Insert IMAGE into current buffer at point.
15286 IMAGE is displayed by inserting STRING into the current buffer
15287 with a `display' property whose value is the image. The default
15288 STRING is a single space.
15289 AREA is where to display the image. AREA nil or omitted means
15290 display it in the text area, a value of `left-margin' means
15291 display it in the left marginal area, a value of `right-margin'
15292 means display it in the right marginal area.
15293 The image is automatically split into ROWS x COLS slices.
15295 \(fn IMAGE &optional STRING AREA ROWS COLS)" nil nil)
15297 (autoload 'remove-images "image" "\
15298 Remove images between START and END in BUFFER.
15299 Remove only images that were put in BUFFER with calls to `put-image'.
15300 BUFFER nil or omitted means use the current buffer.
15302 \(fn START END &optional BUFFER)" nil nil)
15304 (autoload 'find-image "image" "\
15305 Find an image, choosing one of a list of image specifications.
15307 SPECS is a list of image specifications.
15309 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15310 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15311 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15312 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15313 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15314 string containing the actual image data. The specification whose TYPE
15315 is supported, and FILE exists, is used to construct the image
15316 specification to be returned. Return nil if no specification is
15317 satisfied.
15319 The image is looked for in `image-load-path'.
15321 Image files should not be larger than specified by `max-image-size'.
15323 \(fn SPECS)" nil nil)
15325 (autoload 'defimage "image" "\
15326 Define SYMBOL as an image, and return SYMBOL.
15328 SPECS is a list of image specifications. DOC is an optional
15329 documentation string.
15331 Each image specification in SPECS is a property list. The contents of
15332 a specification are image type dependent. All specifications must at
15333 least contain the properties `:type TYPE' and either `:file FILE' or
15334 `:data DATA', where TYPE is a symbol specifying the image type,
15335 e.g. `xbm', FILE is the file to load the image from, and DATA is a
15336 string containing the actual image data. The first image
15337 specification whose TYPE is supported, and FILE exists, is used to
15338 define SYMBOL.
15340 Example:
15342 (defimage test-image ((:type xpm :file \"~/test1.xpm\")
15343 (:type xbm :file \"~/test1.xbm\")))
15345 \(fn SYMBOL SPECS &optional DOC)" nil t)
15347 (function-put 'defimage 'doc-string-elt '3)
15349 (autoload 'imagemagick-register-types "image" "\
15350 Register file types that can be handled by ImageMagick.
15351 This function is called at startup, after loading the init file.
15352 It registers the ImageMagick types returned by `imagemagick-filter-types'.
15354 Registered image types are added to `auto-mode-alist', so that
15355 Emacs visits them in Image mode. They are also added to
15356 `image-type-file-name-regexps', so that the `image-type' function
15357 recognizes these files as having image type `imagemagick'.
15359 If Emacs is compiled without ImageMagick support, this does nothing.
15361 \(fn)" nil nil)
15363 ;;;***
15365 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-dired" "image-dired.el" (22331 17372
15366 ;;;;;; 39369 455000))
15367 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-dired.el
15368 (push (purecopy '(image-dired 0 4 11)) package--builtin-versions)
15370 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-toggle-marked-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15371 Toggle thumbnails in front of file names in the dired buffer.
15372 If no marked file could be found, insert or hide thumbnails on the
15373 current line. ARG, if non-nil, specifies the files to use instead
15374 of the marked files. If ARG is an integer, use the next ARG (or
15375 previous -ARG, if ARG<0) files.
15377 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15379 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-with-window-configuration "image-dired" "\
15380 Open directory DIR and create a default window configuration.
15382 Convenience command that:
15384 - Opens dired in folder DIR
15385 - Splits windows in most useful (?) way
15386 - Set `truncate-lines' to t
15388 After the command has finished, you would typically mark some
15389 image files in dired and type
15390 \\[image-dired-display-thumbs] (`image-dired-display-thumbs').
15392 If called with prefix argument ARG, skip splitting of windows.
15394 The current window configuration is saved and can be restored by
15395 calling `image-dired-restore-window-configuration'.
15397 \(fn DIR &optional ARG)" t nil)
15399 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs "image-dired" "\
15400 Display thumbnails of all marked files, in `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15401 If a thumbnail image does not exist for a file, it is created on the
15402 fly. With prefix argument ARG, display only thumbnail for file at
15403 point (this is useful if you have marked some files but want to show
15404 another one).
15406 Recommended usage is to split the current frame horizontally so that
15407 you have the dired buffer in the left window and the
15408 `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer' buffer in the right window.
15410 With optional argument APPEND, append thumbnail to thumbnail buffer
15411 instead of erasing it first.
15413 Optional argument DO-NOT-POP controls if `pop-to-buffer' should be
15414 used or not. If non-nil, use `display-buffer' instead of
15415 `pop-to-buffer'. This is used from functions like
15416 `image-dired-next-line-and-display' and
15417 `image-dired-previous-line-and-display' where we do not want the
15418 thumbnail buffer to be selected.
15420 \(fn &optional ARG APPEND DO-NOT-POP)" t nil)
15422 (autoload 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir "image-dired" "\
15423 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR and display it.
15424 If the number of files in DIR matching `image-file-name-regexp'
15425 exceeds `image-dired-show-all-from-dir-max-files', a warning will be
15426 displayed.
15428 \(fn DIR)" t nil)
15430 (defalias 'image-dired 'image-dired-show-all-from-dir)
15432 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'tumme 'image-dired "24.4")
15434 (autoload 'image-dired-tag-files "image-dired" "\
15435 Tag marked file(s) in dired. With prefix ARG, tag file at point.
15437 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15439 (autoload 'image-dired-delete-tag "image-dired" "\
15440 Remove tag for selected file(s).
15441 With prefix argument ARG, remove tag from file at point.
15443 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
15445 (autoload 'image-dired-jump-thumbnail-buffer "image-dired" "\
15446 Jump to thumbnail buffer.
15448 \(fn)" t nil)
15450 (autoload 'image-dired-setup-dired-keybindings "image-dired" "\
15451 Setup easy-to-use keybindings for the commands to be used in dired mode.
15452 Note that n, p and <down> and <up> will be hijacked and bound to
15453 `image-dired-dired-x-line'.
15455 \(fn)" t nil)
15457 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumbs-append "image-dired" "\
15458 Append thumbnails to `image-dired-thumbnail-buffer'.
15460 \(fn)" t nil)
15462 (autoload 'image-dired-display-thumb "image-dired" "\
15463 Shorthand for `image-dired-display-thumbs' with prefix argument.
15465 \(fn)" t nil)
15467 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-external "image-dired" "\
15468 Display file at point using an external viewer.
15470 \(fn)" t nil)
15472 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-display-image "image-dired" "\
15473 Display current image file.
15474 See documentation for `image-dired-display-image' for more information.
15475 With prefix argument ARG, display image in its original size.
15477 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15479 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-comment-files "image-dired" "\
15480 Add comment to current or marked files in dired.
15482 \(fn)" t nil)
15484 (autoload 'image-dired-mark-tagged-files "image-dired" "\
15485 Use regexp to mark files with matching tag.
15486 A `tag' is a keyword, a piece of meta data, associated with an
15487 image file and stored in image-dired's database file. This command
15488 lets you input a regexp and this will be matched against all tags
15489 on all image files in the database file. The files that have a
15490 matching tag will be marked in the dired buffer.
15492 \(fn)" t nil)
15494 (autoload 'image-dired-dired-edit-comment-and-tags "image-dired" "\
15495 Edit comment and tags of current or marked image files.
15496 Edit comment and tags for all marked image files in an
15497 easy-to-use form.
15499 \(fn)" t nil)
15501 ;;;***
15503 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-file" "image-file.el" (22330 59913 913323
15504 ;;;;;; 619000))
15505 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-file.el
15507 (defvar image-file-name-extensions (purecopy '("png" "jpeg" "jpg" "gif" "tiff" "tif" "xbm" "xpm" "pbm" "pgm" "ppm" "pnm" "svg")) "\
15508 A list of image-file filename extensions.
15509 Filenames having one of these extensions are considered image files,
15510 in addition to those matching `image-file-name-regexps'.
15512 See `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is enabled,
15513 setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15514 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15515 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15517 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-extensions "image-file" nil)
15519 (defvar image-file-name-regexps nil "\
15520 List of regexps matching image-file filenames.
15521 Filenames matching one of these regexps are considered image files,
15522 in addition to those with an extension in `image-file-name-extensions'.
15524 See function `auto-image-file-mode'; if `auto-image-file-mode' is
15525 enabled, setting this variable directly does not take effect unless
15526 `auto-image-file-mode' is re-enabled; this happens automatically when
15527 the variable is set using \\[customize].")
15529 (custom-autoload 'image-file-name-regexps "image-file" nil)
15531 (autoload 'image-file-name-regexp "image-file" "\
15532 Return a regular expression matching image-file filenames.
15534 \(fn)" nil nil)
15536 (autoload 'insert-image-file "image-file" "\
15537 Insert the image file FILE into the current buffer.
15538 Optional arguments VISIT, BEG, END, and REPLACE are interpreted as for
15539 the command `insert-file-contents'.
15541 \(fn FILE &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
15543 (defvar auto-image-file-mode nil "\
15544 Non-nil if Auto-Image-File mode is enabled.
15545 See the `auto-image-file-mode' command
15546 for a description of this minor mode.
15547 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
15548 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
15549 or call the function `auto-image-file-mode'.")
15551 (custom-autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" nil)
15553 (autoload 'auto-image-file-mode "image-file" "\
15554 Toggle visiting of image files as images (Auto Image File mode).
15555 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Auto Image File mode if ARG is
15556 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15557 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15559 An image file is one whose name has an extension in
15560 `image-file-name-extensions', or matches a regexp in
15561 `image-file-name-regexps'.
15563 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15565 ;;;***
15567 ;;;### (autoloads nil "image-mode" "image-mode.el" (22331 17372 40369
15568 ;;;;;; 452000))
15569 ;;; Generated autoloads from image-mode.el
15571 (autoload 'image-mode "image-mode" "\
15572 Major mode for image files.
15573 You can use \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display]
15574 to toggle between display as an image and display as text.
15576 Key bindings:
15577 \\{image-mode-map}
15579 \(fn)" t nil)
15581 (autoload 'image-minor-mode "image-mode" "\
15582 Toggle Image minor mode in this buffer.
15583 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Image minor mode if ARG is
15584 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
15585 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
15587 Image minor mode provides the key \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display],
15588 to switch back to `image-mode' and display an image file as the
15589 actual image.
15591 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
15593 (autoload 'image-mode-as-text "image-mode" "\
15594 Set a non-image mode as major mode in combination with image minor mode.
15595 A non-image major mode found from `auto-mode-alist' or Fundamental mode
15596 displays an image file as text. `image-minor-mode' provides the key
15597 \\<image-mode-map>\\[image-toggle-display] to switch back to `image-mode'
15598 to display an image file as the actual image.
15600 You can use `image-mode-as-text' in `auto-mode-alist' when you want
15601 to display an image file as text initially.
15603 See commands `image-mode' and `image-minor-mode' for more information
15604 on these modes.
15606 \(fn)" t nil)
15608 (autoload 'image-bookmark-jump "image-mode" "\
15611 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
15613 ;;;***
15615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "imenu" "imenu.el" (22330 59913 739324 156000))
15616 ;;; Generated autoloads from imenu.el
15618 (defvar imenu-sort-function nil "\
15619 The function to use for sorting the index mouse-menu.
15621 Affects only the mouse index menu.
15623 Set this to nil if you don't want any sorting (faster).
15624 The items in the menu are then presented in the order they were found
15625 in the buffer.
15627 Set it to `imenu--sort-by-name' if you want alphabetic sorting.
15629 The function should take two arguments and return t if the first
15630 element should come before the second. The arguments are cons cells;
15631 \(NAME . POSITION). Look at `imenu--sort-by-name' for an example.")
15633 (custom-autoload 'imenu-sort-function "imenu" t)
15635 (defvar imenu-generic-expression nil "\
15636 List of definition matchers for creating an Imenu index.
15637 Each element of this list should have the form
15639 (MENU-TITLE REGEXP INDEX [FUNCTION] [ARGUMENTS...])
15641 MENU-TITLE should be nil (in which case the matches for this
15642 element are put in the top level of the buffer index) or a
15643 string (which specifies the title of a submenu into which the
15644 matches are put).
15645 REGEXP is a regular expression matching a definition construct
15646 which is to be displayed in the menu. REGEXP may also be a
15647 function, called without arguments. It is expected to search
15648 backwards. It must return true and set `match-data' if it finds
15649 another element.
15650 INDEX is an integer specifying which subexpression of REGEXP
15651 matches the definition's name; this subexpression is displayed as
15652 the menu item.
15653 FUNCTION, if present, specifies a function to call when the index
15654 item is selected by the user. This function is called with
15655 arguments consisting of the item name, the buffer position, and
15656 the ARGUMENTS.
15658 The variable `imenu-case-fold-search' determines whether or not
15659 the regexp matches are case sensitive, and `imenu-syntax-alist'
15660 can be used to alter the syntax table for the search.
15662 If non-nil this pattern is passed to `imenu--generic-function' to
15663 create a buffer index.
15665 For example, see the value of `fortran-imenu-generic-expression'
15666 used by `fortran-mode' with `imenu-syntax-alist' set locally to
15667 give the characters which normally have \"symbol\" syntax
15668 \"word\" syntax during matching.")
15669 (put 'imenu-generic-expression 'risky-local-variable t)
15671 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-generic-expression)
15673 (defvar imenu-create-index-function 'imenu-default-create-index-function "\
15674 The function to use for creating an index alist of the current buffer.
15676 It should be a function that takes no arguments and returns
15677 an index alist of the current buffer. The function is
15678 called within a `save-excursion'.
15680 See `imenu--index-alist' for the format of the buffer index alist.")
15682 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-create-index-function)
15684 (defvar imenu-prev-index-position-function 'beginning-of-defun "\
15685 Function for finding the next index position.
15687 If `imenu-create-index-function' is set to
15688 `imenu-default-create-index-function', then you must set this variable
15689 to a function that will find the next index, looking backwards in the
15690 file.
15692 The function should leave point at the place to be connected to the
15693 index and it should return nil when it doesn't find another index.")
15695 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-prev-index-position-function)
15697 (defvar imenu-extract-index-name-function nil "\
15698 Function for extracting the index item name, given a position.
15700 This function is called after `imenu-prev-index-position-function'
15701 finds a position for an index item, with point at that position.
15702 It should return the name for that index item.")
15704 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-extract-index-name-function)
15706 (defvar imenu-name-lookup-function nil "\
15707 Function to compare string with index item.
15709 This function will be called with two strings, and should return
15710 non-nil if they match.
15712 If nil, comparison is done with `string='.
15713 Set this to some other function for more advanced comparisons,
15714 such as \"begins with\" or \"name matches and number of
15715 arguments match\".")
15717 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-name-lookup-function)
15719 (defvar imenu-default-goto-function 'imenu-default-goto-function "\
15720 The default function called when selecting an Imenu item.
15721 The function in this variable is called when selecting a normal index-item.")
15723 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-default-goto-function)
15724 (put 'imenu--index-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
15726 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-syntax-alist)
15728 (make-variable-buffer-local 'imenu-case-fold-search)
15730 (autoload 'imenu-add-to-menubar "imenu" "\
15731 Add an `imenu' entry to the menu bar for the current buffer.
15732 NAME is a string used to name the menu bar item.
15733 See the command `imenu' for more information.
15735 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
15737 (autoload 'imenu-add-menubar-index "imenu" "\
15738 Add an Imenu \"Index\" entry on the menu bar for the current buffer.
15740 A trivial interface to `imenu-add-to-menubar' suitable for use in a hook.
15742 \(fn)" t nil)
15744 (autoload 'imenu "imenu" "\
15745 Jump to a place in the buffer chosen using a buffer menu or mouse menu.
15746 INDEX-ITEM specifies the position. See `imenu-choose-buffer-index'
15747 for more information.
15749 \(fn INDEX-ITEM)" t nil)
15751 ;;;***
15753 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ind-util" "language/ind-util.el" (22330 59913
15754 ;;;;;; 941323 532000))
15755 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/ind-util.el
15757 (autoload 'indian-compose-region "ind-util" "\
15758 Compose the region according to `composition-function-table'.
15760 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15762 (autoload 'indian-compose-string "ind-util" "\
15765 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
15767 (autoload 'in-is13194-post-read-conversion "ind-util" "\
15770 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
15772 (autoload 'in-is13194-pre-write-conversion "ind-util" "\
15775 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
15777 (autoload 'indian-2-column-to-ucs-region "ind-util" "\
15778 Convert old Emacs Devanagari characters to UCS.
15780 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
15782 ;;;***
15784 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inf-lisp" "progmodes/inf-lisp.el" (22330 59913
15785 ;;;;;; 984323 399000))
15786 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/inf-lisp.el
15788 (autoload 'inferior-lisp "inf-lisp" "\
15789 Run an inferior Lisp process, input and output via buffer `*inferior-lisp*'.
15790 If there is a process already running in `*inferior-lisp*', just switch
15791 to that buffer.
15792 With argument, allows you to edit the command line (default is value
15793 of `inferior-lisp-program'). Runs the hooks from
15794 `inferior-lisp-mode-hook' (after the `comint-mode-hook' is run).
15795 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the process buffer for a list of commands.)
15797 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
15799 (defalias 'run-lisp 'inferior-lisp)
15801 ;;;***
15803 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info" "info.el" (22331 17372 41369 448000))
15804 ;;; Generated autoloads from info.el
15806 (defcustom Info-default-directory-list (let* ((config-dir (file-name-as-directory (or (and (featurep 'ns) (let ((dir (expand-file-name "../info" data-directory))) (if (file-directory-p dir) dir))) configure-info-directory))) (prefixes (prune-directory-list '("/usr/local/" "/usr/" "/opt/" "/"))) (suffixes '("share/" "" "gnu/" "gnu/lib/" "gnu/lib/emacs/" "emacs/" "lib/" "lib/emacs/")) (standard-info-dirs (apply #'nconc (mapcar (lambda (pfx) (let ((dirs (mapcar (lambda (sfx) (concat pfx sfx "info/")) suffixes))) (prune-directory-list dirs))) prefixes))) (dirs (if (member config-dir standard-info-dirs) (nconc standard-info-dirs (list config-dir)) (cons config-dir standard-info-dirs)))) (if (not (eq system-type 'windows-nt)) dirs (let* ((instdir (file-name-directory invocation-directory)) (dir1 (expand-file-name "../info/" instdir)) (dir2 (expand-file-name "../../../info/" instdir))) (cond ((file-exists-p dir1) (append dirs (list dir1))) ((file-exists-p dir2) (append dirs (list dir2))) (t dirs))))) "\
15807 Default list of directories to search for Info documentation files.
15808 They are searched in the order they are given in the list.
15809 Therefore, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs
15810 normally should come last (so that local files override standard ones),
15811 unless Emacs is installed into a non-standard directory. In the latter
15812 case, the directory of Info files that come with Emacs should be
15813 first in this list.
15815 Once Info is started, the list of directories to search
15816 comes from the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15817 This variable `Info-default-directory-list' is used as the default
15818 for initializing `Info-directory-list' when Info is started, unless
15819 the environment variable INFOPATH is set.
15821 Although this is a customizable variable, that is mainly for technical
15822 reasons. Normally, you should either set INFOPATH or customize
15823 `Info-additional-directory-list', rather than changing this variable." :initialize (quote custom-initialize-delay) :type (quote (repeat directory)) :group (quote info))
15825 (autoload 'info-other-window "info" "\
15826 Like `info' but show the Info buffer in another window.
15828 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15829 (put 'info 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15831 (autoload 'info "info" "\
15832 Enter Info, the documentation browser.
15833 Optional argument FILE-OR-NODE specifies the file to examine;
15834 the default is the top-level directory of Info.
15835 Called from a program, FILE-OR-NODE may specify an Info node of the form
15836 \"(FILENAME)NODENAME\".
15837 Optional argument BUFFER specifies the Info buffer name;
15838 the default buffer name is *info*. If BUFFER exists,
15839 just switch to BUFFER. Otherwise, create a new buffer
15840 with the top-level Info directory.
15842 In interactive use, a non-numeric prefix argument directs
15843 this command to read a file name from the minibuffer.
15845 A numeric prefix argument of N selects an Info buffer named \"*info*<N>\".
15847 The search path for Info files is in the variable `Info-directory-list'.
15848 The top-level Info directory is made by combining all the files named `dir'
15849 in all the directories in that path.
15851 See a list of available Info commands in `Info-mode'.
15853 \(fn &optional FILE-OR-NODE BUFFER)" t nil)
15855 (autoload 'info-emacs-manual "info" "\
15856 Display the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15858 \(fn)" t nil)
15860 (autoload 'info-emacs-bug "info" "\
15861 Display the \"Reporting Bugs\" section of the Emacs manual in Info mode.
15863 \(fn)" t nil)
15865 (autoload 'info-standalone "info" "\
15866 Run Emacs as a standalone Info reader.
15867 Usage: emacs -f info-standalone [filename]
15868 In standalone mode, \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-exit] exits Emacs itself.
15870 \(fn)" nil nil)
15872 (autoload 'Info-on-current-buffer "info" "\
15873 Use Info mode to browse the current Info buffer.
15874 With a prefix arg, this queries for the node name to visit first;
15875 otherwise, that defaults to `Top'.
15877 \(fn &optional NODENAME)" t nil)
15879 (autoload 'Info-directory "info" "\
15880 Go to the Info directory node.
15882 \(fn)" t nil)
15884 (autoload 'Info-index "info" "\
15885 Look up a string TOPIC in the index for this manual and go to that entry.
15886 If there are no exact matches to the specified topic, this chooses
15887 the first match which is a case-insensitive substring of a topic.
15888 Use the \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index-next] command to see the other matches.
15889 Give an empty topic name to go to the Index node itself.
15891 \(fn TOPIC)" t nil)
15893 (autoload 'info-apropos "info" "\
15894 Grovel indices of all known Info files on your system for STRING.
15895 Build a menu of the possible matches.
15897 \(fn STRING)" t nil)
15899 (autoload 'info-finder "info" "\
15900 Display descriptions of the keywords in the Finder virtual manual.
15901 In interactive use, a prefix argument directs this command to read
15902 a list of keywords separated by comma. After that, it displays a node
15903 with a list of packages that contain all specified keywords.
15905 \(fn &optional KEYWORDS)" t nil)
15907 (autoload 'Info-mode "info" "\
15908 Info mode provides commands for browsing through the Info documentation tree.
15909 Documentation in Info is divided into \"nodes\", each of which discusses
15910 one topic and contains references to other nodes which discuss related
15911 topics. Info has commands to follow the references and show you other nodes.
15913 \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-help] Invoke the Info tutorial.
15914 \\[Info-exit] Quit Info: reselect previously selected buffer.
15916 Selecting other nodes:
15917 \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node]
15918 Follow a node reference you click on.
15919 This works with menu items, cross references, and
15920 the \"next\", \"previous\" and \"up\", depending on where you click.
15921 \\[Info-follow-nearest-node] Follow a node reference near point, like \\[Info-mouse-follow-nearest-node].
15922 \\[Info-next] Move to the \"next\" node of this node.
15923 \\[Info-prev] Move to the \"previous\" node of this node.
15924 \\[Info-up] Move \"up\" from this node.
15925 \\[Info-menu] Pick menu item specified by name (or abbreviation).
15926 Picking a menu item causes another node to be selected.
15927 \\[Info-directory] Go to the Info directory node.
15928 \\[Info-top-node] Go to the Top node of this file.
15929 \\[Info-final-node] Go to the final node in this file.
15930 \\[Info-backward-node] Go backward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15931 \\[Info-forward-node] Go forward one node, considering all nodes as forming one sequence.
15932 \\[Info-next-reference] Move cursor to next cross-reference or menu item.
15933 \\[Info-prev-reference] Move cursor to previous cross-reference or menu item.
15934 \\[Info-follow-reference] Follow a cross reference. Reads name of reference.
15935 \\[Info-history-back] Move back in history to the last node you were at.
15936 \\[Info-history-forward] Move forward in history to the node you returned from after using \\[Info-history-back].
15937 \\[Info-history] Go to menu of visited nodes.
15938 \\[Info-toc] Go to table of contents of the current Info file.
15940 Moving within a node:
15941 \\[Info-scroll-up] Normally, scroll forward a full screen.
15942 Once you scroll far enough in a node that its menu appears on the
15943 screen but after point, the next scroll moves into its first
15944 subnode. When after all menu items (or if there is no menu),
15945 move up to the parent node.
15946 \\[Info-scroll-down] Normally, scroll backward. If the beginning of the buffer is
15947 already visible, try to go to the previous menu entry, or up
15948 if there is none.
15949 \\[beginning-of-buffer] Go to beginning of node.
15951 Advanced commands:
15952 \\[Info-search] Search through this Info file for specified regexp,
15953 and select the node in which the next occurrence is found.
15954 \\[Info-search-case-sensitively] Search through this Info file for specified regexp case-sensitively.
15955 \\[isearch-forward], \\[isearch-forward-regexp] Use Isearch to search through multiple Info nodes.
15956 \\[Info-index] Search for a topic in this manual's Index and go to index entry.
15957 \\[Info-index-next] (comma) Move to the next match from a previous \\<Info-mode-map>\\[Info-index] command.
15958 \\[Info-virtual-index] Look for a string and display the index node with results.
15959 \\[info-apropos] Look for a string in the indices of all manuals.
15960 \\[Info-goto-node] Move to node specified by name.
15961 You may include a filename as well, as (FILENAME)NODENAME.
15962 1 .. 9 Pick first ... ninth item in node's menu.
15963 Every third `*' is highlighted to help pick the right number.
15964 \\[Info-copy-current-node-name] Put name of current Info node in the kill ring.
15965 \\[clone-buffer] Select a new cloned Info buffer in another window.
15966 \\[universal-argument] \\[info] Move to new Info file with completion.
15967 \\[universal-argument] N \\[info] Select Info buffer with prefix number in the name *info*<N>.
15969 \(fn)" t nil)
15970 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15972 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-command-node "info" "\
15973 Go to the Info node in the Emacs manual for command COMMAND.
15974 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15975 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15976 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15977 COMMAND must be a symbol or string.
15979 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
15980 (put 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node 'info-file (purecopy "emacs"))
15982 (autoload 'Info-goto-emacs-key-command-node "info" "\
15983 Go to the node in the Emacs manual which describes the command bound to KEY.
15984 KEY is a string.
15985 Interactively, if the binding is `execute-extended-command', a command is read.
15986 The command is found by looking up in Emacs manual's indices
15987 or in another manual found via COMMAND's `info-file' property or
15988 the variable `Info-file-list-for-emacs'.
15990 \(fn KEY)" t nil)
15992 (autoload 'Info-speedbar-browser "info" "\
15993 Initialize speedbar to display an Info node browser.
15994 This will add a speedbar major display mode.
15996 \(fn)" t nil)
15998 (autoload 'Info-bookmark-jump "info" "\
15999 This implements the `handler' function interface for the record
16000 type returned by `Info-bookmark-make-record', which see.
16002 \(fn BMK)" nil nil)
16004 (autoload 'info-display-manual "info" "\
16005 Display an Info buffer displaying MANUAL.
16006 If there is an existing Info buffer for MANUAL, display it.
16007 Otherwise, visit the manual in a new Info buffer. In interactive
16008 use, a prefix argument directs this command to limit the
16009 completion alternatives to currently visited manuals.
16011 \(fn MANUAL)" t nil)
16013 ;;;***
16015 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-look" "info-look.el" (22330 59913 740324
16016 ;;;;;; 153000))
16017 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-look.el
16019 (autoload 'info-lookup-reset "info-look" "\
16020 Throw away all cached data.
16021 This command is useful if the user wants to start at the beginning without
16022 quitting Emacs, for example, after some Info documents were updated on the
16023 system.
16025 \(fn)" t nil)
16026 (put 'info-lookup-symbol 'info-file "emacs")
16028 (autoload 'info-lookup-symbol "info-look" "\
16029 Display the definition of SYMBOL, as found in the relevant manual.
16030 When this command is called interactively, it reads SYMBOL from the
16031 minibuffer. In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default argument
16032 value into the minibuffer so you can edit it. The default symbol is the
16033 one found at point.
16035 With prefix arg MODE a query for the symbol help mode is offered.
16037 \(fn SYMBOL &optional MODE)" t nil)
16038 (put 'info-lookup-file 'info-file "emacs")
16040 (autoload 'info-lookup-file "info-look" "\
16041 Display the documentation of a file.
16042 When this command is called interactively, it reads FILE from the minibuffer.
16043 In the minibuffer, use M-n to yank the default file name
16044 into the minibuffer so you can edit it.
16045 The default file name is the one found at point.
16047 With prefix arg MODE a query for the file help mode is offered.
16049 \(fn FILE &optional MODE)" t nil)
16051 (autoload 'info-complete-symbol "info-look" "\
16052 Perform completion on symbol preceding point.
16054 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
16056 (autoload 'info-complete-file "info-look" "\
16057 Perform completion on file preceding point.
16059 \(fn &optional MODE)" t nil)
16061 ;;;***
16063 ;;;### (autoloads nil "info-xref" "info-xref.el" (22330 59913 914323
16064 ;;;;;; 615000))
16065 ;;; Generated autoloads from info-xref.el
16066 (push (purecopy '(info-xref 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16068 (autoload 'info-xref-check "info-xref" "\
16069 Check external references in FILENAME, an info document.
16070 Interactively from an `Info-mode' or `texinfo-mode' buffer the
16071 current info file is the default.
16073 Results are shown in a `compilation-mode' buffer. The format is
16074 a bit rough, but there shouldn't be many problems normally. The
16075 file:line:column: is the info document, but of course normally
16076 any correction should be made in the original .texi file.
16077 Finding the right place in the .texi is a manual process.
16079 When a target info file doesn't exist there's obviously no way to
16080 validate node references within it. A message is given for
16081 missing target files once per source document. It could be
16082 simply that you don't have the target installed, or it could be a
16083 mistake in the reference.
16085 Indirect info files are understood, just pass the top-level
16086 foo.info to `info-xref-check' and it traverses all sub-files.
16087 Compressed info files are accepted too as usual for `Info-mode'.
16089 \"makeinfo\" checks references internal to an info document, but
16090 not external references, which makes it rather easy for mistakes
16091 to creep in or node name changes to go unnoticed.
16092 `Info-validate' doesn't check external references either.
16094 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
16096 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all "info-xref" "\
16097 Check external references in all info documents in the info path.
16098 `Info-directory-list' and `Info-additional-directory-list' are
16099 the info paths. See `info-xref-check' for how each file is
16100 checked.
16102 The search for \"all\" info files is rather permissive, since
16103 info files don't necessarily have a \".info\" extension and in
16104 particular the Emacs manuals normally don't. If you have a
16105 source code directory in `Info-directory-list' then a lot of
16106 extraneous files might be read. This will be time consuming but
16107 should be harmless.
16109 \(fn)" t nil)
16111 (autoload 'info-xref-check-all-custom "info-xref" "\
16112 Check info references in all customize groups and variables.
16113 Info references can be in `custom-manual' or `info-link' entries
16114 of the `custom-links' for a variable.
16116 Any `custom-load' autoloads in variables are loaded in order to
16117 get full link information. This will be a lot of Lisp packages
16118 and can take a long time.
16120 \(fn)" t nil)
16122 (autoload 'info-xref-docstrings "info-xref" "\
16123 Check docstring info node references in source files.
16124 The given files are searched for docstring hyperlinks like
16126 Info node `(elisp)Documentation Tips'
16128 and those links checked by attempting to visit the target nodes
16129 as per `info-xref-check' does.
16131 Interactively filenames are read as a wildcard pattern like
16132 \"foo*.el\", with the current file as a default. Usually this
16133 will be lisp sources, but anything with such hyperlinks can be
16134 checked, including the Emacs .c sources (or the etc/DOC file of
16135 all builtins).
16137 Because info node hyperlinks are found by a simple regexp search
16138 in the files, the Lisp code checked doesn't have to be loaded,
16139 and links can be in the file commentary or elsewhere too. Even
16140 .elc files can usually be checked successfully if you don't have
16141 the sources handy.
16143 \(fn FILENAME-LIST)" t nil)
16145 ;;;***
16147 ;;;### (autoloads nil "informat" "informat.el" (22330 59913 914323
16148 ;;;;;; 615000))
16149 ;;; Generated autoloads from informat.el
16151 (autoload 'Info-tagify "informat" "\
16152 Create or update Info file tag table in current buffer or in a region.
16154 \(fn &optional INPUT-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
16156 (defvar Info-split-threshold 262144 "\
16157 The number of characters by which `Info-split' splits an info file.")
16159 (custom-autoload 'Info-split-threshold "informat" t)
16161 (autoload 'Info-split "informat" "\
16162 Split an info file into an indirect file plus bounded-size subfiles.
16163 Each subfile will be up to the number of characters that
16164 `Info-split-threshold' specifies, plus one node.
16166 To use this command, first visit a large Info file that has a tag
16167 table. The buffer is modified into a (small) indirect info file which
16168 should be saved in place of the original visited file.
16170 The subfiles are written in the same directory the original file is
16171 in, with names generated by appending `-' and a number to the original
16172 file name. The indirect file still functions as an Info file, but it
16173 contains just the tag table and a directory of subfiles.
16175 \(fn)" t nil)
16177 (autoload 'Info-validate "informat" "\
16178 Check current buffer for validity as an Info file.
16179 Check that every node pointer points to an existing node.
16181 \(fn)" t nil)
16183 (autoload 'batch-info-validate "informat" "\
16184 Runs `Info-validate' on the files remaining on the command line.
16185 Must be used only with -batch, and kills Emacs on completion.
16186 Each file will be processed even if an error occurred previously.
16187 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-info-validate $info/ ~/*.info\"
16189 \(fn)" nil nil)
16191 ;;;***
16193 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inline" "emacs-lisp/inline.el" (22330 59913
16194 ;;;;;; 929323 569000))
16195 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/inline.el
16197 (autoload 'define-inline "inline" "\
16200 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
16202 (function-put 'define-inline 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
16204 (function-put 'define-inline 'doc-string-elt '3)
16206 ;;;***
16208 ;;;### (autoloads nil "inversion" "cedet/inversion.el" (22330 59913
16209 ;;;;;; 920323 597000))
16210 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/inversion.el
16211 (push (purecopy '(inversion 1 3)) package--builtin-versions)
16213 (autoload 'inversion-require-emacs "inversion" "\
16214 Declare that you need either EMACS-VER, XEMACS-VER or SXEMACS-ver.
16215 Only checks one based on which kind of Emacs is being run.
16217 \(fn EMACS-VER XEMACS-VER SXEMACS-VER)" nil nil)
16219 ;;;***
16221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearch-x" "international/isearch-x.el" (22330
16222 ;;;;;; 59913 939323 538000))
16223 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/isearch-x.el
16225 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-specified-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16226 Select an input method and turn it on in interactive search.
16228 \(fn)" t nil)
16230 (autoload 'isearch-toggle-input-method "isearch-x" "\
16231 Toggle input method in interactive search.
16233 \(fn)" t nil)
16235 (autoload 'isearch-process-search-multibyte-characters "isearch-x" "\
16238 \(fn LAST-CHAR &optional COUNT)" nil nil)
16240 ;;;***
16242 ;;;### (autoloads nil "isearchb" "isearchb.el" (22330 59913 914323
16243 ;;;;;; 615000))
16244 ;;; Generated autoloads from isearchb.el
16245 (push (purecopy '(isearchb 1 5)) package--builtin-versions)
16247 (autoload 'isearchb-activate "isearchb" "\
16248 Active isearchb mode for subsequent alphanumeric keystrokes.
16249 Executing this command again will terminate the search; or, if
16250 the search has not yet begun, will toggle to the last buffer
16251 accessed via isearchb.
16253 \(fn)" t nil)
16255 ;;;***
16257 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-cvt" "international/iso-cvt.el" (22330
16258 ;;;;;; 59913 939323 538000))
16259 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-cvt.el
16261 (autoload 'iso-spanish "iso-cvt" "\
16262 Translate net conventions for Spanish to ISO 8859-1.
16263 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16264 `iso-spanish-trans-tab'.
16265 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16267 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16269 (autoload 'iso-german "iso-cvt" "\
16270 Translate net conventions for German to ISO 8859-1.
16271 Translate the region FROM and TO using the table
16272 `iso-german-trans-tab'.
16273 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16275 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16277 (autoload 'iso-iso2tex "iso-cvt" "\
16278 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to TeX sequences.
16279 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16280 `iso-iso2tex-trans-tab'.
16281 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16283 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16285 (autoload 'iso-tex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16286 Translate TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16287 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16288 `iso-tex2iso-trans-tab'.
16289 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16291 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16293 (autoload 'iso-gtex2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16294 Translate German TeX sequences to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16295 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16296 `iso-gtex2iso-trans-tab'.
16297 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16299 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16301 (autoload 'iso-iso2gtex "iso-cvt" "\
16302 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to German TeX sequences.
16303 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16304 `iso-iso2gtex-trans-tab'.
16305 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16307 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16309 (autoload 'iso-iso2duden "iso-cvt" "\
16310 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters to Duden sequences.
16311 Translate the region between FROM and TO using the table
16312 `iso-iso2duden-trans-tab'.
16313 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16315 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16317 (autoload 'iso-iso2sgml "iso-cvt" "\
16318 Translate ISO 8859-1 characters in the region to SGML entities.
16319 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16320 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16322 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16324 (autoload 'iso-sgml2iso "iso-cvt" "\
16325 Translate SGML entities in the region to ISO 8859-1 characters.
16326 Use entities from \"ISO 8879:1986//ENTITIES Added Latin 1//EN\".
16327 Optional arg BUFFER is ignored (for use in `format-alist').
16329 \(fn FROM TO &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
16331 (autoload 'iso-cvt-read-only "iso-cvt" "\
16332 Warn that format is read-only.
16334 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16336 (autoload 'iso-cvt-write-only "iso-cvt" "\
16337 Warn that format is write-only.
16339 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
16341 (autoload 'iso-cvt-define-menu "iso-cvt" "\
16342 Add submenus to the File menu, to convert to and from various formats.
16344 \(fn)" t nil)
16346 ;;;***
16348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "iso-transl" "international/iso-transl.el"
16349 ;;;;;; (22330 59913 939323 538000))
16350 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/iso-transl.el
16351 (define-key key-translation-map "\C-x8" 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map)
16352 (autoload 'iso-transl-ctl-x-8-map "iso-transl" "Keymap for C-x 8 prefix." t 'keymap)
16354 ;;;***
16356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ispell" "textmodes/ispell.el" (22331 17372
16357 ;;;;;; 114369 189000))
16358 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/ispell.el
16360 (put 'ispell-check-comments 'safe-local-variable (lambda (a) (memq a '(nil t exclusive))))
16362 (defvar ispell-personal-dictionary nil "\
16363 File name of your personal spelling dictionary, or nil.
16364 If nil, the default personal dictionary, (\"~/.ispell_DICTNAME\" for ispell or
16365 \"~/.aspell.LANG.pws\" for Aspell) is used, where DICTNAME is the name of your
16366 default dictionary and LANG the two letter language code.")
16368 (custom-autoload 'ispell-personal-dictionary "ispell" t)
16370 (put 'ispell-local-dictionary 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
16372 (defvar ispell-menu-map nil "\
16373 Key map for ispell menu.")
16375 (defvar ispell-menu-xemacs nil "\
16376 Spelling menu for XEmacs.
16377 If nil when package is loaded, a standard menu will be set,
16378 and added as a submenu of the \"Edit\" menu.")
16380 (defvar ispell-menu-map-needed (and (not ispell-menu-map) (not (featurep 'xemacs)) 'reload))
16382 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (setq ispell-menu-map (make-sparse-keymap "Spell")) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-change-dictionary] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Change Dictionary...") ispell-change-dictionary :help ,(purecopy "Supply explicit dictionary file name"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-kill-ispell] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Kill Process") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-kill-ispell nil 'clear)) :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-process) ispell-process (eq (ispell-process-status) 'run)) :help ,(purecopy "Terminate Ispell subprocess"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-pdict-save] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Save Dictionary") (lambda nil (interactive) (ispell-pdict-save t t)) :help ,(purecopy "Save personal dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-customize] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Customize...") (lambda nil (interactive) (customize-group 'ispell)) :help ,(purecopy "Customize spell checking options"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-help] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Help") (lambda nil (interactive) (describe-function 'ispell-help)) :help ,(purecopy "Show standard Ispell keybindings and commands"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [flyspell-mode] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Automatic spell checking (Flyspell)") flyspell-mode :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling while you edit the text") :button (:toggle bound-and-true-p flyspell-mode))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word") ispell-complete-word :help ,(purecopy "Complete word at cursor using dictionary"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-complete-word-interior-frag] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Complete Word Fragment") ispell-complete-word-interior-frag :help ,(purecopy "Complete word fragment at cursor")))))
16384 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-continue] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Continue Spell-Checking") ispell-continue :enable (and (boundp 'ispell-region-end) (marker-position ispell-region-end) (equal (marker-buffer ispell-region-end) (current-buffer))) :help ,(purecopy "Continue spell checking last region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-word] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Word") ispell-word :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check word at cursor"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-comments-and-strings] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Comments") ispell-comments-and-strings :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check only comments and strings")))))
16386 (if ispell-menu-map-needed (progn (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-region] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Region") ispell-region :enable mark-active :help ,(purecopy "Spell-check text in marked region"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-message] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Message") ispell-message :visible (eq major-mode 'mail-mode) :help ,(purecopy "Skip headers and included message text"))) (define-key ispell-menu-map [ispell-buffer] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Spell-Check Buffer") ispell-buffer :help ,(purecopy "Check spelling of selected buffer"))) (fset 'ispell-menu-map (symbol-value 'ispell-menu-map))))
16388 (defvar ispell-skip-region-alist `((ispell-words-keyword forward-line) (ispell-dictionary-keyword forward-line) (ispell-pdict-keyword forward-line) (ispell-parsing-keyword forward-line) (,(purecopy "^---*BEGIN PGP [A-Z ]*--*") \, (purecopy "^---*END PGP [A-Z ]*--*")) (,(purecopy "^begin [0-9][0-9][0-9] [^ ]+$") \, (purecopy "\nend\n")) (,(purecopy "^%!PS-Adobe-[123].0") \, (purecopy "\n%%EOF\n")) (,(purecopy "^---* \\(Start of \\)?[Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage") \, (purecopy "^---* End of [Ff]orwarded [Mm]essage"))) "\
16389 Alist expressing beginning and end of regions not to spell check.
16390 The alist key must be a regular expression.
16391 Valid forms include:
16392 (KEY) - just skip the key.
16393 (KEY . REGEXP) - skip to the end of REGEXP. REGEXP may be string or symbol.
16394 (KEY REGEXP) - skip to end of REGEXP. REGEXP must be a string.
16395 (KEY FUNCTION ARGS) - FUNCTION called with ARGS returns end of region.")
16397 (defvar ispell-tex-skip-alists (purecopy '((("\\\\addcontentsline" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("\\\\add\\(tocontents\\|vspace\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\\\([aA]lph\\|arabic\\)" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\bibliographystyle" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\makebox" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("\\\\e?psfig" ispell-tex-arg-end) ("\\\\document\\(class\\|style\\)" . "\\\\begin[ \n]*{[ \n]*document[ \n]*}")) (("\\(figure\\|table\\)\\*?" ispell-tex-arg-end 0) ("list" ispell-tex-arg-end 2) ("program" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*program[ \n]*}") ("verbatim\\*?" . "\\\\end[ \n]*{[ \n]*verbatim\\*?[ \n]*}")))) "\
16398 Lists of regions to be skipped in TeX mode.
16399 First list is used raw.
16400 Second list has key placed inside \\begin{}.
16402 Delete or add any regions you want to be automatically selected
16403 for skipping in latex mode.")
16405 (defconst ispell-html-skip-alists '(("<[cC][oO][dD][eE]\\>[^>]*>" "</[cC][oO][dD][eE]*>") ("<[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[sS][cC][rR][iI][pP][tT]>") ("<[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]\\>[^>]*>" "</[aA][pP][pP][lL][eE][tT]>") ("<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>" "<[vV][eE][rR][bB]\\>[^>]*>") ("<[tT][tT]/" "/") ("<[^ \n>]" ">") ("&[^ \n;]" "[; \n]")) "\
16406 Lists of start and end keys to skip in HTML buffers.
16407 Same format as `ispell-skip-region-alist'.
16408 Note - substrings of other matches must come last
16409 (e.g. \"<[tT][tT]/\" and \"<[^ \\t\\n>]\").")
16410 (put 'ispell-local-pdict 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
16411 (define-key esc-map "$" 'ispell-word)
16413 (autoload 'ispell-word "ispell" "\
16414 Check spelling of word under or before the cursor.
16415 If the word is not found in dictionary, display possible corrections
16416 in a window allowing you to choose one.
16418 If optional argument FOLLOWING is non-nil or if `ispell-following-word'
16419 is non-nil when called interactively, then the following word
16420 \(rather than preceding) is checked when the cursor is not over a word.
16421 When the optional argument QUIETLY is non-nil or `ispell-quietly' is non-nil
16422 when called interactively, non-corrective messages are suppressed.
16424 With a prefix argument (or if CONTINUE is non-nil),
16425 resume interrupted spell-checking of a buffer or region.
16427 Interactively, in Transient Mark mode when the mark is active, call
16428 `ispell-region' to check the active region for spelling errors.
16430 Word syntax is controlled by the definition of the chosen dictionary,
16431 which is in `ispell-local-dictionary-alist' or `ispell-dictionary-alist'.
16433 This will check or reload the dictionary. Use \\[ispell-change-dictionary]
16434 or \\[ispell-region] to update the Ispell process.
16436 Return values:
16437 nil word is correct or spelling is accepted.
16438 0 word is inserted into buffer-local definitions.
16439 \"word\" word corrected from word list.
16440 \(\"word\" arg) word is hand entered.
16441 quit spell session exited.
16443 \(fn &optional FOLLOWING QUIETLY CONTINUE REGION)" t nil)
16445 (autoload 'ispell-pdict-save "ispell" "\
16446 Check to see if the personal dictionary has been modified.
16447 If so, ask if it needs to be saved.
16449 \(fn &optional NO-QUERY FORCE-SAVE)" t nil)
16451 (autoload 'ispell-help "ispell" "\
16452 Display a list of the options available when a misspelling is encountered.
16454 Selections are:
16456 DIGIT: Replace the word with a digit offered in the *Choices* buffer.
16457 SPC: Accept word this time.
16458 `i': Accept word and insert into private dictionary.
16459 `a': Accept word for this session.
16460 `A': Accept word and place in `buffer-local dictionary'.
16461 `r': Replace word with typed-in value. Rechecked.
16462 `R': Replace word with typed-in value. Query-replaced in buffer. Rechecked.
16463 `?': Show these commands.
16464 `x': Exit spelling buffer. Move cursor to original point.
16465 `X': Exit spelling buffer. Leaves cursor at the current point, and permits
16466 the aborted check to be completed later.
16467 `q': Quit spelling session (Kills ispell process).
16468 `l': Look up typed-in replacement in alternate dictionary. Wildcards okay.
16469 `u': Like `i', but the word is lower-cased first.
16470 `m': Place typed-in value in personal dictionary, then recheck current word.
16471 `C-l': Redraw screen.
16472 `C-r': Recursive edit.
16473 `C-z': Suspend Emacs or iconify frame.
16475 \(fn)" nil nil)
16477 (autoload 'ispell-kill-ispell "ispell" "\
16478 Kill current Ispell process (so that you may start a fresh one).
16479 With NO-ERROR, just return non-nil if there was no Ispell running.
16480 With CLEAR, buffer session localwords are cleaned.
16482 \(fn &optional NO-ERROR CLEAR)" t nil)
16484 (autoload 'ispell-change-dictionary "ispell" "\
16485 Change to dictionary DICT for Ispell.
16486 With a prefix arg, set it \"globally\", for all buffers.
16487 Without a prefix arg, set it \"locally\", just for this buffer.
16489 By just answering RET you can find out what the current dictionary is.
16491 \(fn DICT &optional ARG)" t nil)
16493 (autoload 'ispell-region "ispell" "\
16494 Interactively check a region for spelling errors.
16495 Return nil if spell session was terminated, otherwise returns shift offset
16496 amount for last line processed.
16498 \(fn REG-START REG-END &optional RECHECKP SHIFT)" t nil)
16500 (autoload 'ispell-comments-and-strings "ispell" "\
16501 Check comments and strings in the current buffer for spelling errors.
16503 \(fn)" t nil)
16505 (autoload 'ispell-buffer "ispell" "\
16506 Check the current buffer for spelling errors interactively.
16508 \(fn)" t nil)
16510 (autoload 'ispell-buffer-with-debug "ispell" "\
16511 `ispell-buffer' with some output sent to `ispell-debug-buffer' buffer.
16512 If APPEND is non-n il, append the info to previous buffer if exists.
16514 \(fn &optional APPEND)" t nil)
16516 (autoload 'ispell-continue "ispell" "\
16517 Continue a halted spelling session beginning with the current word.
16519 \(fn)" t nil)
16521 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word "ispell" "\
16522 Try to complete the word before or at point.
16523 If optional INTERIOR-FRAG is non-nil, then the word may be a character
16524 sequence inside of a word.
16526 Standard ispell choices are then available.
16528 \(fn &optional INTERIOR-FRAG)" t nil)
16530 (autoload 'ispell-complete-word-interior-frag "ispell" "\
16531 Completes word matching character sequence inside a word.
16533 \(fn)" t nil)
16535 (autoload 'ispell "ispell" "\
16536 Interactively check a region or buffer for spelling errors.
16537 If `transient-mark-mode' is on, and a region is active, spell-check
16538 that region. Otherwise spell-check the buffer.
16540 Ispell dictionaries are not distributed with Emacs. If you are
16541 looking for a dictionary, please see the distribution of the GNU ispell
16542 program, or do an Internet search; there are various dictionaries
16543 available on the net.
16545 \(fn)" t nil)
16547 (autoload 'ispell-minor-mode "ispell" "\
16548 Toggle last-word spell checking (Ispell minor mode).
16549 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ispell minor mode if ARG is
16550 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
16551 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
16553 Ispell minor mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled,
16554 typing SPC or RET warns you if the previous word is incorrectly
16555 spelled.
16557 All the buffer-local variables and dictionaries are ignored. To
16558 read them into the running Ispell process, type \\[ispell-word]
16559 SPC.
16561 For spell-checking \"on the fly\", not just after typing SPC or
16562 RET, use `flyspell-mode'.
16564 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
16566 (autoload 'ispell-message "ispell" "\
16567 Check the spelling of a mail message or news post.
16568 Don't check spelling of message headers except the Subject field.
16569 Don't check included messages.
16571 To abort spell checking of a message region and send the message anyway,
16572 use the `x' command. (Any subsequent regions will be checked.)
16573 The `X' command aborts sending the message so that you can edit the buffer.
16575 To spell-check whenever a message is sent, include the appropriate lines
16576 in your init file:
16577 (add-hook \\='message-send-hook \\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 5
16578 (add-hook \\='news-inews-hook \\='ispell-message) ;; GNUS 4
16579 (add-hook \\='mail-send-hook \\='ispell-message)
16580 (add-hook \\='mh-before-send-letter-hook \\='ispell-message)
16582 You can bind this to the key C-c i in GNUS or mail by adding to
16583 `news-reply-mode-hook' or `mail-mode-hook' the following lambda expression:
16584 (function (lambda () (local-set-key \"\\C-ci\" \\='ispell-message)))
16586 \(fn)" t nil)
16588 ;;;***
16590 ;;;### (autoloads nil "japan-util" "language/japan-util.el" (22330
16591 ;;;;;; 59913 941323 532000))
16592 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/japan-util.el
16594 (autoload 'setup-japanese-environment-internal "japan-util" "\
16597 \(fn)" nil nil)
16599 (autoload 'japanese-katakana "japan-util" "\
16600 Convert argument to Katakana and return that.
16601 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16602 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16603 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku' Katakana
16604 \(`japanese-jisx0201-kana'), in which case return value
16605 may be a string even if OBJ is a character if two Katakanas are
16606 necessary to represent OBJ.
16608 \(fn OBJ &optional HANKAKU)" nil nil)
16610 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana "japan-util" "\
16611 Convert argument to Hiragana and return that.
16612 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16613 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16615 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16617 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku "japan-util" "\
16618 Convert argument to `hankaku' and return that.
16619 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16620 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16621 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to return only ASCII character.
16623 \(fn OBJ &optional ASCII-ONLY)" nil nil)
16625 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku "japan-util" "\
16626 Convert argument to `zenkaku' and return that.
16627 The argument may be a character or string. The result has the same type.
16628 The argument object is not altered--the value is a copy.
16630 \(fn OBJ)" nil nil)
16632 (autoload 'japanese-katakana-region "japan-util" "\
16633 Convert Japanese `hiragana' chars in the region to `katakana' chars.
16634 Optional argument HANKAKU t means to convert to `hankaku katakana' character
16635 of which charset is `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16637 \(fn FROM TO &optional HANKAKU)" t nil)
16639 (autoload 'japanese-hiragana-region "japan-util" "\
16640 Convert Japanese `katakana' chars in the region to `hiragana' chars.
16642 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16644 (autoload 'japanese-hankaku-region "japan-util" "\
16645 Convert Japanese `zenkaku' chars in the region to `hankaku' chars.
16646 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16647 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16648 Optional argument ASCII-ONLY non-nil means to convert only to ASCII char.
16650 \(fn FROM TO &optional ASCII-ONLY)" t nil)
16652 (autoload 'japanese-zenkaku-region "japan-util" "\
16653 Convert hankaku' chars in the region to Japanese `zenkaku' chars.
16654 `Zenkaku' chars belong to `japanese-jisx0208'
16655 `Hankaku' chars belong to `ascii' or `japanese-jisx0201-kana'.
16656 Optional argument KATAKANA-ONLY non-nil means to convert only KATAKANA char.
16658 \(fn FROM TO &optional KATAKANA-ONLY)" t nil)
16660 (autoload 'read-hiragana-string "japan-util" "\
16661 Read a Hiragana string from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
16662 If non-nil, second arg INITIAL-INPUT is a string to insert before reading.
16664 \(fn PROMPT &optional INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
16666 ;;;***
16668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "jka-compr" "jka-compr.el" (22330 59913 914323
16669 ;;;;;; 615000))
16670 ;;; Generated autoloads from jka-compr.el
16672 (defvar jka-compr-inhibit nil "\
16673 Non-nil means inhibit automatic uncompression temporarily.
16674 Lisp programs can bind this to t to do that.
16675 It is not recommended to set this variable permanently to anything but nil.")
16677 (autoload 'jka-compr-handler "jka-compr" "\
16680 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
16682 (autoload 'jka-compr-uninstall "jka-compr" "\
16683 Uninstall jka-compr.
16684 This removes the entries in `file-name-handler-alist' and `auto-mode-alist'
16685 and `inhibit-local-variables-suffixes' that were added
16686 by `jka-compr-installed'.
16688 \(fn)" nil nil)
16690 ;;;***
16692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "js" "progmodes/js.el" (22331 17377 954348
16693 ;;;;;; 447000))
16694 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/js.el
16695 (push (purecopy '(js 9)) package--builtin-versions)
16697 (autoload 'js-mode "js" "\
16698 Major mode for editing JavaScript.
16700 \(fn)" t nil)
16702 (autoload 'js-jsx-mode "js" "\
16703 Major mode for editing JSX.
16705 To customize the indentation for this mode, set the SGML offset
16706 variables (`sgml-basic-offset', `sgml-attribute-offset' et al.)
16707 locally, like so:
16709 (defun set-jsx-indentation ()
16710 (setq-local sgml-basic-offset js-indent-level))
16711 (add-hook \\='js-jsx-mode-hook #\\='set-jsx-indentation)
16713 \(fn)" t nil)
16714 (defalias 'javascript-mode 'js-mode)
16716 (dolist (name (list "node" "nodejs" "gjs" "rhino")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'js-mode)))
16718 ;;;***
16720 ;;;### (autoloads nil "json" "json.el" (22330 59913 914323 615000))
16721 ;;; Generated autoloads from json.el
16722 (push (purecopy '(json 1 4)) package--builtin-versions)
16724 ;;;***
16726 ;;;### (autoloads nil "keypad" "emulation/keypad.el" (22330 59913
16727 ;;;;;; 931323 563000))
16728 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/keypad.el
16730 (defvar keypad-setup nil "\
16731 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16732 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16733 decimal key must be specified.")
16735 (custom-autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" nil)
16737 (defvar keypad-numlock-setup nil "\
16738 Specifies the keypad setup for unshifted keypad keys when NumLock is on.
16739 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16740 decimal key must be specified.")
16742 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-setup "keypad" nil)
16744 (defvar keypad-shifted-setup nil "\
16745 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16746 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16747 decimal key must be specified.")
16749 (custom-autoload 'keypad-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16751 (defvar keypad-numlock-shifted-setup nil "\
16752 Specifies the keypad setup for shifted keypad keys when NumLock is off.
16753 When selecting the plain numeric keypad setup, the character returned by the
16754 decimal key must be specified.")
16756 (custom-autoload 'keypad-numlock-shifted-setup "keypad" nil)
16758 (autoload 'keypad-setup "keypad" "\
16759 Set keypad bindings in `function-key-map' according to SETUP.
16760 If optional second argument NUMLOCK is non-nil, the NumLock On bindings
16761 are changed. Otherwise, the NumLock Off bindings are changed.
16762 If optional third argument SHIFT is non-nil, the shifted keypad
16763 keys are bound.
16765 Setup Binding
16766 -------------------------------------------------------------
16767 `prefix' Command prefix argument, i.e. M-0 .. M-9 and M--
16768 `S-cursor' Bind shifted keypad keys to the shifted cursor movement keys.
16769 `cursor' Bind keypad keys to the cursor movement keys.
16770 `numeric' Plain numeric keypad, i.e. 0 .. 9 and . (or DECIMAL arg)
16771 `none' Removes all bindings for keypad keys in function-key-map;
16772 this enables any user-defined bindings for the keypad keys
16773 in the global and local keymaps.
16775 If SETUP is `numeric' and the optional fourth argument DECIMAL is non-nil,
16776 the decimal key on the keypad is mapped to DECIMAL instead of `.'
16778 \(fn SETUP &optional NUMLOCK SHIFT DECIMAL)" nil nil)
16780 ;;;***
16782 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kinsoku" "international/kinsoku.el" (22330
16783 ;;;;;; 59913 939323 538000))
16784 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kinsoku.el
16786 (autoload 'kinsoku "kinsoku" "\
16787 Go to a line breaking position near point by doing `kinsoku' processing.
16788 LINEBEG is a buffer position we can't break a line before.
16790 `Kinsoku' processing is to prohibit specific characters to be placed
16791 at beginning of line or at end of line. Characters not to be placed
16792 at beginning and end of line have character category `>' and `<'
16793 respectively. This restriction is dissolved by making a line longer or
16794 shorter.
16796 `Kinsoku' is a Japanese word which originally means ordering to stay
16797 in one place, and is used for the text processing described above in
16798 the context of text formatting.
16800 \(fn LINEBEG)" nil nil)
16802 ;;;***
16804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kkc" "international/kkc.el" (22330 59913 940323
16805 ;;;;;; 535000))
16806 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/kkc.el
16808 (defvar kkc-after-update-conversion-functions nil "\
16809 Functions to run after a conversion is selected in `japanese' input method.
16810 With this input method, a user can select a proper conversion from
16811 candidate list. Each time he changes the selection, functions in this
16812 list are called with two arguments; starting and ending buffer
16813 positions that contains the current selection.")
16815 (autoload 'kkc-region "kkc" "\
16816 Convert Kana string in the current region to Kanji-Kana mixed string.
16817 Users can select a desirable conversion interactively.
16818 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
16819 positions FROM and TO (integers or markers) specifying the target region.
16820 When it returns, the point is at the tail of the selected conversion,
16821 and the return value is the length of the conversion.
16823 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16825 ;;;***
16827 ;;;### (autoloads nil "kmacro" "kmacro.el" (22331 17372 42369 445000))
16828 ;;; Generated autoloads from kmacro.el
16829 (global-set-key "\C-x(" 'kmacro-start-macro)
16830 (global-set-key "\C-x)" 'kmacro-end-macro)
16831 (global-set-key "\C-xe" 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro)
16832 (global-set-key [f3] 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter)
16833 (global-set-key [f4] 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro)
16834 (global-set-key "\C-x\C-k" 'kmacro-keymap)
16835 (autoload 'kmacro-keymap "kmacro" "Keymap for keyboard macro commands." t 'keymap)
16837 (autoload 'kmacro-exec-ring-item "kmacro" "\
16838 Execute item ITEM from the macro ring.
16839 ARG is the number of times to execute the item.
16841 \(fn ITEM ARG)" nil nil)
16843 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro "kmacro" "\
16844 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16845 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16846 Use \\[kmacro-end-macro] to finish recording and make the macro available.
16847 Use \\[kmacro-end-and-call-macro] to execute the macro.
16849 Non-nil arg (prefix arg) means append to last macro defined.
16851 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, append to last keyboard macro
16852 defined. Depending on `kmacro-execute-before-append', this may begin
16853 by re-executing the last macro as if you typed it again.
16855 Otherwise, it sets `kmacro-counter' to ARG or 0 if missing before
16856 defining the macro.
16858 Use \\[kmacro-insert-counter] to insert (and increment) the macro counter.
16859 The counter value can be set or modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16860 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16862 Use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] to give it a permanent name.
16863 Use \\[kmacro-bind-to-key] to bind it to a key sequence.
16865 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16867 (autoload 'kmacro-end-macro "kmacro" "\
16868 Finish defining a keyboard macro.
16869 The definition was started by \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16870 The macro is now available for use via \\[kmacro-call-macro],
16871 or it can be given a name with \\[kmacro-name-last-macro] and then invoked
16872 under that name.
16874 With numeric arg, repeat macro now that many times,
16875 counting the definition just completed as the first repetition.
16876 An argument of zero means repeat until error.
16878 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16880 (autoload 'kmacro-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16881 Call the keyboard MACRO that you defined with \\[kmacro-start-macro].
16882 A prefix argument serves as a repeat count. Zero means repeat until error.
16883 MACRO defaults to `last-kbd-macro'.
16885 When you call the macro, you can call the macro again by repeating
16886 just the last key in the key sequence that you used to call this
16887 command. See `kmacro-call-repeat-key' and `kmacro-call-repeat-with-arg'
16888 for details on how to adjust or disable this behavior.
16890 To make a macro permanent so you can call it even after defining
16891 others, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16893 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT END-MACRO MACRO)" t nil)
16895 (autoload 'kmacro-start-macro-or-insert-counter "kmacro" "\
16896 Record subsequent keyboard input, defining a keyboard macro.
16897 The commands are recorded even as they are executed.
16899 Sets the `kmacro-counter' to ARG (or 0 if no prefix arg) before defining the
16900 macro.
16902 With \\[universal-argument], appends to current keyboard macro (keeping
16903 the current value of `kmacro-counter').
16905 When defining/executing macro, inserts macro counter and increments
16906 the counter with ARG or 1 if missing. With \\[universal-argument],
16907 inserts previous `kmacro-counter' (but do not modify counter).
16909 The macro counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-counter] and \\[kmacro-add-counter].
16910 The format of the counter can be modified via \\[kmacro-set-format].
16912 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
16914 (autoload 'kmacro-end-or-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16915 End kbd macro if currently being defined; else call last kbd macro.
16916 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16917 With \\[universal-argument], call second macro in macro ring.
16919 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16921 (autoload 'kmacro-end-and-call-macro "kmacro" "\
16922 Call last keyboard macro, ending it first if currently being defined.
16923 With numeric prefix ARG, repeat macro that many times.
16924 Zero argument means repeat until there is an error.
16926 To give a macro a permanent name, so you can call it
16927 even after defining other macros, use \\[kmacro-name-last-macro].
16929 \(fn ARG &optional NO-REPEAT)" t nil)
16931 (autoload 'kmacro-end-call-mouse "kmacro" "\
16932 Move point to the position clicked with the mouse and call last kbd macro.
16933 If kbd macro currently being defined end it before activating it.
16935 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
16937 ;;;***
16939 ;;;### (autoloads nil "korea-util" "language/korea-util.el" (22330
16940 ;;;;;; 59913 941323 532000))
16941 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/korea-util.el
16943 (defvar default-korean-keyboard (purecopy (if (string-match "3" (or (getenv "HANGUL_KEYBOARD_TYPE") "")) "3" "")) "\
16944 The kind of Korean keyboard for Korean input method.
16945 \"\" for 2, \"3\" for 3.")
16947 (autoload 'setup-korean-environment-internal "korea-util" "\
16950 \(fn)" nil nil)
16952 ;;;***
16954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lao-util" "language/lao-util.el" (22330 59913
16955 ;;;;;; 941323 532000))
16956 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/lao-util.el
16958 (autoload 'lao-compose-string "lao-util" "\
16961 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16963 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-single-roman-syllable-to-lao "lao-util" "\
16964 Transcribe a Romanized Lao syllable in the region FROM and TO to Lao string.
16965 Only the first syllable is transcribed.
16966 The value has the form: (START END LAO-STRING), where
16967 START and END are the beginning and end positions of the Roman Lao syllable,
16968 LAO-STRING is the Lao character transcription of it.
16970 Optional 3rd arg STR, if non-nil, is a string to search for Roman Lao
16971 syllable. In that case, FROM and TO are indexes to STR.
16973 \(fn FROM TO &optional STR)" nil nil)
16975 (autoload 'lao-transcribe-roman-to-lao-string "lao-util" "\
16976 Transcribe Romanized Lao string STR to Lao character string.
16978 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
16980 (autoload 'lao-composition-function "lao-util" "\
16983 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
16985 (autoload 'lao-compose-region "lao-util" "\
16988 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
16990 ;;;***
16992 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latexenc" "international/latexenc.el" (22330
16993 ;;;;;; 59913 940323 535000))
16994 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latexenc.el
16996 (defvar latex-inputenc-coding-alist (purecopy '(("ansinew" . windows-1252) ("applemac" . mac-roman) ("ascii" . us-ascii) ("cp1250" . windows-1250) ("cp1252" . windows-1252) ("cp1257" . cp1257) ("cp437de" . cp437) ("cp437" . cp437) ("cp850" . cp850) ("cp852" . cp852) ("cp858" . cp858) ("cp865" . cp865) ("latin1" . iso-8859-1) ("latin2" . iso-8859-2) ("latin3" . iso-8859-3) ("latin4" . iso-8859-4) ("latin5" . iso-8859-5) ("latin9" . iso-8859-15) ("next" . next) ("utf8" . utf-8) ("utf8x" . utf-8))) "\
16997 Mapping from LaTeX encodings in \"inputenc.sty\" to Emacs coding systems.
16998 LaTeX encodings are specified with \"\\usepackage[encoding]{inputenc}\".
16999 Used by the function `latexenc-find-file-coding-system'.")
17001 (custom-autoload 'latex-inputenc-coding-alist "latexenc" t)
17003 (autoload 'latexenc-inputenc-to-coding-system "latexenc" "\
17004 Return the corresponding coding-system for the specified input encoding.
17005 Return nil if no matching coding system can be found.
17007 \(fn INPUTENC)" nil nil)
17009 (autoload 'latexenc-coding-system-to-inputenc "latexenc" "\
17010 Return the corresponding input encoding for the specified coding system.
17011 Return nil if no matching input encoding can be found.
17013 \(fn CS)" nil nil)
17015 (autoload 'latexenc-find-file-coding-system "latexenc" "\
17016 Determine the coding system of a LaTeX file if it uses \"inputenc.sty\".
17017 The mapping from LaTeX's \"inputenc.sty\" encoding names to Emacs
17018 coding system names is determined from `latex-inputenc-coding-alist'.
17020 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
17022 ;;;***
17024 ;;;### (autoloads nil "latin1-disp" "international/latin1-disp.el"
17025 ;;;;;; (22330 59913 940323 535000))
17026 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/latin1-disp.el
17028 (defvar latin1-display nil "\
17029 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for ISO8859 character sets.
17030 This is done for each character set in the list `latin1-display-sets',
17031 if no font is available to display it. Characters are displayed using
17032 the corresponding Latin-1 characters where they match. Otherwise
17033 ASCII sequences are used, mostly following the Latin prefix input
17034 methods. Some different ASCII sequences are used if
17035 `latin1-display-mnemonic' is non-nil.
17037 This option also treats some characters in the `mule-unicode-...'
17038 charsets if you don't have a Unicode font with which to display them.
17040 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17041 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
17043 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" nil)
17045 (autoload 'latin1-display "latin1-disp" "\
17046 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for the arguments character SETS.
17047 See option `latin1-display' for the method. The members of the list
17048 must be in `latin1-display-sets'. With no arguments, reset the
17049 display for all of `latin1-display-sets'. See also
17050 `latin1-display-setup'.
17052 \(fn &rest SETS)" nil nil)
17054 (defvar latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx nil "\
17055 Set up Latin-1/ASCII display for Unicode characters.
17056 This uses the transliterations of the Lynx browser. The display isn't
17057 changed if the display can render Unicode characters.
17059 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17060 use either \\[customize] or the function `latin1-display'.")
17062 (custom-autoload 'latin1-display-ucs-per-lynx "latin1-disp" nil)
17064 ;;;***
17066 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ld-script" "progmodes/ld-script.el" (22330
17067 ;;;;;; 59913 984323 399000))
17068 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ld-script.el
17070 (autoload 'ld-script-mode "ld-script" "\
17071 A major mode to edit GNU ld script files
17073 \(fn)" t nil)
17075 ;;;***
17077 ;;;### (autoloads nil "let-alist" "emacs-lisp/let-alist.el" (22331
17078 ;;;;;; 17371 995369 612000))
17079 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/let-alist.el
17080 (push (purecopy '(let-alist 1 0 4)) package--builtin-versions)
17082 (autoload 'let-alist "let-alist" "\
17083 Let-bind dotted symbols to their cdrs in ALIST and execute BODY.
17084 Dotted symbol is any symbol starting with a `.'. Only those present
17085 in BODY are let-bound and this search is done at compile time.
17087 For instance, the following code
17089 (let-alist alist
17090 (if (and .title .body)
17091 .body
17092 .site
17093 .site.contents))
17095 essentially expands to
17097 (let ((.title (cdr (assq \\='title alist)))
17098 (.body (cdr (assq \\='body alist)))
17099 (.site (cdr (assq \\='site alist)))
17100 (.site.contents (cdr (assq \\='contents (cdr (assq \\='site alist))))))
17101 (if (and .title .body)
17102 .body
17103 .site
17104 .site.contents))
17106 If you nest `let-alist' invocations, the inner one can't access
17107 the variables of the outer one. You can, however, access alists
17108 inside the original alist by using dots inside the symbol, as
17109 displayed in the example above.
17111 \(fn ALIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
17113 (function-put 'let-alist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
17115 ;;;***
17117 ;;;### (autoloads nil "life" "play/life.el" (22330 59913 969323 446000))
17118 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/life.el
17120 (autoload 'life "life" "\
17121 Run Conway's Life simulation.
17122 The starting pattern is randomly selected. Prefix arg (optional first
17123 arg non-nil from a program) is the number of seconds to sleep between
17124 generations (this defaults to 1).
17126 \(fn &optional SLEEPTIME)" t nil)
17128 ;;;***
17130 ;;;### (autoloads nil "linum" "linum.el" (22331 17372 49369 420000))
17131 ;;; Generated autoloads from linum.el
17132 (push (purecopy '(linum 0 9 24)) package--builtin-versions)
17134 (autoload 'linum-mode "linum" "\
17135 Toggle display of line numbers in the left margin (Linum mode).
17136 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Linum mode if ARG is positive,
17137 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
17138 if ARG is omitted or nil.
17140 Linum mode is a buffer-local minor mode.
17142 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17144 (defvar global-linum-mode nil "\
17145 Non-nil if Global Linum mode is enabled.
17146 See the `global-linum-mode' command
17147 for a description of this minor mode.
17148 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17149 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17150 or call the function `global-linum-mode'.")
17152 (custom-autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" nil)
17154 (autoload 'global-linum-mode "linum" "\
17155 Toggle Linum mode in all buffers.
17156 With prefix ARG, enable Global Linum mode if ARG is positive;
17157 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
17158 ARG is omitted or nil.
17160 Linum mode is enabled in all buffers where
17161 `linum-on' would do it.
17162 See `linum-mode' for more information on Linum mode.
17164 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17166 ;;;***
17168 ;;;### (autoloads nil "loadhist" "loadhist.el" (22330 59913 914323
17169 ;;;;;; 615000))
17170 ;;; Generated autoloads from loadhist.el
17172 (autoload 'unload-feature "loadhist" "\
17173 Unload the library that provided FEATURE.
17174 If the feature is required by any other loaded code, and prefix arg FORCE
17175 is nil, raise an error.
17177 Standard unloading activities include restoring old autoloads for
17178 functions defined by the library, undoing any additions that the
17179 library has made to hook variables or to `auto-mode-alist', undoing
17180 ELP profiling of functions in that library, unproviding any features
17181 provided by the library, and canceling timers held in variables
17182 defined by the library.
17184 If a function `FEATURE-unload-function' is defined, this function
17185 calls it with no arguments, before doing anything else. That function
17186 can do whatever is appropriate to undo the loading of the library. If
17187 `FEATURE-unload-function' returns non-nil, that suppresses the
17188 standard unloading of the library. Otherwise the standard unloading
17189 proceeds.
17191 `FEATURE-unload-function' has access to the package's list of
17192 definitions in the variable `unload-function-defs-list' and could
17193 remove symbols from it in the event that the package has done
17194 something strange, such as redefining an Emacs function.
17196 \(fn FEATURE &optional FORCE)" t nil)
17198 ;;;***
17200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "locate" "locate.el" (22330 59913 914323 615000))
17201 ;;; Generated autoloads from locate.el
17203 (defvar locate-ls-subdir-switches (purecopy "-al") "\
17204 `ls' switches for inserting subdirectories in `*Locate*' buffers.
17205 This should contain the \"-l\" switch, but not the \"-F\" or \"-b\" switches.")
17207 (custom-autoload 'locate-ls-subdir-switches "locate" t)
17209 (autoload 'locate "locate" "\
17210 Run the program `locate', putting results in `*Locate*' buffer.
17211 Pass it SEARCH-STRING as argument. Interactively, prompt for SEARCH-STRING.
17212 With prefix arg ARG, prompt for the exact shell command to run instead.
17214 This program searches for those file names in a database that match
17215 SEARCH-STRING and normally outputs all matching absolute file names,
17216 one per line. The database normally consists of all files on your
17217 system, or of all files that you have access to. Consult the
17218 documentation of the program for the details about how it determines
17219 which file names match SEARCH-STRING. (Those details vary highly with
17220 the version.)
17222 You can specify another program for this command to run by customizing
17223 the variables `locate-command' or `locate-make-command-line'.
17225 The main use of FILTER is to implement `locate-with-filter'. See
17226 the docstring of that function for its meaning.
17228 After preparing the results buffer, this runs `dired-mode-hook' and
17229 then `locate-post-command-hook'.
17231 \(fn SEARCH-STRING &optional FILTER ARG)" t nil)
17233 (autoload 'locate-with-filter "locate" "\
17234 Run the executable program `locate' with a filter.
17235 This function is similar to the function `locate', which see.
17236 The difference is that, when invoked interactively, the present function
17237 prompts for both SEARCH-STRING and FILTER. It passes SEARCH-STRING
17238 to the locate executable program. It produces a `*Locate*' buffer
17239 that lists only those lines in the output of the locate program that
17240 contain a match for the regular expression FILTER; this is often useful
17241 to constrain a big search.
17243 ARG is the interactive prefix arg, which has the same effect as in `locate'.
17245 When called from Lisp, this function is identical with `locate',
17246 except that FILTER is not optional.
17248 \(fn SEARCH-STRING FILTER &optional ARG)" t nil)
17250 ;;;***
17252 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-edit" "vc/log-edit.el" (22330 59914 9323
17253 ;;;;;; 322000))
17254 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-edit.el
17256 (autoload 'log-edit "log-edit" "\
17257 Setup a buffer to enter a log message.
17258 The buffer is put in mode MODE or `log-edit-mode' if MODE is nil.
17259 \\<log-edit-mode-map>
17260 If SETUP is non-nil, erase the buffer and run `log-edit-hook'.
17261 Set mark and point around the entire contents of the buffer, so
17262 that it is easy to kill the contents of the buffer with
17263 \\[kill-region]. Once the user is done editing the message,
17264 invoking the command \\[log-edit-done] (`log-edit-done') will
17265 call CALLBACK to do the actual commit.
17267 PARAMS if non-nil is an alist of variables and buffer-local
17268 values to give them in the Log Edit buffer. Possible keys and
17269 associated values:
17270 `log-edit-listfun' -- function taking no arguments that returns the list of
17271 files that are concerned by the current operation (using relative names);
17272 `log-edit-diff-function' -- function taking no arguments that
17273 displays a diff of the files concerned by the current operation.
17274 `vc-log-fileset' -- the VC fileset to be committed (if any).
17276 If BUFFER is non-nil `log-edit' will jump to that buffer, use it
17277 to edit the log message and go back to the current buffer when
17278 done. Otherwise, it uses the current buffer.
17280 \(fn CALLBACK &optional SETUP PARAMS BUFFER MODE &rest IGNORE)" nil nil)
17282 ;;;***
17284 ;;;### (autoloads nil "log-view" "vc/log-view.el" (22330 59914 8323
17285 ;;;;;; 325000))
17286 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/log-view.el
17288 (autoload 'log-view-mode "log-view" "\
17289 Major mode for browsing CVS log output.
17291 \(fn)" t nil)
17293 ;;;***
17295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lpr" "lpr.el" (22331 17372 50369 416000))
17296 ;;; Generated autoloads from lpr.el
17298 (defvar lpr-windows-system (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) "\
17299 Non-nil if running on MS-DOS or MS Windows.")
17301 (defvar lpr-lp-system (memq system-type '(usg-unix-v hpux irix)) "\
17302 Non-nil if running on a system type that uses the \"lp\" command.")
17304 (defvar printer-name (and (eq system-type 'ms-dos) "PRN") "\
17305 The name of a local printer to which data is sent for printing.
17306 \(Note that PostScript files are sent to `ps-printer-name', which see.)
17308 On Unix-like systems, a string value should be a name understood by
17309 lpr's -P option; otherwise the value should be nil.
17311 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, a string value is taken as the name of
17312 a printer device or port, provided `lpr-command' is set to \"\".
17313 Typical non-default settings would be \"LPT1\" to \"LPT3\" for parallel
17314 printers, or \"COM1\" to \"COM4\" or \"AUX\" for serial printers, or
17315 \"//hostname/printer\" for a shared network printer. You can also set
17316 it to the name of a file, in which case the output gets appended to that
17317 file. If you want to discard the printed output, set this to \"NUL\".")
17319 (custom-autoload 'printer-name "lpr" t)
17321 (defvar lpr-switches nil "\
17322 List of strings to pass as extra options for the printer program.
17323 It is recommended to set `printer-name' instead of including an explicit
17324 switch on this list.
17325 See `lpr-command'.")
17327 (custom-autoload 'lpr-switches "lpr" t)
17329 (defvar lpr-command (purecopy (cond (lpr-windows-system "") (lpr-lp-system "lp") (t "lpr"))) "\
17330 Name of program for printing a file.
17332 On MS-DOS and MS-Windows systems, if the value is an empty string then
17333 Emacs will write directly to the printer port named by `printer-name'.
17334 The programs `print' and `nprint' (the standard print programs on
17335 Windows NT and Novell Netware respectively) are handled specially, using
17336 `printer-name' as the destination for output; any other program is
17337 treated like `lpr' except that an explicit filename is given as the last
17338 argument.")
17340 (custom-autoload 'lpr-command "lpr" t)
17342 (autoload 'lpr-buffer "lpr" "\
17343 Print buffer contents without pagination or page headers.
17344 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17345 for customization of the printer command.
17347 \(fn)" t nil)
17349 (autoload 'print-buffer "lpr" "\
17350 Paginate and print buffer contents.
17352 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17353 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17354 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17355 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17357 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17358 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17360 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17361 for further customization of the printer command.
17363 \(fn)" t nil)
17365 (autoload 'lpr-region "lpr" "\
17366 Print region contents without pagination or page headers.
17367 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17368 for customization of the printer command.
17370 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17372 (autoload 'print-region "lpr" "\
17373 Paginate and print the region contents.
17375 The variable `lpr-headers-switches' controls how to paginate.
17376 If it is nil (the default), we run the `pr' program (or whatever program
17377 `lpr-page-header-program' specifies) to paginate.
17378 `lpr-page-header-switches' specifies the switches for that program.
17380 Otherwise, the switches in `lpr-headers-switches' are used
17381 in the print command itself; we expect them to request pagination.
17383 See the variables `lpr-switches' and `lpr-command'
17384 for further customization of the printer command.
17386 \(fn START END)" t nil)
17388 ;;;***
17390 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ls-lisp" "ls-lisp.el" (22331 17372 50369 416000))
17391 ;;; Generated autoloads from ls-lisp.el
17393 (defvar ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards t "\
17394 Non-nil means ls-lisp treats file patterns as shell wildcards.
17395 Otherwise they are treated as Emacs regexps (for backward compatibility).")
17397 (custom-autoload 'ls-lisp-support-shell-wildcards "ls-lisp" t)
17399 ;;;***
17401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "lunar" "calendar/lunar.el" (22330 59913 920323
17402 ;;;;;; 597000))
17403 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/lunar.el
17405 (autoload 'lunar-phases "lunar" "\
17406 Display the quarters of the moon for last month, this month, and next month.
17407 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompts for month and year.
17408 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
17410 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17412 ;;;***
17414 ;;;### (autoloads nil "m4-mode" "progmodes/m4-mode.el" (22330 59913
17415 ;;;;;; 984323 399000))
17416 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/m4-mode.el
17418 (autoload 'm4-mode "m4-mode" "\
17419 A major mode to edit m4 macro files.
17421 \(fn)" t nil)
17423 ;;;***
17425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "macros" "macros.el" (22330 59913 914323 615000))
17426 ;;; Generated autoloads from macros.el
17428 (autoload 'name-last-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17429 Assign a name to the last keyboard macro defined.
17430 Argument SYMBOL is the name to define.
17431 The symbol's function definition becomes the keyboard macro string.
17432 Such a \"function\" cannot be called from Lisp, but it is a valid editor command.
17434 \(fn SYMBOL)" t nil)
17436 (autoload 'insert-kbd-macro "macros" "\
17437 Insert in buffer the definition of kbd macro MACRONAME, as Lisp code.
17438 MACRONAME should be a symbol.
17439 Optional second arg KEYS means also record the keys it is on
17440 \(this is the prefix argument, when calling interactively).
17442 This Lisp code will, when executed, define the kbd macro with the same
17443 definition it has now. If you say to record the keys, the Lisp code
17444 will also rebind those keys to the macro. Only global key bindings
17445 are recorded since executing this Lisp code always makes global
17446 bindings.
17448 To save a kbd macro, visit a file of Lisp code such as your `~/.emacs',
17449 use this command, and then save the file.
17451 \(fn MACRONAME &optional KEYS)" t nil)
17453 (autoload 'kbd-macro-query "macros" "\
17454 Query user during kbd macro execution.
17455 With prefix argument, enters recursive edit, reading keyboard
17456 commands even within a kbd macro. You can give different commands
17457 each time the macro executes.
17458 Without prefix argument, asks whether to continue running the macro.
17459 Your options are: \\<query-replace-map>
17460 \\[act] Finish this iteration normally and continue with the next.
17461 \\[skip] Skip the rest of this iteration, and start the next.
17462 \\[exit] Stop the macro entirely right now.
17463 \\[recenter] Redisplay the screen, then ask again.
17464 \\[edit] Enter recursive edit; ask again when you exit from that.
17466 \(fn FLAG)" t nil)
17468 (autoload 'apply-macro-to-region-lines "macros" "\
17469 Apply last keyboard macro to all lines in the region.
17470 For each line that begins in the region, move to the beginning of
17471 the line, and run the last keyboard macro.
17473 When called from lisp, this function takes two arguments TOP and
17474 BOTTOM, describing the current region. TOP must be before BOTTOM.
17475 The optional third argument MACRO specifies a keyboard macro to
17476 execute.
17478 This is useful for quoting or unquoting included text, adding and
17479 removing comments, or producing tables where the entries are regular.
17481 For example, in Usenet articles, sections of text quoted from another
17482 author are indented, or have each line start with `>'. To quote a
17483 section of text, define a keyboard macro which inserts `>', put point
17484 and mark at opposite ends of the quoted section, and use
17485 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to mark the entire section.
17487 Suppose you wanted to build a keyword table in C where each entry
17488 looked like this:
17490 { \"foo\", foo_data, foo_function },
17491 { \"bar\", bar_data, bar_function },
17492 { \"baz\", baz_data, baz_function },
17494 You could enter the names in this format:
17500 and write a macro to massage a word into a table entry:
17502 \\C-x (
17503 \\M-d { \"\\C-y\", \\C-y_data, \\C-y_function },
17504 \\C-x )
17506 and then select the region of un-tablified names and use
17507 `\\[apply-macro-to-region-lines]' to build the table from the names.
17509 \(fn TOP BOTTOM &optional MACRO)" t nil)
17510 (define-key ctl-x-map "q" 'kbd-macro-query)
17512 ;;;***
17514 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-extr" "mail/mail-extr.el" (22331 17372
17515 ;;;;;; 51369 413000))
17516 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-extr.el
17518 (autoload 'mail-extract-address-components "mail-extr" "\
17519 Given an RFC-822 address ADDRESS, extract full name and canonical address.
17520 Returns a list of the form (FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS). If no
17521 name can be extracted, FULL-NAME will be nil. Also see
17522 `mail-extr-ignore-single-names' and
17523 `mail-extr-ignore-realname-equals-mailbox-name'.
17525 If the optional argument ALL is non-nil, then ADDRESS can contain zero
17526 or more recipients, separated by commas, and we return a list of
17527 the form ((FULL-NAME CANONICAL-ADDRESS) ...) with one element for
17528 each recipient. If ALL is nil, then if ADDRESS contains more than
17529 one recipients, all but the first is ignored.
17531 ADDRESS may be a string or a buffer. If it is a buffer, the visible
17532 \(narrowed) portion of the buffer will be interpreted as the address.
17533 \(This feature exists so that the clever caller might be able to avoid
17534 consing a string.)
17536 \(fn ADDRESS &optional ALL)" nil nil)
17538 (autoload 'what-domain "mail-extr" "\
17539 Convert mail domain DOMAIN to the country it corresponds to.
17541 \(fn DOMAIN)" t nil)
17543 ;;;***
17545 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-hist" "mail/mail-hist.el" (22330 59913
17546 ;;;;;; 947323 514000))
17547 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-hist.el
17549 (autoload 'mail-hist-define-keys "mail-hist" "\
17550 Define keys for accessing mail header history. For use in hooks.
17552 \(fn)" nil nil)
17554 (autoload 'mail-hist-enable "mail-hist" "\
17557 \(fn)" nil nil)
17559 (defvar mail-hist-keep-history t "\
17560 Non-nil means keep a history for headers and text of outgoing mail.")
17562 (custom-autoload 'mail-hist-keep-history "mail-hist" t)
17564 (autoload 'mail-hist-put-headers-into-history "mail-hist" "\
17565 Put headers and contents of this message into mail header history.
17566 Each header has its own independent history, as does the body of the
17567 message.
17569 This function normally would be called when the message is sent.
17571 \(fn)" nil nil)
17573 ;;;***
17575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mail-utils" "mail/mail-utils.el" (22330 59913
17576 ;;;;;; 947323 514000))
17577 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mail-utils.el
17579 (defvar mail-use-rfc822 nil "\
17580 If non-nil, use a full, hairy RFC822 parser on mail addresses.
17581 Otherwise, (the default) use a smaller, somewhat faster, and
17582 often correct parser.")
17584 (custom-autoload 'mail-use-rfc822 "mail-utils" t)
17586 (defvar mail-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
17587 Regexp specifying addresses to prune from a reply message.
17588 If this is nil, it is set the first time you compose a reply, to
17589 a value which excludes your own email address.
17591 Matching addresses are excluded from the CC field in replies, and
17592 also the To field, unless this would leave an empty To field.")
17594 (custom-autoload 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "mail-utils" t)
17596 (autoload 'mail-file-babyl-p "mail-utils" "\
17597 Return non-nil if FILE is a Babyl file.
17599 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
17601 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17602 Convert a string to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding if necessary.
17603 If the string contains only ASCII characters and no troublesome ones,
17604 we return it unconverted.
17606 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17607 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17609 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17611 (autoload 'mail-quote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17612 Convert the region to the \"quoted printable\" Q encoding.
17613 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17614 we add the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17616 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER)" t nil)
17618 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable "mail-utils" "\
17619 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding.
17620 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17621 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17623 \(fn STRING &optional WRAPPER)" nil nil)
17625 (autoload 'mail-unquote-printable-region "mail-utils" "\
17626 Undo the \"quoted printable\" encoding in buffer from BEG to END.
17627 If the optional argument WRAPPER is non-nil,
17628 we expect to find and remove the wrapper characters =?ISO-8859-1?Q?....?=.
17629 On encountering malformed quoted-printable text, exits with an error,
17630 unless NOERROR is non-nil, in which case it continues, and returns nil
17631 when finished. Returns non-nil on successful completion.
17632 If UNIBYTE is non-nil, insert converted characters as unibyte.
17633 That is useful if you are going to character code decoding afterward,
17634 as Rmail does.
17636 \(fn BEG END &optional WRAPPER NOERROR UNIBYTE)" t nil)
17638 (autoload 'mail-fetch-field "mail-utils" "\
17639 Return the value of the header field whose type is FIELD-NAME.
17640 If second arg LAST is non-nil, use the last field of type FIELD-NAME.
17641 If third arg ALL is non-nil, concatenate all such fields with commas between.
17642 If 4th arg LIST is non-nil, return a list of all such fields.
17643 The buffer should be narrowed to just the header, else false
17644 matches may be returned from the message body.
17646 \(fn FIELD-NAME &optional LAST ALL LIST)" nil nil)
17648 ;;;***
17650 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailabbrev" "mail/mailabbrev.el" (22330 59913
17651 ;;;;;; 947323 514000))
17652 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailabbrev.el
17654 (defvar mail-abbrevs-mode nil "\
17655 Non-nil if Mail-Abbrevs mode is enabled.
17656 See the `mail-abbrevs-mode' command
17657 for a description of this minor mode.
17658 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17659 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17660 or call the function `mail-abbrevs-mode'.")
17662 (custom-autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" nil)
17664 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-mode "mailabbrev" "\
17665 Toggle abbrev expansion of mail aliases (Mail Abbrevs mode).
17666 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Mail Abbrevs mode if ARG is
17667 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17668 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17670 Mail Abbrevs mode is a global minor mode. When enabled,
17671 abbrev-like expansion is performed when editing certain mail
17672 headers (those specified by `mail-abbrev-mode-regexp'), based on
17673 the entries in your `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17675 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17677 (autoload 'mail-abbrevs-setup "mailabbrev" "\
17678 Initialize use of the `mailabbrev' package.
17680 \(fn)" nil nil)
17682 (autoload 'build-mail-abbrevs "mailabbrev" "\
17683 Read mail aliases from personal mail alias file and set `mail-abbrevs'.
17684 By default this is the file specified by `mail-personal-alias-file'.
17686 \(fn &optional FILE RECURSIVEP)" nil nil)
17688 (autoload 'define-mail-abbrev "mailabbrev" "\
17689 Define NAME as a mail alias abbrev that translates to DEFINITION.
17690 If DEFINITION contains multiple addresses, separate them with commas.
17692 Optional argument FROM-MAILRC-FILE means that DEFINITION comes
17693 from a mailrc file. In that case, addresses are separated with
17694 spaces and addresses with embedded spaces are surrounded by
17695 double-quotes.
17697 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17699 ;;;***
17701 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailalias" "mail/mailalias.el" (22330 59913
17702 ;;;;;; 947323 514000))
17703 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailalias.el
17705 (defvar mail-complete-style 'angles "\
17706 Specifies how \\[mail-complete] formats the full name when it completes.
17707 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
17708 king@grassland.com
17709 If `parens', they look like:
17710 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
17711 If `angles', they look like:
17712 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>")
17714 (custom-autoload 'mail-complete-style "mailalias" t)
17716 (autoload 'expand-mail-aliases "mailalias" "\
17717 Expand all mail aliases in suitable header fields found between BEG and END.
17718 If interactive, expand in header fields.
17719 Suitable header fields are `To', `From', `CC' and `BCC', `Reply-to', and
17720 their `Resent-' variants.
17722 Optional second arg EXCLUDE may be a regular expression defining text to be
17723 removed from alias expansions.
17725 \(fn BEG END &optional EXCLUDE)" t nil)
17727 (autoload 'define-mail-alias "mailalias" "\
17728 Define NAME as a mail alias that translates to DEFINITION.
17729 This means that sending a message to NAME will actually send to DEFINITION.
17731 Normally, the addresses in DEFINITION must be separated by commas.
17732 If FROM-MAILRC-FILE is non-nil, then addresses in DEFINITION
17733 can be separated by spaces; an address can contain spaces
17734 if it is quoted with double-quotes.
17736 \(fn NAME DEFINITION &optional FROM-MAILRC-FILE)" t nil)
17738 (autoload 'mail-completion-at-point-function "mailalias" "\
17739 Compute completion data for mail aliases.
17740 For use on `completion-at-point-functions'.
17742 \(fn)" nil nil)
17744 (autoload 'mail-complete "mailalias" "\
17745 Perform completion on header field or word preceding point.
17746 Completable headers are according to `mail-complete-alist'. If none matches
17747 current header, calls `mail-complete-function' and passes prefix ARG if any.
17749 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
17751 (make-obsolete 'mail-complete 'mail-completion-at-point-function '"24.1")
17753 ;;;***
17755 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mailclient" "mail/mailclient.el" (22330 59913
17756 ;;;;;; 947323 514000))
17757 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/mailclient.el
17759 (autoload 'mailclient-send-it "mailclient" "\
17760 Pass current buffer on to the system's mail client.
17761 Suitable value for `send-mail-function'.
17762 The mail client is taken to be the handler of mailto URLs.
17764 \(fn)" nil nil)
17766 ;;;***
17768 ;;;### (autoloads nil "make-mode" "progmodes/make-mode.el" (22330
17769 ;;;;;; 59913 984323 399000))
17770 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/make-mode.el
17772 (autoload 'makefile-mode "make-mode" "\
17773 Major mode for editing standard Makefiles.
17775 If you are editing a file for a different make, try one of the
17776 variants `makefile-automake-mode', `makefile-gmake-mode',
17777 `makefile-makepp-mode', `makefile-bsdmake-mode' or,
17778 `makefile-imake-mode'. All but the last should be correctly
17779 chosen based on the file name, except if it is *.mk. This
17780 function ends by invoking the function(s) `makefile-mode-hook'.
17782 It is strongly recommended to use `font-lock-mode', because that
17783 provides additional parsing information. This is used for
17784 example to see that a rule action `echo foo: bar' is a not rule
17785 dependency, despite the colon.
17787 \\{makefile-mode-map}
17789 In the browser, use the following keys:
17791 \\{makefile-browser-map}
17793 Makefile mode can be configured by modifying the following variables:
17795 `makefile-browser-buffer-name':
17796 Name of the macro- and target browser buffer.
17798 `makefile-target-colon':
17799 The string that gets appended to all target names
17800 inserted by `makefile-insert-target'.
17801 \":\" or \"::\" are quite common values.
17803 `makefile-macro-assign':
17804 The string that gets appended to all macro names
17805 inserted by `makefile-insert-macro'.
17806 The normal value should be \" = \", since this is what
17807 standard make expects. However, newer makes such as dmake
17808 allow a larger variety of different macro assignments, so you
17809 might prefer to use \" += \" or \" := \" .
17811 `makefile-tab-after-target-colon':
17812 If you want a TAB (instead of a space) to be appended after the
17813 target colon, then set this to a non-nil value.
17815 `makefile-browser-leftmost-column':
17816 Number of blanks to the left of the browser selection mark.
17818 `makefile-browser-cursor-column':
17819 Column in which the cursor is positioned when it moves
17820 up or down in the browser.
17822 `makefile-browser-selected-mark':
17823 String used to mark selected entries in the browser.
17825 `makefile-browser-unselected-mark':
17826 String used to mark unselected entries in the browser.
17828 `makefile-browser-auto-advance-after-selection-p':
17829 If this variable is set to a non-nil value the cursor
17830 will automagically advance to the next line after an item
17831 has been selected in the browser.
17833 `makefile-pickup-everything-picks-up-filenames-p':
17834 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then
17835 `makefile-pickup-everything' also picks up filenames as targets
17836 (i.e. it calls `makefile-pickup-filenames-as-targets'), otherwise
17837 filenames are omitted.
17839 `makefile-cleanup-continuations':
17840 If this variable is set to a non-nil value then Makefile mode
17841 will assure that no line in the file ends with a backslash
17842 (the continuation character) followed by any whitespace.
17843 This is done by silently removing the trailing whitespace, leaving
17844 the backslash itself intact.
17845 IMPORTANT: Please note that enabling this option causes Makefile mode
17846 to MODIFY A FILE WITHOUT YOUR CONFIRMATION when \"it seems necessary\".
17848 `makefile-browser-hook':
17849 A function or list of functions to be called just before the
17850 browser is entered. This is executed in the makefile buffer.
17852 `makefile-special-targets-list':
17853 List of special targets. You will be offered to complete
17854 on one of those in the minibuffer whenever you enter a `.'.
17855 at the beginning of a line in Makefile mode.
17857 \(fn)" t nil)
17859 (autoload 'makefile-automake-mode "make-mode" "\
17860 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about automake.
17862 \(fn)" t nil)
17864 (autoload 'makefile-gmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17865 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about gmake.
17867 \(fn)" t nil)
17869 (autoload 'makefile-makepp-mode "make-mode" "\
17870 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about makepp.
17872 \(fn)" t nil)
17874 (autoload 'makefile-bsdmake-mode "make-mode" "\
17875 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about BSD make.
17877 \(fn)" t nil)
17879 (autoload 'makefile-imake-mode "make-mode" "\
17880 An adapted `makefile-mode' that knows about imake.
17882 \(fn)" t nil)
17884 ;;;***
17886 ;;;### (autoloads nil "makesum" "makesum.el" (22330 59913 914323
17887 ;;;;;; 615000))
17888 ;;; Generated autoloads from makesum.el
17890 (autoload 'make-command-summary "makesum" "\
17891 Make a summary of current key bindings in the buffer *Summary*.
17892 Previous contents of that buffer are killed first.
17894 \(fn)" t nil)
17896 ;;;***
17898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "man" "man.el" (22330 59913 741324 150000))
17899 ;;; Generated autoloads from man.el
17901 (defalias 'manual-entry 'man)
17903 (autoload 'man "man" "\
17904 Get a Un*x manual page and put it in a buffer.
17905 This command is the top-level command in the man package.
17906 It runs a Un*x command to retrieve and clean a manpage in the
17907 background and places the results in a `Man-mode' browsing
17908 buffer. The variable `Man-width' defines the number of columns in
17909 formatted manual pages. The buffer is displayed immediately.
17910 The variable `Man-notify-method' defines how the buffer is displayed.
17911 If a buffer already exists for this man page, it will be displayed
17912 without running the man command.
17914 For a manpage from a particular section, use either of the
17915 following. \"cat(1)\" is how cross-references appear and is
17916 passed to man as \"1 cat\".
17918 cat(1)
17919 1 cat
17921 To see manpages from all sections related to a subject, use an
17922 \"all pages\" option (which might be \"-a\" if it's not the
17923 default), then step through with `Man-next-manpage' (\\<Man-mode-map>\\[Man-next-manpage]) etc.
17924 Add to `Man-switches' to make this option permanent.
17926 -a chmod
17928 An explicit filename can be given too. Use -l if it might
17929 otherwise look like a page name.
17931 /my/file/name.1.gz
17932 -l somefile.1
17934 An \"apropos\" query with -k gives a buffer of matching page
17935 names or descriptions. The pattern argument is usually an
17936 \"grep -E\" style regexp.
17938 -k pattern
17940 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17942 (autoload 'man-follow "man" "\
17943 Get a Un*x manual page of the item under point and put it in a buffer.
17945 \(fn MAN-ARGS)" t nil)
17947 (autoload 'Man-bookmark-jump "man" "\
17948 Default bookmark handler for Man buffers.
17950 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
17952 ;;;***
17954 ;;;### (autoloads nil "map" "emacs-lisp/map.el" (22330 59913 930323
17955 ;;;;;; 566000))
17956 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/map.el
17957 (push (purecopy '(map 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
17959 ;;;***
17961 ;;;### (autoloads nil "master" "master.el" (22330 59913 914323 615000))
17962 ;;; Generated autoloads from master.el
17963 (push (purecopy '(master 1 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
17965 (autoload 'master-mode "master" "\
17966 Toggle Master mode.
17967 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Master mode if ARG is
17968 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
17969 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
17971 When Master mode is enabled, you can scroll the slave buffer
17972 using the following commands:
17974 \\{master-mode-map}
17976 The slave buffer is stored in the buffer-local variable `master-of'.
17977 You can set this variable using `master-set-slave'. You can show
17978 yourself the value of `master-of' by calling `master-show-slave'.
17980 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
17982 ;;;***
17984 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mb-depth" "mb-depth.el" (22330 59913 914323
17985 ;;;;;; 615000))
17986 ;;; Generated autoloads from mb-depth.el
17988 (defvar minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode nil "\
17989 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Depth-Indicate mode is enabled.
17990 See the `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode' command
17991 for a description of this minor mode.
17992 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
17993 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
17994 or call the function `minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode'.")
17996 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" nil)
17998 (autoload 'minibuffer-depth-indicate-mode "mb-depth" "\
17999 Toggle Minibuffer Depth Indication mode.
18000 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Depth Indication
18001 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18002 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18004 Minibuffer Depth Indication mode is a global minor mode. When
18005 enabled, any recursive use of the minibuffer will show the
18006 recursion depth in the minibuffer prompt. This is only useful if
18007 `enable-recursive-minibuffers' is non-nil.
18009 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18011 ;;;***
18013 ;;;### (autoloads nil "md4" "md4.el" (22330 59913 914323 615000))
18014 ;;; Generated autoloads from md4.el
18015 (push (purecopy '(md4 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
18017 ;;;***
18019 ;;;### (autoloads nil "message" "gnus/message.el" (22331 17372 28369
18020 ;;;;;; 494000))
18021 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/message.el
18023 (define-mail-user-agent 'message-user-agent 'message-mail 'message-send-and-exit 'message-kill-buffer 'message-send-hook)
18025 (autoload 'message-mode "message" "\
18026 Major mode for editing mail and news to be sent.
18027 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:\\<message-mode-map>
18028 C-c C-s `message-send' (send the message) C-c C-c `message-send-and-exit'
18029 C-c C-d Postpone sending the message C-c C-k Kill the message
18030 C-c C-f move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
18031 C-c C-f C-t move to To C-c C-f C-s move to Subject
18032 C-c C-f C-c move to Cc C-c C-f C-b move to Bcc
18033 C-c C-f C-w move to Fcc C-c C-f C-r move to Reply-To
18034 C-c C-f C-u move to Summary C-c C-f C-n move to Newsgroups
18035 C-c C-f C-k move to Keywords C-c C-f C-d move to Distribution
18036 C-c C-f C-o move to From (\"Originator\")
18037 C-c C-f C-f move to Followup-To
18038 C-c C-f C-m move to Mail-Followup-To
18039 C-c C-f C-e move to Expires
18040 C-c C-f C-i cycle through Importance values
18041 C-c C-f s change subject and append \"(was: <Old Subject>)\"
18042 C-c C-f x crossposting with FollowUp-To header and note in body
18043 C-c C-f t replace To: header with contents of Cc: or Bcc:
18044 C-c C-f a Insert X-No-Archive: header and a note in the body
18045 C-c C-t `message-insert-to' (add a To header to a news followup)
18046 C-c C-l `message-to-list-only' (removes all but list address in to/cc)
18047 C-c C-n `message-insert-newsgroups' (add a Newsgroup header to a news reply)
18048 C-c C-b `message-goto-body' (move to beginning of message text).
18049 C-c C-i `message-goto-signature' (move to the beginning of the signature).
18050 C-c C-w `message-insert-signature' (insert `message-signature-file' file).
18051 C-c C-y `message-yank-original' (insert current message, if any).
18052 C-c C-q `message-fill-yanked-message' (fill what was yanked).
18053 C-c C-e `message-elide-region' (elide the text between point and mark).
18054 C-c C-v `message-delete-not-region' (remove the text outside the region).
18055 C-c C-z `message-kill-to-signature' (kill the text up to the signature).
18056 C-c C-r `message-caesar-buffer-body' (rot13 the message body).
18057 C-c C-a `mml-attach-file' (attach a file as MIME).
18058 C-c C-u `message-insert-or-toggle-importance' (insert or cycle importance).
18059 C-c M-n `message-insert-disposition-notification-to' (request receipt).
18060 C-c M-m `message-mark-inserted-region' (mark region with enclosing tags).
18061 C-c M-f `message-mark-insert-file' (insert file marked with enclosing tags).
18062 M-RET `message-newline-and-reformat' (break the line and reformat).
18064 \(fn)" t nil)
18066 (autoload 'message-mail "message" "\
18067 Start editing a mail message to be sent.
18068 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist of header/value pairs. CONTINUE says whether
18069 to continue editing a message already being composed. SWITCH-FUNCTION
18070 is a function used to switch to and display the mail buffer.
18072 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" t nil)
18074 (autoload 'message-news "message" "\
18075 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18077 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18079 (autoload 'message-reply "message" "\
18080 Start editing a reply to the article in the current buffer.
18082 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS WIDE SWITCH-FUNCTION)" t nil)
18084 (autoload 'message-wide-reply "message" "\
18085 Make a \"wide\" reply to the message in the current buffer.
18087 \(fn &optional TO-ADDRESS)" t nil)
18089 (autoload 'message-followup "message" "\
18090 Follow up to the message in the current buffer.
18091 If TO-NEWSGROUPS, use that as the new Newsgroups line.
18093 \(fn &optional TO-NEWSGROUPS)" t nil)
18095 (autoload 'message-cancel-news "message" "\
18096 Cancel an article you posted.
18097 If ARG, allow editing of the cancellation message.
18099 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18101 (autoload 'message-supersede "message" "\
18102 Start composing a message to supersede the current message.
18103 This is done simply by taking the old article and adding a Supersedes
18104 header line with the old Message-ID.
18106 \(fn)" t nil)
18108 (autoload 'message-recover "message" "\
18109 Reread contents of current buffer from its last auto-save file.
18111 \(fn)" t nil)
18113 (autoload 'message-forward "message" "\
18114 Forward the current message via mail.
18115 Optional NEWS will use news to forward instead of mail.
18116 Optional DIGEST will use digest to forward.
18118 \(fn &optional NEWS DIGEST)" t nil)
18120 (autoload 'message-forward-make-body "message" "\
18123 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER &optional DIGEST)" nil nil)
18125 (autoload 'message-forward-rmail-make-body "message" "\
18128 \(fn FORWARD-BUFFER)" nil nil)
18130 (autoload 'message-insinuate-rmail "message" "\
18131 Let RMAIL use message to forward.
18133 \(fn)" t nil)
18135 (autoload 'message-resend "message" "\
18136 Resend the current article to ADDRESS.
18138 \(fn ADDRESS)" t nil)
18140 (autoload 'message-bounce "message" "\
18141 Re-mail the current message.
18142 This only makes sense if the current message is a bounce message that
18143 contains some mail you have written which has been bounced back to
18144 you.
18146 \(fn)" t nil)
18148 (autoload 'message-mail-other-window "message" "\
18149 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
18151 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18153 (autoload 'message-mail-other-frame "message" "\
18154 Like `message-mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
18156 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT)" t nil)
18158 (autoload 'message-news-other-window "message" "\
18159 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18161 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18163 (autoload 'message-news-other-frame "message" "\
18164 Start editing a news article to be sent.
18166 \(fn &optional NEWSGROUPS SUBJECT)" t nil)
18168 (autoload 'message-bold-region "message" "\
18169 Bold all nonblank characters in the region.
18170 Works by overstriking characters.
18171 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18172 which specify the range to operate on.
18174 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18176 (autoload 'message-unbold-region "message" "\
18177 Remove all boldness (overstruck characters) in the region.
18178 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
18179 which specify the range to operate on.
18181 \(fn START END)" t nil)
18183 ;;;***
18185 ;;;### (autoloads nil "meta-mode" "progmodes/meta-mode.el" (22330
18186 ;;;;;; 59913 984323 399000))
18187 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/meta-mode.el
18188 (push (purecopy '(meta-mode 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
18190 (autoload 'metafont-mode "meta-mode" "\
18191 Major mode for editing Metafont sources.
18193 \(fn)" t nil)
18195 (autoload 'metapost-mode "meta-mode" "\
18196 Major mode for editing MetaPost sources.
18198 \(fn)" t nil)
18200 ;;;***
18202 ;;;### (autoloads nil "metamail" "mail/metamail.el" (22330 59913
18203 ;;;;;; 947323 514000))
18204 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/metamail.el
18206 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-header "metamail" "\
18207 Interpret a header part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18208 Its body part is not interpreted at all.
18210 \(fn)" t nil)
18212 (autoload 'metamail-interpret-body "metamail" "\
18213 Interpret a body part of a MIME message in current buffer.
18214 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18215 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18216 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18217 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18218 Its header part is not interpreted at all.
18220 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18222 (autoload 'metamail-buffer "metamail" "\
18223 Process current buffer through `metamail'.
18224 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18225 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18226 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18227 means current).
18228 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18229 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18231 \(fn &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18233 (autoload 'metamail-region "metamail" "\
18234 Process current region through `metamail'.
18235 Optional argument VIEWMODE specifies the value of the
18236 EMACS_VIEW_MODE environment variable (defaulted to 1).
18237 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to be filled (nil
18238 means current).
18239 Optional argument NODISPLAY non-nil means buffer is not
18240 redisplayed as output is inserted.
18242 \(fn BEG END &optional VIEWMODE BUFFER NODISPLAY)" t nil)
18244 ;;;***
18246 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-comp" "mh-e/mh-comp.el" (22331 17372 56369
18247 ;;;;;; 395000))
18248 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-comp.el
18250 (autoload 'mh-smail "mh-comp" "\
18251 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18252 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18254 \(fn)" t nil)
18256 (autoload 'mh-smail-other-window "mh-comp" "\
18257 Compose a message with the MH mail system in other window.
18258 See `mh-send' for more details on composing mail.
18260 \(fn)" t nil)
18262 (autoload 'mh-smail-batch "mh-comp" "\
18263 Compose a message with the MH mail system.
18265 This function does not prompt the user for any header fields, and
18266 thus is suitable for use by programs that want to create a mail
18267 buffer. Users should use \\[mh-smail] to compose mail.
18269 Optional arguments for setting certain fields include TO,
18270 SUBJECT, and OTHER-HEADERS. Additional arguments are IGNORED.
18272 This function remains for Emacs 21 compatibility. New
18273 applications should use `mh-user-agent-compose'.
18275 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18277 (define-mail-user-agent 'mh-e-user-agent 'mh-user-agent-compose 'mh-send-letter 'mh-fully-kill-draft 'mh-before-send-letter-hook)
18279 (autoload 'mh-user-agent-compose "mh-comp" "\
18280 Set up mail composition draft with the MH mail system.
18281 This is the `mail-user-agent' entry point to MH-E. This function
18282 conforms to the contract specified by `define-mail-user-agent'
18283 which means that this function should accept the same arguments
18284 as `compose-mail'.
18286 The optional arguments TO and SUBJECT specify recipients and the
18287 initial Subject field, respectively.
18289 OTHER-HEADERS is an alist specifying additional header fields.
18290 Elements look like (HEADER . VALUE) where both HEADER and VALUE
18291 are strings.
18293 CONTINUE, SWITCH-FUNCTION, YANK-ACTION, SEND-ACTIONS, and
18294 RETURN-ACTION and any additional arguments are IGNORED.
18296 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
18298 (autoload 'mh-send-letter "mh-comp" "\
18299 Save draft and send message.
18301 When you are all through editing a message, you send it with this
18302 command. You can give a prefix argument ARG to monitor the first stage
18303 of the delivery; this output can be found in a buffer called \"*MH-E
18304 Mail Delivery*\".
18306 The hook `mh-before-send-letter-hook' is run at the beginning of
18307 this command. For example, if you want to check your spelling in
18308 your message before sending, add the function `ispell-message'.
18310 Unless `mh-insert-auto-fields' had previously been called
18311 manually, the function `mh-insert-auto-fields' is called to
18312 insert fields based upon the recipients. If fields are added, you
18313 are given a chance to see and to confirm these fields before the
18314 message is actually sent. You can do away with this confirmation
18315 by turning off the option `mh-auto-fields-prompt-flag'.
18317 In case the MH \"send\" program is installed under a different name,
18318 use `mh-send-prog' to tell MH-E the name.
18320 The hook `mh-annotate-msg-hook' is run after annotating the
18321 message and scan line.
18323 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18325 (autoload 'mh-fully-kill-draft "mh-comp" "\
18326 Quit editing and delete draft message.
18328 If for some reason you are not happy with the draft, you can use
18329 this command to kill the draft buffer and delete the draft
18330 message. Use the command \\[kill-buffer] if you don't want to
18331 delete the draft message.
18333 \(fn)" t nil)
18335 ;;;***
18337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-e" "mh-e/mh-e.el" (22331 17372 56369 395000))
18338 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-e.el
18339 (push (purecopy '(mh-e 8 6)) package--builtin-versions)
18341 (put 'mh-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18343 (put 'mh-lib 'risky-local-variable t)
18345 (put 'mh-lib-progs 'risky-local-variable t)
18347 (autoload 'mh-version "mh-e" "\
18348 Display version information about MH-E and the MH mail handling system.
18350 \(fn)" t nil)
18352 ;;;***
18354 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mh-folder" "mh-e/mh-folder.el" (22330 59913
18355 ;;;;;; 949323 508000))
18356 ;;; Generated autoloads from mh-e/mh-folder.el
18358 (autoload 'mh-rmail "mh-folder" "\
18359 Incorporate new mail with MH.
18360 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18362 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18363 the MH mail system.
18365 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18367 (autoload 'mh-nmail "mh-folder" "\
18368 Check for new mail in inbox folder.
18369 Scan an MH folder if ARG is non-nil.
18371 This function is an entry point to MH-E, the Emacs interface to
18372 the MH mail system.
18374 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18376 (autoload 'mh-folder-mode "mh-folder" "\
18377 Major MH-E mode for \"editing\" an MH folder scan listing.\\<mh-folder-mode-map>
18379 You can show the message the cursor is pointing to, and step through
18380 the messages. Messages can be marked for deletion or refiling into
18381 another folder; these commands are executed all at once with a
18382 separate command.
18384 Options that control this mode can be changed with
18385 \\[customize-group]; specify the \"mh\" group. In particular, please
18386 see the `mh-scan-format-file' option if you wish to modify scan's
18387 format.
18389 When a folder is visited, the hook `mh-folder-mode-hook' is run.
18391 Ranges
18392 ======
18393 Many commands that operate on individual messages, such as
18394 `mh-forward' or `mh-refile-msg' take a RANGE argument. This argument
18395 can be used in several ways.
18397 If you provide the prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]) to
18398 these commands, then you will be prompted for the message range.
18399 This can be any valid MH range which can include messages,
18400 sequences, and the abbreviations (described in the mh(1) man
18401 page):
18403 <num1>-<num2>
18404 Indicates all messages in the range <num1> to <num2>, inclusive.
18405 The range must be nonempty.
18407 <num>:N
18408 <num>:+N
18409 <num>:-N
18410 Up to N messages beginning with (or ending with) message num. Num
18411 may be any of the predefined symbols: first, prev, cur, next or
18412 last.
18414 first:N
18415 prev:N
18416 next:N
18417 last:N
18418 The first, previous, next or last messages, if they exist.
18421 All of the messages.
18423 For example, a range that shows all of these things is `1 2 3
18424 5-10 last:5 unseen'.
18426 If the option `transient-mark-mode' is set to t and you set a
18427 region in the MH-Folder buffer, then the MH-E command will
18428 perform the operation on all messages in that region.
18430 \\{mh-folder-mode-map}
18432 \(fn)" t nil)
18434 ;;;***
18436 ;;;### (autoloads nil "midnight" "midnight.el" (22330 59913 914323
18437 ;;;;;; 615000))
18438 ;;; Generated autoloads from midnight.el
18440 (defvar midnight-mode nil "\
18441 Non-nil if Midnight mode is enabled.
18442 See the `midnight-mode' command
18443 for a description of this minor mode.
18444 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18445 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18446 or call the function `midnight-mode'.")
18448 (custom-autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" nil)
18450 (autoload 'midnight-mode "midnight" "\
18451 Non-nil means run `midnight-hook' at midnight.
18453 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18455 (autoload 'clean-buffer-list "midnight" "\
18456 Kill old buffers that have not been displayed recently.
18457 The relevant variables are `clean-buffer-list-delay-general',
18458 `clean-buffer-list-delay-special', `clean-buffer-list-kill-buffer-names',
18459 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-buffer-names',
18460 `clean-buffer-list-kill-regexps' and
18461 `clean-buffer-list-kill-never-regexps'.
18462 While processing buffers, this procedure displays messages containing
18463 the current date/time, buffer name, how many seconds ago it was
18464 displayed (can be nil if the buffer was never displayed) and its
18465 lifetime, i.e., its \"age\" when it will be purged.
18467 \(fn)" t nil)
18469 (autoload 'midnight-delay-set "midnight" "\
18470 Modify `midnight-timer' according to `midnight-delay'.
18471 Sets the first argument SYMB (which must be symbol `midnight-delay')
18472 to its second argument TM.
18474 \(fn SYMB TM)" nil nil)
18476 ;;;***
18478 ;;;### (autoloads nil "minibuf-eldef" "minibuf-eldef.el" (22330 59913
18479 ;;;;;; 914323 615000))
18480 ;;; Generated autoloads from minibuf-eldef.el
18482 (defvar minibuffer-electric-default-mode nil "\
18483 Non-nil if Minibuffer-Electric-Default mode is enabled.
18484 See the `minibuffer-electric-default-mode' command
18485 for a description of this minor mode.
18486 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18487 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18488 or call the function `minibuffer-electric-default-mode'.")
18490 (custom-autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" nil)
18492 (autoload 'minibuffer-electric-default-mode "minibuf-eldef" "\
18493 Toggle Minibuffer Electric Default mode.
18494 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Minibuffer Electric Default
18495 mode if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called
18496 from Lisp, enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
18498 Minibuffer Electric Default mode is a global minor mode. When
18499 enabled, minibuffer prompts that show a default value only show
18500 the default when it's applicable -- that is, when hitting RET
18501 would yield the default value. If the user modifies the input
18502 such that hitting RET would enter a non-default value, the prompt
18503 is modified to remove the default indication.
18505 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18507 ;;;***
18509 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misc" "misc.el" (22330 59913 914323 615000))
18510 ;;; Generated autoloads from misc.el
18512 (autoload 'butterfly "misc" "\
18513 Use butterflies to flip the desired bit on the drive platter.
18514 Open hands and let the delicate wings flap once. The disturbance
18515 ripples outward, changing the flow of the eddy currents in the
18516 upper atmosphere. These cause momentary pockets of higher-pressure
18517 air to form, which act as lenses that deflect incoming cosmic rays,
18518 focusing them to strike the drive platter and flip the desired bit.
18519 You can type `M-x butterfly C-M-c' to run it. This is a permuted
18520 variation of `C-x M-c M-butterfly' from url `http://xkcd.com/378/'.
18522 \(fn)" t nil)
18524 (autoload 'list-dynamic-libraries "misc" "\
18525 Display a list of all dynamic libraries known to Emacs.
18526 \(These are the libraries listed in `dynamic-library-alist'.)
18527 If optional argument LOADED-ONLY-P (interactively, prefix arg)
18528 is non-nil, only libraries already loaded are listed.
18529 Optional argument BUFFER specifies a buffer to use, instead of
18530 \"*Dynamic Libraries*\".
18531 The return value is always nil.
18533 \(fn &optional LOADED-ONLY-P BUFFER)" t nil)
18535 ;;;***
18537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "misearch" "misearch.el" (22330 59913 914323
18538 ;;;;;; 615000))
18539 ;;; Generated autoloads from misearch.el
18540 (add-hook 'isearch-mode-hook 'multi-isearch-setup)
18542 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-function nil "\
18543 Function to call to get the next buffer to search.
18545 When this variable is set to a function that returns a buffer, then
18546 after typing another \\[isearch-forward] or \\[isearch-backward] at a failing search, the search goes
18547 to the next buffer in the series and continues searching for the
18548 next occurrence.
18550 This function should return the next buffer (it doesn't need to switch
18551 to it), or nil if it can't find the next buffer (when it reaches the
18552 end of the search space).
18554 The first argument of this function is the current buffer where the
18555 search is currently searching. It defines the base buffer relative to
18556 which this function should find the next buffer. When the isearch
18557 direction is backward (when option `isearch-forward' is nil), this function
18558 should return the previous buffer to search.
18560 If the second argument of this function WRAP is non-nil, then it
18561 should return the first buffer in the series; and for the backward
18562 search, it should return the last buffer in the series.")
18564 (defvar multi-isearch-next-buffer-current-function nil "\
18565 The currently active function to get the next buffer to search.
18566 Initialized from `multi-isearch-next-buffer-function' when
18567 Isearch starts.")
18569 (defvar multi-isearch-current-buffer nil "\
18570 The buffer where the search is currently searching.
18571 The value is nil when the search still is in the initial buffer.")
18573 (defvar multi-isearch-buffer-list nil "\
18574 Sequence of buffers visited by multiple buffers Isearch.
18575 This is nil if Isearch is not currently searching more than one buffer.")
18577 (defvar multi-isearch-file-list nil "\
18578 Sequence of files visited by multiple file buffers Isearch.")
18580 (autoload 'multi-isearch-setup "misearch" "\
18581 Set up isearch to search multiple buffers.
18582 Intended to be added to `isearch-mode-hook'.
18584 \(fn)" nil nil)
18586 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers "misearch" "\
18587 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18588 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18589 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18590 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18591 whose names match the specified regexp.
18593 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18595 (autoload 'multi-isearch-buffers-regexp "misearch" "\
18596 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of BUFFERS.
18597 This list can contain live buffers or their names.
18598 Interactively read buffer names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18599 With a prefix argument, ask for a regexp, and search in buffers
18600 whose names match the specified regexp.
18602 \(fn BUFFERS)" t nil)
18604 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files "misearch" "\
18605 Start multi-buffer Isearch on a list of FILES.
18606 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18607 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18608 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18609 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18610 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18612 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18614 (autoload 'multi-isearch-files-regexp "misearch" "\
18615 Start multi-buffer regexp Isearch on a list of FILES.
18616 Relative file names in this list are expanded to absolute
18617 file names using the current buffer's value of `default-directory'.
18618 Interactively read file names to search, one by one, ended with RET.
18619 With a prefix argument, ask for a wildcard, and search in file buffers
18620 whose file names match the specified wildcard.
18622 \(fn FILES)" t nil)
18624 ;;;***
18626 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mixal-mode" "progmodes/mixal-mode.el" (22330
18627 ;;;;;; 59913 984323 399000))
18628 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/mixal-mode.el
18629 (push (purecopy '(mixal-mode 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
18631 (autoload 'mixal-mode "mixal-mode" "\
18632 Major mode for the mixal asm language.
18634 \(fn)" t nil)
18636 ;;;***
18638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-encode" "gnus/mm-encode.el" (22330 59913
18639 ;;;;;; 939323 538000))
18640 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-encode.el
18642 (autoload 'mm-default-file-encoding "mm-encode" "\
18643 Return a default encoding for FILE.
18645 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
18647 ;;;***
18649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-extern" "gnus/mm-extern.el" (22330 59913
18650 ;;;;;; 939323 538000))
18651 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-extern.el
18653 (autoload 'mm-extern-cache-contents "mm-extern" "\
18654 Put the external-body part of HANDLE into its cache.
18656 \(fn HANDLE)" nil nil)
18658 (autoload 'mm-inline-external-body "mm-extern" "\
18659 Show the external-body part of HANDLE.
18660 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18661 the entire message.
18662 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18664 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18666 ;;;***
18668 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-partial" "gnus/mm-partial.el" (22331 17372
18669 ;;;;;; 28369 494000))
18670 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-partial.el
18672 (autoload 'mm-inline-partial "mm-partial" "\
18673 Show the partial part of HANDLE.
18674 This function replaces the buffer of HANDLE with a buffer contains
18675 the entire message.
18676 If NO-DISPLAY is nil, display it. Otherwise, do nothing after replacing.
18678 \(fn HANDLE &optional NO-DISPLAY)" nil nil)
18680 ;;;***
18682 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-url" "gnus/mm-url.el" (22331 17372 28369
18683 ;;;;;; 494000))
18684 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-url.el
18686 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents "mm-url" "\
18687 Insert file contents of URL.
18688 If `mm-url-use-external' is non-nil, use `mm-url-program'.
18690 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18692 (autoload 'mm-url-insert-file-contents-external "mm-url" "\
18693 Insert file contents of URL using `mm-url-program'.
18695 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
18697 ;;;***
18699 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mm-uu" "gnus/mm-uu.el" (22331 17372 29369
18700 ;;;;;; 491000))
18701 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mm-uu.el
18703 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect "mm-uu" "\
18704 Dissect the current buffer and return a list of uu handles.
18705 The optional NOHEADER means there's no header in the buffer.
18706 MIME-TYPE specifies a MIME type and parameters, which defaults to the
18707 value of `mm-uu-text-plain-type'.
18709 \(fn &optional NOHEADER MIME-TYPE)" nil nil)
18711 (autoload 'mm-uu-dissect-text-parts "mm-uu" "\
18712 Dissect text parts and put uu handles into HANDLE.
18713 Assume text has been decoded if DECODED is non-nil.
18715 \(fn HANDLE &optional DECODED)" nil nil)
18717 ;;;***
18719 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml" "gnus/mml.el" (22331 17372 30369 487000))
18720 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml.el
18722 (autoload 'mml-to-mime "mml" "\
18723 Translate the current buffer from MML to MIME.
18725 \(fn)" nil nil)
18727 (autoload 'mml-attach-file "mml" "\
18728 Attach a file to the outgoing MIME message.
18729 The file is not inserted or encoded until you send the message with
18730 `\\[message-send-and-exit]' or `\\[message-send]' in Message mode,
18731 or `\\[mail-send-and-exit]' or `\\[mail-send]' in Mail mode.
18733 FILE is the name of the file to attach. TYPE is its
18734 content-type, a string of the form \"type/subtype\". DESCRIPTION
18735 is a one-line description of the attachment. The DISPOSITION
18736 specifies how the attachment is intended to be displayed. It can
18737 be either \"inline\" (displayed automatically within the message
18738 body) or \"attachment\" (separate from the body).
18740 \(fn FILE &optional TYPE DESCRIPTION DISPOSITION)" t nil)
18742 ;;;***
18744 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml1991" "gnus/mml1991.el" (22331 17372 30369
18745 ;;;;;; 487000))
18746 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml1991.el
18748 (autoload 'mml1991-encrypt "mml1991" "\
18751 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18753 (autoload 'mml1991-sign "mml1991" "\
18756 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18758 ;;;***
18760 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mml2015" "gnus/mml2015.el" (22331 17372 30369
18761 ;;;;;; 487000))
18762 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/mml2015.el
18764 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt "mml2015" "\
18767 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18769 (autoload 'mml2015-decrypt-test "mml2015" "\
18772 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18774 (autoload 'mml2015-verify "mml2015" "\
18777 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18779 (autoload 'mml2015-verify-test "mml2015" "\
18782 \(fn HANDLE CTL)" nil nil)
18784 (autoload 'mml2015-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18787 \(fn CONT &optional SIGN)" nil nil)
18789 (autoload 'mml2015-sign "mml2015" "\
18792 \(fn CONT)" nil nil)
18794 (autoload 'mml2015-self-encrypt "mml2015" "\
18797 \(fn)" nil nil)
18799 ;;;***
18801 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mode-local" "cedet/mode-local.el" (22330 59913
18802 ;;;;;; 920323 597000))
18803 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/mode-local.el
18805 (put 'define-overloadable-function 'doc-string-elt 3)
18807 ;;;***
18809 ;;;### (autoloads nil "modula2" "progmodes/modula2.el" (22330 59913
18810 ;;;;;; 984323 399000))
18811 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/modula2.el
18813 (defalias 'modula-2-mode 'm2-mode)
18815 (autoload 'm2-mode "modula2" "\
18816 This is a mode intended to support program development in Modula-2.
18817 All control constructs of Modula-2 can be reached by typing C-c
18818 followed by the first character of the construct.
18819 \\<m2-mode-map>
18820 \\[m2-begin] begin \\[m2-case] case
18821 \\[m2-definition] definition \\[m2-else] else
18822 \\[m2-for] for \\[m2-header] header
18823 \\[m2-if] if \\[m2-module] module
18824 \\[m2-loop] loop \\[m2-or] or
18825 \\[m2-procedure] procedure Control-c Control-w with
18826 \\[m2-record] record \\[m2-stdio] stdio
18827 \\[m2-type] type \\[m2-until] until
18828 \\[m2-var] var \\[m2-while] while
18829 \\[m2-export] export \\[m2-import] import
18830 \\[m2-begin-comment] begin-comment \\[m2-end-comment] end-comment
18831 \\[suspend-emacs] suspend Emacs \\[m2-toggle] toggle
18832 \\[m2-compile] compile \\[m2-next-error] next-error
18833 \\[m2-link] link
18835 `m2-indent' controls the number of spaces for each indentation.
18836 `m2-compile-command' holds the command to compile a Modula-2 program.
18837 `m2-link-command' holds the command to link a Modula-2 program.
18839 \(fn)" t nil)
18841 ;;;***
18843 ;;;### (autoloads nil "morse" "play/morse.el" (22330 59913 969323
18844 ;;;;;; 446000))
18845 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/morse.el
18847 (autoload 'morse-region "morse" "\
18848 Convert all text in a given region to morse code.
18850 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18852 (autoload 'unmorse-region "morse" "\
18853 Convert morse coded text in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18855 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18857 (autoload 'nato-region "morse" "\
18858 Convert all text in a given region to NATO phonetic alphabet.
18860 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18862 (autoload 'denato-region "morse" "\
18863 Convert NATO phonetic alphabet in region to ordinary ASCII text.
18865 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
18867 ;;;***
18869 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mouse-drag" "mouse-drag.el" (22330 59913 914323
18870 ;;;;;; 615000))
18871 ;;; Generated autoloads from mouse-drag.el
18873 (autoload 'mouse-drag-throw "mouse-drag" "\
18874 \"Throw\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18876 A \"throw\" is scrolling the page at a speed relative to the distance
18877 from the original mouse click to the current mouse location. Try it;
18878 you'll like it. It's easier to observe than to explain.
18880 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18881 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18882 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18884 Throw scrolling was inspired (but is not identical to) the \"hand\"
18885 option in MacPaint, or the middle button in Tk text widgets.
18887 If `mouse-throw-with-scroll-bar' is non-nil, then this command scrolls
18888 in the opposite direction. (Different people have different ideas
18889 about which direction is natural. Perhaps it has to do with which
18890 hemisphere you're in.)
18892 To test this function, evaluate:
18893 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] \\='mouse-drag-throw)
18895 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18897 (autoload 'mouse-drag-drag "mouse-drag" "\
18898 \"Drag\" the page according to a mouse drag.
18900 Drag scrolling moves the page according to the movement of the mouse.
18901 You \"grab\" the character under the mouse and move it around.
18903 If the mouse is clicked and released in the same place of time we
18904 assume that the user didn't want to scroll but wanted to whatever
18905 mouse-2 used to do, so we pass it through.
18907 Drag scrolling is identical to the \"hand\" option in MacPaint, or the
18908 middle button in Tk text widgets.
18910 To test this function, evaluate:
18911 (global-set-key [down-mouse-2] \\='mouse-drag-drag)
18913 \(fn START-EVENT)" t nil)
18915 ;;;***
18917 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpc" "mpc.el" (22331 17372 57369 391000))
18918 ;;; Generated autoloads from mpc.el
18920 (autoload 'mpc "mpc" "\
18921 Main entry point for MPC.
18923 \(fn)" t nil)
18925 ;;;***
18927 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mpuz" "play/mpuz.el" (22330 59913 969323 446000))
18928 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/mpuz.el
18930 (autoload 'mpuz "mpuz" "\
18931 Multiplication puzzle with GNU Emacs.
18933 \(fn)" t nil)
18935 ;;;***
18937 ;;;### (autoloads nil "msb" "msb.el" (22330 59913 914323 615000))
18938 ;;; Generated autoloads from msb.el
18940 (defvar msb-mode nil "\
18941 Non-nil if Msb mode is enabled.
18942 See the `msb-mode' command
18943 for a description of this minor mode.
18944 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
18945 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
18946 or call the function `msb-mode'.")
18948 (custom-autoload 'msb-mode "msb" nil)
18950 (autoload 'msb-mode "msb" "\
18951 Toggle Msb mode.
18952 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Msb mode if ARG is positive,
18953 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
18954 if ARG is omitted or nil.
18956 This mode overrides the binding(s) of `mouse-buffer-menu' to provide a
18957 different buffer menu using the function `msb'.
18959 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
18961 ;;;***
18963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-diag" "international/mule-diag.el" (22330
18964 ;;;;;; 59913 940323 535000))
18965 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-diag.el
18967 (autoload 'list-character-sets "mule-diag" "\
18968 Display a list of all character sets.
18970 The D column contains the dimension of this character set. The CH
18971 column contains the number of characters in a block of this character
18972 set. The FINAL-BYTE column contains an ISO-2022 <final-byte> to use
18973 in the designation escape sequence for this character set in
18974 ISO-2022-based coding systems.
18976 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
18977 but still shows the full information.
18979 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
18981 (autoload 'read-charset "mule-diag" "\
18982 Read a character set from the minibuffer, prompting with string PROMPT.
18983 It must be an Emacs character set listed in the variable `charset-list'.
18985 Optional arguments are DEFAULT-VALUE and INITIAL-INPUT.
18986 DEFAULT-VALUE, if non-nil, is the default value.
18987 INITIAL-INPUT, if non-nil, is a string inserted in the minibuffer initially.
18988 See the documentation of the function `completing-read' for the detailed
18989 meanings of these arguments.
18991 \(fn PROMPT &optional DEFAULT-VALUE INITIAL-INPUT)" nil nil)
18993 (autoload 'list-charset-chars "mule-diag" "\
18994 Display a list of characters in character set CHARSET.
18996 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
18998 (autoload 'describe-character-set "mule-diag" "\
18999 Display information about built-in character set CHARSET.
19001 \(fn CHARSET)" t nil)
19003 (autoload 'describe-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
19004 Display information about CODING-SYSTEM.
19006 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
19008 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system-briefly "mule-diag" "\
19009 Display coding systems currently used in a brief format in echo area.
19011 The format is \"F[..],K[..],T[..],P>[..],P<[..], default F[..],P<[..],P<[..]\",
19012 where mnemonics of the following coding systems come in this order
19013 in place of `..':
19014 `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
19015 eol-type of `buffer-file-coding-system' (of the current buffer)
19016 Value returned by `keyboard-coding-system'
19017 eol-type of `keyboard-coding-system'
19018 Value returned by `terminal-coding-system'.
19019 eol-type of `terminal-coding-system'
19020 `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
19021 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for read (of the current buffer, if any)
19022 `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
19023 eol-type of `process-coding-system' for write (of the current buffer, if any)
19024 default `buffer-file-coding-system'
19025 eol-type of default `buffer-file-coding-system'
19026 `default-process-coding-system' for read
19027 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system' for read
19028 `default-process-coding-system' for write
19029 eol-type of `default-process-coding-system'
19031 \(fn)" t nil)
19033 (autoload 'describe-current-coding-system "mule-diag" "\
19034 Display coding systems currently used, in detail.
19036 \(fn)" t nil)
19038 (autoload 'list-coding-systems "mule-diag" "\
19039 Display a list of all coding systems.
19040 This shows the mnemonic letter, name, and description of each coding system.
19042 With prefix ARG, the output format gets more cryptic,
19043 but still contains full information about each coding system.
19045 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19047 (autoload 'list-coding-categories "mule-diag" "\
19048 Display a list of all coding categories.
19050 \(fn)" nil nil)
19052 (autoload 'describe-font "mule-diag" "\
19053 Display information about a font whose name is FONTNAME.
19054 The font must be already used by Emacs.
19056 \(fn FONTNAME)" t nil)
19058 (autoload 'describe-fontset "mule-diag" "\
19059 Display information about FONTSET.
19060 This shows which font is used for which character(s).
19062 \(fn FONTSET)" t nil)
19064 (autoload 'list-fontsets "mule-diag" "\
19065 Display a list of all fontsets.
19066 This shows the name, size, and style of each fontset.
19067 With prefix arg, also list the fonts contained in each fontset;
19068 see the function `describe-fontset' for the format of the list.
19070 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19072 (autoload 'list-input-methods "mule-diag" "\
19073 Display information about all input methods.
19075 \(fn)" t nil)
19077 (autoload 'mule-diag "mule-diag" "\
19078 Display diagnosis of the multilingual environment (Mule).
19080 This shows various information related to the current multilingual
19081 environment, including lists of input methods, coding systems,
19082 character sets, and fontsets (if Emacs is running under a window
19083 system which uses fontsets).
19085 \(fn)" t nil)
19087 (autoload 'font-show-log "mule-diag" "\
19088 Show log of font listing and opening.
19089 Prefix arg LIMIT says how many fonts to show for each listing.
19090 The default is 20. If LIMIT is negative, do not limit the listing.
19092 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
19094 ;;;***
19096 ;;;### (autoloads nil "mule-util" "international/mule-util.el" (22330
19097 ;;;;;; 59913 940323 535000))
19098 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/mule-util.el
19100 (defsubst string-to-list (string) "\
19101 Return a list of characters in STRING." (append string nil))
19103 (defsubst string-to-vector (string) "\
19104 Return a vector of characters in STRING." (vconcat string))
19106 (autoload 'store-substring "mule-util" "\
19107 Embed OBJ (string or character) at index IDX of STRING.
19109 \(fn STRING IDX OBJ)" nil nil)
19111 (autoload 'truncate-string-to-width "mule-util" "\
19112 Truncate string STR to end at column END-COLUMN.
19113 The optional 3rd arg START-COLUMN, if non-nil, specifies the starting
19114 column; that means to return the characters occupying columns
19115 START-COLUMN ... END-COLUMN of STR. Both END-COLUMN and START-COLUMN
19116 are specified in terms of character display width in the current
19117 buffer; see also `char-width'.
19119 The optional 4th arg PADDING, if non-nil, specifies a padding
19120 character (which should have a display width of 1) to add at the end
19121 of the result if STR doesn't reach column END-COLUMN, or if END-COLUMN
19122 comes in the middle of a character in STR. PADDING is also added at
19123 the beginning of the result if column START-COLUMN appears in the
19124 middle of a character in STR.
19126 If PADDING is nil, no padding is added in these cases, so
19127 the resulting string may be narrower than END-COLUMN.
19129 If ELLIPSIS is non-nil, it should be a string which will replace the
19130 end of STR (including any padding) if it extends beyond END-COLUMN,
19131 unless the display width of STR is equal to or less than the display
19132 width of ELLIPSIS. If it is non-nil and not a string, then ELLIPSIS
19133 defaults to `truncate-string-ellipsis'.
19135 \(fn STR END-COLUMN &optional START-COLUMN PADDING ELLIPSIS)" nil nil)
19137 (defsubst nested-alist-p (obj) "\
19138 Return t if OBJ is a nested alist.
19140 Nested alist is a list of the form (ENTRY . BRANCHES), where ENTRY is
19141 any Lisp object, and BRANCHES is a list of cons cells of the form
19142 \(KEY-ELEMENT . NESTED-ALIST).
19144 You can use a nested alist to store any Lisp object (ENTRY) for a key
19145 sequence KEYSEQ, where KEYSEQ is a sequence of KEY-ELEMENT. KEYSEQ
19146 can be a string, a vector, or a list." (and obj (listp obj) (listp (cdr obj))))
19148 (autoload 'set-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
19149 Set ENTRY for KEYSEQ in a nested alist ALIST.
19150 Optional 4th arg LEN non-nil means the first LEN elements in KEYSEQ
19151 are considered.
19152 Optional 5th argument BRANCHES if non-nil is branches for a keyseq
19153 longer than KEYSEQ.
19154 See the documentation of `nested-alist-p' for more detail.
19156 \(fn KEYSEQ ENTRY ALIST &optional LEN BRANCHES)" nil nil)
19158 (autoload 'lookup-nested-alist "mule-util" "\
19159 Look up key sequence KEYSEQ in nested alist ALIST. Return the definition.
19160 Optional 3rd argument LEN specifies the length of KEYSEQ.
19161 Optional 4th argument START specifies index of the starting key.
19162 The returned value is normally a nested alist of which
19163 car part is the entry for KEYSEQ.
19164 If ALIST is not deep enough for KEYSEQ, return number which is
19165 how many key elements at the front of KEYSEQ it takes
19166 to reach a leaf in ALIST.
19167 Optional 5th argument NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG non-nil means return nil
19168 even if ALIST is not deep enough.
19170 \(fn KEYSEQ ALIST &optional LEN START NIL-FOR-TOO-LONG)" nil nil)
19172 (autoload 'coding-system-post-read-conversion "mule-util" "\
19173 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `post-read-conversion' property.
19175 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19177 (autoload 'coding-system-pre-write-conversion "mule-util" "\
19178 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `pre-write-conversion' property.
19180 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19182 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-decode "mule-util" "\
19183 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `decode-translation-table' property.
19185 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19187 (autoload 'coding-system-translation-table-for-encode "mule-util" "\
19188 Return the value of CODING-SYSTEM's `encode-translation-table' property.
19190 \(fn CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19192 (autoload 'with-coding-priority "mule-util" "\
19193 Execute BODY like `progn' with CODING-SYSTEMS at the front of priority list.
19194 CODING-SYSTEMS is a list of coding systems. See `set-coding-system-priority'.
19195 This affects the implicit sorting of lists of coding systems returned by
19196 operations such as `find-coding-systems-region'.
19198 \(fn CODING-SYSTEMS &rest BODY)" nil t)
19199 (put 'with-coding-priority 'lisp-indent-function 1)
19201 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-priority "mule-util" "\
19202 Detect a coding system of the text between FROM and TO with PRIORITY-LIST.
19203 PRIORITY-LIST is an alist of coding categories vs the corresponding
19204 coding systems ordered by priority.
19206 \(fn FROM TO PRIORITY-LIST)" nil t)
19208 (make-obsolete 'detect-coding-with-priority 'with-coding-priority '"23.1")
19210 (autoload 'detect-coding-with-language-environment "mule-util" "\
19211 Detect a coding system for the text between FROM and TO with LANG-ENV.
19212 The detection takes into account the coding system priorities for the
19213 language environment LANG-ENV.
19215 \(fn FROM TO LANG-ENV)" nil nil)
19217 (autoload 'char-displayable-p "mule-util" "\
19218 Return non-nil if we should be able to display CHAR.
19219 On a multi-font display, the test is only whether there is an
19220 appropriate font from the selected frame's fontset to display
19221 CHAR's charset in general. Since fonts may be specified on a
19222 per-character basis, this may not be accurate.
19224 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
19226 (autoload 'filepos-to-bufferpos "mule-util" "\
19227 Try to return the buffer position corresponding to a particular file position.
19228 The file position is given as a (0-based) BYTE count.
19229 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
19230 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19231 QUALITY can be:
19232 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
19233 excessive work.
19234 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
19235 part of the file/buffer.
19236 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
19238 \(fn BYTE &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19240 (autoload 'bufferpos-to-filepos "mule-util" "\
19241 Try to return the file byte corresponding to a particular buffer POSITION.
19242 Value is the file position given as a (0-based) byte count.
19243 The function presumes the file is encoded with CODING-SYSTEM, which defaults
19244 to `buffer-file-coding-system'.
19245 QUALITY can be:
19246 `approximate', in which case we may cut some corners to avoid
19247 excessive work.
19248 `exact', in which case we may end up re-(en/de)coding a large
19249 part of the file/buffer.
19250 nil, in which case we may return nil rather than an approximation.
19252 \(fn POSITION &optional QUALITY CODING-SYSTEM)" nil nil)
19254 ;;;***
19256 ;;;### (autoloads nil "net-utils" "net/net-utils.el" (22331 17372
19257 ;;;;;; 58369 388000))
19258 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/net-utils.el
19260 (autoload 'ifconfig "net-utils" "\
19261 Run ifconfig and display diagnostic output.
19263 \(fn)" t nil)
19265 (autoload 'iwconfig "net-utils" "\
19266 Run iwconfig and display diagnostic output.
19268 \(fn)" t nil)
19270 (autoload 'netstat "net-utils" "\
19271 Run netstat and display diagnostic output.
19273 \(fn)" t nil)
19275 (autoload 'arp "net-utils" "\
19276 Run arp and display diagnostic output.
19278 \(fn)" t nil)
19280 (autoload 'route "net-utils" "\
19281 Run route and display diagnostic output.
19283 \(fn)" t nil)
19285 (autoload 'traceroute "net-utils" "\
19286 Run traceroute program for TARGET.
19288 \(fn TARGET)" t nil)
19290 (autoload 'ping "net-utils" "\
19291 Ping HOST.
19292 If your system's ping continues until interrupted, you can try setting
19293 `ping-program-options'.
19295 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19297 (autoload 'nslookup-host "net-utils" "\
19298 Lookup the DNS information for HOST.
19300 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19302 (autoload 'nslookup "net-utils" "\
19303 Run nslookup program.
19305 \(fn)" t nil)
19307 (autoload 'dns-lookup-host "net-utils" "\
19308 Lookup the DNS information for HOST (name or IP address).
19310 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19312 (autoload 'run-dig "net-utils" "\
19313 Run dig program.
19315 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19317 (autoload 'ftp "net-utils" "\
19318 Run ftp program.
19320 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
19322 (autoload 'finger "net-utils" "\
19323 Finger USER on HOST.
19325 \(fn USER HOST)" t nil)
19327 (autoload 'whois "net-utils" "\
19328 Send SEARCH-STRING to server defined by the `whois-server-name' variable.
19329 If `whois-guess-server' is non-nil, then try to deduce the correct server
19330 from SEARCH-STRING. With argument, prompt for whois server.
19332 \(fn ARG SEARCH-STRING)" t nil)
19334 (autoload 'whois-reverse-lookup "net-utils" "\
19337 \(fn)" t nil)
19339 (autoload 'network-connection-to-service "net-utils" "\
19340 Open a network connection to SERVICE on HOST.
19342 \(fn HOST SERVICE)" t nil)
19344 (autoload 'network-connection "net-utils" "\
19345 Open a network connection to HOST on PORT.
19347 \(fn HOST PORT)" t nil)
19349 ;;;***
19351 ;;;### (autoloads nil "netrc" "net/netrc.el" (22330 59913 953323
19352 ;;;;;; 495000))
19353 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/netrc.el
19355 (autoload 'netrc-credentials "netrc" "\
19356 Return a user name/password pair.
19357 Port specifications will be prioritized in the order they are
19358 listed in the PORTS list.
19360 \(fn MACHINE &rest PORTS)" nil nil)
19362 ;;;***
19364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "network-stream" "net/network-stream.el" (22331
19365 ;;;;;; 17372 58369 388000))
19366 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/network-stream.el
19368 (autoload 'open-network-stream "network-stream" "\
19369 Open a TCP connection to HOST, optionally with encryption.
19370 Normally, return a network process object; with a non-nil
19371 :return-list parameter, return a list instead (see below).
19372 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process'
19373 closes it.
19375 NAME is the name for the process. It is modified if necessary to
19376 make it unique.
19377 BUFFER is a buffer or buffer name to associate with the process.
19378 Process output goes at end of that buffer. BUFFER may be nil,
19379 meaning that the process is not associated with any buffer.
19380 HOST is the name or IP address of the host to connect to.
19381 SERVICE is the name of the service desired, or an integer specifying
19382 a port number to connect to.
19384 The remaining PARAMETERS should be a sequence of keywords and
19385 values:
19387 :type specifies the connection type, one of the following:
19388 nil or `network'
19389 -- Begin with an ordinary network connection, and if
19390 the parameters :success and :capability-command
19391 are also supplied, try to upgrade to an encrypted
19392 connection via STARTTLS. Even if that
19393 fails (e.g. if HOST does not support TLS), retain
19394 an unencrypted connection.
19395 `plain' -- An ordinary, unencrypted network connection.
19396 `starttls' -- Begin with an ordinary connection, and try
19397 upgrading via STARTTLS. If that fails for any
19398 reason, drop the connection; in that case the
19399 returned object is a killed process.
19400 `tls' -- A TLS connection.
19401 `ssl' -- Equivalent to `tls'.
19402 `shell' -- A shell connection.
19404 :return-list specifies this function's return value.
19405 If omitted or nil, return a process object. A non-nil means to
19406 return (PROC . PROPS), where PROC is a process object and PROPS
19407 is a plist of connection properties, with these keywords:
19408 :greeting -- the greeting returned by HOST (a string), or nil.
19409 :capabilities -- a string representing HOST's capabilities,
19410 or nil if none could be found.
19411 :type -- the resulting connection type; `plain' (unencrypted)
19412 or `tls' (TLS-encrypted).
19414 :end-of-command specifies a regexp matching the end of a command.
19416 :end-of-capability specifies a regexp matching the end of the
19417 response to the command specified for :capability-command.
19418 It defaults to the regexp specified for :end-of-command.
19420 :success specifies a regexp matching a message indicating a
19421 successful STARTTLS negotiation. For instance, the default
19422 should be \"^3\" for an NNTP connection.
19424 :capability-command specifies a command used to query the HOST
19425 for its capabilities. For instance, for IMAP this should be
19426 \"1 CAPABILITY\\r\\n\".
19428 :starttls-function specifies a function for handling STARTTLS.
19429 This function should take one parameter, the response to the
19430 capability command, and should return the command to switch on
19431 STARTTLS if the server supports STARTTLS, and nil otherwise.
19433 :always-query-capabilities says whether to query the server for
19434 capabilities, even if we're doing a `plain' network connection.
19436 :client-certificate should either be a list where the first
19437 element is the certificate key file name, and the second
19438 element is the certificate file name itself, or t, which
19439 means that `auth-source' will be queried for the key and the
19440 certificate. This parameter will only be used when doing TLS
19441 or STARTTLS connections.
19443 :use-starttls-if-possible is a boolean that says to do opportunistic
19444 STARTTLS upgrades even if Emacs doesn't have built-in TLS functionality.
19446 :warn-unless-encrypted is a boolean which, if :return-list is
19447 non-nil, is used warn the user if the connection isn't encrypted.
19449 :nogreeting is a boolean that can be used to inhibit waiting for
19450 a greeting from the server.
19452 :nowait is a boolean that says the connection should be made
19453 asynchronously, if possible.
19455 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &rest PARAMETERS)" nil nil)
19457 (defalias 'open-protocol-stream 'open-network-stream)
19459 ;;;***
19461 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-backend" "net/newst-backend.el" (22331
19462 ;;;;;; 17372 59369 384000))
19463 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-backend.el
19465 (autoload 'newsticker-running-p "newst-backend" "\
19466 Check whether newsticker is running.
19467 Return t if newsticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19468 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not empty.
19470 \(fn)" nil nil)
19472 (autoload 'newsticker-start "newst-backend" "\
19473 Start the newsticker.
19474 Start the timers for display and retrieval. If the newsticker, i.e. the
19475 timers, are running already a warning message is printed unless
19476 DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING is not nil.
19477 Run `newsticker-start-hook' if newsticker was not running already.
19479 \(fn &optional DO-NOT-COMPLAIN-IF-RUNNING)" t nil)
19481 ;;;***
19483 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-plainview" "net/newst-plainview.el"
19484 ;;;;;; (22330 59913 953323 495000))
19485 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-plainview.el
19487 (autoload 'newsticker-plainview "newst-plainview" "\
19488 Start newsticker plainview.
19490 \(fn)" t nil)
19492 ;;;***
19494 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-reader" "net/newst-reader.el" (22330
19495 ;;;;;; 59913 953323 495000))
19496 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-reader.el
19498 (autoload 'newsticker-show-news "newst-reader" "\
19499 Start reading news. You may want to bind this to a key.
19501 \(fn)" t nil)
19503 ;;;***
19505 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-ticker" "net/newst-ticker.el" (22330
19506 ;;;;;; 59913 953323 495000))
19507 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-ticker.el
19509 (autoload 'newsticker-ticker-running-p "newst-ticker" "\
19510 Check whether newsticker's actual ticker is running.
19511 Return t if ticker is running, nil otherwise. Newsticker is
19512 considered to be running if the newsticker timer list is not
19513 empty.
19515 \(fn)" nil nil)
19517 (autoload 'newsticker-start-ticker "newst-ticker" "\
19518 Start newsticker's ticker (but not the news retrieval).
19519 Start display timer for the actual ticker if wanted and not
19520 running already.
19522 \(fn)" t nil)
19524 ;;;***
19526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "newst-treeview" "net/newst-treeview.el" (22330
19527 ;;;;;; 59913 953323 495000))
19528 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/newst-treeview.el
19530 (autoload 'newsticker-treeview "newst-treeview" "\
19531 Start newsticker treeview.
19533 \(fn)" t nil)
19535 ;;;***
19537 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndiary" "gnus/nndiary.el" (22331 17372 30369
19538 ;;;;;; 487000))
19539 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndiary.el
19541 (autoload 'nndiary-generate-nov-databases "nndiary" "\
19542 Generate NOV databases in all nndiary directories.
19544 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19546 ;;;***
19548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nndoc" "gnus/nndoc.el" (22331 17372 31369
19549 ;;;;;; 484000))
19550 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nndoc.el
19552 (autoload 'nndoc-add-type "nndoc" "\
19553 Add document DEFINITION to the list of nndoc document definitions.
19554 If POSITION is nil or `last', the definition will be added
19555 as the last checked definition, if t or `first', add as the
19556 first definition, and if any other symbol, add after that
19557 symbol in the alist.
19559 \(fn DEFINITION &optional POSITION)" nil nil)
19561 ;;;***
19563 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnfolder" "gnus/nnfolder.el" (22331 17372
19564 ;;;;;; 31369 484000))
19565 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnfolder.el
19567 (autoload 'nnfolder-generate-active-file "nnfolder" "\
19568 Look for mbox folders in the nnfolder directory and make them into groups.
19569 This command does not work if you use short group names.
19571 \(fn)" t nil)
19573 ;;;***
19575 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nnml" "gnus/nnml.el" (22331 17372 33369 477000))
19576 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/nnml.el
19578 (autoload 'nnml-generate-nov-databases "nnml" "\
19579 Generate NOV databases in all nnml directories.
19581 \(fn &optional SERVER)" t nil)
19583 ;;;***
19585 ;;;### (autoloads nil "novice" "novice.el" (22330 59913 914323 615000))
19586 ;;; Generated autoloads from novice.el
19588 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'disabled-command-hook 'disabled-command-function "22.1")
19590 (defvar disabled-command-function 'disabled-command-function "\
19591 Function to call to handle disabled commands.
19592 If nil, the feature is disabled, i.e., all commands work normally.")
19594 (autoload 'disabled-command-function "novice" "\
19597 \(fn &optional CMD KEYS)" nil nil)
19599 (autoload 'enable-command "novice" "\
19600 Allow COMMAND to be executed without special confirmation from now on.
19601 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19602 This command alters the user's .emacs file so that this will apply
19603 to future sessions.
19605 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19607 (autoload 'disable-command "novice" "\
19608 Require special confirmation to execute COMMAND from now on.
19609 COMMAND must be a symbol.
19610 This command alters your init file so that this choice applies to
19611 future sessions.
19613 \(fn COMMAND)" t nil)
19615 ;;;***
19617 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nroff-mode" "textmodes/nroff-mode.el" (22330
19618 ;;;;;; 59913 990323 381000))
19619 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/nroff-mode.el
19621 (autoload 'nroff-mode "nroff-mode" "\
19622 Major mode for editing text intended for nroff to format.
19623 \\{nroff-mode-map}
19624 Turning on Nroff mode runs `text-mode-hook', then `nroff-mode-hook'.
19625 Also, try `nroff-electric-mode', for automatically inserting
19626 closing requests for requests that are used in matched pairs.
19628 \(fn)" t nil)
19630 ;;;***
19632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ntlm" "net/ntlm.el" (22330 59913 953323 495000))
19633 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/ntlm.el
19634 (push (purecopy '(ntlm 2 0 0)) package--builtin-versions)
19636 ;;;***
19638 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-glyph" "nxml/nxml-glyph.el" (22331 17372
19639 ;;;;;; 65369 363000))
19640 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-glyph.el
19642 (autoload 'nxml-glyph-display-string "nxml-glyph" "\
19643 Return a string that can display a glyph for Unicode code-point N.
19644 FACE gives the face that will be used for displaying the string.
19645 Return nil if the face cannot display a glyph for N.
19647 \(fn N FACE)" nil nil)
19649 ;;;***
19651 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-mode" "nxml/nxml-mode.el" (22331 17372
19652 ;;;;;; 65369 363000))
19653 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-mode.el
19655 (autoload 'nxml-mode "nxml-mode" "\
19656 Major mode for editing XML.
19658 \\[nxml-finish-element] finishes the current element by inserting an end-tag.
19659 C-c C-i closes a start-tag with `>' and then inserts a balancing end-tag
19660 leaving point between the start-tag and end-tag.
19661 \\[nxml-balanced-close-start-tag-block] is similar but for block rather than inline elements:
19662 the start-tag, point, and end-tag are all left on separate lines.
19663 If `nxml-slash-auto-complete-flag' is non-nil, then inserting a `</'
19664 automatically inserts the rest of the end-tag.
19666 \\[completion-at-point] performs completion on the symbol preceding point.
19668 \\[nxml-dynamic-markup-word] uses the contents of the current buffer
19669 to choose a tag to put around the word preceding point.
19671 Sections of the document can be displayed in outline form. The
19672 variable `nxml-section-element-name-regexp' controls when an element
19673 is recognized as a section. The same key sequences that change
19674 visibility in outline mode are used except that they start with C-c C-o
19675 instead of C-c.
19677 Validation is provided by the related minor-mode `rng-validate-mode'.
19678 This also makes completion schema- and context- sensitive. Element
19679 names, attribute names, attribute values and namespace URIs can all be
19680 completed. By default, `rng-validate-mode' is automatically enabled.
19681 You can toggle it using \\[rng-validate-mode] or change the default by
19682 customizing `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag'.
19684 \\[indent-for-tab-command] indents the current line appropriately.
19685 This can be customized using the variable `nxml-child-indent'
19686 and the variable `nxml-attribute-indent'.
19688 \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts a character reference using
19689 the character's name (by default, the Unicode name).
19690 \\[universal-argument] \\[nxml-insert-named-char] inserts the character directly.
19692 The Emacs commands that normally operate on balanced expressions will
19693 operate on XML markup items. Thus \\[forward-sexp] will move forward
19694 across one markup item; \\[backward-sexp] will move backward across
19695 one markup item; \\[kill-sexp] will kill the following markup item;
19696 \\[mark-sexp] will mark the following markup item. By default, each
19697 tag each treated as a single markup item; to make the complete element
19698 be treated as a single markup item, set the variable
19699 `nxml-sexp-element-flag' to t. For more details, see the function
19700 `nxml-forward-balanced-item'.
19702 \\[nxml-backward-up-element] and \\[nxml-down-element] move up and down the element structure.
19704 Many aspects this mode can be customized using
19705 \\[customize-group] nxml RET.
19707 \(fn)" t nil)
19708 (defalias 'xml-mode 'nxml-mode)
19710 ;;;***
19712 ;;;### (autoloads nil "nxml-uchnm" "nxml/nxml-uchnm.el" (22331 17372
19713 ;;;;;; 66369 359000))
19714 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/nxml-uchnm.el
19716 (autoload 'nxml-enable-unicode-char-name-sets "nxml-uchnm" "\
19717 Enable the use of Unicode standard names for characters.
19718 The Unicode blocks for which names are enabled is controlled by
19719 the variable `nxml-enabled-unicode-blocks'.
19721 \(fn)" t nil)
19723 ;;;***
19725 ;;;### (autoloads nil "octave" "progmodes/octave.el" (22330 59913
19726 ;;;;;; 985323 396000))
19727 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/octave.el
19729 (autoload 'octave-mode "octave" "\
19730 Major mode for editing Octave code.
19732 Octave is a high-level language, primarily intended for numerical
19733 computations. It provides a convenient command line interface
19734 for solving linear and nonlinear problems numerically. Function
19735 definitions can also be stored in files and used in batch mode.
19737 See Info node `(octave-mode) Using Octave Mode' for more details.
19739 Key bindings:
19740 \\{octave-mode-map}
19742 \(fn)" t nil)
19744 (autoload 'inferior-octave "octave" "\
19745 Run an inferior Octave process, I/O via `inferior-octave-buffer'.
19746 This buffer is put in Inferior Octave mode. See `inferior-octave-mode'.
19748 Unless ARG is non-nil, switches to this buffer.
19750 The elements of the list `inferior-octave-startup-args' are sent as
19751 command line arguments to the inferior Octave process on startup.
19753 Additional commands to be executed on startup can be provided either in
19754 the file specified by `inferior-octave-startup-file' or by the default
19755 startup file, `~/.emacs-octave'.
19757 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19759 (defalias 'run-octave 'inferior-octave)
19761 ;;;***
19763 ;;;### (autoloads nil "opascal" "progmodes/opascal.el" (22330 59913
19764 ;;;;;; 985323 396000))
19765 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/opascal.el
19767 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'delphi-mode 'opascal-mode "24.4")
19769 (autoload 'opascal-mode "opascal" "\
19770 Major mode for editing OPascal code.\\<opascal-mode-map>
19771 \\[opascal-find-unit] - Search for a OPascal source file.
19772 \\[opascal-fill-comment] - Fill the current comment.
19773 \\[opascal-new-comment-line] - If in a // comment, do a new comment line.
19775 \\[indent-region] also works for indenting a whole region.
19777 Customization:
19779 `opascal-indent-level' (default 3)
19780 Indentation of OPascal statements with respect to containing block.
19781 `opascal-compound-block-indent' (default 0)
19782 Extra indentation for blocks in compound statements.
19783 `opascal-case-label-indent' (default 0)
19784 Extra indentation for case statement labels.
19785 `opascal-search-path' (default .)
19786 Directories to search when finding external units.
19787 `opascal-verbose' (default nil)
19788 If true then OPascal token processing progress is reported to the user.
19790 Coloring:
19792 `opascal-keyword-face' (default `font-lock-keyword-face')
19793 Face used to color OPascal keywords.
19795 \(fn)" t nil)
19797 ;;;***
19799 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org" "org/org.el" (22363 8343 528348 716000))
19800 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org.el
19802 (autoload 'org-babel-do-load-languages "org" "\
19803 Load the languages defined in `org-babel-load-languages'.
19805 \(fn SYM VALUE)" nil nil)
19807 (autoload 'org-babel-load-file "org" "\
19808 Load Emacs Lisp source code blocks in the Org-mode FILE.
19809 This function exports the source code using `org-babel-tangle'
19810 and then loads the resulting file using `load-file'. With prefix
19811 arg (noninteractively: 2nd arg) COMPILE the tangled Emacs Lisp
19812 file to byte-code before it is loaded.
19814 \(fn FILE &optional COMPILE)" t nil)
19816 (autoload 'org-version "org" "\
19817 Show the org-mode version in the echo area.
19818 With prefix argument HERE, insert it at point.
19819 When FULL is non-nil, use a verbose version string.
19820 When MESSAGE is non-nil, display a message with the version.
19822 \(fn &optional HERE FULL MESSAGE)" t nil)
19824 (autoload 'turn-on-orgtbl "org" "\
19825 Unconditionally turn on `orgtbl-mode'.
19827 \(fn)" nil nil)
19829 (autoload 'org-clock-persistence-insinuate "org" "\
19830 Set up hooks for clock persistence.
19832 \(fn)" nil nil)
19834 (autoload 'org-mode "org" "\
19835 Outline-based notes management and organizer, alias
19836 \"Carsten's outline-mode for keeping track of everything.\"
19838 Org-mode develops organizational tasks around a NOTES file which
19839 contains information about projects as plain text. Org-mode is
19840 implemented on top of outline-mode, which is ideal to keep the content
19841 of large files well structured. It supports ToDo items, deadlines and
19842 time stamps, which magically appear in the diary listing of the Emacs
19843 calendar. Tables are easily created with a built-in table editor.
19844 Plain text URL-like links connect to websites, emails (VM), Usenet
19845 messages (Gnus), BBDB entries, and any files related to the project.
19846 For printing and sharing of notes, an Org-mode file (or a part of it)
19847 can be exported as a structured ASCII or HTML file.
19849 The following commands are available:
19851 \\{org-mode-map}
19853 \(fn)" t nil)
19855 (autoload 'org-cycle "org" "\
19856 TAB-action and visibility cycling for Org-mode.
19858 This is the command invoked in Org-mode by the TAB key. Its main purpose
19859 is outline visibility cycling, but it also invokes other actions
19860 in special contexts.
19862 - When this function is called with a prefix argument, rotate the entire
19863 buffer through 3 states (global cycling)
19864 1. OVERVIEW: Show only top-level headlines.
19865 2. CONTENTS: Show all headlines of all levels, but no body text.
19866 3. SHOW ALL: Show everything.
19867 When called with two `C-u C-u' prefixes, switch to the startup visibility,
19868 determined by the variable `org-startup-folded', and by any VISIBILITY
19869 properties in the buffer.
19870 When called with three `C-u C-u C-u' prefixed, show the entire buffer,
19871 including any drawers.
19873 - When inside a table, re-align the table and move to the next field.
19875 - When point is at the beginning of a headline, rotate the subtree started
19876 by this line through 3 different states (local cycling)
19877 1. FOLDED: Only the main headline is shown.
19878 2. CHILDREN: The main headline and the direct children are shown.
19879 From this state, you can move to one of the children
19880 and zoom in further.
19881 3. SUBTREE: Show the entire subtree, including body text.
19882 If there is no subtree, switch directly from CHILDREN to FOLDED.
19884 - When point is at the beginning of an empty headline and the variable
19885 `org-cycle-level-after-item/entry-creation' is set, cycle the level
19886 of the headline by demoting and promoting it to likely levels. This
19887 speeds up creation document structure by pressing TAB once or several
19888 times right after creating a new headline.
19890 - When there is a numeric prefix, go up to a heading with level ARG, do
19891 a `show-subtree' and return to the previous cursor position. If ARG
19892 is negative, go up that many levels.
19894 - When point is not at the beginning of a headline, execute the global
19895 binding for TAB, which is re-indenting the line. See the option
19896 `org-cycle-emulate-tab' for details.
19898 - Special case: if point is at the beginning of the buffer and there is
19899 no headline in line 1, this function will act as if called with prefix arg
19900 (C-u TAB, same as S-TAB) also when called without prefix arg.
19901 But only if also the variable `org-cycle-global-at-bob' is t.
19903 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19905 (autoload 'org-global-cycle "org" "\
19906 Cycle the global visibility. For details see `org-cycle'.
19907 With \\[universal-argument] prefix arg, switch to startup visibility.
19908 With a numeric prefix, show all headlines up to that level.
19910 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19911 (put 'orgstruct-heading-prefix-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
19913 (autoload 'orgstruct-mode "org" "\
19914 Toggle the minor mode `orgstruct-mode'.
19915 This mode is for using Org-mode structure commands in other
19916 modes. The following keys behave as if Org-mode were active, if
19917 the cursor is on a headline, or on a plain list item (both as
19918 defined by Org-mode).
19920 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19922 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct "org" "\
19923 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct-mode'.
19925 \(fn)" nil nil)
19927 (autoload 'turn-on-orgstruct++ "org" "\
19928 Unconditionally turn on `orgstruct++-mode'.
19930 \(fn)" nil nil)
19932 (autoload 'org-run-like-in-org-mode "org" "\
19933 Run a command, pretending that the current buffer is in Org-mode.
19934 This will temporarily bind local variables that are typically bound in
19935 Org-mode to the values they have in Org-mode, and then interactively
19936 call CMD.
19938 \(fn CMD)" nil nil)
19940 (autoload 'org-store-link "org" "\
19941 \\<org-mode-map>Store an org-link to the current location.
19942 This link is added to `org-stored-links' and can later be inserted
19943 into an org-buffer with \\[org-insert-link].
19945 For some link types, a prefix arg is interpreted.
19946 For links to Usenet articles, arg negates `org-gnus-prefer-web-links'.
19947 For file links, arg negates `org-context-in-file-links'.
19949 A double prefix arg force skipping storing functions that are not
19950 part of Org's core.
19952 A triple prefix arg force storing a link for each line in the
19953 active region.
19955 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
19957 (autoload 'org-insert-link-global "org" "\
19958 Insert a link like Org-mode does.
19959 This command can be called in any mode to insert a link in Org-mode syntax.
19961 \(fn)" t nil)
19963 (autoload 'org-open-at-point-global "org" "\
19964 Follow a link like Org-mode does.
19965 This command can be called in any mode to follow a link that has
19966 Org-mode syntax.
19968 \(fn)" t nil)
19970 (autoload 'org-open-link-from-string "org" "\
19971 Open a link in the string S, as if it was in Org-mode.
19973 \(fn S &optional ARG REFERENCE-BUFFER)" t nil)
19975 (autoload 'org-switchb "org" "\
19976 Switch between Org buffers.
19977 With one prefix argument, restrict available buffers to files.
19978 With two prefix arguments, restrict available buffers to agenda files.
19980 Defaults to `iswitchb' for buffer name completion.
19981 Set `org-completion-use-ido' to make it use ido instead.
19983 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
19985 (defalias 'org-ido-switchb 'org-switchb)
19987 (defalias 'org-iswitchb 'org-switchb)
19989 (autoload 'org-cycle-agenda-files "org" "\
19990 Cycle through the files in `org-agenda-files'.
19991 If the current buffer visits an agenda file, find the next one in the list.
19992 If the current buffer does not, find the first agenda file.
19994 \(fn)" t nil)
19996 (autoload 'org-submit-bug-report "org" "\
19997 Submit a bug report on Org-mode via mail.
19999 Don't hesitate to report any problems or inaccurate documentation.
20001 If you don't have setup sending mail from (X)Emacs, please copy the
20002 output buffer into your mail program, as it gives us important
20003 information about your Org-mode version and configuration.
20005 \(fn)" t nil)
20007 (autoload 'org-reload "org" "\
20008 Reload all org lisp files.
20009 With prefix arg UNCOMPILED, load the uncompiled versions.
20011 \(fn &optional UNCOMPILED)" t nil)
20013 (autoload 'org-customize "org" "\
20014 Call the customize function with org as argument.
20016 \(fn)" t nil)
20018 ;;;***
20020 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-agenda" "org/org-agenda.el" (22331 17372
20021 ;;;;;; 77369 320000))
20022 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-agenda.el
20024 (autoload 'org-toggle-sticky-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20025 Toggle `org-agenda-sticky'.
20027 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20029 (autoload 'org-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20030 Dispatch agenda commands to collect entries to the agenda buffer.
20031 Prompts for a command to execute. Any prefix arg will be passed
20032 on to the selected command. The default selections are:
20034 a Call `org-agenda-list' to display the agenda for current day or week.
20035 t Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list.
20036 T Call `org-todo-list' to display the global todo list, select only
20037 entries with a specific TODO keyword (the user gets a prompt).
20038 m Call `org-tags-view' to display headlines with tags matching
20039 a condition (the user is prompted for the condition).
20040 M Like `m', but select only TODO entries, no ordinary headlines.
20041 L Create a timeline for the current buffer.
20042 e Export views to associated files.
20043 s Search entries for keywords.
20044 S Search entries for keywords, only with TODO keywords.
20045 / Multi occur across all agenda files and also files listed
20046 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20047 < Restrict agenda commands to buffer, subtree, or region.
20048 Press several times to get the desired effect.
20049 > Remove a previous restriction.
20050 # List \"stuck\" projects.
20051 ! Configure what \"stuck\" means.
20052 C Configure custom agenda commands.
20054 More commands can be added by configuring the variable
20055 `org-agenda-custom-commands'. In particular, specific tags and TODO keyword
20056 searches can be pre-defined in this way.
20058 If the current buffer is in Org-mode and visiting a file, you can also
20059 first press `<' once to indicate that the agenda should be temporarily
20060 \(until the next use of \\[org-agenda]) restricted to the current file.
20061 Pressing `<' twice means to restrict to the current subtree or region
20062 \(if active).
20064 \(fn &optional ARG ORG-KEYS RESTRICTION)" t nil)
20066 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20067 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20068 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20069 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20070 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20071 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20072 before running the agenda command.
20074 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20076 (autoload 'org-batch-agenda-csv "org-agenda" "\
20077 Run an agenda command in batch mode and send the result to STDOUT.
20078 If CMD-KEY is a string of length 1, it is used as a key in
20079 `org-agenda-custom-commands' and triggers this command. If it is a
20080 longer string it is used as a tags/todo match string.
20081 Parameters are alternating variable names and values that will be bound
20082 before running the agenda command.
20084 The output gives a line for each selected agenda item. Each
20085 item is a list of comma-separated values, like this:
20087 category,head,type,todo,tags,date,time,extra,priority-l,priority-n
20089 category The category of the item
20090 head The headline, without TODO kwd, TAGS and PRIORITY
20091 type The type of the agenda entry, can be
20092 todo selected in TODO match
20093 tagsmatch selected in tags match
20094 diary imported from diary
20095 deadline a deadline on given date
20096 scheduled scheduled on given date
20097 timestamp entry has timestamp on given date
20098 closed entry was closed on given date
20099 upcoming-deadline warning about deadline
20100 past-scheduled forwarded scheduled item
20101 block entry has date block including g. date
20102 todo The todo keyword, if any
20103 tags All tags including inherited ones, separated by colons
20104 date The relevant date, like 2007-2-14
20105 time The time, like 15:00-16:50
20106 extra Sting with extra planning info
20107 priority-l The priority letter if any was given
20108 priority-n The computed numerical priority
20109 agenda-day The day in the agenda where this is listed
20111 \(fn CMD-KEY &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20113 (autoload 'org-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20114 Store agenda views.
20116 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" t nil)
20118 (autoload 'org-batch-store-agenda-views "org-agenda" "\
20119 Run all custom agenda commands that have a file argument.
20121 \(fn &rest PARAMETERS)" nil t)
20123 (autoload 'org-agenda-list "org-agenda" "\
20124 Produce a daily/weekly view from all files in variable `org-agenda-files'.
20125 The view will be for the current day or week, but from the overview buffer
20126 you will be able to go to other days/weeks.
20128 With a numeric prefix argument in an interactive call, the agenda will
20129 span ARG days. Lisp programs should instead specify SPAN to change
20130 the number of days. SPAN defaults to `org-agenda-span'.
20132 START-DAY defaults to TODAY, or to the most recent match for the weekday
20133 given in `org-agenda-start-on-weekday'.
20135 When WITH-HOUR is non-nil, only include scheduled and deadline
20136 items if they have an hour specification like [h]h:mm.
20138 \(fn &optional ARG START-DAY SPAN WITH-HOUR)" t nil)
20140 (autoload 'org-search-view "org-agenda" "\
20141 Show all entries that contain a phrase or words or regular expressions.
20143 With optional prefix argument TODO-ONLY, only consider entries that are
20144 TODO entries. The argument STRING can be used to pass a default search
20145 string into this function. If EDIT-AT is non-nil, it means that the
20146 user should get a chance to edit this string, with cursor at position
20147 EDIT-AT.
20149 The search string can be viewed either as a phrase that should be found as
20150 is, or it can be broken into a number of snippets, each of which must match
20151 in a Boolean way to select an entry. The default depends on the variable
20152 `org-agenda-search-view-always-boolean'.
20153 Even if this is turned off (the default) you can always switch to
20154 Boolean search dynamically by preceding the first word with \"+\" or \"-\".
20156 The default is a direct search of the whole phrase, where each space in
20157 the search string can expand to an arbitrary amount of whitespace,
20158 including newlines.
20160 If using a Boolean search, the search string is split on whitespace and
20161 each snippet is searched separately, with logical AND to select an entry.
20162 Words prefixed with a minus must *not* occur in the entry. Words without
20163 a prefix or prefixed with a plus must occur in the entry. Matching is
20164 case-insensitive. Words are enclosed by word delimiters (i.e. they must
20165 match whole words, not parts of a word) if
20166 `org-agenda-search-view-force-full-words' is set (default is nil).
20168 Boolean search snippets enclosed by curly braces are interpreted as
20169 regular expressions that must or (when preceded with \"-\") must not
20170 match in the entry. Snippets enclosed into double quotes will be taken
20171 as a whole, to include whitespace.
20173 - If the search string starts with an asterisk, search only in headlines.
20174 - If (possibly after the leading star) the search string starts with an
20175 exclamation mark, this also means to look at TODO entries only, an effect
20176 that can also be achieved with a prefix argument.
20177 - If (possibly after star and exclamation mark) the search string starts
20178 with a colon, this will mean that the (non-regexp) snippets of the
20179 Boolean search must match as full words.
20181 This command searches the agenda files, and in addition the files listed
20182 in `org-agenda-text-search-extra-files'.
20184 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY STRING EDIT-AT)" t nil)
20186 (autoload 'org-todo-list "org-agenda" "\
20187 Show all (not done) TODO entries from all agenda file in a single list.
20188 The prefix arg can be used to select a specific TODO keyword and limit
20189 the list to these. When using \\[universal-argument], you will be prompted
20190 for a keyword. A numeric prefix directly selects the Nth keyword in
20191 `org-todo-keywords-1'.
20193 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20195 (autoload 'org-tags-view "org-agenda" "\
20196 Show all headlines for all `org-agenda-files' matching a TAGS criterion.
20197 The prefix arg TODO-ONLY limits the search to TODO entries.
20199 \(fn &optional TODO-ONLY MATCH)" t nil)
20201 (autoload 'org-agenda-list-stuck-projects "org-agenda" "\
20202 Create agenda view for projects that are stuck.
20203 Stuck projects are project that have no next actions. For the definitions
20204 of what a project is and how to check if it stuck, customize the variable
20205 `org-stuck-projects'.
20207 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
20209 (autoload 'org-diary "org-agenda" "\
20210 Return diary information from org files.
20211 This function can be used in a \"sexp\" diary entry in the Emacs calendar.
20212 It accesses org files and extracts information from those files to be
20213 listed in the diary. The function accepts arguments specifying what
20214 items should be listed. For a list of arguments allowed here, see the
20215 variable `org-agenda-entry-types'.
20217 The call in the diary file should look like this:
20219 &%%(org-diary) ~/path/to/some/orgfile.org
20221 Use a separate line for each org file to check. Or, if you omit the file name,
20222 all files listed in `org-agenda-files' will be checked automatically:
20224 &%%(org-diary)
20226 If you don't give any arguments (as in the example above), the default value
20227 of `org-agenda-entry-types' is used: (:deadline :scheduled :timestamp :sexp).
20228 So the example above may also be written as
20230 &%%(org-diary :deadline :timestamp :sexp :scheduled)
20232 The function expects the lisp variables `entry' and `date' to be provided
20233 by the caller, because this is how the calendar works. Don't use this
20234 function from a program - use `org-agenda-get-day-entries' instead.
20236 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
20238 (autoload 'org-agenda-check-for-timestamp-as-reason-to-ignore-todo-item "org-agenda" "\
20239 Do we have a reason to ignore this TODO entry because it has a time stamp?
20241 \(fn &optional END)" nil nil)
20243 (autoload 'org-agenda-set-restriction-lock "org-agenda" "\
20244 Set restriction lock for agenda, to current subtree or file.
20245 Restriction will be the file if TYPE is `file', or if TYPE is the
20246 universal prefix `(4)', or if the cursor is before the first headline
20247 in the file. Otherwise, restriction will be to the current subtree.
20249 \(fn &optional TYPE)" t nil)
20251 (autoload 'org-calendar-goto-agenda "org-agenda" "\
20252 Compute the Org-mode agenda for the calendar date displayed at the cursor.
20253 This is a command that has to be installed in `calendar-mode-map'.
20255 \(fn)" t nil)
20257 (autoload 'org-agenda-to-appt "org-agenda" "\
20258 Activate appointments found in `org-agenda-files'.
20259 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix, refresh the list of
20260 appointments.
20262 If FILTER is t, interactively prompt the user for a regular
20263 expression, and filter out entries that don't match it.
20265 If FILTER is a string, use this string as a regular expression
20266 for filtering entries out.
20268 If FILTER is a function, filter out entries against which
20269 calling the function returns nil. This function takes one
20270 argument: an entry from `org-agenda-get-day-entries'.
20272 FILTER can also be an alist with the car of each cell being
20273 either `headline' or `category'. For example:
20275 ((headline \"IMPORTANT\")
20276 (category \"Work\"))
20278 will only add headlines containing IMPORTANT or headlines
20279 belonging to the \"Work\" category.
20281 ARGS are symbols indicating what kind of entries to consider.
20282 By default `org-agenda-to-appt' will use :deadline*, :scheduled*
20283 \(i.e., deadlines and scheduled items with a hh:mm specification)
20284 and :timestamp entries. See the docstring of `org-diary' for
20285 details and examples.
20287 If an entry has a APPT_WARNTIME property, its value will be used
20288 to override `appt-message-warning-time'.
20290 \(fn &optional REFRESH FILTER &rest ARGS)" t nil)
20292 ;;;***
20294 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-capture" "org/org-capture.el" (22330 59913
20295 ;;;;;; 965323 458000))
20296 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-capture.el
20298 (autoload 'org-capture-string "org-capture" "\
20299 Capture STRING with the template selected by KEYS.
20301 \(fn STRING &optional KEYS)" t nil)
20303 (autoload 'org-capture "org-capture" "\
20304 Capture something.
20305 \\<org-capture-mode-map>
20306 This will let you select a template from `org-capture-templates', and then
20307 file the newly captured information. The text is immediately inserted
20308 at the target location, and an indirect buffer is shown where you can
20309 edit it. Pressing \\[org-capture-finalize] brings you back to the previous state
20310 of Emacs, so that you can continue your work.
20312 When called interactively with a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument GOTO, don't capture
20313 anything, just go to the file/headline where the selected template
20314 stores its notes. With a double prefix argument \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument], go to the last note
20315 stored.
20317 When called with a `C-0' (zero) prefix, insert a template at point.
20319 ELisp programs can set KEYS to a string associated with a template
20320 in `org-capture-templates'. In this case, interactive selection
20321 will be bypassed.
20323 If `org-capture-use-agenda-date' is non-nil, capturing from the
20324 agenda will use the date at point as the default date. Then, a
20325 `C-1' prefix will tell the capture process to use the HH:MM time
20326 of the day at point (if any) or the current HH:MM time.
20328 \(fn &optional GOTO KEYS)" t nil)
20330 (autoload 'org-capture-import-remember-templates "org-capture" "\
20331 Set `org-capture-templates' to be similar to `org-remember-templates'.
20333 \(fn)" t nil)
20335 ;;;***
20337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-colview" "org/org-colview.el" (22331 17372
20338 ;;;;;; 78369 317000))
20339 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-colview.el
20341 (autoload 'org-columns-remove-overlays "org-colview" "\
20342 Remove all currently active column overlays.
20344 \(fn)" t nil)
20346 (autoload 'org-columns-get-format-and-top-level "org-colview" "\
20349 \(fn)" nil nil)
20351 (autoload 'org-columns "org-colview" "\
20352 Turn on column view on an org-mode file.
20353 When COLUMNS-FMT-STRING is non-nil, use it as the column format.
20355 \(fn &optional COLUMNS-FMT-STRING)" t nil)
20357 (autoload 'org-columns-compute "org-colview" "\
20358 Sum the values of property PROPERTY hierarchically, for the entire buffer.
20360 \(fn PROPERTY)" t nil)
20362 (autoload 'org-columns-number-to-string "org-colview" "\
20363 Convert a computed column number to a string value, according to FMT.
20365 \(fn N FMT &optional PRINTF)" nil nil)
20367 (autoload 'org-dblock-write:columnview "org-colview" "\
20368 Write the column view table.
20369 PARAMS is a property list of parameters:
20371 :width enforce same column widths with <N> specifiers.
20372 :id the :ID: property of the entry where the columns view
20373 should be built. When the symbol `local', call locally.
20374 When `global' call column view with the cursor at the beginning
20375 of the buffer (usually this means that the whole buffer switches
20376 to column view). When \"file:path/to/file.org\", invoke column
20377 view at the start of that file. Otherwise, the ID is located
20378 using `org-id-find'.
20379 :hlines When t, insert a hline before each item. When a number, insert
20380 a hline before each level <= that number.
20381 :vlines When t, make each column a colgroup to enforce vertical lines.
20382 :maxlevel When set to a number, don't capture headlines below this level.
20383 :skip-empty-rows
20384 When t, skip rows where all specifiers other than ITEM are empty.
20385 :format When non-nil, specify the column view format to use.
20387 \(fn PARAMS)" nil nil)
20389 (autoload 'org-insert-columns-dblock "org-colview" "\
20390 Create a dynamic block capturing a column view table.
20392 \(fn)" t nil)
20394 (autoload 'org-agenda-columns "org-colview" "\
20395 Turn on or update column view in the agenda.
20397 \(fn)" t nil)
20399 ;;;***
20401 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-compat" "org/org-compat.el" (22331 17372
20402 ;;;;;; 78369 317000))
20403 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-compat.el
20405 (autoload 'org-check-version "org-compat" "\
20406 Try very hard to provide sensible version strings.
20408 \(fn)" nil t)
20410 ;;;***
20412 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-macs" "org/org-macs.el" (22331 17372 79369
20413 ;;;;;; 313000))
20414 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-macs.el
20416 (autoload 'org-load-noerror-mustsuffix "org-macs" "\
20417 Load FILE with optional arguments NOERROR and MUSTSUFFIX. Drop the MUSTSUFFIX argument for XEmacs, which doesn't recognize it.
20419 \(fn FILE)" nil t)
20421 ;;;***
20423 ;;;### (autoloads nil "org-version" "org/org-version.el" (22330 59913
20424 ;;;;;; 966323 455000))
20425 ;;; Generated autoloads from org/org-version.el
20427 (autoload 'org-release "org-version" "\
20428 The release version of org-mode.
20429 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20431 \(fn)" nil nil)
20433 (autoload 'org-git-version "org-version" "\
20434 The Git version of org-mode.
20435 Inserted by installing org-mode or when a release is made.
20437 \(fn)" nil nil)
20439 ;;;***
20441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "outline" "outline.el" (22330 59913 914323
20442 ;;;;;; 615000))
20443 ;;; Generated autoloads from outline.el
20444 (put 'outline-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20445 (put 'outline-heading-end-regexp 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
20447 (autoload 'outline-mode "outline" "\
20448 Set major mode for editing outlines with selective display.
20449 Headings are lines which start with asterisks: one for major headings,
20450 two for subheadings, etc. Lines not starting with asterisks are body lines.
20452 Body text or subheadings under a heading can be made temporarily
20453 invisible, or visible again. Invisible lines are attached to the end
20454 of the heading, so they move with it, if the line is killed and yanked
20455 back. A heading with text hidden under it is marked with an ellipsis (...).
20457 \\{outline-mode-map}
20458 The commands `outline-hide-subtree', `outline-show-subtree',
20459 `outline-show-children', `outline-hide-entry',
20460 `outline-show-entry', `outline-hide-leaves', and `outline-show-branches'
20461 are used when point is on a heading line.
20463 The variable `outline-regexp' can be changed to control what is a heading.
20464 A line is a heading if `outline-regexp' matches something at the
20465 beginning of the line. The longer the match, the deeper the level.
20467 Turning on outline mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook' and then of
20468 `outline-mode-hook', if they are non-nil.
20470 \(fn)" t nil)
20472 (autoload 'outline-minor-mode "outline" "\
20473 Toggle Outline minor mode.
20474 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Outline minor mode if ARG is
20475 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20476 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20478 See the command `outline-mode' for more information on this mode.
20480 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20481 (put 'outline-level 'risky-local-variable t)
20483 ;;;***
20485 ;;;### (autoloads nil "package" "emacs-lisp/package.el" (22363 8343
20486 ;;;;;; 509348 790000))
20487 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/package.el
20488 (push (purecopy '(package 1 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
20490 (defvar package-enable-at-startup t "\
20491 Whether to activate installed packages when Emacs starts.
20492 If non-nil, packages are activated after reading the init file
20493 and before `after-init-hook'. Activation is not done if
20494 `user-init-file' is nil (e.g. Emacs was started with \"-q\").
20496 Even if the value is nil, you can type \\[package-initialize] to
20497 activate the package system at any time.")
20499 (custom-autoload 'package-enable-at-startup "package" t)
20501 (autoload 'package-initialize "package" "\
20502 Load Emacs Lisp packages, and activate them.
20503 The variable `package-load-list' controls which packages to load.
20504 If optional arg NO-ACTIVATE is non-nil, don't activate packages.
20505 If `user-init-file' does not mention `(package-initialize)', add
20506 it to the file.
20507 If called as part of loading `user-init-file', set
20508 `package-enable-at-startup' to nil, to prevent accidentally
20509 loading packages twice.
20510 It is not necessary to adjust `load-path' or `require' the
20511 individual packages after calling `package-initialize' -- this is
20512 taken care of by `package-initialize'.
20514 \(fn &optional NO-ACTIVATE)" t nil)
20516 (autoload 'package-import-keyring "package" "\
20517 Import keys from FILE.
20519 \(fn &optional FILE)" t nil)
20521 (autoload 'package-refresh-contents "package" "\
20522 Download descriptions of all configured ELPA packages.
20523 For each archive configured in the variable `package-archives',
20524 inform Emacs about the latest versions of all packages it offers,
20525 and make them available for download.
20526 Optional argument ASYNC specifies whether to perform the
20527 downloads in the background.
20529 \(fn &optional ASYNC)" t nil)
20531 (autoload 'package-install "package" "\
20532 Install the package PKG.
20533 PKG can be a package-desc or a symbol naming one of the available packages
20534 in an archive in `package-archives'. Interactively, prompt for its name.
20536 If called interactively or if DONT-SELECT nil, add PKG to
20537 `package-selected-packages'.
20539 If PKG is a package-desc and it is already installed, don't try
20540 to install it but still mark it as selected.
20542 \(fn PKG &optional DONT-SELECT)" t nil)
20544 (autoload 'package-install-from-buffer "package" "\
20545 Install a package from the current buffer.
20546 The current buffer is assumed to be a single .el or .tar file or
20547 a directory. These must follow the packaging guidelines (see
20548 info node `(elisp)Packaging').
20550 Specially, if current buffer is a directory, the -pkg.el
20551 description file is not mandatory, in which case the information
20552 is derived from the main .el file in the directory.
20554 Downloads and installs required packages as needed.
20556 \(fn)" t nil)
20558 (autoload 'package-install-file "package" "\
20559 Install a package from a file.
20560 The file can either be a tar file, an Emacs Lisp file, or a
20561 directory.
20563 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
20565 (autoload 'package-install-selected-packages "package" "\
20566 Ensure packages in `package-selected-packages' are installed.
20567 If some packages are not installed propose to install them.
20569 \(fn)" t nil)
20571 (autoload 'package-reinstall "package" "\
20572 Reinstall package PKG.
20573 PKG should be either a symbol, the package name, or a package-desc
20574 object.
20576 \(fn PKG)" t nil)
20578 (autoload 'package-autoremove "package" "\
20579 Remove packages that are no more needed.
20581 Packages that are no more needed by other packages in
20582 `package-selected-packages' and their dependencies
20583 will be deleted.
20585 \(fn)" t nil)
20587 (autoload 'describe-package "package" "\
20588 Display the full documentation of PACKAGE (a symbol).
20590 \(fn PACKAGE)" t nil)
20592 (autoload 'list-packages "package" "\
20593 Display a list of packages.
20594 This first fetches the updated list of packages before
20595 displaying, unless a prefix argument NO-FETCH is specified.
20596 The list is displayed in a buffer named `*Packages*'.
20598 \(fn &optional NO-FETCH)" t nil)
20600 (defalias 'package-list-packages 'list-packages)
20602 ;;;***
20604 ;;;### (autoloads nil "paren" "paren.el" (22330 59913 914323 615000))
20605 ;;; Generated autoloads from paren.el
20607 (defvar show-paren-mode nil "\
20608 Non-nil if Show-Paren mode is enabled.
20609 See the `show-paren-mode' command
20610 for a description of this minor mode.
20611 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
20612 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
20613 or call the function `show-paren-mode'.")
20615 (custom-autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" nil)
20617 (autoload 'show-paren-mode "paren" "\
20618 Toggle visualization of matching parens (Show Paren mode).
20619 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Show Paren mode if ARG is
20620 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
20621 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
20623 Show Paren mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, any
20624 matching parenthesis is highlighted in `show-paren-style' after
20625 `show-paren-delay' seconds of Emacs idle time.
20627 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
20629 ;;;***
20631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "parse-time" "calendar/parse-time.el" (22331
20632 ;;;;;; 17371 982369 658000))
20633 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/parse-time.el
20634 (put 'parse-time-rules 'risky-local-variable t)
20636 (autoload 'parse-time-string "parse-time" "\
20637 Parse the time-string STRING into (SEC MIN HOUR DAY MON YEAR DOW DST TZ).
20638 The values are identical to those of `decode-time', but any values that are
20639 unknown are returned as nil.
20641 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
20643 ;;;***
20645 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pascal" "progmodes/pascal.el" (22330 59913
20646 ;;;;;; 985323 396000))
20647 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/pascal.el
20649 (autoload 'pascal-mode "pascal" "\
20650 Major mode for editing Pascal code.\\<pascal-mode-map>
20651 TAB indents for Pascal code. Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
20653 \\[completion-at-point] completes the word around current point with respect to position in code
20654 \\[completion-help-at-point] shows all possible completions at this point.
20656 Other useful functions are:
20658 \\[pascal-mark-defun] - Mark function.
20659 \\[pascal-insert-block] - insert begin ... end;
20660 \\[pascal-star-comment] - insert (* ... *)
20661 \\[pascal-comment-area] - Put marked area in a comment, fixing nested comments.
20662 \\[pascal-uncomment-area] - Uncomment an area commented with \\[pascal-comment-area].
20663 \\[pascal-beg-of-defun] - Move to beginning of current function.
20664 \\[pascal-end-of-defun] - Move to end of current function.
20665 \\[pascal-goto-defun] - Goto function prompted for in the minibuffer.
20666 \\[pascal-outline-mode] - Enter `pascal-outline-mode'.
20668 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
20670 `pascal-indent-level' (default 3)
20671 Indentation of Pascal statements with respect to containing block.
20672 `pascal-case-indent' (default 2)
20673 Indentation for case statements.
20674 `pascal-auto-newline' (default nil)
20675 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
20676 mark after an end.
20677 `pascal-indent-nested-functions' (default t)
20678 Non-nil means nested functions are indented.
20679 `pascal-tab-always-indent' (default t)
20680 Non-nil means TAB in Pascal mode should always reindent the current line,
20681 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
20682 `pascal-auto-endcomments' (default t)
20683 Non-nil means a comment { ... } is set after the ends which ends cases and
20684 functions. The name of the function or case will be set between the braces.
20685 `pascal-auto-lineup' (default t)
20686 List of contexts where auto lineup of :'s or ='s should be done.
20688 See also the user variables `pascal-type-keywords', `pascal-start-keywords' and
20689 `pascal-separator-keywords'.
20691 \(fn)" t nil)
20693 ;;;***
20695 ;;;### (autoloads nil "password-cache" "password-cache.el" (22330
20696 ;;;;;; 59913 914323 615000))
20697 ;;; Generated autoloads from password-cache.el
20699 (defvar password-cache t "\
20700 Whether to cache passwords.")
20702 (custom-autoload 'password-cache "password-cache" t)
20704 (defvar password-cache-expiry 16 "\
20705 How many seconds passwords are cached, or nil to disable expiring.
20706 Whether passwords are cached at all is controlled by `password-cache'.")
20708 (custom-autoload 'password-cache-expiry "password-cache" t)
20710 (autoload 'password-in-cache-p "password-cache" "\
20711 Check if KEY is in the cache.
20713 \(fn KEY)" nil nil)
20715 ;;;***
20717 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcase" "emacs-lisp/pcase.el" (22330 59913
20718 ;;;;;; 930323 566000))
20719 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pcase.el
20721 (autoload 'pcase "pcase" "\
20722 Evaluate EXP and attempt to match it against structural patterns.
20723 CASES is a list of elements of the form (PATTERN CODE...).
20725 A structural PATTERN describes a template that identifies a class
20726 of values. For example, the pattern \\=`(,foo ,bar) matches any
20727 two element list, binding its elements to symbols named `foo' and
20728 `bar' -- in much the same way that `cl-destructuring-bind' would.
20730 A significant difference from `cl-destructuring-bind' is that, if
20731 a pattern match fails, the next case is tried until either a
20732 successful match is found or there are no more cases.
20734 Another difference is that pattern elements may be quoted,
20735 meaning they must match exactly: The pattern \\='(foo bar)
20736 matches only against two element lists containing the symbols
20737 `foo' and `bar' in that order. (As a short-hand, atoms always
20738 match themselves, such as numbers or strings, and need not be
20739 quoted.)
20741 Lastly, a pattern can be logical, such as (pred numberp), that
20742 matches any number-like element; or the symbol `_', that matches
20743 anything. Also, when patterns are backquoted, a comma may be
20744 used to introduce logical patterns inside backquoted patterns.
20746 The complete list of standard patterns is as follows:
20748 _ matches anything.
20749 SYMBOL matches anything and binds it to SYMBOL.
20750 If a SYMBOL is used twice in the same pattern
20751 the second occurrence becomes an `eq'uality test.
20752 (or PAT...) matches if any of the patterns matches.
20753 (and PAT...) matches if all the patterns match.
20754 \\='VAL matches if the object is `equal' to VAL.
20755 ATOM is a shorthand for \\='ATOM.
20756 ATOM can be a keyword, an integer, or a string.
20757 (pred FUN) matches if FUN applied to the object returns non-nil.
20758 (guard BOOLEXP) matches if BOOLEXP evaluates to non-nil.
20759 (let PAT EXP) matches if EXP matches PAT.
20760 (app FUN PAT) matches if FUN applied to the object matches PAT.
20762 Additional patterns can be defined using `pcase-defmacro'.
20764 The FUN argument in the `app' pattern may have the following forms:
20765 SYMBOL or (lambda ARGS BODY) in which case it's called with one argument.
20766 (F ARG1 .. ARGn) in which case F gets called with an n+1'th argument
20767 which is the value being matched.
20768 So a FUN of the form SYMBOL is equivalent to (FUN).
20769 FUN can refer to variables bound earlier in the pattern.
20771 See Info node `(elisp) Pattern matching case statement' in the
20772 Emacs Lisp manual for more information and examples.
20774 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20776 (function-put 'pcase 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20778 (autoload 'pcase-exhaustive "pcase" "\
20779 The exhaustive version of `pcase' (which see).
20781 \(fn EXP &rest CASES)" nil t)
20783 (function-put 'pcase-exhaustive 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20785 (autoload 'pcase-lambda "pcase" "\
20786 Like `lambda' but allow each argument to be a pattern.
20787 I.e. accepts the usual &optional and &rest keywords, but every
20788 formal argument can be any pattern accepted by `pcase' (a mere
20789 variable name being but a special case of it).
20791 \(fn LAMBDA-LIST &rest BODY)" nil t)
20793 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'doc-string-elt '2)
20795 (function-put 'pcase-lambda 'lisp-indent-function 'defun)
20797 (autoload 'pcase-let* "pcase" "\
20798 Like `let*' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20799 BODY should be an expression, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20800 of the form (PAT EXP).
20802 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20804 (function-put 'pcase-let* 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20806 (autoload 'pcase-let "pcase" "\
20807 Like `let' but where you can use `pcase' patterns for bindings.
20808 BODY should be a list of expressions, and BINDINGS should be a list of bindings
20809 of the form (PAT EXP).
20810 The macro is expanded and optimized under the assumption that those
20811 patterns *will* match, so a mismatch may go undetected or may cause
20812 any kind of error.
20814 \(fn BINDINGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20816 (function-put 'pcase-let 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20818 (autoload 'pcase-dolist "pcase" "\
20821 \(fn SPEC &rest BODY)" nil t)
20823 (function-put 'pcase-dolist 'lisp-indent-function '1)
20825 (autoload 'pcase-defmacro "pcase" "\
20826 Define a new kind of pcase PATTERN, by macro expansion.
20827 Patterns of the form (NAME ...) will be expanded according
20828 to this macro.
20830 \(fn NAME ARGS &rest BODY)" nil t)
20832 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'lisp-indent-function '2)
20834 (function-put 'pcase-defmacro 'doc-string-elt '3)
20836 ;;;***
20838 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-cvs" "pcmpl-cvs.el" (22330 59913 914323
20839 ;;;;;; 615000))
20840 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-cvs.el
20842 (autoload 'pcomplete/cvs "pcmpl-cvs" "\
20843 Completion rules for the `cvs' command.
20845 \(fn)" nil nil)
20847 ;;;***
20849 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-gnu" "pcmpl-gnu.el" (22331 17372 87369
20850 ;;;;;; 285000))
20851 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-gnu.el
20853 (autoload 'pcomplete/gzip "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20854 Completion for `gzip'.
20856 \(fn)" nil nil)
20858 (autoload 'pcomplete/bzip2 "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20859 Completion for `bzip2'.
20861 \(fn)" nil nil)
20863 (autoload 'pcomplete/make "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20864 Completion for GNU `make'.
20866 \(fn)" nil nil)
20868 (autoload 'pcomplete/tar "pcmpl-gnu" "\
20869 Completion for the GNU tar utility.
20871 \(fn)" nil nil)
20873 (defalias 'pcomplete/gdb 'pcomplete/xargs)
20875 ;;;***
20877 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-linux" "pcmpl-linux.el" (22330 59913
20878 ;;;;;; 914323 615000))
20879 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-linux.el
20881 (autoload 'pcomplete/kill "pcmpl-linux" "\
20882 Completion for GNU/Linux `kill', using /proc filesystem.
20884 \(fn)" nil nil)
20886 (autoload 'pcomplete/umount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20887 Completion for GNU/Linux `umount'.
20889 \(fn)" nil nil)
20891 (autoload 'pcomplete/mount "pcmpl-linux" "\
20892 Completion for GNU/Linux `mount'.
20894 \(fn)" nil nil)
20896 ;;;***
20898 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-rpm" "pcmpl-rpm.el" (22330 59913 914323
20899 ;;;;;; 615000))
20900 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-rpm.el
20902 (autoload 'pcomplete/rpm "pcmpl-rpm" "\
20903 Completion for the `rpm' command.
20905 \(fn)" nil nil)
20907 ;;;***
20909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-unix" "pcmpl-unix.el" (22330 59913 914323
20910 ;;;;;; 615000))
20911 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-unix.el
20913 (autoload 'pcomplete/cd "pcmpl-unix" "\
20914 Completion for `cd'.
20916 \(fn)" nil nil)
20918 (defalias 'pcomplete/pushd 'pcomplete/cd)
20920 (autoload 'pcomplete/rmdir "pcmpl-unix" "\
20921 Completion for `rmdir'.
20923 \(fn)" nil nil)
20925 (autoload 'pcomplete/rm "pcmpl-unix" "\
20926 Completion for `rm'.
20928 \(fn)" nil nil)
20930 (autoload 'pcomplete/xargs "pcmpl-unix" "\
20931 Completion for `xargs'.
20933 \(fn)" nil nil)
20935 (defalias 'pcomplete/time 'pcomplete/xargs)
20937 (autoload 'pcomplete/which "pcmpl-unix" "\
20938 Completion for `which'.
20940 \(fn)" nil nil)
20942 (autoload 'pcomplete/chown "pcmpl-unix" "\
20943 Completion for the `chown' command.
20945 \(fn)" nil nil)
20947 (autoload 'pcomplete/chgrp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20948 Completion for the `chgrp' command.
20950 \(fn)" nil nil)
20952 (autoload 'pcomplete/ssh "pcmpl-unix" "\
20953 Completion rules for the `ssh' command.
20955 \(fn)" nil nil)
20957 (autoload 'pcomplete/scp "pcmpl-unix" "\
20958 Completion rules for the `scp' command.
20959 Includes files as well as host names followed by a colon.
20961 \(fn)" nil nil)
20963 ;;;***
20965 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcmpl-x" "pcmpl-x.el" (22330 59913 914323
20966 ;;;;;; 615000))
20967 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcmpl-x.el
20969 (autoload 'pcomplete/tlmgr "pcmpl-x" "\
20970 Completion for the `tlmgr' command.
20972 \(fn)" nil nil)
20974 (autoload 'pcomplete/ack "pcmpl-x" "\
20975 Completion for the `ack' command.
20976 Start an argument with `-' to complete short options and `--' for
20977 long options.
20979 \(fn)" nil nil)
20981 (defalias 'pcomplete/ack-grep 'pcomplete/ack)
20983 (autoload 'pcomplete/ag "pcmpl-x" "\
20984 Completion for the `ag' command.
20986 \(fn)" nil nil)
20988 ;;;***
20990 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcomplete" "pcomplete.el" (22330 59913 914323
20991 ;;;;;; 615000))
20992 ;;; Generated autoloads from pcomplete.el
20994 (autoload 'pcomplete "pcomplete" "\
20995 Support extensible programmable completion.
20996 To use this function, just bind the TAB key to it, or add it to your
20997 completion functions list (it should occur fairly early in the list).
20999 \(fn &optional INTERACTIVELY)" t nil)
21001 (autoload 'pcomplete-reverse "pcomplete" "\
21002 If cycling completion is in use, cycle backwards.
21004 \(fn)" t nil)
21006 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand-and-complete "pcomplete" "\
21007 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21008 This will modify the current buffer.
21010 \(fn)" t nil)
21012 (autoload 'pcomplete-continue "pcomplete" "\
21013 Complete without reference to any cycling completions.
21015 \(fn)" t nil)
21017 (autoload 'pcomplete-expand "pcomplete" "\
21018 Expand the textual value of the current argument.
21019 This will modify the current buffer.
21021 \(fn)" t nil)
21023 (autoload 'pcomplete-help "pcomplete" "\
21024 Display any help information relative to the current argument.
21026 \(fn)" t nil)
21028 (autoload 'pcomplete-list "pcomplete" "\
21029 Show the list of possible completions for the current argument.
21031 \(fn)" t nil)
21033 (autoload 'pcomplete-comint-setup "pcomplete" "\
21034 Setup a comint buffer to use pcomplete.
21035 COMPLETEF-SYM should be the symbol where the
21036 dynamic-complete-functions are kept. For comint mode itself,
21037 this is `comint-dynamic-complete-functions'.
21039 \(fn COMPLETEF-SYM)" nil nil)
21041 (autoload 'pcomplete-shell-setup "pcomplete" "\
21042 Setup `shell-mode' to use pcomplete.
21044 \(fn)" nil nil)
21046 ;;;***
21048 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs" "vc/pcvs.el" (22330 59914 12323 313000))
21049 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs.el
21051 (autoload 'cvs-checkout "pcvs" "\
21052 Run a `cvs checkout MODULES' in DIR.
21053 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer, display it in the current window,
21054 and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21056 With a prefix argument, prompt for cvs FLAGS to use.
21058 \(fn MODULES DIR FLAGS &optional ROOT)" t nil)
21060 (autoload 'cvs-quickdir "pcvs" "\
21061 Open a *cvs* buffer on DIR without running cvs.
21062 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21063 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21064 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21065 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21066 FLAGS is ignored.
21068 \(fn DIR &optional FLAGS NOSHOW)" t nil)
21070 (autoload 'cvs-examine "pcvs" "\
21071 Run a `cvs -n update' in the specified DIRECTORY.
21072 That is, check what needs to be done, but don't change the disc.
21073 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21074 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21075 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21076 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21077 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21079 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21081 (autoload 'cvs-update "pcvs" "\
21082 Run a `cvs update' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21083 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21084 With a \\[universal-argument] prefix argument, prompt for a directory to use.
21085 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21086 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21087 The prefix is also passed to `cvs-flags-query' to select the FLAGS
21088 passed to cvs.
21090 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS)" t nil)
21092 (autoload 'cvs-status "pcvs" "\
21093 Run a `cvs status' in the current working DIRECTORY.
21094 Feed the output to a *cvs* buffer and run `cvs-mode' on it.
21095 With a prefix argument, prompt for a directory and cvs FLAGS to use.
21096 A prefix arg >8 (ex: \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument]),
21097 prevents reuse of an existing *cvs* buffer.
21098 Optional argument NOSHOW if non-nil means not to display the buffer.
21100 \(fn DIRECTORY FLAGS &optional NOSHOW)" t nil)
21102 (defvar cvs-dired-action 'cvs-quickdir "\
21103 The action to be performed when opening a CVS directory.
21104 Sensible values are `cvs-examine', `cvs-status' and `cvs-quickdir'.")
21106 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-action "pcvs" t)
21108 (defvar cvs-dired-use-hook '(4) "\
21109 Whether or not opening a CVS directory should run PCL-CVS.
21110 A value of nil means never do it.
21111 `always' means to always do it unless a prefix argument is given to the
21112 command that prompted the opening of the directory.
21113 Anything else means to do it only if the prefix arg is equal to this value.")
21115 (custom-autoload 'cvs-dired-use-hook "pcvs" t)
21117 (defun cvs-dired-noselect (dir) "\
21118 Run `cvs-examine' if DIR is a CVS administrative directory.
21119 The exact behavior is determined also by `cvs-dired-use-hook'." (when (stringp dir) (setq dir (directory-file-name dir)) (when (and (string= "CVS" (file-name-nondirectory dir)) (file-readable-p (expand-file-name "Entries" dir)) cvs-dired-use-hook (if (eq cvs-dired-use-hook (quote always)) (not current-prefix-arg) (equal current-prefix-arg cvs-dired-use-hook))) (save-excursion (funcall cvs-dired-action (file-name-directory dir) t t)))))
21121 ;;;***
21123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pcvs-defs" "vc/pcvs-defs.el" (22330 59914
21124 ;;;;;; 9323 322000))
21125 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/pcvs-defs.el
21127 (defvar cvs-global-menu (let ((m (make-sparse-keymap "PCL-CVS"))) (define-key m [status] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Directory Status") cvs-status :help ,(purecopy "A more verbose status of a workarea"))) (define-key m [checkout] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Checkout Module") cvs-checkout :help ,(purecopy "Check out a module from the repository"))) (define-key m [update] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Update Directory") cvs-update :help ,(purecopy "Fetch updates from the repository"))) (define-key m [examine] `(menu-item ,(purecopy "Examine Directory") cvs-examine :help ,(purecopy "Examine the current state of a workarea"))) (fset 'cvs-global-menu m)) "\
21128 Global menu used by PCL-CVS.")
21130 ;;;***
21132 ;;;### (autoloads nil "perl-mode" "progmodes/perl-mode.el" (22330
21133 ;;;;;; 59913 985323 396000))
21134 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/perl-mode.el
21135 (put 'perl-indent-level 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21136 (put 'perl-continued-statement-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21137 (put 'perl-continued-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21138 (put 'perl-brace-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21139 (put 'perl-brace-imaginary-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21140 (put 'perl-label-offset 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
21142 (autoload 'perl-mode "perl-mode" "\
21143 Major mode for editing Perl code.
21144 Expression and list commands understand all Perl brackets.
21145 Tab indents for Perl code.
21146 Comments are delimited with # ... \\n.
21147 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
21148 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
21149 \\{perl-mode-map}
21150 Variables controlling indentation style:
21151 `perl-tab-always-indent'
21152 Non-nil means TAB in Perl mode should always indent the current line,
21153 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
21154 `perl-tab-to-comment'
21155 Non-nil means that for lines which don't need indenting, TAB will
21156 either delete an empty comment, indent an existing comment, move
21157 to end-of-line, or if at end-of-line already, create a new comment.
21158 `perl-nochange'
21159 Lines starting with this regular expression are not auto-indented.
21160 `perl-indent-level'
21161 Indentation of Perl statements within surrounding block.
21162 The surrounding block's indentation is the indentation
21163 of the line on which the open-brace appears.
21164 `perl-continued-statement-offset'
21165 Extra indentation given to a substatement, such as the
21166 then-clause of an if or body of a while.
21167 `perl-continued-brace-offset'
21168 Extra indentation given to a brace that starts a substatement.
21169 This is in addition to `perl-continued-statement-offset'.
21170 `perl-brace-offset'
21171 Extra indentation for line if it starts with an open brace.
21172 `perl-brace-imaginary-offset'
21173 An open brace following other text is treated as if it were
21174 this far to the right of the start of its line.
21175 `perl-label-offset'
21176 Extra indentation for line that is a label.
21177 `perl-indent-continued-arguments'
21178 Offset of argument lines relative to usual indentation.
21180 Various indentation styles: K&R BSD BLK GNU LW
21181 perl-indent-level 5 8 0 2 4
21182 perl-continued-statement-offset 5 8 4 2 4
21183 perl-continued-brace-offset 0 0 0 0 -4
21184 perl-brace-offset -5 -8 0 0 0
21185 perl-brace-imaginary-offset 0 0 4 0 0
21186 perl-label-offset -5 -8 -2 -2 -2
21188 Turning on Perl mode runs the normal hook `perl-mode-hook'.
21190 \(fn)" t nil)
21192 ;;;***
21194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "picture" "textmodes/picture.el" (22330 59913
21195 ;;;;;; 990323 381000))
21196 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/picture.el
21198 (autoload 'picture-mode "picture" "\
21199 Switch to Picture mode, in which a quarter-plane screen model is used.
21200 \\<picture-mode-map>
21201 Printing characters replace instead of inserting themselves with motion
21202 afterwards settable by these commands:
21204 Move left after insertion: \\[picture-movement-left]
21205 Move right after insertion: \\[picture-movement-right]
21206 Move up after insertion: \\[picture-movement-up]
21207 Move down after insertion: \\[picture-movement-down]
21209 Move northwest (nw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-nw]
21210 Move northeast (ne) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-ne]
21211 Move southwest (sw) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-sw]
21212 Move southeast (se) after insertion: \\[picture-movement-se]
21214 Move westnorthwest (wnw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-nw]
21215 Move eastnortheast (ene) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-ne]
21216 Move westsouthwest (wsw) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-sw]
21217 Move eastsoutheast (ese) after insertion: C-u \\[picture-movement-se]
21219 The current direction is displayed in the mode line. The initial
21220 direction is right. Whitespace is inserted and tabs are changed to
21221 spaces when required by movement. You can move around in the buffer
21222 with these commands:
21224 Move vertically to SAME column in previous line: \\[picture-move-down]
21225 Move vertically to SAME column in next line: \\[picture-move-up]
21226 Move to column following last
21227 non-whitespace character: \\[picture-end-of-line]
21228 Move right, inserting spaces if required: \\[picture-forward-column]
21229 Move left changing tabs to spaces if required: \\[picture-backward-column]
21230 Move in direction of current picture motion: \\[picture-motion]
21231 Move opposite to current picture motion: \\[picture-motion-reverse]
21232 Move to beginning of next line: \\[next-line]
21234 You can edit tabular text with these commands:
21236 Move to column beneath (or at) next interesting
21237 character (see variable `picture-tab-chars'): \\[picture-tab-search]
21238 Move to next stop in tab stop list: \\[picture-tab]
21239 Set tab stops according to context of this line: \\[picture-set-tab-stops]
21240 (With ARG, resets tab stops to default value.)
21241 Change the tab stop list: \\[edit-tab-stops]
21243 You can manipulate text with these commands:
21244 Clear ARG columns after point without moving: \\[picture-clear-column]
21245 Delete char at point: \\[picture-delete-char]
21246 Clear ARG columns backward: \\[picture-backward-clear-column]
21247 Clear ARG lines, advancing over them: \\[picture-clear-line]
21248 (the cleared text is saved in the kill ring)
21249 Open blank line(s) beneath current line: \\[picture-open-line]
21251 You can manipulate rectangles with these commands:
21252 Clear a rectangle and save it: \\[picture-clear-rectangle]
21253 Clear a rectangle, saving in a named register: \\[picture-clear-rectangle-to-register]
21254 Insert currently saved rectangle at point: \\[picture-yank-rectangle]
21255 Insert rectangle from named register: \\[picture-yank-rectangle-from-register]
21256 Draw a rectangular box around mark and point: \\[picture-draw-rectangle]
21257 Copies a rectangle to a register: \\[copy-rectangle-to-register]
21258 Undo effects of rectangle overlay commands: \\[undo]
21260 You can return to the previous mode with \\[picture-mode-exit], which
21261 also strips trailing whitespace from every line. Stripping is suppressed
21262 by supplying an argument.
21264 Entry to this mode calls the value of `picture-mode-hook' if non-nil.
21266 Note that Picture mode commands will work outside of Picture mode, but
21267 they are not by default assigned to keys.
21269 \(fn)" t nil)
21271 (defalias 'edit-picture 'picture-mode)
21273 ;;;***
21275 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pinentry" "net/pinentry.el" (22330 59913 953323
21276 ;;;;;; 495000))
21277 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/pinentry.el
21278 (push (purecopy '(pinentry 0 1)) package--builtin-versions)
21280 (autoload 'pinentry-start "pinentry" "\
21281 Start a Pinentry service.
21283 Once the environment is properly set, subsequent invocations of
21284 the gpg command will interact with Emacs for passphrase input.
21286 If the optional QUIET argument is non-nil, messages at startup
21287 will not be shown.
21289 \(fn &optional QUIET)" t nil)
21291 ;;;***
21293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "plstore" "gnus/plstore.el" (22331 17372 34369
21294 ;;;;;; 473000))
21295 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/plstore.el
21297 (autoload 'plstore-open "plstore" "\
21298 Create a plstore instance associated with FILE.
21300 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21302 (autoload 'plstore-mode "plstore" "\
21303 Major mode for editing PLSTORE files.
21305 \(fn)" t nil)
21307 ;;;***
21309 ;;;### (autoloads nil "po" "textmodes/po.el" (22330 59913 990323
21310 ;;;;;; 381000))
21311 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/po.el
21313 (autoload 'po-find-file-coding-system "po" "\
21314 Return a (DECODING . ENCODING) pair, according to PO file's charset.
21315 Called through `file-coding-system-alist', before the file is visited for real.
21317 \(fn ARG-LIST)" nil nil)
21319 ;;;***
21321 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pong" "play/pong.el" (22330 59913 969323 446000))
21322 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/pong.el
21324 (autoload 'pong "pong" "\
21325 Play pong and waste time.
21326 This is an implementation of the classical game pong.
21327 Move left and right bats and try to bounce the ball to your opponent.
21329 pong-mode keybindings:\\<pong-mode-map>
21331 \\{pong-mode-map}
21333 \(fn)" t nil)
21335 ;;;***
21337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pop3" "gnus/pop3.el" (22331 17372 35369 469000))
21338 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/pop3.el
21340 (autoload 'pop3-movemail "pop3" "\
21341 Transfer contents of a maildrop to the specified FILE.
21342 Use streaming commands.
21344 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
21346 ;;;***
21348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pp" "emacs-lisp/pp.el" (22330 59913 930323
21349 ;;;;;; 566000))
21350 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/pp.el
21352 (autoload 'pp-to-string "pp" "\
21353 Return a string containing the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT.
21354 OBJECT can be any Lisp object. Quoting characters are used as needed
21355 to make output that `read' can handle, whenever this is possible.
21357 \(fn OBJECT)" nil nil)
21359 (autoload 'pp-buffer "pp" "\
21360 Prettify the current buffer with printed representation of a Lisp object.
21362 \(fn)" nil nil)
21364 (autoload 'pp "pp" "\
21365 Output the pretty-printed representation of OBJECT, any Lisp object.
21366 Quoting characters are printed as needed to make output that `read'
21367 can handle, whenever this is possible.
21368 Output stream is STREAM, or value of `standard-output' (which see).
21370 \(fn OBJECT &optional STREAM)" nil nil)
21372 (autoload 'pp-eval-expression "pp" "\
21373 Evaluate EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21374 Also add the value to the front of the list in the variable `values'.
21376 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21378 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-expression "pp" "\
21379 Macroexpand EXPRESSION and pretty-print its value.
21381 \(fn EXPRESSION)" t nil)
21383 (autoload 'pp-eval-last-sexp "pp" "\
21384 Run `pp-eval-expression' on sexp before point.
21385 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21386 Ignores leading comment characters.
21388 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21390 (autoload 'pp-macroexpand-last-sexp "pp" "\
21391 Run `pp-macroexpand-expression' on sexp before point.
21392 With argument, pretty-print output into current buffer.
21393 Ignores leading comment characters.
21395 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
21397 ;;;***
21399 ;;;### (autoloads nil "printing" "printing.el" (22363 8343 529348
21400 ;;;;;; 712000))
21401 ;;; Generated autoloads from printing.el
21402 (push (purecopy '(printing 6 9 3)) package--builtin-versions)
21404 (autoload 'pr-interface "printing" "\
21405 Activate the printing interface buffer.
21407 If BUFFER is nil, the current buffer is used for printing.
21409 For more information, type \\[pr-interface-help].
21411 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
21413 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-preview "printing" "\
21414 Preview directory using ghostview.
21416 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21417 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21418 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21419 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21421 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21422 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21423 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21424 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21425 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21426 file name.
21428 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21430 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21432 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21433 Print directory using PostScript through ghostscript.
21435 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21436 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21437 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21438 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21440 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21441 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21442 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21443 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21444 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21445 file name.
21447 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21449 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21451 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-print "printing" "\
21452 Print directory using PostScript printer.
21454 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21455 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21456 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21457 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21459 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21460 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21461 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21462 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21463 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21464 file name.
21466 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21468 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21470 (autoload 'pr-ps-directory-ps-print "printing" "\
21471 Print directory using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21473 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21475 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, a directory, a
21476 file name regexp for matching and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21477 command prompts the user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in
21478 that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21480 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. If DIR is
21481 nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil, prompts for
21482 FILE(name)-REGEXP. The argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil,
21483 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21484 PostScript image in a file with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a
21485 file name.
21487 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21489 \(fn N-UP DIR FILE-REGEXP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21491 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-preview "printing" "\
21492 Preview buffer using ghostview.
21494 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21495 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21496 the PostScript image in that file instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21498 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21499 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, save the image in a
21500 temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file
21501 with that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21503 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21505 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21506 Print buffer using PostScript through ghostscript.
21508 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21509 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21510 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21512 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21513 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21514 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21515 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21517 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21519 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-print "printing" "\
21520 Print buffer using PostScript printer.
21522 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21523 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21524 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21526 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21527 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21528 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21529 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21531 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21533 (autoload 'pr-ps-buffer-ps-print "printing" "\
21534 Print buffer using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21536 It depends on `pr-print-using-ghostscript'.
21538 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number and, when you use a
21539 prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the user for a file name, and saves
21540 the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21542 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21543 argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it's nil, send the image to the
21544 printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript image in a file with
21545 that name. If FILENAME is t, prompts for a file name.
21547 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21549 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-preview "printing" "\
21550 Preview region using ghostview.
21552 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21554 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21556 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21557 Print region using PostScript through ghostscript.
21559 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21561 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21563 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-print "printing" "\
21564 Print region using PostScript printer.
21566 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21568 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21570 (autoload 'pr-ps-region-ps-print "printing" "\
21571 Print region using PostScript printer or through ghostscript.
21573 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21575 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21577 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-preview "printing" "\
21578 Preview major mode using ghostview.
21580 See also `pr-ps-buffer-preview'.
21582 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21584 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21585 Print major mode using PostScript through ghostscript.
21587 See also `pr-ps-buffer-using-ghostscript'.
21589 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21591 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-print "printing" "\
21592 Print major mode using PostScript printer.
21594 See also `pr-ps-buffer-print'.
21596 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21598 (autoload 'pr-ps-mode-ps-print "printing" "\
21599 Print major mode using PostScript or through ghostscript.
21601 See also `pr-ps-buffer-ps-print'.
21603 \(fn N-UP &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21605 (autoload 'pr-printify-directory "printing" "\
21606 Replace nonprinting characters in directory with printable representations.
21607 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21608 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21610 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21611 matching.
21613 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21614 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21616 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21618 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21620 (autoload 'pr-printify-buffer "printing" "\
21621 Replace nonprinting characters in buffer with printable representations.
21622 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21623 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21625 \(fn)" t nil)
21627 (autoload 'pr-printify-region "printing" "\
21628 Replace nonprinting characters in region with printable representations.
21629 The printable representations use ^ (for ASCII control characters) or hex.
21630 The characters tab, linefeed, space, return and formfeed are not affected.
21632 \(fn)" t nil)
21634 (autoload 'pr-txt-directory "printing" "\
21635 Print directory using text printer.
21637 Interactively, the command prompts for a directory and a file name regexp for
21638 matching.
21640 Noninteractively, if DIR is nil, prompts for DIRectory. If FILE-REGEXP is nil,
21641 prompts for FILE(name)-REGEXP.
21643 See also documentation for `pr-list-directory'.
21645 \(fn &optional DIR FILE-REGEXP)" t nil)
21647 (autoload 'pr-txt-buffer "printing" "\
21648 Print buffer using text printer.
21650 \(fn)" t nil)
21652 (autoload 'pr-txt-region "printing" "\
21653 Print region using text printer.
21655 \(fn)" t nil)
21657 (autoload 'pr-txt-mode "printing" "\
21658 Print major mode using text printer.
21660 \(fn)" t nil)
21662 (autoload 'pr-despool-preview "printing" "\
21663 Preview spooled PostScript.
21665 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21666 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21667 instead of saving it in a temporary file.
21669 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21670 save the image in a temporary file. If FILENAME is a string, save the
21671 PostScript image in a file with that name.
21673 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21675 (autoload 'pr-despool-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21676 Print spooled PostScript using ghostscript.
21678 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21679 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21680 instead of sending it to the printer.
21682 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21683 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21684 image in a file with that name.
21686 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21688 (autoload 'pr-despool-print "printing" "\
21689 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
21691 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21692 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21693 instead of sending it to the printer.
21695 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21696 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21697 image in a file with that name.
21699 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21701 (autoload 'pr-despool-ps-print "printing" "\
21702 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21704 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21705 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
21706 instead of sending it to the printer.
21708 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
21709 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
21710 image in a file with that name.
21712 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
21714 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-preview "printing" "\
21715 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21717 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21719 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-preview "printing" "\
21720 Preview PostScript file FILENAME.
21722 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21724 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-using-ghostscript "printing" "\
21725 Print PostScript file FILENAME using ghostscript.
21727 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21729 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-print "printing" "\
21730 Print PostScript file FILENAME.
21732 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21734 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-ps-print "printing" "\
21735 Send PostScript file FILENAME to printer or use ghostscript to print it.
21737 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
21739 (autoload 'pr-ps-file-up-ps-print "printing" "\
21740 Process a PostScript file IFILENAME and send it to printer.
21742 Interactively, the command prompts for N-UP printing number, for an input
21743 PostScript file IFILENAME and, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the
21744 command prompts the user for an output PostScript file name OFILENAME, and
21745 saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21747 Noninteractively, if N-UP is nil, prompts for N-UP printing number. The
21748 argument IFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's t, prompts for an input
21749 PostScript file name; otherwise, it *must* be a string that it's an input
21750 PostScript file name. The argument OFILENAME is treated as follows: if it's
21751 nil, send the image to the printer. If OFILENAME is a string, save the
21752 PostScript image in a file with that name. If OFILENAME is t, prompts for a
21753 file name.
21755 \(fn N-UP IFILENAME &optional OFILENAME)" t nil)
21757 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-duplex "printing" "\
21758 Toggle duplex for PostScript file.
21760 \(fn)" t nil)
21762 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-tumble "printing" "\
21763 Toggle tumble for PostScript file.
21765 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21766 right.
21767 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21768 bottom.
21770 \(fn)" t nil)
21772 (autoload 'pr-toggle-file-landscape "printing" "\
21773 Toggle landscape for PostScript file.
21775 \(fn)" t nil)
21777 (autoload 'pr-toggle-ghostscript "printing" "\
21778 Toggle printing using ghostscript.
21780 \(fn)" t nil)
21782 (autoload 'pr-toggle-faces "printing" "\
21783 Toggle printing with faces.
21785 \(fn)" t nil)
21787 (autoload 'pr-toggle-spool "printing" "\
21788 Toggle spooling.
21790 \(fn)" t nil)
21792 (autoload 'pr-toggle-duplex "printing" "\
21793 Toggle duplex.
21795 \(fn)" t nil)
21797 (autoload 'pr-toggle-tumble "printing" "\
21798 Toggle tumble.
21800 If tumble is off, produces a printing suitable for binding on the left or
21801 right.
21802 If tumble is on, produces a printing suitable for binding at the top or
21803 bottom.
21805 \(fn)" t nil)
21807 (autoload 'pr-toggle-landscape "printing" "\
21808 Toggle landscape.
21810 \(fn)" t nil)
21812 (autoload 'pr-toggle-upside-down "printing" "\
21813 Toggle upside-down.
21815 \(fn)" t nil)
21817 (autoload 'pr-toggle-line "printing" "\
21818 Toggle line number.
21820 \(fn)" t nil)
21822 (autoload 'pr-toggle-zebra "printing" "\
21823 Toggle zebra stripes.
21825 \(fn)" t nil)
21827 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header "printing" "\
21828 Toggle printing header.
21830 \(fn)" t nil)
21832 (autoload 'pr-toggle-header-frame "printing" "\
21833 Toggle printing header frame.
21835 \(fn)" t nil)
21837 (autoload 'pr-toggle-lock "printing" "\
21838 Toggle menu lock.
21840 \(fn)" t nil)
21842 (autoload 'pr-toggle-region "printing" "\
21843 Toggle whether the region is automagically detected.
21845 \(fn)" t nil)
21847 (autoload 'pr-toggle-mode "printing" "\
21848 Toggle auto mode.
21850 \(fn)" t nil)
21852 (autoload 'pr-customize "printing" "\
21853 Customization of the `printing' group.
21855 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21857 (autoload 'lpr-customize "printing" "\
21858 Customization of the `lpr' group.
21860 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21862 (autoload 'pr-help "printing" "\
21863 Help for the printing package.
21865 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21867 (autoload 'pr-ps-name "printing" "\
21868 Interactively select a PostScript printer.
21870 \(fn)" t nil)
21872 (autoload 'pr-txt-name "printing" "\
21873 Interactively select a text printer.
21875 \(fn)" t nil)
21877 (autoload 'pr-ps-utility "printing" "\
21878 Interactively select a PostScript utility.
21880 \(fn)" t nil)
21882 (autoload 'pr-show-ps-setup "printing" "\
21883 Show current ps-print settings.
21885 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21887 (autoload 'pr-show-pr-setup "printing" "\
21888 Show current printing settings.
21890 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21892 (autoload 'pr-show-lpr-setup "printing" "\
21893 Show current lpr settings.
21895 \(fn &rest IGNORE)" t nil)
21897 (autoload 'pr-ps-fast-fire "printing" "\
21898 Fast fire function for PostScript printing.
21900 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21901 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21902 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21903 printed using `pr-ps-mode-ps-print'.
21906 Interactively, you have the following situations:
21908 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21909 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and printing will
21910 immediately be done using the current active printer.
21912 C-u M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21913 C-u 0 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21914 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a current
21915 PostScript printer, then printing will immediately be done using the new
21916 current active printer.
21918 C-u 1 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21919 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value and also for a file name,
21920 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21921 printer.
21923 C-u 2 M-x pr-ps-fast-fire RET
21924 The command prompts the user for a N-UP value, then for a current
21925 PostScript printer and, finally, for a file name. Then change the active
21926 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in
21927 that file instead of sending it to the printer.
21930 Noninteractively, the argument N-UP should be a positive integer greater than
21931 zero and the argument SELECT is treated as follows:
21933 If it's nil, send the image to the printer.
21935 If it's a list or an integer lesser or equal to zero, the command prompts
21936 the user for a current PostScript printer, then printing will immediately
21937 be done using the new current active printer.
21939 If it's an integer equal to 1, the command prompts the user for a file name
21940 and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of sending it to the
21941 printer.
21943 If it's an integer greater or equal to 2, the command prompts the user for a
21944 current PostScript printer and for a file name. Then change the active
21945 printer to that chosen by user and saves the PostScript image in that file
21946 instead of sending it to the printer.
21948 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-ps-printer-alist', it's the new
21949 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21950 printer.
21952 Otherwise, send the image to the printer.
21955 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21956 are both set to t.
21958 \(fn N-UP &optional SELECT)" t nil)
21960 (autoload 'pr-txt-fast-fire "printing" "\
21961 Fast fire function for text printing.
21963 If a region is active, the region will be printed instead of the whole buffer.
21964 Also if the current major-mode is defined in `pr-mode-alist', the settings in
21965 `pr-mode-alist' will be used, that is, the current buffer or region will be
21966 printed using `pr-txt-mode'.
21968 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (C-u), the command prompts the
21969 user for a new active text printer.
21971 Noninteractively, the argument SELECT-PRINTER is treated as follows:
21973 If it's nil, the printing is sent to the current active text printer.
21975 If it's a symbol which it's defined in `pr-txt-printer-alist', it's the new
21976 active printer and printing will immediately be done using the new active
21977 printer.
21979 If it's non-nil, the command prompts the user for a new active text printer.
21981 Note that this command always behaves as if `pr-auto-region' and `pr-auto-mode'
21982 are both set to t.
21984 \(fn &optional SELECT-PRINTER)" t nil)
21986 ;;;***
21988 ;;;### (autoloads nil "proced" "proced.el" (22331 17372 88369 281000))
21989 ;;; Generated autoloads from proced.el
21991 (autoload 'proced "proced" "\
21992 Generate a listing of UNIX system processes.
21993 \\<proced-mode-map>
21994 If invoked with optional ARG, do not select the window displaying
21995 the process information.
21997 This function runs the normal hook `proced-post-display-hook'.
21999 See `proced-mode' for a description of features available in
22000 Proced buffers.
22002 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22004 ;;;***
22006 ;;;### (autoloads nil "profiler" "profiler.el" (22330 59913 914323
22007 ;;;;;; 615000))
22008 ;;; Generated autoloads from profiler.el
22010 (autoload 'profiler-start "profiler" "\
22011 Start/restart profilers.
22012 MODE can be one of `cpu', `mem', or `cpu+mem'.
22013 If MODE is `cpu' or `cpu+mem', time-based profiler will be started.
22014 Also, if MODE is `mem' or `cpu+mem', then memory profiler will be started.
22016 \(fn MODE)" t nil)
22018 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile "profiler" "\
22019 Open profile FILENAME.
22021 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22023 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-window "profiler" "\
22024 Open profile FILENAME.
22026 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22028 (autoload 'profiler-find-profile-other-frame "profiler" "\
22029 Open profile FILENAME.
22031 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
22033 ;;;***
22035 ;;;### (autoloads nil "project" "progmodes/project.el" (22330 59913
22036 ;;;;;; 975323 427000))
22037 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/project.el
22039 (autoload 'project-current "project" "\
22040 Return the project instance in DIR or `default-directory'.
22041 When no project found in DIR, and MAYBE-PROMPT is non-nil, ask
22042 the user for a different directory to look in. If that directory
22043 is not a part of a detectable project either, return a
22044 `transient' project instance rooted in it.
22046 \(fn &optional MAYBE-PROMPT DIR)" nil nil)
22048 (autoload 'project-find-regexp "project" "\
22049 Find all matches for REGEXP in the current project's roots.
22050 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the directory
22051 to search in, and the file name pattern to search for.
22053 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
22055 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-regexp "project" "\
22056 Find all matches for REGEXP in the project roots or external roots.
22057 With \\[universal-argument] prefix, you can specify the file name
22058 pattern to search for.
22060 \(fn REGEXP)" t nil)
22062 (autoload 'project-find-file "project" "\
22063 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots.
22064 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
22065 recognized.
22067 \(fn)" t nil)
22069 (autoload 'project-or-external-find-file "project" "\
22070 Visit a file (with completion) in the current project's roots or external roots.
22071 The completion default is the filename at point, if one is
22072 recognized.
22074 \(fn)" t nil)
22076 ;;;***
22078 ;;;### (autoloads nil "prolog" "progmodes/prolog.el" (22331 17372
22079 ;;;;;; 97369 249000))
22080 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/prolog.el
22082 (autoload 'prolog-mode "prolog" "\
22083 Major mode for editing Prolog code.
22085 Blank lines and `%%...' separate paragraphs. `%'s starts a comment
22086 line and comments can also be enclosed in /* ... */.
22088 If an optional argument SYSTEM is non-nil, set up mode for the given system.
22090 To find out what version of Prolog mode you are running, enter
22091 `\\[prolog-mode-version]'.
22093 Commands:
22094 \\{prolog-mode-map}
22096 \(fn)" t nil)
22098 (autoload 'mercury-mode "prolog" "\
22099 Major mode for editing Mercury programs.
22100 Actually this is just customized `prolog-mode'.
22102 \(fn)" t nil)
22104 (autoload 'run-prolog "prolog" "\
22105 Run an inferior Prolog process, input and output via buffer *prolog*.
22106 With prefix argument ARG, restart the Prolog process if running before.
22108 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22110 ;;;***
22112 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-bdf" "ps-bdf.el" (22330 59913 914323 615000))
22113 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-bdf.el
22115 (defvar bdf-directory-list (if (memq system-type '(ms-dos windows-nt)) (list (expand-file-name "fonts/bdf" installation-directory)) '("/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf")) "\
22116 List of directories to search for `BDF' font files.
22117 The default value is (\"/usr/local/share/emacs/fonts/bdf\").")
22119 (custom-autoload 'bdf-directory-list "ps-bdf" t)
22121 ;;;***
22123 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-mode" "progmodes/ps-mode.el" (22331 17372
22124 ;;;;;; 97369 249000))
22125 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ps-mode.el
22126 (push (purecopy '(ps-mode 1 1 9)) package--builtin-versions)
22128 (autoload 'ps-mode "ps-mode" "\
22129 Major mode for editing PostScript with GNU Emacs.
22131 Entry to this mode calls `ps-mode-hook'.
22133 The following variables hold user options, and can
22134 be set through the `customize' command:
22136 `ps-mode-tab'
22137 `ps-mode-paper-size'
22138 `ps-mode-print-function'
22139 `ps-run-prompt'
22140 `ps-run-font-lock-keywords-2'
22141 `ps-run-x'
22142 `ps-run-dumb'
22143 `ps-run-init'
22144 `ps-run-error-line-numbers'
22145 `ps-run-tmp-dir'
22147 Type \\[describe-variable] for documentation on these options.
22150 \\{ps-mode-map}
22153 When starting an interactive PostScript process with \\[ps-run-start],
22154 a second window will be displayed, and `ps-run-mode-hook' will be called.
22155 The keymap for this second window is:
22157 \\{ps-run-mode-map}
22160 When Ghostscript encounters an error it displays an error message
22161 with a file position. Clicking mouse-2 on this number will bring
22162 point to the corresponding spot in the PostScript window, if input
22163 to the interpreter was sent from that window.
22164 Typing \\<ps-run-mode-map>\\[ps-run-goto-error] when the cursor is at the number has the same effect.
22166 \(fn)" t nil)
22168 ;;;***
22170 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ps-print" "ps-print.el" (22331 17372 104369
22171 ;;;;;; 224000))
22172 ;;; Generated autoloads from ps-print.el
22173 (push (purecopy '(ps-print 7 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
22175 (defvar ps-page-dimensions-database (purecopy (list (list 'a4 (/ (* 72 21.0) 2.54) (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) "A4") (list 'a3 (/ (* 72 29.7) 2.54) (/ (* 72 42.0) 2.54) "A3") (list 'letter (* 72 8.5) (* 72 11.0) "Letter") (list 'legal (* 72 8.5) (* 72 14.0) "Legal") (list 'letter-small (* 72 7.68) (* 72 10.16) "LetterSmall") (list 'tabloid (* 72 11.0) (* 72 17.0) "Tabloid") (list 'ledger (* 72 17.0) (* 72 11.0) "Ledger") (list 'statement (* 72 5.5) (* 72 8.5) "Statement") (list 'executive (* 72 7.5) (* 72 10.0) "Executive") (list 'a4small (* 72 7.47) (* 72 10.85) "A4Small") (list 'b4 (* 72 10.125) (* 72 14.33) "B4") (list 'b5 (* 72 7.16) (* 72 10.125) "B5") '(addresslarge 236.0 99.0 "AddressLarge") '(addresssmall 236.0 68.0 "AddressSmall") '(cuthanging13 90.0 222.0 "CutHanging13") '(cuthanging15 90.0 114.0 "CutHanging15") '(diskette 181.0 136.0 "Diskette") '(eurofilefolder 139.0 112.0 "EuropeanFilefolder") '(eurofoldernarrow 526.0 107.0 "EuroFolderNarrow") '(eurofolderwide 526.0 136.0 "EuroFolderWide") '(euronamebadge 189.0 108.0 "EuroNameBadge") '(euronamebadgelarge 223.0 136.0 "EuroNameBadgeLarge") '(filefolder 230.0 37.0 "FileFolder") '(jewelry 76.0 136.0 "Jewelry") '(mediabadge 180.0 136.0 "MediaBadge") '(multipurpose 126.0 68.0 "MultiPurpose") '(retaillabel 90.0 104.0 "RetailLabel") '(shipping 271.0 136.0 "Shipping") '(slide35mm 26.0 104.0 "Slide35mm") '(spine8mm 187.0 26.0 "Spine8mm") '(topcoated 425.19685 136.0 "TopCoatedPaper") '(topcoatedpaper 396.0 136.0 "TopcoatedPaper150") '(vhsface 205.0 127.0 "VHSFace") '(vhsspine 400.0 50.0 "VHSSpine") '(zipdisk 156.0 136.0 "ZipDisk"))) "\
22176 List associating a symbolic paper type to its width, height and doc media.
22177 See `ps-paper-type'.")
22179 (custom-autoload 'ps-page-dimensions-database "ps-print" t)
22181 (defvar ps-paper-type 'letter "\
22182 Specify the size of paper to format for.
22183 Should be one of the paper types defined in `ps-page-dimensions-database', for
22184 example `letter', `legal' or `a4'.")
22186 (custom-autoload 'ps-paper-type "ps-print" t)
22188 (defvar ps-print-color-p (or (fboundp 'x-color-values) (fboundp 'color-instance-rgb-components)) "\
22189 Specify how buffer's text color is printed.
22191 Valid values are:
22193 nil Do not print colors.
22195 t Print colors.
22197 black-white Print colors on black/white printer.
22198 See also `ps-black-white-faces'.
22200 Any other value is treated as t.")
22202 (custom-autoload 'ps-print-color-p "ps-print" t)
22204 (autoload 'ps-print-customize "ps-print" "\
22205 Customization of ps-print group.
22207 \(fn)" t nil)
22209 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer "ps-print" "\
22210 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22212 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22213 user for a file name, and saves the PostScript image in that file instead of
22214 sending it to the printer.
22216 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22217 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22218 image in a file with that name.
22220 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22222 (autoload 'ps-print-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22223 Generate and print a PostScript image of the buffer.
22224 Like `ps-print-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22225 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22226 so it has a way to determine color values.
22228 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22230 (autoload 'ps-print-region "ps-print" "\
22231 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22232 Like `ps-print-buffer', but prints just the current region.
22234 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22236 (autoload 'ps-print-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22237 Generate and print a PostScript image of the region.
22238 Like `ps-print-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22239 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22240 so it has a way to determine color values.
22242 \(fn FROM TO &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22244 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer "ps-print" "\
22245 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22246 Like `ps-print-buffer' except that the PostScript image is saved in a local
22247 buffer to be sent to the printer later.
22249 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22251 \(fn)" t nil)
22253 (autoload 'ps-spool-buffer-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22254 Generate and spool a PostScript image of the buffer.
22255 Like the command `ps-spool-buffer', but includes font, color, and underline
22256 information in the generated image. This command works only if you are using
22257 a window system, so it has a way to determine color values.
22259 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22261 \(fn)" t nil)
22263 (autoload 'ps-spool-region "ps-print" "\
22264 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22265 Like `ps-spool-buffer', but spools just the current region.
22267 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22269 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22271 (autoload 'ps-spool-region-with-faces "ps-print" "\
22272 Generate a PostScript image of the region and spool locally.
22273 Like `ps-spool-region', but includes font, color, and underline information in
22274 the generated image. This command works only if you are using a window system,
22275 so it has a way to determine color values.
22277 Use the command `ps-despool' to send the spooled images to the printer.
22279 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
22281 (autoload 'ps-despool "ps-print" "\
22282 Send the spooled PostScript to the printer.
22284 Interactively, when you use a prefix argument (\\[universal-argument]), the command prompts the
22285 user for a file name, and saves the spooled PostScript image in that file
22286 instead of sending it to the printer.
22288 Noninteractively, the argument FILENAME is treated as follows: if it is nil,
22289 send the image to the printer. If FILENAME is a string, save the PostScript
22290 image in a file with that name.
22292 \(fn &optional FILENAME)" t nil)
22294 (autoload 'ps-line-lengths "ps-print" "\
22295 Display the correspondence between a line length and a font size.
22296 Done using the current ps-print setup.
22297 Try: pr -t file | awk \\='{printf \"%3d %s
22298 \", length($0), $0}\\=' | sort -r | head
22300 \(fn)" t nil)
22302 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-buffer "ps-print" "\
22303 Display number of pages to print this buffer, for various font heights.
22304 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22306 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22308 (autoload 'ps-nb-pages-region "ps-print" "\
22309 Display number of pages to print the region, for various font heights.
22310 The table depends on the current ps-print setup.
22312 \(fn NB-LINES)" t nil)
22314 (autoload 'ps-setup "ps-print" "\
22315 Return the current PostScript-generation setup.
22317 \(fn)" nil nil)
22319 (autoload 'ps-extend-face-list "ps-print" "\
22320 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22322 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are merged
22323 with face extension in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22325 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22326 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22328 The elements in FACE-EXTENSION-LIST are like those for `ps-extend-face'.
22330 See `ps-extend-face' for documentation.
22332 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION-LIST &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22334 (autoload 'ps-extend-face "ps-print" "\
22335 Extend face in ALIST-SYM.
22337 If optional MERGE-P is non-nil, extensions in FACE-EXTENSION list are merged
22338 with face extensions in ALIST-SYM; otherwise, overrides.
22340 If optional ALIST-SYM is nil, `ps-print-face-extension-alist' is used;
22341 otherwise, it should be an alist symbol.
22343 The elements of FACE-EXTENSION list have the form:
22345 (FACE-NAME FOREGROUND BACKGROUND EXTENSION...)
22347 FACE-NAME is a face name symbol.
22349 FOREGROUND and BACKGROUND may be nil or a string that denotes the
22350 foreground and background colors respectively.
22352 EXTENSION is one of the following symbols:
22353 bold - use bold font.
22354 italic - use italic font.
22355 underline - put a line under text.
22356 strikeout - like underline, but the line is in middle of text.
22357 overline - like underline, but the line is over the text.
22358 shadow - text will have a shadow.
22359 box - text will be surrounded by a box.
22360 outline - print characters as hollow outlines.
22362 If EXTENSION is any other symbol, it is ignored.
22364 \(fn FACE-EXTENSION &optional MERGE-P ALIST-SYM)" nil nil)
22366 ;;;***
22368 ;;;### (autoloads nil "pulse" "cedet/pulse.el" (22330 59913 920323
22369 ;;;;;; 597000))
22370 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/pulse.el
22371 (push (purecopy '(pulse 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
22373 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-one-line "pulse" "\
22374 Highlight the line around POINT, unhighlighting before next command.
22375 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22377 \(fn POINT &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22379 (autoload 'pulse-momentary-highlight-region "pulse" "\
22380 Highlight between START and END, unhighlighting before next command.
22381 Optional argument FACE specifies the face to do the highlighting.
22383 \(fn START END &optional FACE)" nil nil)
22385 ;;;***
22387 ;;;### (autoloads nil "python" "progmodes/python.el" (22363 8343
22388 ;;;;;; 530348 709000))
22389 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/python.el
22390 (push (purecopy '(python 0 25 1)) package--builtin-versions)
22392 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.pyw?\\'") 'python-mode))
22394 (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "python[0-9.]*") 'python-mode))
22396 (autoload 'run-python "python" "\
22397 Run an inferior Python process.
22399 Argument CMD defaults to `python-shell-calculate-command' return
22400 value. When called interactively with `prefix-arg', it allows
22401 the user to edit such value and choose whether the interpreter
22402 should be DEDICATED for the current buffer. When numeric prefix
22403 arg is other than 0 or 4 do not SHOW.
22405 For a given buffer and same values of DEDICATED, if a process is
22406 already running for it, it will do nothing. This means that if
22407 the current buffer is using a global process, the user is still
22408 able to switch it to use a dedicated one.
22410 Runs the hook `inferior-python-mode-hook' after
22411 `comint-mode-hook' is run. (Type \\[describe-mode] in the
22412 process buffer for a list of commands.)
22414 \(fn &optional CMD DEDICATED SHOW)" t nil)
22416 (autoload 'python-mode "python" "\
22417 Major mode for editing Python files.
22419 \\{python-mode-map}
22421 \(fn)" t nil)
22423 ;;;***
22425 ;;;### (autoloads nil "qp" "gnus/qp.el" (22331 17372 35369 469000))
22426 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/qp.el
22428 (autoload 'quoted-printable-decode-region "qp" "\
22429 Decode quoted-printable in the region between FROM and TO, per RFC 2045.
22430 If CODING-SYSTEM is non-nil, decode bytes into characters with that
22431 coding-system.
22433 Interactively, you can supply the CODING-SYSTEM argument
22434 with \\[universal-coding-system-argument].
22436 The CODING-SYSTEM argument is a historical hangover and is deprecated.
22437 QP encodes raw bytes and should be decoded into raw bytes. Decoding
22438 them into characters should be done separately.
22440 \(fn FROM TO &optional CODING-SYSTEM)" t nil)
22442 ;;;***
22444 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail" "international/quail.el" (22330 59913
22445 ;;;;;; 940323 535000))
22446 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/quail.el
22448 (autoload 'quail-title "quail" "\
22449 Return the title of the current Quail package.
22451 \(fn)" nil nil)
22453 (autoload 'quail-use-package "quail" "\
22454 Start using Quail package PACKAGE-NAME.
22455 The remaining arguments are LIBRARIES to be loaded before using the package.
22457 This activates input method defined by PACKAGE-NAME by running
22458 `quail-activate', which see.
22460 \(fn PACKAGE-NAME &rest LIBRARIES)" nil nil)
22462 (autoload 'quail-define-package "quail" "\
22463 Define NAME as a new Quail package for input LANGUAGE.
22464 TITLE is a string to be displayed at mode-line to indicate this package.
22465 Optional arguments are GUIDANCE, DOCSTRING, TRANSLATION-KEYS,
22466 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION, DETERMINISTIC, KBD-TRANSLATE, SHOW-LAYOUT,
22467 CREATE-DECODE-MAP, MAXIMUM-SHORTEST, OVERLAY-PLIST,
22468 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION, CONVERSION-KEYS and SIMPLE.
22470 GUIDANCE specifies how a guidance string is shown in echo area.
22471 If it is t, list of all possible translations for the current key is shown
22472 with the currently selected translation being highlighted.
22473 If it is an alist, the element has the form (CHAR . STRING). Each character
22474 in the current key is searched in the list and the corresponding string is
22475 shown.
22476 If it is nil, the current key is shown.
22478 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this package. The command
22479 `describe-input-method' shows this string while replacing the form
22480 \\=\\<VAR> in the string by the value of VAR. That value should be a
22481 string. For instance, the form \\=\\<quail-translation-docstring> is
22482 replaced by a description about how to select a translation from a
22483 list of candidates.
22485 TRANSLATION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while translation
22486 region is active. It is an alist of single key character vs. corresponding
22487 command to be called.
22489 FORGET-LAST-SELECTION non-nil means a selected translation is not kept
22490 for the future to translate the same key. If this flag is nil, a
22491 translation selected for a key is remembered so that it can be the
22492 first candidate when the same key is entered later.
22494 DETERMINISTIC non-nil means the first candidate of translation is
22495 selected automatically without allowing users to select another
22496 translation for a key. In this case, unselected translations are of
22497 no use for an interactive use of Quail but can be used by some other
22498 programs. If this flag is non-nil, FORGET-LAST-SELECTION is also set
22499 to t.
22501 KBD-TRANSLATE non-nil means input characters are translated from a
22502 user's keyboard layout to the standard keyboard layout. See the
22503 documentation of `quail-keyboard-layout' and
22504 `quail-keyboard-layout-standard' for more detail.
22506 SHOW-LAYOUT non-nil means the function `quail-help' (as used by
22507 the command `describe-input-method') should show the user's keyboard
22508 layout visually with translated characters. If KBD-TRANSLATE is
22509 set, it is desirable to also set this flag, unless this package
22510 defines no translations for single character keys.
22512 CREATE-DECODE-MAP non-nil means decode map is also created. A decode
22513 map is an alist of translations and corresponding original keys.
22514 Although this map is not used by Quail itself, it can be used by some
22515 other programs. For instance, Vietnamese supporting needs this map to
22516 convert Vietnamese text to VIQR format which uses only ASCII
22517 characters to represent Vietnamese characters.
22519 MAXIMUM-SHORTEST non-nil means break key sequence to get maximum
22520 length of the shortest sequence. When we don't have a translation of
22521 key \"..ABCD\" but have translations of \"..AB\" and \"CD..\", break
22522 the key at \"..AB\" and start translation of \"CD..\". Hangul
22523 packages, for instance, use this facility. If this flag is nil, we
22524 break the key just at \"..ABC\" and start translation of \"D..\".
22526 OVERLAY-PLIST if non-nil is a property list put on an overlay which
22527 covers Quail translation region.
22529 UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION if non-nil is a function to call to update
22530 the current translation region according to a new translation data. By
22531 default, a translated text or a user's key sequence (if no translation
22532 for it) is inserted.
22534 CONVERSION-KEYS specifies additional key bindings used while
22535 conversion region is active. It is an alist of single key character
22536 vs. corresponding command to be called.
22538 If SIMPLE is non-nil, then we do not alter the meanings of
22539 commands such as C-f, C-b, C-n, C-p and TAB; they are treated as
22540 non-Quail commands.
22542 \(fn NAME LANGUAGE TITLE &optional GUIDANCE DOCSTRING TRANSLATION-KEYS FORGET-LAST-SELECTION DETERMINISTIC KBD-TRANSLATE SHOW-LAYOUT CREATE-DECODE-MAP MAXIMUM-SHORTEST OVERLAY-PLIST UPDATE-TRANSLATION-FUNCTION CONVERSION-KEYS SIMPLE)" nil nil)
22544 (autoload 'quail-set-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22545 Set the current keyboard layout to the same as keyboard KBD-TYPE.
22547 Since some Quail packages depends on a physical layout of keys (not
22548 characters generated by them), those are created by assuming the
22549 standard layout defined in `quail-keyboard-layout-standard'. This
22550 function tells Quail system the layout of your keyboard so that what
22551 you type is correctly handled.
22553 \(fn KBD-TYPE)" t nil)
22555 (autoload 'quail-show-keyboard-layout "quail" "\
22556 Show the physical layout of the keyboard type KEYBOARD-TYPE.
22558 The variable `quail-keyboard-layout-type' holds the currently selected
22559 keyboard type.
22561 \(fn &optional KEYBOARD-TYPE)" t nil)
22563 (autoload 'quail-define-rules "quail" "\
22564 Define translation rules of the current Quail package.
22565 Each argument is a list of KEY and TRANSLATION.
22566 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22567 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map, or a function.
22568 If it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22569 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22570 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22571 for the translation.
22572 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22574 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22575 it is used to handle KEY.
22577 The first argument may be an alist of annotations for the following
22578 rules. Each element has the form (ANNOTATION . VALUE), where
22579 ANNOTATION is a symbol indicating the annotation type. Currently
22580 the following annotation types are supported.
22582 append -- the value non-nil means that the following rules should
22583 be appended to the rules of the current Quail package.
22585 face -- the value is a face to use for displaying TRANSLATIONs in
22586 candidate list.
22588 advice -- the value is a function to call after one of RULES is
22589 selected. The function is called with one argument, the
22590 selected TRANSLATION string, after the TRANSLATION is
22591 inserted.
22593 no-decode-map --- the value non-nil means that decoding map is not
22594 generated for the following translations.
22596 \(fn &rest RULES)" nil t)
22598 (autoload 'quail-install-map "quail" "\
22599 Install the Quail map MAP in the current Quail package.
22601 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22602 which to install MAP.
22604 The installed map can be referred by the function `quail-map'.
22606 \(fn MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22608 (autoload 'quail-install-decode-map "quail" "\
22609 Install the Quail decode map DECODE-MAP in the current Quail package.
22611 Optional 2nd arg NAME, if non-nil, is a name of Quail package for
22612 which to install MAP.
22614 The installed decode map can be referred by the function `quail-decode-map'.
22616 \(fn DECODE-MAP &optional NAME)" nil nil)
22618 (autoload 'quail-defrule "quail" "\
22619 Add one translation rule, KEY to TRANSLATION, in the current Quail package.
22620 KEY is a string meaning a sequence of keystrokes to be translated.
22621 TRANSLATION is a character, a string, a vector, a Quail map,
22622 a function, or a cons.
22623 It it is a character, it is the sole translation of KEY.
22624 If it is a string, each character is a candidate for the translation.
22625 If it is a vector, each element (string or character) is a candidate
22626 for the translation.
22627 If it is a cons, the car is one of the above and the cdr is a function
22628 to call when translating KEY (the return value is assigned to the
22629 variable `quail-current-data'). If the cdr part is not a function,
22630 the value itself is assigned to `quail-current-data'.
22631 In these cases, a key specific Quail map is generated and assigned to KEY.
22633 If TRANSLATION is a Quail map or a function symbol which returns a Quail map,
22634 it is used to handle KEY.
22636 Optional 3rd argument NAME, if specified, says which Quail package
22637 to define this translation rule in. The default is to define it in the
22638 current Quail package.
22640 Optional 4th argument APPEND, if non-nil, appends TRANSLATION
22641 to the current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22643 \(fn KEY TRANSLATION &optional NAME APPEND)" nil nil)
22645 (autoload 'quail-defrule-internal "quail" "\
22646 Define KEY as TRANS in a Quail map MAP.
22648 If Optional 4th arg APPEND is non-nil, TRANS is appended to the
22649 current translations for KEY instead of replacing them.
22651 Optional 5th arg DECODE-MAP is a Quail decode map.
22653 Optional 6th arg PROPS is a property list annotating TRANS. See the
22654 function `quail-define-rules' for the detail.
22656 \(fn KEY TRANS MAP &optional APPEND DECODE-MAP PROPS)" nil nil)
22658 (autoload 'quail-update-leim-list-file "quail" "\
22659 Update entries for Quail packages in `LEIM' list file in directory DIRNAME.
22660 DIRNAME is a directory containing Emacs input methods;
22661 normally, it should specify the `leim' subdirectory
22662 of the Emacs source tree.
22664 It searches for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory of DIRNAME,
22665 and update the file \"leim-list.el\" in DIRNAME.
22667 When called from a program, the remaining arguments are additional
22668 directory names to search for Quail packages under `quail' subdirectory
22669 of each directory.
22671 \(fn DIRNAME &rest DIRNAMES)" t nil)
22673 ;;;***
22675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/hangul" "leim/quail/hangul.el" (22330
22676 ;;;;;; 59913 945323 520000))
22677 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/hangul.el
22679 (autoload 'hangul-input-method-activate "quail/hangul" "\
22680 Activate Hangul input method INPUT-METHOD.
22681 FUNC is a function to handle input key.
22682 HELP-TEXT is a text set in `hangul-input-method-help-text'.
22684 \(fn INPUT-METHOD FUNC HELP-TEXT &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
22686 ;;;***
22688 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quail/uni-input" "leim/quail/uni-input.el"
22689 ;;;;;; (22330 59913 945323 520000))
22690 ;;; Generated autoloads from leim/quail/uni-input.el
22692 (autoload 'ucs-input-activate "quail/uni-input" "\
22693 Activate UCS input method.
22694 With ARG, activate UCS input method if and only if ARG is positive.
22696 While this input method is active, the variable
22697 `input-method-function' is bound to the function `ucs-input-method'.
22699 \(fn &optional ARG)" nil nil)
22701 ;;;***
22703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "quickurl" "net/quickurl.el" (22330 59913 953323
22704 ;;;;;; 495000))
22705 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/quickurl.el
22707 (defconst quickurl-reread-hook-postfix "\n;; Local Variables:\n;; eval: (progn (require 'quickurl) (add-hook 'local-write-file-hooks (lambda () (quickurl-read) nil)))\n;; End:\n" "\
22708 Example `quickurl-postfix' text that adds a local variable to the
22709 `quickurl-url-file' so that if you edit it by hand it will ensure that
22710 `quickurl-urls' is updated with the new URL list.
22712 To make use of this do something like:
22714 (setq quickurl-postfix quickurl-reread-hook-postfix)
22716 in your init file (after loading/requiring quickurl).")
22718 (autoload 'quickurl "quickurl" "\
22719 Insert a URL based on LOOKUP.
22721 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the current
22722 buffer, this default action can be modified via
22723 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22725 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22727 (autoload 'quickurl-ask "quickurl" "\
22728 Insert a URL, with `completing-read' prompt, based on LOOKUP.
22730 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22732 (autoload 'quickurl-add-url "quickurl" "\
22733 Allow the user to interactively add a new URL associated with WORD.
22735 See `quickurl-grab-url' for details on how the default word/URL combination
22736 is decided.
22738 \(fn WORD URL COMMENT)" t nil)
22740 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url "quickurl" "\
22741 Browse the URL associated with LOOKUP.
22743 If not supplied LOOKUP is taken to be the word at point in the
22744 current buffer, this default action can be modified via
22745 `quickurl-grab-lookup-function'.
22747 \(fn &optional LOOKUP)" t nil)
22749 (autoload 'quickurl-browse-url-ask "quickurl" "\
22750 Browse the URL, with `completing-read' prompt, associated with LOOKUP.
22752 \(fn LOOKUP)" t nil)
22754 (autoload 'quickurl-edit-urls "quickurl" "\
22755 Pull `quickurl-url-file' into a buffer for hand editing.
22757 \(fn)" t nil)
22759 (autoload 'quickurl-list-mode "quickurl" "\
22760 A mode for browsing the quickurl URL list.
22762 The key bindings for `quickurl-list-mode' are:
22764 \\{quickurl-list-mode-map}
22766 \(fn)" t nil)
22768 (autoload 'quickurl-list "quickurl" "\
22769 Display `quickurl-list' as a formatted list using `quickurl-list-mode'.
22771 \(fn)" t nil)
22773 ;;;***
22775 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rcirc" "net/rcirc.el" (22331 17372 59369 384000))
22776 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rcirc.el
22778 (autoload 'rcirc "rcirc" "\
22779 Connect to all servers in `rcirc-server-alist'.
22781 Do not connect to a server if it is already connected.
22783 If ARG is non-nil, instead prompt for connection parameters.
22785 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
22787 (defalias 'irc 'rcirc)
22789 (autoload 'rcirc-connect "rcirc" "\
22792 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT NICK USER-NAME FULL-NAME STARTUP-CHANNELS PASSWORD ENCRYPTION)" nil nil)
22794 (defvar rcirc-track-minor-mode nil "\
22795 Non-nil if Rcirc-Track minor mode is enabled.
22796 See the `rcirc-track-minor-mode' command
22797 for a description of this minor mode.
22798 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22799 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22800 or call the function `rcirc-track-minor-mode'.")
22802 (custom-autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" nil)
22804 (autoload 'rcirc-track-minor-mode "rcirc" "\
22805 Global minor mode for tracking activity in rcirc buffers.
22806 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
22807 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
22808 if ARG is omitted or nil.
22810 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22812 ;;;***
22814 ;;;### (autoloads nil "re-builder" "emacs-lisp/re-builder.el" (22330
22815 ;;;;;; 59913 930323 566000))
22816 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/re-builder.el
22818 (defalias 'regexp-builder 're-builder)
22820 (autoload 're-builder "re-builder" "\
22821 Construct a regexp interactively.
22822 This command makes the current buffer the \"target\" buffer of
22823 the regexp builder. It displays a buffer named \"*RE-Builder*\"
22824 in another window, initially containing an empty regexp.
22826 As you edit the regexp in the \"*RE-Builder*\" buffer, the
22827 matching parts of the target buffer will be highlighted.
22829 \(fn)" t nil)
22831 ;;;***
22833 ;;;### (autoloads nil "recentf" "recentf.el" (22363 8343 534348 693000))
22834 ;;; Generated autoloads from recentf.el
22836 (defvar recentf-mode nil "\
22837 Non-nil if Recentf mode is enabled.
22838 See the `recentf-mode' command
22839 for a description of this minor mode.
22840 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
22841 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
22842 or call the function `recentf-mode'.")
22844 (custom-autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" nil)
22846 (autoload 'recentf-mode "recentf" "\
22847 Toggle \"Open Recent\" menu (Recentf mode).
22848 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Recentf mode if ARG is
22849 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
22850 Recentf mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
22852 When Recentf mode is enabled, a \"Open Recent\" submenu is
22853 displayed in the \"File\" menu, containing a list of files that
22854 were operated on recently.
22856 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22858 ;;;***
22860 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rect" "rect.el" (22331 17372 104369 224000))
22861 ;;; Generated autoloads from rect.el
22863 (autoload 'delete-rectangle "rect" "\
22864 Delete (don't save) text in the region-rectangle.
22865 The same range of columns is deleted in each line starting with the
22866 line where the region begins and ending with the line where the region
22867 ends.
22869 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22870 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has
22871 to be deleted.
22873 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22875 (autoload 'delete-extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22876 Delete the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22877 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22879 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22880 With an optional FILL argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22881 deleted.
22883 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" nil nil)
22885 (autoload 'extract-rectangle "rect" "\
22886 Return the contents of the rectangle with corners at START and END.
22887 Return it as a list of strings, one for each line of the rectangle.
22889 \(fn START END)" nil nil)
22891 (autoload 'kill-rectangle "rect" "\
22892 Delete the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22894 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22895 You might prefer to use `delete-extract-rectangle' from a program.
22897 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill lines where nothing has to be
22898 deleted.
22900 If the buffer is read-only, Emacs will beep and refrain from deleting
22901 the rectangle, but put it in the kill ring anyway. This means that
22902 you can use this command to copy text from a read-only buffer.
22903 \(If the variable `kill-read-only-ok' is non-nil, then this won't
22904 even beep.)
22906 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22908 (autoload 'copy-rectangle-as-kill "rect" "\
22909 Copy the region-rectangle and save it as the last killed one.
22911 \(fn START END)" t nil)
22913 (autoload 'yank-rectangle "rect" "\
22914 Yank the last killed rectangle with upper left corner at point.
22916 \(fn)" t nil)
22918 (autoload 'insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22919 Insert text of RECTANGLE with upper left corner at point.
22920 RECTANGLE's first line is inserted at point, its second
22921 line is inserted at a point vertically under point, etc.
22922 RECTANGLE should be a list of strings.
22923 After this command, the mark is at the upper left corner
22924 and point is at the lower right corner.
22926 \(fn RECTANGLE)" nil nil)
22928 (autoload 'open-rectangle "rect" "\
22929 Blank out the region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22931 The text previously in the region is not overwritten by the blanks,
22932 but instead winds up to the right of the rectangle.
22934 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22935 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, fill with blanks even if there is
22936 no text on the right side of the rectangle.
22938 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22940 (defalias 'close-rectangle 'delete-whitespace-rectangle)
22942 (autoload 'delete-whitespace-rectangle "rect" "\
22943 Delete all whitespace following a specified column in each line.
22944 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the position in each line
22945 at which whitespace deletion should begin. On each line in the
22946 rectangle, all contiguous whitespace starting at that column is deleted.
22948 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22949 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill too short lines.
22951 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22953 (autoload 'string-rectangle "rect" "\
22954 Replace rectangle contents with STRING on each line.
22955 The length of STRING need not be the same as the rectangle width.
22957 Called from a program, takes three args; START, END and STRING.
22959 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22961 (defalias 'replace-rectangle 'string-rectangle)
22963 (autoload 'string-insert-rectangle "rect" "\
22964 Insert STRING on each line of region-rectangle, shifting text right.
22966 When called from a program, the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22967 The left edge of the rectangle specifies the column for insertion.
22968 This command does not delete or overwrite any existing text.
22970 \(fn START END STRING)" t nil)
22972 (autoload 'clear-rectangle "rect" "\
22973 Blank out the region-rectangle.
22974 The text previously in the region is overwritten with blanks.
22976 When called from a program the rectangle's corners are START and END.
22977 With a prefix (or a FILL) argument, also fill with blanks the parts of the
22978 rectangle which were empty.
22980 \(fn START END &optional FILL)" t nil)
22982 (autoload 'rectangle-number-lines "rect" "\
22983 Insert numbers in front of the region-rectangle.
22985 START-AT, if non-nil, should be a number from which to begin
22986 counting. FORMAT, if non-nil, should be a format string to pass
22987 to `format' along with the line count. When called interactively
22988 with a prefix argument, prompt for START-AT and FORMAT.
22990 \(fn START END START-AT &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
22992 (autoload 'rectangle-mark-mode "rect" "\
22993 Toggle the region as rectangular.
22994 Activates the region if needed. Only lasts until the region is deactivated.
22996 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
22998 ;;;***
23000 ;;;### (autoloads nil "refill" "textmodes/refill.el" (22330 59913
23001 ;;;;;; 990323 381000))
23002 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/refill.el
23004 (autoload 'refill-mode "refill" "\
23005 Toggle automatic refilling (Refill mode).
23006 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Refill mode if ARG is
23007 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23008 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23010 Refill mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, the
23011 current paragraph is refilled as you edit. Self-inserting
23012 characters only cause refilling if they would cause
23013 auto-filling.
23015 For true \"word wrap\" behavior, use `visual-line-mode' instead.
23017 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23019 ;;;***
23021 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex" "textmodes/reftex.el" (22331 17372
23022 ;;;;;; 117369 178000))
23023 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex.el
23024 (autoload 'reftex-citation "reftex-cite" nil t)
23025 (autoload 'reftex-all-document-files "reftex-parse")
23026 (autoload 'reftex-isearch-minor-mode "reftex-global" nil t)
23027 (autoload 'reftex-index-phrases-mode "reftex-index" nil t)
23029 (autoload 'turn-on-reftex "reftex" "\
23030 Turn on RefTeX mode.
23032 \(fn)" nil nil)
23034 (autoload 'reftex-mode "reftex" "\
23035 Minor mode with distinct support for \\label, \\ref and \\cite in LaTeX.
23037 \\<reftex-mode-map>A Table of Contents of the entire (multifile) document with browsing
23038 capabilities is available with `\\[reftex-toc]'.
23040 Labels can be created with `\\[reftex-label]' and referenced with `\\[reftex-reference]'.
23041 When referencing, you get a menu with all labels of a given type and
23042 context of the label definition. The selected label is inserted as a
23043 \\ref macro.
23045 Citations can be made with `\\[reftex-citation]' which will use a regular expression
23046 to pull out a *formatted* list of articles from your BibTeX
23047 database. The selected citation is inserted as a \\cite macro.
23049 Index entries can be made with `\\[reftex-index-selection-or-word]' which indexes the word at point
23050 or the current selection. More general index entries are created with
23051 `\\[reftex-index]'. `\\[reftex-display-index]' displays the compiled index.
23053 Most command have help available on the fly. This help is accessed by
23054 pressing `?' to any prompt mentioning this feature.
23056 Extensive documentation about RefTeX is available in Info format.
23057 You can view this information with `\\[reftex-info]'.
23059 \\{reftex-mode-map}
23060 Under X, these and other functions will also be available as `Ref' menu
23061 on the menu bar.
23063 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
23065 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23067 (autoload 'reftex-reset-scanning-information "reftex" "\
23068 Reset the symbols containing information from buffer scanning.
23069 This enforces rescanning the buffer on next use.
23071 \(fn)" nil nil)
23073 ;;;***
23075 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reftex-vars" "textmodes/reftex-vars.el" (22330
23076 ;;;;;; 59913 990323 381000))
23077 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/reftex-vars.el
23078 (put 'reftex-vref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23079 (put 'reftex-fref-is-default 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (or (stringp x) (symbolp x))))
23080 (put 'reftex-level-indent 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
23081 (put 'reftex-guess-label-type 'safe-local-variable (lambda (x) (memq x '(nil t))))
23083 ;;;***
23085 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regexp-opt" "emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el" (22330
23086 ;;;;;; 59913 930323 566000))
23087 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regexp-opt.el
23089 (autoload 'regexp-opt "regexp-opt" "\
23090 Return a regexp to match a string in the list STRINGS.
23091 Each string should be unique in STRINGS and should not contain any regexps,
23092 quoted or not. If optional PAREN is non-nil, ensure that the returned regexp
23093 is enclosed by at least one regexp grouping construct.
23094 The returned regexp is typically more efficient than the equivalent regexp:
23096 (let ((open (if PAREN \"\\\\(\" \"\")) (close (if PAREN \"\\\\)\" \"\")))
23097 (concat open (mapconcat \\='regexp-quote STRINGS \"\\\\|\") close))
23099 If PAREN is `words', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23100 by \\=\\< and \\>.
23101 If PAREN is `symbols', then the resulting regexp is additionally surrounded
23102 by \\=\\_< and \\_>.
23104 \(fn STRINGS &optional PAREN)" nil nil)
23106 (autoload 'regexp-opt-depth "regexp-opt" "\
23107 Return the depth of REGEXP.
23108 This means the number of non-shy regexp grouping constructs
23109 \(parenthesized expressions) in REGEXP.
23111 \(fn REGEXP)" nil nil)
23113 ;;;***
23115 ;;;### (autoloads nil "regi" "emacs-lisp/regi.el" (22330 59913 930323
23116 ;;;;;; 566000))
23117 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/regi.el
23118 (push (purecopy '(regi 1 8)) package--builtin-versions)
23120 ;;;***
23122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "remember" "textmodes/remember.el" (22330 59913
23123 ;;;;;; 991323 378000))
23124 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/remember.el
23125 (push (purecopy '(remember 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
23127 (autoload 'remember "remember" "\
23128 Remember an arbitrary piece of data.
23129 INITIAL is the text to initially place in the *Remember* buffer,
23130 or nil to bring up a blank *Remember* buffer.
23132 With a prefix or a visible region, use the region as INITIAL.
23134 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23136 (autoload 'remember-other-frame "remember" "\
23137 Call `remember' in another frame.
23139 \(fn &optional INITIAL)" t nil)
23141 (autoload 'remember-clipboard "remember" "\
23142 Remember the contents of the current clipboard.
23143 Most useful for remembering things from other applications.
23145 \(fn)" t nil)
23147 (autoload 'remember-diary-extract-entries "remember" "\
23148 Extract diary entries from the region.
23150 \(fn)" nil nil)
23152 (autoload 'remember-notes "remember" "\
23153 Return the notes buffer, creating it if needed, and maybe switch to it.
23154 This buffer is for notes that you want to preserve across Emacs sessions.
23155 The notes are saved in `remember-data-file'.
23157 If a buffer is already visiting that file, just return it.
23159 Otherwise, create the buffer, and rename it to `remember-notes-buffer-name',
23160 unless a buffer of that name already exists. Set the major mode according
23161 to `remember-notes-initial-major-mode', and enable `remember-notes-mode'
23162 minor mode.
23164 Use \\<remember-notes-mode-map>\\[remember-notes-save-and-bury-buffer] to save and bury the notes buffer.
23166 Interactively, or if SWITCH-TO is non-nil, switch to the buffer.
23167 Return the buffer.
23169 Set `initial-buffer-choice' to `remember-notes' to visit your notes buffer
23170 when Emacs starts. Set `remember-notes-buffer-name' to \"*scratch*\"
23171 to turn the *scratch* buffer into your notes buffer.
23173 \(fn &optional SWITCH-TO)" t nil)
23175 ;;;***
23177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "repeat" "repeat.el" (22330 59913 915323 612000))
23178 ;;; Generated autoloads from repeat.el
23179 (push (purecopy '(repeat 0 51)) package--builtin-versions)
23181 (autoload 'repeat "repeat" "\
23182 Repeat most recently executed command.
23183 If REPEAT-ARG is non-nil (interactively, with a prefix argument),
23184 supply a prefix argument to that command. Otherwise, give the
23185 command the same prefix argument it was given before, if any.
23187 If this command is invoked by a multi-character key sequence, it
23188 can then be repeated by repeating the final character of that
23189 sequence. This behavior can be modified by the global variable
23190 `repeat-on-final-keystroke'.
23192 `repeat' ignores commands bound to input events. Hence the term
23193 \"most recently executed command\" shall be read as \"most
23194 recently executed command not bound to an input event\".
23196 \(fn REPEAT-ARG)" t nil)
23198 ;;;***
23200 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reporter" "mail/reporter.el" (22330 59913
23201 ;;;;;; 947323 514000))
23202 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/reporter.el
23204 (autoload 'reporter-submit-bug-report "reporter" "\
23205 Begin submitting a bug report via email.
23207 ADDRESS is the email address for the package's maintainer. PKGNAME is
23208 the name of the package (if you want to include version numbers,
23209 you must put them into PKGNAME before calling this function).
23210 Optional PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are passed to `reporter-dump-state'.
23211 Optional SALUTATION is inserted at the top of the mail buffer,
23212 and point is left after the salutation.
23214 VARLIST is the list of variables to dump (see `reporter-dump-state'
23215 for details). The optional argument PRE-HOOKS and POST-HOOKS are
23216 passed to `reporter-dump-state'. Optional argument SALUTATION is text
23217 to be inserted at the top of the mail buffer; in that case, point is
23218 left after that text.
23220 This function prompts for a summary if `reporter-prompt-for-summary-p'
23221 is non-nil.
23223 This function does not send a message; it uses the given information
23224 to initialize a message, which the user can then edit and finally send
23225 \(or decline to send). The variable `mail-user-agent' controls which
23226 mail-sending package is used for editing and sending the message.
23228 \(fn ADDRESS PKGNAME VARLIST &optional PRE-HOOKS POST-HOOKS SALUTATION)" nil nil)
23230 ;;;***
23232 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reposition" "reposition.el" (22330 59913 915323
23233 ;;;;;; 612000))
23234 ;;; Generated autoloads from reposition.el
23236 (autoload 'reposition-window "reposition" "\
23237 Make the current definition and/or comment visible.
23238 Further invocations move it to the top of the window or toggle the
23239 visibility of comments that precede it.
23240 Point is left unchanged unless prefix ARG is supplied.
23241 If the definition is fully onscreen, it is moved to the top of the
23242 window. If it is partly offscreen, the window is scrolled to get the
23243 definition (or as much as will fit) onscreen, unless point is in a comment
23244 which is also partly offscreen, in which case the scrolling attempts to get
23245 as much of the comment onscreen as possible.
23246 Initially `reposition-window' attempts to make both the definition and
23247 preceding comments visible. Further invocations toggle the visibility of
23248 the comment lines.
23249 If ARG is non-nil, point may move in order to make the whole defun
23250 visible (if only part could otherwise be made so), to make the defun line
23251 visible (if point is in code and it could not be made so, or if only
23252 comments, including the first comment line, are visible), or to make the
23253 first comment line visible (if point is in a comment).
23255 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23257 ;;;***
23259 ;;;### (autoloads nil "reveal" "reveal.el" (22330 59913 915323 612000))
23260 ;;; Generated autoloads from reveal.el
23262 (autoload 'reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23263 Toggle uncloaking of invisible text near point (Reveal mode).
23264 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Reveal mode if ARG is
23265 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23266 Reveal mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23268 Reveal mode is a buffer-local minor mode. When enabled, it
23269 reveals invisible text around point.
23271 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23273 (defvar global-reveal-mode nil "\
23274 Non-nil if Global Reveal mode is enabled.
23275 See the `global-reveal-mode' command
23276 for a description of this minor mode.
23277 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
23278 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
23279 or call the function `global-reveal-mode'.")
23281 (custom-autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" nil)
23283 (autoload 'global-reveal-mode "reveal" "\
23284 Toggle Reveal mode in all buffers (Global Reveal mode).
23285 Reveal mode renders invisible text around point visible again.
23287 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Reveal mode if ARG is
23288 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23289 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23291 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23293 ;;;***
23295 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ring" "emacs-lisp/ring.el" (22330 59913 930323
23296 ;;;;;; 566000))
23297 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/ring.el
23299 (autoload 'ring-p "ring" "\
23300 Return t if X is a ring; nil otherwise.
23302 \(fn X)" nil nil)
23304 (autoload 'make-ring "ring" "\
23305 Make a ring that can contain SIZE elements.
23307 \(fn SIZE)" nil nil)
23309 ;;;***
23311 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rlogin" "net/rlogin.el" (22330 59913 953323
23312 ;;;;;; 495000))
23313 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/rlogin.el
23315 (autoload 'rlogin "rlogin" "\
23316 Open a network login connection via `rlogin' with args INPUT-ARGS.
23317 INPUT-ARGS should start with a host name; it may also contain
23318 other arguments for `rlogin'.
23320 Input is sent line-at-a-time to the remote connection.
23322 Communication with the remote host is recorded in a buffer `*rlogin-HOST*'
23323 \(or `*rlogin-USER@HOST*' if the remote username differs).
23324 If a prefix argument is given and the buffer `*rlogin-HOST*' already exists,
23325 a new buffer with a different connection will be made.
23327 When called from a program, if the optional second argument BUFFER is
23328 a string or buffer, it specifies the buffer to use.
23330 The variable `rlogin-program' contains the name of the actual program to
23331 run. It can be a relative or absolute path.
23333 The variable `rlogin-explicit-args' is a list of arguments to give to
23334 the rlogin when starting. They are added after any arguments given in
23335 INPUT-ARGS.
23337 If the default value of `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is t, then the
23338 default directory in that buffer is set to a remote (FTP) file name to
23339 access your home directory on the remote machine. Occasionally this causes
23340 an error, if you cannot access the home directory on that machine. This
23341 error is harmless as long as you don't try to use that default directory.
23343 If `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' is neither t nor nil, then the default
23344 directory is initially set up to your (local) home directory.
23345 This is useful if the remote machine and your local machine
23346 share the same files via NFS. This is the default.
23348 If you wish to change directory tracking styles during a session, use the
23349 function `rlogin-directory-tracking-mode' rather than simply setting the
23350 variable.
23352 \(fn INPUT-ARGS &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
23354 ;;;***
23356 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmail" "mail/rmail.el" (22331 17372 51369
23357 ;;;;;; 413000))
23358 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmail.el
23360 (defvar rmail-file-name (purecopy "~/RMAIL") "\
23361 Name of user's primary mail file.")
23363 (custom-autoload 'rmail-file-name "rmail" t)
23365 (put 'rmail-spool-directory 'standard-value '((cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))))
23367 (defvar rmail-spool-directory (purecopy (cond ((file-exists-p "/var/mail") "/var/mail/") ((file-exists-p "/var/spool/mail") "/var/spool/mail/") ((memq system-type '(hpux usg-unix-v irix)) "/usr/mail/") (t "/usr/spool/mail/"))) "\
23368 Name of directory used by system mailer for delivering new mail.
23369 Its name should end with a slash.")
23371 (custom-autoload 'rmail-spool-directory "rmail" t)
23372 (custom-initialize-delay 'rmail-spool-directory nil)
23374 (autoload 'rmail-movemail-variant-p "rmail" "\
23375 Return t if the current movemail variant is any of VARIANTS.
23376 Currently known variants are `emacs' and `mailutils'.
23378 \(fn &rest VARIANTS)" nil nil)
23380 (defvar rmail-user-mail-address-regexp nil "\
23381 Regexp matching user mail addresses.
23382 If non-nil, this variable is used to identify the correspondent
23383 when receiving new mail. If it matches the address of the sender,
23384 the recipient is taken as correspondent of a mail.
23385 If nil (default value), your `user-login-name' and `user-mail-address'
23386 are used to exclude yourself as correspondent.
23388 Usually you don't have to set this variable, except if you collect mails
23389 sent by you under different user names.
23390 Then it should be a regexp matching your mail addresses.
23392 Setting this variable has an effect only before reading a mail.")
23394 (custom-autoload 'rmail-user-mail-address-regexp "rmail" t)
23396 (define-obsolete-variable-alias 'rmail-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23398 (defvar rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names nil "\
23399 Regexp specifying part of the default value of `mail-dont-reply-to-names'.
23400 This is used when the user does not set `mail-dont-reply-to-names'
23401 explicitly.")
23403 (make-obsolete-variable 'rmail-default-dont-reply-to-names 'mail-dont-reply-to-names "24.1")
23405 (defvar rmail-ignored-headers (purecopy (concat "^via:\\|^mail-from:\\|^origin:\\|^references:\\|^sender:" "\\|^status:\\|^received:\\|^x400-originator:\\|^x400-recipients:" "\\|^x400-received:\\|^x400-mts-identifier:\\|^x400-content-type:" "\\|^\\(resent-\\|\\)message-id:\\|^summary-line:\\|^resent-date:" "\\|^nntp-posting-host:\\|^path:\\|^x-char.*:\\|^x-face:\\|^face:" "\\|^x-mailer:\\|^delivered-to:\\|^lines:" "\\|^content-transfer-encoding:\\|^x-coding-system:" "\\|^return-path:\\|^errors-to:\\|^return-receipt-to:" "\\|^precedence:\\|^mime-version:" "\\|^list-owner:\\|^list-help:\\|^list-post:\\|^list-subscribe:" "\\|^list-id:\\|^list-unsubscribe:\\|^list-archive:" "\\|^content-length:\\|^nntp-posting-date:\\|^user-agent" "\\|^importance:\\|^envelope-to:\\|^delivery-date\\|^openpgp:" "\\|^mbox-line:\\|^cancel-lock:" "\\|^DomainKey-Signature:\\|^dkim-signature:" "\\|^resent-face:\\|^resent-x.*:\\|^resent-organization:\\|^resent-openpgp:" "\\|^x-.*:")) "\
23406 Regexp to match header fields that Rmail should normally hide.
23407 \(See also `rmail-nonignored-headers', which overrides this regexp.)
23408 This variable is used for reformatting the message header,
23409 which normally happens once for each message,
23410 when you view the message for the first time in Rmail.
23411 To make a change in this variable take effect
23412 for a message that you have already viewed,
23413 go to that message and type \\[rmail-toggle-header] twice.")
23415 (custom-autoload 'rmail-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23417 (defvar rmail-displayed-headers nil "\
23418 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should display.
23419 If nil, display all header fields except those matched by
23420 `rmail-ignored-headers'.")
23422 (custom-autoload 'rmail-displayed-headers "rmail" t)
23424 (defvar rmail-retry-ignored-headers (purecopy "^x-authentication-warning:\\|^x-detected-operating-system:\\|^x-spam[-a-z]*:\\|content-type:\\|content-transfer-encoding:\\|mime-version:\\|message-id:") "\
23425 Headers that should be stripped when retrying a failed message.")
23427 (custom-autoload 'rmail-retry-ignored-headers "rmail" t)
23429 (defvar rmail-highlighted-headers (purecopy "^From:\\|^Subject:") "\
23430 Regexp to match Header fields that Rmail should normally highlight.
23431 A value of nil means don't highlight. Uses the face `rmail-highlight'.")
23433 (custom-autoload 'rmail-highlighted-headers "rmail" t)
23435 (defvar rmail-primary-inbox-list nil "\
23436 List of files that are inboxes for your primary mail file `rmail-file-name'.
23437 If this is nil, uses the environment variable MAIL. If that is
23438 unset, uses a file named by the function `user-login-name' in the
23439 directory `rmail-spool-directory' (whose value depends on the
23440 operating system). For example, \"/var/mail/USER\".")
23442 (custom-autoload 'rmail-primary-inbox-list "rmail" t)
23444 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
23445 Directory for additional secondary Rmail files.")
23447 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-directory "rmail" t)
23449 (defvar rmail-secondary-file-regexp (purecopy "\\.xmail$") "\
23450 Regexp for which files are secondary Rmail files.")
23452 (custom-autoload 'rmail-secondary-file-regexp "rmail" t)
23454 (defvar rmail-mode-hook nil "\
23455 List of functions to call when Rmail is invoked.")
23457 (defvar rmail-show-message-hook nil "\
23458 List of functions to call when Rmail displays a message.")
23460 (custom-autoload 'rmail-show-message-hook "rmail" t)
23462 (defvar rmail-file-coding-system nil "\
23463 Coding system used in RMAIL file.
23465 This is set to nil by default.")
23467 (defvar rmail-insert-mime-forwarded-message-function nil "\
23468 Function to insert a message in MIME format so it can be forwarded.
23469 This function is called if `rmail-enable-mime' and
23470 `rmail-enable-mime-composing' are non-nil.
23471 It is called with one argument FORWARD-BUFFER, which is a
23472 buffer containing the message to forward. The current buffer
23473 is the outgoing mail buffer.")
23475 (autoload 'rmail "rmail" "\
23476 Read and edit incoming mail.
23477 Moves messages into file named by `rmail-file-name' and edits that
23478 file in RMAIL Mode.
23479 Type \\[describe-mode] once editing that file, for a list of RMAIL commands.
23481 May be called with file name as argument; then performs rmail editing on
23482 that file, but does not copy any new mail into the file.
23483 Interactively, if you supply a prefix argument, then you
23484 have a chance to specify a file name with the minibuffer.
23486 If `rmail-display-summary' is non-nil, make a summary for this RMAIL file.
23488 \(fn &optional FILE-NAME-ARG)" t nil)
23490 (autoload 'rmail-mode "rmail" "\
23491 Rmail Mode is used by \\<rmail-mode-map>\\[rmail] for editing Rmail files.
23492 All normal editing commands are turned off.
23493 Instead, these commands are available:
23495 \\[rmail-beginning-of-message] Move point to front of this message.
23496 \\[rmail-end-of-message] Move point to bottom of this message.
23497 \\[scroll-up] Scroll to next screen of this message.
23498 \\[scroll-down] Scroll to previous screen of this message.
23499 \\[rmail-next-undeleted-message] Move to Next non-deleted message.
23500 \\[rmail-previous-undeleted-message] Move to Previous non-deleted message.
23501 \\[rmail-next-message] Move to Next message whether deleted or not.
23502 \\[rmail-previous-message] Move to Previous message whether deleted or not.
23503 \\[rmail-first-message] Move to the first message in Rmail file.
23504 \\[rmail-last-message] Move to the last message in Rmail file.
23505 \\[rmail-show-message] Jump to message specified by numeric position in file.
23506 \\[rmail-search] Search for string and show message it is found in.
23507 \\[rmail-delete-forward] Delete this message, move to next nondeleted.
23508 \\[rmail-delete-backward] Delete this message, move to previous nondeleted.
23509 \\[rmail-undelete-previous-message] Undelete message. Tries current message, then earlier messages
23510 till a deleted message is found.
23511 \\[rmail-edit-current-message] Edit the current message. \\[rmail-cease-edit] to return to Rmail.
23512 \\[rmail-expunge] Expunge deleted messages.
23513 \\[rmail-expunge-and-save] Expunge and save the file.
23514 \\[rmail-quit] Quit Rmail: expunge, save, then switch to another buffer.
23515 \\[save-buffer] Save without expunging.
23516 \\[rmail-get-new-mail] Move new mail from system spool directory into this file.
23517 \\[rmail-mail] Mail a message (same as \\[mail-other-window]).
23518 \\[rmail-continue] Continue composing outgoing message started before.
23519 \\[rmail-reply] Reply to this message. Like \\[rmail-mail] but initializes some fields.
23520 \\[rmail-retry-failure] Send this message again. Used on a mailer failure message.
23521 \\[rmail-forward] Forward this message to another user.
23522 \\[rmail-output] Output (append) this message to another mail file.
23523 \\[rmail-output-as-seen] Output (append) this message to file as it's displayed.
23524 \\[rmail-output-body-to-file] Save message body to a file. Default filename comes from Subject line.
23525 \\[rmail-input] Input Rmail file. Run Rmail on that file.
23526 \\[rmail-add-label] Add label to message. It will be displayed in the mode line.
23527 \\[rmail-kill-label] Kill label. Remove a label from current message.
23528 \\[rmail-next-labeled-message] Move to Next message with specified label
23529 (label defaults to last one specified).
23530 Standard labels: filed, unseen, answered, forwarded, deleted.
23531 Any other label is present only if you add it with \\[rmail-add-label].
23532 \\[rmail-previous-labeled-message] Move to Previous message with specified label
23533 \\[rmail-summary] Show headers buffer, with a one line summary of each message.
23534 \\[rmail-summary-by-labels] Summarize only messages with particular label(s).
23535 \\[rmail-summary-by-recipients] Summarize only messages with particular recipient(s).
23536 \\[rmail-summary-by-regexp] Summarize only messages with particular regexp(s).
23537 \\[rmail-summary-by-topic] Summarize only messages with subject line regexp(s).
23538 \\[rmail-toggle-header] Toggle display of complete header.
23540 \(fn)" t nil)
23542 (autoload 'rmail-input "rmail" "\
23543 Run Rmail on file FILENAME.
23545 \(fn FILENAME)" t nil)
23547 (autoload 'rmail-set-remote-password "rmail" "\
23548 Set PASSWORD to be used for retrieving mail from a POP or IMAP server.
23550 \(fn PASSWORD)" t nil)
23552 ;;;***
23554 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rmailout" "mail/rmailout.el" (22330 59913
23555 ;;;;;; 948323 511000))
23556 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/rmailout.el
23557 (put 'rmail-output-file-alist 'risky-local-variable t)
23559 (autoload 'rmail-output "rmailout" "\
23560 Append this message to mail file FILE-NAME.
23561 Writes mbox format, unless FILE-NAME exists and is Babyl format, in which
23562 case it writes Babyl.
23564 Interactively, the default file name comes from `rmail-default-file',
23565 which is updated to the name you use in this command. In all uses, if
23566 FILE-NAME is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23567 `rmail-default-file'.
23569 If a buffer is visiting FILE-NAME, adds the text to that buffer
23570 rather than saving the file directly. If the buffer is an Rmail
23571 buffer, updates it accordingly.
23573 This command always outputs the complete message header, even if
23574 the header display is currently pruned.
23576 Optional prefix argument COUNT (default 1) says to output that
23577 many consecutive messages, starting with the current one (ignoring
23578 deleted messages). If `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil, deletes
23579 messages after output.
23581 The optional third argument NOATTRIBUTE, if non-nil, says not to
23582 set the `filed' attribute, and not to display a \"Wrote file\"
23583 message (if writing a file directly).
23585 Set the optional fourth argument NOT-RMAIL non-nil if you call this
23586 from a non-Rmail buffer. In this case, COUNT is ignored.
23588 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23590 (autoload 'rmail-output-as-seen "rmailout" "\
23591 Append this message to mbox file named FILE-NAME.
23592 The details are as for `rmail-output', except that:
23593 i) the header is output as currently seen
23594 ii) this function cannot write to Babyl files
23595 iii) an Rmail buffer cannot be visiting FILE-NAME
23597 Note that if NOT-RMAIL is non-nil, there is no difference between this
23598 function and `rmail-output'. This argument may be removed in future,
23599 so you should call `rmail-output' directly in that case.
23601 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional COUNT NOATTRIBUTE NOT-RMAIL)" t nil)
23603 (autoload 'rmail-output-body-to-file "rmailout" "\
23604 Write this message body to the file FILE-NAME.
23605 Interactively, the default file name comes from either the message
23606 \"Subject\" header, or from `rmail-default-body-file'. Updates the value
23607 of `rmail-default-body-file' accordingly. In all uses, if FILE-NAME
23608 is not absolute, it is expanded with the directory part of
23609 `rmail-default-body-file'.
23611 Note that this overwrites FILE-NAME (after confirmation), rather
23612 than appending to it. Deletes the message after writing if
23613 `rmail-delete-after-output' is non-nil.
23615 \(fn FILE-NAME)" t nil)
23617 ;;;***
23619 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-cmpct" "nxml/rng-cmpct.el" (22331 17372
23620 ;;;;;; 66369 359000))
23621 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-cmpct.el
23623 (autoload 'rng-c-load-schema "rng-cmpct" "\
23624 Load a schema in RELAX NG compact syntax from FILENAME.
23625 Return a pattern.
23627 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
23629 ;;;***
23631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-nxml" "nxml/rng-nxml.el" (22331 17372
23632 ;;;;;; 67369 356000))
23633 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-nxml.el
23635 (autoload 'rng-nxml-mode-init "rng-nxml" "\
23636 Initialize `nxml-mode' to take advantage of `rng-validate-mode'.
23637 This is typically called from `nxml-mode-hook'.
23638 Validation will be enabled if `rng-nxml-auto-validate-flag' is non-nil.
23640 \(fn)" t nil)
23642 ;;;***
23644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-valid" "nxml/rng-valid.el" (22331 17372
23645 ;;;;;; 67369 356000))
23646 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-valid.el
23648 (autoload 'rng-validate-mode "rng-valid" "\
23649 Minor mode performing continual validation against a RELAX NG schema.
23651 Checks whether the buffer is a well-formed XML 1.0 document,
23652 conforming to the XML Namespaces Recommendation and valid against a
23653 RELAX NG schema. The mode-line indicates whether it is or not. Any
23654 parts of the buffer that cause it not to be are considered errors and
23655 are highlighted with face `rng-error'. A description of each error is
23656 available as a tooltip. \\[rng-next-error] goes to the next error
23657 after point. Clicking mouse-1 on the word `Invalid' in the mode-line
23658 goes to the first error in the buffer. If the buffer changes, then it
23659 will be automatically rechecked when Emacs becomes idle; the
23660 rechecking will be paused whenever there is input pending.
23662 By default, uses a vacuous schema that allows any well-formed XML
23663 document. A schema can be specified explicitly using
23664 \\[rng-set-schema-file-and-validate], or implicitly based on the buffer's
23665 file name or on the root element name. In each case the schema must
23666 be a RELAX NG schema using the compact schema (such schemas
23667 conventionally have a suffix of `.rnc'). The variable
23668 `rng-schema-locating-files' specifies files containing rules
23669 to use for finding the schema.
23671 \(fn &optional ARG NO-CHANGE-SCHEMA)" t nil)
23673 ;;;***
23675 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rng-xsd" "nxml/rng-xsd.el" (22331 17372 67369
23676 ;;;;;; 356000))
23677 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/rng-xsd.el
23679 (put 'http://www\.w3\.org/2001/XMLSchema-datatypes 'rng-dt-compile 'rng-xsd-compile)
23681 (autoload 'rng-xsd-compile "rng-xsd" "\
23682 Provides W3C XML Schema as a RELAX NG datatypes library.
23683 NAME is a symbol giving the local name of the datatype. PARAMS is a
23684 list of pairs (PARAM-NAME . PARAM-VALUE) where PARAM-NAME is a symbol
23685 giving the name of the parameter and PARAM-VALUE is a string giving
23686 its value. If NAME or PARAMS are invalid, it calls rng-dt-error
23687 passing it arguments in the same style as format; the value from
23688 rng-dt-error will be returned. Otherwise, it returns a list. The
23689 first member of the list is t if any string is a legal value for the
23690 datatype and nil otherwise. The second argument is a symbol; this
23691 symbol will be called as a function passing it a string followed by
23692 the remaining members of the list. The function must return an object
23693 representing the value of the datatype that was represented by the
23694 string, or nil if the string is not a representation of any value.
23695 The object returned can be any convenient non-nil value, provided
23696 that, if two strings represent the same value, the returned objects
23697 must be equal.
23699 \(fn NAME PARAMS)" nil nil)
23701 ;;;***
23703 ;;;### (autoloads nil "robin" "international/robin.el" (22330 59913
23704 ;;;;;; 940323 535000))
23705 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/robin.el
23707 (autoload 'robin-define-package "robin" "\
23708 Define a robin package.
23710 NAME is the string of this robin package.
23711 DOCSTRING is the documentation string of this robin package.
23712 Each RULE is of the form (INPUT OUTPUT) where INPUT is a string and
23713 OUTPUT is either a character or a string. RULES are not evaluated.
23715 If there already exists a robin package whose name is NAME, the new
23716 one replaces the old one.
23718 \(fn NAME DOCSTRING &rest RULES)" nil t)
23720 (autoload 'robin-modify-package "robin" "\
23721 Change a rule in an already defined robin package.
23723 NAME is the string specifying a robin package.
23724 INPUT is a string that specifies the input pattern.
23725 OUTPUT is either a character or a string to be generated.
23727 \(fn NAME INPUT OUTPUT)" nil nil)
23729 (autoload 'robin-use-package "robin" "\
23730 Start using robin package NAME, which is a string.
23732 \(fn NAME)" nil nil)
23734 ;;;***
23736 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rot13" "rot13.el" (22330 59913 915323 612000))
23737 ;;; Generated autoloads from rot13.el
23739 (autoload 'rot13 "rot13" "\
23740 Return ROT13 encryption of OBJECT, a buffer or string.
23742 \(fn OBJECT &optional START END)" nil nil)
23744 (autoload 'rot13-string "rot13" "\
23745 Return ROT13 encryption of STRING.
23747 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
23749 (autoload 'rot13-region "rot13" "\
23750 ROT13 encrypt the region between START and END in current buffer.
23752 \(fn START END)" t nil)
23754 (autoload 'rot13-other-window "rot13" "\
23755 Display current buffer in ROT13 in another window.
23756 The text itself is not modified, only the way it is displayed is affected.
23758 To terminate the ROT13 display, delete that window. As long as that window
23759 is not deleted, any buffer displayed in it will become instantly encoded
23760 in ROT13.
23762 See also `toggle-rot13-mode'.
23764 \(fn)" t nil)
23766 (autoload 'toggle-rot13-mode "rot13" "\
23767 Toggle the use of ROT13 encoding for the current window.
23769 \(fn)" t nil)
23771 ;;;***
23773 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rst" "textmodes/rst.el" (22330 59913 991323
23774 ;;;;;; 378000))
23775 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/rst.el
23776 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (purecopy '("\\.re?st\\'" . rst-mode)))
23778 (autoload 'rst-mode "rst" "\
23779 Major mode for editing reStructuredText documents.
23780 \\<rst-mode-map>
23782 Turning on `rst-mode' calls the normal hooks `text-mode-hook'
23783 and `rst-mode-hook'. This mode also supports font-lock
23784 highlighting.
23786 \\{rst-mode-map}
23788 \(fn)" t nil)
23790 (autoload 'rst-minor-mode "rst" "\
23791 Toggle ReST minor mode.
23792 With a prefix argument ARG, enable ReST minor mode if ARG is
23793 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
23794 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
23796 When ReST minor mode is enabled, the ReST mode keybindings
23797 are installed on top of the major mode bindings. Use this
23798 for modes derived from Text mode, like Mail mode.
23800 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23802 ;;;***
23804 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruby-mode" "progmodes/ruby-mode.el" (22363
23805 ;;;;;; 8343 531348 705000))
23806 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/ruby-mode.el
23807 (push (purecopy '(ruby-mode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
23809 (autoload 'ruby-mode "ruby-mode" "\
23810 Major mode for editing Ruby code.
23812 \\{ruby-mode-map}
23814 \(fn)" t nil)
23816 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy (concat "\\(?:\\.\\(?:" "rbw?\\|ru\\|rake\\|thor" "\\|jbuilder\\|rabl\\|gemspec\\|podspec" "\\)" "\\|/" "\\(?:Gem\\|Rake\\|Cap\\|Thor" "\\|Puppet\\|Berks" "\\|Vagrant\\|Guard\\|Pod\\)file" "\\)\\'")) 'ruby-mode))
23818 (dolist (name (list "ruby" "rbx" "jruby" "ruby1.9" "ruby1.8")) (add-to-list 'interpreter-mode-alist (cons (purecopy name) 'ruby-mode)))
23820 ;;;***
23822 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ruler-mode" "ruler-mode.el" (22330 59913 915323
23823 ;;;;;; 612000))
23824 ;;; Generated autoloads from ruler-mode.el
23825 (push (purecopy '(ruler-mode 1 6)) package--builtin-versions)
23827 (defvar ruler-mode nil "\
23828 Non-nil if Ruler mode is enabled.
23829 Use the command `ruler-mode' to change this variable.")
23831 (autoload 'ruler-mode "ruler-mode" "\
23832 Toggle display of ruler in header line (Ruler mode).
23833 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Ruler mode if ARG is positive,
23834 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
23835 if ARG is omitted or nil.
23837 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
23839 ;;;***
23841 ;;;### (autoloads nil "rx" "emacs-lisp/rx.el" (22330 59913 930323
23842 ;;;;;; 566000))
23843 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/rx.el
23845 (autoload 'rx-to-string "rx" "\
23846 Parse and produce code for regular expression FORM.
23847 FORM is a regular expression in sexp form.
23848 NO-GROUP non-nil means don't put shy groups around the result.
23850 \(fn FORM &optional NO-GROUP)" nil nil)
23852 (autoload 'rx "rx" "\
23853 Translate regular expressions REGEXPS in sexp form to a regexp string.
23854 REGEXPS is a non-empty sequence of forms of the sort listed below.
23856 Note that `rx' is a Lisp macro; when used in a Lisp program being
23857 compiled, the translation is performed by the compiler.
23858 See `rx-to-string' for how to do such a translation at run-time.
23860 The following are valid subforms of regular expressions in sexp
23861 notation.
23863 STRING
23864 matches string STRING literally.
23866 CHAR
23867 matches character CHAR literally.
23869 `not-newline', `nonl'
23870 matches any character except a newline.
23872 `anything'
23873 matches any character
23875 `(any SET ...)'
23876 `(in SET ...)'
23877 `(char SET ...)'
23878 matches any character in SET .... SET may be a character or string.
23879 Ranges of characters can be specified as `A-Z' in strings.
23880 Ranges may also be specified as conses like `(?A . ?Z)'.
23882 SET may also be the name of a character class: `digit',
23883 `control', `hex-digit', `blank', `graph', `print', `alnum',
23884 `alpha', `ascii', `nonascii', `lower', `punct', `space', `upper',
23885 `word', or one of their synonyms.
23887 `(not (any SET ...))'
23888 matches any character not in SET ...
23890 `line-start', `bol'
23891 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a line
23892 in the text being matched
23894 `line-end', `eol'
23895 is similar to `line-start' but matches only at the end of a line
23897 `string-start', `bos', `bot'
23898 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23899 string being matched against.
23901 `string-end', `eos', `eot'
23902 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23903 string being matched against.
23905 `buffer-start'
23906 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of the
23907 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-start'.
23909 `buffer-end'
23910 matches the empty string, but only at the end of the
23911 buffer being matched against. Actually equivalent to `string-end'.
23913 `point'
23914 matches the empty string, but only at point.
23916 `word-start', `bow'
23917 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a word.
23919 `word-end', `eow'
23920 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a word.
23922 `word-boundary'
23923 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning or end of a
23924 word.
23926 `(not word-boundary)'
23927 `not-word-boundary'
23928 matches the empty string, but not at the beginning or end of a
23929 word.
23931 `symbol-start'
23932 matches the empty string, but only at the beginning of a symbol.
23934 `symbol-end'
23935 matches the empty string, but only at the end of a symbol.
23937 `digit', `numeric', `num'
23938 matches 0 through 9.
23940 `control', `cntrl'
23941 matches ASCII control characters.
23943 `hex-digit', `hex', `xdigit'
23944 matches 0 through 9, a through f and A through F.
23946 `blank'
23947 matches space and tab only.
23949 `graphic', `graph'
23950 matches graphic characters--everything except whitespace, ASCII
23951 and non-ASCII control characters, surrogates, and codepoints
23952 unassigned by Unicode.
23954 `printing', `print'
23955 matches whitespace and graphic characters.
23957 `alphanumeric', `alnum'
23958 matches alphabetic characters and digits. (For multibyte characters,
23959 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23961 `letter', `alphabetic', `alpha'
23962 matches alphabetic characters. (For multibyte characters,
23963 it matches according to Unicode character properties.)
23965 `ascii'
23966 matches ASCII (unibyte) characters.
23968 `nonascii'
23969 matches non-ASCII (multibyte) characters.
23971 `lower', `lower-case'
23972 matches anything lower-case.
23974 `upper', `upper-case'
23975 matches anything upper-case.
23977 `punctuation', `punct'
23978 matches punctuation. (But at present, for multibyte characters,
23979 it matches anything that has non-word syntax.)
23981 `space', `whitespace', `white'
23982 matches anything that has whitespace syntax.
23984 `word', `wordchar'
23985 matches anything that has word syntax.
23987 `not-wordchar'
23988 matches anything that has non-word syntax.
23990 `(syntax SYNTAX)'
23991 matches a character with syntax SYNTAX. SYNTAX must be one
23992 of the following symbols, or a symbol corresponding to the syntax
23993 character, e.g. `\\.' for `\\s.'.
23995 `whitespace' (\\s- in string notation)
23996 `punctuation' (\\s.)
23997 `word' (\\sw)
23998 `symbol' (\\s_)
23999 `open-parenthesis' (\\s()
24000 `close-parenthesis' (\\s))
24001 `expression-prefix' (\\s')
24002 `string-quote' (\\s\")
24003 `paired-delimiter' (\\s$)
24004 `escape' (\\s\\)
24005 `character-quote' (\\s/)
24006 `comment-start' (\\s<)
24007 `comment-end' (\\s>)
24008 `string-delimiter' (\\s|)
24009 `comment-delimiter' (\\s!)
24011 `(not (syntax SYNTAX))'
24012 matches a character that doesn't have syntax SYNTAX.
24014 `(category CATEGORY)'
24015 matches a character with category CATEGORY. CATEGORY must be
24016 either a character to use for C, or one of the following symbols.
24018 `consonant' (\\c0 in string notation)
24019 `base-vowel' (\\c1)
24020 `upper-diacritical-mark' (\\c2)
24021 `lower-diacritical-mark' (\\c3)
24022 `tone-mark' (\\c4)
24023 `symbol' (\\c5)
24024 `digit' (\\c6)
24025 `vowel-modifying-diacritical-mark' (\\c7)
24026 `vowel-sign' (\\c8)
24027 `semivowel-lower' (\\c9)
24028 `not-at-end-of-line' (\\c<)
24029 `not-at-beginning-of-line' (\\c>)
24030 `alpha-numeric-two-byte' (\\cA)
24031 `chinese-two-byte' (\\cC)
24032 `greek-two-byte' (\\cG)
24033 `japanese-hiragana-two-byte' (\\cH)
24034 `indian-tow-byte' (\\cI)
24035 `japanese-katakana-two-byte' (\\cK)
24036 `korean-hangul-two-byte' (\\cN)
24037 `cyrillic-two-byte' (\\cY)
24038 `combining-diacritic' (\\c^)
24039 `ascii' (\\ca)
24040 `arabic' (\\cb)
24041 `chinese' (\\cc)
24042 `ethiopic' (\\ce)
24043 `greek' (\\cg)
24044 `korean' (\\ch)
24045 `indian' (\\ci)
24046 `japanese' (\\cj)
24047 `japanese-katakana' (\\ck)
24048 `latin' (\\cl)
24049 `lao' (\\co)
24050 `tibetan' (\\cq)
24051 `japanese-roman' (\\cr)
24052 `thai' (\\ct)
24053 `vietnamese' (\\cv)
24054 `hebrew' (\\cw)
24055 `cyrillic' (\\cy)
24056 `can-break' (\\c|)
24058 `(not (category CATEGORY))'
24059 matches a character that doesn't have category CATEGORY.
24061 `(and SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24062 `(: SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24063 `(seq SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24064 `(sequence SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24065 matches what SEXP1 matches, followed by what SEXP2 matches, etc.
24067 `(submatch SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24068 `(group SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24069 like `and', but makes the match accessible with `match-end',
24070 `match-beginning', and `match-string'.
24072 `(submatch-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24073 `(group-n N SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24074 like `group', but make it an explicitly-numbered group with
24075 group number N.
24077 `(or SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24078 `(| SEXP1 SEXP2 ...)'
24079 matches anything that matches SEXP1 or SEXP2, etc. If all
24080 args are strings, use `regexp-opt' to optimize the resulting
24081 regular expression.
24083 `(minimal-match SEXP)'
24084 produce a non-greedy regexp for SEXP. Normally, regexps matching
24085 zero or more occurrences of something are \"greedy\" in that they
24086 match as much as they can, as long as the overall regexp can
24087 still match. A non-greedy regexp matches as little as possible.
24089 `(maximal-match SEXP)'
24090 produce a greedy regexp for SEXP. This is the default.
24092 Below, `SEXP ...' represents a sequence of regexp forms, treated as if
24093 enclosed in `(and ...)'.
24095 `(zero-or-more SEXP ...)'
24096 `(0+ SEXP ...)'
24097 matches zero or more occurrences of what SEXP ... matches.
24099 `(* SEXP ...)'
24100 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp, independent
24101 of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24103 `(*? SEXP ...)'
24104 like `zero-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp,
24105 independent of `rx-greedy-flag'.
24107 `(one-or-more SEXP ...)'
24108 `(1+ SEXP ...)'
24109 matches one or more occurrences of SEXP ...
24111 `(+ SEXP ...)'
24112 like `one-or-more', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24114 `(+? SEXP ...)'
24115 like `one-or-more', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24117 `(zero-or-one SEXP ...)'
24118 `(optional SEXP ...)'
24119 `(opt SEXP ...)'
24120 matches zero or one occurrences of A.
24122 `(? SEXP ...)'
24123 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a greedy regexp.
24125 `(?? SEXP ...)'
24126 like `zero-or-one', but always produces a non-greedy regexp.
24128 `(repeat N SEXP)'
24129 `(= N SEXP ...)'
24130 matches N occurrences.
24132 `(>= N SEXP ...)'
24133 matches N or more occurrences.
24135 `(repeat N M SEXP)'
24136 `(** N M SEXP ...)'
24137 matches N to M occurrences.
24139 `(backref N)'
24140 matches what was matched previously by submatch N.
24142 `(eval FORM)'
24143 evaluate FORM and insert result. If result is a string,
24144 `regexp-quote' it.
24146 `(regexp REGEXP)'
24147 include REGEXP in string notation in the result.
24149 \(fn &rest REGEXPS)" nil t)
24151 ;;;***
24153 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sasl-ntlm" "net/sasl-ntlm.el" (22330 59913
24154 ;;;;;; 953323 495000))
24155 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/sasl-ntlm.el
24156 (push (purecopy '(sasl 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
24158 ;;;***
24160 ;;;### (autoloads nil "savehist" "savehist.el" (22330 59913 915323
24161 ;;;;;; 612000))
24162 ;;; Generated autoloads from savehist.el
24163 (push (purecopy '(savehist 24)) package--builtin-versions)
24165 (defvar savehist-mode nil "\
24166 Non-nil if Savehist mode is enabled.
24167 See the `savehist-mode' command
24168 for a description of this minor mode.
24169 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24170 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24171 or call the function `savehist-mode'.")
24173 (custom-autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" nil)
24175 (autoload 'savehist-mode "savehist" "\
24176 Toggle saving of minibuffer history (Savehist mode).
24177 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Savehist mode if ARG is
24178 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24179 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24181 When Savehist mode is enabled, minibuffer history is saved
24182 periodically and when exiting Emacs. When Savehist mode is
24183 enabled for the first time in an Emacs session, it loads the
24184 previous minibuffer history from `savehist-file'.
24186 This mode should normally be turned on from your Emacs init file.
24187 Calling it at any other time replaces your current minibuffer
24188 histories, which is probably undesirable.
24190 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24192 ;;;***
24194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "saveplace" "saveplace.el" (22330 59913 915323
24195 ;;;;;; 612000))
24196 ;;; Generated autoloads from saveplace.el
24198 (defvar save-place-mode nil "\
24199 Non-nil if Save-Place mode is enabled.
24200 See the `save-place-mode' command
24201 for a description of this minor mode.
24202 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24203 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24204 or call the function `save-place-mode'.")
24206 (custom-autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" nil)
24208 (autoload 'save-place-mode "saveplace" "\
24209 Non-nil means automatically save place in each file.
24210 This means when you visit a file, point goes to the last place
24211 where it was when you previously visited the same file.
24213 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24215 (autoload 'save-place-local-mode "saveplace" "\
24216 Toggle whether to save your place in this file between sessions.
24217 If this mode is enabled, point is recorded when you kill the buffer
24218 or exit Emacs. Visiting this file again will go to that position,
24219 even in a later Emacs session.
24221 If called with a prefix arg, the mode is enabled if and only if
24222 the argument is positive.
24224 To save places automatically in all files, put this in your init
24225 file:
24227 \(save-place-mode 1)
24229 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24231 ;;;***
24233 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scheme" "progmodes/scheme.el" (22331 17372
24234 ;;;;;; 98369 246000))
24235 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/scheme.el
24237 (autoload 'scheme-mode "scheme" "\
24238 Major mode for editing Scheme code.
24239 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24241 In addition, if an inferior Scheme process is running, some additional
24242 commands will be defined, for evaluating expressions and controlling
24243 the interpreter, and the state of the process will be displayed in the
24244 mode line of all Scheme buffers. The names of commands that interact
24245 with the Scheme process start with \"xscheme-\" if you use the MIT
24246 Scheme-specific `xscheme' package; for more information see the
24247 documentation for `xscheme-interaction-mode'. Use \\[run-scheme] to
24248 start an inferior Scheme using the more general `cmuscheme' package.
24250 Commands:
24251 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24252 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24253 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24255 \(fn)" t nil)
24257 (autoload 'dsssl-mode "scheme" "\
24258 Major mode for editing DSSSL code.
24259 Editing commands are similar to those of `lisp-mode'.
24261 Commands:
24262 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
24263 Blank lines separate paragraphs. Semicolons start comments.
24264 \\{scheme-mode-map}
24265 Entering this mode runs the hooks `scheme-mode-hook' and then
24266 `dsssl-mode-hook' and inserts the value of `dsssl-sgml-declaration' if
24267 that variable's value is a string.
24269 \(fn)" t nil)
24271 ;;;***
24273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "score-mode" "gnus/score-mode.el" (22330 59913
24274 ;;;;;; 939323 538000))
24275 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/score-mode.el
24277 (autoload 'gnus-score-mode "score-mode" "\
24278 Mode for editing Gnus score files.
24279 This mode is an extended emacs-lisp mode.
24281 \\{gnus-score-mode-map}
24283 \(fn)" t nil)
24285 ;;;***
24287 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-all" "scroll-all.el" (22330 59913 915323
24288 ;;;;;; 612000))
24289 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-all.el
24291 (defvar scroll-all-mode nil "\
24292 Non-nil if Scroll-All mode is enabled.
24293 See the `scroll-all-mode' command
24294 for a description of this minor mode.
24295 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24296 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24297 or call the function `scroll-all-mode'.")
24299 (custom-autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" nil)
24301 (autoload 'scroll-all-mode "scroll-all" "\
24302 Toggle shared scrolling in same-frame windows (Scroll-All mode).
24303 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Scroll-All mode if ARG is
24304 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24305 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24307 When Scroll-All mode is enabled, scrolling commands invoked in
24308 one window apply to all visible windows in the same frame.
24310 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24312 ;;;***
24314 ;;;### (autoloads nil "scroll-lock" "scroll-lock.el" (22330 59913
24315 ;;;;;; 915323 612000))
24316 ;;; Generated autoloads from scroll-lock.el
24318 (autoload 'scroll-lock-mode "scroll-lock" "\
24319 Buffer-local minor mode for pager-like scrolling.
24320 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
24321 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
24322 if ARG is omitted or nil. When enabled, keys that normally move
24323 point by line or paragraph will scroll the buffer by the
24324 respective amount of lines instead and point will be kept
24325 vertically fixed relative to window boundaries during scrolling.
24327 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24329 ;;;***
24331 ;;;### (autoloads nil "secrets" "net/secrets.el" (22330 59913 954323
24332 ;;;;;; 492000))
24333 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/secrets.el
24334 (when (featurep 'dbusbind)
24335 (autoload 'secrets-show-secrets "secrets" nil t))
24337 ;;;***
24339 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic" "cedet/semantic.el" (22330 59913
24340 ;;;;;; 920323 597000))
24341 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic.el
24342 (push (purecopy '(semantic 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
24344 (defvar semantic-default-submodes '(global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode global-semanticdb-minor-mode) "\
24345 List of auxiliary Semantic minor modes enabled by `semantic-mode'.
24346 The possible elements of this list include the following:
24348 `global-semanticdb-minor-mode' - Maintain tag database.
24349 `global-semantic-idle-scheduler-mode' - Reparse buffer when idle.
24350 `global-semantic-idle-summary-mode' - Show summary of tag at point.
24351 `global-semantic-idle-completions-mode' - Show completions when idle.
24352 `global-semantic-decoration-mode' - Additional tag decorations.
24353 `global-semantic-highlight-func-mode' - Highlight the current tag.
24354 `global-semantic-stickyfunc-mode' - Show current fun in header line.
24355 `global-semantic-mru-bookmark-mode' - Provide `switch-to-buffer'-like
24356 keybinding for tag names.
24357 `global-cedet-m3-minor-mode' - A mouse 3 context menu.
24358 `global-semantic-idle-local-symbol-highlight-mode' - Highlight references
24359 of the symbol under point.
24360 The following modes are more targeted at people who want to see
24361 some internal information of the semantic parser in action:
24362 `global-semantic-highlight-edits-mode' - Visualize incremental parser by
24363 highlighting not-yet parsed changes.
24364 `global-semantic-show-unmatched-syntax-mode' - Highlight unmatched lexical
24365 syntax tokens.
24366 `global-semantic-show-parser-state-mode' - Display the parser cache state.")
24368 (custom-autoload 'semantic-default-submodes "semantic" t)
24370 (defvar semantic-mode nil "\
24371 Non-nil if Semantic mode is enabled.
24372 See the `semantic-mode' command
24373 for a description of this minor mode.
24374 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24375 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24376 or call the function `semantic-mode'.")
24378 (custom-autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" nil)
24380 (autoload 'semantic-mode "semantic" "\
24381 Toggle parser features (Semantic mode).
24382 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Semantic mode if ARG is
24383 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24384 Semantic mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24386 In Semantic mode, Emacs parses the buffers you visit for their
24387 semantic content. This information is used by a variety of
24388 auxiliary minor modes, listed in `semantic-default-submodes';
24389 all the minor modes in this list are also enabled when you enable
24390 Semantic mode.
24392 \\{semantic-mode-map}
24394 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24396 ;;;***
24398 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/bovine/grammar" "cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el"
24399 ;;;;;; (22330 59913 922323 591000))
24400 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/bovine/grammar.el
24402 (autoload 'bovine-grammar-mode "semantic/bovine/grammar" "\
24403 Major mode for editing Bovine grammars.
24405 \(fn)" t nil)
24407 ;;;***
24409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "semantic/wisent/grammar" "cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el"
24410 ;;;;;; (22330 59913 923323 588000))
24411 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/semantic/wisent/grammar.el
24413 (autoload 'wisent-grammar-mode "semantic/wisent/grammar" "\
24414 Major mode for editing Wisent grammars.
24416 \(fn)" t nil)
24418 ;;;***
24420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sendmail" "mail/sendmail.el" (22330 59913
24421 ;;;;;; 948323 511000))
24422 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/sendmail.el
24424 (defvar mail-from-style 'default "\
24425 Specifies how \"From:\" fields look.
24427 If nil, they contain just the return address like:
24428 king@grassland.com
24429 If `parens', they look like:
24430 king@grassland.com (Elvis Parsley)
24431 If `angles', they look like:
24432 Elvis Parsley <king@grassland.com>
24434 Otherwise, most addresses look like `angles', but they look like
24435 `parens' if `angles' would need quoting and `parens' would not.")
24437 (custom-autoload 'mail-from-style "sendmail" t)
24439 (defvar mail-specify-envelope-from nil "\
24440 If non-nil, specify the envelope-from address when sending mail.
24441 The value used to specify it is whatever is found in
24442 the variable `mail-envelope-from', with `user-mail-address' as fallback.
24444 On most systems, specifying the envelope-from address is a
24445 privileged operation. This variable affects sendmail and
24446 smtpmail -- if you use feedmail to send mail, see instead the
24447 variable `feedmail-deduce-envelope-from'.")
24449 (custom-autoload 'mail-specify-envelope-from "sendmail" t)
24451 (defvar mail-self-blind nil "\
24452 Non-nil means insert BCC to self in messages to be sent.
24453 This is done when the message is initialized,
24454 so you can remove or alter the BCC field to override the default.")
24456 (custom-autoload 'mail-self-blind "sendmail" t)
24458 (defvar mail-interactive t "\
24459 Non-nil means when sending a message wait for and display errors.
24460 Otherwise, let mailer send back a message to report errors.")
24462 (custom-autoload 'mail-interactive "sendmail" t)
24464 (defvar send-mail-function (if (and (boundp 'smtpmail-smtp-server) smtpmail-smtp-server) 'smtpmail-send-it 'sendmail-query-once) "\
24465 Function to call to send the current buffer as mail.
24466 The headers should be delimited by a line which is
24467 not a valid RFC822 header or continuation line,
24468 that matches the variable `mail-header-separator'.
24469 This is used by the default mail-sending commands. See also
24470 `message-send-mail-function' for use with the Message package.")
24472 (custom-autoload 'send-mail-function "sendmail" t)
24474 (defvar mail-header-separator (purecopy "--text follows this line--") "\
24475 Line used to separate headers from text in messages being composed.")
24477 (custom-autoload 'mail-header-separator "sendmail" t)
24479 (defvar mail-archive-file-name nil "\
24480 Name of file to write all outgoing messages in, or nil for none.
24481 This is normally an mbox file, but for backwards compatibility may also
24482 be a Babyl file.")
24484 (custom-autoload 'mail-archive-file-name "sendmail" t)
24486 (defvar mail-default-reply-to nil "\
24487 Address to insert as default Reply-to field of outgoing messages.
24488 If nil, it will be initialized from the REPLYTO environment variable
24489 when you first send mail.")
24491 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-reply-to "sendmail" t)
24493 (defvar mail-personal-alias-file (purecopy "~/.mailrc") "\
24494 If non-nil, the name of the user's personal mail alias file.
24495 This file typically should be in same format as the `.mailrc' file used by
24496 the `Mail' or `mailx' program.
24497 This file need not actually exist.")
24499 (custom-autoload 'mail-personal-alias-file "sendmail" t)
24501 (defvar mail-setup-hook nil "\
24502 Normal hook, run each time a new outgoing message is initialized.")
24504 (custom-autoload 'mail-setup-hook "sendmail" t)
24506 (defvar mail-aliases t "\
24507 Alist of mail address aliases,
24508 or t meaning should be initialized from your mail aliases file.
24509 \(The file's name is normally `~/.mailrc', but `mail-personal-alias-file'
24510 can specify a different file name.)
24511 The alias definitions in the file have this form:
24512 alias ALIAS MEANING")
24514 (defvar mail-yank-prefix "> " "\
24515 Prefix insert on lines of yanked message being replied to.
24516 If this is nil, use indentation, as specified by `mail-indentation-spaces'.")
24518 (custom-autoload 'mail-yank-prefix "sendmail" t)
24520 (defvar mail-indentation-spaces 3 "\
24521 Number of spaces to insert at the beginning of each cited line.
24522 Used by `mail-yank-original' via `mail-indent-citation'.")
24524 (custom-autoload 'mail-indentation-spaces "sendmail" t)
24526 (defvar mail-citation-hook nil "\
24527 Hook for modifying a citation just inserted in the mail buffer.
24528 Each hook function can find the citation between (point) and (mark t),
24529 and should leave point and mark around the citation text as modified.
24530 The hook functions can find the header of the cited message
24531 in the variable `mail-citation-header', whether or not this is included
24532 in the cited portion of the message.
24534 If this hook is entirely empty (nil), a default action is taken
24535 instead of no action.")
24537 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-hook "sendmail" t)
24539 (defvar mail-citation-prefix-regexp (purecopy "\\([ ]*\\(\\w\\|[_.]\\)+>+\\|[ ]*[]>|]\\)+") "\
24540 Regular expression to match a citation prefix plus whitespace.
24541 It should match whatever sort of citation prefixes you want to handle,
24542 with whitespace before and after; it should also match just whitespace.
24543 The default value matches citations like `foo-bar>' plus whitespace.")
24545 (custom-autoload 'mail-citation-prefix-regexp "sendmail" t)
24547 (defvar mail-signature t "\
24548 Text inserted at end of mail buffer when a message is initialized.
24549 If t, it means to insert the contents of the file `mail-signature-file'.
24550 If a string, that string is inserted.
24551 (To make a proper signature, the string should begin with \\n\\n-- \\n,
24552 which is the standard way to delimit a signature in a message.)
24553 Otherwise, it should be an expression; it is evaluated
24554 and should insert whatever you want to insert.")
24556 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature "sendmail" t)
24558 (defvar mail-signature-file (purecopy "~/.signature") "\
24559 File containing the text inserted at end of mail buffer.")
24561 (custom-autoload 'mail-signature-file "sendmail" t)
24563 (defvar mail-default-directory (purecopy "~/") "\
24564 Value of `default-directory' for Mail mode buffers.
24565 This directory is used for auto-save files of Mail mode buffers.
24567 Note that Message mode does not use this variable; it auto-saves
24568 in `message-auto-save-directory'.")
24570 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-directory "sendmail" t)
24572 (defvar mail-default-headers nil "\
24573 A string containing header lines, to be inserted in outgoing messages.
24574 It can contain newlines, and should end in one. It is inserted
24575 before you edit the message, so you can edit or delete the lines.")
24577 (custom-autoload 'mail-default-headers "sendmail" t)
24579 (autoload 'sendmail-query-once "sendmail" "\
24580 Query for `send-mail-function' and send mail with it.
24581 This also saves the value of `send-mail-function' via Customize.
24583 \(fn)" nil nil)
24585 (define-mail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent 'sendmail-user-agent-compose 'mail-send-and-exit)
24587 (autoload 'sendmail-user-agent-compose "sendmail" "\
24590 \(fn &optional TO SUBJECT OTHER-HEADERS CONTINUE SWITCH-FUNCTION YANK-ACTION SEND-ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
24592 (autoload 'mail-mode "sendmail" "\
24593 Major mode for editing mail to be sent.
24594 Like Text Mode but with these additional commands:
24596 \\[mail-send] mail-send (send the message)
24597 \\[mail-send-and-exit] mail-send-and-exit (send the message and exit)
24599 Here are commands that move to a header field (and create it if there isn't):
24600 \\[mail-to] move to To: \\[mail-subject] move to Subj:
24601 \\[mail-bcc] move to BCC: \\[mail-cc] move to CC:
24602 \\[mail-fcc] move to FCC: \\[mail-reply-to] move to Reply-To:
24603 \\[mail-mail-reply-to] move to Mail-Reply-To:
24604 \\[mail-mail-followup-to] move to Mail-Followup-To:
24605 \\[mail-text] move to message text.
24606 \\[mail-signature] mail-signature (insert `mail-signature-file' file).
24607 \\[mail-yank-original] mail-yank-original (insert current message, in Rmail).
24608 \\[mail-fill-yanked-message] mail-fill-yanked-message (fill what was yanked).
24609 \\[mail-insert-file] insert a text file into the message.
24610 \\[mail-add-attachment] attach to the message a file as binary attachment.
24611 Turning on Mail mode runs the normal hooks `text-mode-hook' and
24612 `mail-mode-hook' (in that order).
24614 \(fn)" t nil)
24616 (defvar mail-mailing-lists nil "\
24617 List of mailing list addresses the user is subscribed to.
24618 The variable is used to trigger insertion of the \"Mail-Followup-To\"
24619 header when sending a message to a mailing list.")
24621 (custom-autoload 'mail-mailing-lists "sendmail" t)
24623 (defvar sendmail-coding-system nil "\
24624 Coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24625 This has higher priority than the default `buffer-file-coding-system'
24626 and `default-sendmail-coding-system',
24627 but lower priority than the local value of `buffer-file-coding-system'.
24628 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24630 (defvar default-sendmail-coding-system 'iso-latin-1 "\
24631 Default coding system for encoding the outgoing mail.
24632 This variable is used only when `sendmail-coding-system' is nil.
24634 This variable is set/changed by the command `set-language-environment'.
24635 User should not set this variable manually,
24636 instead use `sendmail-coding-system' to get a constant encoding
24637 of outgoing mails regardless of the current language environment.
24638 See also the function `select-message-coding-system'.")
24640 (autoload 'mail "sendmail" "\
24641 Edit a message to be sent. Prefix arg means resume editing (don't erase).
24642 When this function returns, the buffer `*mail*' is selected.
24643 The value is t if the message was newly initialized; otherwise, nil.
24645 Optionally, the signature file `mail-signature-file' can be inserted at the
24646 end; see the variable `mail-signature'.
24648 \\<mail-mode-map>
24649 While editing message, type \\[mail-send-and-exit] to send the message and exit.
24651 Various special commands starting with C-c are available in sendmail mode
24652 to move to message header fields:
24653 \\{mail-mode-map}
24655 If `mail-self-blind' is non-nil, a BCC to yourself is inserted
24656 when the message is initialized.
24658 If `mail-default-reply-to' is non-nil, it should be an address (a string);
24659 a Reply-to: field with that address is inserted.
24661 If `mail-archive-file-name' is non-nil, an FCC field with that file name
24662 is inserted.
24664 The normal hook `mail-setup-hook' is run after the message is
24665 initialized. It can add more default fields to the message.
24667 The first argument, NOERASE, determines what to do when there is
24668 an existing modified `*mail*' buffer. If NOERASE is nil, the
24669 existing mail buffer is used, and the user is prompted whether to
24670 keep the old contents or to erase them. If NOERASE has the value
24671 `new', a new mail buffer will be created instead of using the old
24672 one. Any other non-nil value means to always select the old
24673 buffer without erasing the contents.
24675 The second through fifth arguments,
24676 TO, SUBJECT, IN-REPLY-TO and CC, specify if non-nil
24677 the initial contents of those header fields.
24678 These arguments should not have final newlines.
24679 The sixth argument REPLYBUFFER is a buffer which contains an
24680 original message being replied to, or else an action
24681 of the form (FUNCTION . ARGS) which says how to insert the original.
24682 Or it can be nil, if not replying to anything.
24683 The seventh argument ACTIONS is a list of actions to take
24684 if/when the message is sent. Each action looks like (FUNCTION . ARGS);
24685 when the message is sent, we apply FUNCTION to ARGS.
24686 This is how Rmail arranges to mark messages `answered'.
24688 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER ACTIONS RETURN-ACTION)" t nil)
24690 (autoload 'mail-other-window "sendmail" "\
24691 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another window.
24693 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24695 (autoload 'mail-other-frame "sendmail" "\
24696 Like `mail' command, but display mail buffer in another frame.
24698 \(fn &optional NOERASE TO SUBJECT IN-REPLY-TO CC REPLYBUFFER SENDACTIONS)" t nil)
24700 ;;;***
24702 ;;;### (autoloads nil "seq" "emacs-lisp/seq.el" (22331 17371 996369
24703 ;;;;;; 608000))
24704 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/seq.el
24705 (push (purecopy '(seq 2 3)) package--builtin-versions)
24707 ;;;***
24709 ;;;### (autoloads nil "server" "server.el" (22331 17372 105369 221000))
24710 ;;; Generated autoloads from server.el
24712 (put 'server-host 'risky-local-variable t)
24714 (put 'server-port 'risky-local-variable t)
24716 (put 'server-auth-dir 'risky-local-variable t)
24718 (autoload 'server-start "server" "\
24719 Allow this Emacs process to be a server for client processes.
24720 This starts a server communications subprocess through which client
24721 \"editors\" can send your editing commands to this Emacs job.
24722 To use the server, set up the program `emacsclient' in the Emacs
24723 distribution as your standard \"editor\".
24725 Optional argument LEAVE-DEAD (interactively, a prefix arg) means just
24726 kill any existing server communications subprocess.
24728 If a server is already running, restart it. If clients are
24729 running, ask the user for confirmation first, unless optional
24730 argument INHIBIT-PROMPT is non-nil.
24732 To force-start a server, do \\[server-force-delete] and then
24733 \\[server-start].
24735 \(fn &optional LEAVE-DEAD INHIBIT-PROMPT)" t nil)
24737 (autoload 'server-force-delete "server" "\
24738 Unconditionally delete connection file for server NAME.
24739 If server is running, it is first stopped.
24740 NAME defaults to `server-name'. With argument, ask for NAME.
24742 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
24744 (defvar server-mode nil "\
24745 Non-nil if Server mode is enabled.
24746 See the `server-mode' command
24747 for a description of this minor mode.
24748 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
24749 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
24750 or call the function `server-mode'.")
24752 (custom-autoload 'server-mode "server" nil)
24754 (autoload 'server-mode "server" "\
24755 Toggle Server mode.
24756 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Server mode if ARG is
24757 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
24758 Server mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
24760 Server mode runs a process that accepts commands from the
24761 `emacsclient' program. See Info node `Emacs server' and
24762 `server-start' for details.
24764 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
24766 (autoload 'server-save-buffers-kill-terminal "server" "\
24767 Offer to save each buffer, then kill the current client.
24768 With ARG non-nil, silently save all file-visiting buffers, then kill.
24770 If emacsclient was started with a list of filenames to edit, then
24771 only these files will be asked to be saved.
24773 \(fn ARG)" nil nil)
24775 ;;;***
24777 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ses" "ses.el" (22363 8343 535348 689000))
24778 ;;; Generated autoloads from ses.el
24780 (autoload 'ses-mode "ses" "\
24781 Major mode for Simple Emacs Spreadsheet.
24783 When you invoke SES in a new buffer, it is divided into cells
24784 that you can enter data into. You can navigate the cells with
24785 the arrow keys and add more cells with the tab key. The contents
24786 of these cells can be numbers, text, or Lisp expressions. (To
24787 enter text, enclose it in double quotes.)
24789 In an expression, you can use cell coordinates to refer to the
24790 contents of another cell. For example, you can sum a range of
24791 cells with `(+ A1 A2 A3)'. There are specialized functions like
24792 `ses+' (addition for ranges with empty cells), `ses-average' (for
24793 performing calculations on cells), and `ses-range' and `ses-select'
24794 \(for extracting ranges of cells).
24796 Each cell also has a print function that controls how it is
24797 displayed.
24799 Each SES buffer is divided into a print area and a data area.
24800 Normally, you can simply use SES to look at and manipulate the print
24801 area, and let SES manage the data area outside the visible region.
24803 See \"ses-example.ses\" (in `data-directory') for an example
24804 spreadsheet, and the Info node `(ses)Top.'
24806 In the following, note the separate keymaps for cell editing mode
24807 and print mode specifications. Key definitions:
24809 \\{ses-mode-map}
24810 These key definitions are active only in the print area (the visible
24811 part):
24812 \\{ses-mode-print-map}
24813 These are active only in the minibuffer, when entering or editing a
24814 formula:
24815 \\{ses-mode-edit-map}
24817 \(fn)" t nil)
24819 ;;;***
24821 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sgml-mode" "textmodes/sgml-mode.el" (22331
24822 ;;;;;; 17372 117369 178000))
24823 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/sgml-mode.el
24825 (autoload 'sgml-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24826 Major mode for editing SGML documents.
24827 Makes > match <.
24828 Keys <, &, SPC within <>, \", / and \\=' can be electric depending on
24829 `sgml-quick-keys'.
24831 An argument of N to a tag-inserting command means to wrap it around
24832 the next N words. In Transient Mark mode, when the mark is active,
24833 N defaults to -1, which means to wrap it around the current region.
24835 If you like upcased tags, put (setq sgml-transformation-function \\='upcase)
24836 in your init file.
24838 Use \\[sgml-validate] to validate your document with an SGML parser.
24840 Do \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24841 Do \\[describe-key] on the following bindings to discover what they do.
24842 \\{sgml-mode-map}
24844 \(fn)" t nil)
24846 (autoload 'html-mode "sgml-mode" "\
24847 Major mode based on SGML mode for editing HTML documents.
24848 This allows inserting skeleton constructs used in hypertext documents with
24849 completion. See below for an introduction to HTML. Use
24850 \\[browse-url-of-buffer] to see how this comes out. See also `sgml-mode' on
24851 which this is based.
24853 Do \\[describe-variable] html- SPC and \\[describe-variable] sgml- SPC to see available variables.
24855 To write fairly well formatted pages you only need to know few things. Most
24856 browsers have a function to read the source code of the page being seen, so
24857 you can imitate various tricks. Here's a very short HTML primer which you
24858 can also view with a browser to see what happens:
24860 <title>A Title Describing Contents</title> should be on every page. Pages can
24861 have <h1>Very Major Headlines</h1> through <h6>Very Minor Headlines</h6>
24862 <hr> Parts can be separated with horizontal rules.
24864 <p>Paragraphs only need an opening tag. Line breaks and multiple spaces are
24865 ignored unless the text is <pre>preformatted.</pre> Text can be marked as
24866 <b>bold</b>, <i>italic</i> or <u>underlined</u> using the normal M-o or
24867 Edit/Text Properties/Face commands.
24869 Pages can have <a name=\"SOMENAME\">named points</a> and can link other points
24870 to them with <a href=\"#SOMENAME\">see also somename</a>. In the same way <a
24871 href=\"URL\">see also URL</a> where URL is a filename relative to current
24872 directory, or absolute as in `http://www.cs.indiana.edu/elisp/w3/docs.html'.
24874 Images in many formats can be inlined with <img src=\"URL\">.
24876 If you mainly create your own documents, `sgml-specials' might be
24877 interesting. But note that some HTML 2 browsers can't handle `&apos;'.
24878 To work around that, do:
24879 (eval-after-load \"sgml-mode\" \\='(aset sgml-char-names ?\\=' nil))
24881 \\{html-mode-map}
24883 \(fn)" t nil)
24885 ;;;***
24887 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sh-script" "progmodes/sh-script.el" (22331
24888 ;;;;;; 17372 99369 242000))
24889 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sh-script.el
24890 (push (purecopy '(sh-script 2 0 6)) package--builtin-versions)
24891 (put 'sh-shell 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
24893 (autoload 'sh-mode "sh-script" "\
24894 Major mode for editing shell scripts.
24895 This mode works for many shells, since they all have roughly the same syntax,
24896 as far as commands, arguments, variables, pipes, comments etc. are concerned.
24897 Unless the file's magic number indicates the shell, your usual shell is
24898 assumed. Since filenames rarely give a clue, they are not further analyzed.
24900 This mode adapts to the variations between shells (see `sh-set-shell') by
24901 means of an inheritance based feature lookup (see `sh-feature'). This
24902 mechanism applies to all variables (including skeletons) that pertain to
24903 shell-specific features. Shell script files can use the `sh-shell' local
24904 variable to indicate the shell variant to be used for the file.
24906 The default style of this mode is that of Rosenblatt's Korn shell book.
24907 The syntax of the statements varies with the shell being used. The
24908 following commands are available, based on the current shell's syntax:
24909 \\<sh-mode-map>
24910 \\[sh-case] case statement
24911 \\[sh-for] for loop
24912 \\[sh-function] function definition
24913 \\[sh-if] if statement
24914 \\[sh-indexed-loop] indexed loop from 1 to n
24915 \\[sh-while-getopts] while getopts loop
24916 \\[sh-repeat] repeat loop
24917 \\[sh-select] select loop
24918 \\[sh-until] until loop
24919 \\[sh-while] while loop
24921 For sh and rc shells indentation commands are:
24922 \\[sh-show-indent] Show the variable controlling this line's indentation.
24923 \\[sh-set-indent] Set then variable controlling this line's indentation.
24924 \\[sh-learn-line-indent] Change the indentation variable so this line
24925 would indent to the way it currently is.
24926 \\[sh-learn-buffer-indent] Set the indentation variables so the
24927 buffer indents as it currently is indented.
24930 \\[backward-delete-char-untabify] Delete backward one position, even if it was a tab.
24931 \\[sh-end-of-command] Go to end of successive commands.
24932 \\[sh-beginning-of-command] Go to beginning of successive commands.
24933 \\[sh-set-shell] Set this buffer's shell, and maybe its magic number.
24934 \\[sh-execute-region] Have optional header and region be executed in a subshell.
24936 `sh-electric-here-document-mode' controls whether insertion of two
24937 unquoted < insert a here document. You can control this behavior by
24938 modifying `sh-mode-hook'.
24940 If you generally program a shell different from your login shell you can
24941 set `sh-shell-file' accordingly. If your shell's file name doesn't correctly
24942 indicate what shell it is use `sh-alias-alist' to translate.
24944 If your shell gives error messages with line numbers, you can use \\[executable-interpret]
24945 with your script for an edit-interpret-debug cycle.
24947 \(fn)" t nil)
24949 (defalias 'shell-script-mode 'sh-mode)
24951 ;;;***
24953 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadow" "emacs-lisp/shadow.el" (22330 59913
24954 ;;;;;; 930323 566000))
24955 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/shadow.el
24957 (autoload 'list-load-path-shadows "shadow" "\
24958 Display a list of Emacs Lisp files that shadow other files.
24960 If STRINGP is non-nil, returns any shadows as a string.
24961 Otherwise, if interactive shows any shadows in a `*Shadows*' buffer;
24962 else prints messages listing any shadows.
24964 This function lists potential load path problems. Directories in
24965 the `load-path' variable are searched, in order, for Emacs Lisp
24966 files. When a previously encountered file name is found again, a
24967 message is displayed indicating that the later file is \"hidden\" by
24968 the earlier.
24970 For example, suppose `load-path' is set to
24972 \(\"/usr/share/emacs/site-lisp\" \"/usr/share/emacs/24.3/lisp\")
24974 and that each of these directories contains a file called XXX.el. Then
24975 XXX.el in the site-lisp directory is referred to by all of:
24976 \(require \\='XXX), (autoload .... \"XXX\"), (load-library \"XXX\") etc.
24978 The first XXX.el file prevents Emacs from seeing the second (unless
24979 the second is loaded explicitly via `load-file').
24981 When not intended, such shadowings can be the source of subtle
24982 problems. For example, the above situation may have arisen because the
24983 XXX package was not distributed with versions of Emacs prior to
24984 24.3. A system administrator downloaded XXX from elsewhere and installed
24985 it. Later, XXX was updated and included in the Emacs distribution.
24986 Unless the system administrator checks for this, the new version of XXX
24987 will be hidden behind the old (which may no longer work with the new
24988 Emacs version).
24990 This function performs these checks and flags all possible
24991 shadowings. Because a .el file may exist without a corresponding .elc
24992 \(or vice-versa), these suffixes are essentially ignored. A file
24993 XXX.elc in an early directory (that does not contain XXX.el) is
24994 considered to shadow a later file XXX.el, and vice-versa.
24996 Shadowings are located by calling the (non-interactive) companion
24997 function, `load-path-shadows-find'.
24999 \(fn &optional STRINGP)" t nil)
25001 ;;;***
25003 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shadowfile" "shadowfile.el" (22330 59913 915323
25004 ;;;;;; 612000))
25005 ;;; Generated autoloads from shadowfile.el
25007 (autoload 'shadow-define-cluster "shadowfile" "\
25008 Edit (or create) the definition of a cluster NAME.
25009 This is a group of hosts that share directories, so that copying to or from
25010 one of them is sufficient to update the file on all of them. Clusters are
25011 defined by a name, the network address of a primary host (the one we copy
25012 files to), and a regular expression that matches the hostnames of all the
25013 sites in the cluster.
25015 \(fn NAME)" t nil)
25017 (autoload 'shadow-define-literal-group "shadowfile" "\
25018 Declare a single file to be shared between sites.
25019 It may have different filenames on each site. When this file is edited, the
25020 new version will be copied to each of the other locations. Sites can be
25021 specific hostnames, or names of clusters (see `shadow-define-cluster').
25023 \(fn)" t nil)
25025 (autoload 'shadow-define-regexp-group "shadowfile" "\
25026 Make each of a group of files be shared between hosts.
25027 Prompts for regular expression; files matching this are shared between a list
25028 of sites, which are also prompted for. The filenames must be identical on all
25029 hosts (if they aren't, use `shadow-define-literal-group' instead of this
25030 function). Each site can be either a hostname or the name of a cluster (see
25031 `shadow-define-cluster').
25033 \(fn)" t nil)
25035 (autoload 'shadow-initialize "shadowfile" "\
25036 Set up file shadowing.
25038 \(fn)" t nil)
25040 ;;;***
25042 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shell" "shell.el" (22330 59913 915323 612000))
25043 ;;; Generated autoloads from shell.el
25045 (defvar shell-dumb-shell-regexp (purecopy "cmd\\(proxy\\)?\\.exe") "\
25046 Regexp to match shells that don't save their command history, and
25047 don't handle the backslash as a quote character. For shells that
25048 match this regexp, Emacs will write out the command history when the
25049 shell finishes, and won't remove backslashes when it unquotes shell
25050 arguments.")
25052 (custom-autoload 'shell-dumb-shell-regexp "shell" t)
25054 (autoload 'shell "shell" "\
25055 Run an inferior shell, with I/O through BUFFER (which defaults to `*shell*').
25056 Interactively, a prefix arg means to prompt for BUFFER.
25057 If `default-directory' is a remote file name, it is also prompted
25058 to change if called with a prefix arg.
25060 If BUFFER exists but shell process is not running, make new shell.
25061 If BUFFER exists and shell process is running, just switch to BUFFER.
25062 Program used comes from variable `explicit-shell-file-name',
25063 or (if that is nil) from the ESHELL environment variable,
25064 or (if that is nil) from `shell-file-name'.
25065 If a file `~/.emacs_SHELLNAME' exists, or `~/.emacs.d/init_SHELLNAME.sh',
25066 it is given as initial input (but this may be lost, due to a timing
25067 error, if the shell discards input when it starts up).
25068 The buffer is put in Shell mode, giving commands for sending input
25069 and controlling the subjobs of the shell. See `shell-mode'.
25070 See also the variable `shell-prompt-pattern'.
25072 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25073 in the input and output to the shell, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25074 before \\[shell]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25075 in the shell buffer, after you start the shell.
25076 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25077 `default-process-coding-system'.
25079 The shell file name (sans directories) is used to make a symbol name
25080 such as `explicit-csh-args'. If that symbol is a variable,
25081 its value is used as a list of arguments when invoking the shell.
25082 Otherwise, one argument `-i' is passed to the shell.
25084 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the shell buffer for a list of commands.)
25086 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25088 ;;;***
25090 ;;;### (autoloads nil "shr" "net/shr.el" (22331 17372 60369 381000))
25091 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/shr.el
25093 (autoload 'shr-render-region "shr" "\
25094 Display the HTML rendering of the region between BEGIN and END.
25096 \(fn BEGIN END &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25098 (autoload 'shr-insert-document "shr" "\
25099 Render the parsed document DOM into the current buffer.
25100 DOM should be a parse tree as generated by
25101 `libxml-parse-html-region' or similar.
25103 \(fn DOM)" nil nil)
25105 ;;;***
25107 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve" "gnus/sieve.el" (22331 17372 35369
25108 ;;;;;; 469000))
25109 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve.el
25111 (autoload 'sieve-manage "sieve" "\
25114 \(fn SERVER &optional PORT)" t nil)
25116 (autoload 'sieve-upload "sieve" "\
25119 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25121 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-bury "sieve" "\
25124 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25126 (autoload 'sieve-upload-and-kill "sieve" "\
25129 \(fn &optional NAME)" t nil)
25131 ;;;***
25133 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sieve-mode" "gnus/sieve-mode.el" (22331 17372
25134 ;;;;;; 35369 469000))
25135 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/sieve-mode.el
25137 (autoload 'sieve-mode "sieve-mode" "\
25138 Major mode for editing Sieve code.
25139 This is much like C mode except for the syntax of comments. Its keymap
25140 inherits from C mode's and it has the same variables for customizing
25141 indentation. It has its own abbrev table and its own syntax table.
25143 Turning on Sieve mode runs `sieve-mode-hook'.
25145 \(fn)" t nil)
25147 ;;;***
25149 ;;;### (autoloads nil "simula" "progmodes/simula.el" (22330 59913
25150 ;;;;;; 985323 396000))
25151 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/simula.el
25153 (autoload 'simula-mode "simula" "\
25154 Major mode for editing SIMULA code.
25155 \\{simula-mode-map}
25156 Variables controlling indentation style:
25157 `simula-tab-always-indent'
25158 Non-nil means TAB in SIMULA mode should always reindent the current line,
25159 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
25160 `simula-indent-level'
25161 Indentation of SIMULA statements with respect to containing block.
25162 `simula-substatement-offset'
25163 Extra indentation after DO, THEN, ELSE, WHEN and OTHERWISE.
25164 `simula-continued-statement-offset' 3
25165 Extra indentation for lines not starting a statement or substatement,
25166 e.g. a nested FOR-loop. If value is a list, each line in a multiple-
25167 line continued statement will have the car of the list extra indentation
25168 with respect to the previous line of the statement.
25169 `simula-label-offset' -4711
25170 Offset of SIMULA label lines relative to usual indentation.
25171 `simula-if-indent' (0 . 0)
25172 Extra indentation of THEN and ELSE with respect to the starting IF.
25173 Value is a cons cell, the car is extra THEN indentation and the cdr
25174 extra ELSE indentation. IF after ELSE is indented as the starting IF.
25175 `simula-inspect-indent' (0 . 0)
25176 Extra indentation of WHEN and OTHERWISE with respect to the
25177 corresponding INSPECT. Value is a cons cell, the car is
25178 extra WHEN indentation and the cdr extra OTHERWISE indentation.
25179 `simula-electric-indent' nil
25180 If this variable is non-nil, `simula-indent-line'
25181 will check the previous line to see if it has to be reindented.
25182 `simula-abbrev-keyword' `upcase'
25183 Determine how SIMULA keywords will be expanded. Value is one of
25184 the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize', (as in) `abbrev-table',
25185 or nil if they should not be changed.
25186 `simula-abbrev-stdproc' `abbrev-table'
25187 Determine how standard SIMULA procedure and class names will be
25188 expanded. Value is one of the symbols `upcase', `downcase', `capitalize',
25189 (as in) `abbrev-table', or nil if they should not be changed.
25191 Turning on SIMULA mode calls the value of the variable simula-mode-hook
25192 with no arguments, if that value is non-nil.
25194 \(fn)" t nil)
25196 ;;;***
25198 ;;;### (autoloads nil "skeleton" "skeleton.el" (22330 59913 915323
25199 ;;;;;; 612000))
25200 ;;; Generated autoloads from skeleton.el
25202 (defvar skeleton-filter-function 'identity "\
25203 Function for transforming a skeleton proxy's aliases' variable value.")
25205 (autoload 'define-skeleton "skeleton" "\
25206 Define a user-configurable COMMAND that enters a statement skeleton.
25207 DOCUMENTATION is that of the command.
25208 SKELETON is as defined under `skeleton-insert'.
25210 \(fn COMMAND DOCUMENTATION &rest SKELETON)" nil t)
25212 (function-put 'define-skeleton 'doc-string-elt '2)
25214 (autoload 'skeleton-proxy-new "skeleton" "\
25215 Insert SKELETON.
25216 Prefix ARG allows wrapping around words or regions (see `skeleton-insert').
25217 If no ARG was given, but the region is visible, ARG defaults to -1 depending
25218 on `skeleton-autowrap'. An ARG of M-0 will prevent this just for once.
25219 This command can also be an abbrev expansion (3rd and 4th columns in
25220 \\[edit-abbrevs] buffer: \"\" command-name).
25222 Optional second argument STR may also be a string which will be the value
25223 of `str' whereas the skeleton's interactor is then ignored.
25225 \(fn SKELETON &optional STR ARG)" nil nil)
25227 (autoload 'skeleton-insert "skeleton" "\
25228 Insert the complex statement skeleton SKELETON describes very concisely.
25230 With optional second argument REGIONS, wrap first interesting point
25231 \(`_') in skeleton around next REGIONS words, if REGIONS is positive.
25232 If REGIONS is negative, wrap REGIONS preceding interregions into first
25233 REGIONS interesting positions (successive `_'s) in skeleton.
25235 An interregion is the stretch of text between two contiguous marked
25236 points. If you marked A B C [] (where [] is the cursor) in
25237 alphabetical order, the 3 interregions are simply the last 3 regions.
25238 But if you marked B A [] C, the interregions are B-A, A-[], []-C.
25240 The optional third argument STR, if specified, is the value for the
25241 variable `str' within the skeleton. When this is non-nil, the
25242 interactor gets ignored, and this should be a valid skeleton element.
25244 SKELETON is made up as (INTERACTOR ELEMENT ...). INTERACTOR may be nil if
25245 not needed, a prompt-string or an expression for complex read functions.
25247 If ELEMENT is a string or a character it gets inserted (see also
25248 `skeleton-transformation-function'). Other possibilities are:
25250 \\n go to next line and indent according to mode, unless
25251 this is the first/last element of a skeleton and point
25252 is at bol/eol
25253 _ interesting point, interregion here
25254 - interesting point, no interregion interaction, overrides
25255 interesting point set by _
25256 > indent line (or interregion if > _) according to major mode
25257 @ add position to `skeleton-positions'
25258 & do next ELEMENT if previous moved point
25259 | do next ELEMENT if previous didn't move point
25260 -NUM delete NUM preceding characters (see `skeleton-untabify')
25261 resume: skipped, continue here if quit is signaled
25262 nil skipped
25264 After termination, point will be positioned at the last occurrence of -
25265 or at the first occurrence of _ or at the end of the inserted text.
25267 Note that \\n as the last element of the skeleton only inserts a
25268 newline if not at eol. If you want to unconditionally insert a newline
25269 at the end of the skeleton, use \"\\n\" instead. Likewise with \\n
25270 as the first element when at bol.
25272 Further elements can be defined via `skeleton-further-elements'.
25273 ELEMENT may itself be a SKELETON with an INTERACTOR. The user is prompted
25274 repeatedly for different inputs. The SKELETON is processed as often as
25275 the user enters a non-empty string. \\[keyboard-quit] terminates skeleton insertion, but
25276 continues after `resume:' and positions at `_' if any. If INTERACTOR in
25277 such a subskeleton is a prompt-string which contains a \".. %s ..\" it is
25278 formatted with `skeleton-subprompt'. Such an INTERACTOR may also be a list
25279 of strings with the subskeleton being repeated once for each string.
25281 Quoted Lisp expressions are evaluated for their side-effects.
25282 Other Lisp expressions are evaluated and the value treated as above.
25283 Note that expressions may not return t since this implies an
25284 endless loop. Modes can define other symbols by locally setting them
25285 to any valid skeleton element. The following local variables are
25286 available:
25288 str first time: read a string according to INTERACTOR
25289 then: insert previously read string once more
25290 help help-form during interaction with the user or nil
25291 input initial input (string or cons with index) while reading str
25292 v1, v2 local variables for memorizing anything you want
25294 When done with skeleton, but before going back to `_'-point call
25295 `skeleton-end-hook' if that is non-nil.
25297 \(fn SKELETON &optional REGIONS STR)" nil nil)
25299 (autoload 'skeleton-pair-insert-maybe "skeleton" "\
25300 Insert the character you type ARG times.
25302 With no ARG, if `skeleton-pair' is non-nil, pairing can occur. If the region
25303 is visible the pair is wrapped around it depending on `skeleton-autowrap'.
25304 Else, if `skeleton-pair-on-word' is non-nil or we are not before or inside a
25305 word, and if `skeleton-pair-filter-function' returns nil, pairing is performed.
25306 Pairing is also prohibited if we are right after a quoting character
25307 such as backslash.
25309 If a match is found in `skeleton-pair-alist', that is inserted, else
25310 the defaults are used. These are (), [], {}, <> and (grave
25311 accent, apostrophe) for the paired ones, and the same character
25312 twice for the others.
25314 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25316 ;;;***
25318 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smerge-mode" "vc/smerge-mode.el" (22331 17372
25319 ;;;;;; 123369 157000))
25320 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/smerge-mode.el
25322 (autoload 'smerge-ediff "smerge-mode" "\
25323 Invoke ediff to resolve the conflicts.
25324 NAME-MINE, NAME-OTHER, and NAME-BASE, if non-nil, are used for the
25325 buffer names.
25327 \(fn &optional NAME-MINE NAME-OTHER NAME-BASE)" t nil)
25329 (autoload 'smerge-mode "smerge-mode" "\
25330 Minor mode to simplify editing output from the diff3 program.
25331 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
25332 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
25333 if ARG is omitted or nil.
25334 \\{smerge-mode-map}
25336 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25338 (autoload 'smerge-start-session "smerge-mode" "\
25339 Turn on `smerge-mode' and move point to first conflict marker.
25340 If no conflict maker is found, turn off `smerge-mode'.
25342 \(fn)" t nil)
25344 ;;;***
25346 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smiley" "gnus/smiley.el" (22331 17372 36369
25347 ;;;;;; 466000))
25348 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/smiley.el
25350 (autoload 'smiley-region "smiley" "\
25351 Replace in the region `smiley-regexp-alist' matches with corresponding images.
25352 A list of images is returned.
25354 \(fn START END)" t nil)
25356 (autoload 'smiley-buffer "smiley" "\
25357 Run `smiley-region' at the BUFFER, specified in the argument or
25358 interactively. If there's no argument, do it at the current buffer.
25360 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25362 ;;;***
25364 ;;;### (autoloads nil "smtpmail" "mail/smtpmail.el" (22331 17372
25365 ;;;;;; 53369 406000))
25366 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/smtpmail.el
25368 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-it "smtpmail" "\
25371 \(fn)" nil nil)
25373 (autoload 'smtpmail-send-queued-mail "smtpmail" "\
25374 Send mail that was queued as a result of setting `smtpmail-queue-mail'.
25376 \(fn)" t nil)
25378 ;;;***
25380 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snake" "play/snake.el" (22331 17372 87369
25381 ;;;;;; 285000))
25382 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/snake.el
25384 (autoload 'snake "snake" "\
25385 Play the Snake game.
25386 Move the snake around without colliding with its tail or with the border.
25388 Eating dots causes the snake to get longer.
25390 Snake mode keybindings:
25391 \\<snake-mode-map>
25392 \\[snake-start-game] Starts a new game of Snake
25393 \\[snake-end-game] Terminates the current game
25394 \\[snake-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
25395 \\[snake-move-left] Makes the snake move left
25396 \\[snake-move-right] Makes the snake move right
25397 \\[snake-move-up] Makes the snake move up
25398 \\[snake-move-down] Makes the snake move down
25400 \(fn)" t nil)
25402 ;;;***
25404 ;;;### (autoloads nil "snmp-mode" "net/snmp-mode.el" (22330 59913
25405 ;;;;;; 954323 492000))
25406 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/snmp-mode.el
25408 (autoload 'snmp-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25409 Major mode for editing SNMP MIBs.
25410 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25411 Tab indents for C code.
25412 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25413 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25414 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25415 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook', then
25416 `snmp-mode-hook'.
25418 \(fn)" t nil)
25420 (autoload 'snmpv2-mode "snmp-mode" "\
25421 Major mode for editing SNMPv2 MIBs.
25422 Expression and list commands understand all C brackets.
25423 Tab indents for C code.
25424 Comments start with -- and end with newline or another --.
25425 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
25426 \\{snmp-mode-map}
25427 Turning on snmp-mode runs the hooks in `snmp-common-mode-hook',
25428 then `snmpv2-mode-hook'.
25430 \(fn)" t nil)
25432 ;;;***
25434 ;;;### (autoloads nil "soap-client" "net/soap-client.el" (22331 17372
25435 ;;;;;; 61369 377000))
25436 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/soap-client.el
25437 (push (purecopy '(soap-client 3 0 2)) package--builtin-versions)
25439 ;;;***
25441 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solar" "calendar/solar.el" (22331 17371 982369
25442 ;;;;;; 658000))
25443 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/solar.el
25445 (autoload 'sunrise-sunset "solar" "\
25446 Local time of sunrise and sunset for today. Accurate to a few seconds.
25447 If called with an optional prefix argument ARG, prompt for date.
25448 If called with an optional double prefix argument, prompt for
25449 longitude, latitude, time zone, and date, and always use standard time.
25451 This function is suitable for execution in an init file.
25453 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25455 ;;;***
25457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "solitaire" "play/solitaire.el" (22330 59913
25458 ;;;;;; 970323 443000))
25459 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/solitaire.el
25461 (autoload 'solitaire "solitaire" "\
25462 Play Solitaire.
25464 To play Solitaire, type \\[solitaire].
25465 \\<solitaire-mode-map>
25466 Move around the board using the cursor keys.
25467 Move stones using \\[solitaire-move] followed by a direction key.
25468 Undo moves using \\[solitaire-undo].
25469 Check for possible moves using \\[solitaire-do-check].
25470 \(The variable `solitaire-auto-eval' controls whether to automatically
25471 check after each move or undo.)
25473 What is Solitaire?
25475 I don't know who invented this game, but it seems to be rather old and
25476 its origin seems to be northern Africa. Here's how to play:
25477 Initially, the board will look similar to this:
25479 Le Solitaire
25480 ============
25482 o o o
25484 o o o
25486 o o o o o o o
25488 o o o . o o o
25490 o o o o o o o
25492 o o o
25494 o o o
25496 Let's call the o's stones and the .'s holes. One stone fits into one
25497 hole. As you can see, all holes but one are occupied by stones. The
25498 aim of the game is to get rid of all but one stone, leaving that last
25499 one in the middle of the board if you're cool.
25501 A stone can be moved if there is another stone next to it, and a hole
25502 after that one. Thus there must be three fields in a row, either
25503 horizontally or vertically, up, down, left or right, which look like
25504 this: o o .
25506 Then the first stone is moved to the hole, jumping over the second,
25507 which therefore is taken away. The above thus `evaluates' to: . . o
25509 That's all. Here's the board after two moves:
25511 o o o
25513 . o o
25515 o o . o o o o
25517 o . o o o o o
25519 o o o o o o o
25521 o o o
25523 o o o
25525 Pick your favorite shortcuts:
25527 \\{solitaire-mode-map}
25529 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
25531 ;;;***
25533 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sort" "sort.el" (22330 59913 915323 612000))
25534 ;;; Generated autoloads from sort.el
25535 (put 'sort-fold-case 'safe-local-variable 'booleanp)
25537 (autoload 'sort-subr "sort" "\
25538 General text sorting routine to divide buffer into records and sort them.
25540 We divide the accessible portion of the buffer into disjoint pieces
25541 called sort records. A portion of each sort record (perhaps all of
25542 it) is designated as the sort key. The records are rearranged in the
25543 buffer in order by their sort keys. The records may or may not be
25544 contiguous.
25546 Usually the records are rearranged in order of ascending sort key.
25547 If REVERSE is non-nil, they are rearranged in order of descending sort key.
25548 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25549 the sort order.
25551 The next four arguments are functions to be called to move point
25552 across a sort record. They will be called many times from within sort-subr.
25554 NEXTRECFUN is called with point at the end of the previous record.
25555 It moves point to the start of the next record.
25556 It should move point to the end of the buffer if there are no more records.
25557 The first record is assumed to start at the position of point when sort-subr
25558 is called.
25560 ENDRECFUN is called with point within the record.
25561 It should move point to the end of the record.
25563 STARTKEYFUN moves from the start of the record to the start of the key.
25564 It may return either a non-nil value to be used as the key, or
25565 else the key is the substring between the values of point after
25566 STARTKEYFUN and ENDKEYFUN are called. If STARTKEYFUN is nil, the key
25567 starts at the beginning of the record.
25569 ENDKEYFUN moves from the start of the sort key to the end of the sort key.
25570 ENDKEYFUN may be nil if STARTKEYFUN returns a value or if it would be the
25571 same as ENDRECFUN.
25573 PREDICATE, if non-nil, is the predicate function for comparing
25574 keys; it is called with two arguments, the keys to compare, and
25575 should return non-nil if the first key should sort before the
25576 second key. If PREDICATE is nil, comparison is done with `<' if
25577 the keys are numbers, with `compare-buffer-substrings' if the
25578 keys are cons cells (the car and cdr of each cons cell are taken
25579 as start and end positions), and with `string<' otherwise.
25581 \(fn REVERSE NEXTRECFUN ENDRECFUN &optional STARTKEYFUN ENDKEYFUN PREDICATE)" nil nil)
25583 (autoload 'sort-lines "sort" "\
25584 Sort lines in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25585 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25586 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25587 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25588 the sort order.
25590 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25592 (autoload 'sort-paragraphs "sort" "\
25593 Sort paragraphs in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25594 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25595 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25596 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25597 the sort order.
25599 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25601 (autoload 'sort-pages "sort" "\
25602 Sort pages in region alphabetically; argument means descending order.
25603 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25604 REVERSE (non-nil means reverse order), BEG and END (region to sort).
25605 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25606 the sort order.
25608 \(fn REVERSE BEG END)" t nil)
25609 (put 'sort-numeric-base 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
25611 (autoload 'sort-numeric-fields "sort" "\
25612 Sort lines in region numerically by the ARGth field of each line.
25613 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25614 Specified field must contain a number in each line of the region,
25615 which may begin with \"0x\" or \"0\" for hexadecimal and octal values.
25616 Otherwise, the number is interpreted according to sort-numeric-base.
25617 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25618 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25619 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25621 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25623 (autoload 'sort-fields "sort" "\
25624 Sort lines in region lexicographically by the ARGth field of each line.
25625 Fields are separated by whitespace and numbered from 1 up.
25626 With a negative arg, sorts by the ARGth field counted from the right.
25627 Called from a program, there are three arguments:
25628 FIELD, BEG and END. BEG and END specify region to sort.
25629 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25630 the sort order.
25632 \(fn FIELD BEG END)" t nil)
25634 (autoload 'sort-regexp-fields "sort" "\
25635 Sort the text in the region region lexicographically.
25636 If called interactively, prompt for two regular expressions,
25637 RECORD-REGEXP and KEY-REGEXP.
25639 RECORD-REGEXP specifies the textual units to be sorted.
25640 For example, to sort lines, RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\".
25642 KEY-REGEXP specifies the part of each record (i.e. each match for
25643 RECORD-REGEXP) to be used for sorting.
25644 If it is \"\\\\digit\", use the digit'th \"\\\\(...\\\\)\"
25645 match field specified by RECORD-REGEXP.
25646 If it is \"\\\\&\", use the whole record.
25647 Otherwise, KEY-REGEXP should be a regular expression with which
25648 to search within the record. If a match for KEY-REGEXP is not
25649 found within a record, that record is ignored.
25651 With a negative prefix arg, sort in reverse order.
25653 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25654 the sort order.
25656 For example: to sort lines in the region by the first word on each line
25657 starting with the letter \"f\",
25658 RECORD-REGEXP would be \"^.*$\" and KEY would be \"\\\\=\\<f\\\\w*\\\\>\"
25660 \(fn REVERSE RECORD-REGEXP KEY-REGEXP BEG END)" t nil)
25662 (autoload 'sort-columns "sort" "\
25663 Sort lines in region alphabetically by a certain range of columns.
25664 For the purpose of this command, the region BEG...END includes
25665 the entire line that point is in and the entire line the mark is in.
25666 The column positions of point and mark bound the range of columns to sort on.
25667 A prefix argument means sort into REVERSE order.
25668 The variable `sort-fold-case' determines whether alphabetic case affects
25669 the sort order.
25671 Note that `sort-columns' rejects text that contains tabs,
25672 because tabs could be split across the specified columns
25673 and it doesn't know how to handle that. Also, when possible,
25674 it uses the `sort' utility program, which doesn't understand tabs.
25675 Use \\[untabify] to convert tabs to spaces before sorting.
25677 \(fn REVERSE &optional BEG END)" t nil)
25679 (autoload 'reverse-region "sort" "\
25680 Reverse the order of lines in a region.
25681 From a program takes two point or marker arguments, BEG and END.
25683 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
25685 (autoload 'delete-duplicate-lines "sort" "\
25686 Delete all but one copy of any identical lines in the region.
25687 Non-interactively, arguments BEG and END delimit the region.
25688 Normally it searches forwards, keeping the first instance of
25689 each identical line. If REVERSE is non-nil (interactively, with
25690 a C-u prefix), it searches backwards and keeps the last instance of
25691 each repeated line.
25693 Identical lines need not be adjacent, unless the argument
25694 ADJACENT is non-nil (interactively, with a C-u C-u prefix).
25695 This is a more efficient mode of operation, and may be useful
25696 on large regions that have already been sorted.
25698 If the argument KEEP-BLANKS is non-nil (interactively, with a
25699 C-u C-u C-u prefix), it retains repeated blank lines.
25701 Returns the number of deleted lines. Interactively, or if INTERACTIVE
25702 is non-nil, it also prints a message describing the number of deletions.
25704 \(fn BEG END &optional REVERSE ADJACENT KEEP-BLANKS INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
25706 ;;;***
25708 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam" "gnus/spam.el" (22331 17372 36369 466000))
25709 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam.el
25711 (autoload 'spam-initialize "spam" "\
25712 Install the spam.el hooks and do other initialization.
25713 When SYMBOLS is given, set those variables to t. This is so you
25714 can call `spam-initialize' before you set spam-use-* variables on
25715 explicitly, and matters only if you need the extra headers
25716 installed through `spam-necessary-extra-headers'.
25718 \(fn &rest SYMBOLS)" t nil)
25720 ;;;***
25722 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spam-report" "gnus/spam-report.el" (22331
25723 ;;;;;; 17372 36369 466000))
25724 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/spam-report.el
25726 (autoload 'spam-report-process-queue "spam-report" "\
25727 Report all queued requests from `spam-report-requests-file'.
25729 If FILE is given, use it instead of `spam-report-requests-file'.
25730 If KEEP is t, leave old requests in the file. If KEEP is the
25731 symbol `ask', query before flushing the queue file.
25733 \(fn &optional FILE KEEP)" t nil)
25735 (autoload 'spam-report-url-ping-mm-url "spam-report" "\
25736 Ping a host through HTTP, addressing a specific GET resource. Use
25737 the external program specified in `mm-url-program' to connect to
25738 server.
25740 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25742 (autoload 'spam-report-url-to-file "spam-report" "\
25743 Collect spam report requests in `spam-report-requests-file'.
25744 Customize `spam-report-url-ping-function' to use this function.
25746 \(fn HOST REPORT)" nil nil)
25748 (autoload 'spam-report-agentize "spam-report" "\
25749 Add spam-report support to the Agent.
25750 Spam reports will be queued with \\[spam-report-url-to-file] when
25751 the Agent is unplugged, and will be submitted in a batch when the
25752 Agent is plugged.
25754 \(fn)" t nil)
25756 (autoload 'spam-report-deagentize "spam-report" "\
25757 Remove spam-report support from the Agent.
25758 Spam reports will be queued with the method used when
25759 \\[spam-report-agentize] was run.
25761 \(fn)" t nil)
25763 ;;;***
25765 ;;;### (autoloads nil "speedbar" "speedbar.el" (22330 59913 915323
25766 ;;;;;; 612000))
25767 ;;; Generated autoloads from speedbar.el
25769 (defalias 'speedbar 'speedbar-frame-mode)
25771 (autoload 'speedbar-frame-mode "speedbar" "\
25772 Enable or disable speedbar. Positive ARG means turn on, negative turn off.
25773 A nil ARG means toggle. Once the speedbar frame is activated, a buffer in
25774 `speedbar-mode' will be displayed. Currently, only one speedbar is
25775 supported at a time.
25776 `speedbar-before-popup-hook' is called before popping up the speedbar frame.
25777 `speedbar-before-delete-hook' is called before the frame is deleted.
25779 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
25781 (autoload 'speedbar-get-focus "speedbar" "\
25782 Change frame focus to or from the speedbar frame.
25783 If the selected frame is not speedbar, then speedbar frame is
25784 selected. If the speedbar frame is active, then select the attached frame.
25786 \(fn)" t nil)
25788 ;;;***
25790 ;;;### (autoloads nil "spook" "play/spook.el" (22330 59913 970323
25791 ;;;;;; 443000))
25792 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/spook.el
25794 (autoload 'spook "spook" "\
25795 Adds that special touch of class to your outgoing mail.
25797 \(fn)" t nil)
25799 (autoload 'snarf-spooks "spook" "\
25800 Return a vector containing the lines from `spook-phrases-file'.
25802 \(fn)" nil nil)
25804 ;;;***
25806 ;;;### (autoloads nil "sql" "progmodes/sql.el" (22331 17372 100369
25807 ;;;;;; 239000))
25808 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/sql.el
25809 (push (purecopy '(sql 3 5)) package--builtin-versions)
25811 (autoload 'sql-add-product-keywords "sql" "\
25812 Add highlighting KEYWORDS for SQL PRODUCT.
25814 PRODUCT should be a symbol, the name of a SQL product, such as
25815 `oracle'. KEYWORDS should be a list; see the variable
25816 `font-lock-keywords'. By default they are added at the beginning
25817 of the current highlighting list. If optional argument APPEND is
25818 `set', they are used to replace the current highlighting list.
25819 If APPEND is any other non-nil value, they are added at the end
25820 of the current highlighting list.
25822 For example:
25824 (sql-add-product-keywords \\='ms
25825 \\='((\"\\\\b\\\\w+_t\\\\b\" . font-lock-type-face)))
25827 adds a fontification pattern to fontify identifiers ending in
25828 `_t' as data types.
25830 \(fn PRODUCT KEYWORDS &optional APPEND)" nil nil)
25832 (autoload 'sql-mode "sql" "\
25833 Major mode to edit SQL.
25835 You can send SQL statements to the SQLi buffer using
25836 \\[sql-send-region]. Such a buffer must exist before you can do this.
25837 See `sql-help' on how to create SQLi buffers.
25839 \\{sql-mode-map}
25840 Customization: Entry to this mode runs the `sql-mode-hook'.
25842 When you put a buffer in SQL mode, the buffer stores the last SQLi
25843 buffer created as its destination in the variable `sql-buffer'. This
25844 will be the buffer \\[sql-send-region] sends the region to. If this
25845 SQLi buffer is killed, \\[sql-send-region] is no longer able to
25846 determine where the strings should be sent to. You can set the
25847 value of `sql-buffer' using \\[sql-set-sqli-buffer].
25849 For information on how to create multiple SQLi buffers, see
25850 `sql-interactive-mode'.
25852 Note that SQL doesn't have an escape character unless you specify
25853 one. If you specify backslash as escape character in SQL, you
25854 must tell Emacs. Here's how to do that in your init file:
25856 \(add-hook \\='sql-mode-hook
25857 (lambda ()
25858 (modify-syntax-entry ?\\\\ \".\" sql-mode-syntax-table)))
25860 \(fn)" t nil)
25862 (autoload 'sql-connect "sql" "\
25863 Connect to an interactive session using CONNECTION settings.
25865 See `sql-connection-alist' to see how to define connections and
25866 their settings.
25868 The user will not be prompted for any login parameters if a value
25869 is specified in the connection settings.
25871 \(fn CONNECTION &optional NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25873 (autoload 'sql-product-interactive "sql" "\
25874 Run PRODUCT interpreter as an inferior process.
25876 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25877 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer `*SQL*'.
25879 To specify the SQL product, prefix the call with
25880 \\[universal-argument]. To set the buffer name as well, prefix
25881 the call to \\[sql-product-interactive] with
25882 \\[universal-argument] \\[universal-argument].
25884 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25886 \(fn &optional PRODUCT NEW-NAME)" t nil)
25888 (autoload 'sql-oracle "sql" "\
25889 Run sqlplus by Oracle as an inferior process.
25891 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25892 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25893 `*SQL*'.
25895 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-oracle-program'. Login uses
25896 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
25897 defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored in
25898 the list `sql-oracle-options'.
25900 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25901 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25903 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25904 before \\[sql-oracle]. Once session has started,
25905 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25906 buffer.
25908 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25909 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25910 before \\[sql-oracle]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25911 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25912 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25913 `default-process-coding-system'.
25915 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25917 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25919 (autoload 'sql-sybase "sql" "\
25920 Run isql by Sybase as an inferior process.
25922 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25923 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25924 `*SQL*'.
25926 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sybase-program'. Login uses
25927 the variables `sql-server', `sql-user', `sql-password', and
25928 `sql-database' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25929 can be stored in the list `sql-sybase-options'.
25931 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25932 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25934 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25935 before \\[sql-sybase]. Once session has started,
25936 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25937 buffer.
25939 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25940 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25941 before \\[sql-sybase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25942 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25943 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25944 `default-process-coding-system'.
25946 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25948 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25950 (autoload 'sql-informix "sql" "\
25951 Run dbaccess by Informix as an inferior process.
25953 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25954 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25955 `*SQL*'.
25957 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-informix-program'. Login uses
25958 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
25960 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25961 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25963 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25964 before \\[sql-informix]. Once session has started,
25965 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25966 buffer.
25968 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
25969 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
25970 before \\[sql-informix]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
25971 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
25972 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
25973 `default-process-coding-system'.
25975 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
25977 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
25979 (autoload 'sql-sqlite "sql" "\
25980 Run sqlite as an inferior process.
25982 SQLite is free software.
25984 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
25985 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
25986 `*SQL*'.
25988 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-sqlite-program'. Login uses
25989 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
25990 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
25991 can be stored in the list `sql-sqlite-options'.
25993 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
25994 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
25996 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
25997 before \\[sql-sqlite]. Once session has started,
25998 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
25999 buffer.
26001 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26002 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26003 before \\[sql-sqlite]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26004 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26005 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26006 `default-process-coding-system'.
26008 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26010 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26012 (autoload 'sql-mysql "sql" "\
26013 Run mysql by TcX as an inferior process.
26015 Mysql versions 3.23 and up are free software.
26017 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26018 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26019 `*SQL*'.
26021 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-mysql-program'. Login uses
26022 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and
26023 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26024 can be stored in the list `sql-mysql-options'.
26026 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26027 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26029 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26030 before \\[sql-mysql]. Once session has started,
26031 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26032 buffer.
26034 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26035 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26036 before \\[sql-mysql]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26037 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26038 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26039 `default-process-coding-system'.
26041 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26043 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26045 (autoload 'sql-solid "sql" "\
26046 Run solsql by Solid as an inferior process.
26048 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26049 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26050 `*SQL*'.
26052 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-solid-program'. Login uses
26053 the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-server' as
26054 defaults, if set.
26056 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26057 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26059 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26060 before \\[sql-solid]. Once session has started,
26061 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26062 buffer.
26064 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26065 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26066 before \\[sql-solid]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26067 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26068 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26069 `default-process-coding-system'.
26071 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26073 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26075 (autoload 'sql-ingres "sql" "\
26076 Run sql by Ingres as an inferior process.
26078 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26079 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26080 `*SQL*'.
26082 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ingres-program'. Login uses
26083 the variable `sql-database' as default, if set.
26085 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26086 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26088 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26089 before \\[sql-ingres]. Once session has started,
26090 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26091 buffer.
26093 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26094 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26095 before \\[sql-ingres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26096 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26097 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26098 `default-process-coding-system'.
26100 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26102 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26104 (autoload 'sql-ms "sql" "\
26105 Run osql by Microsoft as an inferior process.
26107 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26108 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26109 `*SQL*'.
26111 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-ms-program'. Login uses the
26112 variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database', and `sql-server'
26113 as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters can be stored
26114 in the list `sql-ms-options'.
26116 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26117 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26119 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26120 before \\[sql-ms]. Once session has started,
26121 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26122 buffer.
26124 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26125 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26126 before \\[sql-ms]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26127 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26128 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26129 `default-process-coding-system'.
26131 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26133 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26135 (autoload 'sql-postgres "sql" "\
26136 Run psql by Postgres as an inferior process.
26138 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26139 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26140 `*SQL*'.
26142 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-postgres-program'. Login uses
26143 the variables `sql-database' and `sql-server' as default, if set.
26144 Additional command line parameters can be stored in the list
26145 `sql-postgres-options'.
26147 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26148 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26150 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26151 before \\[sql-postgres]. Once session has started,
26152 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26153 buffer.
26155 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26156 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26157 before \\[sql-postgres]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26158 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26159 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26160 `default-process-coding-system'. If your output lines end with ^M,
26161 your might try undecided-dos as a coding system. If this doesn't help,
26162 Try to set `comint-output-filter-functions' like this:
26164 \(setq comint-output-filter-functions (append comint-output-filter-functions
26165 \\='(comint-strip-ctrl-m)))
26167 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26169 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26171 (autoload 'sql-interbase "sql" "\
26172 Run isql by Interbase as an inferior process.
26174 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26175 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26176 `*SQL*'.
26178 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-interbase-program'. Login
26179 uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', and `sql-database' as
26180 defaults, if set.
26182 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26183 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26185 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26186 before \\[sql-interbase]. Once session has started,
26187 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26188 buffer.
26190 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26191 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26192 before \\[sql-interbase]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26193 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26194 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26195 `default-process-coding-system'.
26197 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26199 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26201 (autoload 'sql-db2 "sql" "\
26202 Run db2 by IBM as an inferior process.
26204 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26205 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26206 `*SQL*'.
26208 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-db2-program'. There is not
26209 automatic login.
26211 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26212 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26214 If you use \\[sql-accumulate-and-indent] to send multiline commands to
26215 db2, newlines will be escaped if necessary. If you don't want that, set
26216 `comint-input-sender' back to `comint-simple-send' by writing an after
26217 advice. See the elisp manual for more information.
26219 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26220 before \\[sql-db2]. Once session has started,
26221 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26222 buffer.
26224 To specify a coding system for converting non-ASCII characters
26225 in the input and output to the process, use \\[universal-coding-system-argument]
26226 before \\[sql-db2]. You can also specify this with \\[set-buffer-process-coding-system]
26227 in the SQL buffer, after you start the process.
26228 The default comes from `process-coding-system-alist' and
26229 `default-process-coding-system'.
26231 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26233 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26235 (autoload 'sql-linter "sql" "\
26236 Run inl by RELEX as an inferior process.
26238 If buffer `*SQL*' exists but no process is running, make a new process.
26239 If buffer exists and a process is running, just switch to buffer
26240 `*SQL*'.
26242 Interpreter used comes from variable `sql-linter-program' - usually `inl'.
26243 Login uses the variables `sql-user', `sql-password', `sql-database' and
26244 `sql-server' as defaults, if set. Additional command line parameters
26245 can be stored in the list `sql-linter-options'. Run inl -h to get help on
26246 parameters.
26248 `sql-database' is used to set the LINTER_MBX environment variable for
26249 local connections, `sql-server' refers to the server name from the
26250 `nodetab' file for the network connection (dbc_tcp or friends must run
26251 for this to work). If `sql-password' is an empty string, inl will use
26252 an empty password.
26254 The buffer is put in SQL interactive mode, giving commands for sending
26255 input. See `sql-interactive-mode'.
26257 To set the buffer name directly, use \\[universal-argument]
26258 before \\[sql-linter]. Once session has started,
26259 \\[sql-rename-buffer] can be called separately to rename the
26260 buffer.
26262 \(Type \\[describe-mode] in the SQL buffer for a list of commands.)
26264 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26266 (autoload 'sql-vertica "sql" "\
26267 Run vsql as an inferior process.
26269 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
26271 ;;;***
26273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode" "cedet/srecode.el" (22330 59913 920323
26274 ;;;;;; 597000))
26275 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode.el
26276 (push (purecopy '(srecode 1 2)) package--builtin-versions)
26278 ;;;***
26280 ;;;### (autoloads nil "srecode/srt-mode" "cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el"
26281 ;;;;;; (22330 59913 926323 578000))
26282 ;;; Generated autoloads from cedet/srecode/srt-mode.el
26284 (autoload 'srecode-template-mode "srecode/srt-mode" "\
26285 Major-mode for writing SRecode macros.
26287 \(fn)" t nil)
26289 (defalias 'srt-mode 'srecode-template-mode)
26291 ;;;***
26293 ;;;### (autoloads nil "starttls" "gnus/starttls.el" (22331 17372
26294 ;;;;;; 36369 466000))
26295 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/starttls.el
26297 (autoload 'starttls-open-stream "starttls" "\
26298 Open a TLS connection for a port to a host.
26299 Returns a subprocess object to represent the connection.
26300 Input and output work as for subprocesses; `delete-process' closes it.
26301 Args are NAME BUFFER HOST PORT.
26302 NAME is name for process. It is modified if necessary to make it unique.
26303 BUFFER is the buffer (or `buffer-name') to associate with the process.
26304 Process output goes at end of that buffer, unless you specify
26305 an output stream or filter function to handle the output.
26306 BUFFER may be also nil, meaning that this process is not associated
26307 with any buffer
26308 Third arg is name of the host to connect to, or its IP address.
26309 Fourth arg PORT is an integer specifying a port to connect to.
26310 If `starttls-use-gnutls' is nil, this may also be a service name, but
26311 GnuTLS requires a port number.
26313 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST PORT)" nil nil)
26315 ;;;***
26317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "strokes" "strokes.el" (22330 59913 915323
26318 ;;;;;; 612000))
26319 ;;; Generated autoloads from strokes.el
26321 (autoload 'strokes-global-set-stroke "strokes" "\
26322 Interactively give STROKE the global binding as COMMAND.
26323 Works just like `global-set-key', except for strokes. COMMAND is
26324 a symbol naming an interactively-callable function. STROKE is a
26325 list of sampled positions on the stroke grid as described in the
26326 documentation for the `strokes-define-stroke' function.
26328 See also `strokes-global-set-stroke-string'.
26330 \(fn STROKE COMMAND)" t nil)
26332 (autoload 'strokes-read-stroke "strokes" "\
26333 Read a simple stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26334 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26335 This function will display the stroke interactively as it is being
26336 entered in the strokes buffer if the variable
26337 `strokes-use-strokes-buffer' is non-nil.
26338 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26340 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26342 (autoload 'strokes-read-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26343 Read a complex stroke (interactively) and return the stroke.
26344 Optional PROMPT in minibuffer displays before and during stroke reading.
26345 Note that a complex stroke allows the user to pen-up and pen-down. This
26346 is implemented by allowing the user to paint with button 1 or button 2 and
26347 then complete the stroke with button 3.
26348 Optional EVENT is acceptable as the starting event of the stroke.
26350 \(fn &optional PROMPT EVENT)" nil nil)
26352 (autoload 'strokes-do-stroke "strokes" "\
26353 Read a simple stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26354 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26356 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26358 (autoload 'strokes-do-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26359 Read a complex stroke from the user and then execute its command.
26360 This must be bound to a mouse event.
26362 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
26364 (autoload 'strokes-describe-stroke "strokes" "\
26365 Displays the command which STROKE maps to, reading STROKE interactively.
26367 \(fn STROKE)" t nil)
26369 (autoload 'strokes-help "strokes" "\
26370 Get instruction on using the Strokes package.
26372 \(fn)" t nil)
26374 (autoload 'strokes-load-user-strokes "strokes" "\
26375 Load user-defined strokes from file named by `strokes-file'.
26377 \(fn)" t nil)
26379 (autoload 'strokes-list-strokes "strokes" "\
26380 Pop up a buffer containing an alphabetical listing of strokes in STROKES-MAP.
26381 With CHRONOLOGICAL prefix arg (\\[universal-argument]) list strokes chronologically
26382 by command name.
26383 If STROKES-MAP is not given, `strokes-global-map' will be used instead.
26385 \(fn &optional CHRONOLOGICAL STROKES-MAP)" t nil)
26387 (defvar strokes-mode nil "\
26388 Non-nil if Strokes mode is enabled.
26389 See the `strokes-mode' command
26390 for a description of this minor mode.
26391 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26392 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26393 or call the function `strokes-mode'.")
26395 (custom-autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" nil)
26397 (autoload 'strokes-mode "strokes" "\
26398 Toggle Strokes mode, a global minor mode.
26399 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Strokes mode if ARG is
26400 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
26401 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26403 \\<strokes-mode-map>
26404 Strokes are pictographic mouse gestures which invoke commands.
26405 Strokes are invoked with \\[strokes-do-stroke]. You can define
26406 new strokes with \\[strokes-global-set-stroke]. See also
26407 \\[strokes-do-complex-stroke] for `complex' strokes.
26409 To use strokes for pictographic editing, such as Chinese/Japanese, use
26410 \\[strokes-compose-complex-stroke], which draws strokes and inserts them.
26411 Encode/decode your strokes with \\[strokes-encode-buffer],
26412 \\[strokes-decode-buffer].
26414 \\{strokes-mode-map}
26416 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26418 (autoload 'strokes-decode-buffer "strokes" "\
26419 Decode stroke strings in BUFFER and display their corresponding glyphs.
26420 Optional BUFFER defaults to the current buffer.
26421 Optional FORCE non-nil will ignore the buffer's read-only status.
26423 \(fn &optional BUFFER FORCE)" t nil)
26425 (autoload 'strokes-compose-complex-stroke "strokes" "\
26426 Read a complex stroke and insert its glyph into the current buffer.
26428 \(fn)" t nil)
26430 ;;;***
26432 ;;;### (autoloads nil "studly" "play/studly.el" (22330 59913 969323
26433 ;;;;;; 446000))
26434 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/studly.el
26436 (autoload 'studlify-region "studly" "\
26437 Studlify-case the region.
26439 \(fn BEGIN END)" t nil)
26441 (autoload 'studlify-word "studly" "\
26442 Studlify-case the current word, or COUNT words if given an argument.
26444 \(fn COUNT)" t nil)
26446 (autoload 'studlify-buffer "studly" "\
26447 Studlify-case the current buffer.
26449 \(fn)" t nil)
26451 ;;;***
26453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "subword" "progmodes/subword.el" (22330 59913
26454 ;;;;;; 985323 396000))
26455 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/subword.el
26457 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'capitalized-words-mode 'subword-mode "25.1")
26459 (autoload 'subword-mode "subword" "\
26460 Toggle subword movement and editing (Subword mode).
26461 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Subword mode if ARG is
26462 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26463 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26465 Subword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26466 the definition of a word so that word-based commands stop inside
26467 symbols with mixed uppercase and lowercase letters,
26468 e.g. \"GtkWidget\", \"EmacsFrameClass\", \"NSGraphicsContext\".
26470 Here we call these mixed case symbols `nomenclatures'. Each
26471 capitalized (or completely uppercase) part of a nomenclature is
26472 called a `subword'. Here are some examples:
26474 Nomenclature Subwords
26475 ===========================================================
26476 GtkWindow => \"Gtk\" and \"Window\"
26477 EmacsFrameClass => \"Emacs\", \"Frame\" and \"Class\"
26478 NSGraphicsContext => \"NS\", \"Graphics\" and \"Context\"
26480 This mode changes the definition of a word so that word commands
26481 treat nomenclature boundaries as word boundaries.
26483 \\{subword-mode-map}
26485 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26487 (defvar global-subword-mode nil "\
26488 Non-nil if Global Subword mode is enabled.
26489 See the `global-subword-mode' command
26490 for a description of this minor mode.
26491 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26492 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26493 or call the function `global-subword-mode'.")
26495 (custom-autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" nil)
26497 (autoload 'global-subword-mode "subword" "\
26498 Toggle Subword mode in all buffers.
26499 With prefix ARG, enable Global Subword mode if ARG is positive;
26500 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26501 ARG is omitted or nil.
26503 Subword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26504 `(lambda nil (subword-mode 1))' would do it.
26505 See `subword-mode' for more information on Subword mode.
26507 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26509 (autoload 'superword-mode "subword" "\
26510 Toggle superword movement and editing (Superword mode).
26511 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Superword mode if ARG is
26512 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26513 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26515 Superword mode is a buffer-local minor mode. Enabling it changes
26516 the definition of words such that symbols characters are treated
26517 as parts of words: e.g., in `superword-mode',
26518 \"this_is_a_symbol\" counts as one word.
26520 \\{superword-mode-map}
26522 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26524 (defvar global-superword-mode nil "\
26525 Non-nil if Global Superword mode is enabled.
26526 See the `global-superword-mode' command
26527 for a description of this minor mode.
26528 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26529 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26530 or call the function `global-superword-mode'.")
26532 (custom-autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" nil)
26534 (autoload 'global-superword-mode "subword" "\
26535 Toggle Superword mode in all buffers.
26536 With prefix ARG, enable Global Superword mode if ARG is positive;
26537 otherwise, disable it. If called from Lisp, enable the mode if
26538 ARG is omitted or nil.
26540 Superword mode is enabled in all buffers where
26541 `(lambda nil (superword-mode 1))' would do it.
26542 See `superword-mode' for more information on Superword mode.
26544 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26546 ;;;***
26548 ;;;### (autoloads nil "supercite" "mail/supercite.el" (22330 59913
26549 ;;;;;; 948323 511000))
26550 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/supercite.el
26552 (autoload 'sc-cite-original "supercite" "\
26553 Workhorse citing function which performs the initial citation.
26554 This is callable from the various mail and news readers' reply
26555 function according to the agreed upon standard. See the associated
26556 info node `(SC)Top' for more details.
26557 `sc-cite-original' does not do any yanking of the
26558 original message but it does require a few things:
26560 1) The reply buffer is the current buffer.
26562 2) The original message has been yanked and inserted into the
26563 reply buffer.
26565 3) Verbose mail headers from the original message have been
26566 inserted into the reply buffer directly before the text of the
26567 original message.
26569 4) Point is at the beginning of the verbose headers.
26571 5) Mark is at the end of the body of text to be cited.
26573 The region need not be active (and typically isn't when this
26574 function is called). Also, the hook `sc-pre-hook' is run before,
26575 and `sc-post-hook' is run after the guts of this function.
26577 \(fn)" nil nil)
26579 ;;;***
26581 ;;;### (autoloads nil "t-mouse" "t-mouse.el" (22330 59913 915323
26582 ;;;;;; 612000))
26583 ;;; Generated autoloads from t-mouse.el
26585 (define-obsolete-function-alias 't-mouse-mode 'gpm-mouse-mode "23.1")
26587 (defvar gpm-mouse-mode t "\
26588 Non-nil if Gpm-Mouse mode is enabled.
26589 See the `gpm-mouse-mode' command
26590 for a description of this minor mode.
26591 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
26592 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
26593 or call the function `gpm-mouse-mode'.")
26595 (custom-autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" nil)
26597 (autoload 'gpm-mouse-mode "t-mouse" "\
26598 Toggle mouse support in GNU/Linux consoles (GPM Mouse mode).
26599 With a prefix argument ARG, enable GPM Mouse mode if ARG is
26600 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
26601 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
26603 This allows the use of the mouse when operating on a GNU/Linux console,
26604 in the same way as you can use the mouse under X11.
26605 It relies on the `gpm' daemon being activated.
26607 Note that when `gpm-mouse-mode' is enabled, you cannot use the
26608 mouse to transfer text between Emacs and other programs which use
26609 GPM. This is due to limitations in GPM and the Linux kernel.
26611 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26613 ;;;***
26615 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tabify" "tabify.el" (22330 59913 915323 612000))
26616 ;;; Generated autoloads from tabify.el
26618 (autoload 'untabify "tabify" "\
26619 Convert all tabs in region to multiple spaces, preserving columns.
26620 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26621 buffer.
26623 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26624 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26625 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26627 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26629 (autoload 'tabify "tabify" "\
26630 Convert multiple spaces in region to tabs when possible.
26631 A group of spaces is partially replaced by tabs
26632 when this can be done without changing the column they end at.
26633 If called interactively with prefix ARG, convert for the entire
26634 buffer.
26636 Called non-interactively, the region is specified by arguments
26637 START and END, rather than by the position of point and mark.
26638 The variable `tab-width' controls the spacing of tab stops.
26640 \(fn START END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26642 ;;;***
26644 ;;;### (autoloads nil "table" "textmodes/table.el" (22331 17372 118369
26645 ;;;;;; 175000))
26646 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/table.el
26648 (autoload 'table-insert "table" "\
26649 Insert an editable text table.
26650 Insert a table of specified number of COLUMNS and ROWS. Optional
26651 parameter CELL-WIDTH and CELL-HEIGHT can specify the size of each
26652 cell. The cell size is uniform across the table if the specified size
26653 is a number. They can be a list of numbers to specify different size
26654 for each cell. When called interactively, the list of number is
26655 entered by simply listing all the numbers with space characters
26656 delimiting them.
26658 Examples:
26660 \\[table-insert] inserts a table at the current point location.
26662 Suppose we have the following situation where `-!-' indicates the
26663 location of point.
26667 Type \\[table-insert] and hit ENTER key. As it asks table
26668 specification, provide 3 for number of columns, 1 for number of rows,
26669 5 for cell width and 1 for cell height. Now you shall see the next
26670 table and the point is automatically moved to the beginning of the
26671 first cell.
26673 +-----+-----+-----+
26674 |-!- | | |
26675 +-----+-----+-----+
26677 Inside a table cell, there are special key bindings. \\<table-cell-map>
26679 M-9 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 9 \\[table-widen-cell]) widens the first cell by 9 character
26680 width, which results as
26682 +--------------+-----+-----+
26683 |-!- | | |
26684 +--------------+-----+-----+
26686 Type TAB \\[table-widen-cell] then type TAB M-2 M-7 \\[table-widen-cell] (or \\[universal-argument] 2 7 \\[table-widen-cell]). Typing
26687 TAB moves the point forward by a cell. The result now looks like this:
26689 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26690 | | |-!- |
26691 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26693 If you knew each width of the columns prior to the table creation,
26694 what you could have done better was to have had given the complete
26695 width information to `table-insert'.
26697 Cell width(s): 14 6 32
26699 instead of
26701 Cell width(s): 5
26703 This would have eliminated the previously mentioned width adjustment
26704 work all together.
26706 If the point is in the last cell type S-TAB S-TAB to move it to the
26707 first cell. Now type \\[table-heighten-cell] which heighten the row by a line.
26709 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26710 |-!- | | |
26711 | | | |
26712 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26714 Type \\[table-insert-row-column] and tell it to insert a row.
26716 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26717 |-!- | | |
26718 | | | |
26719 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26720 | | | |
26721 | | | |
26722 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26724 Move the point under the table as shown below.
26726 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26727 | | | |
26728 | | | |
26729 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26730 | | | |
26731 | | | |
26732 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26735 Type M-x table-insert-row instead of \\[table-insert-row-column]. \\[table-insert-row-column] does not work
26736 when the point is outside of the table. This insertion at
26737 outside of the table effectively appends a row at the end.
26739 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26740 | | | |
26741 | | | |
26742 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26743 | | | |
26744 | | | |
26745 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26746 |-!- | | |
26747 | | | |
26748 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26750 Text editing inside the table cell produces reasonably expected
26751 results.
26753 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26754 | | | |
26755 | | | |
26756 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26757 | | |Text editing inside the table |
26758 | | |cell produces reasonably |
26759 | | |expected results.-!- |
26760 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26761 | | | |
26762 | | | |
26763 +--------------+------+--------------------------------+
26765 Inside a table cell has a special keymap.
26767 \\{table-cell-map}
26769 \(fn COLUMNS ROWS &optional CELL-WIDTH CELL-HEIGHT)" t nil)
26771 (autoload 'table-insert-row "table" "\
26772 Insert N table row(s).
26773 When point is in a table the newly inserted row(s) are placed above
26774 the current row. When point is outside of the table it must be below
26775 the table within the table width range, then the newly created row(s)
26776 are appended at the bottom of the table.
26778 \(fn N)" t nil)
26780 (autoload 'table-insert-column "table" "\
26781 Insert N table column(s).
26782 When point is in a table the newly inserted column(s) are placed left
26783 of the current column. When point is outside of the table it must be
26784 right side of the table within the table height range, then the newly
26785 created column(s) are appended at the right of the table.
26787 \(fn N)" t nil)
26789 (autoload 'table-insert-row-column "table" "\
26790 Insert row(s) or column(s).
26791 See `table-insert-row' and `table-insert-column'.
26793 \(fn ROW-COLUMN N)" t nil)
26795 (autoload 'table-recognize "table" "\
26796 Recognize all tables within the current buffer and activate them.
26797 Scans the entire buffer and recognizes valid table cells. If the
26798 optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the
26799 buffer become inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and loses
26800 all the table specific features.
26802 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26804 (autoload 'table-unrecognize "table" "\
26807 \(fn)" t nil)
26809 (autoload 'table-recognize-region "table" "\
26810 Recognize all tables within region.
26811 BEG and END specify the region to work on. If the optional numeric
26812 prefix argument ARG is negative the tables in the region become
26813 inactive, meaning the tables become plain text and lose all the table
26814 specific features.
26816 \(fn BEG END &optional ARG)" t nil)
26818 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-region "table" "\
26821 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
26823 (autoload 'table-recognize-table "table" "\
26824 Recognize a table at point.
26825 If the optional numeric prefix argument ARG is negative the table
26826 becomes inactive, meaning the table becomes plain text and loses all
26827 the table specific features.
26829 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26831 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-table "table" "\
26834 \(fn)" t nil)
26836 (autoload 'table-recognize-cell "table" "\
26837 Recognize a table cell that contains current point.
26838 Probe the cell dimension and prepare the cell information. The
26839 optional two arguments FORCE and NO-COPY are for internal use only and
26840 must not be specified. When the optional numeric prefix argument ARG
26841 is negative the cell becomes inactive, meaning that the cell becomes
26842 plain text and loses all the table specific features.
26844 \(fn &optional FORCE NO-COPY ARG)" t nil)
26846 (autoload 'table-unrecognize-cell "table" "\
26849 \(fn)" t nil)
26851 (autoload 'table-heighten-cell "table" "\
26852 Heighten the current cell by N lines by expanding the cell vertically.
26853 Heightening is done by adding blank lines at the bottom of the current
26854 cell. Other cells aligned horizontally with the current one are also
26855 heightened in order to keep the rectangular table structure. The
26856 optional argument NO-COPY is internal use only and must not be
26857 specified.
26859 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26861 (autoload 'table-shorten-cell "table" "\
26862 Shorten the current cell by N lines by shrinking the cell vertically.
26863 Shortening is done by removing blank lines from the bottom of the cell
26864 and possibly from the top of the cell as well. Therefore, the cell
26865 must have some bottom/top blank lines to be shorten effectively. This
26866 is applicable to all the cells aligned horizontally with the current
26867 one because they are also shortened in order to keep the rectangular
26868 table structure.
26870 \(fn N)" t nil)
26872 (autoload 'table-widen-cell "table" "\
26873 Widen the current cell by N columns and expand the cell horizontally.
26874 Some other cells in the same table are widen as well to keep the
26875 table's rectangle structure.
26877 \(fn N &optional NO-COPY NO-UPDATE)" t nil)
26879 (autoload 'table-narrow-cell "table" "\
26880 Narrow the current cell by N columns and shrink the cell horizontally.
26881 Some other cells in the same table are narrowed as well to keep the
26882 table's rectangle structure.
26884 \(fn N)" t nil)
26886 (autoload 'table-forward-cell "table" "\
26887 Move point forward to the beginning of the next cell.
26888 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26889 a negative argument ARG = -N means move backward N cells.
26890 Do not specify NO-RECOGNIZE and UNRECOGNIZE. They are for internal use only.
26892 Sample Cell Traveling Order (In Irregular Table Cases)
26894 You can actually try how it works in this buffer. Press
26895 \\[table-recognize] and go to cells in the following tables and press
26896 \\[table-forward-cell] or TAB key.
26898 +-----+--+ +--+-----+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +---------+ +--+---+--+
26899 |0 |1 | |0 |1 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 | |0 |1 |2 |
26900 +--+--+ | | +--+--+ +--+ | | | | +--+ +----+----+ +--+-+-+--+
26901 |2 |3 | | | |2 |3 | |3 +--+ | | +--+3 | |1 |2 | |3 |4 |
26902 | +--+--+ +--+--+ | +--+4 | | | |4 +--+ +--+-+-+--+ +----+----+
26903 | |4 | |4 | | |5 | | | | | |5 | |3 |4 |5 | |5 |
26904 +--+-----+ +-----+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+---+--+ +---------+
26906 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26907 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |
26908 | | | | | +--+ | | | | | +--+ +--+
26909 +--+ +--+ +--+3 +--+ | +--+ | |3 +--+4 |
26910 |3 | |4 | |4 +--+5 | | |3 | | +--+5 +--+
26911 | | | | | |6 | | | | | | |6 | |7 |
26912 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26914 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+ +--+--+--+--+
26915 |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 | |0 |1 |2 | |0 |1 |2 |3 |
26916 | +--+ | | +--+ | | +--+--+ | | | | | | +--+--+ |
26917 | |3 +--+ +--+3 | | +--+4 +--+ +--+ +--+ +--+4 +--+
26918 +--+ |4 | |4 | +--+ |5 +--+--+6 | |3 +--+--+4 | |5 | |6 |
26919 |5 +--+ | | +--+5 | | |7 |8 | | | |5 |6 | | | | | |
26920 | |6 | | | |6 | | +--+--+--+--+ +--+--+--+--+ +--+-----+--+
26921 +--+--+--+ +--+--+--+
26923 \(fn &optional ARG NO-RECOGNIZE UNRECOGNIZE)" t nil)
26925 (autoload 'table-backward-cell "table" "\
26926 Move backward to the beginning of the previous cell.
26927 With argument ARG, do it ARG times;
26928 a negative argument ARG = -N means move forward N cells.
26930 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26932 (autoload 'table-span-cell "table" "\
26933 Span current cell into adjacent cell in DIRECTION.
26934 DIRECTION is one of symbols; right, left, above or below.
26936 \(fn DIRECTION)" t nil)
26938 (autoload 'table-split-cell-vertically "table" "\
26939 Split current cell vertically.
26940 Creates a cell above and a cell below the current point location.
26942 \(fn)" t nil)
26944 (autoload 'table-split-cell-horizontally "table" "\
26945 Split current cell horizontally.
26946 Creates a cell on the left and a cell on the right of the current point location.
26948 \(fn)" t nil)
26950 (autoload 'table-split-cell "table" "\
26951 Split current cell in ORIENTATION.
26952 ORIENTATION is a symbol either horizontally or vertically.
26954 \(fn ORIENTATION)" t nil)
26956 (autoload 'table-justify "table" "\
26957 Justify contents of a cell, a row of cells or a column of cells.
26958 WHAT is a symbol `cell', `row' or `column'. JUSTIFY is a symbol
26959 `left', `center', `right', `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none'.
26961 \(fn WHAT JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26963 (autoload 'table-justify-cell "table" "\
26964 Justify cell contents.
26965 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal, or `top',
26966 `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical. When optional PARAGRAPH is
26967 non-nil the justify operation is limited to the current paragraph,
26968 otherwise the entire cell contents is justified.
26970 \(fn JUSTIFY &optional PARAGRAPH)" t nil)
26972 (autoload 'table-justify-row "table" "\
26973 Justify cells of a row.
26974 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
26975 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
26977 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26979 (autoload 'table-justify-column "table" "\
26980 Justify cells of a column.
26981 JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or `right' for horizontal,
26982 or `top', `middle', `bottom' or `none' for vertical.
26984 \(fn JUSTIFY)" t nil)
26986 (autoload 'table-fixed-width-mode "table" "\
26987 Cell width is fixed when this is non-nil.
26988 Normally it should be nil for allowing automatic cell width expansion
26989 that widens a cell when it is necessary. When non-nil, typing in a
26990 cell does not automatically expand the cell width. A word that is too
26991 long to fit in a cell is chopped into multiple lines. The chopped
26992 location is indicated by `table-word-continuation-char'. This
26993 variable's value can be toggled by \\[table-fixed-width-mode] at
26994 run-time.
26996 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
26998 (autoload 'table-query-dimension "table" "\
26999 Return the dimension of the current cell and the current table.
27000 The result is a list (cw ch tw th c r cells) where cw is the cell
27001 width, ch is the cell height, tw is the table width, th is the table
27002 height, c is the number of columns, r is the number of rows and cells
27003 is the total number of cells. The cell dimension excludes the cell
27004 frame while the table dimension includes the table frame. The columns
27005 and the rows are counted by the number of cell boundaries. Therefore
27006 the number tends to be larger than it appears for the tables with
27007 non-uniform cell structure (heavily spanned and split). When optional
27008 WHERE is provided the cell and table at that location is reported.
27010 \(fn &optional WHERE)" t nil)
27012 (autoload 'table-generate-source "table" "\
27013 Generate source of the current table in the specified language.
27014 LANGUAGE is a symbol that specifies the language to describe the
27015 structure of the table. It must be either `html', `latex' or `cals'.
27016 The resulted source text is inserted into DEST-BUFFER and the buffer
27017 object is returned. When DEST-BUFFER is omitted or nil the default
27018 buffer specified in `table-dest-buffer-name' is used. In this case
27019 the content of the default buffer is erased prior to the generation.
27020 When DEST-BUFFER is non-nil it is expected to be either a destination
27021 buffer or a name of the destination buffer. In this case the
27022 generated result is inserted at the current point in the destination
27023 buffer and the previously existing contents in the buffer are
27024 untouched.
27026 References used for this implementation:
27028 HTML:
27029 URL `http://www.w3.org'
27031 LaTeX:
27032 URL `http://www.maths.tcd.ie/~dwilkins/LaTeXPrimer/Tables.html'
27034 CALS (DocBook DTD):
27035 URL `http://www.oasis-open.org/html/a502.htm'
27036 URL `http://www.oreilly.com/catalog/docbook/chapter/book/table.html#AEN114751'
27038 \(fn LANGUAGE &optional DEST-BUFFER CAPTION)" t nil)
27040 (autoload 'table-insert-sequence "table" "\
27041 Travel cells forward while inserting a specified sequence string in each cell.
27042 STR is the base string from which the sequence starts. When STR is an
27043 empty string then each cell content is erased. When STR ends with
27044 numerical characters (they may optionally be surrounded by a pair of
27045 parentheses) they are incremented as a decimal number. Otherwise the
27046 last character in STR is incremented in ASCII code order. N is the
27047 number of sequence elements to insert. When N is negative the cell
27048 traveling direction is backward. When N is zero it travels forward
27049 entire table. INCREMENT is the increment between adjacent sequence
27050 elements and can be a negative number for effectively decrementing.
27051 INTERVAL is the number of cells to travel between sequence element
27052 insertion which is normally 1. When zero or less is given for
27053 INTERVAL it is interpreted as number of cells per row so that sequence
27054 is placed straight down vertically as long as the table's cell
27055 structure is uniform. JUSTIFY is a symbol `left', `center' or
27056 `right' that specifies justification of the inserted string.
27058 Example:
27060 (progn
27061 (table-insert 16 3 5 1)
27062 (table-forward-cell 15)
27063 (table-insert-sequence \"D0\" -16 1 1 \\='center)
27064 (table-forward-cell 16)
27065 (table-insert-sequence \"A[0]\" -16 1 1 \\='center)
27066 (table-forward-cell 1)
27067 (table-insert-sequence \"-\" 16 0 1 \\='center))
27069 (progn
27070 (table-insert 16 8 5 1)
27071 (table-insert-sequence \"@\" 0 1 2 \\='right)
27072 (table-forward-cell 1)
27073 (table-insert-sequence \"64\" 0 1 2 \\='left))
27075 \(fn STR N INCREMENT INTERVAL JUSTIFY)" t nil)
27077 (autoload 'table-delete-row "table" "\
27078 Delete N row(s) of cells.
27079 Delete N rows of cells from current row. The current row is the row
27080 contains the current cell where point is located. Each row must
27081 consists from cells of same height.
27083 \(fn N)" t nil)
27085 (autoload 'table-delete-column "table" "\
27086 Delete N column(s) of cells.
27087 Delete N columns of cells from current column. The current column is
27088 the column contains the current cell where point is located. Each
27089 column must consists from cells of same width.
27091 \(fn N)" t nil)
27093 (autoload 'table-capture "table" "\
27094 Convert plain text into a table by capturing the text in the region.
27095 Create a table with the text in region as cell contents. BEG and END
27096 specify the region. The text in the region is replaced with a table.
27097 The removed text is inserted in the table. When optional
27098 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are provided the region contents
27099 is parsed and separated into individual cell contents by using the
27100 delimiter regular expressions. This parsing determines the number of
27101 columns and rows of the table automatically. If COL-DELIM-REGEXP and
27102 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP are omitted the result table has only one cell and
27103 the entire region contents is placed in that cell. Optional JUSTIFY
27104 is one of `left', `center' or `right', which specifies the cell
27105 justification. Optional MIN-CELL-WIDTH specifies the minimum cell
27106 width. Optional COLUMNS specify the number of columns when
27107 ROW-DELIM-REGEXP is not specified.
27110 Example 1:
27112 1, 2, 3, 4
27113 5, 6, 7, 8
27114 , 9, 10
27116 Running `table-capture' on above 3 line region with COL-DELIM-REGEXP
27117 \",\" and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP \"\\n\" creates the following table. In
27118 this example the cells are centered and minimum cell width is
27119 specified as 5.
27121 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27122 | 1 | 2 | 3 | 4 |
27123 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27124 | 5 | 6 | 7 | 8 |
27125 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27126 | | 9 | 10 | |
27127 +-----+-----+-----+-----+
27129 Note:
27131 In case the function is called interactively user must use \\[quoted-insert] `quoted-insert'
27132 in order to enter \"\\n\" successfully. COL-DELIM-REGEXP at the end
27133 of each row is optional.
27136 Example 2:
27138 This example shows how a table can be used for text layout editing.
27139 Let `table-capture' capture the following region starting from
27140 -!- and ending at -*-, that contains three paragraphs and two item
27141 name headers. This time specify empty string for both
27142 COL-DELIM-REGEXP and ROW-DELIM-REGEXP.
27144 -!-`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power
27145 requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do.
27147 Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular
27148 expression and raw delimiter regular
27149 expression, it parses the specified text
27150 area and extracts cell items from
27151 non-table text and then forms a table out
27152 of them.
27154 Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it
27155 creates a single cell table. The text in
27156 the specified region is placed in that
27157 cell.-*-
27159 Now the entire content is captured in a cell which is itself a table
27160 like this.
27162 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27163 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27164 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27166 |Parse Cell Items By using column delimiter regular |
27167 | expression and raw delimiter regular |
27168 | expression, it parses the specified text |
27169 | area and extracts cell items from |
27170 | non-table text and then forms a table out |
27171 | of them. |
27173 |Capture Text Area When no delimiters are specified it |
27174 | creates a single cell table. The text in |
27175 | the specified region is placed in that |
27176 | cell. |
27177 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27179 By splitting the cell appropriately we now have a table consisting of
27180 paragraphs occupying its own cell. Each cell can now be edited
27181 independently.
27183 +-----------------------------------------------------------------+
27184 |`table-capture' is a powerful command however mastering its power|
27185 |requires some practice. Here is a list of items what it can do. |
27186 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27187 |Parse Cell Items |By using column delimiter regular |
27188 | |expression and raw delimiter regular |
27189 | |expression, it parses the specified text |
27190 | |area and extracts cell items from |
27191 | |non-table text and then forms a table out |
27192 | |of them. |
27193 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27194 |Capture Text Area |When no delimiters are specified it |
27195 | |creates a single cell table. The text in |
27196 | |the specified region is placed in that |
27197 | |cell. |
27198 +---------------------+-------------------------------------------+
27200 By applying `table-release', which does the opposite process, the
27201 contents become once again plain text. `table-release' works as
27202 companion command to `table-capture' this way.
27204 \(fn BEG END &optional COL-DELIM-REGEXP ROW-DELIM-REGEXP JUSTIFY MIN-CELL-WIDTH COLUMNS)" t nil)
27206 (autoload 'table-release "table" "\
27207 Convert a table into plain text by removing the frame from a table.
27208 Remove the frame from a table and deactivate the table. This command
27209 converts a table into plain text without frames. It is a companion to
27210 `table-capture' which does the opposite process.
27212 \(fn)" t nil)
27214 ;;;***
27216 ;;;### (autoloads nil "talk" "talk.el" (22330 59913 915323 612000))
27217 ;;; Generated autoloads from talk.el
27219 (autoload 'talk-connect "talk" "\
27220 Connect to display DISPLAY for the Emacs talk group.
27222 \(fn DISPLAY)" t nil)
27224 (autoload 'talk "talk" "\
27225 Connect to the Emacs talk group from the current X display or tty frame.
27227 \(fn)" t nil)
27229 ;;;***
27231 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tar-mode" "tar-mode.el" (22330 59913 915323
27232 ;;;;;; 612000))
27233 ;;; Generated autoloads from tar-mode.el
27235 (autoload 'tar-mode "tar-mode" "\
27236 Major mode for viewing a tar file as a dired-like listing of its contents.
27237 You can move around using the usual cursor motion commands.
27238 Letters no longer insert themselves.
27239 Type `e' to pull a file out of the tar file and into its own buffer;
27240 or click mouse-2 on the file's line in the Tar mode buffer.
27241 Type `c' to copy an entry from the tar file into another file on disk.
27243 If you edit a sub-file of this archive (as with the `e' command) and
27244 save it with \\[save-buffer], the contents of that buffer will be
27245 saved back into the tar-file buffer; in this way you can edit a file
27246 inside of a tar archive without extracting it and re-archiving it.
27248 See also: variables `tar-update-datestamp' and `tar-anal-blocksize'.
27249 \\{tar-mode-map}
27251 \(fn)" t nil)
27253 ;;;***
27255 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tcl" "progmodes/tcl.el" (22330 59913 985323
27256 ;;;;;; 396000))
27257 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/tcl.el
27259 (autoload 'tcl-mode "tcl" "\
27260 Major mode for editing Tcl code.
27261 Expression and list commands understand all Tcl brackets.
27262 Tab indents for Tcl code.
27263 Paragraphs are separated by blank lines only.
27264 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
27266 Variables controlling indentation style:
27267 `tcl-indent-level'
27268 Indentation of Tcl statements within surrounding block.
27269 `tcl-continued-indent-level'
27270 Indentation of continuation line relative to first line of command.
27272 Variables controlling user interaction with mode (see variable
27273 documentation for details):
27274 `tcl-tab-always-indent'
27275 Controls action of TAB key.
27276 `tcl-auto-newline'
27277 Non-nil means automatically newline before and after braces, brackets,
27278 and semicolons inserted in Tcl code.
27279 `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'
27280 If not nil, use a smarter, Tcl-specific way to find the current
27281 word when looking up help on a Tcl command.
27283 Turning on Tcl mode runs `tcl-mode-hook'. Read the documentation for
27284 `tcl-mode-hook' to see what kinds of interesting hook functions
27285 already exist.
27287 \(fn)" t nil)
27289 (autoload 'inferior-tcl "tcl" "\
27290 Run inferior Tcl process.
27291 Prefix arg means enter program name interactively.
27292 See documentation for function `inferior-tcl-mode' for more information.
27294 \(fn CMD)" t nil)
27296 (autoload 'tcl-help-on-word "tcl" "\
27297 Get help on Tcl command. Default is word at point.
27298 Prefix argument means invert sense of `tcl-use-smart-word-finder'.
27300 \(fn COMMAND &optional ARG)" t nil)
27302 ;;;***
27304 ;;;### (autoloads nil "telnet" "net/telnet.el" (22330 59913 954323
27305 ;;;;;; 492000))
27306 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/telnet.el
27308 (autoload 'telnet "telnet" "\
27309 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27310 Optional arg PORT specifies alternative port to connect to.
27311 Interactively, use \\[universal-argument] prefix to be prompted for port number.
27313 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*PROGRAM-HOST*'
27314 where PROGRAM is the telnet program being used. This program
27315 is controlled by the contents of the global variable `telnet-host-properties',
27316 falling back on the value of the global variable `telnet-program'.
27317 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27319 \(fn HOST &optional PORT)" t nil)
27321 (autoload 'rsh "telnet" "\
27322 Open a network login connection to host named HOST (a string).
27323 Communication with HOST is recorded in a buffer `*rsh-HOST*'.
27324 Normally input is edited in Emacs and sent a line at a time.
27326 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
27328 ;;;***
27330 ;;;### (autoloads nil "term" "term.el" (22331 17372 109369 207000))
27331 ;;; Generated autoloads from term.el
27333 (autoload 'make-term "term" "\
27334 Make a term process NAME in a buffer, running PROGRAM.
27335 The name of the buffer is made by surrounding NAME with `*'s.
27336 If there is already a running process in that buffer, it is not restarted.
27337 Optional third arg STARTFILE is the name of a file to send the contents of to
27338 the process. Any more args are arguments to PROGRAM.
27340 \(fn NAME PROGRAM &optional STARTFILE &rest SWITCHES)" nil nil)
27342 (autoload 'term "term" "\
27343 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27344 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the
27345 commands to use in that buffer.
27347 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27349 \(fn PROGRAM)" t nil)
27351 (autoload 'ansi-term "term" "\
27352 Start a terminal-emulator in a new buffer.
27354 \(fn PROGRAM &optional NEW-BUFFER-NAME)" t nil)
27356 (autoload 'serial-term "term" "\
27357 Start a terminal-emulator for a serial port in a new buffer.
27358 PORT is the path or name of the serial port. For example, this
27359 could be \"/dev/ttyS0\" on Unix. On Windows, this could be
27360 \"COM1\" or \"\\\\.\\COM10\".
27361 SPEED is the speed of the serial port in bits per second. 9600
27362 is a common value. SPEED can be nil, see
27363 `serial-process-configure' for details.
27364 The buffer is in Term mode; see `term-mode' for the commands to
27365 use in that buffer.
27366 \\<term-raw-map>Type \\[switch-to-buffer] to switch to another buffer.
27368 \(fn PORT SPEED)" t nil)
27370 ;;;***
27372 ;;;### (autoloads nil "testcover" "emacs-lisp/testcover.el" (22330
27373 ;;;;;; 59913 930323 566000))
27374 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/testcover.el
27376 (autoload 'testcover-this-defun "testcover" "\
27377 Start coverage on function under point.
27379 \(fn)" t nil)
27381 ;;;***
27383 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tetris" "play/tetris.el" (22330 59913 970323
27384 ;;;;;; 443000))
27385 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/tetris.el
27386 (push (purecopy '(tetris 2 1)) package--builtin-versions)
27388 (autoload 'tetris "tetris" "\
27389 Play the Tetris game.
27390 Shapes drop from the top of the screen, and the user has to move and
27391 rotate the shape to fit in with those at the bottom of the screen so
27392 as to form complete rows.
27394 tetris-mode keybindings:
27395 \\<tetris-mode-map>
27396 \\[tetris-start-game] Starts a new game of Tetris
27397 \\[tetris-end-game] Terminates the current game
27398 \\[tetris-pause-game] Pauses (or resumes) the current game
27399 \\[tetris-move-left] Moves the shape one square to the left
27400 \\[tetris-move-right] Moves the shape one square to the right
27401 \\[tetris-rotate-prev] Rotates the shape clockwise
27402 \\[tetris-rotate-next] Rotates the shape anticlockwise
27403 \\[tetris-move-bottom] Drops the shape to the bottom of the playing area
27405 \(fn)" t nil)
27407 ;;;***
27409 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tex-mode" "textmodes/tex-mode.el" (22331 17372
27410 ;;;;;; 119369 171000))
27411 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tex-mode.el
27413 (defvar tex-shell-file-name nil "\
27414 If non-nil, the shell file name to run in the subshell used to run TeX.")
27416 (custom-autoload 'tex-shell-file-name "tex-mode" t)
27418 (defvar tex-directory (purecopy ".") "\
27419 Directory in which temporary files are written.
27420 You can make this `/tmp' if your TEXINPUTS has no relative directories in it
27421 and you don't try to apply \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer] when there are
27422 `\\input' commands with relative directories.")
27424 (custom-autoload 'tex-directory "tex-mode" t)
27426 (defvar tex-first-line-header-regexp nil "\
27427 Regexp for matching a first line which `tex-region' should include.
27428 If this is non-nil, it should be a regular expression string;
27429 if it matches the first line of the file,
27430 `tex-region' always includes the first line in the TeX run.")
27432 (custom-autoload 'tex-first-line-header-regexp "tex-mode" t)
27434 (defvar tex-main-file nil "\
27435 The main TeX source file which includes this buffer's file.
27436 The command `tex-file' runs TeX on the file specified by `tex-main-file'
27437 if the variable is non-nil.")
27439 (custom-autoload 'tex-main-file "tex-mode" t)
27441 (defvar tex-offer-save t "\
27442 If non-nil, ask about saving modified buffers before \\[tex-file] is run.")
27444 (custom-autoload 'tex-offer-save "tex-mode" t)
27446 (defvar tex-run-command (purecopy "tex") "\
27447 Command used to run TeX subjob.
27448 TeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27449 See the documentation of that variable.")
27451 (custom-autoload 'tex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27453 (defvar latex-run-command (purecopy "latex") "\
27454 Command used to run LaTeX subjob.
27455 LaTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27456 See the documentation of that variable.")
27458 (custom-autoload 'latex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27460 (defvar slitex-run-command (purecopy "slitex") "\
27461 Command used to run SliTeX subjob.
27462 SliTeX Mode sets `tex-command' to this string.
27463 See the documentation of that variable.")
27465 (custom-autoload 'slitex-run-command "tex-mode" t)
27467 (defvar tex-start-options (purecopy "") "\
27468 TeX options to use when starting TeX.
27469 These immediately precede the commands in `tex-start-commands'
27470 and the input file name, with no separating space and are not shell-quoted.
27471 If nil, TeX runs with no options. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27473 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-options "tex-mode" t)
27475 (defvar tex-start-commands (purecopy "\\nonstopmode\\input") "\
27476 TeX commands to use when starting TeX.
27477 They are shell-quoted and precede the input file name, with a separating space.
27478 If nil, no commands are used. See the documentation of `tex-command'.")
27480 (custom-autoload 'tex-start-commands "tex-mode" t)
27482 (defvar latex-block-names nil "\
27483 User defined LaTeX block names.
27484 Combined with `latex-standard-block-names' for minibuffer completion.")
27486 (custom-autoload 'latex-block-names "tex-mode" t)
27488 (defvar tex-bibtex-command (purecopy "bibtex") "\
27489 Command used by `tex-bibtex-file' to gather bibliographic data.
27490 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27491 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27493 (custom-autoload 'tex-bibtex-command "tex-mode" t)
27495 (defvar tex-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27496 Command used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27497 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27498 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.")
27500 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27502 (defvar tex-alt-dvi-print-command (purecopy "lpr -d") "\
27503 Command used by \\[tex-print] with a prefix arg to print a .dvi file.
27504 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27505 otherwise, the file name, preceded by blank, is added at the end.
27507 If two printers are not enough of a choice, you can set the variable
27508 `tex-alt-dvi-print-command' to an expression that asks what you want;
27509 for example,
27511 (setq tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27512 \\='(format \"lpr -P%s\" (read-string \"Use printer: \")))
27514 would tell \\[tex-print] with a prefix argument to ask you which printer to
27515 use.")
27517 (custom-autoload 'tex-alt-dvi-print-command "tex-mode" t)
27519 (defvar tex-dvi-view-command `(cond ((eq window-system 'x) ,(purecopy "xdvi")) ((eq window-system 'w32) ,(purecopy "yap")) (t ,(purecopy "dvi2tty * | cat -s"))) "\
27520 Command used by \\[tex-view] to display a `.dvi' file.
27521 If it is a string, that specifies the command directly.
27522 If this string contains an asterisk (`*'), that is replaced by the file name;
27523 otherwise, the file name, preceded by a space, is added at the end.
27525 If the value is a form, it is evaluated to get the command to use.")
27527 (custom-autoload 'tex-dvi-view-command "tex-mode" t)
27529 (defvar tex-show-queue-command (purecopy "lpq") "\
27530 Command used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print queue.
27531 Should show the queue(s) that \\[tex-print] puts jobs on.")
27533 (custom-autoload 'tex-show-queue-command "tex-mode" t)
27535 (defvar tex-default-mode 'latex-mode "\
27536 Mode to enter for a new file that might be either TeX or LaTeX.
27537 This variable is used when it can't be determined whether the file
27538 is plain TeX or LaTeX or what because the file contains no commands.
27539 Normally set to either `plain-tex-mode' or `latex-mode'.")
27541 (custom-autoload 'tex-default-mode "tex-mode" t)
27543 (defvar tex-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27544 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27546 (custom-autoload 'tex-open-quote "tex-mode" t)
27548 (defvar tex-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27549 String inserted by typing \\[tex-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27551 (custom-autoload 'tex-close-quote "tex-mode" t)
27553 (autoload 'tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27554 Major mode for editing files of input for TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX.
27555 Tries to determine (by looking at the beginning of the file) whether
27556 this file is for plain TeX, LaTeX, or SliTeX and calls `plain-tex-mode',
27557 `latex-mode', or `slitex-mode', respectively. If it cannot be determined,
27558 such as if there are no commands in the file, the value of `tex-default-mode'
27559 says which mode to use.
27561 \(fn)" t nil)
27563 (defalias 'TeX-mode 'tex-mode)
27565 (defalias 'plain-TeX-mode 'plain-tex-mode)
27567 (defalias 'LaTeX-mode 'latex-mode)
27569 (autoload 'plain-tex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27570 Major mode for editing files of input for plain TeX.
27571 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27572 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27573 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27575 Use \\[tex-region] to run TeX on the current region, plus a \"header\"
27576 copied from the top of the file (containing macro definitions, etc.),
27577 running TeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27578 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27579 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27580 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27581 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27583 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27584 mismatched $'s or braces.
27586 Special commands:
27587 \\{plain-tex-mode-map}
27589 Mode variables:
27590 tex-run-command
27591 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27592 tex-directory
27593 Directory in which to create temporary files for TeX jobs
27594 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27595 tex-dvi-print-command
27596 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27597 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27598 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27599 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27600 tex-dvi-view-command
27601 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27602 tex-show-queue-command
27603 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27604 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27606 Entering Plain-tex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27607 `tex-mode-hook', and finally the hook `plain-tex-mode-hook'. When the
27608 special subshell is initiated, the hook `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27610 \(fn)" t nil)
27612 (autoload 'latex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27613 Major mode for editing files of input for LaTeX.
27614 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27615 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27616 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27618 Use \\[tex-region] to run LaTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27619 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27620 running LaTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27621 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27622 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27623 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27624 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27626 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27627 mismatched $'s or braces.
27629 Special commands:
27630 \\{latex-mode-map}
27632 Mode variables:
27633 latex-run-command
27634 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27635 tex-directory
27636 Directory in which to create temporary files for LaTeX jobs
27637 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27638 tex-dvi-print-command
27639 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27640 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27641 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27642 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27643 tex-dvi-view-command
27644 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27645 tex-show-queue-command
27646 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27647 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27649 Entering Latex mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then
27650 `tex-mode-hook', and finally `latex-mode-hook'. When the special
27651 subshell is initiated, `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27653 \(fn)" t nil)
27655 (autoload 'slitex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27656 Major mode for editing files of input for SliTeX.
27657 Makes $ and } display the characters they match.
27658 Makes \" insert \\=`\\=` when it seems to be the beginning of a quotation,
27659 and \\='\\=' when it appears to be the end; it inserts \" only after a \\.
27661 Use \\[tex-region] to run SliTeX on the current region, plus the preamble
27662 copied from the top of the file (containing \\documentstyle, etc.),
27663 running SliTeX under a special subshell. \\[tex-buffer] does the whole buffer.
27664 \\[tex-file] saves the buffer and then processes the file.
27665 \\[tex-print] prints the .dvi file made by any of these.
27666 \\[tex-view] previews the .dvi file made by any of these.
27667 \\[tex-bibtex-file] runs bibtex on the file of the current buffer.
27669 Use \\[tex-validate-buffer] to check buffer for paragraphs containing
27670 mismatched $'s or braces.
27672 Special commands:
27673 \\{slitex-mode-map}
27675 Mode variables:
27676 slitex-run-command
27677 Command string used by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27678 tex-directory
27679 Directory in which to create temporary files for SliTeX jobs
27680 run by \\[tex-region] or \\[tex-buffer].
27681 tex-dvi-print-command
27682 Command string used by \\[tex-print] to print a .dvi file.
27683 tex-alt-dvi-print-command
27684 Alternative command string used by \\[tex-print] (when given a prefix
27685 argument) to print a .dvi file.
27686 tex-dvi-view-command
27687 Command string used by \\[tex-view] to preview a .dvi file.
27688 tex-show-queue-command
27689 Command string used by \\[tex-show-print-queue] to show the print
27690 queue that \\[tex-print] put your job on.
27692 Entering SliTeX mode runs the hook `text-mode-hook', then the hook
27693 `tex-mode-hook', then the hook `latex-mode-hook', and finally the hook
27694 `slitex-mode-hook'. When the special subshell is initiated, the hook
27695 `tex-shell-hook' is run.
27697 \(fn)" t nil)
27699 (autoload 'tex-start-shell "tex-mode" "\
27702 \(fn)" nil nil)
27704 (autoload 'doctex-mode "tex-mode" "\
27705 Major mode to edit DocTeX files.
27707 \(fn)" t nil)
27709 ;;;***
27711 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfmt" "textmodes/texinfmt.el" (22330 59913
27712 ;;;;;; 991323 378000))
27713 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfmt.el
27715 (autoload 'texinfo-format-buffer "texinfmt" "\
27716 Process the current buffer as texinfo code, into an Info file.
27717 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27718 name specified in the @setfilename command.
27720 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't make tag table
27721 and don't split the file if large. You can use `Info-tagify' and
27722 `Info-split' to do these manually.
27724 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27726 (autoload 'texinfo-format-region "texinfmt" "\
27727 Convert the current region of the Texinfo file to Info format.
27728 This lets you see what that part of the file will look like in Info.
27729 The command is bound to \\[texinfo-format-region]. The text that is
27730 converted to Info is stored in a temporary buffer.
27732 \(fn REGION-BEGINNING REGION-END)" t nil)
27734 (autoload 'texi2info "texinfmt" "\
27735 Convert the current buffer (written in Texinfo code) into an Info file.
27736 The Info file output is generated in a buffer visiting the Info file
27737 names specified in the @setfilename command.
27739 This function automatically updates all node pointers and menus, and
27740 creates a master menu. This work is done on a temporary buffer that
27741 is automatically removed when the Info file is created. The original
27742 Texinfo source buffer is not changed.
27744 Non-nil argument (prefix, if interactive) means don't split the file
27745 if large. You can use `Info-split' to do this manually.
27747 \(fn &optional NOSPLIT)" t nil)
27749 ;;;***
27751 ;;;### (autoloads nil "texinfo" "textmodes/texinfo.el" (22331 17372
27752 ;;;;;; 119369 171000))
27753 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/texinfo.el
27755 (defvar texinfo-open-quote (purecopy "``") "\
27756 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to open a quotation.")
27758 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-open-quote "texinfo" t)
27760 (defvar texinfo-close-quote (purecopy "''") "\
27761 String inserted by typing \\[texinfo-insert-quote] to close a quotation.")
27763 (custom-autoload 'texinfo-close-quote "texinfo" t)
27765 (autoload 'texinfo-mode "texinfo" "\
27766 Major mode for editing Texinfo files.
27768 It has these extra commands:
27769 \\{texinfo-mode-map}
27771 These are files that are used as input for TeX to make printed manuals
27772 and also to be turned into Info files with \\[makeinfo-buffer] or
27773 the `makeinfo' program. These files must be written in a very restricted and
27774 modified version of TeX input format.
27776 Editing commands are like text-mode except that the syntax table is
27777 set up so expression commands skip Texinfo bracket groups. To see
27778 what the Info version of a region of the Texinfo file will look like,
27779 use \\[makeinfo-region], which runs `makeinfo' on the current region.
27781 You can show the structure of a Texinfo file with \\[texinfo-show-structure].
27782 This command shows the structure of a Texinfo file by listing the
27783 lines with the @-sign commands for @chapter, @section, and the like.
27784 These lines are displayed in another window called the *Occur* window.
27785 In that window, you can position the cursor over one of the lines and
27786 use \\[occur-mode-goto-occurrence], to jump to the corresponding spot
27787 in the Texinfo file.
27789 In addition, Texinfo mode provides commands that insert various
27790 frequently used @-sign commands into the buffer. You can use these
27791 commands to save keystrokes. And you can insert balanced braces with
27792 \\[texinfo-insert-braces] and later use the command \\[up-list] to
27793 move forward past the closing brace.
27795 Also, Texinfo mode provides functions for automatically creating or
27796 updating menus and node pointers. These functions
27798 * insert the `Next', `Previous' and `Up' pointers of a node,
27799 * insert or update the menu for a section, and
27800 * create a master menu for a Texinfo source file.
27802 Here are the functions:
27804 texinfo-update-node \\[texinfo-update-node]
27805 texinfo-every-node-update \\[texinfo-every-node-update]
27806 texinfo-sequential-node-update
27808 texinfo-make-menu \\[texinfo-make-menu]
27809 texinfo-all-menus-update \\[texinfo-all-menus-update]
27810 texinfo-master-menu
27812 texinfo-indent-menu-description (column &optional region-p)
27814 The `texinfo-column-for-description' variable specifies the column to
27815 which menu descriptions are indented.
27817 Passed an argument (a prefix argument, if interactive), the
27818 `texinfo-update-node' and `texinfo-make-menu' functions do their jobs
27819 in the region.
27821 To use the updating commands, you must structure your Texinfo file
27822 hierarchically, such that each `@node' line, with the exception of the
27823 Top node, is accompanied by some kind of section line, such as an
27824 `@chapter' or `@section' line.
27826 If the file has a `top' node, it must be called `top' or `Top' and
27827 be the first node in the file.
27829 Entering Texinfo mode calls the value of `text-mode-hook', and then the
27830 value of `texinfo-mode-hook'.
27832 \(fn)" t nil)
27834 ;;;***
27836 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thai-util" "language/thai-util.el" (22330
27837 ;;;;;; 59913 941323 532000))
27838 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/thai-util.el
27840 (autoload 'thai-compose-region "thai-util" "\
27841 Compose Thai characters in the region.
27842 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
27843 positions (integers or markers) specifying the region.
27845 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
27847 (autoload 'thai-compose-string "thai-util" "\
27848 Compose Thai characters in STRING and return the resulting string.
27850 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
27852 (autoload 'thai-compose-buffer "thai-util" "\
27853 Compose Thai characters in the current buffer.
27855 \(fn)" t nil)
27857 (autoload 'thai-composition-function "thai-util" "\
27860 \(fn GSTRING)" nil nil)
27862 ;;;***
27864 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thingatpt" "thingatpt.el" (22331 17372 120369
27865 ;;;;;; 168000))
27866 ;;; Generated autoloads from thingatpt.el
27868 (autoload 'forward-thing "thingatpt" "\
27869 Move forward to the end of the Nth next THING.
27870 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27871 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27872 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27873 `line', and `page'.
27875 \(fn THING &optional N)" nil nil)
27877 (autoload 'bounds-of-thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27878 Determine the start and end buffer locations for the THING at point.
27879 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27880 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27881 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27882 `line', and `page'.
27884 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define a
27885 valid THING.
27887 Return a cons cell (START . END) giving the start and end
27888 positions of the thing found.
27890 \(fn THING)" nil nil)
27892 (autoload 'thing-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27893 Return the THING at point.
27894 THING should be a symbol specifying a type of syntactic entity.
27895 Possibilities include `symbol', `list', `sexp', `defun',
27896 `filename', `url', `email', `word', `sentence', `whitespace',
27897 `line', `number', and `page'.
27899 When the optional argument NO-PROPERTIES is non-nil,
27900 strip text properties from the return value.
27902 See the file `thingatpt.el' for documentation on how to define
27903 a symbol as a valid THING.
27905 \(fn THING &optional NO-PROPERTIES)" nil nil)
27907 (autoload 'sexp-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27908 Return the sexp at point, or nil if none is found.
27910 \(fn)" nil nil)
27912 (autoload 'symbol-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27913 Return the symbol at point, or nil if none is found.
27915 \(fn)" nil nil)
27917 (autoload 'number-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27918 Return the number at point, or nil if none is found.
27920 \(fn)" nil nil)
27922 (autoload 'list-at-point "thingatpt" "\
27923 Return the Lisp list at point, or nil if none is found.
27925 \(fn)" nil nil)
27927 ;;;***
27929 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thumbs" "thumbs.el" (22330 59913 915323 612000))
27930 ;;; Generated autoloads from thumbs.el
27932 (autoload 'thumbs-find-thumb "thumbs" "\
27933 Display the thumbnail for IMG.
27935 \(fn IMG)" t nil)
27937 (autoload 'thumbs-show-from-dir "thumbs" "\
27938 Make a preview buffer for all images in DIR.
27939 Optional argument REG to select file matching a regexp,
27940 and SAME-WINDOW to show thumbs in the same window.
27942 \(fn DIR &optional REG SAME-WINDOW)" t nil)
27944 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show-marked "thumbs" "\
27945 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with marked files.
27947 \(fn)" t nil)
27949 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-show "thumbs" "\
27950 In dired, make a thumbs buffer with all files in current directory.
27952 \(fn)" t nil)
27954 (defalias 'thumbs 'thumbs-show-from-dir)
27956 (autoload 'thumbs-dired-setroot "thumbs" "\
27957 In dired, call the setroot program on the image at point.
27959 \(fn)" t nil)
27961 ;;;***
27963 ;;;### (autoloads nil "thunk" "emacs-lisp/thunk.el" (22330 59913
27964 ;;;;;; 931323 563000))
27965 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/thunk.el
27966 (push (purecopy '(thunk 1 0)) package--builtin-versions)
27968 ;;;***
27970 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tibet-util" "language/tibet-util.el" (22330
27971 ;;;;;; 59913 941323 532000))
27972 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tibet-util.el
27974 (autoload 'tibetan-char-p "tibet-util" "\
27975 Check if char CH is Tibetan character.
27976 Returns non-nil if CH is Tibetan. Otherwise, returns nil.
27978 \(fn CH)" nil nil)
27980 (autoload 'tibetan-tibetan-to-transcription "tibet-util" "\
27981 Transcribe Tibetan string STR and return the corresponding Roman string.
27983 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27985 (autoload 'tibetan-transcription-to-tibetan "tibet-util" "\
27986 Convert Tibetan Roman string STR to Tibetan character string.
27987 The returned string has no composition information.
27989 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27991 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-string "tibet-util" "\
27992 Compose Tibetan string STR.
27994 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
27996 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-region "tibet-util" "\
27997 Compose Tibetan text the region BEG and END.
27999 \(fn BEG END)" t nil)
28001 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-region "tibet-util" "\
28002 Decompose Tibetan text in the region FROM and TO.
28003 This is different from decompose-region because precomposed Tibetan characters
28004 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28006 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
28008 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-string "tibet-util" "\
28009 Decompose Tibetan string STR.
28010 This is different from decompose-string because precomposed Tibetan characters
28011 are decomposed into normal Tibetan character sequences.
28013 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
28015 (autoload 'tibetan-decompose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28016 Decomposes Tibetan characters in the buffer into their components.
28017 See also the documentation of the function `tibetan-decompose-region'.
28019 \(fn)" t nil)
28021 (autoload 'tibetan-compose-buffer "tibet-util" "\
28022 Composes Tibetan character components in the buffer.
28023 See also docstring of the function tibetan-compose-region.
28025 \(fn)" t nil)
28027 (autoload 'tibetan-post-read-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28030 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
28032 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-conversion "tibet-util" "\
28035 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28037 (autoload 'tibetan-pre-write-canonicalize-for-unicode "tibet-util" "\
28040 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
28042 ;;;***
28044 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tildify" "textmodes/tildify.el" (22330 59913
28045 ;;;;;; 991323 378000))
28046 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/tildify.el
28047 (push (purecopy '(tildify 4 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
28049 (autoload 'tildify-region "tildify" "\
28050 Add hard spaces in the region between BEG and END.
28051 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
28052 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28053 parameters.
28054 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28055 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
28056 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
28058 \(fn BEG END &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
28060 (autoload 'tildify-buffer "tildify" "\
28061 Add hard spaces in the current buffer.
28062 See variables `tildify-pattern', `tildify-space-string', and
28063 `tildify-ignored-environments-alist' for information about configuration
28064 parameters.
28065 This function performs no refilling of the changed text.
28066 If DONT-ASK is set, or called interactively with prefix argument, user
28067 won't be prompted for confirmation of each substitution.
28069 \(fn &optional DONT-ASK)" t nil)
28071 (autoload 'tildify-space "tildify" "\
28072 Convert space before point into a hard space if the context is right.
28075 * character before point is a space character,
28076 * character before that has \"w\" character syntax (i.e. it's a word
28077 constituent),
28078 * `tildify-space-pattern' matches when `looking-back' (no more than 10
28079 characters) from before the space character, and
28080 * all predicates in `tildify-space-predicates' return non-nil,
28081 replace the space character with value of `tildify-space-string' and
28082 return t.
28084 Otherwise, if
28085 * `tildify-double-space-undos' variable is non-nil,
28086 * character before point is a space character, and
28087 * text before that is a hard space as defined by
28088 `tildify-space-string' variable,
28089 remove the hard space and leave only the space character.
28091 This function is meant to be used as a `post-self-insert-hook'.
28093 \(fn)" t nil)
28095 (autoload 'tildify-mode "tildify" "\
28096 Adds electric behavior to space character.
28098 When space is inserted into a buffer in a position where hard space is required
28099 instead (determined by `tildify-space-pattern' and `tildify-space-predicates'),
28100 that space character is replaced by a hard space specified by
28101 `tildify-space-string'. Converting of the space is done by `tildify-space'.
28103 When `tildify-mode' is enabled, if `tildify-string-alist' specifies a hard space
28104 representation for current major mode, the `tildify-space-string' buffer-local
28105 variable will be set to the representation.
28107 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28109 ;;;***
28111 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time" "time.el" (22330 59913 743324 144000))
28112 ;;; Generated autoloads from time.el
28114 (defvar display-time-day-and-date nil "\
28115 Non-nil means \\[display-time] should display day and date as well as time.")
28117 (custom-autoload 'display-time-day-and-date "time" t)
28118 (put 'display-time-string 'risky-local-variable t)
28120 (autoload 'display-time "time" "\
28121 Enable display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28122 This display updates automatically every minute.
28123 If `display-time-day-and-date' is non-nil, the current day and date
28124 are displayed as well.
28125 This runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28127 \(fn)" t nil)
28129 (defvar display-time-mode nil "\
28130 Non-nil if Display-Time mode is enabled.
28131 See the `display-time-mode' command
28132 for a description of this minor mode.
28133 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28134 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28135 or call the function `display-time-mode'.")
28137 (custom-autoload 'display-time-mode "time" nil)
28139 (autoload 'display-time-mode "time" "\
28140 Toggle display of time, load level, and mail flag in mode lines.
28141 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Display Time mode if ARG is
28142 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
28143 it if ARG is omitted or nil.
28145 When Display Time mode is enabled, it updates every minute (you
28146 can control the number of seconds between updates by customizing
28147 `display-time-interval'). If `display-time-day-and-date' is
28148 non-nil, the current day and date are displayed as well. This
28149 runs the normal hook `display-time-hook' after each update.
28151 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28153 (autoload 'display-time-world "time" "\
28154 Enable updating display of times in various time zones.
28155 `display-time-world-list' specifies the zones.
28156 To turn off the world time display, go to that window and type `q'.
28158 \(fn)" t nil)
28160 (autoload 'emacs-uptime "time" "\
28161 Return a string giving the uptime of this instance of Emacs.
28162 FORMAT is a string to format the result, using `format-seconds'.
28163 For example, the Unix uptime command format is \"%D, %z%2h:%.2m\".
28165 \(fn &optional FORMAT)" t nil)
28167 (autoload 'emacs-init-time "time" "\
28168 Return a string giving the duration of the Emacs initialization.
28170 \(fn)" t nil)
28172 ;;;***
28174 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-date" "calendar/time-date.el" (22331
28175 ;;;;;; 17371 982369 658000))
28176 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/time-date.el
28178 (autoload 'date-to-time "time-date" "\
28179 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28180 If DATE lacks timezone information, GMT is assumed.
28182 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28183 (if (or (featurep 'emacs)
28184 (and (fboundp 'float-time)
28185 (subrp (symbol-function 'float-time))))
28186 (defalias 'time-to-seconds 'float-time)
28187 (autoload 'time-to-seconds "time-date"))
28189 (autoload 'seconds-to-time "time-date" "\
28190 Convert SECONDS to a time value.
28192 \(fn SECONDS)" nil nil)
28194 (autoload 'days-to-time "time-date" "\
28195 Convert DAYS into a time value.
28197 \(fn DAYS)" nil nil)
28199 (autoload 'time-since "time-date" "\
28200 Return the time elapsed since TIME.
28201 TIME should be either a time value or a date-time string.
28203 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28205 (defalias 'subtract-time 'time-subtract)
28206 (autoload 'time-add "time-date")
28207 (autoload 'time-subtract "time-date")
28208 (autoload 'time-less-p "time-date")
28210 (autoload 'date-to-day "time-date" "\
28211 Return the number of days between year 1 and DATE.
28212 DATE should be a date-time string.
28214 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28216 (autoload 'days-between "time-date" "\
28217 Return the number of days between DATE1 and DATE2.
28218 DATE1 and DATE2 should be date-time strings.
28220 \(fn DATE1 DATE2)" nil nil)
28222 (autoload 'date-leap-year-p "time-date" "\
28223 Return t if YEAR is a leap year.
28225 \(fn YEAR)" nil nil)
28227 (autoload 'time-to-day-in-year "time-date" "\
28228 Return the day number within the year corresponding to TIME.
28230 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28232 (autoload 'time-to-days "time-date" "\
28233 The number of days between the Gregorian date 0001-12-31bce and TIME.
28234 TIME should be a time value.
28235 The Gregorian date Sunday, December 31, 1bce is imaginary.
28237 \(fn TIME)" nil nil)
28239 (autoload 'safe-date-to-time "time-date" "\
28240 Parse a string DATE that represents a date-time and return a time value.
28241 If DATE is malformed, return a time value of zeros.
28243 \(fn DATE)" nil nil)
28245 (autoload 'format-seconds "time-date" "\
28246 Use format control STRING to format the number SECONDS.
28247 The valid format specifiers are:
28248 %y is the number of (365-day) years.
28249 %d is the number of days.
28250 %h is the number of hours.
28251 %m is the number of minutes.
28252 %s is the number of seconds.
28253 %z is a non-printing control flag (see below).
28254 %% is a literal \"%\".
28256 Upper-case specifiers are followed by the unit-name (e.g. \"years\").
28257 Lower-case specifiers return only the unit.
28259 \"%\" may be followed by a number specifying a width, with an
28260 optional leading \".\" for zero-padding. For example, \"%.3Y\" will
28261 return something of the form \"001 year\".
28263 The \"%z\" specifier does not print anything. When it is used, specifiers
28264 must be given in order of decreasing size. To the left of \"%z\", nothing
28265 is output until the first non-zero unit is encountered.
28267 This function does not work for SECONDS greater than `most-positive-fixnum'.
28269 \(fn STRING SECONDS)" nil nil)
28271 (autoload 'seconds-to-string "time-date" "\
28272 Convert the time interval in seconds to a short string.
28274 \(fn DELAY)" nil nil)
28276 ;;;***
28278 ;;;### (autoloads nil "time-stamp" "time-stamp.el" (22331 17372 120369
28279 ;;;;;; 168000))
28280 ;;; Generated autoloads from time-stamp.el
28281 (put 'time-stamp-format 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28282 (put 'time-stamp-time-zone 'safe-local-variable 'string-or-null-p)
28283 (put 'time-stamp-line-limit 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28284 (put 'time-stamp-start 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28285 (put 'time-stamp-end 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28286 (put 'time-stamp-inserts-lines 'safe-local-variable 'symbolp)
28287 (put 'time-stamp-count 'safe-local-variable 'integerp)
28288 (put 'time-stamp-pattern 'safe-local-variable 'stringp)
28290 (autoload 'time-stamp "time-stamp" "\
28291 Update the time stamp string(s) in the buffer.
28292 A template in a file can be automatically updated with a new time stamp
28293 every time you save the file. Add this line to your init file:
28294 (add-hook \\='before-save-hook \\='time-stamp)
28295 or customize `before-save-hook' through Custom.
28296 Normally the template must appear in the first 8 lines of a file and
28297 look like one of the following:
28298 Time-stamp: <>
28299 Time-stamp: \" \"
28300 The time stamp is written between the brackets or quotes:
28301 Time-stamp: <2001-02-18 10:20:51 gildea>
28302 The time stamp is updated only if the variable `time-stamp-active' is non-nil.
28303 The format of the time stamp is set by the variable `time-stamp-pattern' or
28304 `time-stamp-format'. The variables `time-stamp-pattern',
28305 `time-stamp-line-limit', `time-stamp-start', `time-stamp-end',
28306 `time-stamp-count', and `time-stamp-inserts-lines' control finding
28307 the template.
28309 \(fn)" t nil)
28311 (autoload 'time-stamp-toggle-active "time-stamp" "\
28312 Toggle `time-stamp-active', setting whether \\[time-stamp] updates a buffer.
28313 With ARG, turn time stamping on if and only if arg is positive.
28315 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28317 ;;;***
28319 ;;;### (autoloads nil "timeclock" "calendar/timeclock.el" (22331
28320 ;;;;;; 17371 983369 654000))
28321 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/timeclock.el
28322 (push (purecopy '(timeclock 2 6 1)) package--builtin-versions)
28324 (defvar timeclock-mode-line-display nil "\
28325 Non-nil if Timeclock-Mode-Line-Display mode is enabled.
28326 See the `timeclock-mode-line-display' command
28327 for a description of this minor mode.
28328 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28329 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28330 or call the function `timeclock-mode-line-display'.")
28332 (custom-autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" nil)
28334 (autoload 'timeclock-mode-line-display "timeclock" "\
28335 Toggle display of the amount of time left today in the mode line.
28336 If `timeclock-use-display-time' is non-nil (the default), then
28337 the function `display-time-mode' must be active, and the mode line
28338 will be updated whenever the time display is updated. Otherwise,
28339 the timeclock will use its own sixty second timer to do its
28340 updating. With prefix ARG, turn mode line display on if and only
28341 if ARG is positive. Returns the new status of timeclock mode line
28342 display (non-nil means on).
28344 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28346 (autoload 'timeclock-in "timeclock" "\
28347 Clock in, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28348 With a numeric prefix ARG, record the fact that today has only that
28349 many hours in it to be worked. If ARG is a non-numeric prefix argument
28350 \(non-nil, but not a number), 0 is assumed (working on a holiday or
28351 weekend). *If not called interactively, ARG should be the number of
28352 _seconds_ worked today*. This feature only has effect the first time
28353 this function is called within a day.
28355 PROJECT is the project being clocked into. If PROJECT is nil, and
28356 FIND-PROJECT is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-in'
28357 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-project-function' to
28358 discover the name of the project.
28360 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT FIND-PROJECT)" t nil)
28362 (autoload 'timeclock-out "timeclock" "\
28363 Clock out, recording the current time moment in the timelog.
28364 If a prefix ARG is given, the user has completed the project that was
28365 begun during the last time segment.
28367 REASON is the user's reason for clocking out. If REASON is nil, and
28368 FIND-REASON is non-nil -- or the user calls `timeclock-out'
28369 interactively -- call the function `timeclock-get-reason-function' to
28370 discover the reason.
28372 \(fn &optional ARG REASON FIND-REASON)" t nil)
28374 (autoload 'timeclock-status-string "timeclock" "\
28375 Report the overall timeclock status at the present moment.
28376 If SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, display second resolution.
28377 If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time
28378 worked today, ignoring the time worked on previous days.
28380 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28382 (autoload 'timeclock-change "timeclock" "\
28383 Change to working on a different project.
28384 This clocks out of the current project, then clocks in on a new one.
28385 With a prefix ARG, consider the previous project as finished at the
28386 time of changeover. PROJECT is the name of the last project you were
28387 working on.
28389 \(fn &optional ARG PROJECT)" t nil)
28391 (autoload 'timeclock-query-out "timeclock" "\
28392 Ask the user whether to clock out.
28393 This is a useful function for adding to `kill-emacs-query-functions'.
28395 \(fn)" nil nil)
28397 (autoload 'timeclock-reread-log "timeclock" "\
28398 Re-read the timeclock, to account for external changes.
28399 Returns the new value of `timeclock-discrepancy'.
28401 \(fn)" t nil)
28403 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-remaining-string "timeclock" "\
28404 Return a string representing the amount of time left today.
28405 Display second resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If TODAY-ONLY
28406 is non-nil, the display will be relative only to time worked today.
28407 See `timeclock-relative' for more information about the meaning of
28408 \"relative to today\".
28410 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28412 (autoload 'timeclock-workday-elapsed-string "timeclock" "\
28413 Return a string representing the amount of time worked today.
28414 Display seconds resolution if SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil. If RELATIVE is
28415 non-nil, the amount returned will be relative to past time worked.
28417 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS)" t nil)
28419 (autoload 'timeclock-when-to-leave-string "timeclock" "\
28420 Return a string representing the end of today's workday.
28421 This string is relative to the value of `timeclock-workday'. If
28422 SHOW-SECONDS is non-nil, the value printed/returned will include
28423 seconds. If TODAY-ONLY is non-nil, the value returned will be
28424 relative only to the time worked today, and not to past time.
28426 \(fn &optional SHOW-SECONDS TODAY-ONLY)" t nil)
28428 ;;;***
28430 ;;;### (autoloads nil "titdic-cnv" "international/titdic-cnv.el"
28431 ;;;;;; (22330 59913 940323 535000))
28432 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/titdic-cnv.el
28434 (autoload 'titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28435 Convert a TIT dictionary of FILENAME into a Quail package.
28436 Optional argument DIRNAME if specified is the directory name under which
28437 the generated Quail package is saved.
28439 \(fn FILENAME &optional DIRNAME)" t nil)
28441 (autoload 'batch-titdic-convert "titdic-cnv" "\
28442 Run `titdic-convert' on the files remaining on the command line.
28443 Use this from the command line, with `-batch';
28444 it won't work in an interactive Emacs.
28445 For example, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert XXX.tit\" to
28446 generate Quail package file \"xxx.el\" from TIT dictionary file \"XXX.tit\".
28447 To get complete usage, invoke \"emacs -batch -f batch-titdic-convert -h\".
28449 \(fn &optional FORCE)" nil nil)
28451 ;;;***
28453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tmm" "tmm.el" (22330 59913 743324 144000))
28454 ;;; Generated autoloads from tmm.el
28455 (define-key global-map "\M-`" 'tmm-menubar)
28456 (define-key global-map [menu-bar mouse-1] 'tmm-menubar-mouse)
28458 (autoload 'tmm-menubar "tmm" "\
28459 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28460 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28461 X-POSITION, if non-nil, specifies a horizontal position within the menu bar;
28462 we make that menu bar item (the one at that position) the default choice.
28464 Note that \\[menu-bar-open] by default drops down TTY menus; if you want it
28465 to invoke `tmm-menubar' instead, customize the variable
28466 `tty-menu-open-use-tmm' to a non-nil value.
28468 \(fn &optional X-POSITION)" t nil)
28470 (autoload 'tmm-menubar-mouse "tmm" "\
28471 Text-mode emulation of looking and choosing from a menubar.
28472 This command is used when you click the mouse in the menubar
28473 on a console which has no window system but does have a mouse.
28474 See the documentation for `tmm-prompt'.
28476 \(fn EVENT)" t nil)
28478 (autoload 'tmm-prompt "tmm" "\
28479 Text-mode emulation of calling the bindings in keymap.
28480 Creates a text-mode menu of possible choices. You can access the elements
28481 in the menu in two ways:
28482 *) via history mechanism from minibuffer;
28483 *) Or via completion-buffer that is automatically shown.
28484 The last alternative is currently a hack, you cannot use mouse reliably.
28486 MENU is like the MENU argument to `x-popup-menu': either a
28487 keymap or an alist of alists.
28488 DEFAULT-ITEM, if non-nil, specifies an initial default choice.
28489 Its value should be an event that has a binding in MENU.
28491 \(fn MENU &optional IN-POPUP DEFAULT-ITEM)" nil nil)
28493 ;;;***
28495 ;;;### (autoloads nil "todo-mode" "calendar/todo-mode.el" (22330
28496 ;;;;;; 59913 919323 600000))
28497 ;;; Generated autoloads from calendar/todo-mode.el
28499 (autoload 'todo-show "todo-mode" "\
28500 Visit a todo file and display one of its categories.
28502 When invoked in Todo mode, Todo Archive mode or Todo Filtered
28503 Items mode, or when invoked anywhere else with a prefix argument,
28504 prompt for which todo file to visit. When invoked outside of a
28505 Todo mode buffer without a prefix argument, visit
28506 `todo-default-todo-file'. Subsequent invocations from outside of
28507 Todo mode revisit this file or, with option
28508 `todo-show-current-file' non-nil (the default), whichever todo
28509 file was last visited.
28511 If you call this command before you have created any todo file in
28512 the current format, and you have an todo file in old format, it
28513 will ask you whether to convert that file and show it.
28514 Otherwise, calling this command before any todo file exists
28515 prompts for a file name and an initial category (defaulting to
28516 `todo-initial-file' and `todo-initial-category'), creates both of
28517 these, visits the file and displays the category, and if option
28518 `todo-add-item-if-new-category' is non-nil (the default), prompts
28519 for the first item.
28521 The first invocation of this command on an existing todo file
28522 interacts with the option `todo-show-first': if its value is
28523 `first' (the default), show the first category in the file; if
28524 its value is `table', show the table of categories in the file;
28525 if its value is one of `top', `diary' or `regexp', show the
28526 corresponding saved top priorities, diary items, or regexp items
28527 file, if any. Subsequent invocations always show the file's
28528 current (i.e., last displayed) category.
28530 In Todo mode just the category's unfinished todo items are shown
28531 by default. The done items are hidden, but typing
28532 `\\[todo-toggle-view-done-items]' displays them below the todo
28533 items. With non-nil user option `todo-show-with-done' both todo
28534 and done items are always shown on visiting a category.
28536 \(fn &optional SOLICIT-FILE INTERACTIVE)" t nil)
28538 (autoload 'todo-mode "todo-mode" "\
28539 Major mode for displaying, navigating and editing todo lists.
28541 \\{todo-mode-map}
28543 \(fn)" t nil)
28545 (autoload 'todo-archive-mode "todo-mode" "\
28546 Major mode for archived todo categories.
28548 \\{todo-archive-mode-map}
28550 \(fn)" t nil)
28552 (autoload 'todo-filtered-items-mode "todo-mode" "\
28553 Mode for displaying and reprioritizing top priority Todo.
28555 \\{todo-filtered-items-mode-map}
28557 \(fn)" t nil)
28559 ;;;***
28561 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tool-bar" "tool-bar.el" (22330 59913 915323
28562 ;;;;;; 612000))
28563 ;;; Generated autoloads from tool-bar.el
28565 (autoload 'toggle-tool-bar-mode-from-frame "tool-bar" "\
28566 Toggle tool bar on or off, based on the status of the current frame.
28567 See `tool-bar-mode' for more information.
28569 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28571 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item "tool-bar" "\
28572 Add an item to the tool bar.
28573 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28574 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28575 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28576 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28578 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28579 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28580 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28581 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28583 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28584 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item'.
28586 \(fn ICON DEF KEY &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28588 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item "tool-bar" "\
28589 Add an item to the tool bar in map MAP.
28590 ICON names the image, DEF is the key definition and KEY is a symbol
28591 for the fake function key in the menu keymap. Remaining arguments
28592 PROPS are additional items to add to the menu item specification. See
28593 Info node `(elisp)Tool Bar'. Items are added from left to right.
28595 ICON is the base name of a file containing the image to use. The
28596 function will first try to use low-color/ICON.xpm if `display-color-cells'
28597 is less or equal to 256, then ICON.xpm, then ICON.pbm, and finally
28598 ICON.xbm, using `find-image'.
28600 \(fn ICON DEF KEY MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28602 (autoload 'tool-bar-add-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28603 Define tool bar binding for COMMAND in keymap MAP using the given ICON.
28604 This makes a binding for COMMAND in `tool-bar-map', copying its
28605 binding from the menu bar in MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28606 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28607 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28608 properties to add to the binding.
28610 MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which holds a keymap.
28612 Use this function only to make bindings in the global value of `tool-bar-map'.
28613 To define items in any other map, use `tool-bar-local-item-from-menu'.
28615 \(fn COMMAND ICON &optional MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28617 (autoload 'tool-bar-local-item-from-menu "tool-bar" "\
28618 Define local tool bar binding for COMMAND using the given ICON.
28619 This makes a binding for COMMAND in IN-MAP, copying its binding from
28620 the menu bar in FROM-MAP (which defaults to `global-map'), but
28621 modifies the binding by adding an image specification for ICON. It
28622 finds ICON just like `tool-bar-add-item'. PROPS are additional
28623 properties to add to the binding.
28625 FROM-MAP must contain appropriate binding for `[menu-bar]' which
28626 holds a keymap.
28628 \(fn COMMAND ICON IN-MAP &optional FROM-MAP &rest PROPS)" nil nil)
28630 ;;;***
28632 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tq" "emacs-lisp/tq.el" (22330 59913 931323
28633 ;;;;;; 563000))
28634 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/tq.el
28636 (autoload 'tq-create "tq" "\
28637 Create and return a transaction queue communicating with PROCESS.
28638 PROCESS should be a subprocess capable of sending and receiving
28639 streams of bytes. It may be a local process, or it may be connected
28640 to a tcp server on another machine.
28642 \(fn PROCESS)" nil nil)
28644 ;;;***
28646 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trace" "emacs-lisp/trace.el" (22330 59913
28647 ;;;;;; 931323 563000))
28648 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/trace.el
28650 (defvar trace-buffer "*trace-output*" "\
28651 Trace output will by default go to that buffer.")
28653 (custom-autoload 'trace-buffer "trace" t)
28655 (autoload 'trace-values "trace" "\
28656 Helper function to get internal values.
28657 You can call this function to add internal values in the trace buffer.
28659 \(fn &rest VALUES)" nil nil)
28661 (autoload 'trace-function-foreground "trace" "\
28662 Trace calls to function FUNCTION.
28663 With a prefix argument, also prompt for the trace buffer (default
28664 `trace-buffer'), and a Lisp expression CONTEXT.
28666 Tracing a function causes every call to that function to insert
28667 into BUFFER Lisp-style trace messages that display the function's
28668 arguments and return values. It also evaluates CONTEXT, if that is
28669 non-nil, and inserts its value too. For example, you can use this
28670 to track the current buffer, or position of point.
28672 This function creates BUFFER if it does not exist. This buffer will
28673 popup whenever FUNCTION is called. Do not use this function to trace
28674 functions that switch buffers, or do any other display-oriented
28675 stuff - use `trace-function-background' instead.
28677 To stop tracing a function, use `untrace-function' or `untrace-all'.
28679 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28681 (autoload 'trace-function-background "trace" "\
28682 Trace calls to function FUNCTION, quietly.
28683 This is like `trace-function-foreground', but without popping up
28684 the output buffer or changing the window configuration.
28686 \(fn FUNCTION &optional BUFFER CONTEXT)" t nil)
28688 (defalias 'trace-function 'trace-function-foreground)
28690 ;;;***
28692 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp" "net/tramp.el" (22331 17372 65369 363000))
28693 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp.el
28695 (defvar tramp-mode t "\
28696 Whether Tramp is enabled.
28697 If it is set to nil, all remote file names are used literally.")
28699 (custom-autoload 'tramp-mode "tramp" t)
28701 (defvar tramp-syntax (if (featurep 'xemacs) 'sep 'ftp) "\
28702 Tramp filename syntax to be used.
28704 It can have the following values:
28706 `ftp' -- Ange-FTP respective EFS like syntax (GNU Emacs default)
28707 `sep' -- Syntax as defined for XEmacs.")
28709 (custom-autoload 'tramp-syntax "tramp" t)
28711 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/\\(\\[.*\\]\\|[^/|:]\\{2,\\}[^/|]*\\):" "\\`/[^/|:][^/|]*:") "\
28712 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28713 Emacs (not XEmacs) uses a unified filename syntax for Ange-FTP and
28714 Tramp. See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28716 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28718 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\[.*\\]" "\
28719 Value for `tramp-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28720 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28721 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28723 (defconst tramp-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28724 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp.
28725 This regexp should match Tramp file names but no other file names.
28726 When tramp.el is loaded, this regular expression is prepended to
28727 `file-name-handler-alist', and that is searched sequentially. Thus,
28728 if the Tramp entry appears rather early in the `file-name-handler-alist'
28729 and is a bit too general, then some files might be considered Tramp
28730 files which are not really Tramp files.
28732 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28733 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28734 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28735 updated after changing this variable.
28737 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28739 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified (if (memq system-type '(cygwin windows-nt)) "\\`/[^/]\\{2,\\}\\'" "\\`/[^/]*\\'") "\
28740 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for unified remoting.
28741 GNU Emacs uses a unified filename syntax for Tramp and Ange-FTP.
28742 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.
28744 On W32 systems, the volume letter must be ignored.")
28746 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate "\\`/\\([[][^]]*\\)?\\'" "\
28747 Value for `tramp-completion-file-name-regexp' for separate remoting.
28748 XEmacs uses a separate filename syntax for Tramp and EFS.
28749 See `tramp-file-name-structure' for more explanations.")
28751 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (cond ((equal tramp-syntax 'ftp) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-unified) ((equal tramp-syntax 'sep) tramp-completion-file-name-regexp-separate) (t (error "Wrong `tramp-syntax' defined"))) "\
28752 Regular expression matching file names handled by Tramp completion.
28753 This regexp should match partial Tramp file names only.
28755 Please note that the entry in `file-name-handler-alist' is made when
28756 this file (tramp.el) is loaded. This means that this variable must be set
28757 before loading tramp.el. Alternatively, `file-name-handler-alist' can be
28758 updated after changing this variable.
28760 Also see `tramp-file-name-structure'.")
28762 (defconst tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist '((file-name-all-completions . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions) (file-name-completion . tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion)) "\
28763 Alist of completion handler functions.
28764 Used for file names matching `tramp-file-name-regexp'. Operations
28765 not mentioned here will be handled by Tramp's file name handler
28766 functions, or the normal Emacs functions.")
28768 (defun tramp-completion-run-real-handler (operation args) "\
28769 Invoke `tramp-file-name-handler' for OPERATION.
28770 First arg specifies the OPERATION, second arg is a list of arguments to
28771 pass to the OPERATION." (let* ((inhibit-file-name-handlers (\` (tramp-completion-file-name-handler cygwin-mount-name-hook-function cygwin-mount-map-drive-hook-function \, (and (eq inhibit-file-name-operation operation) inhibit-file-name-handlers)))) (inhibit-file-name-operation operation)) (apply operation args)))
28773 (defun tramp-completion-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28774 Invoke Tramp file name completion handler.
28775 Falls back to normal file name handler if no Tramp file name handler exists." (let ((directory-sep-char 47) (fn (assoc operation tramp-completion-file-name-handler-alist))) (if (and fn tramp-mode (or (eq tramp-syntax (quote sep)) (featurep (quote tramp)) (and (boundp (quote partial-completion-mode)) (symbol-value (quote partial-completion-mode))) (featurep (quote ido)) (featurep (quote icicles)))) (save-match-data (apply (cdr fn) args)) (tramp-completion-run-real-handler operation args))))
28777 (defun tramp-autoload-file-name-handler (operation &rest args) "\
28778 Load Tramp file name handler, and perform OPERATION." (let ((default-directory "/")) (load "tramp" nil t)) (apply operation args))
28780 (defun tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers nil "\
28781 Add Tramp file name handlers to `file-name-handler-alist' during autoload." (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-autoload-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t) (add-to-list (quote file-name-handler-alist) (cons tramp-completion-file-name-regexp (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler))) (put (quote tramp-completion-file-name-handler) (quote safe-magic) t))
28783 (tramp-register-autoload-file-name-handlers)
28785 (autoload 'tramp-unload-file-name-handlers "tramp" "\
28788 \(fn)" nil nil)
28790 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-all-completions "tramp" "\
28791 Like `file-name-all-completions' for partial Tramp files.
28793 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY)" nil nil)
28795 (autoload 'tramp-completion-handle-file-name-completion "tramp" "\
28796 Like `file-name-completion' for Tramp files.
28798 \(fn FILENAME DIRECTORY &optional PREDICATE)" nil nil)
28800 (autoload 'tramp-unload-tramp "tramp" "\
28801 Discard Tramp from loading remote files.
28803 \(fn)" t nil)
28805 ;;;***
28807 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tramp-ftp" "net/tramp-ftp.el" (22331 17372
28808 ;;;;;; 61369 377000))
28809 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/tramp-ftp.el
28811 (autoload 'tramp-ftp-enable-ange-ftp "tramp-ftp" "\
28814 \(fn)" nil nil)
28816 ;;;***
28818 ;;;### (autoloads nil "trampver" "net/trampver.el" (22331 17372 65369
28819 ;;;;;; 363000))
28820 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/trampver.el
28821 (push (purecopy '(tramp 2 2 13 25 1)) package--builtin-versions)
28823 ;;;***
28825 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tutorial" "tutorial.el" (22330 59913 915323
28826 ;;;;;; 612000))
28827 ;;; Generated autoloads from tutorial.el
28829 (autoload 'help-with-tutorial "tutorial" "\
28830 Select the Emacs learn-by-doing tutorial.
28831 If there is a tutorial version written in the language
28832 of the selected language environment, that version is used.
28833 If there's no tutorial in that language, `TUTORIAL' is selected.
28834 With ARG, you are asked to choose which language.
28835 If DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT is non-nil the buffer is reverted without
28836 any question when restarting the tutorial.
28838 If any of the standard Emacs key bindings that are used in the
28839 tutorial have been changed then an explanatory note about this is
28840 shown in the beginning of the tutorial buffer.
28842 When the tutorial buffer is killed the content and the point
28843 position in the buffer is saved so that the tutorial may be
28844 resumed later.
28846 \(fn &optional ARG DONT-ASK-FOR-REVERT)" t nil)
28848 ;;;***
28850 ;;;### (autoloads nil "tv-util" "language/tv-util.el" (22330 59913
28851 ;;;;;; 941323 532000))
28852 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/tv-util.el
28854 (autoload 'tai-viet-composition-function "tv-util" "\
28857 \(fn FROM TO FONT-OBJECT STRING)" nil nil)
28859 ;;;***
28861 ;;;### (autoloads nil "two-column" "textmodes/two-column.el" (22330
28862 ;;;;;; 59913 991323 378000))
28863 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/two-column.el
28864 (autoload '2C-command "two-column" () t 'keymap)
28865 (global-set-key "\C-x6" '2C-command)
28866 (global-set-key [f2] '2C-command)
28868 (autoload '2C-two-columns "two-column" "\
28869 Split current window vertically for two-column editing.
28870 \\<global-map>When called the first time, associates a buffer with the current
28871 buffer in two-column minor mode (use \\[describe-mode] once in the mode,
28872 for details.). It runs `2C-other-buffer-hook' in the new buffer.
28873 When called again, restores the screen layout with the current buffer
28874 first and the associated buffer to its right.
28876 \(fn &optional BUFFER)" t nil)
28878 (autoload '2C-associate-buffer "two-column" "\
28879 Associate another buffer with this one in two-column minor mode.
28880 Can also be used to associate a just previously visited file, by
28881 accepting the proposed default buffer.
28883 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28885 \(fn)" t nil)
28887 (autoload '2C-split "two-column" "\
28888 Split a two-column text at point, into two buffers in two-column minor mode.
28889 Point becomes the local value of `2C-window-width'. Only lines that
28890 have the ARG same preceding characters at that column get split. The
28891 ARG preceding characters without any leading whitespace become the local
28892 value for `2C-separator'. This way lines that continue across both
28893 columns remain untouched in the first buffer.
28895 This function can be used with a prototype line, to set up things. You
28896 write the first line of each column and then split that line. E.g.:
28898 First column's text sSs Second column's text
28899 \\___/\\
28900 / \\
28901 5 character Separator You type M-5 \\[2C-split] with the point here.
28903 \(See \\[describe-mode] .)
28905 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
28907 ;;;***
28909 ;;;### (autoloads nil "type-break" "type-break.el" (22330 59913 915323
28910 ;;;;;; 612000))
28911 ;;; Generated autoloads from type-break.el
28913 (defvar type-break-mode nil "\
28914 Non-nil if Type-Break mode is enabled.
28915 See the `type-break-mode' command
28916 for a description of this minor mode.
28917 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
28918 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
28919 or call the function `type-break-mode'.")
28921 (custom-autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" nil)
28923 (autoload 'type-break-mode "type-break" "\
28924 Enable or disable typing-break mode.
28925 This is a minor mode, but it is global to all buffers by default.
28927 When this mode is enabled, the user is encouraged to take typing breaks at
28928 appropriate intervals; either after a specified amount of time or when the
28929 user has exceeded a keystroke threshold. When the time arrives, the user
28930 is asked to take a break. If the user refuses at that time, Emacs will ask
28931 again in a short period of time. The idea is to give the user enough time
28932 to find a good breaking point in his or her work, but be sufficiently
28933 annoying to discourage putting typing breaks off indefinitely.
28935 A negative prefix argument disables this mode.
28936 No argument or any non-negative argument enables it.
28938 The user may enable or disable this mode by setting the variable of the
28939 same name, though setting it in that way doesn't reschedule a break or
28940 reset the keystroke counter.
28942 If the mode was previously disabled and is enabled as a consequence of
28943 calling this function, it schedules a break with `type-break-schedule' to
28944 make sure one occurs (the user can call that command to reschedule the
28945 break at any time). It also initializes the keystroke counter.
28947 The variable `type-break-interval' specifies the number of seconds to
28948 schedule between regular typing breaks. This variable doesn't directly
28949 affect the time schedule; it simply provides a default for the
28950 `type-break-schedule' command.
28952 If set, the variable `type-break-good-rest-interval' specifies the minimum
28953 amount of time which is considered a reasonable typing break. Whenever
28954 that time has elapsed, typing breaks are automatically rescheduled for
28955 later even if Emacs didn't prompt you to take one first. Also, if a break
28956 is ended before this much time has elapsed, the user will be asked whether
28957 or not to continue. A nil value for this variable prevents automatic
28958 break rescheduling, making `type-break-interval' an upper bound on the time
28959 between breaks. In this case breaks will be prompted for as usual before
28960 the upper bound if the keystroke threshold is reached.
28962 If `type-break-good-rest-interval' is nil and
28963 `type-break-good-break-interval' is set, then confirmation is required to
28964 interrupt a break before `type-break-good-break-interval' seconds
28965 have passed. This provides for an upper bound on the time between breaks
28966 together with confirmation of interruptions to these breaks.
28968 The variable `type-break-keystroke-threshold' is used to determine the
28969 thresholds at which typing breaks should be considered. You can use
28970 the command `type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold' to try to
28971 approximate good values for this.
28973 There are several variables that affect how or when warning messages about
28974 imminent typing breaks are displayed. They include:
28976 `type-break-mode-line-message-mode'
28977 `type-break-time-warning-intervals'
28978 `type-break-keystroke-warning-intervals'
28979 `type-break-warning-repeat'
28980 `type-break-warning-countdown-string'
28981 `type-break-warning-countdown-string-type'
28983 There are several variables that affect if, how, and when queries to begin
28984 a typing break occur. They include:
28986 `type-break-query-mode'
28987 `type-break-query-function'
28988 `type-break-query-interval'
28990 The command `type-break-statistics' prints interesting things.
28992 Finally, a file (named `type-break-file-name') is used to store information
28993 across Emacs sessions. This provides recovery of the break status between
28994 sessions and after a crash. Manual changes to the file may result in
28995 problems.
28997 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
28999 (autoload 'type-break "type-break" "\
29000 Take a typing break.
29002 During the break, a demo selected from the functions listed in
29003 `type-break-demo-functions' is run.
29005 After the typing break is finished, the next break is scheduled
29006 as per the function `type-break-schedule'.
29008 \(fn)" t nil)
29010 (autoload 'type-break-statistics "type-break" "\
29011 Print statistics about typing breaks in a temporary buffer.
29012 This includes the last time a typing break was taken, when the next one is
29013 scheduled, the keystroke thresholds and the current keystroke count, etc.
29015 \(fn)" t nil)
29017 (autoload 'type-break-guesstimate-keystroke-threshold "type-break" "\
29018 Guess values for the minimum/maximum keystroke threshold for typing breaks.
29020 If called interactively, the user is prompted for their guess as to how
29021 many words per minute they usually type. This value should not be your
29022 maximum WPM, but your average. Of course, this is harder to gauge since it
29023 can vary considerably depending on what you are doing. For example, one
29024 tends to type less when debugging a program as opposed to writing
29025 documentation. (Perhaps a separate program should be written to estimate
29026 average typing speed.)
29028 From that, this command sets the values in `type-break-keystroke-threshold'
29029 based on a fairly simple algorithm involving assumptions about the average
29030 length of words (5). For the minimum threshold, it uses about a fifth of
29031 the computed maximum threshold.
29033 When called from Lisp programs, the optional args WORDLEN and FRAC can be
29034 used to override the default assumption about average word length and the
29035 fraction of the maximum threshold to which to set the minimum threshold.
29036 FRAC should be the inverse of the fractional value; for example, a value of
29037 2 would mean to use one half, a value of 4 would mean to use one quarter, etc.
29039 \(fn WPM &optional WORDLEN FRAC)" t nil)
29041 ;;;***
29043 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uce" "mail/uce.el" (22330 59913 948323 511000))
29044 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uce.el
29046 (autoload 'uce-reply-to-uce "uce" "\
29047 Compose a reply to unsolicited commercial email (UCE).
29048 Sets up a reply buffer addressed to: the sender, his postmaster,
29049 his abuse@ address, and the postmaster of the mail relay used.
29050 You might need to set `uce-mail-reader' before using this.
29052 \(fn &optional IGNORED)" t nil)
29054 ;;;***
29056 ;;;### (autoloads nil "ucs-normalize" "international/ucs-normalize.el"
29057 ;;;;;; (22330 59913 940323 535000))
29058 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/ucs-normalize.el
29060 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29061 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD.
29063 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29065 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29066 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD.
29068 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29070 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29071 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC.
29073 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29075 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29076 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC.
29078 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29080 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29081 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKD.
29083 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29085 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29086 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKD.
29088 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29090 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29091 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFKC.
29093 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29095 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-NFKC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29096 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFKC.
29098 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29100 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29101 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29103 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29105 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFD-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29106 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFD and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29108 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29110 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-region "ucs-normalize" "\
29111 Normalize the current region by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29113 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
29115 (autoload 'ucs-normalize-HFS-NFC-string "ucs-normalize" "\
29116 Normalize the string STR by the Unicode NFC and Mac OS's HFS Plus.
29118 \(fn STR)" nil nil)
29120 ;;;***
29122 ;;;### (autoloads nil "underline" "textmodes/underline.el" (22330
29123 ;;;;;; 59913 991323 378000))
29124 ;;; Generated autoloads from textmodes/underline.el
29126 (autoload 'underline-region "underline" "\
29127 Underline all nonblank characters in the region.
29128 Works by overstriking underscores.
29129 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29130 which specify the range to operate on.
29132 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29134 (autoload 'ununderline-region "underline" "\
29135 Remove all underlining (overstruck underscores) in the region.
29136 Called from program, takes two arguments START and END
29137 which specify the range to operate on.
29139 \(fn START END)" t nil)
29141 ;;;***
29143 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unrmail" "mail/unrmail.el" (22330 59913 948323
29144 ;;;;;; 511000))
29145 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/unrmail.el
29147 (autoload 'batch-unrmail "unrmail" "\
29148 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl files to mbox format.
29149 Specify the input Rmail Babyl file names as command line arguments.
29150 For each Rmail file, the corresponding output file name
29151 is made by adding `.mail' at the end.
29152 For example, invoke `emacs -batch -f batch-unrmail RMAIL'.
29154 \(fn)" nil nil)
29156 (autoload 'unrmail "unrmail" "\
29157 Convert old-style Rmail Babyl file FILE to mbox format file TO-FILE.
29158 The variable `unrmail-mbox-format' controls which mbox format to use.
29160 \(fn FILE TO-FILE)" t nil)
29162 ;;;***
29164 ;;;### (autoloads nil "unsafep" "emacs-lisp/unsafep.el" (22330 59913
29165 ;;;;;; 931323 563000))
29166 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/unsafep.el
29168 (autoload 'unsafep "unsafep" "\
29169 Return nil if evaluating FORM couldn't possibly do any harm.
29170 Otherwise result is a reason why FORM is unsafe.
29171 UNSAFEP-VARS is a list of symbols with local bindings.
29173 \(fn FORM &optional UNSAFEP-VARS)" nil nil)
29175 ;;;***
29177 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url" "url/url.el" (22331 17372 121369 164000))
29178 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url.el
29180 (autoload 'url-retrieve "url" "\
29181 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29182 URL is either a string or a parsed URL. If it is a string
29183 containing characters that are not valid in a URI, those
29184 characters are percent-encoded; see `url-encode-url'.
29186 CALLBACK is called when the object has been completely retrieved, with
29187 the current buffer containing the object, and any MIME headers associated
29188 with it. It is called as (apply CALLBACK STATUS CBARGS).
29189 STATUS is a plist representing what happened during the request,
29190 with most recent events first, or an empty list if no events have
29191 occurred. Each pair is one of:
29193 \(:redirect REDIRECTED-TO) - the request was redirected to this URL
29194 \(:error (ERROR-SYMBOL . DATA)) - an error occurred. The error can be
29195 signaled with (signal ERROR-SYMBOL DATA).
29197 Return the buffer URL will load into, or nil if the process has
29198 already completed (i.e. URL was a mailto URL or similar; in this case
29199 the callback is not called).
29201 The variables `url-request-data', `url-request-method' and
29202 `url-request-extra-headers' can be dynamically bound around the
29203 request; dynamic binding of other variables doesn't necessarily
29204 take effect.
29206 If SILENT, then don't message progress reports and the like.
29207 If INHIBIT-COOKIES, cookies will neither be stored nor sent to
29208 the server.
29209 If URL is a multibyte string, it will be encoded as utf-8 and
29210 URL-encoded before it's used.
29212 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29214 (autoload 'url-retrieve-synchronously "url" "\
29215 Retrieve URL synchronously.
29216 Return the buffer containing the data, or nil if there are no data
29217 associated with it (the case for dired, info, or mailto URLs that need
29218 no further processing). URL is either a string or a parsed URL.
29219 If SILENT is non-nil, don't display progress reports and similar messages.
29220 If INHIBIT-COOKIES is non-nil, cookies will neither be stored nor sent
29221 to the server.
29223 \(fn URL &optional SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29225 ;;;***
29227 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-auth" "url/url-auth.el" (22330 59913 992323
29228 ;;;;;; 375000))
29229 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-auth.el
29231 (autoload 'url-get-authentication "url-auth" "\
29232 Return an authorization string suitable for use in the WWW-Authenticate
29233 header in an HTTP/1.0 request.
29235 URL is the url you are requesting authorization to. This can be either a
29236 string representing the URL, or the parsed representation returned by
29237 `url-generic-parse-url'
29238 REALM is the realm at a specific site we are looking for. This should be a
29239 string specifying the exact realm, or nil or the symbol `any' to
29240 specify that the filename portion of the URL should be used as the
29241 realm
29242 TYPE is the type of authentication to be returned. This is either a string
29243 representing the type (basic, digest, etc), or nil or the symbol `any'
29244 to specify that any authentication is acceptable. If requesting `any'
29245 the strongest matching authentication will be returned. If this is
29246 wrong, it's no big deal, the error from the server will specify exactly
29247 what type of auth to use
29248 PROMPT is boolean - specifies whether to ask the user for a username/password
29249 if one cannot be found in the cache
29251 \(fn URL REALM TYPE PROMPT &optional ARGS)" nil nil)
29253 (autoload 'url-register-auth-scheme "url-auth" "\
29254 Register an HTTP authentication method.
29256 TYPE is a string or symbol specifying the name of the method.
29257 This should be the same thing you expect to get returned in
29258 an Authenticate header in HTTP/1.0 - it will be downcased.
29259 FUNCTION is the function to call to get the authorization information.
29260 This defaults to `url-?-auth', where ? is TYPE.
29261 RATING a rating between 1 and 10 of the strength of the authentication.
29262 This is used when asking for the best authentication for a specific
29263 URL. The item with the highest rating is returned.
29265 \(fn TYPE &optional FUNCTION RATING)" nil nil)
29267 ;;;***
29269 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cache" "url/url-cache.el" (22330 59913
29270 ;;;;;; 992323 375000))
29271 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cache.el
29273 (autoload 'url-store-in-cache "url-cache" "\
29274 Store buffer BUFF in the cache.
29276 \(fn &optional BUFF)" nil nil)
29278 (autoload 'url-is-cached "url-cache" "\
29279 Return non-nil if the URL is cached.
29280 The actual return value is the last modification time of the cache file.
29282 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29284 (autoload 'url-cache-extract "url-cache" "\
29285 Extract FNAM from the local disk cache.
29287 \(fn FNAM)" nil nil)
29289 ;;;***
29291 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-cid" "url/url-cid.el" (22330 59913 992323
29292 ;;;;;; 375000))
29293 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-cid.el
29295 (autoload 'url-cid "url-cid" "\
29298 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29300 ;;;***
29302 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-dav" "url/url-dav.el" (22330 59913 992323
29303 ;;;;;; 375000))
29304 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-dav.el
29306 (autoload 'url-dav-supported-p "url-dav" "\
29307 Return WebDAV protocol version supported by URL.
29308 Returns nil if WebDAV is not supported.
29310 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29312 (autoload 'url-dav-request "url-dav" "\
29313 Perform WebDAV operation METHOD on URL. Return the parsed responses.
29314 Automatically creates an XML request body if TAG is non-nil.
29315 BODY is the XML document fragment to be enclosed by <TAG></TAG>.
29317 DEPTH is how deep the request should propagate. Default is 0, meaning
29318 it should apply only to URL. A negative number means to use
29319 `Infinity' for the depth. Not all WebDAV servers support this depth
29320 though.
29322 HEADERS is an assoc list of extra headers to send in the request.
29324 NAMESPACES is an assoc list of (NAMESPACE . EXPANSION), and these are
29325 added to the <TAG> element. The DAV=DAV: namespace is automatically
29326 added to this list, so most requests can just pass in nil.
29328 \(fn URL METHOD TAG BODY &optional DEPTH HEADERS NAMESPACES)" nil nil)
29330 (autoload 'url-dav-vc-registered "url-dav" "\
29333 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29335 ;;;***
29337 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-file" "url/url-file.el" (22330 59913 992323
29338 ;;;;;; 375000))
29339 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-file.el
29341 (autoload 'url-file "url-file" "\
29342 Handle file: and ftp: URLs.
29344 \(fn URL CALLBACK CBARGS)" nil nil)
29346 ;;;***
29348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-gw" "url/url-gw.el" (22331 17372 120369
29349 ;;;;;; 168000))
29350 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-gw.el
29352 (autoload 'url-gateway-nslookup-host "url-gw" "\
29353 Attempt to resolve the given HOST using nslookup if possible.
29355 \(fn HOST)" t nil)
29357 (autoload 'url-open-stream "url-gw" "\
29358 Open a stream to HOST, possibly via a gateway.
29359 Args per `open-network-stream'.
29360 Will not make a connection if `url-gateway-unplugged' is non-nil.
29361 Might do a non-blocking connection; use `process-status' to check.
29363 Optional arg GATEWAY-METHOD specifies the gateway to be used,
29364 overriding the value of `url-gateway-method'.
29366 \(fn NAME BUFFER HOST SERVICE &optional GATEWAY-METHOD)" nil nil)
29368 ;;;***
29370 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-handlers" "url/url-handlers.el" (22331
29371 ;;;;;; 17372 120369 168000))
29372 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-handlers.el
29374 (defvar url-handler-mode nil "\
29375 Non-nil if Url-Handler mode is enabled.
29376 See the `url-handler-mode' command
29377 for a description of this minor mode.
29378 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
29379 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
29380 or call the function `url-handler-mode'.")
29382 (custom-autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" nil)
29384 (autoload 'url-handler-mode "url-handlers" "\
29385 Toggle using `url' library for URL filenames (URL Handler mode).
29386 With a prefix argument ARG, enable URL Handler mode if ARG is
29387 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
29388 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
29390 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
29392 (autoload 'url-file-handler "url-handlers" "\
29393 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29394 OPERATION is what needs to be done (`file-exists-p', etc). ARGS are
29395 the arguments that would have been passed to OPERATION.
29397 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29399 (autoload 'url-copy-file "url-handlers" "\
29400 Copy URL to NEWNAME. Both args must be strings.
29401 Signals a `file-already-exists' error if file NEWNAME already exists,
29402 unless a third argument OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS is supplied and non-nil.
29403 A number as third arg means request confirmation if NEWNAME already exists.
29404 This is what happens in interactive use with M-x.
29405 Fourth arg KEEP-TIME non-nil means give the new file the same
29406 last-modified time as the old one. (This works on only some systems.)
29407 Fifth arg PRESERVE-UID-GID is ignored.
29408 A prefix arg makes KEEP-TIME non-nil.
29410 \(fn URL NEWNAME &optional OK-IF-ALREADY-EXISTS KEEP-TIME PRESERVE-UID-GID)" nil nil)
29412 (autoload 'url-file-local-copy "url-handlers" "\
29413 Copy URL into a temporary file on this machine.
29414 Returns the name of the local copy, or nil, if FILE is directly
29415 accessible.
29417 \(fn URL &rest IGNORED)" nil nil)
29419 (autoload 'url-insert-buffer-contents "url-handlers" "\
29420 Insert the contents of BUFFER into current buffer.
29421 This is like `url-insert', but also decodes the current buffer as
29422 if it had been inserted from a file named URL.
29424 \(fn BUFFER URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29426 (autoload 'url-insert-file-contents "url-handlers" "\
29429 \(fn URL &optional VISIT BEG END REPLACE)" nil nil)
29431 ;;;***
29433 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-http" "url/url-http.el" (22331 17372 121369
29434 ;;;;;; 164000))
29435 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-http.el
29436 (autoload 'url-default-expander "url-expand")
29438 (defalias 'url-https-expand-file-name 'url-default-expander)
29439 (autoload 'url-https "url-http")
29440 (autoload 'url-https-file-exists-p "url-http")
29441 (autoload 'url-https-file-readable-p "url-http")
29442 (autoload 'url-https-file-attributes "url-http")
29444 ;;;***
29446 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-irc" "url/url-irc.el" (22330 59913 992323
29447 ;;;;;; 375000))
29448 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-irc.el
29450 (autoload 'url-irc "url-irc" "\
29453 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29455 ;;;***
29457 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ldap" "url/url-ldap.el" (22330 59913 992323
29458 ;;;;;; 375000))
29459 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ldap.el
29461 (autoload 'url-ldap "url-ldap" "\
29462 Perform an LDAP search specified by URL.
29463 The return value is a buffer displaying the search results in HTML.
29464 URL can be a URL string, or a URL vector of the type returned by
29465 `url-generic-parse-url'.
29467 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29469 ;;;***
29471 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-mailto" "url/url-mailto.el" (22330 59913
29472 ;;;;;; 992323 375000))
29473 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-mailto.el
29475 (autoload 'url-mail "url-mailto" "\
29478 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
29480 (autoload 'url-mailto "url-mailto" "\
29481 Handle the mailto: URL syntax.
29483 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29485 ;;;***
29487 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-misc" "url/url-misc.el" (22330 59913 992323
29488 ;;;;;; 375000))
29489 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-misc.el
29491 (autoload 'url-man "url-misc" "\
29492 Fetch a Unix manual page URL.
29494 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29496 (autoload 'url-info "url-misc" "\
29497 Fetch a GNU Info URL.
29499 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29501 (autoload 'url-generic-emulator-loader "url-misc" "\
29504 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29506 (defalias 'url-rlogin 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29508 (defalias 'url-telnet 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29510 (defalias 'url-tn3270 'url-generic-emulator-loader)
29512 (autoload 'url-data "url-misc" "\
29513 Fetch a data URL (RFC 2397).
29515 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29517 ;;;***
29519 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-news" "url/url-news.el" (22330 59913 992323
29520 ;;;;;; 375000))
29521 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-news.el
29523 (autoload 'url-news "url-news" "\
29526 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29528 (autoload 'url-snews "url-news" "\
29531 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29533 ;;;***
29535 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-ns" "url/url-ns.el" (22330 59913 992323
29536 ;;;;;; 375000))
29537 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-ns.el
29539 (autoload 'isPlainHostName "url-ns" "\
29542 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29544 (autoload 'dnsDomainIs "url-ns" "\
29547 \(fn HOST DOM)" nil nil)
29549 (autoload 'dnsResolve "url-ns" "\
29552 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29554 (autoload 'isResolvable "url-ns" "\
29557 \(fn HOST)" nil nil)
29559 (autoload 'isInNet "url-ns" "\
29562 \(fn IP NET MASK)" nil nil)
29564 (autoload 'url-ns-prefs "url-ns" "\
29567 \(fn &optional FILE)" nil nil)
29569 (autoload 'url-ns-user-pref "url-ns" "\
29572 \(fn KEY &optional DEFAULT)" nil nil)
29574 ;;;***
29576 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-parse" "url/url-parse.el" (22330 59913
29577 ;;;;;; 992323 375000))
29578 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-parse.el
29580 (autoload 'url-recreate-url "url-parse" "\
29581 Recreate a URL string from the parsed URLOBJ.
29583 \(fn URLOBJ)" nil nil)
29585 (autoload 'url-generic-parse-url "url-parse" "\
29586 Return an URL-struct of the parts of URL.
29587 The CL-style struct contains the following fields:
29589 TYPE is the URI scheme (string or nil).
29590 USER is the user name (string or nil).
29591 PASSWORD is the password (string [deprecated] or nil).
29592 HOST is the host (a registered name, IP literal in square
29593 brackets, or IPv4 address in dotted-decimal form).
29594 PORTSPEC is the specified port (a number), or nil.
29595 FILENAME is the path AND the query component of the URI.
29596 TARGET is the fragment identifier component (used to refer to a
29597 subordinate resource, e.g. a part of a webpage).
29598 ATTRIBUTES is nil; this slot originally stored the attribute and
29599 value alists for IMAP URIs, but this feature was removed
29600 since it conflicts with RFC 3986.
29601 FULLNESS is non-nil if the hierarchical sequence component of
29602 the URL starts with two slashes, \"//\".
29604 The parser follows RFC 3986, except that it also tries to handle
29605 URIs that are not fully specified (e.g. lacking TYPE), and it
29606 does not check for or perform %-encoding.
29608 Here is an example. The URL
29610 foo://bob:pass@example.com:42/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal#nose
29612 parses to
29614 TYPE = \"foo\"
29615 USER = \"bob\"
29616 PASSWORD = \"pass\"
29617 HOST = \"example.com\"
29618 PORTSPEC = 42
29619 FILENAME = \"/a/b/c.dtb?type=animal&name=narwhal\"
29620 TARGET = \"nose\"
29621 ATTRIBUTES = nil
29622 FULLNESS = t
29624 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29626 ;;;***
29628 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-privacy" "url/url-privacy.el" (22330 59913
29629 ;;;;;; 992323 375000))
29630 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-privacy.el
29632 (autoload 'url-setup-privacy-info "url-privacy" "\
29633 Setup variables that expose info about you and your system.
29635 \(fn)" t nil)
29637 ;;;***
29639 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-queue" "url/url-queue.el" (22331 17372
29640 ;;;;;; 121369 164000))
29641 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-queue.el
29643 (autoload 'url-queue-retrieve "url-queue" "\
29644 Retrieve URL asynchronously and call CALLBACK with CBARGS when finished.
29645 This is like `url-retrieve' (which see for details of the arguments),
29646 but with limits on the degree of parallelism. The variable
29647 `url-queue-parallel-processes' sets the number of concurrent processes.
29648 The variable `url-queue-timeout' sets a timeout.
29650 \(fn URL CALLBACK &optional CBARGS SILENT INHIBIT-COOKIES)" nil nil)
29652 ;;;***
29654 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-tramp" "url/url-tramp.el" (22330 59913
29655 ;;;;;; 992323 375000))
29656 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-tramp.el
29658 (defvar url-tramp-protocols '("ftp" "ssh" "scp" "rsync" "telnet") "\
29659 List of URL protocols for which the work is handled by Tramp.
29660 They must also be covered by `url-handler-regexp'.")
29662 (custom-autoload 'url-tramp-protocols "url-tramp" t)
29664 (autoload 'url-tramp-file-handler "url-tramp" "\
29665 Function called from the `file-name-handler-alist' routines.
29666 OPERATION is what needs to be done. ARGS are the arguments that
29667 would have been passed to OPERATION.
29669 \(fn OPERATION &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29671 ;;;***
29673 ;;;### (autoloads nil "url-util" "url/url-util.el" (22331 17372 121369
29674 ;;;;;; 164000))
29675 ;;; Generated autoloads from url/url-util.el
29677 (defvar url-debug nil "\
29678 What types of debug messages from the URL library to show.
29679 Debug messages are logged to the *URL-DEBUG* buffer.
29681 If t, all messages will be logged.
29682 If a number, all messages will be logged, as well shown via `message'.
29683 If a list, it is a list of the types of messages to be logged.")
29685 (custom-autoload 'url-debug "url-util" t)
29687 (autoload 'url-debug "url-util" "\
29690 \(fn TAG &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29692 (autoload 'url-parse-args "url-util" "\
29695 \(fn STR &optional NODOWNCASE)" nil nil)
29697 (autoload 'url-insert-entities-in-string "url-util" "\
29698 Convert HTML markup-start characters to entity references in STRING.
29699 Also replaces the \" character, so that the result may be safely used as
29700 an attribute value in a tag. Returns a new string with the result of the
29701 conversion. Replaces these characters as follows:
29702 & ==> &amp;
29703 < ==> &lt;
29704 > ==> &gt;
29705 \" ==> &quot;
29707 \(fn STRING)" nil nil)
29709 (autoload 'url-normalize-url "url-util" "\
29710 Return a \"normalized\" version of URL.
29711 Strips out default port numbers, etc.
29713 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29715 (autoload 'url-lazy-message "url-util" "\
29716 Just like `message', but is a no-op if called more than once a second.
29717 Will not do anything if `url-show-status' is nil.
29719 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29721 (autoload 'url-get-normalized-date "url-util" "\
29722 Return a date string that most HTTP servers can understand.
29724 \(fn &optional SPECIFIED-TIME)" nil nil)
29726 (autoload 'url-eat-trailing-space "url-util" "\
29727 Remove spaces/tabs at the end of a string.
29729 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29731 (autoload 'url-strip-leading-spaces "url-util" "\
29732 Remove spaces at the front of a string.
29734 \(fn X)" nil nil)
29736 (autoload 'url-display-percentage "url-util" "\
29739 \(fn FMT PERC &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
29741 (autoload 'url-percentage "url-util" "\
29744 \(fn X Y)" nil nil)
29746 (defalias 'url-basepath 'url-file-directory)
29748 (autoload 'url-file-directory "url-util" "\
29749 Return the directory part of FILE, for a URL.
29751 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29753 (autoload 'url-file-nondirectory "url-util" "\
29754 Return the nondirectory part of FILE, for a URL.
29756 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29758 (autoload 'url-parse-query-string "url-util" "\
29761 \(fn QUERY &optional DOWNCASE ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29763 (autoload 'url-build-query-string "url-util" "\
29764 Build a query-string.
29766 Given a QUERY in the form:
29767 ((key1 val1)
29768 (key2 val2)
29769 (key3 val1 val2)
29770 (key4)
29771 (key5 \"\"))
29773 \(This is the same format as produced by `url-parse-query-string')
29775 This will return a string
29776 \"key1=val1&key2=val2&key3=val1&key3=val2&key4&key5\". Keys may
29777 be strings or symbols; if they are symbols, the symbol name will
29778 be used.
29780 When SEMICOLONS is given, the separator will be \";\".
29782 When KEEP-EMPTY is given, empty values will show as \"key=\"
29783 instead of just \"key\" as in the example above.
29785 \(fn QUERY &optional SEMICOLONS KEEP-EMPTY)" nil nil)
29787 (autoload 'url-unhex-string "url-util" "\
29788 Remove %XX embedded spaces, etc in a URL.
29789 If optional second argument ALLOW-NEWLINES is non-nil, then allow the
29790 decoding of carriage returns and line feeds in the string, which is normally
29791 forbidden in URL encoding.
29793 \(fn STR &optional ALLOW-NEWLINES)" nil nil)
29795 (autoload 'url-hexify-string "url-util" "\
29796 URI-encode STRING and return the result.
29797 If STRING is multibyte, it is first converted to a utf-8 byte
29798 string. Each byte corresponding to an allowed character is left
29799 as-is, while all other bytes are converted to a three-character
29800 string: \"%\" followed by two upper-case hex digits.
29802 The allowed characters are specified by ALLOWED-CHARS. If this
29803 argument is nil, the list `url-unreserved-chars' determines the
29804 allowed characters. Otherwise, ALLOWED-CHARS should be a vector
29805 whose Nth element is non-nil if character N is allowed.
29807 \(fn STRING &optional ALLOWED-CHARS)" nil nil)
29809 (autoload 'url-encode-url "url-util" "\
29810 Return a properly URI-encoded version of URL.
29811 This function also performs URI normalization, e.g. converting
29812 the scheme to lowercase if it is uppercase. Apart from
29813 normalization, if URL is already URI-encoded, this function
29814 should return it unchanged.
29816 \(fn URL)" nil nil)
29818 (autoload 'url-file-extension "url-util" "\
29819 Return the filename extension of FNAME.
29820 If optional argument X is t, then return the basename
29821 of the file with the extension stripped off.
29823 \(fn FNAME &optional X)" nil nil)
29825 (autoload 'url-truncate-url-for-viewing "url-util" "\
29826 Return a shortened version of URL that is WIDTH characters wide or less.
29827 WIDTH defaults to the current frame width.
29829 \(fn URL &optional WIDTH)" nil nil)
29831 (autoload 'url-view-url "url-util" "\
29832 View the current document's URL.
29833 Optional argument NO-SHOW means just return the URL, don't show it in
29834 the minibuffer.
29836 This uses `url-current-object', set locally to the buffer.
29838 \(fn &optional NO-SHOW)" t nil)
29840 ;;;***
29842 ;;;### (autoloads nil "userlock" "userlock.el" (22330 59913 915323
29843 ;;;;;; 612000))
29844 ;;; Generated autoloads from userlock.el
29846 (autoload 'ask-user-about-lock "userlock" "\
29847 Ask user what to do when he wants to edit FILE but it is locked by OPPONENT.
29848 This function has a choice of three things to do:
29849 do (signal \\='file-locked (list FILE OPPONENT))
29850 to refrain from editing the file
29851 return t (grab the lock on the file)
29852 return nil (edit the file even though it is locked).
29853 You can redefine this function to choose among those three alternatives
29854 in any way you like.
29856 \(fn FILE OPPONENT)" nil nil)
29858 (autoload 'ask-user-about-supersession-threat "userlock" "\
29859 Ask a user who is about to modify an obsolete buffer what to do.
29860 This function has two choices: it can return, in which case the modification
29861 of the buffer will proceed, or it can (signal \\='file-supersession (file)),
29862 in which case the proposed buffer modification will not be made.
29864 You can rewrite this to use any criterion you like to choose which one to do.
29865 The buffer in question is current when this function is called.
29867 \(fn FN)" nil nil)
29869 ;;;***
29871 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf-7" "international/utf-7.el" (22330 59913
29872 ;;;;;; 940323 535000))
29873 ;;; Generated autoloads from international/utf-7.el
29875 (autoload 'utf-7-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29878 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29880 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-post-read-conversion "utf-7" "\
29883 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
29885 (autoload 'utf-7-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29888 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29890 (autoload 'utf-7-imap-pre-write-conversion "utf-7" "\
29893 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
29895 ;;;***
29897 ;;;### (autoloads nil "utf7" "gnus/utf7.el" (22331 17372 37369 462000))
29898 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/utf7.el
29900 (autoload 'utf7-encode "utf7" "\
29901 Encode UTF-7 STRING. Use IMAP modification if FOR-IMAP is non-nil.
29903 \(fn STRING &optional FOR-IMAP)" nil nil)
29905 ;;;***
29907 ;;;### (autoloads nil "uudecode" "mail/uudecode.el" (22330 59913
29908 ;;;;;; 948323 511000))
29909 ;;; Generated autoloads from mail/uudecode.el
29911 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-external "uudecode" "\
29912 Uudecode region between START and END using external program.
29913 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME. The program
29914 used is specified by `uudecode-decoder-program'.
29916 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29918 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region-internal "uudecode" "\
29919 Uudecode region between START and END without using an external program.
29920 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29922 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" t nil)
29924 (autoload 'uudecode-decode-region "uudecode" "\
29925 Uudecode region between START and END.
29926 If FILE-NAME is non-nil, save the result to FILE-NAME.
29928 \(fn START END &optional FILE-NAME)" nil nil)
29930 ;;;***
29932 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc" "vc/vc.el" (22363 8343 539348 674000))
29933 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc.el
29935 (defvar vc-checkout-hook nil "\
29936 Normal hook (list of functions) run after checking out a file.
29937 See `run-hooks'.")
29939 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkout-hook "vc" t)
29941 (defvar vc-checkin-hook nil "\
29942 Normal hook (list of functions) run after commit or file checkin.
29943 See also `log-edit-done-hook'.")
29945 (custom-autoload 'vc-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29947 (defvar vc-before-checkin-hook nil "\
29948 Normal hook (list of functions) run before a commit or a file checkin.
29949 See `run-hooks'.")
29951 (custom-autoload 'vc-before-checkin-hook "vc" t)
29953 (autoload 'vc-responsible-backend "vc" "\
29954 Return the name of a backend system that is responsible for FILE.
29956 If FILE is already registered, return the
29957 backend of FILE. If FILE is not registered, then the
29958 first backend in `vc-handled-backends' that declares itself
29959 responsible for FILE is returned.
29961 \(fn FILE)" nil nil)
29963 (autoload 'vc-next-action "vc" "\
29964 Do the next logical version control operation on the current fileset.
29965 This requires that all files in the current VC fileset be in the
29966 same state. If not, signal an error.
29968 For merging-based version control systems:
29969 If every file in the VC fileset is not registered for version
29970 control, register the fileset (but don't commit).
29971 If every work file in the VC fileset is added or changed, pop
29972 up a *vc-log* buffer to commit the fileset.
29973 For a centralized version control system, if any work file in
29974 the VC fileset is out of date, offer to update the fileset.
29976 For old-style locking-based version control systems, like RCS:
29977 If every file is not registered, register the file(s).
29978 If every file is registered and unlocked, check out (lock)
29979 the file(s) for editing.
29980 If every file is locked by you and has changes, pop up a
29981 *vc-log* buffer to check in the changes. Leave a
29982 read-only copy of each changed file after checking in.
29983 If every file is locked by you and unchanged, unlock them.
29984 If every file is locked by someone else, offer to steal the lock.
29986 \(fn VERBOSE)" t nil)
29988 (autoload 'vc-register "vc" "\
29989 Register into a version control system.
29990 If VC-FILESET is given, register the files in that fileset.
29991 Otherwise register the current file.
29992 If COMMENT is present, use that as an initial comment.
29994 The version control system to use is found by cycling through the list
29995 `vc-handled-backends'. The first backend in that list which declares
29996 itself responsible for the file (usually because other files in that
29997 directory are already registered under that backend) will be used to
29998 register the file. If no backend declares itself responsible, the
29999 first backend that could register the file is used.
30001 \(fn &optional VC-FILESET COMMENT)" t nil)
30003 (autoload 'vc-version-diff "vc" "\
30004 Report diffs between revisions of the fileset in the repository history.
30006 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30008 (autoload 'vc-diff "vc" "\
30009 Display diffs between file revisions.
30010 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30011 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30012 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30014 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30015 saving the buffer.
30017 \(fn &optional HISTORIC NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30019 (autoload 'vc-version-ediff "vc" "\
30020 Show differences between revisions of the fileset in the
30021 repository history using ediff.
30023 \(fn FILES REV1 REV2)" t nil)
30025 (autoload 'vc-ediff "vc" "\
30026 Display diffs between file revisions using ediff.
30027 Normally this compares the currently selected fileset with their
30028 working revisions. With a prefix argument HISTORIC, it reads two revision
30029 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30031 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30032 saving the buffer.
30034 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30036 (autoload 'vc-root-diff "vc" "\
30037 Display diffs between VC-controlled whole tree revisions.
30038 Normally, this compares the tree corresponding to the current
30039 fileset with the working revision.
30040 With a prefix argument HISTORIC, prompt for two revision
30041 designators specifying which revisions to compare.
30043 The optional argument NOT-URGENT non-nil means it is ok to say no to
30044 saving the buffer.
30046 \(fn HISTORIC &optional NOT-URGENT)" t nil)
30048 (autoload 'vc-root-dir "vc" "\
30049 Return the root directory for the current VC tree.
30050 Return nil if the root directory cannot be identified.
30052 \(fn)" nil nil)
30054 (autoload 'vc-revision-other-window "vc" "\
30055 Visit revision REV of the current file in another window.
30056 If the current file is named `F', the revision is named `F.~REV~'.
30057 If `F.~REV~' already exists, use it instead of checking it out again.
30059 \(fn REV)" t nil)
30061 (autoload 'vc-insert-headers "vc" "\
30062 Insert headers into a file for use with a version control system.
30063 Headers desired are inserted at point, and are pulled from
30064 the variable `vc-BACKEND-header'.
30066 \(fn)" t nil)
30068 (autoload 'vc-merge "vc" "\
30069 Perform a version control merge operation.
30070 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
30071 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"merge\"
30072 operation to incorporate changes from another branch onto the
30073 current branch, prompting for an argument list.
30075 On a non-distributed version control system, this merges changes
30076 between two revisions into the current fileset. This asks for
30077 two revisions to merge from in the minibuffer. If the first
30078 revision is a branch number, then merge all changes from that
30079 branch. If the first revision is empty, merge the most recent
30080 changes from the current branch.
30082 \(fn)" t nil)
30084 (autoload 'vc-message-unresolved-conflicts "vc" "\
30085 Display a message indicating unresolved conflicts in FILENAME.
30087 \(fn FILENAME)" nil nil)
30089 (defalias 'vc-resolve-conflicts 'smerge-ediff)
30091 (autoload 'vc-create-tag "vc" "\
30092 Descending recursively from DIR, make a tag called NAME.
30093 For each registered file, the working revision becomes part of
30094 the named configuration. If the prefix argument BRANCHP is
30095 given, the tag is made as a new branch and the files are
30096 checked out in that new branch.
30098 \(fn DIR NAME BRANCHP)" t nil)
30100 (autoload 'vc-retrieve-tag "vc" "\
30101 For each file in or below DIR, retrieve their tagged version NAME.
30102 NAME can name a branch, in which case this command will switch to the
30103 named branch in the directory DIR.
30104 Interactively, prompt for DIR only for VCS that works at file level;
30105 otherwise use the default directory of the current buffer.
30106 If NAME is empty, it refers to the latest revisions of the current branch.
30107 If locking is used for the files in DIR, then there must not be any
30108 locked files at or below DIR (but if NAME is empty, locked files are
30109 allowed and simply skipped).
30111 \(fn DIR NAME)" t nil)
30113 (autoload 'vc-print-log "vc" "\
30114 List the change log of the current fileset in a window.
30115 If WORKING-REVISION is non-nil, leave point at that revision.
30116 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30117 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30119 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for
30120 WORKING-REVISION and LIMIT.
30122 \(fn &optional WORKING-REVISION LIMIT)" t nil)
30124 (autoload 'vc-print-root-log "vc" "\
30125 List the change log for the current VC controlled tree in a window.
30126 If LIMIT is non-nil, it should be a number specifying the maximum
30127 number of revisions to show; the default is `vc-log-show-limit'.
30128 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for LIMIT.
30130 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" t nil)
30132 (autoload 'vc-log-incoming "vc" "\
30133 Show a log of changes that will be received with a pull operation from REMOTE-LOCATION.
30134 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
30136 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30138 (autoload 'vc-log-outgoing "vc" "\
30139 Show a log of changes that will be sent with a push operation to REMOTE-LOCATION.
30140 When called interactively with a prefix argument, prompt for REMOTE-LOCATION.
30142 \(fn &optional REMOTE-LOCATION)" t nil)
30144 (autoload 'vc-region-history "vc" "\
30145 Show the history of the region FROM..TO.
30147 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
30149 (autoload 'vc-revert "vc" "\
30150 Revert working copies of the selected fileset to their repository contents.
30151 This asks for confirmation if the buffer contents are not identical
30152 to the working revision (except for keyword expansion).
30154 \(fn)" t nil)
30156 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'vc-revert-buffer 'vc-revert "23.1")
30158 (autoload 'vc-pull "vc" "\
30159 Update the current fileset or branch.
30160 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
30161 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"pull\"
30162 operation to update the current branch, prompting for an argument
30163 list if required. Optional prefix ARG forces a prompt for the VCS
30164 command to run.
30166 On a non-distributed version control system, update the current
30167 fileset to the tip revisions. For each unchanged and unlocked
30168 file, this simply replaces the work file with the latest revision
30169 on its branch. If the file contains changes, any changes in the
30170 tip revision are merged into the working file.
30172 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30174 (defalias 'vc-update 'vc-pull)
30176 (autoload 'vc-push "vc" "\
30177 Push the current branch.
30178 You must be visiting a version controlled file, or in a `vc-dir' buffer.
30179 On a distributed version control system, this runs a \"push\"
30180 operation on the current branch, prompting for the precise command
30181 if required. Optional prefix ARG non-nil forces a prompt for the
30182 VCS command to run.
30184 On a non-distributed version control system, this signals an error.
30185 It also signals an error in a Bazaar bound branch.
30187 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
30189 (autoload 'vc-switch-backend "vc" "\
30190 Make BACKEND the current version control system for FILE.
30191 FILE must already be registered in BACKEND. The change is not
30192 permanent, only for the current session. This function only changes
30193 VC's perspective on FILE, it does not register or unregister it.
30194 By default, this command cycles through the registered backends.
30195 To get a prompt, use a prefix argument.
30197 \(fn FILE BACKEND)" t nil)
30199 (autoload 'vc-transfer-file "vc" "\
30200 Transfer FILE to another version control system NEW-BACKEND.
30201 If NEW-BACKEND has a higher precedence than FILE's current backend
30202 \(i.e. it comes earlier in `vc-handled-backends'), then register FILE in
30203 NEW-BACKEND, using the revision number from the current backend as the
30204 base level. If NEW-BACKEND has a lower precedence than the current
30205 backend, then commit all changes that were made under the current
30206 backend to NEW-BACKEND, and unregister FILE from the current backend.
30207 \(If FILE is not yet registered under NEW-BACKEND, register it.)
30209 \(fn FILE NEW-BACKEND)" nil nil)
30211 (autoload 'vc-delete-file "vc" "\
30212 Delete file and mark it as such in the version control system.
30213 If called interactively, read FILE, defaulting to the current
30214 buffer's file name if it's under version control.
30216 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
30218 (autoload 'vc-rename-file "vc" "\
30219 Rename file OLD to NEW in both work area and repository.
30220 If called interactively, read OLD and NEW, defaulting OLD to the
30221 current buffer's file name if it's under version control.
30223 \(fn OLD NEW)" t nil)
30225 (autoload 'vc-update-change-log "vc" "\
30226 Find change log file and add entries from recent version control logs.
30227 Normally, find log entries for all registered files in the default
30228 directory.
30230 With prefix arg of \\[universal-argument], only find log entries for the current buffer's file.
30232 With any numeric prefix arg, find log entries for all currently visited
30233 files that are under version control. This puts all the entries in the
30234 log for the default directory, which may not be appropriate.
30236 From a program, any ARGS are assumed to be filenames for which
30237 log entries should be gathered.
30239 \(fn &rest ARGS)" t nil)
30241 (autoload 'vc-branch-part "vc" "\
30242 Return the branch part of a revision number REV.
30244 \(fn REV)" nil nil)
30246 ;;;***
30248 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-annotate" "vc/vc-annotate.el" (22330 59914
30249 ;;;;;; 13323 310000))
30250 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-annotate.el
30252 (autoload 'vc-annotate "vc-annotate" "\
30253 Display the edit history of the current FILE using colors.
30255 This command creates a buffer that shows, for each line of the current
30256 file, when it was last edited and by whom. Additionally, colors are
30257 used to show the age of each line--blue means oldest, red means
30258 youngest, and intermediate colors indicate intermediate ages. By
30259 default, the time scale stretches back one year into the past;
30260 everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30262 With a prefix argument, this command asks two questions in the
30263 minibuffer. First, you may enter a revision number REV; then the buffer
30264 displays and annotates that revision instead of the working revision
30265 \(type RET in the minibuffer to leave that default unchanged). Then,
30266 you are prompted for the time span in days which the color range
30267 should cover. For example, a time span of 20 days means that changes
30268 over the past 20 days are shown in red to blue, according to their
30269 age, and everything that is older than that is shown in blue.
30271 If MOVE-POINT-TO is given, move the point to that line.
30273 If VC-BK is given used that VC backend.
30275 Customization variables:
30277 `vc-annotate-menu-elements' customizes the menu elements of the
30278 mode-specific menu. `vc-annotate-color-map' and
30279 `vc-annotate-very-old-color' define the mapping of time to colors.
30280 `vc-annotate-background' specifies the background color.
30281 `vc-annotate-background-mode' specifies whether the color map
30282 should be applied to the background or to the foreground.
30284 \(fn FILE REV &optional DISPLAY-MODE BUF MOVE-POINT-TO VC-BK)" t nil)
30286 ;;;***
30288 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-bzr" "vc/vc-bzr.el" (22331 17372 123369
30289 ;;;;;; 157000))
30290 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-bzr.el
30292 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-dirname ".bzr" "\
30293 Name of the directory containing Bzr repository status files.")
30295 (defconst vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file (concat vc-bzr-admin-dirname "/checkout/format") "\
30296 Name of the format file in a .bzr directory.")
30297 (defun vc-bzr-registered (file)
30298 (if (vc-find-root file vc-bzr-admin-checkout-format-file)
30299 (progn
30300 (load "vc-bzr" nil t)
30301 (vc-bzr-registered file))))
30303 ;;;***
30305 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-cvs" "vc/vc-cvs.el" (22363 8343 539348
30306 ;;;;;; 674000))
30307 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-cvs.el
30308 (defun vc-cvs-registered (f)
30309 "Return non-nil if file F is registered with CVS."
30310 (when (file-readable-p (expand-file-name
30311 "CVS/Entries" (file-name-directory f)))
30312 (load "vc-cvs" nil t)
30313 (vc-cvs-registered f)))
30315 ;;;***
30317 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dir" "vc/vc-dir.el" (22330 59914 13323
30318 ;;;;;; 310000))
30319 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dir.el
30321 (autoload 'vc-dir "vc-dir" "\
30322 Show the VC status for \"interesting\" files in and below DIR.
30323 This allows you to mark files and perform VC operations on them.
30324 The list omits files which are up to date, with no changes in your copy
30325 or the repository, if there is nothing in particular to say about them.
30327 Preparing the list of file status takes time; when the buffer
30328 first appears, it has only the first few lines of summary information.
30329 The file lines appear later.
30331 Optional second argument BACKEND specifies the VC backend to use.
30332 Interactively, a prefix argument means to ask for the backend.
30334 These are the commands available for use in the file status buffer:
30336 \\{vc-dir-mode-map}
30338 \(fn DIR &optional BACKEND)" t nil)
30340 ;;;***
30342 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-dispatcher" "vc/vc-dispatcher.el" (22331
30343 ;;;;;; 17372 124369 153000))
30344 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-dispatcher.el
30346 (autoload 'vc-do-command "vc-dispatcher" "\
30347 Execute a slave command, notifying user and checking for errors.
30348 Output from COMMAND goes to BUFFER, or the current buffer if
30349 BUFFER is t. If the destination buffer is not already current,
30350 set it up properly and erase it. The command is considered
30351 successful if its exit status does not exceed OKSTATUS (if
30352 OKSTATUS is nil, that means to ignore error status, if it is
30353 `async', that means not to wait for termination of the
30354 subprocess; if it is t it means to ignore all execution errors).
30355 FILE-OR-LIST is the name of a working file; it may be a list of
30356 files or be nil (to execute commands that don't expect a file
30357 name or set of files). If an optional list of FLAGS is present,
30358 that is inserted into the command line before the filename.
30359 Return the return value of the slave command in the synchronous
30360 case, and the process object in the asynchronous case.
30362 \(fn BUFFER OKSTATUS COMMAND FILE-OR-LIST &rest FLAGS)" nil nil)
30364 ;;;***
30366 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-git" "vc/vc-git.el" (22331 17372 124369
30367 ;;;;;; 153000))
30368 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-git.el
30369 (defun vc-git-registered (file)
30370 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with git."
30371 (if (vc-find-root file ".git") ; Short cut.
30372 (progn
30373 (load "vc-git" nil t)
30374 (vc-git-registered file))))
30376 ;;;***
30378 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-hg" "vc/vc-hg.el" (22331 17372 124369 153000))
30379 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-hg.el
30380 (defun vc-hg-registered (file)
30381 "Return non-nil if FILE is registered with hg."
30382 (if (vc-find-root file ".hg") ; short cut
30383 (progn
30384 (load "vc-hg" nil t)
30385 (vc-hg-registered file))))
30387 ;;;***
30389 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-mtn" "vc/vc-mtn.el" (22330 59914 13323
30390 ;;;;;; 310000))
30391 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-mtn.el
30393 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-dir "_MTN" "\
30394 Name of the monotone directory.")
30396 (defconst vc-mtn-admin-format (concat vc-mtn-admin-dir "/format") "\
30397 Name of the monotone directory's format file.")
30398 (defun vc-mtn-registered (file)
30399 (if (vc-find-root file vc-mtn-admin-format)
30400 (progn
30401 (load "vc-mtn" nil t)
30402 (vc-mtn-registered file))))
30404 ;;;***
30406 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-rcs" "vc/vc-rcs.el" (22331 17372 125369
30407 ;;;;;; 150000))
30408 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-rcs.el
30410 (defvar vc-rcs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sRCS/%s,v" "%s%s,v" "%sRCS/%s")) "\
30411 Where to look for RCS master files.
30412 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30414 (custom-autoload 'vc-rcs-master-templates "vc-rcs" t)
30416 (defun vc-rcs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'RCS f))
30418 ;;;***
30420 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-sccs" "vc/vc-sccs.el" (22330 59914 13323
30421 ;;;;;; 310000))
30422 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-sccs.el
30424 (defvar vc-sccs-master-templates (purecopy '("%sSCCS/s.%s" "%ss.%s" vc-sccs-search-project-dir)) "\
30425 Where to look for SCCS master files.
30426 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30428 (custom-autoload 'vc-sccs-master-templates "vc-sccs" t)
30430 (defun vc-sccs-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'SCCS f))
30432 (defun vc-sccs-search-project-dir (_dirname basename) "\
30433 Return the name of a master file in the SCCS project directory.
30434 Does not check whether the file exists but returns nil if it does not
30435 find any project directory." (let ((project-dir (getenv "PROJECTDIR")) dirs dir) (when project-dir (if (file-name-absolute-p project-dir) (setq dirs (quote ("SCCS" ""))) (setq dirs (quote ("src/SCCS" "src" "source/SCCS" "source"))) (setq project-dir (expand-file-name (concat "~" project-dir)))) (while (and (not dir) dirs) (setq dir (expand-file-name (car dirs) project-dir)) (unless (file-directory-p dir) (setq dir nil) (setq dirs (cdr dirs)))) (and dir (expand-file-name (concat "s." basename) dir)))))
30437 ;;;***
30439 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-src" "vc/vc-src.el" (22331 17372 125369
30440 ;;;;;; 150000))
30441 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-src.el
30443 (defvar vc-src-master-templates (purecopy '("%s.src/%s,v")) "\
30444 Where to look for SRC master files.
30445 For a description of possible values, see `vc-check-master-templates'.")
30447 (custom-autoload 'vc-src-master-templates "vc-src" t)
30449 (defun vc-src-registered (f) (vc-default-registered 'src f))
30451 ;;;***
30453 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vc-svn" "vc/vc-svn.el" (22330 59914 13323
30454 ;;;;;; 310000))
30455 ;;; Generated autoloads from vc/vc-svn.el
30456 (defun vc-svn-registered (f)
30457 (let ((admin-dir (cond ((and (eq system-type 'windows-nt)
30458 (getenv "SVN_ASP_DOT_NET_HACK"))
30459 "_svn")
30460 (t ".svn"))))
30461 (when (vc-find-root f admin-dir)
30462 (load "vc-svn" nil t)
30463 (vc-svn-registered f))))
30465 ;;;***
30467 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vera-mode" "progmodes/vera-mode.el" (22330
30468 ;;;;;; 59913 985323 396000))
30469 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vera-mode.el
30470 (push (purecopy '(vera-mode 2 28)) package--builtin-versions)
30471 (add-to-list 'auto-mode-alist (cons (purecopy "\\.vr[hi]?\\'") 'vera-mode))
30473 (autoload 'vera-mode "vera-mode" "\
30474 Major mode for editing Vera code.
30476 Usage:
30477 ------
30479 INDENTATION: Typing `TAB' at the beginning of a line indents the line.
30480 The amount of indentation is specified by option `vera-basic-offset'.
30481 Indentation can be done for an entire region (`M-C-\\') or buffer (menu).
30482 `TAB' always indents the line if option `vera-intelligent-tab' is nil.
30484 WORD/COMMAND COMPLETION: Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks
30485 for a word in the buffer or a Vera keyword that starts alike, inserts it
30486 and adjusts case. Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word
30487 completions.
30489 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character inserts a tabulator stop (if not
30490 at the beginning of a line). `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator stop.
30492 COMMENTS: `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out, and
30493 uncomments a region if already commented out.
30495 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification): Vera keywords, predefined types and
30496 constants, function names, declaration names, directives, as well as
30497 comments and strings are highlighted using different colors.
30499 VERA VERSION: OpenVera 1.4 and Vera version 6.2.8.
30502 Maintenance:
30503 ------------
30505 To submit a bug report, use the corresponding menu entry within Vera Mode.
30506 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
30508 Feel free to send questions and enhancement requests to <reto@gnu.org>.
30510 Official distribution is at
30511 URL `http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vera-mode.html'
30514 The Vera Mode Maintainer
30515 Reto Zimmermann <reto@gnu.org>
30517 Key bindings:
30518 -------------
30520 \\{vera-mode-map}
30522 \(fn)" t nil)
30524 ;;;***
30526 ;;;### (autoloads nil "verilog-mode" "progmodes/verilog-mode.el"
30527 ;;;;;; (22331 17372 102369 231000))
30528 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/verilog-mode.el
30530 (autoload 'verilog-mode "verilog-mode" "\
30531 Major mode for editing Verilog code.
30532 \\<verilog-mode-map>
30533 See \\[describe-function] verilog-auto (\\[verilog-auto]) for details on how
30534 AUTOs can improve coding efficiency.
30536 Use \\[verilog-faq] for a pointer to frequently asked questions.
30538 NEWLINE, TAB indents for Verilog code.
30539 Delete converts tabs to spaces as it moves back.
30541 Supports highlighting.
30543 Turning on Verilog mode calls the value of the variable `verilog-mode-hook'
30544 with no args, if that value is non-nil.
30546 Variables controlling indentation/edit style:
30548 variable `verilog-indent-level' (default 3)
30549 Indentation of Verilog statements with respect to containing block.
30550 `verilog-indent-level-module' (default 3)
30551 Absolute indentation of Module level Verilog statements.
30552 Set to 0 to get initial and always statements lined up
30553 on the left side of your screen.
30554 `verilog-indent-level-declaration' (default 3)
30555 Indentation of declarations with respect to containing block.
30556 Set to 0 to get them list right under containing block.
30557 `verilog-indent-level-behavioral' (default 3)
30558 Indentation of first begin in a task or function block
30559 Set to 0 to get such code to lined up underneath the task or
30560 function keyword.
30561 `verilog-indent-level-directive' (default 1)
30562 Indentation of \\=`ifdef/\\=`endif blocks.
30563 `verilog-cexp-indent' (default 1)
30564 Indentation of Verilog statements broken across lines i.e.:
30565 if (a)
30566 begin
30567 `verilog-case-indent' (default 2)
30568 Indentation for case statements.
30569 `verilog-auto-newline' (default nil)
30570 Non-nil means automatically newline after semicolons and the punctuation
30571 mark after an end.
30572 `verilog-auto-indent-on-newline' (default t)
30573 Non-nil means automatically indent line after newline.
30574 `verilog-tab-always-indent' (default t)
30575 Non-nil means TAB in Verilog mode should always reindent the current line,
30576 regardless of where in the line point is when the TAB command is used.
30577 `verilog-indent-begin-after-if' (default t)
30578 Non-nil means to indent begin statements following a preceding
30579 if, else, while, for and repeat statements, if any. Otherwise,
30580 the begin is lined up with the preceding token. If t, you get:
30581 if (a)
30582 begin // amount of indent based on `verilog-cexp-indent'
30583 otherwise you get:
30584 if (a)
30585 begin
30586 `verilog-auto-endcomments' (default t)
30587 Non-nil means a comment /* ... */ is set after the ends which ends
30588 cases, tasks, functions and modules.
30589 The type and name of the object will be set between the braces.
30590 `verilog-minimum-comment-distance' (default 10)
30591 Minimum distance (in lines) between begin and end required before a comment
30592 will be inserted. Setting this variable to zero results in every
30593 end acquiring a comment; the default avoids too many redundant
30594 comments in tight quarters.
30595 `verilog-auto-lineup' (default `declarations')
30596 List of contexts where auto lineup of code should be done.
30598 Variables controlling other actions:
30600 `verilog-linter' (default `surelint')
30601 Unix program to call to run the lint checker. This is the default
30602 command for \\[compile-command] and \\[verilog-auto-save-compile].
30604 See \\[customize] for the complete list of variables.
30606 AUTO expansion functions are, in part:
30608 \\[verilog-auto] Expand AUTO statements.
30609 \\[verilog-delete-auto] Remove the AUTOs.
30610 \\[verilog-inject-auto] Insert AUTOs for the first time.
30612 Some other functions are:
30614 \\[verilog-complete-word] Complete word with appropriate possibilities.
30615 \\[verilog-mark-defun] Mark function.
30616 \\[verilog-beg-of-defun] Move to beginning of current function.
30617 \\[verilog-end-of-defun] Move to end of current function.
30618 \\[verilog-label-be] Label matching begin ... end, fork ... join, etc statements.
30620 \\[verilog-comment-region] Put marked area in a comment.
30621 \\[verilog-uncomment-region] Uncomment an area commented with \\[verilog-comment-region].
30622 \\[verilog-insert-block] Insert begin ... end.
30623 \\[verilog-star-comment] Insert /* ... */.
30625 \\[verilog-sk-always] Insert an always @(AS) begin .. end block.
30626 \\[verilog-sk-begin] Insert a begin .. end block.
30627 \\[verilog-sk-case] Insert a case block, prompting for details.
30628 \\[verilog-sk-for] Insert a for (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30629 \\[verilog-sk-generate] Insert a generate .. endgenerate block.
30630 \\[verilog-sk-header] Insert a header block at the top of file.
30631 \\[verilog-sk-initial] Insert an initial begin .. end block.
30632 \\[verilog-sk-fork] Insert a fork begin .. end .. join block.
30633 \\[verilog-sk-module] Insert a module .. (/*AUTOARG*/);.. endmodule block.
30634 \\[verilog-sk-ovm-class] Insert an OVM Class block.
30635 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-object] Insert an UVM Object block.
30636 \\[verilog-sk-uvm-component] Insert an UVM Component block.
30637 \\[verilog-sk-primitive] Insert a primitive .. (.. );.. endprimitive block.
30638 \\[verilog-sk-repeat] Insert a repeat (..) begin .. end block.
30639 \\[verilog-sk-specify] Insert a specify .. endspecify block.
30640 \\[verilog-sk-task] Insert a task .. begin .. end endtask block.
30641 \\[verilog-sk-while] Insert a while (...) begin .. end block, prompting for details.
30642 \\[verilog-sk-casex] Insert a casex (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30643 \\[verilog-sk-casez] Insert a casez (...) item: begin.. end endcase block, prompting for details.
30644 \\[verilog-sk-if] Insert an if (..) begin .. end block.
30645 \\[verilog-sk-else-if] Insert an else if (..) begin .. end block.
30646 \\[verilog-sk-comment] Insert a comment block.
30647 \\[verilog-sk-assign] Insert an assign .. = ..; statement.
30648 \\[verilog-sk-function] Insert a function .. begin .. end endfunction block.
30649 \\[verilog-sk-input] Insert an input declaration, prompting for details.
30650 \\[verilog-sk-output] Insert an output declaration, prompting for details.
30651 \\[verilog-sk-state-machine] Insert a state machine definition, prompting for details.
30652 \\[verilog-sk-inout] Insert an inout declaration, prompting for details.
30653 \\[verilog-sk-wire] Insert a wire declaration, prompting for details.
30654 \\[verilog-sk-reg] Insert a register declaration, prompting for details.
30655 \\[verilog-sk-define-signal] Define signal under point as a register at the top of the module.
30657 All key bindings can be seen in a Verilog-buffer with \\[describe-bindings].
30658 Key bindings specific to `verilog-mode-map' are:
30660 \\{verilog-mode-map}
30662 \(fn)" t nil)
30664 ;;;***
30666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "vhdl-mode" "progmodes/vhdl-mode.el" (22363
30667 ;;;;;; 8343 534348 693000))
30668 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/vhdl-mode.el
30670 (autoload 'vhdl-mode "vhdl-mode" "\
30671 Major mode for editing VHDL code.
30673 Usage:
30674 ------
30676 TEMPLATE INSERTION (electrification):
30677 After typing a VHDL keyword and entering `SPC', you are prompted for
30678 arguments while a template is generated for that VHDL construct. Typing
30679 `RET' or `C-g' at the first (mandatory) prompt aborts the current
30680 template generation. Optional arguments are indicated by square
30681 brackets and removed if the queried string is left empty. Prompts for
30682 mandatory arguments remain in the code if the queried string is left
30683 empty. They can be queried again by `C-c C-t C-q'. Enabled
30684 electrification is indicated by `/e' in the mode line.
30686 Typing `M-SPC' after a keyword inserts a space without calling the
30687 template generator. Automatic template generation (i.e.
30688 electrification) can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-e' or by
30689 setting option `vhdl-electric-mode' (see OPTIONS).
30691 Template generators can be invoked from the VHDL menu, by key
30692 bindings, by typing `C-c C-i C-c' and choosing a construct, or by typing
30693 the keyword (i.e. first word of menu entry not in parenthesis) and
30694 `SPC'. The following abbreviations can also be used: arch, attr, cond,
30695 conf, comp, cons, func, inst, pack, sig, var.
30697 Template styles can be customized in customization group
30698 `vhdl-template' (see OPTIONS).
30701 HEADER INSERTION:
30702 A file header can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-h'. A file footer
30703 (template at the end of the file) can be inserted by `C-c C-t C-f'.
30704 See customization group `vhdl-header'.
30707 STUTTERING:
30708 Double striking of some keys inserts cumbersome VHDL syntax elements.
30709 Stuttering can be disabled (enabled) by typing `C-c C-m C-s' or by
30710 option `vhdl-stutter-mode'. Enabled stuttering is indicated by `/s' in
30711 the mode line. The stuttering keys and their effects are:
30713 ;; --> \" : \" [ --> ( -- --> comment
30714 ;;; --> \" := \" [[ --> [ --CR --> comment-out code
30715 .. --> \" => \" ] --> ) --- --> horizontal line
30716 ,, --> \" <= \" ]] --> ] ---- --> display comment
30717 == --> \" == \" \\='\\=' --> \\\"
30720 WORD COMPLETION:
30721 Typing `TAB' after a (not completed) word looks for a VHDL keyword or a
30722 word in the buffer that starts alike, inserts it and adjusts case.
30723 Re-typing `TAB' toggles through alternative word completions. This also
30724 works in the minibuffer (i.e. in template generator prompts).
30726 Typing `TAB' after `(' looks for and inserts complete parenthesized
30727 expressions (e.g. for array index ranges). All keywords as well as
30728 standard types and subprograms of VHDL have predefined abbreviations
30729 (e.g., type \"std\" and `TAB' will toggle through all standard types
30730 beginning with \"std\").
30732 Typing `TAB' after a non-word character indents the line if at the
30733 beginning of a line (i.e. no preceding non-blank characters), and
30734 inserts a tabulator stop otherwise. `M-TAB' always inserts a tabulator
30735 stop.
30738 COMMENTS:
30739 `--' puts a single comment.
30740 `---' draws a horizontal line for separating code segments.
30741 `----' inserts a display comment, i.e. two horizontal lines
30742 with a comment in between.
30743 `--CR' comments out code on that line. Re-hitting CR comments
30744 out following lines.
30745 `C-c C-c' comments out a region if not commented out,
30746 uncomments a region if already commented out. Option
30747 `comment-style' defines where the comment characters
30748 should be placed (beginning of line, indent, etc.).
30750 You are prompted for comments after object definitions (i.e. signals,
30751 variables, constants, ports) and after subprogram and process
30752 specifications if option `vhdl-prompt-for-comments' is non-nil.
30753 Comments are automatically inserted as additional labels (e.g. after
30754 begin statements) and as help comments if `vhdl-self-insert-comments' is
30755 non-nil.
30757 Inline comments (i.e. comments after a piece of code on the same line)
30758 are indented at least to `vhdl-inline-comment-column'. Comments go at
30759 maximum to `vhdl-end-comment-column'. `RET' after a space in a comment
30760 will open a new comment line. Typing beyond `vhdl-end-comment-column'
30761 in a comment automatically opens a new comment line. `M-q' re-fills
30762 multi-line comments.
30765 INDENTATION:
30766 `TAB' indents a line if at the beginning of the line. The amount of
30767 indentation is specified by option `vhdl-basic-offset'. `C-c C-i C-l'
30768 always indents the current line (is bound to `TAB' if option
30769 `vhdl-intelligent-tab' is nil). If a region is active, `TAB' indents
30770 the entire region.
30772 Indentation can be done for a group of lines (`C-c C-i C-g'), a region
30773 (`M-C-\\') or the entire buffer (menu). Argument and port lists are
30774 indented normally (nil) or relative to the opening parenthesis (non-nil)
30775 according to option `vhdl-argument-list-indent'.
30777 If option `vhdl-indent-tabs-mode' is nil, spaces are used instead of
30778 tabs. `\\[tabify]' and `\\[untabify]' allow the conversion of spaces to
30779 tabs and vice versa.
30781 Syntax-based indentation can be very slow in large files. Option
30782 `vhdl-indent-syntax-based' allows you to use faster but simpler indentation.
30784 Option `vhdl-indent-comment-like-next-code-line' controls whether
30785 comment lines are indented like the preceding or like the following code
30786 line.
30789 ALIGNMENT:
30790 The alignment functions align operators, keywords, and inline comments
30791 to beautify the code. `C-c C-a C-a' aligns a group of consecutive lines
30792 separated by blank lines, `C-c C-a C-i' a block of lines with same
30793 indent. `C-c C-a C-l' aligns all lines belonging to a list enclosed by
30794 a pair of parentheses (e.g. port clause/map, argument list), and `C-c
30795 C-a C-d' all lines within the declarative part of a design unit. `C-c
30796 C-a M-a' aligns an entire region. `C-c C-a C-c' aligns inline comments
30797 for a group of lines, and `C-c C-a M-c' for a region.
30799 If option `vhdl-align-groups' is non-nil, groups of code lines
30800 separated by special lines (see option `vhdl-align-group-separate') are
30801 aligned individually. If option `vhdl-align-same-indent' is non-nil,
30802 blocks of lines with same indent are aligned separately. Some templates
30803 are automatically aligned after generation if option `vhdl-auto-align'
30804 is non-nil.
30806 Alignment tries to align inline comments at
30807 `vhdl-inline-comment-column' and tries inline comment not to exceed
30808 `vhdl-end-comment-column'.
30810 `C-c C-x M-w' fixes up whitespace in a region. That is, operator
30811 symbols are surrounded by one space, and multiple spaces are eliminated.
30814 CODE FILLING:
30815 Code filling allows you to condense code (e.g. sensitivity lists or port
30816 maps) by removing comments and newlines and re-wrapping so that all
30817 lines are maximally filled (block filling). `C-c C-f C-f' fills a list
30818 enclosed by parenthesis, `C-c C-f C-g' a group of lines separated by
30819 blank lines, `C-c C-f C-i' a block of lines with same indent, and
30820 `C-c C-f M-f' an entire region.
30823 CODE BEAUTIFICATION:
30824 `C-c M-b' and `C-c C-b' beautify the code of a region or of the entire
30825 buffer respectively. This includes indentation, alignment, and case
30826 fixing. Code beautification can also be run non-interactively using the
30827 command:
30829 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs filename.vhd -f vhdl-beautify-buffer
30832 PORT TRANSLATION:
30833 Generic and port clauses from entity or component declarations can be
30834 copied (`C-c C-p C-w') and pasted as entity and component declarations,
30835 as component instantiations and corresponding internal constants and
30836 signals, as a generic map with constants as actual generics, and as
30837 internal signal initializations (menu).
30839 To include formals in component instantiations, see option
30840 `vhdl-association-list-with-formals'. To include comments in pasting,
30841 see options `vhdl-include-...-comments'.
30843 A clause with several generic/port names on the same line can be
30844 flattened (`C-c C-p C-f') so that only one name per line exists. The
30845 direction of ports can be reversed (`C-c C-p C-r'), i.e., inputs become
30846 outputs and vice versa, which can be useful in testbenches. (This
30847 reversion is done on the internal data structure and is only reflected
30848 in subsequent paste operations.)
30850 Names for actual ports, instances, testbenches, and
30851 design-under-test instances can be derived from existing names according
30852 to options `vhdl-...-name'. See customization group `vhdl-port'.
30855 SUBPROGRAM TRANSLATION:
30856 Similar functionality exists for copying/pasting the interface of
30857 subprograms (function/procedure). A subprogram interface can be copied
30858 and then pasted as a subprogram declaration, body or call (uses
30859 association list with formals).
30862 TESTBENCH GENERATION:
30863 A copied port can also be pasted as a testbench. The generated
30864 testbench includes an entity, an architecture, and an optional
30865 configuration. The architecture contains the component declaration and
30866 instantiation of the DUT as well as internal constant and signal
30867 declarations. Additional user-defined templates can be inserted. The
30868 names used for entity/architecture/configuration/DUT as well as the file
30869 structure to be generated can be customized. See customization group
30870 `vhdl-testbench'.
30873 KEY BINDINGS:
30874 Key bindings (`C-c ...') exist for most commands (see in menu).
30877 VHDL MENU:
30878 All commands can be found in the VHDL menu including their key bindings.
30881 FILE BROWSER:
30882 The speedbar allows browsing of directories and file contents. It can
30883 be accessed from the VHDL menu and is automatically opened if option
30884 `vhdl-speedbar-auto-open' is non-nil.
30886 In speedbar, open files and directories with `mouse-2' on the name and
30887 browse/rescan their contents with `mouse-2'/`S-mouse-2' on the `+'.
30890 DESIGN HIERARCHY BROWSER:
30891 The speedbar can also be used for browsing the hierarchy of design units
30892 contained in the source files of the current directory or the specified
30893 projects (see option `vhdl-project-alist').
30895 The speedbar can be switched between file, directory hierarchy and
30896 project hierarchy browsing mode in the speedbar menu or by typing `f',
30897 `h' or `H' in speedbar.
30899 In speedbar, open design units with `mouse-2' on the name and browse
30900 their hierarchy with `mouse-2' on the `+'. Ports can directly be copied
30901 from entities and components (in packages). Individual design units and
30902 complete designs can directly be compiled (\"Make\" menu entry).
30904 The hierarchy is automatically updated upon saving a modified source
30905 file when option `vhdl-speedbar-update-on-saving' is non-nil. The
30906 hierarchy is only updated for projects that have been opened once in the
30907 speedbar. The hierarchy is cached between Emacs sessions in a file (see
30908 options in group `vhdl-speedbar').
30910 Simple design consistency checks are done during scanning, such as
30911 multiple declarations of the same unit or missing primary units that are
30912 required by secondary units.
30915 STRUCTURAL COMPOSITION:
30916 Enables simple structural composition. `C-c C-m C-n' creates a skeleton
30917 for a new component. Subcomponents (i.e. component declaration and
30918 instantiation) can be automatically placed from a previously read port
30919 (`C-c C-m C-p') or directly from the hierarchy browser (`P'). Finally,
30920 all subcomponents can be automatically connected using internal signals
30921 and ports (`C-c C-m C-w') following these rules:
30922 - subcomponent actual ports with same name are considered to be
30923 connected by a signal (internal signal or port)
30924 - signals that are only inputs to subcomponents are considered as
30925 inputs to this component -> input port created
30926 - signals that are only outputs from subcomponents are considered as
30927 outputs from this component -> output port created
30928 - signals that are inputs to AND outputs from subcomponents are
30929 considered as internal connections -> internal signal created
30931 Purpose: With appropriate naming conventions it is possible to
30932 create higher design levels with only a few mouse clicks or key
30933 strokes. A new design level can be created by simply generating a new
30934 component, placing the required subcomponents from the hierarchy
30935 browser, and wiring everything automatically.
30937 Note: Automatic wiring only works reliably on templates of new
30938 components and component instantiations that were created by VHDL mode.
30940 Component declarations can be placed in a components package (option
30941 `vhdl-use-components-package') which can be automatically generated for
30942 an entire directory or project (`C-c C-m M-p'). The VHDL'93 direct
30943 component instantiation is also supported (option
30944 `vhdl-use-direct-instantiation').
30946 Configuration declarations can automatically be generated either from
30947 the menu (`C-c C-m C-f') (for the architecture the cursor is in) or from
30948 the speedbar menu (for the architecture under the cursor). The
30949 configurations can optionally be hierarchical (i.e. include all
30950 component levels of a hierarchical design, option
30951 `vhdl-compose-configuration-hierarchical') or include subconfigurations
30952 (option `vhdl-compose-configuration-use-subconfiguration'). For
30953 subcomponents in hierarchical configurations, the most-recently-analyzed
30954 (mra) architecture is selected. If another architecture is desired, it
30955 can be marked as most-recently-analyzed (speedbar menu) before
30956 generating the configuration.
30958 Note: Configurations of subcomponents (i.e. hierarchical configuration
30959 declarations) are currently not considered when displaying
30960 configurations in speedbar.
30962 See the options group `vhdl-compose' for all relevant user options.
30965 SOURCE FILE COMPILATION:
30966 The syntax of the current buffer can be analyzed by calling a VHDL
30967 compiler (menu, `C-c C-k'). The compiler to be used is specified by
30968 option `vhdl-compiler'. The available compilers are listed in option
30969 `vhdl-compiler-alist' including all required compilation command,
30970 command options, compilation directory, and error message syntax
30971 information. New compilers can be added.
30973 All the source files of an entire design can be compiled by the `make'
30974 command (menu, `C-c M-C-k') if an appropriate Makefile exists.
30977 MAKEFILE GENERATION:
30978 Makefiles can be generated automatically by an internal generation
30979 routine (`C-c M-k'). The library unit dependency information is
30980 obtained from the hierarchy browser. Makefile generation can be
30981 customized for each compiler in option `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
30983 Makefile generation can also be run non-interactively using the
30984 command:
30986 emacs -batch -l ~/.emacs -l vhdl-mode
30987 [-compiler compilername] [-project projectname]
30988 -f vhdl-generate-makefile
30990 The Makefile's default target \"all\" compiles the entire design, the
30991 target \"clean\" removes it and the target \"library\" creates the
30992 library directory if not existent. These target names can be customized
30993 by option `vhdl-makefile-default-targets'. The Makefile also includes a
30994 target for each primary library unit which allows selective compilation
30995 of this unit, its secondary units and its subhierarchy (example:
30996 compilation of a design specified by a configuration). User specific
30997 parts can be inserted into a Makefile with option
30998 `vhdl-makefile-generation-hook'.
31000 Limitations:
31001 - Only library units and dependencies within the current library are
31002 considered. Makefiles for designs that span multiple libraries are
31003 not (yet) supported.
31004 - Only one-level configurations are supported (also hierarchical),
31005 but configurations that go down several levels are not.
31006 - The \"others\" keyword in configurations is not supported.
31009 PROJECTS:
31010 Projects can be defined in option `vhdl-project-alist' and a current
31011 project be selected using option `vhdl-project' (permanently) or from
31012 the menu or speedbar (temporarily). For each project, title and
31013 description strings (for the file headers), source files/directories
31014 (for the hierarchy browser and Makefile generation), library name, and
31015 compiler-dependent options, exceptions and compilation directory can be
31016 specified. Compilation settings overwrite the settings of option
31017 `vhdl-compiler-alist'.
31019 Project setups can be exported (i.e. written to a file) and imported.
31020 Imported setups are not automatically saved in `vhdl-project-alist' but
31021 can be saved afterwards in its customization buffer. When starting
31022 Emacs with VHDL Mode (i.e. load a VHDL file or use \"emacs -l
31023 vhdl-mode\") in a directory with an existing project setup file, it is
31024 automatically loaded and its project activated if option
31025 `vhdl-project-auto-load' is non-nil. Names/paths of the project setup
31026 files can be specified in option `vhdl-project-file-name'. Multiple
31027 project setups can be automatically loaded from global directories.
31028 This is an alternative to specifying project setups with option
31029 `vhdl-project-alist'.
31032 SPECIAL MENUES:
31033 As an alternative to the speedbar, an index menu can be added (set
31034 option `vhdl-index-menu' to non-nil) or made accessible as a mouse menu
31035 (e.g. add \"(global-set-key [S-down-mouse-3] \\='imenu)\" to your start-up
31036 file) for browsing the file contents (is not populated if buffer is
31037 larger than 256000). Also, a source file menu can be
31038 added (set option `vhdl-source-file-menu' to non-nil) for browsing the
31039 current directory for VHDL source files.
31042 VHDL STANDARDS:
31043 The VHDL standards to be used are specified in option `vhdl-standard'.
31044 Available standards are: VHDL'87/'93(02)/'08, VHDL-AMS, and Math Packages.
31047 KEYWORD CASE:
31048 Lower and upper case for keywords and standardized types, attributes,
31049 and enumeration values is supported. If the option
31050 `vhdl-upper-case-keywords' is set to non-nil, keywords can be typed in
31051 lower case and are converted into upper case automatically (not for
31052 types, attributes, and enumeration values). The case of keywords,
31053 types, attributes,and enumeration values can be fixed for an entire
31054 region (menu) or buffer (`C-c C-x C-c') according to the options
31055 `vhdl-upper-case-{keywords,types,attributes,enum-values}'.
31058 HIGHLIGHTING (fontification):
31059 Keywords and standardized types, attributes, enumeration values, and
31060 function names (controlled by option `vhdl-highlight-keywords'), as well
31061 as comments, strings, and template prompts are highlighted using
31062 different colors. Unit, subprogram, signal, variable, constant,
31063 parameter and generic/port names in declarations as well as labels are
31064 highlighted if option `vhdl-highlight-names' is non-nil.
31066 Additional reserved words or words with a forbidden syntax (e.g. words
31067 that should be avoided) can be specified in option
31068 `vhdl-forbidden-words' or `vhdl-forbidden-syntax' and be highlighted in
31069 a warning color (option `vhdl-highlight-forbidden-words'). Verilog
31070 keywords are highlighted as forbidden words if option
31071 `vhdl-highlight-verilog-keywords' is non-nil.
31073 Words with special syntax can be highlighted by specifying their
31074 syntax and color in option `vhdl-special-syntax-alist' and by setting
31075 option `vhdl-highlight-special-words' to non-nil. This allows you to
31076 establish some naming conventions (e.g. to distinguish different kinds
31077 of signals or other objects by using name suffices) and to support them
31078 visually.
31080 Option `vhdl-highlight-case-sensitive' can be set to non-nil in order
31081 to support case-sensitive highlighting. However, keywords are then only
31082 highlighted if written in lower case.
31084 Code between \"translate_off\" and \"translate_on\" pragmas is
31085 highlighted using a different background color if option
31086 `vhdl-highlight-translate-off' is non-nil.
31088 For documentation and customization of the used colors see
31089 customization group `vhdl-highlight-faces' (`\\[customize-group]'). For
31090 highlighting of matching parenthesis, see customization group
31091 `paren-showing'. Automatic buffer highlighting is turned on/off by
31092 option `global-font-lock-mode' (`font-lock-auto-fontify' in XEmacs).
31095 USER MODELS:
31096 VHDL models (templates) can be specified by the user and made accessible
31097 in the menu, through key bindings (`C-c C-m ...'), or by keyword
31098 electrification. See option `vhdl-model-alist'.
31101 HIDE/SHOW:
31102 The code of blocks, processes, subprograms, component declarations and
31103 instantiations, generic/port clauses, and configuration declarations can
31104 be hidden using the `Hide/Show' menu or by pressing `S-mouse-2' within
31105 the code (see customization group `vhdl-menu'). XEmacs: limited
31106 functionality due to old `hideshow.el' package.
31109 CODE UPDATING:
31110 - Sensitivity List: `C-c C-u C-s' updates the sensitivity list of the
31111 current process, `C-c C-u M-s' of all processes in the current buffer.
31112 Limitations:
31113 - Only declared local signals (ports, signals declared in
31114 architecture and blocks) are automatically inserted.
31115 - Global signals declared in packages are not automatically inserted.
31116 Insert them once manually (will be kept afterwards).
31117 - Out parameters of procedures are considered to be read.
31118 Use option `vhdl-entity-file-name' to specify the entity file name
31119 (used to obtain the port names).
31120 Use option `vhdl-array-index-record-field-in-sensitivity-list' to
31121 specify whether to include array indices and record fields in
31122 sensitivity lists.
31125 CODE FIXING:
31126 `C-c C-x C-p' fixes the closing parenthesis of a generic/port clause
31127 (e.g., if the closing parenthesis is on the wrong line or is missing).
31130 PRINTING:
31131 PostScript printing with different faces (an optimized set of faces is
31132 used if `vhdl-print-customize-faces' is non-nil) or colors (if
31133 `ps-print-color-p' is non-nil) is possible using the standard Emacs
31134 PostScript printing commands. Option `vhdl-print-two-column' defines
31135 appropriate default settings for nice landscape two-column printing.
31136 The paper format can be set by option `ps-paper-type'. Do not forget to
31137 switch `ps-print-color-p' to nil for printing on black-and-white
31138 printers.
31141 OPTIONS:
31142 User options allow customization of VHDL Mode. All options are
31143 accessible from the \"Options\" menu entry. Simple options (switches
31144 and choices) can directly be changed, while for complex options a
31145 customization buffer is opened. Changed options can be saved for future
31146 sessions using the \"Save Options\" menu entry.
31148 Options and their detailed descriptions can also be accessed by using
31149 the \"Customize\" menu entry or the command `\\[customize-option]'
31150 (`\\[customize-group]' for groups). Some customizations only take effect
31151 after some action (read the NOTE in the option documentation).
31152 Customization can also be done globally (i.e. site-wide, read the
31153 INSTALL file).
31155 Not all options are described in this documentation, so go and see
31156 what other useful user options there are (`\\[vhdl-customize]' or menu)!
31159 FILE EXTENSIONS:
31160 As default, files with extensions \".vhd\" and \".vhdl\" are
31161 automatically recognized as VHDL source files. To add an extension
31162 \".xxx\", add the following line to your Emacs start-up file (`.emacs'):
31164 (push \\='(\"\\\\.xxx\\\\\\='\" . vhdl-mode) auto-mode-alist)
31167 HINTS:
31168 - To start Emacs with open VHDL hierarchy browser without having to load
31169 a VHDL file first, use the command:
31171 emacs -l vhdl-mode -f speedbar-frame-mode
31173 - Type `C-g C-g' to interrupt long operations or if Emacs hangs.
31175 - Some features only work on properly indented code.
31178 RELEASE NOTES:
31179 See also the release notes (menu) for added features in new releases.
31182 Maintenance:
31183 ------------
31185 To submit a bug report, enter `\\[vhdl-submit-bug-report]' within VHDL Mode.
31186 Add a description of the problem and include a reproducible test case.
31188 Questions and enhancement requests can be sent to <reto@gnu.org>.
31190 The `vhdl-mode-announce' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode releases.
31191 The `vhdl-mode-victims' mailing list informs about new VHDL Mode beta
31192 releases. You are kindly invited to participate in beta testing. Subscribe
31193 to above mailing lists by sending an email to <reto@gnu.org>.
31195 VHDL Mode is officially distributed at
31196 http://www.iis.ee.ethz.ch/~zimmi/emacs/vhdl-mode.html
31197 where the latest version can be found.
31200 Known problems:
31201 ---------------
31203 - XEmacs: Incorrect start-up when automatically opening speedbar.
31204 - XEmacs: Indentation in XEmacs 21.4 (and higher).
31205 - Indentation incorrect for new 'postponed' VHDL keyword.
31206 - Indentation incorrect for 'protected body' construct.
31209 The VHDL Mode Authors
31210 Reto Zimmermann and Rod Whitby
31212 Key bindings:
31213 -------------
31215 \\{vhdl-mode-map}
31217 \(fn)" t nil)
31219 ;;;***
31221 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viet-util" "language/viet-util.el" (22330
31222 ;;;;;; 59913 941323 532000))
31223 ;;; Generated autoloads from language/viet-util.el
31225 (autoload 'viet-encode-viscii-char "viet-util" "\
31226 Return VISCII character code of CHAR if appropriate.
31228 \(fn CHAR)" nil nil)
31230 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31231 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current region to Vietnamese characters.
31232 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31233 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31235 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31237 (autoload 'viet-decode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31238 Convert `VIQR' mnemonics of the current buffer to Vietnamese characters.
31240 \(fn)" t nil)
31242 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-region "viet-util" "\
31243 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current region to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31244 When called from a program, expects two arguments,
31245 positions (integers or markers) specifying the stretch of the region.
31247 \(fn FROM TO)" t nil)
31249 (autoload 'viet-encode-viqr-buffer "viet-util" "\
31250 Convert Vietnamese characters of the current buffer to `VIQR' mnemonics.
31252 \(fn)" t nil)
31254 (autoload 'viqr-post-read-conversion "viet-util" "\
31257 \(fn LEN)" nil nil)
31259 (autoload 'viqr-pre-write-conversion "viet-util" "\
31262 \(fn FROM TO)" nil nil)
31264 ;;;***
31266 ;;;### (autoloads nil "view" "view.el" (22363 8343 540348 670000))
31267 ;;; Generated autoloads from view.el
31269 (defvar view-remove-frame-by-deleting t "\
31270 Determine how View mode removes a frame no longer needed.
31271 If nil, make an icon of the frame. If non-nil, delete the frame.")
31273 (custom-autoload 'view-remove-frame-by-deleting "view" t)
31275 (defvar view-mode nil "\
31276 Non-nil if View mode is enabled.
31277 Don't change this variable directly, you must change it by one of the
31278 functions that enable or disable view mode.")
31280 (make-variable-buffer-local 'view-mode)
31282 (autoload 'kill-buffer-if-not-modified "view" "\
31283 Like `kill-buffer', but does nothing if the buffer is modified.
31285 \(fn BUF)" nil nil)
31287 (autoload 'view-file "view" "\
31288 View FILE in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31289 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31290 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31291 moving around in the buffer.
31292 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31293 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31295 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31297 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31299 (autoload 'view-file-other-window "view" "\
31300 View FILE in View mode in another window.
31301 When done, return that window to its previous buffer, and kill the
31302 buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't visited before.
31304 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31305 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31306 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31307 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31308 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31310 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31312 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31314 (autoload 'view-file-other-frame "view" "\
31315 View FILE in View mode in another frame.
31316 When done, kill the buffer visiting FILE if unmodified and if it wasn't
31317 visited before; also, maybe delete other frame and/or return to previous
31318 buffer.
31320 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead,
31321 a special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation)
31322 are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31323 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31324 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31326 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31328 \(fn FILE)" t nil)
31330 (autoload 'view-buffer "view" "\
31331 View BUFFER in View mode, returning to previous buffer when done.
31332 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available; instead, a
31333 special set of commands (mostly letters and punctuation) are defined for
31334 moving around in the buffer.
31335 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31336 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31338 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31340 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31341 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31342 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31344 Do not set EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer' when BUFFER visits a
31345 file: Users may suspend viewing in order to modify the buffer.
31346 Exiting View mode will then discard the user's edits. Setting
31347 EXIT-ACTION to `kill-buffer-if-not-modified' avoids this.
31349 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31350 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31351 own View-like bindings.
31353 \(fn BUFFER &optional EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31355 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-window "view" "\
31356 View BUFFER in View mode in another window.
31357 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31358 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31359 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31360 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31361 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31363 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31365 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31367 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31368 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31369 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31371 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31372 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31373 own View-like bindings.
31375 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31377 (autoload 'view-buffer-other-frame "view" "\
31378 View BUFFER in View mode in another frame.
31379 Emacs commands editing the buffer contents are not available;
31380 instead, a special set of commands (mostly letters and
31381 punctuation) are defined for moving around in the buffer.
31382 Space scrolls forward, Delete scrolls backward.
31383 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31385 This command runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31387 Optional argument NOT-RETURN is ignored.
31389 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION is either nil or a function with buffer as
31390 argument. This function is called when finished viewing buffer. Use
31391 this argument instead of explicitly setting `view-exit-action'.
31393 This function does not enable View mode if the buffer's major-mode
31394 has a `special' mode-class, because such modes usually have their
31395 own View-like bindings.
31397 \(fn BUFFER &optional NOT-RETURN EXIT-ACTION)" t nil)
31399 (autoload 'view-mode "view" "\
31400 Toggle View mode, a minor mode for viewing text but not editing it.
31401 With a prefix argument ARG, enable View mode if ARG is positive,
31402 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable View mode
31403 if ARG is omitted or nil.
31405 When View mode is enabled, commands that do not change the buffer
31406 contents are available as usual. Kill commands insert text in
31407 kill buffers but do not delete. Most other commands beep and
31408 tell the user that the buffer is read-only.
31410 \\<view-mode-map>
31412 The following additional commands are provided. Most commands
31413 take prefix arguments. Page commands default to \"page size\"
31414 lines which is almost a whole window, or number of lines set by
31415 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] or \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size].
31416 Half page commands default to and set \"half page size\" lines
31417 which initially is half a window full. Search commands default
31418 to a repeat count of one.
31420 H, h, ? This message.
31421 Digits provide prefix arguments.
31422 \\[negative-argument] negative prefix argument.
31423 \\[beginning-of-buffer] move to the beginning of buffer.
31424 > move to the end of buffer.
31425 \\[View-scroll-to-buffer-end] scroll so that buffer end is at last line of window.
31426 SPC scroll forward \"page size\" lines.
31427 With prefix scroll forward prefix lines.
31428 DEL, S-SPC scroll backward \"page size\" lines.
31429 With prefix scroll backward prefix lines.
31430 \\[View-scroll-page-forward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-forward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31431 \\[View-scroll-page-backward-set-page-size] like \\[View-scroll-page-backward] but with prefix sets \"page size\" to prefix.
31432 \\[View-scroll-half-page-forward] scroll forward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31433 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls forward that much.
31434 \\[View-scroll-half-page-backward] scroll backward \"half page size\" lines. With prefix, sets
31435 \"half page size\" to prefix lines and scrolls backward that much.
31436 RET, LFD scroll forward one line. With prefix scroll forward prefix line(s).
31437 y scroll backward one line. With prefix scroll backward prefix line(s).
31438 \\[View-revert-buffer-scroll-page-forward] revert-buffer if necessary and scroll forward.
31439 Use this to view a changing file.
31440 \\[what-line] prints the current line number.
31441 \\[View-goto-percent] goes prefix argument (default 100) percent into buffer.
31442 \\[View-goto-line] goes to line given by prefix argument (default first line).
31443 . set the mark.
31444 x exchanges point and mark.
31445 \\[View-back-to-mark] return to mark and pops mark ring.
31446 Mark ring is pushed at start of every successful search and when
31447 jump to line occurs. The mark is set on jump to buffer start or end.
31448 \\[point-to-register] save current position in character register.
31449 \\=' go to position saved in character register.
31450 s do forward incremental search.
31451 r do reverse incremental search.
31452 \\[View-search-regexp-forward] searches forward for regular expression, starting after current page.
31453 ! and @ have a special meaning at the beginning of the regexp.
31454 ! means search for a line with no match for regexp. @ means start
31455 search at beginning (end for backward search) of buffer.
31456 \\ searches backward for regular expression, starting before current page.
31457 \\[View-search-last-regexp-forward] searches forward for last regular expression.
31458 p searches backward for last regular expression.
31459 \\[View-quit] quit View mode, restoring this window and buffer to previous state.
31460 \\[View-quit] is the normal way to leave view mode.
31461 \\[View-exit] exit View mode but stay in current buffer. Use this if you started
31462 viewing a buffer (file) and find out you want to edit it.
31463 This command restores the previous read-only status of the buffer.
31464 \\[View-exit-and-edit] exit View mode, and make the current buffer editable
31465 even if it was not editable before entry to View mode.
31466 \\[View-quit-all] quit View mode, restoring all windows to previous state.
31467 \\[View-leave] quit View mode and maybe switch buffers, but don't kill this buffer.
31468 \\[View-kill-and-leave] quit View mode, kill current buffer and go back to other buffer.
31470 The effect of \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] depends on how view-mode was entered. If it was
31471 entered by view-file, view-file-other-window, view-file-other-frame, or
31472 \\[dired-view-file] (\\[view-file], \\[view-file-other-window],
31473 \\[view-file-other-frame], or the Dired mode v command),
31474 then \\[View-quit] will try to kill the current buffer.
31475 If view-mode was entered from another buffer, by \\[view-buffer],
31476 \\[view-buffer-other-window], \\[view-buffer-other frame], \\[view-file],
31477 \\[view-file-other-window], or \\[view-file-other-frame],
31478 then \\[View-leave], \\[View-quit] and \\[View-kill-and-leave] will return to that buffer.
31480 Entry to view-mode runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31482 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31484 (autoload 'view-return-to-alist-update "view" "\
31485 Update `view-return-to-alist' of buffer BUFFER.
31486 Remove from `view-return-to-alist' all entries referencing dead
31487 windows. Optional argument ITEM non-nil means add ITEM to
31488 `view-return-to-alist' after purging. For a description of items
31489 that can be added see the RETURN-TO-ALIST argument of the
31490 function `view-mode-exit'. If `view-return-to-alist' contains an
31491 entry for the selected window, purge that entry from
31492 `view-return-to-alist' before adding ITEM.
31494 \(fn BUFFER &optional ITEM)" nil nil)
31496 (make-obsolete 'view-return-to-alist-update '"this function has no effect." '"24.1")
31498 (autoload 'view-mode-enter "view" "\
31499 Enter View mode and set up exit from view mode depending on optional arguments.
31500 Optional argument QUIT-RESTORE if non-nil must specify a valid
31501 entry for quitting and restoring any window showing the current
31502 buffer. This entry replaces any parameter installed by
31503 `display-buffer' and is used by `view-mode-exit'.
31505 Optional argument EXIT-ACTION, if non-nil, must specify a
31506 function that takes a buffer as argument. This function will be
31507 called by `view-mode-exit'.
31509 For a list of all View commands, type H or h while viewing.
31511 This function runs the normal hook `view-mode-hook'.
31513 \(fn &optional QUIT-RESTORE EXIT-ACTION)" nil nil)
31515 (autoload 'View-exit-and-edit "view" "\
31516 Exit View mode and make the current buffer editable.
31518 \(fn)" t nil)
31520 ;;;***
31522 ;;;### (autoloads nil "viper" "emulation/viper.el" (22331 17371 998369
31523 ;;;;;; 601000))
31524 ;;; Generated autoloads from emulation/viper.el
31525 (push (purecopy '(viper 3 14 1)) package--builtin-versions)
31527 (autoload 'toggle-viper-mode "viper" "\
31528 Toggle Viper on/off.
31529 If Viper is enabled, turn it off. Otherwise, turn it on.
31531 \(fn)" t nil)
31533 (autoload 'viper-mode "viper" "\
31534 Turn on Viper emulation of Vi in Emacs. See Info node `(viper)Top'.
31536 \(fn)" t nil)
31538 ;;;***
31540 ;;;### (autoloads nil "warnings" "emacs-lisp/warnings.el" (22330
31541 ;;;;;; 59913 931323 563000))
31542 ;;; Generated autoloads from emacs-lisp/warnings.el
31544 (defvar warning-prefix-function nil "\
31545 Function to generate warning prefixes.
31546 This function, if non-nil, is called with two arguments,
31547 the severity level and its entry in `warning-levels',
31548 and should return the entry that should actually be used.
31549 The warnings buffer is current when this function is called
31550 and the function can insert text in it. This text becomes
31551 the beginning of the warning.")
31553 (defvar warning-series nil "\
31554 Non-nil means treat multiple `display-warning' calls as a series.
31555 A marker indicates a position in the warnings buffer
31556 which is the start of the current series; it means that
31557 additional warnings in the same buffer should not move point.
31558 If t, the next warning begins a series (and stores a marker here).
31559 A symbol with a function definition is like t, except
31560 also call that function before the next warning.")
31562 (defvar warning-fill-prefix nil "\
31563 Non-nil means fill each warning text using this string as `fill-prefix'.")
31565 (defvar warning-type-format (purecopy " (%s)") "\
31566 Format for displaying the warning type in the warning message.
31567 The result of formatting the type this way gets included in the
31568 message under the control of the string in `warning-levels'.")
31570 (autoload 'display-warning "warnings" "\
31571 Display a warning message, MESSAGE.
31572 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31573 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31574 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories, for warning purposes
31575 only, and you can use whatever symbols you like.)
31577 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31578 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31579 Default is :warning.
31581 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31582 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31583 :error -- data or circumstances that are inherently wrong.
31584 :warning -- data or circumstances that are not inherently wrong,
31585 but raise suspicion of a possible problem.
31586 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31588 BUFFER-NAME, if specified, is the name of the buffer for logging
31589 the warning. By default, it is `*Warnings*'. If this function
31590 has to create the buffer, it disables undo in the buffer.
31592 See the `warnings' custom group for user customization features.
31594 See also `warning-series', `warning-prefix-function' and
31595 `warning-fill-prefix' for additional programming features.
31597 \(fn TYPE MESSAGE &optional LEVEL BUFFER-NAME)" nil nil)
31599 (autoload 'lwarn "warnings" "\
31600 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
31601 \\<special-mode-map>
31602 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
31603 this is equivalent to `display-warning'.
31605 TYPE is the warning type: either a custom group name (a symbol),
31606 or a list of symbols whose first element is a custom group name.
31607 \(The rest of the symbols represent subcategories and
31608 can be whatever you like.)
31610 LEVEL should be either :debug, :warning, :error, or :emergency
31611 \(but see `warning-minimum-level' and `warning-minimum-log-level').
31613 :emergency -- a problem that will seriously impair Emacs operation soon
31614 if you do not attend to it promptly.
31615 :error -- invalid data or circumstances.
31616 :warning -- suspicious data or circumstances.
31617 :debug -- info for debugging only.
31619 \(fn TYPE LEVEL MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31621 (autoload 'warn "warnings" "\
31622 Display a warning message made from (format-message MESSAGE ARGS...).
31623 Aside from generating the message with `format-message',
31624 this is equivalent to `display-warning', using
31625 `emacs' as the type and `:warning' as the level.
31627 \(fn MESSAGE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
31629 ;;;***
31631 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wdired" "wdired.el" (22331 17372 126369 146000))
31632 ;;; Generated autoloads from wdired.el
31633 (push (purecopy '(wdired 2 0)) package--builtin-versions)
31635 (autoload 'wdired-change-to-wdired-mode "wdired" "\
31636 Put a Dired buffer in Writable Dired (WDired) mode.
31637 \\<wdired-mode-map>
31638 In WDired mode, you can edit the names of the files in the
31639 buffer, the target of the links, and the permission bits of the
31640 files. After typing \\[wdired-finish-edit], Emacs modifies the files and
31641 directories to reflect your edits.
31643 See `wdired-mode'.
31645 \(fn)" t nil)
31647 ;;;***
31649 ;;;### (autoloads nil "webjump" "net/webjump.el" (22330 59913 954323
31650 ;;;;;; 492000))
31651 ;;; Generated autoloads from net/webjump.el
31653 (autoload 'webjump "webjump" "\
31654 Jumps to a Web site from a programmable hotlist.
31656 See the documentation for the `webjump-sites' variable for how to customize the
31657 hotlist.
31659 Please submit bug reports and other feedback to the author, Neil W. Van Dyke
31660 <nwv@acm.org>.
31662 \(fn)" t nil)
31664 ;;;***
31666 ;;;### (autoloads nil "which-func" "progmodes/which-func.el" (22331
31667 ;;;;;; 17372 103369 228000))
31668 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/which-func.el
31669 (put 'which-func-format 'risky-local-variable t)
31670 (put 'which-func-current 'risky-local-variable t)
31672 (define-obsolete-function-alias 'which-func-mode 'which-function-mode "24.1")
31674 (defvar which-function-mode nil "\
31675 Non-nil if Which-Function mode is enabled.
31676 See the `which-function-mode' command
31677 for a description of this minor mode.
31678 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31679 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31680 or call the function `which-function-mode'.")
31682 (custom-autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" nil)
31684 (autoload 'which-function-mode "which-func" "\
31685 Toggle mode line display of current function (Which Function mode).
31686 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Which Function mode if ARG is
31687 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31688 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31690 Which Function mode is a global minor mode. When enabled, the
31691 current function name is continuously displayed in the mode line,
31692 in certain major modes.
31694 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31696 ;;;***
31698 ;;;### (autoloads nil "whitespace" "whitespace.el" (22330 59913 743324
31699 ;;;;;; 144000))
31700 ;;; Generated autoloads from whitespace.el
31701 (push (purecopy '(whitespace 13 2 2)) package--builtin-versions)
31703 (autoload 'whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31704 Toggle whitespace visualization (Whitespace mode).
31705 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace mode if ARG is
31706 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
31707 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31709 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31710 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31712 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31714 (autoload 'whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31715 Toggle newline visualization (Whitespace Newline mode).
31716 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Whitespace Newline mode if ARG
31717 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31718 enable the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
31720 Use `whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE visualization
31721 exclusively. For other visualizations, including NEWLINE
31722 visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs, please,
31723 use `whitespace-mode'.
31725 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31727 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31729 (defvar global-whitespace-mode nil "\
31730 Non-nil if Global Whitespace mode is enabled.
31731 See the `global-whitespace-mode' command
31732 for a description of this minor mode.
31733 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31734 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31735 or call the function `global-whitespace-mode'.")
31737 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" nil)
31739 (autoload 'global-whitespace-mode "whitespace" "\
31740 Toggle whitespace visualization globally (Global Whitespace mode).
31741 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace mode if ARG
31742 is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp,
31743 enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31745 See also `whitespace-style', `whitespace-newline' and
31746 `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31748 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31750 (defvar global-whitespace-newline-mode nil "\
31751 Non-nil if Global Whitespace-Newline mode is enabled.
31752 See the `global-whitespace-newline-mode' command
31753 for a description of this minor mode.
31754 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
31755 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
31756 or call the function `global-whitespace-newline-mode'.")
31758 (custom-autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" nil)
31760 (autoload 'global-whitespace-newline-mode "whitespace" "\
31761 Toggle global newline visualization (Global Whitespace Newline mode).
31762 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Global Whitespace Newline mode
31763 if ARG is positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from
31764 Lisp, enable it if ARG is omitted or nil.
31766 Use `global-whitespace-newline-mode' only for NEWLINE
31767 visualization exclusively. For other visualizations, including
31768 NEWLINE visualization together with (HARD) SPACEs and/or TABs,
31769 please use `global-whitespace-mode'.
31771 See also `whitespace-newline' and `whitespace-display-mappings'.
31773 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
31775 (autoload 'whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31776 Toggle local `whitespace-mode' options.
31778 If local whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31779 and turn on local whitespace-mode.
31781 If local whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31782 and restart local whitespace-mode.
31784 Interactively, it reads one of the following chars:
31786 CHAR MEANING
31787 (VIA FACES)
31788 f toggle face visualization
31789 t toggle TAB visualization
31790 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31791 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31792 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31793 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31794 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31795 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31796 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31797 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31798 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31799 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31800 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31801 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31802 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31803 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31804 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31805 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31807 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31808 T toggle TAB visualization
31809 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31810 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31812 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31813 ? display brief help
31815 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31816 The valid symbols are:
31818 face toggle face visualization
31819 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31820 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31821 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31822 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31823 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31824 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31825 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31826 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31827 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31828 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31829 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31830 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31831 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31832 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31833 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31834 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31835 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31837 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31838 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31839 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31841 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31843 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31845 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31847 (autoload 'global-whitespace-toggle-options "whitespace" "\
31848 Toggle global `whitespace-mode' options.
31850 If global whitespace-mode is off, toggle the option given by ARG
31851 and turn on global whitespace-mode.
31853 If global whitespace-mode is on, toggle the option given by ARG
31854 and restart global whitespace-mode.
31856 Interactively, it accepts one of the following chars:
31858 CHAR MEANING
31859 (VIA FACES)
31860 f toggle face visualization
31861 t toggle TAB visualization
31862 s toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31863 r toggle trailing blanks visualization
31864 l toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31865 L toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31866 n toggle NEWLINE visualization
31867 e toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31868 C-i toggle indentation SPACEs visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31869 I toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31870 i toggle indentation TABs visualization
31871 C-t toggle big indentation visualization
31872 C-a toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31873 A toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31874 a toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31875 C-b toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization (via `indent-tabs-mode')
31876 B toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31877 b toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31879 (VIA DISPLAY TABLE)
31880 T toggle TAB visualization
31881 S toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31882 N toggle NEWLINE visualization
31884 x restore `whitespace-style' value
31885 ? display brief help
31887 Non-interactively, ARG should be a symbol or a list of symbols.
31888 The valid symbols are:
31890 face toggle face visualization
31891 tabs toggle TAB visualization
31892 spaces toggle SPACE and HARD SPACE visualization
31893 trailing toggle trailing blanks visualization
31894 lines toggle \"long lines\" visualization
31895 lines-tail toggle \"long lines\" tail visualization
31896 newline toggle NEWLINE visualization
31897 empty toggle empty line at bob and/or eob visualization
31898 indentation toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31899 indentation::tab toggle indentation SPACEs visualization
31900 indentation::space toggle indentation TABs visualization
31901 big-indent toggle big indentation visualization
31902 space-after-tab toggle SPACEs after TAB visualization
31903 space-after-tab::tab toggle SPACEs after TAB: SPACEs visualization
31904 space-after-tab::space toggle SPACEs after TAB: TABs visualization
31905 space-before-tab toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31906 space-before-tab::tab toggle SPACEs before TAB: SPACEs visualization
31907 space-before-tab::space toggle SPACEs before TAB: TABs visualization
31909 tab-mark toggle TAB visualization
31910 space-mark toggle SPACEs before TAB visualization
31911 newline-mark toggle NEWLINE visualization
31913 whitespace-style restore `whitespace-style' value
31915 See `whitespace-style' and `indent-tabs-mode' for documentation.
31917 \(fn ARG)" t nil)
31919 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup "whitespace" "\
31920 Cleanup some blank problems in all buffer or at region.
31922 It usually applies to the whole buffer, but in transient mark
31923 mode when the mark is active, it applies to the region. It also
31924 applies to the region when it is not in transient mark mode, the
31925 mark is active and \\[universal-argument] was pressed just before
31926 calling `whitespace-cleanup' interactively.
31928 See also `whitespace-cleanup-region'.
31930 The problems cleaned up are:
31932 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
31933 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
31934 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `empty', remove all
31935 empty lines at beginning and/or end of buffer.
31937 3. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31938 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31939 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31940 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31941 SPACEs.
31942 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31943 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31944 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31945 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31947 4. SPACEs before TAB.
31948 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31949 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31950 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31951 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31952 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31953 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31954 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31956 5. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31957 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
31958 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31960 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
31961 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
31962 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31963 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31964 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31965 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31966 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31967 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31969 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
31970 documentation.
31972 \(fn)" t nil)
31974 (autoload 'whitespace-cleanup-region "whitespace" "\
31975 Cleanup some blank problems at region.
31977 The problems cleaned up are:
31979 1. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
31980 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation':
31981 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs, if
31982 `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil; otherwise, replace TABs by
31983 SPACEs.
31984 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::tab',
31985 replace 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line by TABs.
31986 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `indentation::space',
31987 replace TABs by SPACEs.
31989 2. SPACEs before TAB.
31990 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-before-tab':
31991 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
31992 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
31993 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31994 `space-before-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
31995 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
31996 `space-before-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
31998 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
31999 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `trailing', remove
32000 all SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32002 4. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32003 If `whitespace-style' includes the value `space-after-tab':
32004 replace SPACEs by TABs, if `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil;
32005 otherwise, replace TABs by SPACEs.
32006 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32007 `space-after-tab::tab', replace SPACEs by TABs.
32008 If `whitespace-style' includes the value
32009 `space-after-tab::space', replace TABs by SPACEs.
32011 See `whitespace-style', `indent-tabs-mode' and `tab-width' for
32012 documentation.
32014 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32016 (autoload 'whitespace-report "whitespace" "\
32017 Report some whitespace problems in buffer.
32019 Perform `whitespace-report-region' on the current buffer.
32021 \(fn &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32023 (autoload 'whitespace-report-region "whitespace" "\
32024 Report some whitespace problems in a region.
32026 Return nil if there is no whitespace problem; otherwise, return
32027 non-nil.
32029 If FORCE is non-nil or \\[universal-argument] was pressed just
32030 before calling `whitespace-report-region' interactively, it
32031 forces `whitespace-style' to have:
32033 empty
32034 trailing
32035 indentation
32036 space-before-tab
32037 space-after-tab
32039 If REPORT-IF-BOGUS is t, it reports only when there are any
32040 whitespace problems in buffer; if it is `never', it does not
32041 report problems.
32043 Report if some of the following whitespace problems exist:
32045 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is non-nil:
32046 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32047 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32048 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32049 indentation 4. 8 or more SPACEs at beginning of line.
32050 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32051 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32053 * If `indent-tabs-mode' is nil:
32054 empty 1. empty lines at beginning of buffer.
32055 empty 2. empty lines at end of buffer.
32056 trailing 3. SPACEs or TABs at end of line.
32057 indentation 4. TABS at beginning of line.
32058 space-before-tab 5. SPACEs before TAB.
32059 space-after-tab 6. 8 or more SPACEs after TAB.
32061 See `whitespace-style' for documentation.
32062 See also `whitespace-cleanup' and `whitespace-cleanup-region' for
32063 cleaning up these problems.
32065 \(fn START END &optional FORCE REPORT-IF-BOGUS)" t nil)
32067 ;;;***
32069 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-browse" "wid-browse.el" (22330 59913 916323
32070 ;;;;;; 609000))
32071 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-browse.el
32073 (autoload 'widget-browse-at "wid-browse" "\
32074 Browse the widget under point.
32076 \(fn POS)" t nil)
32078 (autoload 'widget-browse "wid-browse" "\
32079 Create a widget browser for WIDGET.
32081 \(fn WIDGET)" t nil)
32083 (autoload 'widget-browse-other-window "wid-browse" "\
32084 Show widget browser for WIDGET in other window.
32086 \(fn &optional WIDGET)" t nil)
32088 (autoload 'widget-minor-mode "wid-browse" "\
32089 Minor mode for traversing widgets.
32090 With a prefix argument ARG, enable the mode if ARG is positive,
32091 and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable the mode
32092 if ARG is omitted or nil.
32094 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32096 ;;;***
32098 ;;;### (autoloads nil "wid-edit" "wid-edit.el" (22331 17372 126369
32099 ;;;;;; 146000))
32100 ;;; Generated autoloads from wid-edit.el
32102 (autoload 'widgetp "wid-edit" "\
32103 Return non-nil if WIDGET is a widget.
32105 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32107 (autoload 'widget-prompt-value "wid-edit" "\
32108 Prompt for a value matching WIDGET, using PROMPT.
32109 The current value is assumed to be VALUE, unless UNBOUND is non-nil.
32111 \(fn WIDGET PROMPT &optional VALUE UNBOUND)" nil nil)
32113 (autoload 'widget-create "wid-edit" "\
32114 Create widget of TYPE.
32115 The optional ARGS are additional keyword arguments.
32117 \(fn TYPE &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32119 (autoload 'widget-delete "wid-edit" "\
32120 Delete WIDGET.
32122 \(fn WIDGET)" nil nil)
32124 (autoload 'widget-insert "wid-edit" "\
32125 Call `insert' with ARGS even if surrounding text is read only.
32127 \(fn &rest ARGS)" nil nil)
32129 (defvar widget-keymap (let ((map (make-sparse-keymap))) (define-key map " " 'widget-forward) (define-key map "\e " 'widget-backward) (define-key map [(shift tab)] 'widget-backward) (put 'widget-backward :advertised-binding [(shift tab)]) (define-key map [backtab] 'widget-backward) (define-key map [down-mouse-2] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [down-mouse-1] 'widget-button-click) (define-key map [(control 109)] 'widget-button-press) map) "\
32130 Keymap containing useful binding for buffers containing widgets.
32131 Recommended as a parent keymap for modes using widgets.
32132 Note that such modes will need to require wid-edit.")
32134 (autoload 'widget-setup "wid-edit" "\
32135 Setup current buffer so editing string widgets works.
32137 \(fn)" nil nil)
32139 ;;;***
32141 ;;;### (autoloads nil "windmove" "windmove.el" (22330 59913 916323
32142 ;;;;;; 609000))
32143 ;;; Generated autoloads from windmove.el
32145 (autoload 'windmove-left "windmove" "\
32146 Select the window to the left of the current one.
32147 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32148 \"left\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32149 it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the bottom edge
32150 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32151 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32153 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32155 (autoload 'windmove-up "windmove" "\
32156 Select the window above the current one.
32157 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero, \"up\"
32158 is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise it is
32159 relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge (for
32160 negative ARG) of the current window.
32161 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32163 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32165 (autoload 'windmove-right "windmove" "\
32166 Select the window to the right of the current one.
32167 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32168 \"right\" is relative to the position of point in the window;
32169 otherwise it is relative to the top edge (for positive ARG) or the
32170 bottom edge (for negative ARG) of the current window.
32171 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32173 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32175 (autoload 'windmove-down "windmove" "\
32176 Select the window below the current one.
32177 With no prefix argument, or with prefix argument equal to zero,
32178 \"down\" is relative to the position of point in the window; otherwise
32179 it is relative to the left edge (for positive ARG) or the right edge
32180 \(for negative ARG) of the current window.
32181 If no window is at the desired location, an error is signaled.
32183 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32185 (autoload 'windmove-default-keybindings "windmove" "\
32186 Set up keybindings for `windmove'.
32187 Keybindings are of the form MODIFIER-{left,right,up,down}.
32188 Default MODIFIER is `shift'.
32190 \(fn &optional MODIFIER)" t nil)
32192 ;;;***
32194 ;;;### (autoloads nil "winner" "winner.el" (22330 59913 743324 144000))
32195 ;;; Generated autoloads from winner.el
32197 (defvar winner-mode nil "\
32198 Non-nil if Winner mode is enabled.
32199 See the `winner-mode' command
32200 for a description of this minor mode.
32201 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32202 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32203 or call the function `winner-mode'.")
32205 (custom-autoload 'winner-mode "winner" nil)
32207 (autoload 'winner-mode "winner" "\
32208 Toggle Winner mode on or off.
32209 With a prefix argument ARG, enable Winner mode if ARG is
32210 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32211 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil, and toggle it if ARG is ‘toggle’.
32213 Winner mode is a global minor mode that records the changes in
32214 the window configuration (i.e. how the frames are partitioned
32215 into windows) so that the changes can be \"undone\" using the
32216 command `winner-undo'. By default this one is bound to the key
32217 sequence `C-c <left>'. If you change your mind (while undoing),
32218 you can press `C-c <right>' (calling `winner-redo').
32220 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32222 ;;;***
32224 ;;;### (autoloads nil "woman" "woman.el" (22330 59913 916323 609000))
32225 ;;; Generated autoloads from woman.el
32226 (push (purecopy '(woman 0 551)) package--builtin-versions)
32228 (defvar woman-locale nil "\
32229 String specifying a manual page locale, or nil.
32230 If a manual page is available in the specified locale
32231 \(e.g. \"sv_SE.ISO8859-1\"), it will be offered in preference to the
32232 default version. Normally, `set-locale-environment' sets this at startup.")
32234 (custom-autoload 'woman-locale "woman" t)
32236 (autoload 'woman "woman" "\
32237 Browse UN*X man page for TOPIC (Without using external Man program).
32238 The major browsing mode used is essentially the standard Man mode.
32239 Choose the filename for the man page using completion, based on the
32240 topic selected from the directories specified in `woman-manpath' and
32241 `woman-path'. The directory expansions and topics are cached for
32242 speed, but a non-nil interactive argument forces the caches to be
32243 updated (e.g. to re-interpret the current directory).
32245 Used non-interactively, arguments are optional: if given then TOPIC
32246 should be a topic string and non-nil RE-CACHE forces re-caching.
32248 \(fn &optional TOPIC RE-CACHE)" t nil)
32250 (autoload 'woman-dired-find-file "woman" "\
32251 In dired, run the WoMan man-page browser on this file.
32253 \(fn)" t nil)
32255 (autoload 'woman-find-file "woman" "\
32256 Find, decode and browse a specific UN*X man-page source file FILE-NAME.
32257 Use existing buffer if possible; reformat only if prefix arg given.
32258 When called interactively, optional argument REFORMAT forces reformatting
32259 of an existing WoMan buffer formatted earlier.
32260 No external programs are used, except that `gunzip' will be used to
32261 decompress the file if appropriate. See the documentation for the
32262 `woman' command for further details.
32264 \(fn FILE-NAME &optional REFORMAT)" t nil)
32266 (autoload 'woman-bookmark-jump "woman" "\
32267 Default bookmark handler for Woman buffers.
32269 \(fn BOOKMARK)" nil nil)
32271 ;;;***
32273 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xml" "xml.el" (22330 59913 916323 609000))
32274 ;;; Generated autoloads from xml.el
32276 (autoload 'xml-parse-file "xml" "\
32277 Parse the well-formed XML file FILE.
32278 Return the top node with all its children.
32279 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, the DTD is parsed rather than skipped.
32281 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32282 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32283 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32285 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32287 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32288 namespace to URIs instead.
32290 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
32291 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
32293 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32295 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32297 \(fn FILE &optional PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32299 (autoload 'xml-parse-region "xml" "\
32300 Parse the region from BEG to END in BUFFER.
32301 Return the XML parse tree, or raise an error if the region does
32302 not contain well-formed XML.
32304 If BEG is nil, it defaults to `point-min'.
32305 If END is nil, it defaults to `point-max'.
32306 If BUFFER is nil, it defaults to the current buffer.
32307 If PARSE-DTD is non-nil, parse the DTD and return it as the first
32308 element of the list.
32309 If PARSE-NS is non-nil, then QNAMES are expanded. By default,
32310 the variable `xml-default-ns' is the mapping from namespaces to
32311 URIs, and expanded names will be returned as a cons
32313 (\"namespace:\" . \"foo\").
32315 If PARSE-NS is an alist, it will be used as the mapping from
32316 namespace to URIs instead.
32318 If it is the symbol `symbol-qnames', expanded names will be
32319 returned as a plain symbol `namespace:foo' instead of a cons.
32321 Both features can be combined by providing a cons cell
32323 (symbol-qnames . ALIST).
32325 \(fn &optional BEG END BUFFER PARSE-DTD PARSE-NS)" nil nil)
32327 ;;;***
32329 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xmltok" "nxml/xmltok.el" (22331 17372 67369
32330 ;;;;;; 356000))
32331 ;;; Generated autoloads from nxml/xmltok.el
32333 (autoload 'xmltok-get-declared-encoding-position "xmltok" "\
32334 Return the position of the encoding in the XML declaration at point.
32335 If there is a well-formed XML declaration starting at point and it
32336 contains an encoding declaration, then return (START . END)
32337 where START and END are the positions of the start and the end
32338 of the encoding name; if there is no encoding declaration return
32339 the position where and encoding declaration could be inserted.
32340 If there is XML that is not well-formed that looks like an XML
32341 declaration, return nil. Otherwise, return t.
32342 If LIMIT is non-nil, then do not consider characters beyond LIMIT.
32344 \(fn &optional LIMIT)" nil nil)
32346 ;;;***
32348 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xref" "progmodes/xref.el" (22330 59913 977323
32349 ;;;;;; 421000))
32350 ;;; Generated autoloads from progmodes/xref.el
32352 (autoload 'xref-find-backend "xref" "\
32355 \(fn)" nil nil)
32357 (autoload 'xref-pop-marker-stack "xref" "\
32358 Pop back to where \\[xref-find-definitions] was last invoked.
32360 \(fn)" t nil)
32362 (autoload 'xref-marker-stack-empty-p "xref" "\
32363 Return t if the marker stack is empty; nil otherwise.
32365 \(fn)" nil nil)
32367 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions "xref" "\
32368 Find the definition of the identifier at point.
32369 With prefix argument or when there's no identifier at point,
32370 prompt for it.
32372 If sufficient information is available to determine a unique
32373 definition for IDENTIFIER, display it in the selected window.
32374 Otherwise, display the list of the possible definitions in a
32375 buffer where the user can select from the list.
32377 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32379 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-window "xref" "\
32380 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other window.
32382 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32384 (autoload 'xref-find-definitions-other-frame "xref" "\
32385 Like `xref-find-definitions' but switch to the other frame.
32387 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32389 (autoload 'xref-find-references "xref" "\
32390 Find references to the identifier at point.
32391 With prefix argument, prompt for the identifier.
32393 \(fn IDENTIFIER)" t nil)
32395 (autoload 'xref-find-apropos "xref" "\
32396 Find all meaningful symbols that match PATTERN.
32397 The argument has the same meaning as in `apropos'.
32399 \(fn PATTERN)" t nil)
32400 (define-key esc-map "." #'xref-find-definitions)
32401 (define-key esc-map "," #'xref-pop-marker-stack)
32402 (define-key esc-map "?" #'xref-find-references)
32403 (define-key esc-map [?\C-.] #'xref-find-apropos)
32404 (define-key ctl-x-4-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-window)
32405 (define-key ctl-x-5-map "." #'xref-find-definitions-other-frame)
32407 (autoload 'xref-collect-matches "xref" "\
32408 Collect matches for REGEXP inside FILES in DIR.
32409 FILES is a string with glob patterns separated by spaces.
32410 IGNORES is a list of glob patterns.
32412 \(fn REGEXP FILES DIR IGNORES)" nil nil)
32414 ;;;***
32416 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xt-mouse" "xt-mouse.el" (22330 59913 743324
32417 ;;;;;; 144000))
32418 ;;; Generated autoloads from xt-mouse.el
32420 (defvar xterm-mouse-mode nil "\
32421 Non-nil if Xterm-Mouse mode is enabled.
32422 See the `xterm-mouse-mode' command
32423 for a description of this minor mode.
32424 Setting this variable directly does not take effect;
32425 either customize it (see the info node `Easy Customization')
32426 or call the function `xterm-mouse-mode'.")
32428 (custom-autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" nil)
32430 (autoload 'xterm-mouse-mode "xt-mouse" "\
32431 Toggle XTerm mouse mode.
32432 With a prefix argument ARG, enable XTerm mouse mode if ARG is
32433 positive, and disable it otherwise. If called from Lisp, enable
32434 the mode if ARG is omitted or nil.
32436 Turn it on to use Emacs mouse commands, and off to use xterm mouse commands.
32437 This works in terminal emulators compatible with xterm. It only
32438 works for simple uses of the mouse. Basically, only non-modified
32439 single clicks are supported. When turned on, the normal xterm
32440 mouse functionality for such clicks is still available by holding
32441 down the SHIFT key while pressing the mouse button.
32443 \(fn &optional ARG)" t nil)
32445 ;;;***
32447 ;;;### (autoloads nil "xwidget" "xwidget.el" (22331 17377 954348
32448 ;;;;;; 447000))
32449 ;;; Generated autoloads from xwidget.el
32451 (autoload 'xwidget-webkit-browse-url "xwidget" "\
32452 Ask xwidget-webkit to browse URL.
32453 NEW-SESSION specifies whether to create a new xwidget-webkit session.
32454 Interactively, URL defaults to the string looking like a url around point.
32456 \(fn URL &optional NEW-SESSION)" t nil)
32458 ;;;***
32460 ;;;### (autoloads nil "yenc" "gnus/yenc.el" (22331 17372 37369 462000))
32461 ;;; Generated autoloads from gnus/yenc.el
32463 (autoload 'yenc-decode-region "yenc" "\
32464 Yenc decode region between START and END using an internal decoder.
32466 \(fn START END)" t nil)
32468 (autoload 'yenc-extract-filename "yenc" "\
32469 Extract file name from an yenc header.
32471 \(fn)" nil nil)
32473 ;;;***
32475 ;;;### (autoloads nil "zone" "play/zone.el" (22330 59913 970323 443000))
32476 ;;; Generated autoloads from play/zone.el
32478 (autoload 'zone "zone" "\
32479 Zone out, completely.
32481 \(fn)" t nil)
32483 ;;;***
32485 ;;;### (autoloads nil nil ("calc/calc-aent.el" "calc/calc-alg.el"
32486 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-arith.el" "calc/calc-bin.el" "calc/calc-comb.el"
32487 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-cplx.el" "calc/calc-embed.el" "calc/calc-ext.el"
32488 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-fin.el" "calc/calc-forms.el" "calc/calc-frac.el"
32489 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-funcs.el" "calc/calc-graph.el" "calc/calc-help.el"
32490 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-incom.el" "calc/calc-keypd.el" "calc/calc-lang.el"
32491 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-macs.el" "calc/calc-map.el" "calc/calc-math.el"
32492 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-menu.el" "calc/calc-misc.el" "calc/calc-mode.el"
32493 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-mtx.el" "calc/calc-nlfit.el" "calc/calc-poly.el"
32494 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-prog.el" "calc/calc-rewr.el" "calc/calc-rules.el"
32495 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-sel.el" "calc/calc-stat.el" "calc/calc-store.el"
32496 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-stuff.el" "calc/calc-trail.el" "calc/calc-units.el"
32497 ;;;;;; "calc/calc-vec.el" "calc/calc-yank.el" "calc/calcalg2.el"
32498 ;;;;;; "calc/calcalg3.el" "calc/calccomp.el" "calc/calcsel2.el"
32499 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-bahai.el" "calendar/cal-coptic.el" "calendar/cal-french.el"
32500 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-html.el" "calendar/cal-islam.el" "calendar/cal-iso.el"
32501 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-julian.el" "calendar/cal-loaddefs.el" "calendar/cal-mayan.el"
32502 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-menu.el" "calendar/cal-move.el" "calendar/cal-persia.el"
32503 ;;;;;; "calendar/cal-tex.el" "calendar/cal-x.el" "calendar/diary-loaddefs.el"
32504 ;;;;;; "calendar/hol-loaddefs.el" "cdl.el" "cedet/cedet-cscope.el"
32505 ;;;;;; "cedet/cedet-files.el" "cedet/cedet-global.el" "cedet/cedet-idutils.el"
32506 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/auto.el" "cedet/ede/autoconf-edit.el" "cedet/ede/base.el"
32507 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/config.el" "cedet/ede/cpp-root.el" "cedet/ede/custom.el"
32508 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/detect.el" "cedet/ede/dired.el" "cedet/ede/emacs.el"
32509 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/files.el" "cedet/ede/generic.el" "cedet/ede/linux.el"
32510 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/locate.el" "cedet/ede/make.el" "cedet/ede/makefile-edit.el"
32511 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/pconf.el" "cedet/ede/pmake.el" "cedet/ede/proj-archive.el"
32512 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-aux.el" "cedet/ede/proj-comp.el" "cedet/ede/proj-elisp.el"
32513 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-info.el" "cedet/ede/proj-misc.el" "cedet/ede/proj-obj.el"
32514 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj-prog.el" "cedet/ede/proj-scheme.el" "cedet/ede/proj-shared.el"
32515 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/proj.el" "cedet/ede/project-am.el" "cedet/ede/shell.el"
32516 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/simple.el" "cedet/ede/source.el" "cedet/ede/speedbar.el"
32517 ;;;;;; "cedet/ede/srecode.el" "cedet/ede/system.el" "cedet/ede/util.el"
32518 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/complete.el"
32519 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/analyze/fcn.el"
32520 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/analyze/refs.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine.el"
32521 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/c-by.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/c.el"
32522 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/el.el"
32523 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/gcc.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/make-by.el"
32524 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/make.el" "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm-by.el"
32525 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/bovine/scm.el" "cedet/semantic/chart.el"
32526 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/complete.el" "cedet/semantic/ctxt.el" "cedet/semantic/db-debug.el"
32527 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ebrowse.el" "cedet/semantic/db-el.el"
32528 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-file.el" "cedet/semantic/db-find.el" "cedet/semantic/db-global.el"
32529 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-javascript.el" "cedet/semantic/db-mode.el"
32530 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db-ref.el" "cedet/semantic/db-typecache.el"
32531 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/db.el" "cedet/semantic/debug.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate.el"
32532 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/decorate/include.el" "cedet/semantic/decorate/mode.el"
32533 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/dep.el" "cedet/semantic/doc.el" "cedet/semantic/ede-grammar.el"
32534 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/edit.el" "cedet/semantic/find.el" "cedet/semantic/format.el"
32535 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/fw.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/grammar.el"
32536 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/html.el" "cedet/semantic/ia-sb.el" "cedet/semantic/ia.el"
32537 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/idle.el" "cedet/semantic/imenu.el" "cedet/semantic/java.el"
32538 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/lex-spp.el" "cedet/semantic/lex.el" "cedet/semantic/mru-bookmark.el"
32539 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sb.el" "cedet/semantic/scope.el" "cedet/semantic/senator.el"
32540 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/sort.el" "cedet/semantic/symref.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/cscope.el"
32541 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/filter.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/global.el"
32542 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/grep.el" "cedet/semantic/symref/idutils.el"
32543 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/symref/list.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-file.el"
32544 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag-ls.el" "cedet/semantic/tag-write.el"
32545 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/tag.el" "cedet/semantic/texi.el" "cedet/semantic/util-modes.el"
32546 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/util.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/comp.el"
32547 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/java-tags.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/javascript.el"
32548 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/javat-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/js-wy.el"
32549 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/python-wy.el" "cedet/semantic/wisent/python.el"
32550 ;;;;;; "cedet/semantic/wisent/wisent.el" "cedet/srecode/args.el"
32551 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/compile.el" "cedet/srecode/cpp.el" "cedet/srecode/ctxt.el"
32552 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/dictionary.el" "cedet/srecode/document.el"
32553 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/el.el" "cedet/srecode/expandproto.el" "cedet/srecode/extract.el"
32554 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/fields.el" "cedet/srecode/filters.el" "cedet/srecode/find.el"
32555 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/getset.el" "cedet/srecode/insert.el" "cedet/srecode/java.el"
32556 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/map.el" "cedet/srecode/mode.el" "cedet/srecode/semantic.el"
32557 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/srt-wy.el" "cedet/srecode/srt.el" "cedet/srecode/table.el"
32558 ;;;;;; "cedet/srecode/template.el" "cedet/srecode/texi.el" "cus-dep.el"
32559 ;;;;;; "dframe.el" "dired-aux.el" "dired-x.el" "dom.el" "dos-fns.el"
32560 ;;;;;; "dos-vars.el" "dos-w32.el" "dynamic-setting.el" "emacs-lisp/avl-tree.el"
32561 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/bindat.el" "emacs-lisp/byte-opt.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-extra.el"
32562 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/cl-macs.el" "emacs-lisp/cl-seq.el" "emacs-lisp/cl.el"
32563 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-base.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-compat.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-custom.el"
32564 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-datadebug.el" "emacs-lisp/eieio-opt.el"
32565 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/eieio-speedbar.el" "emacs-lisp/generator.el"
32566 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/lisp-mnt.el" "emacs-lisp/package-x.el" "emacs-lisp/smie.el"
32567 ;;;;;; "emacs-lisp/subr-x.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-ses.el" "emacs-lisp/tcover-unsafep.el"
32568 ;;;;;; "emulation/cua-gmrk.el" "emulation/edt-lk201.el" "emulation/edt-mapper.el"
32569 ;;;;;; "emulation/edt-pc.el" "emulation/edt-vt100.el" "emulation/viper-cmd.el"
32570 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-ex.el" "emulation/viper-init.el" "emulation/viper-keym.el"
32571 ;;;;;; "emulation/viper-macs.el" "emulation/viper-mous.el" "emulation/viper-util.el"
32572 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-backend.el" "erc/erc-goodies.el" "erc/erc-ibuffer.el"
32573 ;;;;;; "erc/erc-lang.el" "eshell/em-alias.el" "eshell/em-banner.el"
32574 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-basic.el" "eshell/em-cmpl.el" "eshell/em-dirs.el"
32575 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-glob.el" "eshell/em-hist.el" "eshell/em-ls.el"
32576 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-pred.el" "eshell/em-prompt.el" "eshell/em-rebind.el"
32577 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-script.el" "eshell/em-smart.el" "eshell/em-term.el"
32578 ;;;;;; "eshell/em-tramp.el" "eshell/em-unix.el" "eshell/em-xtra.el"
32579 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-arg.el" "eshell/esh-cmd.el" "eshell/esh-ext.el"
32580 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-io.el" "eshell/esh-module.el" "eshell/esh-opt.el"
32581 ;;;;;; "eshell/esh-proc.el" "eshell/esh-util.el" "eshell/esh-var.el"
32582 ;;;;;; "ezimage.el" "format-spec.el" "fringe.el" "generic-x.el"
32583 ;;;;;; "gnus/compface.el" "gnus/gnus-async.el" "gnus/gnus-bcklg.el"
32584 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-cite.el" "gnus/gnus-cloud.el" "gnus/gnus-cus.el"
32585 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-demon.el" "gnus/gnus-dup.el" "gnus/gnus-eform.el"
32586 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-ems.el" "gnus/gnus-icalendar.el" "gnus/gnus-int.el"
32587 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-logic.el" "gnus/gnus-mh.el" "gnus/gnus-salt.el"
32588 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-score.el" "gnus/gnus-srvr.el" "gnus/gnus-topic.el"
32589 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-undo.el" "gnus/gnus-util.el" "gnus/gnus-uu.el"
32590 ;;;;;; "gnus/gnus-vm.el" "gnus/gssapi.el" "gnus/ietf-drums.el" "gnus/legacy-gnus-agent.el"
32591 ;;;;;; "gnus/mail-parse.el" "gnus/mail-prsvr.el" "gnus/mail-source.el"
32592 ;;;;;; "gnus/mailcap.el" "gnus/messcompat.el" "gnus/mm-archive.el"
32593 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-bodies.el" "gnus/mm-decode.el" "gnus/mm-util.el"
32594 ;;;;;; "gnus/mm-view.el" "gnus/mml-sec.el" "gnus/mml-smime.el" "gnus/nnagent.el"
32595 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnbabyl.el" "gnus/nndir.el" "gnus/nndraft.el" "gnus/nneething.el"
32596 ;;;;;; "gnus/nngateway.el" "gnus/nnheader.el" "gnus/nnimap.el" "gnus/nnir.el"
32597 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmail.el" "gnus/nnmaildir.el" "gnus/nnmairix.el" "gnus/nnmbox.el"
32598 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnmh.el" "gnus/nnnil.el" "gnus/nnoo.el" "gnus/nnregistry.el"
32599 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnrss.el" "gnus/nnspool.el" "gnus/nntp.el" "gnus/nnvirtual.el"
32600 ;;;;;; "gnus/nnweb.el" "gnus/registry.el" "gnus/rfc1843.el" "gnus/rfc2045.el"
32601 ;;;;;; "gnus/rfc2047.el" "gnus/rfc2231.el" "gnus/rtree.el" "gnus/sieve-manage.el"
32602 ;;;;;; "gnus/smime.el" "gnus/spam-stat.el" "gnus/spam-wash.el" "hex-util.el"
32603 ;;;;;; "hfy-cmap.el" "ibuf-ext.el" "international/charprop.el" "international/charscript.el"
32604 ;;;;;; "international/fontset.el" "international/iso-ascii.el" "international/ja-dic-cnv.el"
32605 ;;;;;; "international/ja-dic-utl.el" "international/ogonek.el" "international/uni-bidi.el"
32606 ;;;;;; "international/uni-brackets.el" "international/uni-category.el"
32607 ;;;;;; "international/uni-combining.el" "international/uni-comment.el"
32608 ;;;;;; "international/uni-decimal.el" "international/uni-decomposition.el"
32609 ;;;;;; "international/uni-digit.el" "international/uni-lowercase.el"
32610 ;;;;;; "international/uni-mirrored.el" "international/uni-name.el"
32611 ;;;;;; "international/uni-numeric.el" "international/uni-old-name.el"
32612 ;;;;;; "international/uni-titlecase.el" "international/uni-uppercase.el"
32613 ;;;;;; "kermit.el" "language/hanja-util.el" "language/thai-word.el"
32614 ;;;;;; "ldefs-boot.el" "leim/ja-dic/ja-dic.el" "leim/quail/arabic.el"
32615 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/croatian.el" "leim/quail/cyril-jis.el" "leim/quail/cyrillic.el"
32616 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/czech.el" "leim/quail/ethiopic.el" "leim/quail/georgian.el"
32617 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/greek.el" "leim/quail/hanja-jis.el" "leim/quail/hanja.el"
32618 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/hanja3.el" "leim/quail/hebrew.el" "leim/quail/indian.el"
32619 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/ipa-praat.el" "leim/quail/ipa.el" "leim/quail/japanese.el"
32620 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/lao.el" "leim/quail/latin-alt.el" "leim/quail/latin-ltx.el"
32621 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/latin-post.el" "leim/quail/latin-pre.el" "leim/quail/lrt.el"
32622 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/persian.el" "leim/quail/programmer-dvorak.el"
32623 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/py-punct.el" "leim/quail/pypunct-b5.el" "leim/quail/rfc1345.el"
32624 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/sgml-input.el" "leim/quail/sisheng.el" "leim/quail/slovak.el"
32625 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/symbol-ksc.el" "leim/quail/tamil-dvorak.el" "leim/quail/thai.el"
32626 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/tibetan.el" "leim/quail/viqr.el" "leim/quail/vntelex.el"
32627 ;;;;;; "leim/quail/vnvni.el" "leim/quail/welsh.el" "loadup.el" "mail/blessmail.el"
32628 ;;;;;; "mail/mailheader.el" "mail/mspools.el" "mail/rfc2368.el"
32629 ;;;;;; "mail/rfc822.el" "mail/rmail-spam-filter.el" "mail/rmailedit.el"
32630 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailkwd.el" "mail/rmailmm.el" "mail/rmailmsc.el" "mail/rmailsort.el"
32631 ;;;;;; "mail/rmailsum.el" "mail/undigest.el" "mh-e/mh-acros.el"
32632 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-alias.el" "mh-e/mh-buffers.el" "mh-e/mh-compat.el"
32633 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-funcs.el" "mh-e/mh-gnus.el" "mh-e/mh-identity.el"
32634 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-inc.el" "mh-e/mh-junk.el" "mh-e/mh-letter.el" "mh-e/mh-limit.el"
32635 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-loaddefs.el" "mh-e/mh-mime.el" "mh-e/mh-print.el"
32636 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-scan.el" "mh-e/mh-search.el" "mh-e/mh-seq.el" "mh-e/mh-show.el"
32637 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-speed.el" "mh-e/mh-thread.el" "mh-e/mh-tool-bar.el"
32638 ;;;;;; "mh-e/mh-utils.el" "mh-e/mh-xface.el" "mouse-copy.el" "mwheel.el"
32639 ;;;;;; "net/dns.el" "net/eudc-vars.el" "net/eudcb-bbdb.el" "net/eudcb-ldap.el"
32640 ;;;;;; "net/eudcb-mab.el" "net/hmac-def.el" "net/hmac-md5.el" "net/imap.el"
32641 ;;;;;; "net/ldap.el" "net/mairix.el" "net/newsticker.el" "net/nsm.el"
32642 ;;;;;; "net/rfc2104.el" "net/sasl-cram.el" "net/sasl-digest.el"
32643 ;;;;;; "net/sasl-scram-rfc.el" "net/sasl.el" "net/shr-color.el"
32644 ;;;;;; "net/soap-inspect.el" "net/socks.el" "net/tls.el" "net/tramp-adb.el"
32645 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-cache.el" "net/tramp-cmds.el" "net/tramp-compat.el"
32646 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-gvfs.el" "net/tramp-gw.el" "net/tramp-loaddefs.el"
32647 ;;;;;; "net/tramp-sh.el" "net/tramp-smb.el" "net/tramp-uu.el" "net/zeroconf.el"
32648 ;;;;;; "notifications.el" "nxml/nxml-enc.el" "nxml/nxml-maint.el"
32649 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-ns.el" "nxml/nxml-outln.el" "nxml/nxml-parse.el"
32650 ;;;;;; "nxml/nxml-rap.el" "nxml/nxml-util.el" "nxml/rng-dt.el" "nxml/rng-loc.el"
32651 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-maint.el" "nxml/rng-match.el" "nxml/rng-parse.el"
32652 ;;;;;; "nxml/rng-pttrn.el" "nxml/rng-uri.el" "nxml/rng-util.el"
32653 ;;;;;; "nxml/xsd-regexp.el" "obarray.el" "org/ob-C.el" "org/ob-R.el"
32654 ;;;;;; "org/ob-asymptote.el" "org/ob-awk.el" "org/ob-calc.el" "org/ob-clojure.el"
32655 ;;;;;; "org/ob-comint.el" "org/ob-core.el" "org/ob-css.el" "org/ob-ditaa.el"
32656 ;;;;;; "org/ob-dot.el" "org/ob-emacs-lisp.el" "org/ob-eval.el" "org/ob-exp.el"
32657 ;;;;;; "org/ob-fortran.el" "org/ob-gnuplot.el" "org/ob-haskell.el"
32658 ;;;;;; "org/ob-io.el" "org/ob-java.el" "org/ob-js.el" "org/ob-keys.el"
32659 ;;;;;; "org/ob-latex.el" "org/ob-ledger.el" "org/ob-lilypond.el"
32660 ;;;;;; "org/ob-lisp.el" "org/ob-lob.el" "org/ob-makefile.el" "org/ob-matlab.el"
32661 ;;;;;; "org/ob-maxima.el" "org/ob-mscgen.el" "org/ob-ocaml.el" "org/ob-octave.el"
32662 ;;;;;; "org/ob-org.el" "org/ob-perl.el" "org/ob-picolisp.el" "org/ob-plantuml.el"
32663 ;;;;;; "org/ob-python.el" "org/ob-ref.el" "org/ob-ruby.el" "org/ob-sass.el"
32664 ;;;;;; "org/ob-scala.el" "org/ob-scheme.el" "org/ob-screen.el" "org/ob-sh.el"
32665 ;;;;;; "org/ob-shen.el" "org/ob-sql.el" "org/ob-sqlite.el" "org/ob-table.el"
32666 ;;;;;; "org/ob-tangle.el" "org/ob.el" "org/org-archive.el" "org/org-attach.el"
32667 ;;;;;; "org/org-bbdb.el" "org/org-bibtex.el" "org/org-clock.el"
32668 ;;;;;; "org/org-crypt.el" "org/org-ctags.el" "org/org-datetree.el"
32669 ;;;;;; "org/org-docview.el" "org/org-element.el" "org/org-entities.el"
32670 ;;;;;; "org/org-eshell.el" "org/org-faces.el" "org/org-feed.el"
32671 ;;;;;; "org/org-footnote.el" "org/org-gnus.el" "org/org-habit.el"
32672 ;;;;;; "org/org-id.el" "org/org-indent.el" "org/org-info.el" "org/org-inlinetask.el"
32673 ;;;;;; "org/org-install.el" "org/org-irc.el" "org/org-list.el" "org/org-macro.el"
32674 ;;;;;; "org/org-mhe.el" "org/org-mobile.el" "org/org-mouse.el" "org/org-pcomplete.el"
32675 ;;;;;; "org/org-plot.el" "org/org-protocol.el" "org/org-rmail.el"
32676 ;;;;;; "org/org-src.el" "org/org-table.el" "org/org-timer.el" "org/org-w3m.el"
32677 ;;;;;; "org/ox-ascii.el" "org/ox-beamer.el" "org/ox-html.el" "org/ox-icalendar.el"
32678 ;;;;;; "org/ox-latex.el" "org/ox-man.el" "org/ox-md.el" "org/ox-odt.el"
32679 ;;;;;; "org/ox-org.el" "org/ox-publish.el" "org/ox-texinfo.el" "org/ox.el"
32680 ;;;;;; "play/gametree.el" "progmodes/ada-prj.el" "progmodes/cc-align.el"
32681 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-awk.el" "progmodes/cc-bytecomp.el" "progmodes/cc-cmds.el"
32682 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-defs.el" "progmodes/cc-fonts.el" "progmodes/cc-langs.el"
32683 ;;;;;; "progmodes/cc-menus.el" "progmodes/ebnf-abn.el" "progmodes/ebnf-bnf.el"
32684 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-dtd.el" "progmodes/ebnf-ebx.el" "progmodes/ebnf-iso.el"
32685 ;;;;;; "progmodes/ebnf-otz.el" "progmodes/ebnf-yac.el" "progmodes/idlw-complete-structtag.el"
32686 ;;;;;; "progmodes/idlw-help.el" "progmodes/idlw-toolbar.el" "progmodes/mantemp.el"
32687 ;;;;;; "progmodes/xscheme.el" "ps-def.el" "ps-mule.el" "ps-samp.el"
32688 ;;;;;; "sb-image.el" "scroll-bar.el" "soundex.el" "subdirs.el" "tempo.el"
32689 ;;;;;; "textmodes/bib-mode.el" "textmodes/makeinfo.el" "textmodes/page-ext.el"
32690 ;;;;;; "textmodes/refbib.el" "textmodes/refer.el" "textmodes/reftex-auc.el"
32691 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-cite.el" "textmodes/reftex-dcr.el" "textmodes/reftex-global.el"
32692 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-index.el" "textmodes/reftex-parse.el" "textmodes/reftex-ref.el"
32693 ;;;;;; "textmodes/reftex-sel.el" "textmodes/reftex-toc.el" "textmodes/texnfo-upd.el"
32694 ;;;;;; "timezone.el" "tooltip.el" "tree-widget.el" "url/url-about.el"
32695 ;;;;;; "url/url-cookie.el" "url/url-dired.el" "url/url-domsuf.el"
32696 ;;;;;; "url/url-expand.el" "url/url-ftp.el" "url/url-future.el"
32697 ;;;;;; "url/url-history.el" "url/url-imap.el" "url/url-methods.el"
32698 ;;;;;; "url/url-nfs.el" "url/url-proxy.el" "url/url-vars.el" "vc/ediff-diff.el"
32699 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-init.el" "vc/ediff-merg.el" "vc/ediff-ptch.el"
32700 ;;;;;; "vc/ediff-vers.el" "vc/ediff-wind.el" "vc/pcvs-info.el" "vc/pcvs-parse.el"
32701 ;;;;;; "vc/pcvs-util.el" "vc/vc-dav.el" "vc/vc-filewise.el" "vcursor.el"
32702 ;;;;;; "vt-control.el" "vt100-led.el" "w32-fns.el" "w32-vars.el"
32703 ;;;;;; "x-dnd.el") (22363 15048 356870 124000))
32705 ;;;***
32707 (provide 'loaddefs)
32708 ;; Local Variables:
32709 ;; version-control: never
32710 ;; no-byte-compile: t
32711 ;; no-update-autoloads: t
32712 ;; coding: utf-8
32713 ;; End:
32714 ;;; loaddefs.el ends here